UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 20-F

 

(Mark One)

 

¨ REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

OR

 

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019

 

OR

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the transition period from _________________ to _________________

 

OR

 

¨ SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

Date of event requiring this shell company report _________________

 

Commission file number: 001-36028

 

ARDMORE SHIPPING CORPORATION

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Republic of the Marshall Islands

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

 

Belvedere Building, 69 Pitts Bay Road, Ground Floor, Pembroke, HM08, Bermuda

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

Mr. Anthony Gurnee

Belvedere Building, 69 Pitts Bay Road, Ground Floor, Pembroke, HM08, Bermuda

+ 1 441 405-7800

info@ardmoreshipping.com

(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile, and address of Company Contact Person)

 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to section 12(b) of the Act.

 

Title of each class Ticker Symbol Name of each exchange on which registered
Common stock, par value $0.01 per share ASC New York Stock Exchange

 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to section 12(g) of the Act.

 

NONE
(Title of class)

 

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act.

 

NONE
(Title of class)

 

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.

 

As of December 31, 2019, there were 33,097,831 shares of common stock outstanding, par value $0.01 per share.

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

 

Yes ¨         No x

 

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

Yes ¨         No x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

 

Yes x         No ¨

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).

 

Yes x         No ¨

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer or a non-accelerated filer.  See the definitions of “large accelerated filer” and “accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer  ¨ Accelerated filer  x Non-accelerated filer  ¨ Emerging Growth Company  ¨

 

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

 

x U.S. GAAP
   
¨ International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the international Accounting Standards Board
   
¨ Other

 

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow:

 

¨   Item 17          ¨   Item 18

 

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).

 

Yes ¨         No x

 

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PART I   3
   
Item 1. Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisors 3
Item 2. Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable 3
Item 3. Key Information 3
Item 4. Information on the Company 25
Item 4.A. Unresolved Staff Comments 54
Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects 54
Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees 66
Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions 72
Item 8. Financial Information 74
Item 9. The Offer and Listing 74
Item 10. Additional Information 75
Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risks 84
Item 12. Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities 85

 

PART II   85
   
Item 13. Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies 85
Item 14. Material Modifications to the Rights of Shareholders and Use of Proceeds 85
Item 15. Controls and Procedures 85
Item 16. Reserved 86
Item 16.A. Audit Committee Financial Expert 86
Item 16.B. Code of Ethics 86
Item 16.C. Principal Accountant Fees and Services 87
Item 16.D. Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees 87
Item 16.E. Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers 87
Item 16.F. Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant 88
Item 16.G. Corporate Governance 88
Item 16.H. Mine Safety Disclosures 88
Item 17. Financial Statements 88
Item 18. Financial Statements 88
Item 19. Exhibits 89
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF ARDMORE SHIPPING CORPORATION F-1

 

i

 

 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 provides safe harbor protections for forward-looking statements in order to encourage companies to provide prospective information about their business. We desire to take advantage of the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and are including this cautionary statement in connection with such safe harbor legislation.

 

This Annual Report and any other written or oral statements made by us or on our behalf may include forward-looking statements which reflect our current views and assumptions with respect to future events and financial performance and are subject to risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements include statements concerning plans, objectives, goals, expectations, projections, strategies, beliefs about future events or performance, and underlying assumptions and other statements, which are other than statements of historical facts. In some cases, words such as “believe”, “anticipate”, “intends”, “estimate”, “forecast”, “project”, “plan”, “potential”, “will”, “may”, “should”, “expect” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements but are not the exclusive means of identifying such statements.

 

Forward-looking statements in this Annual Report include, among others, such matters as 

 

  our future operating or financial results;
  global and regional economic and political conditions;
  the strength of national economies and currencies;
  general market conditions;
  our vessel acquisitions and upgrades, our business strategy and expected capital spending or operating expenses, including bunker prices, drydocking and insurance costs;
  competition in the tanker industry;
  shipping market trends and general market conditions, including fluctuations in charter rates and vessel values and changes in demand for and the supply of tanker vessel capacity;
  business disruptions due to natural disasters or other disasters or events outside of our control;
  the effect of the novel coronavirus pandemic on, among others: oil demand; our business; our financial condition and results of operations, including our cash flows and liquidity; our vessel values and any related impairments; and our ability to satisfy covenants in our credit facilities and financing lease obligations;
  charter counterparty performance;
  changes in governmental rules and regulations or actions taken by regulatory authorities;
  our financial condition and liquidity, including our ability to obtain financing in the future to fund capital expenditures, acquisitions, refinancing of existing indebtedness and other general corporate activities;
  our ability to comply with covenants in financing arrangements;
  our capital structure and how it supports our spot employment strategy and enhances financial and strategic flexibility to pursue vessel acquisition opportunities;
  our exposure to inflation;
  vessel breakdowns and instances of off hire;
  future dividends;
  our ability to enter into fixed-rate charters in the future and our ability to earn income in the spot market;
  our ability to comply with, and the effects of, regulatory requirements or maritime self-regulatory organizations’ requirements and the cost of such compliance; and
  our expectations of the availability of vessels to purchase, the time it may take to construct new vessels, and vessels’ useful lives.

  

1

 

 

Many of these statements are based on our assumptions about factors that are beyond our ability to control or predict and are subject to risks and uncertainties that are described more fully under the “Risk Factors” section of this Annual Report. Any of these factors or a combination of these factors could materially affect our business, results of operations and financial condition and the ultimate accuracy of the forward-looking statements. Factors that might cause future results to differ include, among others, the following:

 

  changes in demand for and the supply of tanker vessel capacity;
  fluctuations in oil prices;
  changes in the markets in which we operate;
  availability of financing and refinancing;
  changes in general domestic and international political and trade conditions, including tariffs;
  changes in governmental or maritime self-regulatory organizations’ rules and regulations or actions taken by regulatory authorities;
  changes in economic and competitive conditions affecting our business, including market fluctuations in charter rates;
  potential disruption of shipping routes due to accidents, piracy or political events;
  potential liability from future litigation and potential costs due to environmental damage and vessel collisions;
  the length and number of off-hire periods and dependence on third-party managers; and
  other factors discussed under the “Risk Factors” section of this Annual Report.

 

You should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report, because they are statements about events that are not certain to occur as described or at all. All forward-looking statements in this Annual Report are qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements contained in this Annual Report. These forward-looking statements are not guarantees of our future performance, and actual results and future developments may vary materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements.

 

Except to the extent required by applicable law or regulation, we undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this Annual Report or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

 

2

 

 

PART I

 

Item 1. Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisors

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 2. Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 3. Key Information

 

Unless the context otherwise requires, when used in this Annual Report, the terms “Ardmore”, “Ardmore Shipping”, the “Company”, “we”, “our”, and “us” refer to Ardmore Shipping Corporation and our consolidated subsidiaries, except that those terms, when used in this Annual Report in connection with our common shares, shall mean specifically Ardmore Shipping Corporation. The financial information included in this Annual Report represents our financial information and the operations of our vessel-owning subsidiaries and wholly owned management company. Unless otherwise indicated, all references to “dollars”, “U.S. dollars” and “$” in this annual report are to the lawful currency of the United States. Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles ("U.S. GAAP"). We use the term deadweight tons, or dwt, expressed in metric tons, each of which is equivalent to 1,000 kilograms, in describing the size of tankers.

 

A. Selected Financial Data

 

The following table sets forth our selected consolidated financial data and other operating data. The selected financial data as at December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this Annual Report. The selected consolidated financial data set forth below as at December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 and for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, which are not included in this Annual Report. The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The data set forth below should be read in conjunction with “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects.”

 

STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS)/INCOME DATA   For the years ended December 31  
    2019     2018     2017     2016     2015  
                               
Revenue, net   $ 230,042,240       210,179,181       195,935,392       164,403,938       157,882,259  
                                         
Voyage expenses(1)     (96,056,391 )     (98,142,454 )     (72,737,902 )     (37,121,398 )     (30,137,173 )
Vessel operating expenses     (62,546,606 )     (67,017,632 )     (62,890,401 )     (56,399,979 )     (46,416,510 )
Depreciation     (32,322,695 )     (35,137,880 )     (34,271,091 )     (30,091,237 )     (24,157,022 )
Amortization of deferred drydock expenditures     (4,803,069 )     (3,637,276 )     (2,924,031 )     (2,715,109 )     (2,120,974 )
General and administrative expenses:                                        
Corporate     (14,951,996 )     (12,626,373 )     (11,979,017 )     (12,055,725 )     (10,418,876 )
Commercial and chartering(2)     (3,194,218 )     (3,233,888 )     (2,619,748 )     (2,021,487 )     (329,746 )
Loss on sale of vessels     (13,162,192 )                 (2,601,148 )      
Loss on vessel held for sale     -       (6,360,813 )                  
Interest expense and finance costs     (26,759,754 )     (27,405,608 )     (21,380,165 )     (17,754,118 )     (12,282,704 )
Interest income     952,190       606,665       436,195       164,629       15,571  
(Loss)/income before taxes     (22,802,491 )     (42,776,078 )     (12,430,768 )     3,808,366       32,034,825  
Income tax     (58,766 )     (162,923 )     (59,567 )     (60,434 )     (79,860 )
Net (loss)/income and comprehensive (loss)/income   $ (22,861,257 )     (42,939,001 )     (12,490,335 )     3,747,932       31,954,965  
Net (loss)/earnings per share, basic and diluted   $ (0.69 )     (1.31 )     (0.37 )     0.12       1.23  
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding, basic and diluted     33,097,831       32,837,866       33,441,879       30,141,891       26,059,122  

  

3

 

  

BALANCE SHEET DATA   As at December 31  
    2019     2018     2017     2016     2015  
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 51,723,107       56,903,038       39,457,407       55,952,873       40,109,382  
Vessels and vessel equipment, net of accumulated depreciation   $ 660,823,330       721,492,473       751,816,840       785,461,415       658,628,933  
Deferred drydock expenditures, net of accumulated amortization   $ 7,668,711       7,127,364       4,118,168       3,232,293       3,730,374  
Ballast water treatment systems, installation in progress   $ 384,408       528,774       -       -       -  
Total assets   $ 772,438,430       844,759,801       845,539,989       883,642,723       778,197,608  
Debt obligations     207,283,013       228,354,248       404,423,570       453,213,106       388,242,404  
Finance lease obligations   $ 215,679,694       241,476,098       42,494,019       9,130,650       26,771,911  
Total stockholders’ equity   $ 326,055,768       346,583,934       380,973,760       404,269,799       347,611,278  
Paid in capital (3)   $ 401,842,777       399,509,686       390,541,689       401,347,393       337,211,121  
Accumulated (deficit)/surplus   $ (75,787,009 )     (52,925,752 )     (9,567,929 )     2,922,406       10,400,157  
                                         
CASHFLOW DATA   For the years ended December 31  
    2019     2018     2017     2016     2015  
Net cash provided by operating activities   $ 20,471,260       9,426,377       18,416,228       42,634,500       37,659,686  
Net cash provided by/(used in) investing activities   $ 23,894,165       (17,556,879 )     (2,282,251 )     (122,311,231 )     (232,849,734 )
Net cash (used in)/provided by financing activities   $ (49,545,356 )     25,576,133       (32,629,443 )     95,520,221       175,419,834  
                                         
FLEET OPERATING DATA   For the years ended December 31  
    2019     2018     2017     2016     2015  

Time Charter Equivalent(4)

                                       
MR Tankers “Eco-design”   $ 15,781       11,406       12,902       15,098       19,149  
MR Tankers “Eco-mod”   $ 14,062       11,916       12,975       14,318       20,223  
Chemical Tankers “Eco-design”   $ 12,420       11,406       11,949       15,395       17,507  
Chemical Tankers “Eco-mod”   $                   11,839       13,417  
Fleet weighted average TCE(5)   $ 14,686       11,529       12,709       14,785       18,309  

Operating expenditure

                                       
Fleet operating expenses per day (6)   $ 6,112       6,042       5,914       6,017       5,976  

Technical management fees per

day (7)

  $ 450       414       384       388       357  
Total fleet operating costs per day   $ 6,562       6,456       6,298       6,405       6,333  
Expenditures for drydock(8)   $ 5,387,875       6,599,085       3,809,906       3,099,805       3,314,568  
On-hire utilization(9)     99.66 %     99.30 %     99.61 %     99.52 %     99.70 %

 

 

(1) Voyage expenses are all expenses related to a particular voyage, which include, among other things, bunkers and port/canal costs.
(2) Commercial and chartering general and administrative expenses are the expenses attributable to our chartering and commercial operations department in connection with our spot trading activities.
(3) Paid in capital includes common stock, additional paid in capital and treasury stock.
(4) Time Charter Equivalent (“TCE”) daily rate, represents net revenue (revenue less voyage expenses) divided by revenue days. Revenue days are the total number of calendar days the vessels are in our possession less off-hire days generally associated with drydocking or repairs, and idle days associated with repositioning of vessels held for sale. Net revenue utilized to calculate TCE is determined on a discharge to discharge basis, which is different from how we record revenue under U.S. GAAP. Under discharge to discharge, revenue is recognized beginning from the discharge of cargo from the prior voyage to the anticipated discharge of cargo in the current voyage, and voyage expenses are recognized as incurred.
(5) Fleet weighted average TCE represents net revenue for the fleet (revenue less voyage expenses) divided by the number of revenue days. Voyage expenses are all expenses related to a particular voyage, including any bunker fuel expenses, port fees, cargo loading and unloading expenses, canal tolls and agency fees.
(6) Fleet operating expenses per day are routine operating expenses and include crewing, repairs and maintenance, insurance, stores, lube oils and communication costs.
(7) Technical management fees are paid to third-party technical managers as well as to our 50%-owned joint venture entity, Anglo Ardmore Ship Management Limited, which provides technical management services to some of our vessels.
(8) Drydock expenditures include, among other things, costs for in-water surveys, represent direct costs that are incurred as part of vessel drydocking to meet regulatory requirements, expenditures during drydocking that add economic life to the vessel, and expenditures during drydocking that increase the vessel’s earnings capacity or improve the vessel’s operating efficiency.
(9) On-hire utilization represents revenue days divided by net operating days (i.e. operating days less scheduled off-hire days).

 

4

 

 

B. Capitalization and Indebtedness

 

Not applicable.

 

C. Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds

 

Not applicable.

 

D. Risk Factors

 

Some of the following risks relate principally to the industry in which we operate and to our business in general. Other risks relate principally to the securities market and to ownership of our securities. The occurrence of any of the events described in this section could significantly and negatively affect our business, financial condition, operating results and ability to pay dividends on our shares, or the trading price of our shares.

 

RISKS RELATED TO OUR INDUSTRY

 

The tanker industry is cyclical and volatile in terms of charter rates and profitability, which may affect our results of operations.

 

The tanker industry is both cyclical and volatile in terms of charter rates and profitability. A prolonged downturn in the tanker industry could adversely affect our ability to charter our vessels or to sell them on the expiration or termination of any charters we may enter into. In addition, the rates payable in respect of any of our vessels operating in a commercial pool, or any renewal or replacement charters that we enter into, may not be sufficient for us to operate our vessels profitably. Fluctuations in charter rates and tanker values result from changes in the supply and demand for tanker capacity and changes in the supply and demand for oil, oil products and chemicals. The factors affecting the supply and demand for tankers are outside of our control, and the nature, timing and degree of changes in industry conditions are unpredictable.

 

Factors that influence demand for tanker capacity include:

 

  supply of and demand for oil, oil products and chemicals;
  regional availability of refining capacity;
  global and regional economic and political conditions;
  the distance oil, oil products and chemicals are to be moved by sea;
  changes in seaborne and other transportation patterns;
  environmental and other legal and regulatory developments;
  weather and natural disasters;
  competition from alternative sources of energy; and
  international sanctions, embargoes, import and export restrictions, nationalizations and wars.

 

Factors that influence the supply of tanker capacity include:

 

  the number of newbuilding deliveries;
  the scrapping rate of older vessels;
  conversion of tankers to other uses;
  the price of steel and other raw materials;
  the number of vessels that are out of service; and
  environmental concerns and regulations.

 

Historically, the tanker markets have been volatile as a result of a variety of conditions and factors that can affect the price, supply and demand for tanker capacity. Demand for transportation of oil products and chemicals over longer distances was significantly reduced during the last economic downturn. More recently, since 2015 high refined product inventory levels, continued supply of new vessels, and low oil price volatility and trading levels contributed to low charter rates in the tanker industry. As at March 15, 2020, none of our vessels were on time charter, and all of our vessels operated in the spot market directly. If charter rates decline, we may be unable to achieve a level of charter hire sufficient for us to operate our vessels profitably or we may have to operate our vessels at a loss. 

 

5

 

 

Any decrease in spot charter rates in the future or a return of weak spot charter markets may adversely affect our results of operations.

 

As at March 15, 2020, all of our vessels operated directly in the spot market. The earnings of these vessels are based on the spot market charter rates of the particular voyage charters.

 

We may employ in the spot charter market additional vessels that we may acquire in the future. When we employ a vessel in the spot charter market, we generally intend to employ the vessel in the spot market directly. Although spot chartering is common in the tanker industry, the spot charter market may fluctuate significantly based upon tanker and oil product/chemical supply and demand, and there have been periods when spot rates have declined below the operating cost of vessels. The successful operation of our vessels in the competitive spot charter market, including within commercial pools, depends upon, among other things, spot-charter rates and minimizing, to the extent possible, time spent waiting for charters and time spent traveling unladen to pick up cargo. If spot charter rates decline, we may be unable to operate our vessels trading in the spot market profitably or meet our obligations, including payments on indebtedness and finance lease obligations. A decline in spot charter rates may also affect our ability to pay dividends. In addition, as charter rates for spot charters are fixed for a single voyage that may last up to several weeks, during periods in which spot charter rates are rising, we will generally experience delays in realizing the benefits from such increases.

 

Our ability to enter into any charters in the future on existing vessels or vessels we may acquire, the charter rates payable under any such charters and for employment of our vessels in the spot market and vessel values will depend upon, among other things, economic conditions in the sectors in which our vessels operate at that time, changes in the supply and demand for vessel capacity and changes in the supply and demand for the seaborne transportation of oil and chemical products.

 

The novel coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic is dynamic and currently expanding. The continuation of this outbreak is expected to have, and the emergence of other epidemic or pandemic crises could have, material adverse effects on our business, results of operations, or financial condition.

  

The novel coronavirus pandemic is dynamic and expanding, and its ultimate scope, duration and effects are uncertain. We expect that this pandemic will, and that any future epidemic or pandemic crises could, result in direct and indirect adverse effects on the product and chemical tanker industry. Effects of the current pandemic include, or may include, among others:

 

  deterioration of worldwide, regional or national economic conditions and activity, which could further reduce or prolong the recent significant declines in oil prices, or adversely affect global demand for crude oil and petroleum products, demand for product and chemical tankers, and charter and spot rates;
  disruptions to operations of industry participants as a result of the potential health impact on workforces, including crew;
  business disruptions from, or additional costs related to, new regulations, directives or practices implemented in response to the pandemic, such as travel restrictions for individuals and vessels, hygiene measures (such as quarantining and social distancing) or implementation of remote working arrangements;
  potential delays in (a) the loading and discharging of cargo on or from our vessels, (b) vessel inspections and related certifications by class societies, oil majors or government agencies and (c) maintenance and any repairs or upgrades to, or drydocking of, vessels (or of the delivery of newbuilding vessels), due to quarantine, worker health, regulations or a shortage of required spares;
  reduced cash flow and financial condition, including potential liquidity constraints;
  reduced access to capital as a result of any credit tightening generally or due to continued declines in global financial markets;
  potential decreases in the market values of vessels and related impairment charges;
  potential noncompliance with covenants in our credit facilities and financing lease obligations; and
  potential deterioration in the financial condition and prospects of industry participants.

 

Although disruption and effects from the novel coronavirus pandemic may be temporary, given the dynamic nature of these circumstances, the duration of business disruption and the related financial impact on the product and chemical tanker industry and its participants cannot be reasonably estimated at this time, but likely will materially affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

6

 

 

Declines in oil prices may adversely affect our growth prospects and results of operations.

 

Global crude oil prices fluctuate significantly over time and in response to various events. Crude oil prices have recently fallen as a result of production and pricing dispute between Saudi Arabia and Russia. Any meaningful decrease in oil prices may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition and our ability to service our indebtedness and finance lease obligations and to pay dividends, as a result of, among other things:

 

  a possible reduction in exploration for or development of new oil fields or energy projects, or the delay or cancelation of existing projects as energy companies lower their capital expenditures budgets, which may reduce our growth opportunities;
  potential lower demand for tankers, which may reduce available charter rates and revenue to us upon chartering or rechartering of our vessels;
  customers failing to extend or renew contracts upon expiration;
  the inability or refusal of customers to make charter payments to us due to financial constraints or otherwise; or
  declines in vessel values, which may result in losses to us upon vessel sales or impairment charges against our earnings.

 

Volatility in the markets in which our vessels trade may result in us having limited liquidity.

 

As at December 31, 2019, we had total liquidity of $51.7 million (plus $11 million available and undrawn under our revolving credit facilities) in cash and cash equivalents. Our short-term liquidity requirements include the payment of operating expenses, drydocking expenditures, debt servicing costs, lease payments, any dividends on our shares of common stock, scheduled repayments of long-term debt and finance lease obligations, as well as funding our other working capital requirements. Our spot charters, including our participation in spot charter pooling arrangements, contribute to the volatility of our net operating cash flow, and thus our ability to generate sufficient cash flows to meet our short-term liquidity needs. We expect to manage our near-term liquidity needs from our working capital, together with expected cash flows from operations and availability under credit facilities. Our existing long-term debt facilities and certain of our finance leases require, among other things, that we maintain minimum cash and cash equivalents based on the greater of a set amount per number of vessels owned and 5% of outstanding debt. The required minimum cash balance as of December 31, 2019, was $21.1 million. Should we not meet this financial covenant or other covenants in our debt facilities, whether due to market volatility that reduces our liquidity or other factors, the lenders may declare our obligations under the applicable agreements immediately due and payable, and terminate any further loan commitments, which would significantly affect our short-term liquidity requirements. A default under financing arrangements could also result in foreclosure on any of our vessels and other assets securing the related loans or a loss of our rights as a lessee under our finance leases.

 

Declines in charter rates and other market deterioration could cause us to incur impairment charges.

 

We evaluate the carrying amounts of our vessels to determine if events have occurred that would require an impairment of their carrying amounts. The recoverable amount of vessels is reviewed based on events and changes in circumstances that would indicate that the carrying amount of the assets might not be recovered. The review for potential impairment indicators and projection of future cash flows related to our vessels is complex and requires us to make various estimates, including future charter rates, operating expenses and drydock costs. Historically, each of these items has been volatile. An impairment charge is recognized if the carrying value is in excess of the estimated future undiscounted net operating cash flows. The impairment loss is measured based on the excess of the carrying amount over the fair market value of the asset. An impairment loss could adversely affect our results of operations.

 

The market values of our vessels may decrease, which could cause us to breach covenants in our credit facilities and lease arrangements or result in impairment charges, and we may incur a loss if we sell vessels following a decline in their market value.

 

The market values of tankers have historically experienced high volatility. The market value of our vessels will fluctuate depending on general economic and market conditions affecting the shipping industry and prevailing charter hire rates, competition from other shipping companies and other modes of transportation, the types, sizes and ages of vessels, applicable governmental regulations and the cost of newbuildings. If the market value of our fleet declines, we may not be able to obtain other financing or to incur debt on terms that are acceptable to us or at all. A decrease in vessel values could also cause us to breach certain loan-to-value covenants that are contained in our financing arrangements that we may enter into from time to time. If we breach such covenants due to decreased vessel values and we are unable to remedy the relevant breach, our lenders could accelerate our debt and foreclose on vessels in our fleet, which would adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

7

 

 

In addition, if we sell one or more of our vessels at a time when vessel prices have fallen, the sale price may be less than the vessel’s carrying value on our consolidated financial statements, resulting in a loss on sale or an impairment loss being recognized, leading to a reduction in earnings. Also, if vessel values fall significantly, this could indicate a decrease in the estimated future undiscounted net operating cash flows for the vessel, which may result in an impairment adjustment in our financial statements, which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

 

An over-supply of tanker capacity may lead to reductions in charter rates, vessel values, and profitability.

 

The market supply of tankers is affected by a number of factors, such as demand for energy resources, oil, petroleum and chemical products, as well as the level of global and regional economic growth. If the capacity of new ships delivered exceeds the capacity of tankers being scrapped and lost, tanker capacity will increase. The global newbuilding orderbook for product tankers equaled approximately 6% of the global product tanker fleet as of March 15, 2020. If the supply of product or chemical tanker capacity increases and if the demand for such respective tanker capacity does not increase correspondingly, charter rates and vessel values could materially decline. A reduction in charter rates and the value of our vessels may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

In addition, product tankers currently used to transport crude oil and other “dirty” products may be “cleaned up” and reintroduced into the product tanker market, which would increase the available product tanker Tonnage, which may affect the supply and demand balance for product tankers. This could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial position.

 

The state of global financial markets and economic conditions may adversely impact our ability to obtain additional financing or refinance our existing obligations on acceptable terms, if at all, and otherwise negatively impact our business.

 

Global financial markets and economic conditions have been, and continue to be, volatile. In the last economic downturn, operating businesses in the global economy faced tightening credit, weakening demand for goods and services, deteriorating international liquidity conditions and declining markets. There was a general decline in the willingness of banks and other financial institutions to extend credit, particularly in the shipping industry due to the historically volatile asset values of vessels. As the shipping industry is highly dependent on the availability of credit to finance and expand operations, it was negatively affected by this decline.

 

Also, as a result of concerns about the stability of financial markets generally and the solvency of counterparties specifically, the cost of borrowing funds during the last economic downturn increased as many lenders increased interest rates, enacted tighter lending standards, refused to refinance existing debt on similar terms and, in some cases, ceased to provide funding to borrowers. Due to these factors, additional financing may not be available if needed by us on acceptable terms or at all. If additional financing is not available when needed or is available only on unfavorable terms, we may be unable to meet our obligations as they come due or we may be unable to enhance our existing business, complete additional vessel acquisitions or otherwise take advantage of business opportunities as they arise.

 

Changes in fuel, or bunkers, prices may adversely affect our results of operations.

 

Fuel, or bunkers, is a significant expense for our vessels employed in the spot market and can have a significant impact on earnings. For any vessels which may be employed on time charters, the charterer is generally responsible for the cost and supply of fuel; however, such cost may affect the time charter rates we may be able to negotiate for such vessels. Changes in the price of fuel may adversely affect our profitability. The imposition of stringent vessel air emissions requirements, such as the International Maritime Organization’s (the “IMO”) requirement to reduce the amount of sulfur in fuel globally commencing January 1, 2020, may lead to marine fuel shortages and substantial increases in marine fuel prices. The price and supply of fuel is unpredictable and fluctuates based on events outside our control, including geopolitical developments, supply and demand for oil and gas, actions by the Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries (“OPEC”) and other oil and gas producers, war and unrest in oil producing countries and regions, regional production patterns and environmental concerns. In addition, fuel price increases may reduce the profitability and competitiveness of our business versus other forms of transportation, such as truck or rail.

 

Changes in the oil, oil products and chemical markets could result in decreased demand for our vessels and services.

 

Demand for our vessels and services in transporting oil, oil products and chemicals depends upon world and regional oil markets. Any decrease in shipments of oil, oil products and chemicals in those markets could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Historically, those markets have been volatile as a result of the many conditions and events that affect the price, production and transport of oil, oil products and chemicals, including competition from alternative energy sources. Past slowdowns of world economies, including the U.S., have resulted in reduced consumption of oil and oil products and decreased demand for our vessels and services, which reduced vessel earnings. Additional slowdowns could have similar effects on our results of operations and may limit our ability to expand our fleet.

 

8

 

 

We are subject to complex laws and regulations, including environmental laws and regulations, which can adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

Our operations are subject to numerous laws and regulations in the form of international conventions and treaties, national, state and local laws and national and international regulations in force in the jurisdictions in which our vessels operate or are registered, which can significantly affect the ownership and operation of our vessels. Compliance with such laws and regulations, where applicable, may require installation of costly equipment or operational changes and may affect the resale value or useful lives of our vessels. For example, January 1, 2020 was the IMO's implementation date for vessels to comply with its low sulfur fuel requirement (“IMO 2020”). We comply with this requirement by using fuel with low sulfur content, which is more expensive than standard marine fuel, or we may upgrade our vessels to provide cleaner exhaust emissions. Cost of compliance with these regulatory changes may be significant. We may also incur additional costs in order to comply with other existing and future regulatory obligations, including costs relating to, among other things: air emissions including greenhouse gases; the management of ballast and bilge waters; maintenance and inspection; elimination of tin-based paint; development and implementation of emergency procedures, Eco-Mod upgrades of secondhand vessels and insurance coverage or other financial assurance of our ability to address pollution incidents. Environmental or other incidents may result in additional regulatory initiatives or statutes or changes to existing laws that may affect our operations or require us to incur additional expenses to comply with such regulatory initiatives, statutes or laws. These costs could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

A failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations may, among other things, result in administrative and civil penalties, criminal sanctions or the suspension or termination of our operations. Environmental laws often impose strict, joint and several liability for remediation of spills and releases of oil and hazardous substances, which could subject us to liability without regard to whether we were negligent or at fault. Under the U.S. Oil Pollution Act of 1990, for example, owners, operators and bareboat charterers are jointly, severally and strictly liable for the discharge of oil in U.S. waters, including the 200-nautical mile exclusive economic zone around the United States. An oil spill could also result in significant liability, including fines, penalties, criminal liability, remediation costs and natural resource damages under international and U.S. federal, state and local laws, as well as third-party damages, and could harm our reputation with current or potential charterers of our tankers. We are required to satisfy insurance and financial responsibility requirements for potential oil (including marine fuel) spills and other pollution incidents. Although we have arranged insurance to cover certain environmental risks, there can be no assurance that such insurance will be sufficient to cover all such risks or that any claims will not have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

If we fail to comply with international safety regulations, we may be subject to increased liability, which may adversely affect our insurance coverage and may result in a denial of access to, or detention in, certain ports.

 

The operation of our vessels is affected by the requirements set forth in the IMO’s International Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and Pollution Prevention (“ISM Code”). The ISM Code requires ship owners, ship managers and bareboat charterers to develop and maintain an extensive “Safety Management System” that includes the adoption of safety and environmental protection policies setting forth instructions and procedures for safe operation and describing procedures for dealing with emergencies. If we fail to comply with the ISM Code or similar regulations, we may be subject to increased liability or our existing insurance coverage may be invalidated or decreased for our affected vessels. Such failure may also result in a denial of access to, or detention of our vessels in, certain ports. The United States Coast Guard (“USCG”) and European Union (“EU”) authorities have indicated that vessels not in compliance with the ISM Code will be prohibited from trading in U.S. and EU ports, which could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

If our vessels suffer damage due to the inherent operational risks of the shipping industry, we may experience unexpected drydocking costs and delays or total loss of our vessels, which may adversely affect our business and financial condition.

 

The operation of an ocean-going vessel carries inherent risks. Our vessels and their cargoes will be at risk of being damaged or lost because of events, such as marine disasters, bad weather, business interruptions caused by mechanical failures, grounding, fire, explosions, collisions, human error, war, terrorism, piracy, cyber-attack, latent defects, acts of God, climate change and other circumstances or events. Changing economic, regulatory and political conditions in some countries, including political and military conflicts, have from time to time resulted in attacks on vessels, mining of waterways, piracy, terrorism, labor strikes and boycotts. These hazards may result in death or injury to persons, loss of revenues or property, environmental damage, higher insurance rates, damage to our customer relationships, market disruptions, delays or rerouting. In addition, the operation of tankers has unique operational risks associated with the transportation of oil and chemical products. An oil or chemical spill may cause significant environmental damage and the associated costs could exceed the insurance coverage available to us. Compared to other types of vessels, tankers are exposed to a higher risk of damage and loss by fire, whether ignited by a terrorist attack, collision or other causes, due to the high flammability and high volume of the oil or chemicals transported in tankers.

 

9

 

 

If our vessels suffer damage, they may need to be repaired at a drydocking facility. The costs of drydock repairs are unpredictable and may be substantial. We may have to pay drydocking costs if our insurance does not cover them in full. The loss of revenues while these vessels are being repaired and repositioned, as well as the actual cost of these repairs, may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, space at drydocking facilities is sometimes limited and not all drydocking facilities are conveniently located. We may be unable to find space at a suitable drydocking facility or our vessels may be forced to travel to a drydocking facility that is not conveniently located to our vessels’ positions. The loss of earnings while such vessels wait for space or travel or are towed to more distant drydocking facilities may be significant. The total loss of any of our vessels could harm our reputation as a safe and reliable vessel owner and operator. If we are unable to adequately maintain or safeguard our vessels, we may be unable to prevent any such damage, costs or loss which could negatively impact our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

We operate our vessels worldwide and, as a result, our vessels are exposed to international risks which may reduce revenue or increase expenses.

 

Changing economic, regulatory and political conditions in some countries, including political and military conflicts, have from time to time resulted in attacks on vessels, mining of waterways, piracy, terrorism, labor strikes and boycotts. These sorts of events, as well as the emergence of epidemics or pandemics, such as the on-going novel coronavirus outbreak, could interfere with shipping routes and result in market disruptions, which may reduce our revenue and increase our expenses. Our worldwide operations also expose us to the risk that an increase in restrictions on global trade will harm our business. The rise of populist or nationalist political parties and leaders in the United States, Europe and elsewhere may lead to increased trade barriers, trade protectionism and restrictions on trade. The adoption of trade barriers and imposition of tariffs by governments may reduce global shipping demand and reduce our revenue.

 

In addition, international shipping is subject to various security and customs inspection and related procedures in countries of origin and destination and transshipment points. Inspection procedures can result in the seizure of the cargo or vessels, delays in the loading, offloading or delivery and the levying of customs duties, fines or other penalties against vessel owners. It is possible that changes to inspection procedures could impose additional financial and legal obligations on us. In addition, changes to inspection procedures could also impose additional costs and obligations on our customers and may, in certain cases, render the shipment of certain types of cargo uneconomical or impractical. Any such changes or developments may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

Acts of piracy on ocean-going vessels could adversely affect our business.

 

Acts of piracy have historically affected ocean-going vessels trading in regions of the world such as the South China Sea, the Indian Ocean and in the Gulf of Aden. Sea piracy incidents continue to occur, particularly in the South China Sea, the Strait of Malacca, the Indian Ocean, the Arabian Sea, off the coast of West Africa, the Red Sea, the Gulf of Aden, the Gulf of Guinea, Venezuela, and in certain areas of the Middle East, with tankers particularly vulnerable to such attacks. If piracy attacks result in the characterization of regions in which our vessels are deployed as “war risk” zones or Joint War Committee “war and strikes” listed areas by insurers, premiums payable for such coverage could increase significantly and such insurance coverage may be more difficult to obtain. In addition, crew costs, including costs which may be incurred to the extent we employ onboard security guards, could increase in such circumstances. We may not be adequately insured to cover losses from these incidents, which could have a material adverse effect on us. In addition, detention or hijacking as a result of an act of piracy against our vessels, or an increase in cost, or unavailability of insurance for our vessels, could have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition and may result in loss of revenues, increased costs and decreased cash flows to our customers, which could impair their ability to make payments to us under our charters.

 

Political instability, terrorist or other attacks, war or international hostilities can affect the tanker industry, which may adversely affect our business.

 

We conduct most of our operations outside of the United States, and our business, results of operations, cash flows, financial condition and available cash may be adversely affected by the effects of political instability, terrorist or other attacks, war or international hostilities. Continuing conflicts and recent developments in the Middle East, and the presence of the United States and other armed forces in regions of conflict, may lead to additional acts of terrorism and armed conflict around the world, which may contribute to further world economic instability and uncertainty in global financial markets. As a result of these factors, insurers have increased premiums and reduced or restricted coverage for losses caused by terrorist acts generally. Future terrorist attacks could result in increased volatility of the financial markets and negatively impact the United States and global economy. These uncertainties could also adversely affect our ability to obtain additional financing on terms acceptable to us or at all. In the past, political instability has also resulted in attacks on vessels, mining of waterways and other efforts to disrupt international shipping, particularly in the Arabian Gulf region. Acts of terrorism and piracy have also affected vessels trading in regions such as the West of Africa, South China Sea, South-East Asia, the Gulf of Guinea and the Gulf of Aden, including off the coast of Somalia. There also has been an increase in risks associated with the Straits of Hormuz due to recent Iranian activity. Any of these occurrences could have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

10

 

 

If our vessels call on ports located in countries that are subject to restrictions imposed by the U.S. government, our reputation and the market for our securities could be adversely affected.

 

Although no vessels owned or operated by us have, during the effect of such sanctions or embargoes, called on ports located in countries subject to country-wide or territory-wide sanctions and embargoes imposed by the U.S. government (such as Iran, North Korea, Syria, the Crimea region, or Cuba, and other authorities or countries identified by the U.S. government or other authorities as state sponsors of terrorism, such as Iran, Syria and North Korea), in the future our vessels may call on ports in these countries from time to time on charters’ instructions in violation of contractual provisions that prohibit them from doing so. Use of our vessels by charterers in a manner that violates U.S. sanctions may result in fines, penalties or other sanctions imposed against us. Sanctions and embargo laws and regulations vary in their application, as they do not all apply to the same covered persons or proscribe the same activities, and such sanctions and embargo laws and regulations may be amended or strengthened over time.

 

Although we believe that we have been in compliance with all applicable sanctions and embargo laws and regulations, and intend to maintain such compliance, there can be no assurance that we will be in compliance in the future, particularly as the scope of certain laws may be unclear and may be subject to changing interpretations. Any such violation could result in fines, penalties or other sanctions that could severely impact the market for our common shares, our ability to access U.S. capital markets and conduct our business and could result in some investors deciding, or being required, to divest their interest, or not to invest, in us.

 

Our charterers may violate applicable sanctions and embargo laws and regulations as a result of actions that do not involve us or our vessels and those violations could in turn negatively affect our reputation or the ability of our charterers to meet their obligations to us or result in fines, penalties or sanctions.

 

The smuggling of drugs or other contraband onto our vessels may lead to governmental claims against us.

 

We expect that our vessels will call on ports where smugglers may attempt to hide drugs and other contraband on vessels, with or without the knowledge of crew members. To the extent our vessels are found with contraband, whether inside or attached to the hull of our vessel and whether with or without the knowledge of any of our crew, we may face governmental or other regulatory claims which could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

Maritime claimants could arrest our vessels, which would have a negative effect on our business and results of operations.

 

Crew members, suppliers of goods and services to a vessel, shippers of cargo and other parties may be entitled to a maritime lien against a vessel for unsatisfied debts, claims or damages. In many jurisdictions, a maritime lien holder may enforce its lien by arresting or attaching a vessel through foreclosure proceedings. The arrest or attachment of one or more of our vessels could interrupt our business or require us to pay significant amounts to have the arrest lifted.

 

In addition, in some jurisdictions, such as South Africa, under the “sister ship” theory of liability, a claimant may arrest both the vessel that is subject to the claimant’s maritime lien and any “associated” vessel, which is any vessel owned or controlled by the same owner. Claimants could try to assert “sister ship” liability against one vessel in our fleet for claims relating to another of our vessels.

 

Governments could requisition our vessels during a period of war or emergency, which may adversely affect our business and results of operations.

 

A government could requisition for title or seize our vessels. Requisition for title occurs when a government takes control of a vessel and becomes the owner. Also, a government could requisition our vessels for hire. Requisition for hire occurs when a government takes control of a vessel and effectively becomes the charterer at dictated charter rates. Generally, requisitions occur during a period of war or emergency. Government requisition of one or more of our vessels could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

11

 

 

A number of third-party vessel owners have ordered exhaust gas scrubbers for their vessels to comply with IMO 2020 requirements to reduce the amount of sulfur in fuel globally. Increased demand for and supply of vessels fitted with scrubbers could reduce demand for our existing vessels and expose us to lower vessel utilization and decreased charter rates.

 

As of January 2020, owners of approximately 20% of the worldwide fleet of tankers with capacity over 10,000 dwt had fitted or planned to fit scrubbers on their vessels. Fitting scrubbers allows a ship to consume high sulfur fuel oil, which is expected to be less expensive than the low sulfur fuel oil that ships without scrubbers must consume to comply with the IMO 2020 low sulfur emission requirements. Generally, owners of vessels with higher operating fuel requirements--generally larger ships--are more inclined to install scrubbers to comply with IMO 2020. Fuel expense reductions from operating scrubber-fitted ships could result in a substantial reduction of bunker cost for charterers compared to vessels in our fleet which do not have scrubbers. If (a) the supply of scrubber-fitted vessels increases, (b) the differential between the cost of high sulfur fuel oil and low sulfur fuel oil is high and (c) charterers prefer such vessels over our vessels, demand for our vessels may be reduced and our ability to re-charter our vessels at competitive rates may be impaired, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

 

Technological innovation could reduce our charter hire income and the value of our vessels.

 

The charter hire rates and the value and operational life of a vessel are determined by a number of factors, including the vessel’s efficiency, operational flexibility and physical life. Efficiency includes speed, fuel economy and the ability to load and discharge cargo quickly. Flexibility includes the ability to enter various harbors and ports, utilize related docking facilities and pass through canals and straits. The length of a vessel’s physical life is related to its original design and construction, its maintenance and the impact of the stress of operations. If new tankers are built that are more efficient or more flexible or have longer physical lives than our vessels, competition from these more technologically advanced vessels could adversely affect the amount of charter hire payments, if any, we receive for our vessels and the resale value of our vessels could significantly decrease. As a result, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.

 

We rely on our information systems to conduct our business, and failure to protect these systems against security breaches could adversely affect our business and results of operations. Additionally, if these systems fail or become unavailable for any significant period of time, our business could be harmed.

 

The efficient operation of our business, including processing, transmitting and storing electronic and financial information, is dependent on computer hardware and software systems. Information systems are vulnerable to security breaches by computer hackers and cyber terrorists. We rely on industry accepted security measures and technology to securely maintain confidential and proprietary information maintained on our information systems. However, these measures and technology may not adequately prevent security breaches. In addition, the unavailability of the information systems or the failure of these systems to perform as anticipated for any reason could disrupt our business and could result in decreased performance and increased operating costs, causing our business and results of operations to suffer. Any significant interruption or failure of our information systems or any significant breach of security could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

If labor or other interruptions are not resolved in a timely manner, they could have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

We, indirectly through our technical managers, employ masters, officers and crews to operate our vessels, exposing us to the risk that industrial actions or other labor unrest may occur. A significant portion of the seafarers that crew our vessels are employed under collective bargaining agreements. We may suffer labor disruptions if relationships deteriorate with the seafarers or the unions that represent them. The collective bargaining agreements may not prevent labor disruptions, particularly when the agreements are being renegotiated. If not resolved in a timely and cost-effective manner, industrial action or other labor unrest could prevent or hinder our operations from being carried out as we expect and could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

12

 

 

RISKS RELATED TO OUR BUSINESS

 

We will be required to make substantial capital expenditures to expand the number of vessels in our fleet and to maintain all our vessels, which will depend on our ability to obtain additional financing.

 

Our business strategy is based in part upon the expansion of our fleet through the purchase and ordering of additional vessels. We will be required to make substantial capital expenditures to expand the size of our fleet. We also have incurred significant capital expenditures in previous years to upgrade secondhand vessels we have acquired to Eco-Mod standards and may be required to make additional capital expenditures in order to comply with existing and future regulatory obligations.

 

In addition, we will incur significant maintenance and capital costs for our current fleet and any additional vessels we acquire. A newbuilding vessel must be drydocked within five years of its delivery from a shipyard and vessels are typically drydocked every 30 to 60 months thereafter depending on the vessel, not including any unexpected repairs. We estimate the cost to drydock a vessel is between $0.75 million and $1.5 million, depending on the size and condition of the vessel and the location of drydocking relative to the location of the vessel.

 

We may be required to incur additional debt or raise capital through the sale of equity securities to fund the purchasing of vessels or for drydocking costs from time to time. However, we may be unable to access the required financing if conditions change and we may be unsuccessful in obtaining financing for future fleet growth. Use of cash from operations will reduce available cash. Our ability to obtain bank financing or to access the capital markets for future offerings may be limited by our financial condition at the time of any such financing or offering as well as by adverse market conditions resulting from, among other things, general economic conditions and contingencies and uncertainties that are beyond our control. If we finance our expenditures by incurring additional debt, our financial leverage could increase. If we finance our expenditures by issuing equity securities, our shareholders’ ownership interest in us could be diluted.

 

We will not be able to take advantage of favorable opportunities in the spot market with respect to vessels employed on medium to long-term time charters, if any.

 

As at March 15, 2020, none of our vessels were employed under fixed rate time charter agreements. However, in the future we may enter into fixed-rate, time-charter agreements with respect to our vessels. Vessels committed to medium and long-term time charters may not be available for spot charters during periods of increasing charter hire rates, when spot charters might be more profitable.

 

If we do not identify suitable vessels or shipping companies for acquisition or successfully integrate any acquired vessels or shipping companies, we may not be able to grow or effectively manage our growth.

 

One of our principal strategies is to continue expanding our operations and our fleet. Our future growth will depend upon a number of factors, some of which may not be within our control. These factors include our ability to:

 

  identify suitable tankers and/or shipping companies for acquisitions at attractive prices;
  identify businesses engaged in managing, operating or owning tankers for acquisitions or joint ventures;
  integrate any acquired tankers or businesses successfully with our existing operations;
  hire, train and retain qualified personnel and crew to manage and operate our growing business and fleet;
  identify additional new markets;
  improve or expand our operating, financial and accounting systems and controls; and
  obtain required financing for our existing and new vessels and operations.

 

13

 

 

Our failure to effectively identify, purchase, develop and integrate any tankers or businesses could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. The number of employees that perform services for us and our current operating and financial systems may not be adequate as we implement our plan to expand the size of our fleet and we may not be able to effectively hire more employees or adequately improve those systems. In addition, acquisitions may require additional equity issuances (which may dilute our shareholders' ownership interest in us) or the incurrence of additional debt (which may require additional amortization payments or impose more restrictive covenants). If we are unable to successfully accommodate any growth, our business, results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected.

 

Growing any business by acquisition presents numerous risks such as undisclosed liabilities and obligations, difficulty in obtaining additional qualified personnel and managing relationships with customers and suppliers and integrating newly acquired vessels and operations into existing infrastructures. The expansion of our fleet may impose significant additional responsibilities on our management and staff, and the management and staff of our technical managers, and may necessitate that we, and they, increase the number of personnel to support such expansion. We may not be successful in executing our growth plans and we may incur significant expenses and losses in connection with such growth plans.

 

Delays in deliveries of vessels we may purchase or order, our decision to cancel an order for purchase of a vessel or our inability to otherwise complete the acquisitions of additional vessels for our fleet, could harm our results of operations.

 

Although we currently have no vessels on order, under construction or subject to purchase agreements, we expect to purchase and order additional vessels from time to time. The delivery of any such vessels could be delayed, not completed or cancelled, which would delay or eliminate our expected receipt of revenues from the employment of these vessels. The seller could fail to deliver these vessels to us as agreed, or we could cancel a purchase contract because the seller has not met its obligations. The delivery of any vessels we may propose to acquire could be delayed because of, among other things, hostilities or political disturbances, non-performance of the purchase agreement with respect to the vessels by the seller, our inability to obtain requisite permits, approvals or financings or damage to or destruction of vessels while being operated by the seller prior to the delivery date.

 

If the delivery of any vessel is materially delayed or cancelled, especially if we have committed the vessel to a charter under which we become responsible for substantial liquidated damages to the customer as a result of the delay or cancellation, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

 

The delivery of vessels we may purchase or sell could be delayed because of, among other things, as applicable:

 

  work stoppages or other labor disturbances or other events that disrupt the operations of the shipyard building the vessels;
  quality or other engineering problems;
  changes in governmental regulations or maritime self-regulatory organization standards;
  lack of raw materials;
  bankruptcy or other financial crisis of the shipyard building the vessels;
  our inability to obtain requisite financing or make timely payments;
  a backlog of orders at the shipyard building the vessels;
  hostilities or political or economic disturbances in or affecting the countries where the vessels are being built, or the imposition of sanctions on such countries or applicable parties;
  weather interference or catastrophic event, such as a major earthquake or fire;
  our requests for changes to the original vessel specifications;
  shortages or delays in the receipt of necessary construction materials, such as steel;
  our inability to obtain requisite permits or approvals; or
  a dispute with the shipyard building the vessels.

 

14

 

 

If we purchase and operate second-hand vessels, we will be exposed to increased operating costs that could adversely affect our earnings and, as our fleet ages, the risks associated with older vessels could adversely affect our ability to obtain profitable charters.

 

Our current business strategy includes additional growth through the acquisition of new and second-hand vessels. While we typically inspect second-hand vessels prior to purchase, this does not provide us with the same knowledge about their condition that we would have had if these vessels had been built for and operated exclusively by us. Generally, we do not receive the benefit of warranties from the builders of the second-hand vessels that we acquire. These factors could increase the ultimate cost of any second-hand vessel acquisitions by us.

 

In general, the costs to maintain a vessel in good operating condition increase with the age of the vessel. Older vessels are typically less fuel-efficient than more recently constructed vessels due to improvements in engine technology. Cargo insurance rates increase with the age of a vessel, making older vessels less desirable to charterers.

 

Governmental regulations, safety or other equipment standards related to the age of vessels may require expenditures for alterations or the addition of new equipment, to our vessels and may restrict the type of activities in which the vessels may engage. As our vessels age, market conditions may not justify those expenditures or enable us to operate our vessels profitably during the remainder of their useful lives.

 

An increase in operating or voyage expenses would decrease our earnings and cash flows.

 

As at March 15, 2020, none of our vessels were employed under fixed rate time charter agreements. In the future we may enter into fixed rate time charter agreements with respect to our vessels. For all vessels operating under time charters, the charterer is primarily responsible for voyage expenses and we are responsible for the vessel operating expenses. Under spot chartering arrangements, we will be responsible for all costs associated with operating the vessel, including operating expenses, voyage expenses, bunkers, port and canal costs.

 

Our vessel operating expenses, which includes the costs of crew, provisions, deck and engine stores, insurance and maintenance, repairs and spares, and our voyage expenses, which include, among other things, the costs of bunkers port and canal costs, depend on a variety of factors, many of which are beyond our control. If our vessels suffer damage, they may need to be repaired at a drydocking facility. The costs of drydocking repairs are unpredictable and can be substantial. Increases in any of these expenses would decrease earnings and cash flow.

 

We may be unsuccessful in competing in the highly competitive international tanker market, which would negatively affect our results of operations and financial condition and our ability to expand our business.

 

The operation of tanker vessels and transportation of petroleum and chemical products is extremely competitive, and our industry is capital intensive and highly fragmented. Competition arises primarily from other tanker owners, including major oil companies as well as independent tanker companies, some of which have substantially greater resources than we do. Competition for the transportation of oil products and chemicals can be intense and depends on price, location, size, age, condition and the acceptability of the tanker and its operators to the charterers. We may be unable to compete effectively with other tanker owners, including major oil companies and independent tanker companies.

 

Our market share may decrease in the future. We may not be able to compete profitably to the extent we seek to expand our business into new geographic regions or provide new services. New markets may require different skills, knowledge or strategies than those we use in our current markets, and the competitors in those new markets may have greater financial strength and capital resources than we do.

 

15

 

 

We derive a significant portion of our revenues from a limited number of customers, and the loss of any such customers could result in a significant loss of revenues and cash flow.

 

We have derived, and we may continue to derive, a significant portion of our revenues and cash flow from a limited number of customers. No customer accounted for 10% or more of our consolidated revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019. Vitol Group accounted for more than 10% of our consolidated revenue for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017. No other customer accounted for 10% or more of our consolidated revenue during any of these periods. The identity of customers which may account for 10% or more of revenue may vary from time to time.

 

If we lose a key customer or if a customer exercises its right under some charters to terminate the charter, we may be unable to enter into an adequate replacement charter for the applicable vessel or vessels. The loss of any of our significant customers or a reduction in revenues from them could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition.

 

Charterers may terminate or default on their charters, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations and cash flow.

 

Any charters may terminate earlier than their scheduled expirations. The terms of any existing or future charters may vary as to which events or occurrences will cause a charter to terminate or give the charterer the option to terminate the charter, but these may include: a total or constructive loss of the relevant vessel; or the failure of the relevant vessel to meet specified performance criteria. In addition, the ability of each of our charterers to perform its obligations under a charter will depend on a number of factors that are beyond our control. These factors may include general economic conditions, the condition of the tanker industry, the charter rates received for specific types of vessels and various operating expenses. The costs and delays associated with the default by a charterer under a charter of a vessel may be considerable and may adversely affect our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition and our available cash.

 

To the extent we may enter into time charters in the future for our vessels, we cannot predict whether any charterers may, upon the expiration of their charters, re-charter our vessels on favorable terms or at all. If our charterers are unable or decide not to re-charter our vessels, we may not be able to re-charter them on terms similar to our current charters or at all. In addition, the ability and willingness of each of our counterparties to perform its obligations under a time charter agreement with us will depend on a number of factors that are beyond our control and may include, among other things, general economic conditions, the condition of the tanker shipping industry and the overall financial condition of the counterparties. Charterers are sensitive to the commodity markets and may be impacted by market forces affecting commodities. In depressed market conditions, there have been reports of charterers renegotiating their charters or defaulting on their obligations under charters. Our customers may fail to pay charter hire or attempt to renegotiate charter rates. If a counterparty fails to honor its obligations under agreements with us, it may be difficult for us to secure substitute employment for such vessel, and any new charter arrangements we secure in the spot market or on time charters may be at lower rates. Any failure by our charterers to meet their obligations to us or any renegotiation of our charter agreements could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our ability to obtain additional debt financing may be dependent on the performance of any then-existing charters and the creditworthiness of our charterers.

 

The actual or perceived credit quality of our charterers, and any defaults by them, may materially affect our ability to obtain the additional capital resources that we will require to purchase additional vessels or may significantly increase our costs of obtaining such capital. Our inability to obtain additional financing at all or at a higher than anticipated cost may materially affect our results of operations and our ability to implement our business strategy.

 

16

 

 

Our debt levels and lease obligations may limit our flexibility in obtaining additional financing and in pursuing other business opportunities.

 

As of December 31, 2019, we had $423.0 million in aggregate principal amount of outstanding indebtedness and finance lease obligations. In addition, in the future we may enter into new debt arrangements, issue debt securities or incur additional finance lease obligations. Our level of debt and lease obligations could have important consequences to us, including the following:

 

  our ability to obtain additional financing, if necessary, for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or other purposes may be impaired or such financing may not be available on favorable terms;
  we may need to use a substantial portion of our cash from operations to make principal and interest payments relating to our debt obligations, reducing the funds that would otherwise be available for operations and future business opportunities;
  we may be more vulnerable than our competitors with less debt to competitive pressures or a downturn in our business or the economy generally; and
  our flexibility in responding to changing business and economic conditions may be limited.

 

Servicing our current or future indebtedness and lease obligations limits funds available for other purposes and if we cannot service our debt, we may lose our vessels.

 

Borrowing under our existing credit facilities and obligations under our lease arrangements require us to dedicate a significant part of our cash flow from operations to paying principal and interest on our indebtedness under such facilities or obligations under our finance lease arrangements, and we intend to incur additional debt in the future. These payments limit funds available for working capital, capital expenditures and other purposes.

 

Amounts borrowed under our credit facilities bear interest at variable rates. Increases in prevailing rates could increase the amounts that we would have to pay to our lenders, even though the outstanding principal amount remains the same, and our net income and cash flows would decrease. Currently, we do not have any hedge arrangements in place to reduce our exposure to interest rate variability on variable rate debt and lease obligations.

 

Our ability to service our debt and lease obligations will depend upon, among other things, our financial and operating performance, which will be affected by prevailing economic and industry conditions and financial, business, regulatory and other factors, some of which are beyond our control. If our results of operations and cash reserves are not sufficient to service our current or future indebtedness and lease obligations, we may be forced to:

 

  reduce any dividends;
  seek to raise additional capital;
  seek to refinance or restructure our debt;
  sell tankers;
  reduce or delay our business activities, capital expenditures, investments or acquisitions; or
  seek bankruptcy protection.

 

We may be unable to effect any of these remedies, if necessary, on satisfactory terms, and these remedies may not be sufficient to allow us to meet our debt or lease obligations. If we are unable to meet our debt or lease obligations or if some other default occurs under our credit facilities or lease arrangements, our lenders could elect to declare our debt, together with accrued interest and fees, to be immediately due and payable and proceed against the collateral vessels securing that debt or our lessors could terminate our rights under our finance leases.

 

17

 

 

We are a holding company and depend on the ability of our subsidiaries to distribute funds to us in order to satisfy our financial obligations and to make dividend payments.

 

We are a holding company and our subsidiaries, which are all directly and indirectly wholly owned by us, conduct our operations and own all of our operating assets. As a result, our ability to satisfy our financial obligations and to pay dividends to our shareholders depends on the ability of our subsidiaries to generate profits available for distribution to us and, to the extent that they are unable to generate profits, we will be unable to pay our creditors or dividends to our shareholders.

  

Our credit facilities and lease arrangements contain restrictive covenants, which among other things, limit the amount of cash we may use for other corporate activities, which could negatively affect our growth and cause our financial performance to suffer.

 

Our credit facilities and lease arrangements impose operating and financial restrictions on us. These restrictions may limit our ability, or the ability of our subsidiaries to, among other things:

 

  pay dividends and make capital expenditures if we do not repay amounts drawn under our credit facilities or if there is another default under our credit facilities;
  incur additional indebtedness, including the issuance of guarantees;
  incur additional lease obligations;
  create liens on our assets;
  change the flag, class or management of our vessels or terminate or materially amend the management agreement relating to each vessel;
  sell our vessels;
  merge or consolidate with, or transfer all or substantially all our assets to, another person; or
  enter into a new line of business.

 

Certain of our credit facilities and lease obligations require us to maintain specified financial ratios and satisfy financial covenants. These financial ratios and covenants require us, among other things, to maintain minimum solvency, cash and cash equivalents, corporate net worth, working capital, loan-to-value levels and to avoid exceeding corporate leverage maximum.

 

As a result of these restrictions, we may need to seek consent from our lenders in order to engage in some corporate actions. Our lenders’ interests may be different from ours and we may not be able to obtain consent when needed. This may limit our ability to finance our future operations or capital requirements, make acquisitions or pursue business opportunities. Our ability to comply with covenants and restrictions contained in debt instruments and lease arrangements may be affected by events beyond our control, including prevailing economic, financial and industry conditions. If market or other economic conditions deteriorate, we may fail to comply with these covenants. If we breach any of the restrictions, covenants, ratios or tests in our financing agreements, our obligations may become immediately due and payable, we could be subject to increased rates or fees, and the lenders’ commitment under our credit facilities, if any, to make further loans may terminate. A default under financing agreements or lease arrangements could also result in foreclosure on any of our vessels and other assets securing related loans or a loss of our rights as a lessee under our finance leases.

 

If interest rates increase, it will affect the interest rates under our credit facilities and finance lease facilities, which could affect our results of operations.

 

Amounts borrowed under our existing credit facilities bear interest at an annual rate ranging from 2.40% to 3.50% above LIBOR. Certain of our finance lease arrangements bear interest at an annual rate ranging from 3.00% to 4.50% above LIBOR. Interest rates have recently been at relatively low levels and any increase in interest rates would lead to an increase in LIBOR, which would affect the amount of interest payable on amounts that we borrow under our credit facilities and the amount of our obligations under certain of our finance leases, which in turn could have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

 

18

 

 

There is uncertainty as to the continued use of LIBOR in the future, and the interest rates on our LIBOR-based obligations may increase in the future.

 

LIBOR is the subject of recent national, international and other regulatory guidance and proposals for reform. This guidance indicates that the continuation of LIBOR on the current basis cannot be guaranteed after 2021, and there is substantial risk that LIBOR will be discontinued or modified by 2021. Global regulators are working with the financial sector to transition away from the use of LIBOR and towards the adoption of alternative reference rates. The consequences of these developments cannot be entirely predicted but could include an increase in the cost of our variable rate indebtedness and obligations, which could adversely affect our results of operations and ability to service our applicable indebtedness and financial lease obligations. As of December 31, 2019, we had $423.0 million in aggregate principal amount of outstanding indebtedness and finance lease obligations with interest obligations based on LIBOR plus applicable margins.

 

If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud. As a result, shareholders could lose confidence in our financial and other public reporting, which would harm our business and the trading price of our common stock.

 

Effective internal controls over financial reporting are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and, together with adequate disclosure controls and procedures, are designed to prevent fraud. Any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation, could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. In addition, any testing we conduct in connection with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or any testing conducted by our independent registered public accounting firm, may reveal deficiencies in our internal controls over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses or that may require prospective or retroactive changes to our financial statements or identify other areas for further attention or improvement. Ineffective internal controls could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, limit our ability to access capital markets or require us to incur additional costs to improve our internal control and disclosure control systems and procedures, which could harm our business and have a negative effect on the trading price of our securities.

 

In July 2019, following discussions with Ernst & Young, our independent external auditor at the time, we identified an error in the presented location of the net gains and losses on disposal of vessels in our consolidated statements of comprehensive income/(loss). While properly stated in every other respect, the net gains and losses on disposal of vessels were improperly presented in our consolidated statements of comprehensive income/(loss) for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 and for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2019. This deficiency resulted in the restatement of our consolidated statements of comprehensive income/(loss), as described in Note 3 to the notes to our consolidated financial statements included in our Annual Report on Form 20-F/A filed with the SEC on August 2, 2019 (the “Amended 2018 Annual Report”). It was also determined that this deficiency constituted a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. Consequently, management concluded that we did not maintain effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, as indicated in Item 15. Controls and Procedures of the Amended 2018 Annual Report. We fully remediated the deficiency during the fourth quarter of 2019. Commencing with our financial statements for the quarter ended June 30, 2019, we removed the subtotal for (loss)/profit from operations in our consolidated statements of comprehensive income/(loss), such that the revised presentation of the net gains and losses on disposal of vessels now complies with U.S. GAAP. In addition, we implemented a more rigorous process to identify transactions which may be subject to specific presentation requirements within U.S. GAAP, including the engagement of appropriately qualified third-party experts, as required. Although we have remediated the deficiency, there is no assurance that other deficiencies or material weaknesses may not exist or arise in the future.

 

We are subject to certain risks with respect to our counterparties on contracts, and failure of such counterparties to meet their obligations could cause us to suffer losses or otherwise adversely affect our results of operations.

 

We have entered into spot charter contracts, commercial pool agreements, ship management agreements, credit facilities and finance lease arrangements and other commercial arrangements. Such agreements and arrangements subject us to counterparty risks. The ability and willingness of each of our counterparties to perform its obligations under a contract with us will depend on a number of factors that are beyond our control and may include, among other things, general economic conditions, the condition of the maritime and offshore industries, the overall financial condition of the counterparty, charter rates received for specific types of vessels, and various expenses. In addition, in depressed market conditions, our charterers and customers may no longer need a vessel that is currently under charter or contract or may be able to obtain a comparable vessel at lower rates. As a result, charterers and customers may seek to renegotiate the terms of their existing charter agreements or avoid their obligations under those contracts. Should a counterparty fail to honor its obligations under agreements with us, we could sustain significant losses, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

19

 

 

Our business depends upon key members of our senior management team who may not necessarily continue to work for us.

 

Our future success depends to a significant extent upon certain members of our senior management team. Our management team includes members who have substantial experience in the product tanker and chemical shipping industries and have worked with us since inception. Our management team is crucial to the execution of our business strategies and to the growth and development of our business. If the individuals were no longer affiliated with us, we may be unable to recruit other employees with equivalent talent and experience, and our business and financial condition may suffer as a result.

 

Our insurance may not be adequate to cover our losses that may result from our operations due to the inherent risks of the tanker industry.

 

We carry insurance to protect us against most of the accident-related risks involved in the conduct of our business, including marine hull and machinery insurance, protection and indemnity insurance, which includes pollution risks, crew insurance and war risk insurance. However, we may not be adequately insured to cover losses from our operational risks, which could have a material adverse effect on us. Additionally, our insurers may refuse to pay particular claims and our insurance may be voidable by the insurers if we take, or fail to take, certain action, such as failing to maintain certification of our vessels with applicable maritime regulatory organizations. Any significant uninsured or under-insured loss or liability could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, we may not be able to obtain adequate insurance coverage at reasonable rates in the future during adverse insurance market conditions. Changes in the insurance markets attributable to terrorist attacks may also make certain types of insurance more difficult for us to obtain due to increased premiums or reduced or restricted coverage for losses caused by terrorist acts generally.

 

Because we obtain some of our insurance through protection and indemnity associations, we may be required to make additional premium payments.

 

We receive insurance coverage for tort liability, including pollution-related liability, from protection and indemnity associations. We may be subject to increased premium payments, or calls, in amounts based on our claim records, the claim records of our managers, as well as the claim records of other members of the protection and indemnity associations. In addition, our protection and indemnity associations may not have enough resources to cover claims made against them. Our payment of these calls could result in significant expense to us, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

Exposure to currency exchange rate fluctuations could result in fluctuations in our operating results.

 

We operate within the international shipping market, which utilizes the U.S. Dollar as its functional currency. As a consequence, the majority of our revenues and the majority of our expenses are in U.S. Dollars.

 

However, we incur certain general and operating expenses, including vessel operating expenses and general and administrative expenses, in foreign currencies, the most significant of which are the Euro, Singapore Dollar, and British Pound Sterling. This partial mismatch in revenues and expenses could lead to fluctuations in net income due to changes in the value of the U.S. Dollar relative to other currencies.

 

20

 

 

Climate change and greenhouse gas restrictions may adversely affect our operating results.

 

A number of countries have adopted, or are considering the adoption of, international, national or local regulatory frameworks to reduce greenhouse gas emissions due to the concern about climate change. These regulatory measures in various jurisdictions include the adoption of cap and trade regimes, carbon taxes, increased efficiency standards, and incentives or mandates for renewable energy. In November 2016, the Paris Agreement that deals with greenhouse gas emission reduction measures and targets to limit global temperature increases came into force, which could result in additional regulation on the shipping industry, although it does not directly limit greenhouse gas emissions from ships at this time.

 

Compliance with changes in laws, regulations and obligations relating to climate change, including as a result of such international negotiations, could increase our costs related to operating and maintaining our vessels and require us to install new emission controls, acquire allowances or pay taxes related to our greenhouse gas emissions, or administer and manage a greenhouse gas emissions program. Revenue generation and strategic growth opportunities may also be adversely affected.

 

The effects upon the oil industry relating to climate change and the resulting regulations may also include declining demand for our services. We do not expect that demand for oil will lessen dramatically over the short-term, but in the long-term climate change may reduce the demand for oil or increased regulation of greenhouse gases may create greater incentives for use of alternative energy sources. Any long-term material adverse effect on the oil industry could adversely affect the financial and operational aspects of our business, which we cannot predict with certainty at this time.

 

Regulations relating to ballast water discharge which came into effect during September 2019 may adversely affect our results of operation and financial condition.

 

The IMO has imposed updated guidelines for ballast water management systems specifying the maximum amount of viable organisms allowed to be discharged from a vessel’s ballast water. Depending on the date of the International Oil Pollution Prevention (“IOPP”) renewal survey, existing vessels constructed before September 8, 2017 were required to comply with the updated D-2 standard on or after September 8, 2019. For most vessels, compliance with the D-2 standard involved installing on-board systems to treat ballast water and eliminate unwanted organisms. Ships constructed on or after September 8, 2017 are required to comply with the D-2 standards on or after September 8, 2017. All of our vessels currently comply with the updated guidelines of compliance. The cost of compliance with these regulations may be substantial and may adversely affect our results of operation and financial condition.

 

Furthermore, United States regulations are currently changing. Although the 2013 Vessel General Permit (“VGP”) program and U.S. National Invasive Species Act (“NISA”) are currently in effect to regulate ballast discharge, exchange and installation, the Vessel Incidental Discharge Act (“VIDA”), which was signed into law on December 4, 2018, requires that the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency develop national standards of performance for approximately 30 discharges, similar to those found in the VGP, within two years. By approximately 2022, the U.S. Coast Guard must develop corresponding implementation, compliance and enforcement regulations regarding ballast water. The new regulations could require the installation of new equipment, which may cause us to incur substantial costs.

 

We are incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands, which does not have a well-developed body of corporate case law or bankruptcy law and, as a result, shareholders may have fewer rights and protections under Marshall Islands law than under a typical jurisdiction in the United States.

 

Our corporate affairs are governed by our articles of incorporation and bylaws and by the Business Corporations Act of the Republic of the Marshall Islands (the “BCA”). The provisions of the BCA resemble provisions of the corporation laws of a number of states in the United States. However, there have been few judicial cases in the Republic of the Marshall Islands interpreting the BCA. The rights and fiduciary responsibilities of directors under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands are not as clearly established as the rights and fiduciary responsibilities of directors under statutes or judicial precedent in existence in certain U.S. jurisdictions. Shareholder rights may differ as well. While the BCA does specifically incorporate the non-statutory law, or judicial case law, of the State of Delaware and other states with substantially similar legislative provisions, our shareholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interests in the face of actions by management, directors or controlling shareholders than would shareholders of a corporation incorporated in a U.S. jurisdiction. In addition, the Republic of the Marshall Islands does not have a well-developed body of bankruptcy law. As such, in the case of a bankruptcy involving us, there may be a delay of bankruptcy proceedings and the ability of securityholders and creditors to receive recovery after a bankruptcy proceeding, and any such recovery may be less predictable.

 

21

 

 

It may be difficult to serve process on or enforce a U.S. judgment against us, our officers and our directors.

 

We are a Marshall Islands corporation and several of our executive offices are located outside of the United States. Most of our directors and officers reside outside the United States. In addition, a substantial portion of our assets and the assets of our directors, officers and experts are located outside of the United States. As a result, you may have difficulty serving legal process upon us or any of these persons within the United States. You may also have difficulty enforcing, both in and outside the United States, judgments you may obtain in U.S. courts against us or any of these persons in any action, including actions based upon the civil liability provisions of U.S. federal or state securities laws. In addition, there is substantial doubt that the courts of the Republic of the Marshall Islands or of non-U.S. jurisdictions in which our offices are located would enter judgments in original actions brought in those courts predicated on U.S. federal or state securities laws.

 

We recently changed our dividend policy as part of a new capital allocation policy. Our ability to pay any dividends in the future may be limited by the amount of cash we generate from operations and priorities ascribed by the board of directors for allocation of capital.

 

We paid a cash dividend of $0.05 per common share on February 28, 2020 relating to our results for the fourth quarter of 2019, consistent with our dividend policy. However, we previously had not paid dividends on our common stock since August 31, 2016, when we paid a cash dividend of $0.11 per share for the quarter ended June 30, 2016, and we may not pay dividends in the future.

 

On March 9, 2020, we announced a new capital allocation policy which sets out our priorities among fleet maintenance, financial strength, accretive growth and returning capital to shareholders. Commencing with the quarter ending March 31, 2020, we will transition to the new policy and will provide updates to our capital allocation priorities on quarterly earnings calls.

 

The amount of any dividends we may pay in the future will depend in part upon the amount of cash we generate from our operations and priorities for capital determined by the board of directors. We may not, however, have sufficient cash available each quarter to pay dividends, as a result of insufficient levels of profit, restrictions on the payment of dividends contained in our financing arrangements or under applicable law and the decisions of our management and directors.

 

The amount of cash we have available for dividends may fluctuate upon, among other things:

 

  the rates we obtain from our charters, as well as the rates obtained following expiration of our existing charters;
  the level of our operating costs;
  the number of unscheduled off-hire days and the timing of, and number of days required for, scheduled drydocking of our vessels;
  vessel acquisitions and related financings, such as restrictions in our credit facilities, lease arrangements and in any future financing arrangements;
  prevailing global and regional economic and political conditions;
  the effect of governmental regulations and maritime self-regulatory organization standards, including with respect to environmental and safety matters, on the conduct of our business; and
  changes in the bases of taxation of our activities in various jurisdictions.

 

The actual amount of cash we will have available for dividends will also depend on many factors, including:

 

  changes in our operating cash flows, capital expenditure requirements, working capital requirements and other cash needs;
  our fleet expansion strategy and associated uses of our cash and our financing requirements;
  priorities established by our board of directors for capital allocation or modification or revocation of our capital allocation policy by our board of directors;
  the amount of any cash reserves established by our board of directors; and
  restrictions under our financing agreements and Marshall Islands law.

 

22

 

 

The amount of cash we generate from our operations may differ materially from our net income or loss for the period, which may be affected by non-cash items. We may incur other expenses or liabilities that could reduce or eliminate the cash available for distribution as dividends. Our credit facilities and obligations under certain of our finance lease arrangements also restrict our ability to declare and pay dividends if an event of default has occurred and is continuing or if the payment of the dividend would result in an event of default. In addition, Marshall Islands law generally prohibits the payment of dividends other than from surplus (retained earnings in excess of consideration received for the sale of stock above the par value of the stock), or while a company is insolvent or if it would be rendered insolvent by the payment of such a dividend, and any dividend may be discontinued at the discretion of our board of directors. As a result of these or other factors, we may pay dividends during periods when we record losses and may not pay dividends during periods when we record income.

 

Future sales of our common shares could cause the market price of our common shares to decline.

 

The market price for our common shares could decline as a result of sales by existing shareholders of large numbers of our common shares, or as a result of the perception that such sales may occur. Sales of our common shares by these shareholders also might make it more difficult for us to sell equity or equity-related securities in the future at a time and at the prices that we deem appropriate.

 

Anti-takeover provisions in our articles of incorporation and bylaws documents could make it difficult for our shareholders to replace or remove our current board of directors or could have the effect of discouraging, delaying or preventing a merger or acquisition, which could adversely affect the market price of our common shares.

 

Several provisions of our articles of incorporation and bylaws could make it difficult for our shareholders to change the composition of our board of directors in any one year, preventing them from changing the composition of management. In addition, the same provisions may discourage, delay or prevent a merger or acquisition that shareholders may consider favorable. These provisions include:

 

  authorizing the board of directors to issue “blank check” preferred stock without shareholder approval;
  providing for a classified board of directors with staggered, three-year terms;
  prohibiting cumulative voting in the election of directors;
  authorizing the removal of directors only for cause and only upon the affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds of the outstanding shares of our common stock entitled to vote for the directors;
  limiting the persons who may call special meetings of shareholders; and
  establishing advance notice requirements for nominating candidates for election to our board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted on by shareholders at shareholder meetings.

 

These anti-takeover provisions could substantially impede the ability of public shareholders to benefit from a change in control and, as a result, may adversely affect the market price of our common stock and your ability to realize any potential change of control premium.

 

23

 

 

Tax Risks

 

U.S. tax authorities could treat us as a “passive foreign investment company”, which could have adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. holders.

 

A foreign corporation will be treated as a passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”), for U.S. federal income tax purposes if either (1) at least 75% of its gross income for any taxable year consists of “passive income” or (2) at least 50% of the average value of the corporation’s assets produce or are held for the production of “passive income”. For purposes of these tests, “passive income” generally includes dividends, interest, and gains from the sale or exchange of investment property and rents and royalties other than rents and royalties which are received from unrelated parties in connection with the active conduct of a trade or business. For purposes of these tests, income derived from the performance of services generally does not constitute “passive income”. U.S. shareholders of a PFIC are subject to an adverse U.S. federal income tax regime with respect to the income derived by the PFIC, the distributions they receive from the PFIC and the gain, if any, they derive from the sale or other disposition of their shares in the PFIC.

 

Based upon our operations as described herein, we do not believe that our income from time charters should be treated as “passive income” for purposes of determining whether we are a PFIC, and, consequently, the assets that we own and operate in connection with the production of that income should not constitute passive assets. Accordingly, based on our current operations, we do not believe we will be treated as a PFIC with respect to any taxable year.

 

There is substantial legal authority supporting this position consisting of case law and U.S. Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”), pronouncements concerning the characterization of income derived from time charters and voyage charters as services income for other tax purposes. However, there is also authority which characterizes time charter income as rental income rather than services income for other tax purposes.

 

Accordingly, no assurance can be given that the IRS or a court of law will accept this position, and there is a risk that the IRS or a court of law could determine that we are a PFIC. Moreover, no assurance can be given that we would not constitute a PFIC for any future taxable year if the nature and extent of our operations change.

 

If the IRS were successful in asserting that we are or have been a PFIC for any taxable year, U.S. shareholders would face adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences. Under the PFIC rules, unless a shareholder makes an election available under the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, (the “Code”), which election could itself have adverse consequences for such shareholders, as discussed below under Item 10.E (“Taxation of Holders — U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations — U.S. Federal Income Taxation of United States Holders”), excess distributions and any gain from the disposition of such shareholder’s common shares would be allocated ratably over the shareholder’s holding period of the common shares and the amounts allocated to the taxable year of the excess distribution or sale or other disposition and to any year before we became a PFIC would be taxed as ordinary income. The amount allocated to each other taxable year would be subject to tax at the highest rate in effect for individuals or corporations, as appropriate, for that taxable year, and an interest charge would be imposed with respect to such tax. See Item 10.E (“Taxation of Holders — U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations — U.S. Federal Income Taxation of United States Holders”) for a more comprehensive discussion of the U.S. federal income tax consequences to United States shareholders if we are treated as a PFIC.

 

We may have to pay tax on U.S. source shipping income, which would reduce our earnings.

 

Under the Code, 50% of the gross shipping income of a corporation that owns or charters vessels, as we and our subsidiaries do, that is attributable to transportation that begins or ends, but that does not both begin and end, in the United States will be subject to a 4% U.S. federal income tax without allowance for deduction, unless that corporation qualifies for exemption from tax under Section 883 of the Code and the applicable Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder or that corporation is entitled to an exemption from such tax under an applicable U.S. income tax treaty.

 

24

 

 

We expect to take the position that we qualify for this statutory exemption for U.S. federal income tax return reporting purposes for our 2019 taxable year and we intend to so qualify for future taxable years. However, there are factual circumstances beyond our control that could cause us to lose the benefit of this tax exemption and thereby cause us to become subject to U.S. federal income tax on our U.S. source shipping income. For example, there is a risk that we could no longer qualify for exemption under Section 883 of the Code for a particular taxable year if “non-qualified” shareholders with a 5% or greater interest in our stock were, in combination with each other, to own 50% or more of the outstanding shares of our stock on more than half the days during the taxable year. Due to the factual nature of the issues involved, we can give no assurances on our tax-exempt status or that of any of our subsidiaries.

 

If we or our subsidiaries were not entitled to exemption under Section 883 of the Code for any taxable year, we or our subsidiaries would be subject for such year to a 4% U.S. federal income tax on 50% of the shipping income we or our subsidiaries derive during the year which is attributable to the transport of cargoes to or from the United States. The imposition of this taxation would have a negative effect on our business and would decrease our earnings available for distribution to our shareholders. For a discussion of the U.S. federal income tax treatment of our operating income, please read “Additional Information—Taxation of Holders—U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—U.S. Federal Income Taxation of Operating Income: In General.”

 

We may be subject to additional taxes, which could adversely impact our business and financial results.

 

We and our subsidiaries are subject to tax in certain jurisdictions in which we or our subsidiaries are organized, own assets or have operations. In computing our tax obligations in these jurisdictions, we are required to take various tax accounting and reporting positions on matters that are not entirely free from doubt and for which we have not received rulings from the governing authorities. We cannot assure you that, upon review of these positions, the applicable authorities will agree with our positions. A successful challenge by a tax authority could result in additional tax imposed on us or our subsidiaries, which could adversely impact our business and financial results.

 

Item 4. Information on the Company

 

A. History and Development of the Company

 

We are Ardmore Shipping. We provide seaborne transportation of petroleum products and chemicals worldwide to oil majors, national oil companies, oil and chemical traders, and chemical companies, with our modern, fuel-efficient fleet of mid-size product and chemical tankers. As at March 15, 2020, our current fleet consists of 25 vessels, all of which are in operation.

 

Ardmore Shipping Corporation was incorporated under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands on May 14, 2013. We commenced business operations through our predecessor company, Ardmore Shipping LLC, on April 15, 2010. On August 6, 2013, we completed our initial public offering (“IPO”) of 10,000,000 shares of our common stock.

 

We have 75 wholly owned subsidiaries and a 50%-owned joint venture entity, Anglo Ardmore Ship Management Limited (“AASML”), which provides technical management services to the majority of our fleet. A list of our subsidiaries is included as Exhibit 8.1 to this Annual Report.

 

We maintain our principal executive and management offices at Belvedere Building, 69 Pitts Bay Road, Ground Floor, Pembroke, HM08, Bermuda. Our telephone number at these offices is +1 441 405 7800. Ardmore Shipping (Bermuda) Limited (“ASBL”), a wholly owned subsidiary incorporated in Bermuda, carries out our management services and associated functions. Ardmore Shipping Services (Ireland) Limited (“ASSIL”), a wholly owned subsidiary incorporated in Ireland, provides our corporate, accounting, fleet administration and operations services. Ardmore Shipping (Asia) Pte. Limited (“ASA”), a wholly owned subsidiary incorporated in Singapore, and Ardmore Shipping (Americas) LLC (“ASUSA”), a wholly owned subsidiary incorporated in Delaware, each perform commercial management and chartering services for us.

 

The SEC’s website at www.sec.gov contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. Our website address is www.ardmoreshipping.com. The information contained on our website is not part of this annual report.

 

25

 

 

B. Business Overview

 

We commenced business operations in April 2010 with the goal of building an enduring product and chemical tanker company that emphasizes disciplined capital allocation, service excellence, innovation, and operational efficiency through our focus on high quality, fuel-efficient vessels. We are led by a team of experienced senior managers who have previously held senior management positions with highly regarded public shipping companies and financial institutions.

 

We are strategically focused on modern, fuel-efficient, mid-size product and chemical tankers. We actively pursue opportunities to exploit the overlap we believe exists between the clean petroleum product (“CPP”) and chemical sectors in order to enhance earnings, and also seek to engage in more complex CPP trades, such as multi-grade and multi-port loading and discharging operations, where our knowledge of chemical operations is beneficial to our CPP customers.

 

Our fuel-efficient operations are designed to enhance our operating performance and provide value-added service to our customers. We believe we are at the forefront of fuel efficiency and emissions reduction trends and are well positioned to capitalize on these developments with our fleet of Eco-design and Eco-mod vessels. Our acquisition strategy is to continue to build our fleet with Eco-design newbuildings or Eco-design second-hand vessels and with modern second-hand vessels that can be upgraded to Eco-mod.

 

We are an integrated shipping company. The majority of our fleet is technically managed by a combination of ASSIL and our 50% owned joint venture AASML and we also retain a third-party technical manager for some of our vessels. We have a resolute focus on both high-quality service and efficient operations, and we believe that our corporate overhead and operating expenses are among the lowest of our peers.

 

We are commercially independent, as we have no blanket employment arrangements with third-party or related-party commercial managers. Through our in-house chartering and commercial team, we market our services directly to a broad range of customers, including oil majors, national oil companies, oil and chemical traders, chemical companies, and pooling service providers. We monitor the tanker markets to understand how to best utilize our vessels and may change our chartering strategy to take advantage of changing market conditions.

 

Other than technical management services provided to us by our 50% joint venture AASML we have no related-party transactions concerning our vessel operations or vessel sale and purchase activities. Certain of our wholly owned subsidiaries carry out our management and administrative services, with ASBL providing us with corporate and executive management services and associated functions, ASSIL providing corporate and accounting administrative services, as well as technical operations services and fleet administration, and ASA and ASUSA providing our commercial management and chartering services.

 

We believe that the market for mid-size product and chemical tankers is recovering from cyclical lows, resulting from strong underlying demand growth driven by both cyclical and secular trends, as well as a reduction in the supply overhang due to reduced ordering activity and an extended period of fleet growth at a rate below that of demand growth. We believe that we are well positioned to benefit from a market recovery with a modern, fuel-efficient fleet, access to capital for growth, a diverse and high-quality customer base, an emphasis on service excellence in an increasingly demanding regulatory environment and a relative cost advantage in assets, operations and corporate overhead.

 

Please see Item 5 “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects – Recent Developments” for a description of certain of our recent transactions and developments.

 

26

 

 

Fleet List

 

As at March 15, 2020, our current fleet consists of 25 vessels, including 21 Eco-design and four Eco-mod vessels, all of which are in operation. The average age of our vessels at March 15, 2020, was 6.6 years.

 

Vessel Name   Type   Dwt Tonnes     IMO     Built   Country   Flag   Specification
Ardmore Seavaliant   Product/Chemical     49,998       2/3     Feb-13   Korea   MI   Eco-design
Ardmore Seaventure   Product/Chemical     49,998       2/3     Jun-13   Korea   MI   Eco-design
Ardmore Seavantage   Product/Chemical     49,997       2/3     Jan-14   Korea   MI   Eco-design
Ardmore Seavanguard   Product/Chemical     49,998       2/3     Feb-14   Korea   MI   Eco-design
Ardmore Sealion   Product/Chemical     49,999       2/3     May-15   Korea   MI   Eco-design
Ardmore Seafox   Product/Chemical     49,999       2/3     Jun-15   Korea   MI   Eco-design
Ardmore Seawolf   Product/Chemical     49,999       2/3     Aug-15   Korea   MI   Eco-design
Ardmore Seahawk   Product/Chemical     49,999       2/3     Nov-15   Korea   MI   Eco-design
Ardmore Endeavour   Product/Chemical     49,997       2/3     Jul-13   Korea   MI   Eco-design
Ardmore Enterprise   Product/Chemical     49,453       2/3     Sep-13   Korea   MI   Eco-design
Ardmore Endurance   Product/Chemical     49,466       2/3     Dec-13   Korea   MI   Eco-design
Ardmore Encounter   Product/Chemical     49,478       2/3     Jan-14   Korea   MI   Eco-design
Ardmore Explorer   Product/Chemical     49,494       2/3     Jan-14   Korea   MI   Eco-design
Ardmore Exporter   Product/Chemical     49,466       2/3     Feb-14   Korea   MI   Eco-design
Ardmore Engineer   Product/Chemical     49,420       2/3     Mar-14   Korea   MI   Eco-design
Ardmore Seamariner   Product/Chemical     45,726       3     Oct-06   Japan   MI   Eco-mod
Ardmore Sealancer   Product     47,451       -     Jun-08   Japan   MI   Eco-mod
Ardmore Sealeader   Product     47,463       -     Aug-08   Japan   MI   Eco-mod
Ardmore Sealifter   Product     47,472       -     Jun-08   Japan   MI   Eco-mod
Ardmore Dauntless   Product/Chemical     37,764       2     Feb-15   Japan   MI   Eco-design
Ardmore Defender   Product/Chemical     37,791       2     Feb-15   Japan   MI   Eco-design
Ardmore Cherokee   Product/Chemical     25,215       2     Jan-15   Japan   MI   Eco-design
Ardmore Cheyenne   Product/Chemical     25,217       2     Mar-15   Japan   MI   Eco-design
Ardmore Chinook   Product/Chemical     25,217       2     Jul-15   Japan   MI   Eco-design
Ardmore Chippewa   Product/Chemical     25,217       2     Nov-15   Japan   MI   Eco-design
Total   25     1,111,294                          

 

27

 

 

Business Strategy

 

Our objective is to solidify our position as a market leader in modern, fuel-efficient, mid-size product and chemical tankers by engaging in well-timed growth and utilizing our operational expertise and quality-focused approach to provide value-added services to our customers. The key elements of our business strategy include:

 

  Disciplined capital allocation and well-timed growth. We have a diligent and patient approach to capital allocation and expanding our fleet and we are selective as to the quality of vessels we seek to acquire. We believe that our commitment and selectivity in growing our fleet has been instrumental in building our reputation for quality and service excellence. We also believe that financial flexibility and well-timed quality fleet growth is key to delivering superior returns.
     
  Focus on modern high quality, mid-size product and chemical tankers. We maintain a very modern fleet, with all vessels built in high-quality yards in South Korea or Japan. The average sizes of our product and chemical tankers are substantially similar to the median sizes of the global fleets for product tankers and chemical tankers. We have developed our strategic focus around mainstream tanker sizes that are readily employed and actively traded worldwide in broad and deep markets.
     
    In addition, as a result of the overlap between the product and chemical sectors, we believe that our fleet composition enables us to take advantage of opportunities, both operationally and strategically, while also providing investment diversification.
     
  Optimizing fuel efficiency. The shipping industry is experiencing a steady increase in fuel efficiency, and we intend to remain at the forefront of this development. Our Eco-design vessels incorporate many of the latest technological improvements, such as electronically controlled engines, more efficient hull forms matched with energy efficient propellers, and decreased water resistance. Our Eco-mod vessels have improved propulsion efficiency and decreased water resistance. In addition, we achieve further improvements through engine diagnostics and operational performance monitoring.
     
  Commercial independence, flexibility and customer service. Through our in-house chartering and commercial team and our ship management joint venture arrangement, we have an integrated operating platform resulting in leading commercial and operational performance. We maintain a broad range of existing and potential spot customers, as well as pooling alternatives and potential time-charter customers, to maximize commercial flexibility and customer diversification. Maintaining outstanding customer service is a cornerstone of our business and we seek customers that value our active approach to fuel efficiency and service delivery.
     
  Low cost structure. We have established a solid foundation for growth while cost-effectively managing our operating expenses and corporate overhead. We intend to grow our staff as needed and to realize further economies of scale as our fleet expands. At the core of our business philosophy is the belief that well-run companies can deliver high quality service and achieve efficiency simultaneously, through hands-on management, effective communication with employees, and constant re-evaluation of budgets and operational performance.

 

Corporate Officers, Staff and Seafarers

 

Biographical information with respect to each of our directors and executive officers is set forth in Item 6 (“Directors, Senior Management and Employees”) of this Annual Report.

 

As at December 31, 2019, we employed 48 full-time staff and three part-time staff onshore. Through AASML, our 50%-owned joint venture ship manager, and Thome Ship Management, our third-party technical manager, we currently employ approximately 1,054 seafarers, including 536 officers and cadets and 518 crew.

 

Commercial management is provided directly by our in-house chartering and commercial team, and by third-party commercial pool managers, in the case of vessels participating in pooling arrangements. Commercial pools can provide many benefits for vessels operating in the spot market, including the ability to generate higher returns due to the economies of scale derived by operating a larger fleet.

 

28

 

 

Customers

 

Our customers include national, regional, and international companies and our fleet is employed directly on the tanker spot market through our in-house chartering and commercial team. We may in the future seek to deploy our vessels on time charter arrangements or on the tanker spot market via third party commercial pool employment. We believe that developing strong relationships with the end users of our services allows us to better satisfy their needs with appropriate and capable vessels.

 

A prospective charterer’s financial condition, creditworthiness, and reliability track record are important factors in negotiating our vessels’ employment.

 

Competition

 

We operate in markets that are highly competitive and based primarily on supply and demand. We compete for charters on the basis of price, vessel location, size, age and condition of the vessel, as well as our reputation. Ownership of tanker vessels is highly fragmented and is divided among publicly listed companies, state-controlled owners and private ship-owners.

 

The International Product and Chemical Tanker Industry

 

The information and data contained in this section relating to the international product and chemical tanker shipping industry have been provided by Drewry Maritime Research (“Drewry”) and is taken from Drewry’s database and other sources. Drewry has advised that: (i) some information in their database is derived from estimates or subjective judgments; and (ii) the information in the databases of other maritime data collection agencies may differ from the information in their database. We believe all third-party data provided in this section, “The International Product and Chemical Tanker Industry,” is reliable.

 

The world tanker fleet is generally divided into four main categories of vessels based on the main type of cargoes carried. These categories are crude oil, refined petroleum products (both clean and dirty products) – hereinafter referred to as products, chemicals (including vegetable oils and fats) and specialist products such as bitumen. There is some overlap between the main tanker types and the cargoes carried, which is explained in the table below.

 

Principal Tanker Types and Main Cargoes Carried

 

Vessel Type   Ship Size - Dwt   Tank Type   IMO Status   Principal Cargo    Other Cargoes
                     
ULCC/VLCC   200,000+   Uncoated   Non IMO   Crude Oil    
Suezmax   120,000 - 199,999   Uncoated   Non IMO   Crude Oil    
Aframax    80,000 - 119,999   Uncoated   Non IMO   Crude Oil   Refined Products - Dirty
Panamax    60,000 - 79,999   Uncoated   Non IMO   Crude Oil   Refined Products - Dirty
                     
Large Range 3 (LR3)   120,000-199,999   Coated   Non IMO   Refined Products   Crude
Large Range 2 (LR2)   80,000 - 119,999   Coated   Non IMO   Refined Products   Crude
Large Range 1 (LR1)   60,000 - 79,999   Coated   Non IMO   Refined Products   Crude
                     
Medium Range (MR)   25,000 - 59,999   Coated   IMO 2   Refined Products   Chemicals/Veg Oils
    25,000 - 59,999   Coated   IMO 3   Refined Products   Chemicals/Veg Oils
    25,000 - 59,999   Coated   Non IMO   Refined Products    
    25,000 - 59,999   Uncoated   Non IMO   Refined Products    
                     
Small Range (SR)   10,000 - 24,999   Coated   Non-IMO   Refined Products    
    10,000 - 24,999   Coated   IMO 2   Refined Products   Chemicals/Veg Oils
                     
Stainless Steel Tankers 10,000 +   Stainless   IMO 2   Chemicals/Veg Oils   Refined Products
Specialist Tankers   10,000+   Uncoated/Coated   Non IMO   Various e.g. Bitumen    

 

Source: Drewry

 

29

 

 

In the product and chemical sectors, there are a number of vessels that possess the ability to carry both products and some chemicals. Therefore, these vessels represent a ‘swing’ element in supply in both of these markets. However, in practice, many vessels will tend to trade in either refined products or chemicals/vegetable oils and fats.

 

Between 2014 and 2019, seaborne trade grew by an annual rate of 2.0% for crude oil, 2.7% for oil products, and 3.3% for chemicals. From 2014 to 2019, the seaborne trade in refined products and chemicals were two of the fastest growing sectors of international tanker shipping. Changes in the volumes of world seaborne tanker trade (excludes voyage distances i.e. tonne miles) from 2009 to 2019 are shown in the table below.

 

World Seaborne Tanker Trade Volumes

 

      Crude Oil     Oil Products     Chemicals     Total     Global GDP (IMF)  
Year     Million tons     % y-o-y     Million tons     % y-o-y     Million tons     % y-o-y     Million tons     % y-o-y     % y-o-y  
2009       1,928       -4.2 %     777       1.6 %     202       12.9 %     2,907       -1.7 %     -0.1 %
2010       1,997       3.6 %     810       4.3 %     217       7.4 %     3,024       4.0 %     5.4 %
2011       1,941       -2.8 %     860       6.3 %     228       5.1 %     3,029       0.2 %     4.3 %
2012       1,988       2.4 %     859       -0.2 %     240       5.3 %     3,087       1.9 %     3.5 %
2013       1,920       -3.4 %     904       5.3 %     252       5.1 %     3,077       -0.3 %     3.5 %
2014       1,904       -0.9 %     914       1.1 %     252       -0.1 %     3,070       -0.2 %     3.6 %
2015       1,974       3.7 %     963       5.3 %     266       5.4 %     3,202       4.3 %     3.5 %
2016       2,060       4.4 %     999       3.8 %     267       0.6 %     3,327       3.9 %     3.4 %
2017       2,121       2.9 %     1,043       4.3 %     283       5.8 %     3,447       3.6 %     3.8 %
2018       2,116       -0.2 %     1,055       1.1 %     293       3.4 %     3,463       0.5 %     3.6 %
2019*       2,102       -0.7 %     1,046       -0.8 %     296       1.2 %     3,444       -0.5 %     3.0 %
CAGR (2014-2019)       2.0 %             2.7 %             3.3 %             2.3 %                
CAGR (2009-2019)       0.9 %             3.0 %             3.9 %             1.7 %                

 

* Provisional estimates

 

Note: Historical trade numbers have been revised based on changes in the number of reported countries; and change in trade estimates for some of the reported countries.

 

Source: Drewry, IMF

 

30

 

 

The Product Tanker Industry

 

While crude oil tankers transport crude oil from points of production to points of consumption (typically oil refineries in consuming countries), product tankers can carry both refined and unrefined petroleum products, including some crude oil, as well as fuel oil and vacuum gas oil (often referred to as ‘dirty products’) and gas oil, gasoline, jet fuel, kerosene and naphtha (often referred to as ‘clean products’). Tankers with no IMO certification, but with coated cargo tanks are designed to carry products, while tankers with IMO certification (normally IMO 2 or IMO 3) and coated cargo tanks are capable to carry both products and chemicals/vegetable oils and fats. Given the facts mentioned above, a tanker with IMO 2 certification and with an average tank size in excess of 3,000 cubic meters is normally classified as a product tanker, while a tanker with IMO 2 certification and an average tank size of less than 3,000 cubic meters is normally categorized as a chemical tanker.

 

In essence, products can be carried in coated non-IMO tankers and IMO rated coated tankers. By this definition, the product capable tanker fleet consists of nearly 45% of the total tanker fleet (above 10,000 dwt) in numerical terms, and therefore plays a key part in the global tanker market.

 

The demand for product tankers is determined by world oil demand and trade, which is influenced by various factors, including economic activity, geographic changes in oil production, consumption and refinery capacity, oil prices, the availability of transport alternatives (such as pipelines) and inventory policies of nations and oil trading companies. Tanker demand is a product of: (i) the volume of cargo transported in tankers, multiplied by (ii) the distance that cargo is transported.

 

Growth in oil demand and the changing location of oil supply have altered the structure of the tanker market in recent years. Between 2003 and 2008, more than half of new crude oil production was located in the Middle East and Africa. These two regions still produce around one third of global supply. However, in recent years, the U.S. and Canadian crude oil production have increased as a result of the development of shale oil deposits in these countries. This has reduced the demand of U.S. seaborne crude oil imports but is resulting in greater oil product volumes becoming available for export from the U.S. Gulf as refiners have access to plentiful supplies of competitively priced feedstock.

 

New technologies, such as horizontal drilling and hydraulic fracturing, triggered a shale oil revolution in the U.S. In 2013, for the first time in the last two decades, the U.S. produced more oil than it imported. In view of the rising surplus in oil production, the U.S. Congress lifted a 40-year-old ban on crude oil exports in 2015, which was put in place after the Arab oil embargo in 1973 allowing U.S. oil producers access to international markets.

 

The first shipments of the U.S. produced crude oil were sent to Europe immediately after the lifting of the ban, and since then, other destinations have followed. The U.S. exported nearly 0.5 million barrels per day (“mbpd”) of crude oil in 2015 and 2016. However, 2017 marked a very important development for U.S. crude oil producers as the country exported crude oil to every major importer, including China, India, South Korea and several European countries. Consequently, U.S. crude oil exports averaged 1.2 mbpd and 2.0 mbpd in 2017 and 2018 respectively, with increasing production resulting in greater loadings in the Gulf of Mexico. Based on the data ended October 2019, U.S. crude oil exports averaged 2.9 mbpd in 2019, with June, September and October recording exports of 3.2 mbpd, 3.1 mbpd and 3.4 mbpd respectively, well above the psychological 3.0 mbpd mark.

 

31

 

 

In addition, in 2014, the Energy Information Administration (“EIA”) in the U.S. began classifying exports of U.S. treated condensate as ‘kerosene and light gas oils’ in its Petroleum Supply Monthly report. This followed from a decision by the U.S. Bureau of Industry and Security (“BIS”) to allow the export of distilled condensate as a refined product. Field condensate, which can be fed into a refinery or used as a chemical plant feedstock, had been considered as an upstream product until 2014, and therefore, was restricted for export under U.S. law. However, the BIS ruling that field stabilization processing changes condensate enough that it becomes a new product opened up further export opportunities. In short, changes in the U.S. oil market have had a very positive impact on the demand of product tankers because U.S. product exports have risen sharply since 2009, as indicated by the chart below.

 

U.S. Crude Oil Production and U.S. Product Exports

 

 

 

Much of the increase in U.S. exports has helped fulfill the growing demand in South America and Africa for oil products, while other U.S. exports have been moving Transatlantic into Europe, where local refinery shutdowns have supported the rise in the import of products.

 

In terms of tonne-mile demand, a notable development in the patterns of world refining over the last five years has been the shift towards crude oil-producing regions developing their own refinery capacity, while at the same time, poor refinery margins have led to the closure of refineries in the developed world, most notably in Europe and in the U.S. East Coast. In this context, it is already apparent that the closure of refining capacity in the developed world is prompting long-haul imports to cater to product demand, on routes such as West Coast India to the U.S. eastern seaboard and Europe. Refinery shutdowns close to consuming regions elsewhere in the world will also help support the demand for product imports. For example, in Australia, the trade from Singapore has become increasingly important to compensate for the conversion of local producing refineries into storage depots. This is part of a general increase in the intra-Asian trade, which is already boosting the demand for product tankers.

 

32

 

 

The shift in the location of global oil production is also being accompanied by a shift in the location of global refinery capacity and throughput. In short, capacity and throughput are moving from the developed to the developing world. Between 2009 and 2019, refinery throughput in the OECD Americas and OECD Asia Oceania moved up 9.3% and 3.8% to 19.1 mbpd and 6.8 mbpd respectively, whereas refining throughput in OECD Europe declined from 1.4% to 12.2 mbpd in the same period. Cumulatively, this has resulted in OECD’s refining throughput of 38.1 mbpd in 2019, totaling 46.4% of global refinery throughput.

 

Refinery Throughput (1) 2009-2019

 

(‘000 Barrels Per Day)

 

    2009     2010     2011     2012     2013     2014     2015     2016     2017     2018     2019  
OECD Americas     17,480       17,931       17,898       18,190       18,492       18,934       18,850       18,960       19,290       19,400       19,100  
OECD Europe     12,377       12,265       11,935       11,942       11,304       11,232       11,900       11,920       12,300       12,100       12,200  
OECD Asia Oceania     6,549       6,697       6,586       6,609       6,720       6,652       6,700       6,890       7,200       7,000       6,800  
FSU     6,170       6,401       6,592       6,683       6,831       7,069       6,850       6,880       6,880       7,000       6,800  
Non-OECD Europe     641       658       627       587       559       557       500       500       570       600       600  
China     7,762       8,630       9,041       9,749       10,427       10,864       10,400       10,790       11,830       12,000       12,900  
Other Asia     8,224       8,598       8,637       8,792       8,588       8,541       10,000       10,380       10,440       10,600       10,600  
Latin America     4,729       4,678       4,873       4,470       4,589       4,545       4,550       4,200       3,830       3,500       3,200  
Middle East     6,069       6,164       6,324       6,257       6,202       6,501       6,450       6,810       7,520       8,000       7,900  
Africa     2,292       2,451       2,168       2,202       2,182       2,255       2,250       2,090       1,920       2,100       2,000  
Total     72,293       74,471       74,682       75,482       75,894       77,149       78,450       79,420       81,780       82,300       82,100  

 

(1) The difference between oil consumption and refinery throughput is accounted for by condensates, output gains, direct burning of crude oil and other non-gas liquids.

 

Source: IEA

 

Asia and the Middle East have steadily increased their export-oriented refinery capacity in the last few years. As a result of these developments, countries such as India and Saudi Arabia have consolidated their positions as major exporters of products. Export-oriented refineries in India and the Middle East, coupled with the closure of refining capacity in the developed world, have promoted greater long-haul shipments to cater to product demand.

 

New refining capacity of 2.4 mbpd was scheduled to come online in 2019 and additional new refinery capacity is currently scheduled for both the Middle East and Asia from 2019 to 2023. From 2020 to 2024, the anticipated additions to refinery capacity on a regional basis (illustrated in the chart below) amount to 7.0 mbpd, or 7.0% of existing refinery capacity.

 

Planned Additions to Global Refining Capacity (1)

(Million Barrels Per Day)

 

 

 

(1) Assumes all announced plans go ahead as scheduled

 

Source: IEA

 

33

 

 

In developed economies, such as Europe, refinery capacity is on the decline – a trend that is likely to continue as refinery development plans are concentrated in areas such as Asia and the Middle East or close to oil-producing centers and where the new capacity coming on stream is export-orientated. These new refineries are more competitive as they can process sour crude oil and are technically more advanced as well as more environment-friendly compared with existing European refineries. Few new refineries or expansions are planned for Europe. By contrast, Chinese and Indian refinery capacity has grown at faster rates than any other global region in the last decade on the back of strong domestic oil consumption and the construction of export-orientated refineries. From 2009 to 2019, Chinese refining capacity increased 74.3%, while the growth for India was 38.8% (see chart below).

 

China and India – Refining Capacity (1)

(‘000 Barrels Per Day)

 

 

 

Capacity for 2020 to 2023 assumes all announced plans go ahead as scheduled

 

Source: BP, IEA

 

As a result of the growth in trade and the changes in the location of refinery capacity, the demand for product tankers expressed in terms of tonne-miles, grew at a CAGR of 2.9% between 2009 and 2019. Generally, the growth in products trade and product tanker demand is more consistent and less volatile than in crude oil trade.

 

Seaborne Product Trade and Tonne-mile Demand

 

 

* Provisional estimates

 

Source: Drewry

 

34

 

 

Product Tanker Supply

 

The global product tanker fleet is classified as any non-stainless steel/specialized tanker between 10,000 dwt and 60,000 dwt, as well as coated and other ‘product-capable’ vessels over 60,000 dwt. As of December 31, 2019, the world tanker fleet consisted of 6,876 vessels with a combined capacity of 617.5 million dwt. Within the total tanker fleet, Medium Range (“MR”) vessels account for 32.2% of total ship numbers with a total capacity of 99.5 million dwt. MR vessels are considered the ‘workhorses’ of the fleet.

 

As of December 31, 2019, the MR product tanker orderbook was 134 vessels totaling 6.4 million dwt. The MR orderbook as a percentage of the existing MR fleet, in terms of dwt, was 6.5% compared with close to 50% at the last peak in 2008. Based on scheduled deliveries, 3.8 million dwt of MR product tankers are due for delivery in 2020 and a further 2.3 million dwt in 2021. Approximately 60% of the vessels on order in the MR category are scheduled to be delivered in 2020, which would increase the MR fleet by 4.0%, assuming no vessel is scrapped. Current estimates suggest that there is approximately 57% of vessel capacity across the entire tanker orderbook which is scheduled for delivery in 2020, adding 25.0 million dwt to the total fleet.

 

The other factor that will affect future supply is demolition activity. The volume of scrapping is a function primarily of the age profile of the fleet, scrap prices in relation to the current and prospective charter market conditions as well as operating, repair and survey costs. In 2016, a total of 32 tankers of a combined capacity of 2.3 million dwt were sold for scrap, of which 17 tankers of approximately 0.7 million dwt were in the MR size range. In comparison, 84 tankers with a combined capacity of 10.4 million dwt of tonnage were scrapped in 2017, of which 19 tankers with a total capacity of 0.8 million dwt were in the MR size range. In 2018, 156 tankers of a combined capacity of 20.7 million dwt were sold to scrapyards, of which 34 tankers with an aggregate capacity of 1.4 million dwt were MR tankers. Provisional data for 2019 suggests that 44 tankers with 2.9 million dwt were demolished, of which 22 tankers with 0.9 million dwt were of the MR category. MR fleet growth in 2019 based on provisional estimates of deliveries and scrapping was 2.1%.

 

World Tanker Fleet and Orderbook: December 31, 2019

 

                          Orderbook Delivery  
Vessel Type/Class   Fleet       Orderbook         Schedule (M Dwt)  
    Number     M Dwt     Size dwt   Number     M Dwt     % Fleet Dwt     2020     2021     2022     2023+  
                                                           
ULCC/VLCC     801       246.8     200,000+     59       18.0       7.3 %     11.6       5.5       0.9       0.0  
Suezmax     569       88.8     120,000-199,999     59       9.1       10.2 %     5.1       3.1       0.8       0.0  
Aframax (Uncoated)     667       72.8     80,000-119,999     38       4.3       5.9 %     1.1       3.2       0.0       0.0  
Panamax (Uncoated)     74       5.2     60,000-79,999     4       0.3       5.2 %     0.3       0.0       0.0       0.0  
Crude Tankers     2,111       413.5           160       31.7       7.7 %     18.1       11.8       1.7       0.0  
                                                                             
Large Range 3 (LR3)     21       3.3     120,000-199,999     0       0.0       0.0 %     0.0       0.0       0.0       0.0  
Large Range 2 (LR2)     380       41.6     80,000-119,999     35       3.9       9.4 %     1.6       2.0       0.2       0.0  
Large Range 1 (LR1)     376       27.7     60,000-79,999     4       0.3       1.1 %     0.3       0.0       0.0       0.0  
LR Product Tankers     777       72.5           39       4.2       5.8 %     1.9       2.0       0.2       0.0  
                                                                             
Coated IMO 2     1,045       47.6     25,000-59,999     65       2.9       6.2 %     1.9       1.0       0.0       0.0  
Coated IMO 3 & Non IMO Coated/Uncoated     1,153       51.1     25,000-59,999     69       3.4       6.7 %     1.9       1.3       0.3       0.0  
Total MR     2,198       98.7           134       6.4       6.5 %     3.8       2.3       0.3       0.0  
                                                                             
Small Range     995       14.7     10,000-24,999     43       0.8       5.4 %     0.5       0.3       0.0       0.0  
Stainless Steel Tankers     766       17.0     10,000+     38       0.9       5.1 %     0.6       0.1       0.2       0.0  
Total All Tankers     6,847       616.5           414       43.9       7.1 %     25.0       16.5       2.4       0.0  

 

Source: Drewry

 

35

 

 

There are two other important regulations enforced in 2019 that may also play an important role in determining the product tanker supply in the year ahead. The first is the requirement to retrofit ballast water management systems (“BWMS”) to existing vessels, which became effective in early September 2019. In February 2004, the IMO adopted the International Convention for the Control and Management of Ships’ Ballast Water and Sediments. The IMO’s ballast water management (“BWM”) Convention contains an environmentally protective numeric standard for the treatment of a ship’s ballast water before it is discharged. This standard, detailed in Regulation ‘D-2’ of the BWM Convention, sets out the numbers of organisms allowed in specific volumes of treated discharge water. The IMO’s ‘D-2’ standard is also the standard that has been adopted by the U.S. Coast Guard’s ballast water regulations and the U.S. EPA’s Vessel General Permit. The BWM Convention also contains an implementation schedule for the installation of IMO member state type approved treatment systems in existing ships and in new vessels, requirements for the development of vessel ballast water management plans, requirements for the safe removal of sediments from ballast tanks, and guidelines for the testing and type approval of ballast water treatment technologies. In July 2017, the IMO extended the regulatory requirement of compliance to the BWM Convention from September 8, 2017, to September 8, 2019. Vessels trading internationally will have to comply with the BWM Convention upon their next special survey after that date (September 8, 2019), and for an MR2 tanker, the retrofit cost could be as much as $1.0 million per vessel, including labor. Expenditure of this kind will now be another factor impacting the decision to scrap older vessels after the BWM Convention came into force. This has led to an important debate, where a few of the industry participants are of the view that instead of placing the BWM system on ships, the ports should be responsible for the management of ballast water and should charge a fee instead.

 

The second regulation, which became effective on January 1, 2020, and will impact future vessel supply, is the drive to introduce low sulfur fuels. For many years, heavy sulfur fuel oil (“HSFO”) has been the main fuel of the shipping industry. It is relatively inexpensive and widely available, but it is ‘dirty’ from an environmental point of view. The sulfur content of HSFO is extremely high and is the reason that maritime shipping accounts for 8% of global emissions of sulfur dioxide (SO2), an important source for acid rain as well as respiratory diseases.

 

The IMO, the governing body of international shipping, has made a decisive effort to diversify the industry away from HSFO into cleaner fuels with less harmful effects on the environment and human health. Effective in 2015, ships operating within the Emission Control Areas (“ECAs”) covering the Economic Exclusive Zone of North America, the Baltic Sea, the North Sea, and the English Channel, have been required to use marine gas oil with allowable sulfur content up to 1,000 parts per million (ppm). In the lead-up to 2020, when the shipping industry started to prepare for a new low sulfur norm, two factors were closely watched: 1) the spread between (expensive) very low sulfur fuel and (cheaper) high sulfur fuel and, 2) scrubber retrofitting activity.

 

Starting in 2020, high and low-sulfur fuel demand (originating from the shipping industry) reported significant variation. The fuel price spread largely oscillated between $300 and $350 per metric ton during the first few weeks of January 2020. During February 2020, it hovered around US$190-200 per tonne and this has reduced to US$100 per tonne in March 2020 as the market has settled in and the overall price of oil has collapsed. Despite the initial speculation, the shipping industry did not see any systemic shortage of the new low sulfur fuel, which came as a relief. On the scrubber side of the story, the industry saw major traction in the fourth quarter of 2019, and by the end of 2019, only 3% of the global fleet capacity (in terms of numbers of vessels) was equipped with scrubbers. Vessels on which scrubbers were installed were generally those with higher operating fuel requirement (i.e. larger ships). For example, in the ULCC/VLCC category, 34% of the global fleet capacity had scrubbers installed or to be installed, compared with 10.7% of the global MR tanker fleet. As we move ahead in 2020, we expect that the shipping industry will become more settled with the new norms set by the changed regulations.

 

36

 

 

The Product Tanker Freight Market

 

Between 2003 and early 2008, the differential between demand and supply for tankers remained narrow and rates were generally very firm. Following the global financial crisis in 2009, tanker demand nosedived, coinciding with substantial tonnage entering the fleet, driving earnings down until the market started to recover in 2014. Product tanker fleet growth in 2015 was approximately 5.0% in capacity terms and with demand growing by approximately 6.0% improved utilization rates in the sector have led to much stronger freight rates. The specific factors which have led to improved market conditions include:

 

increased trade due to higher stocking activity and improved demand for oil products
     
longer voyage distances because of refining capacity additions in Asia
     
product tankers are also carrying crude oil encouraged by firm freight rates for dirty tankers
     
lower bunker prices have also been a factor contributing to higher net earnings

 

For example, the average TCE of the spot rate for a MR product tanker in 2015 was $18,375/day, compared with an average of $9,833/day in 2014. On a one-year time charter rate basis, average MR rates rose from $14,438/day in 2014 to $17,271/day in 2015.

 

However, the surge in newbuild deliveries in 2016 had a negative impact on vessel earnings, with average freight rates in the spot and one-year time charter markets falling to $9,767/day and $15,125/day respectively. Another round of newbuilding deliveries in 2017 had an adverse effect on supply-demand dynamics and freight rates, as product tanker declined further. In 2017, the average one-year time charter rate for MR tankers was $13,188/day, while on a TCE basis, the average rate during 2017 was $9,158/day. The product tanker market remained weak in the first half of 2018 and started to recover in the second half of 2018, resulting in a small increase in TCE rates and one-year time charter rates, which averaged $9,299/day and $13,175/day respectively. In 2019, freight rates remained strong, with the average spot TCE rate and one-year time charter rate increasing to $14,592 and $14,667, respectively. The trend in MR spot and time charter rates from January 2008 to January 2019 is shown in the chart below.

 

MR Product Tanker Freight Rates

(U.S.$ Per Day)

 

 

Source: Drewry

 

It should be noted that these rates are based on standard five-year old MR vessels, and there is some evidence that modern fuel-efficient vessels with ‘Eco’ specifications are commanding an additional premium up to 10% over freight rate realised by these vessels.

 

37

 

 

Asset Values

 

Product tanker asset values have also fluctuated over time, and there is a relationship between changes in asset values and the charter market. Newbuilding prices increased significantly between 2003 and early 2008, primarily as a result of increased tanker demand and rising freight rates. Current newbuilding prices are significantly below the peaks reported at the height of the market in 2008. In December 2019, the newbuilding price for an MR product tanker was estimated at $36.0 million.

 

The second-hand sale and purchase market has traditionally been relatively liquid, with tankers changing hands between owners on a regular basis. Second-hand prices peaked over the summer of 2008 and have since followed a similar path to both freight rates and newbuilding prices. In December 2019, a five-year old MR product tanker was estimated to have a value of $30.0 million. The trend in newbuilding prices, second-hand values and freight rates for an MR tanker from 2009 to 2019 are summarized in the table below.

 

MR Product Tankers: Freight Rate and Asset Value Summary

 

    Spot TCE     Time charter (US$/day)     Asset Prices (US$ million)  
Period Averages   (US$/day)     1 Year     3 Year     Newbuild     5 Year Old  
2009     9,043       14,850       15,267       40.3       30.2  
2010     10,568       12,388       13,646       35.9       26.4  
2011     8,658       13,633       14,575       36.1       28.3  
2012     8,000       13,325       14,500       33.2       25.2  
2013     9,550       14,346       15,161       33.8       26.2  
2014     9,833       14,438       15,417       36.9       27.1  
2015     18,375       17,271       16,458       36.1       25.8  
2016     9,767       15,125       15,354       33.1       24.8  
2017     9,158       13,188       14,333       32.7       23.4  
2018     9,299       13,175       14,500       35.3       26.5  
2019     14,592       14,667       15,500       36.0       28.8  
Dec-19     24,227       16,000       16,000       36.0       30.0  
                                         
2015-2019                                        
5 Year Avg     12,238       14,685       15,229       34.6       25.9  
5 Year Low     5,900       12,000       14,000       32.0       22.0  
5 Year High     24,227       19,500       18,000       36.5       30.0  
                                         
2010-2019                                        
10 Year Avg     10,780       14,155       14,944       34.9       26.2  
10 Year Low     4,800       11,000       12,200       32.0       22.0  
10 Year High     24,227       19,500       18,000       37.0       30.0  

 

Source: Drewry

 

38

 

 

The Chemical Tanker Industry

 

Introduction

 

The world chemical industry is one of the largest and most diversified industries in the world, with more than 1,000 large and medium-sized companies manufacturing over 70,000 different product lines. Although most specialist chemicals are used locally, world trade is becoming an increasingly prominent part of the global chemical industry for a number of reasons ranging from local stock imbalances to a lack of local production of particular chemicals in various parts of the world. In broad terms, the growth of seaborne trade in bulk liquid chemicals has tracked trends in economic activity and globalization.

 

The seaborne transportation of chemicals is technically and logistically complex compared with the transportation of crude oil and oil products, with cargoes ranging from hazardous and noxious chemicals to products such as edible oils and fats. Consequently, the chemical tanker sector comprises a wide array of specially constructed small and medium sized tankers designed to carry chemical products in various stages of production.

 

Chemical Tanker Demand

 

The demand for chemicals is affected by, among other things, general economic conditions (including increases and decreases in industrial production and transportation), chemical prices, feedstock costs and chemical production capacity. Given their industrial usage, chemical demand, and as a result the demand for seaborne transport of such chemicals, is well-correlated with global GDP. Seaborne trade in chemicals is characterized by a wide range of individual cargoes and a relatively regionalized structure compared with crude and products. Given the geographical complexity and the diversity of cargoes involved and the way in which some cargoes are transported, estimating the total seaborne trade in chemicals is difficult. Essentially, there are four main types of chemicals transported by sea: (i) organic chemicals, (ii) inorganic chemicals, (iii) vegetable oils, and (iv) fats and other commodities such as molasses.

 

Seaborne Chemical Trades

(Million Tons)

 

 

* Provisional estimates

 

Source: Drewry

 

39

 

 

The U.S. is the largest exporter of organic chemicals, accounting for approximately one-quarter of all exports, while China accounts for about one-third of total organic chemical imports. The four organic chemicals most frequently traded by sea are methanol, styrene, benzene and paraxylene. Inorganic chemical trade accounts for around 10-15% of total seaborne movements. Inorganic chemicals are not traded as widely geographically as organic chemicals and also present several transport problems; not only are they very dense, they are also highly corrosive. Palm oil accounts for about half of this trade, with the next top two commodities in this sector traded by sea being soybean oil and sunflower seed oil.

 

From a regional perspective, activity is focused on three main geographical areas. Europe is a mature, established producing region, contributing over one-quarter of total chemical production. Much of Europe’s production serves domestic requirements. This manifests itself in increased demand for short-sea services rather than deep-sea trades. North American (predominantly the U.S.) manufacturers produce about one-fifth of the major chemical products in the world. Although most U.S. production is for domestic use, particularly where gasoline additives are involved, the country also produces above domestic requirements, which results in significant export volumes.

 

In the U.S., the chemicals industry is affected by the development of shale gas. Increased supplies of natural gas in the U.S. reduce domestic gas prices, and the fall in natural gas prices has had a beneficial impact on feedstock costs for the petrochemical industry. In particular, the cost of ethane has fallen significantly since 2011, thereby increasing the competitiveness of the U.S. petrochemical industry within a global perspective. Accordingly, U.S. ethylene production costs have fallen to levels where the U.S. can now compete with Middle Eastern suppliers, which has opened new opportunities to expand U.S. ethylene cracking capacity, and subsequently, petrochemical capacity. Ethylene cracker utilization in the U.S. correlates with the price of oil, and before the fall in oil prices in late 2014, plans had been announced for a number of new petrochemical plants. Ethylene is a precursor for many organic chemicals shipped by sea (e.g. ethylene dichloride, ethylene glycol), so increased production had led to increased availability of downstream chemical products for export from the U.S. Although the Middle East will continue to be the largest supplier of organic chemicals, the U.S. is expected to be a major exporter of methanol and ethylene derivatives to the Far East market.

 

Chemical Tanker Supply

 

Chemical tankers are characterized mainly by cargo containment systems, which are technically more sophisticated than those found in conventional oil and product tankers. Since chemical tankers are often required to carry many products, which are typically hazardous and easily contaminated, cargo segregation and containment is an essential feature of these tankers.

 

Chemicals can only be carried in a tanker which has a current IMO Certificate of Fitness (“CoF”). The IMO regulates the carriage of chemicals by sea under the auspices of the International Bulk Chemical Code (“IBC”), which classifies potentially dangerous cargoes into three categories, typically referred to as ‘IMO 1’, ‘IMO 2’ and ‘IMO 3’. Specific IMO conventions govern the requirements for particular tanks to be classified as each grading, with the pertinent features of each tank being the internal volume and its proximity to the sides and bottom of the vessel’s hull.

 

The carriage of 18 cargoes is restricted to IMO Type 1 classified vessels, while most cargoes require IMO 2 vessels, including vegetable oils and palm oils. One concession to the IBC Code regulations is an allowance that IMO 3 tankers might carry other edible oils – an exemption introduced due to the tendency for such cargoes to be shipped in large bulk parcels. These cargoes often require ships of up to MR size. Despite this exemption, these vessels are not ‘true’ chemical tankers in the general sense of the word as they are not able to carry IMO 2 cargoes.

 

40

 

 

As well as defining the chemical tanker fleet in terms of IMO type, it is also possible to further define the fleet according to the degree of tank segregation, tank size and tank coating as detailed below.

 

Chemical parcel tankers: Over 75% of the tanks are segregated with an average tank size less than 3,000 cubic meters (“cbm”), all of which are stainless steel. A typical chemical parcel tanker might be IMO 2 with a capacity of 20,000 dwt and have 20 fully segregated tanks which are of stainless steel.
     
Chemical bulk tankers: Vessels with a lower level of tank segregations (below 75%), with an average tank size below 3,000 cbm, and with coated tanks. A typical chemical bulk tanker might be 17,000 dwt with 16 coated tanks but might be IMO 2 with 8 segregations.

 

Given the above, a broad definition of a chemical tanker is any vessel with a current IMO CoF with coated and/or stainless steel tanks and an average tank size of less than 3,000 cbm.

 

Overall, within the product and chemical tanker fleets, it is important to recognise that there are a group of ‘swing’ ships which can trade in either products or in chemicals, vegetable oils and fats. For example, a product tanker with IMO 2 certification might trade from time to time in easy chemicals such as caustic soda. In addition, an IMO 2 chemical tanker can, in theory, carry products. The sector in which these ‘swing’ ships trade will depend on a number of factors, with the main influences being the exact technical specifications of the ship, the last cargo carried, the state of the freight market in each sector and the operating policy of the ship owner/operator.

 

As of December 31, 2019, the global IMO 2 coated and stainless steel tanker fleet consisted of 1,711 vessels with a combined capacity of 37.0 million dwt. The orderbook consisted of 72 vessels with an aggregate capacity of 1.8 million dwt, or 4.9% of the existing fleet. In 2019, provisional data suggests that only 10 MR chemical tankers totaling 0.2 million dwt were sent for demolition. In addition, chemical tankers are relatively complex vessel types to build, which increases the barriers to entry for shipyards, and the pool of yards that shipowners are willing to consider is small.

 

World Coated IMO 2 and Stainless Steel Tanker Fleet and Orderbook: December 31, 2019 

 

    Fleet     Orderbook     Orderbook Delivery Schedule (M Dwt)  
Ship Type   Size (DWT)   Number     M Dwt     Number     M Dwt     % Fleet     2020     2021     2022     2023+  
Coated IMO 2   10,000+     945       20.0       34       0.9       5 %     0.5       0.4       0.0       0.0  
                                                                             
Stainless Steel   10,000+     766       17.0       38       0.9       5 %     0.6       0.1       0.2       0.0  
                                                                             
Total         1,711       37.0       72       1.8       4.9 %     1.1       0.5       0.2       0.0  

 

Source: Drewry

The Chemical Tanker Freight Market

 

Nearly 40% to 60% of all chemical movements are covered by contracts of affreightment (“COAs”) (whereby the shipowner or operators carries a customer's cargoes for an agreed period of time), while the spot market covers 35% to 40% of the movements. The remainder is made up by other charter arrangements and cargoes moved in the vessels controlled by exporters or importers. However, the COA-spot ratio varies depending on the vessel sizes, shipowners’/operators’ chartering strategy and other factors. In the chemical tanker freight market, the level of reporting of fixture information is far less widespread than for the oil tanker market. Furthermore, it is not always possible to establish a monthly series of rates for an individual cargo, on a given route, because fixing is often sporadic, or more often than not covered by contract business. For these reasons, the assessment of spot freight rate trends in the freight market is made by using a small number of routes where there is sufficient fixture volume to produce meaningful measurements.

 

Following the global financial crisis in 2008-09, chemical tanker freight rates declined between 2008 and 2012. However, freight rates on most routes strengthened in 2013. Freight rates continued to record small gains on the back of increased vessel demand in 2014 and 2015 due to improved seaborne chemical trade. However, freight rates on average declined 4.5% in 2016 as a result of a slowdown in demand growth. Freight rates on key routes dropped further in 2017 on account of supply side pressure due to an increased number of newbuilding deliveries and subdued demolitions in an already weak market. In 2018, freight rates recovered 3.2%, following the strengthening of world seaborne trade. Provisional data for 2019 suggests that global seaborne chemical trade expanded 1.2% and time charter rates on key routes registered an average gain of 6.3%.

 

41

 

 

Chemical Tanker Asset Values

 

As in other shipping sectors, chemical tanker sale and purchase values show a relationship to the charter market and newbuilding prices. Newbuilding prices are influenced by shipyard capacity and increased steel prices; second-hand vessel values may vary because of the country of construction and the level of outfitting of such vessels. Although there has been a relatively high level of activity in recent years, chemical vessels can be difficult to market to buyers due to the complexity of operations in the chemical market and they may not always achieve their initial newbuilding premium. Newbuilding price trends in the chemical tanker sector are more difficult to track than product tankers due to the lower volume of ordering and increased variation in specification. At the end of 2019, prices were generally 24% to 29% lower than the market peak in early 2008, whereas in the second-hand market, asset values in some cases dropped nearly 58% since 2008.

 

Chemical Tankers: Freight Rate and Asset Value Summary

 

        TC Rate
US$/Day
    Newbuilding Price
(US$ million)
    Secondhand Price(1)
(US$ million)
 
Year   Dwt     22-24,000     35-37,000     22-24,000     35-37,000     22-24,000     35-37,000  
2008             16,763       22,438       35.4       46.3       23.5       33.6  
2009             11,913       14,625       29.0       35.5       17.3       20.8  
2010           11,180       12,630       27.3       33.3       15.6       18.0  
2011             10,300       13,390       27.0       32.0       14.3       15.6  
2012             9,930       13,330       27.9       32.9       14.3       14.8  
2013             10,570       14,140       28.6       33.6       14.5       14.1  
2014             11,200       14,260       29.2       34.2       14.5       15.7  
2015             11,860       16,100       27.8       32.8       13.8       17.0  
2016             12,090       14,330       26.9       31.9       14.6       16.5  
2017             11,010       11,810       26.0       31.0       13.4       14.6  
2018             11,270       12,290       26.4       31.7       12.6       13.6  
2019*             11,450       13,630       27.0       33.1       12.8       14.0  

 

* Provisional estimates

 

(1) For a 10-year old vessel

 

Source: Drewry

 

42

 

 

Potential Impact of Novel Coronavirus Pandemic

  

The novel coronavirus pandemic (COVID-19) is dynamic and expanding, and its ultimate scope, duration and effects are uncertain. We expect that this pandemic will result, and that any future epidemic or pandemic crises, could result in direct and indirect adverse effects on the product and chemical tanker industry. Effects of the current pandemic include, or may include, among others:

 

  deterioration of worldwide, regional or national economic conditions and activity, which could further reduce or prolong the recent significant declines in oil prices, or adversely affect global demand for crude oil and petroleum products, demand for product and chemical tankers, and charter and spot rates;
  disruptions to operations of industry participants as a result of the potential health impact on workforces, including crew;
  business disruptions from, or additional costs related to, new regulations, directives or practices implemented in response to the pandemic, such as travel restrictions for individuals or vessels, hygiene measures (such as quarantining and social distancing) or implementation of remote working arrangements;
  potential delays in (a) the loading and discharging of cargo on or from our vessels, (b) vessel inspections and related certifications by class societies, oil majors or government agencies and (c) maintenance and any repairs or upgrades to, or drydocking of, vessels (or of the delivery of newbuilding vessels), due to quarantine, worker health, regulations or a shortage of required spares;
  potential liquidity constraints and reduced access to capital as a result of any credit tightening generally or due to continued declines in global financial markets;
  potential decreases in the market values of vessels; and
  potential deterioration in the financial condition and prospects of industry participants.

 

Although disruption and effects from the novel coronavirus pandemic may be temporary, given the dynamic nature of these circumstances, the duration of business disruption and the related financial impact on the product and chemical tanker industry and its participants cannot be reasonably estimated at this time, but likely will have a material adverse effect.

 

Environmental and Other Regulations in the Shipping Industry

 

Government regulation and laws significantly affect the ownership and operation of our fleet. We are subject to international conventions and treaties, national, state and local laws and regulations in force in the countries in which our vessels may operate or are registered relating to safety and health and environmental protection including the storage, handling, emission, transportation and discharge of hazardous and non-hazardous materials, and the remediation of contamination and liability for damage to natural resources. Compliance with such laws, regulations and other requirements entails significant expense, including vessel modifications and implementation of certain operating procedures.

 

A variety of government and private entities subject our vessels to both scheduled and unscheduled inspections. These entities include the local port authorities (applicable national authorities such as the United States Coast Guard (“USCG”), harbor master or equivalent), classification societies, flag state administrations (countries of registry) and charterers, particularly terminal operators. Certain of these entities require us to obtain permits, licenses, certificates and other authorizations for the operation of our vessels. Failure to maintain necessary permits or approvals could require us to incur substantial costs or result in the temporary suspension of the operation of one or more of our vessels.

 

Increasing environmental concerns have created a demand for vessels that conform to stricter environmental standards. We are required to maintain operating standards for all of our vessels that emphasize operational safety, quality maintenance, continuous training of our officers and crews and compliance with United States and international regulations. We believe that the operation of our vessels is in substantial compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations and that our vessels have all material permits, licenses, certificates or other authorizations necessary for the conduct of our operations. However, because such laws and regulations frequently change and may impose increasingly stricter requirements, we cannot predict the ultimate cost of complying with these requirements, or the impact of these requirements on the resale value or useful lives of our vessels. In addition, a future serious marine incident that causes significant adverse environmental impact could result in additional legislation or regulation that could negatively affect our profitability.

 

43

 

 

International Maritime Organization

 

The International Maritime Organization, the United Nations agency for maritime safety and the prevention of pollution by vessels (the “IMO”), has adopted the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships, 1973, as modified by the Protocol of 1978 relating thereto, collectively referred to as MARPOL 73/78 and herein as “MARPOL,” the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea of 1974 (“SOLAS Convention”), and the International Convention on Load Lines of 1966 (the “LL Convention”). MARPOL establishes environmental standards relating to oil leakage or spilling, garbage management, sewage, air emissions, handling and disposal of noxious liquids and the handling of harmful substances in packaged forms. MARPOL is applicable to drybulk, tanker and LNG carriers, among other vessels, and is broken into six Annexes, each of which regulates a different source of pollution. Annex I relates to oil leakage or spilling; Annexes II and III relate to harmful substances carried in bulk in liquid or in packaged form, respectively; Annexes IV and V relate to sewage and garbage management, respectively; and Annex VI, lastly, relates to air emissions. Annex VI was separately adopted by the IMO in September of 1997, new emissions standards, titled IMO-2020, took effect on January 1, 2020.

 

In 2012, the IMO’s Marine Environmental Protection Committee, or the “MEPC,” adopted a resolution amending the International Code for the Construction and Equipment of Ships Carrying Dangerous Chemicals in Bulk, or the “IBC Code.” The provisions of the IBC Code are mandatory under MARPOL and the SOLAS Convention. These amendments, which entered into force in June 2014, pertain to revised international certificates of fitness for the carriage of dangerous chemicals in bulk and identifying new products that fall under the IBC Code.

 

In 2013, the IMO’s Marine Environmental Protection Committee, or the “MEPC” adopted a resolution amending MARPOL Annex I Condition Assessment Scheme, or “CAS.” These amendments became effective on October 1, 2014 and require compliance with the 2011 International Code on the Enhanced Programme of Inspections during Surveys of Bulk Carriers and Oil Tankers, or “ESP Code,” which provides for enhanced inspection programs.

 

We may need to make certain financial expenditures to continue to comply with these amendments. We believe that all our vessels are currently compliant in all material respects with these regulations.

 

Air Emissions

 

In September of 1997, the IMO adopted Annex VI to MARPOL to address air pollution from vessels. Effective May 2005, Annex VI sets limits on sulfur oxide and nitrogen oxide emissions from all commercial vessel exhausts and prohibits “deliberate emissions” of ozone depleting substances (such as halons and chlorofluorocarbons), emissions of volatile compounds from cargo tanks, and the shipboard incineration of specific substances. Annex VI also includes a global cap on the sulfur content of fuel oil and allows for special areas to be established with more stringent controls on sulfur emissions, as explained below. Emissions of “volatile organic compounds” from certain vessels, and the shipboard incineration (from incinerators installed after January 1, 2000) of certain substances (such as polychlorinated biphenyls, or PCBs) are also prohibited. We believe that all our vessels are currently compliant in all material respects with these regulations.

 

The Marine Environment Protection Committee, or “MEPC” adopted amendments to Annex VI regarding emissions of sulfur oxide, nitrogen oxide, particulate matter and ozone depleting substances, which entered into force on July 1, 2010. The amended Annex VI seeks to further reduce air pollution by, among other things, implementing a progressive reduction of the amount of sulfur contained in any fuel oil used on board ships. On October 27, 2016, at its 70th session, the MEPC agreed to implement a global 0.5% m/m sulfur oxide emissions limit (reduced from 3.50%) starting from January 1, 2020. This limitation can be met by using low-sulfur compliant fuel oil, alternative fuel, or certain exhaust gas cleaning systems. Once the cap becomes effective, ships will be required to obtain bunker delivery notes and International Air Pollution Prevention (“IAPP”) Certificates from their flag states that specify sulfur content. Additionally, at MEPC 73, amendments to Annex VI to prohibit the carriage of bunkers above 0.5% sulfur on ships were adopted and will take effect March 1, 2020. These regulations subject ocean-going vessels to stringent emissions controls and may cause us to incur substantial costs.

 

44

 

 

Sulfur content standards are even stricter within certain “Emission Control Areas,” or (“ECAs”). As of January 1, 2015, ships operating within an ECA were not permitted to use fuel with sulfur content in excess of 0.1%m/m. Amended Annex VI establishes procedures for designating new ECAs. Currently, the IMO has designated four ECAs, including specified portions of the Baltic Sea area, North Sea area, North American area and United States Caribbean area. Ocean-going vessels in these areas will be subject to stringent emission controls and may cause us to incur additional costs. Other areas in China are subject to local regulations that impose stricter emission controls. If other ECAs are approved by the IMO, or other new or more stringent requirements relating to emissions from marine diesel engines or port operations by vessels are adopted by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) or the states where we operate, compliance with these regulations could entail significant capital expenditures or otherwise increase the costs of our operations.

 

Amended Annex VI also establishes new tiers of stringent nitrogen oxide emissions standards for marine diesel engines, depending on their date of installation. At the MEPC meeting held from March to April 2014, amendments to Annex VI were adopted which address the date on which Tier III Nitrogen Oxide (NOx) standards in ECAs will go into effect. Under the amendments, Tier III NOx standards apply to ships that operate in the North American and U.S. Caribbean Sea ECAs designed for the control of NOx produced by vessels with a marine diesel engine installed and constructed on or after January 1, 2016. Tier III requirements could apply to areas that will be designated for Tier III NOx in the future. At MEPC 70 and MEPC 71, the MEPC approved the North Sea and Baltic Sea as ECAs for nitrogen oxide for ships built on or after January 1, 2021. The EPA promulgated equivalent (and in some senses stricter) emissions standards in 2010. As a result of these designations or similar future designations, we may be required to incur additional operating or other costs.

 

As determined at the MEPC 70, the new Regulation 22A of MARPOL Annex VI became effective as of March 1, 2018 and requires ships above 5,000 gross tonnage to collect and report annual data on fuel oil consumption to an IMO database, with the first year of data collection commencing on January 1, 2019. The IMO intends to use such data as the first step in its roadmap (through 2023) for developing its strategy to reduce greenhouse gas emissions from ships, as discussed further below.

 

As of January 1, 2013, MARPOL made mandatory certain measures relating to energy efficiency for ships. All ships are now required to develop and implement Ship Energy Efficiency Management Plans (“SEEMPS”), and new ships must be designed in compliance with minimum energy efficiency levels per capacity mile as defined by the Energy Efficiency Design Index (“EEDI”). Under these measures, by 2025, all new ships built will be 30% more energy efficient than those built in 2014.

 

We may incur costs to comply with these revised standards. Additional or new conventions, laws and regulations may be adopted that could require the installation of expensive emission control systems and could adversely affect our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition.

 

Safety Management System Requirements

 

The SOLAS Convention was amended to address the safe manning of vessels and emergency training drills. The Convention of Limitation of Liability for Maritime Claims (the “LLMC”) sets limitations of liability for a loss of life or personal injury claim or a property claim against ship owners. We believe that our vessels are in full compliance with SOLAS and LLMC standards.

 

Under Chapter IX of the SOLAS Convention, or the International Safety Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention (the “ISM Code”), our operations are also subject to environmental standards and requirements. The ISM Code requires the party with operational control of a vessel to develop an extensive safety management system that includes, among other things, the adoption of a safety and environmental protection policy setting forth instructions and procedures for operating its vessels safely and describing procedures for responding to emergencies. We rely upon the safety management system that we and our technical management team have developed for compliance with the ISM Code. The failure of a vessel owner or bareboat charterer to comply with the ISM Code may subject such party to increased liability, may decrease available insurance coverage for the affected vessels and may result in a denial of access to, or detention in, certain ports.

 

45

 

 

The ISM Code requires that vessel operators obtain a safety management certificate for each vessel they operate. This certificate evidences compliance by a vessel’s management with the ISM Code requirements for a safety management system. No vessel can obtain a safety management certificate unless its manager has been awarded a document of compliance, issued by each flag state, under the ISM Code. We have obtained applicable documents of compliance for our offices and safety management certificates for all of our vessels for which the certificates are required by the IMO. The document of compliance and safety management certificates are renewed as required.

 

Regulation II-1/3-10 of the SOLAS Convention governs ship construction and stipulates that ships over 150 meters in length must have adequate strength, integrity and stability to minimize risk of loss or pollution. Goal-based standards amendments in SOLAS regulation II-1/3-10 entered into force in 2012, with July 1, 2016 set for application to new oil tankers and bulk carriers. The SOLAS Convention regulation II-1/3-10 on goal-based ship construction standards for bulk carriers and oil tankers, which entered into force on January 1, 2012, requires that all oil tankers and bulk carriers of 150 meters in length and above, for which the building contract is placed on or after July 1, 2016, satisfy applicable structural requirements conforming to the functional requirements of the International Goal-based Ship Construction Standards for Bulk Carriers and Oil Tankers (“GBS Standards”).

 

Amendments to the SOLAS Convention Chapter VII apply to vessels transporting dangerous goods and require those vessels be in compliance with the International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code (“IMDG Code”). Effective January 1, 2018, the IMDG Code includes (1) updates to the provisions for radioactive material, reflecting the latest provisions from the International Atomic Energy Agency, (2) new marking, packing and classification requirements for dangerous goods and (3) new mandatory training requirements. Amendments which took effect on January 1, 2020 also reflect the latest material from the UN Recommendations on the Transport of Dangerous Goods, including (1) new provisions regarding IMO type 9 tanks, (2) new abbreviations for segregation groups, and (3) special provisions for carriage of lithium batteries and of vehicles powered by flammable liquid or gas.

 

The IMO has also adopted the International Convention on Standards of Training, Certification and Watchkeeping for Seafarers (“STCW”). As of February 2017, all seafarers are required to meet the STCW standards and be in possession of a valid STCW certificate. Flag states that have ratified SOLAS and STCW generally employ the classification societies, which have incorporated SOLAS and STCW requirements into their class rules, to undertake surveys to confirm compliance.

 

Furthermore, recent action by the IMO’s Maritime Safety Committee and United States agencies indicates that cybersecurity regulations for the maritime industry are likely to be further developed in the near future in an attempt to combat cybersecurity threats. For example, cyber-risk management systems must be incorporated by ship-owners and managers by 2021. This might cause companies to create additional procedures for monitoring cybersecurity, which could require additional expenses and/or capital expenditures. The impact of such regulations is hard to predict at this time.

 

Pollution Control and Liability Requirements

 

The IMO has negotiated international conventions that impose liability for pollution in international waters and the territorial waters of the signatories to such conventions. For example, the IMO adopted an International Convention for the Control and Management of Ships’ Ballast Water and Sediments (the “BWM Convention”) in 2004. The BWM Convention entered into force on September 8, 2017. The BWM Convention requires ships to manage their ballast water to remove, render harmless or avoid the uptake or discharge of new or invasive aquatic organisms and pathogens within ballast water and sediments. The BWM Convention’s implementing regulations call for a phased introduction of mandatory ballast water exchange requirements, to be replaced in time with mandatory concentration limits, and require all ships to carry a ballast water record book and an international ballast water management certificate.

 

46

 

 

On December 4, 2013, the IMO Assembly passed a resolution revising the application dates of BWM Convention so that the dates are triggered by the entry into force date and not the dates originally in the BWM Convention. This, in effect, makes all vessels delivered before the entry into force date “existing vessels” and allows for the installation of ballast water management systems on such vessels at the first International Oil Pollution Prevention (“IOPP”) renewal survey following entry into force of the convention. The MEPC adopted updated guidelines for approval of ballast water management systems (G8) at MEPC 70. At MEPC 71, the schedule regarding the BWM Convention’s implementation dates was also discussed and amendments were introduced to extend the date existing vessels are subject to certain ballast water standards. Those changes were adopted at MEPC 72. Ships over 400 gross tons generally must comply with a “D-1 standard,” requiring the exchange of ballast water only in open seas and away from coastal waters. The “D-2 standard” specifies the maximum amount of viable organisms allowed to be discharged, and compliance dates vary depending on the IOPP renewal dates. Depending on the date of the IOPP renewal survey, existing vessels must comply with the D-2 standard on or after September 8, 2019. For most ships, compliance with the D-2 standard will involve installing on-board systems to treat ballast water and eliminate unwanted organisms. Ballast water management systems, which include systems that make use of chemical, biocides, organisms or biological mechanisms, or which alter the chemical or physical characteristics of the ballast water, must be approved in accordance with IMO Guidelines (Regulation D-3). As of October 13, 2019, MEPC 72’s amendments to the BWM Convention took effect making the Code for Approval of Ballast Water Management Systems, which governs assessment of ballast water management systems, mandatory rather than permissive, and formalized an implementation schedule for the D-2 standard. Under these amendments, all ships must meet the D-2 standard by September 9, 2024. Costs of compliance with these regulations may be substantial.

 

Once mid-ocean ballast water treatment requirements become mandatory under the BWM Convention, the cost of compliance could increase for ocean carriers and may have a material effect on our operations. However, many countries already regulate the discharge of ballast water carried by vessels from country to country to prevent the introduction of invasive and harmful species via such discharges. The U.S., for example, requires vessels entering its waters from another country to conduct mid-ocean ballast exchange, or undertake some alternate measure, and to comply with certain reporting requirements.

 

The IMO adopted the International Convention on Civil Liability for Oil Pollution Damage of 1969, as amended by different Protocols in 1976, 1984 and 1992, and amended in 2000 (“the CLC”). Under the CLC and depending on whether the country in which the damage results is a party to the 1992 Protocol to the CLC, a vessel’s registered owner may be strictly liable for pollution damage caused in the territorial waters of a contracting state by discharge of persistent oil, subject to certain exceptions. The 1992 Protocol changed certain limits on liability expressed using the International Monetary Fund currency unit, the Special Drawing Rights. The limits on liability have since been amended so that the compensation limits on liability were raised. The right to limit liability is forfeited under the CLC where the spill is caused by the shipowner’s actual fault and under the 1992 Protocol where the spill is caused by the shipowner’s intentional or reckless act or omission where the shipowner knew pollution damage would probably result. The CLC requires ships over 2,000 tons covered by it to maintain insurance covering the liability of the owner in a sum equivalent to an owner’s liability for a single incident. We have protection and indemnity insurance for environmental incidents. P&I Clubs in the International Group issue the required Bunkers Convention “Blue Cards” to enable signatory states to issue certificates. All of our vessels are in possession of a CLC State issued certificate attesting that the required insurance coverage is in force.

 

The IMO also adopted the International Convention on Civil Liability for Bunker Oil Pollution Damage (the “Bunker Convention”) to impose strict liability on ship owners (including the registered owner, bareboat charterer, manager or operator) for pollution damage in jurisdictional waters of ratifying states caused by discharges of bunker fuel. The Bunker Convention requires registered owners of ships over 1,000 gross tons to maintain insurance for pollution damage in an amount equal to the limits of liability under the applicable national or international limitation regime (but not exceeding the amount calculated in accordance with the LLMC). With respect to non-ratifying states, liability for spills or releases of oil carried as fuel in ship’s bunkers typically is determined by the national or other domestic laws in the jurisdiction where the events or damages occur.

 

Ships are required to maintain a certificate attesting that they maintain adequate insurance to cover an incident. In jurisdictions, such as the United States where the CLC or the Bunker Convention has not been adopted, various legislative schemes or common law govern, and liability is imposed either on the basis of fault or on a strict-liability basis.

 

47

 

 

Anti-Fouling Requirements

 

In 2001, the IMO adopted the International Convention on the Control of Harmful Anti-fouling Systems on Ships, or the “Anti-fouling Convention.” The Anti-fouling Convention, which entered into force on September 17, 2008, prohibits the use of organotin compound coatings to prevent the attachment of mollusks and other sea life to the hulls of vessels. Vessels of over 400 gross tons engaged in international voyages will also be required to undergo an initial survey before the vessel is put into service or before an International Anti-fouling System Certificate is issued for the first time; and subsequent surveys when the anti-fouling systems are altered or replaced. We have obtained Anti-fouling System Certificates for all of our vessels that are subject to the Anti-fouling Convention.

 

Compliance Enforcement

 

Noncompliance with the ISM Code or other IMO regulations may subject the ship owner or bareboat charterer to increased liability, may lead to decreases in available insurance coverage for affected vessels and may result in the denial of access to, or detention in, some ports. The USCG and European Union authorities have indicated that vessels not in compliance with the ISM Code by applicable deadlines will be prohibited from trading in U.S. and European Union ports, respectively. As of the date of this Annual Report, each of our vessels is ISM Code certified. However, there can be no assurance that such certificates will be maintained in the future. The IMO continues to review and introduce new regulations. It is impossible to predict what additional regulations, if any, may be passed by the IMO and what effect, if any, such regulations might have on our operations.

 

The U.S. Oil Pollution Act of 1990 and the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act

 

The U.S. Oil Pollution Act of 1990 (“OPA”) established an extensive regulatory and liability regime for the protection and cleanup of the environment from oil spills. OPA affects all “owners and operators” whose vessels trade or operate within the U.S., its territories and possessions or whose vessels operate in U.S. waters, which includes the U.S.’s territorial sea and its 200 nautical mile exclusive economic zone around the U.S. The U.S. has also enacted the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (“CERCLA”), which applies to the discharge of hazardous substances other than oil, except in limited circumstances, whether on land or at sea. OPA and CERCLA both define “owner and operator” in the case of a vessel as any person owning, operating or chartering by demise, the vessel. Both OPA and CERCLA impact our operations.

 

Under OPA, vessel owners and operators are “responsible parties” and are jointly, severally and strictly liable (unless the spill results solely from the act or omission of a third party, an act of God or an act of war) for all containment and clean-up costs and other damages arising from discharges or threatened discharges of oil from their vessels, including bunkers (fuel). OPA defines these other damages broadly to include:

 

(i) injury to, destruction or loss of, or loss of use of, natural resources and related assessment costs;
     
  (ii) injury to, or economic losses resulting from, the destruction of real and personal property;
     
  (iii) loss of subsistence use of natural resources that are injured, destroyed or lost;
     
  (iv) net loss of taxes, royalties, rents, fees or net profit revenues resulting from injury, destruction or loss of real or personal property, or natural resources;
     
  (v) lost profits or impairment of earning capacity due to injury, destruction or loss of real or personal property or natural resources; and
     
  (vi) net cost of increased or additional public services necessitated by removal activities following a discharge of oil, such as protection from fire, safety or health hazards, and loss of subsistence use of natural resources.

 

48

 

 

OPA contains statutory caps on liability and damages; such caps do not apply to direct cleanup costs. Effective November 21, 2019, the USCG adjusted the limits of OPA liability for a tank vessel, other than a single-hull tank vessel, over 3,000 gross tons liability to the greater of $2,300 per gross ton or $19,943,400 (subject to periodic adjustment for inflation). These limits of liability do not apply if an incident was proximately caused by the violation of an applicable U.S. federal safety, construction or operating regulation by a responsible party (or its agent, employee or a person acting pursuant to a contractual relationship) or a responsible party’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. The limitation on liability similarly does not apply if the responsible party fails or refuses to (i) report the incident as required by law where the responsible party knows or has reason to know of the incident; (ii) reasonably cooperate and assist as requested in connection with oil removal activities; or (iii) without sufficient cause, comply with an order issued under the Federal Water Pollution Act (Section 311 (c), (e)) or the Intervention on the High Seas Act.

  

CERCLA contains a similar liability regime whereby owners and operators of vessels are liable for cleanup, removal and remedial costs, as well as damages for injury to, or destruction or loss of, natural resources, including the reasonable costs associated with assessing the same, and health assessments or health effects studies. There is no liability if the discharge of a hazardous substance results solely from the act or omission of a third party, an act of God or an act of war. Liability under CERCLA is limited to the greater of $300 per gross ton or $5.0 million for vessels carrying a hazardous substance as cargo and the greater of $300 per gross ton or $500,000 for any other vessel. These limits do not apply (rendering the responsible person liable for the total cost of response and damages) if the release or threat of release of a hazardous substance resulted from willful misconduct or negligence, or the primary cause of the release was a violation of applicable safety, construction or operating standards or regulations. The limitation on liability also does not apply if the responsible person fails or refused to provide all reasonable cooperation and assistance as requested in connection with response activities where the vessel is subject to OPA.

 

OPA and CERCLA each preserve the right to recover damages under existing law, including maritime tort law. OPA and CERCLA both require owners and operators of vessels to establish and maintain with the USCG evidence of financial responsibility sufficient to meet the maximum amount of liability to which the particular responsible person may be subject. Vessel owners and operators may satisfy their financial responsibility obligations by providing a proof of insurance, a surety bond, qualification as a self-insurer or a guarantee. We comply and plan to comply going forward with the USCG’s financial responsibility regulations by providing applicable certificates of financial responsibility.

 

The 2010 Deepwater Horizon oil spill in the Gulf of Mexico resulted in additional regulatory initiatives or statutes, including higher liability caps under OPA, new regulations regarding offshore oil and gas drilling and a pilot inspection program for offshore facilities. However, several of these initiatives and regulations have been or may be revised. For example, the U.S. Bureau of Safety and Environmental Enforcement’s (“BSEE”) revised Production Safety Systems Rule (“PSSR”), effective December 27, 2018, modified and relaxed certain environmental and safety protections under the 2016 PSSR. Additionally, the BSEE amended the Well Control Rule, effective July 15, 2019 which rolled back certain reforms regarding the safety of drilling operations, and the U.S. President has proposed leasing new sections of U.S. waters to oil and gas companies for offshore drilling. The effects of these proposals and changes are currently unknown. Compliance with any new requirements of OPA and future legislation or regulations applicable to the operation of our vessels could impact the cost of our operations and adversely affect our business.

 

OPA specifically permits individual states to impose their own liability regimes with regard to oil pollution incidents occurring within their boundaries, provided they accept, at a minimum, the levels of liability established under OPA and some states have enacted legislation providing for unlimited liability for oil spills. Many U.S. states that border a navigable waterway have enacted environmental pollution laws that impose strict liability on a person for removal costs and damages resulting from a discharge of oil or a release of a hazardous substance. These laws may be more stringent than U.S. federal law. Moreover, some states have enacted legislation providing for unlimited liability for discharge of pollutants within their waters, although in some cases, states which have enacted this type of legislation have not yet issued implementing regulations defining vessel owners’ responsibilities under these laws. We intend to comply with all applicable state regulations in the ports where our vessels call.

 

We currently maintain pollution liability coverage insurance in the amount of $1 billion per incident for each of our vessels. If the damages from a catastrophic spill were to exceed our insurance coverage, it could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operation.

 

49

 

 

Other United States Environmental Initiatives

 

The U.S. Clean Air Act of 1970 (including its amendments of 1977 and 1990) (“CAA”) requires the EPA to promulgate standards applicable to emissions of volatile organic compounds and other air contaminants. Our vessels are subject to vapor control and recovery requirements for certain cargoes when loading, unloading, ballasting, cleaning and conducting other operations in regulated port areas. The CAA also requires states to draft State Implementation Plans, or SIPs, designed to attain national health-based air quality standards in each state. Although state-specific, SIPs may include regulations concerning emissions resulting from vessel loading and unloading operations by requiring the installation of vapor control equipment. Our vessels operating in such regulated port areas with restricted cargoes are equipped with vapor recovery systems that satisfy these existing requirements.

 

The U.S. Clean Water Act (“CWA”) prohibits the discharge of oil, hazardous substances and ballast water in U.S. navigable waters unless authorized by a duly issued permit or exemption and imposes strict liability in the form of penalties for any unauthorized discharges. The CWA also imposes substantial liability for the costs of removal, remediation and damages and complements the remedies available under OPA and CERCLA. In 2015, the EPA expanded the definition of “waters of the United States” (“WOTUS”), thereby expanding federal authority under the CWA. Following litigation on the revised WOTUS rule, in December 2018, the EPA and Department of the Army proposed a revised, limited definition of “waters of the United States.” The proposed rule was published in the Federal Register on February 14, 2019 and was subject to public comment. On October 22, 2019, the agencies published a final rule repealing the 2015 Rule defining “waters of the United States” and recodified the regulatory text that existed prior to 2015 Rule. The final rule became effective on December 23, 2019. On January 23, 2020, the EPA published the “Navigable Waters Protection Rule” which replaces the rule published on October 22, 2019 and redefines “waters of the United States”. The effect of this rule is currently unknown.

  

The EPA and the USCG have also enacted rules relating to ballast water discharge, compliance with which requires the installation of equipment on our vessels to treat ballast water before it is discharged or the implementation of other port facility disposal arrangements or procedures at potentially substantial costs, and/or otherwise restrict our vessels from entering U.S. Waters. The EPA will regulate these ballast water discharges and other discharges incidental to the normal operation of certain vessels within United States waters pursuant to the Vessel Incidental Discharge Act (“VIDA”), which was signed into law on December 4, 2018 and replaces the 2013 Vessel General Permit (“VGP”) program (which authorizes discharges incidental to operations of commercial vessels and contains numeric ballast water discharge limits for most vessels to reduce the risk of invasive species in U.S. waters, stringent requirements for exhaust gas scrubbers, and requirements for the use of environmentally acceptable lubricants) and current Coast Guard ballast water management regulations adopted under the U.S. National Invasive Species Act (“NISA”), such as mid-ocean ballast exchange programs and installation of approved USCG technology for all vessels equipped with ballast water tanks bound for U.S. ports or entering U.S. waters. VIDA establishes a new framework for the regulation of vessel incidental discharges under the U.S. Clean Water Act (“CWA”), requires the EPA to develop performance standards for those discharges within two years of enactment, and requires the U.S. Coast Guard to develop implementation, compliance and enforcement regulations within two years of EPA’s promulgation of standards. Under VIDA, all provisions of the 2013 VGP and USCG regulations regarding ballast water treatment remain in force and effect until the EPA and U.S. Coast Guard regulations are finalized. Non-military, non-recreational vessels greater than 79 feet in length must continue to comply with the requirements of the VGP, including submission of a Notice of Intent (“NOI”) or retention of a PARI form and submission of annual reports. We have submitted NOIs for our vessels where required. Compliance with the EPA, U.S. Coast Guard and state regulations could require the installation of ballast water treatment equipment on our vessels or the implementation of other port facility disposal procedures at potentially substantial cost or may otherwise restrict our vessels from entering U.S. waters.

 

European Union Regulations

 

In October 2009, the European Union amended a directive to impose criminal sanctions for illicit ship-source discharges of polluting substances, including minor discharges, if committed with intent, recklessly or with serious negligence and the discharges individually or in the aggregate result in deterioration of the quality of water. Aiding and abetting the discharge of a polluting substance may also lead to criminal penalties. The directive applies to all types of vessels, irrespective of their flag, but certain exceptions apply to warships or where human safety or that of the ship is in danger. Criminal liability for pollution may result in substantial penalties or fines and increased civil liability claims. Regulation (EU) 2015/757 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 29 April 2015 (amending EU Directive 2009/16/EC) governs the monitoring, reporting and verification of carbon dioxide emissions from maritime transport, and, subject to some exclusions, requires companies with ships over 5,000 gross tonnage to monitor and report carbon dioxide emissions annually, which may cause us to incur additional expenses.

 

50

 

 

The European Union has adopted several regulations and directives requiring, among other things, more frequent inspections of high-risk ships, as determined by type, age and flag as well as the number of times the ship has been detained. The European Union also adopted and extended a ban on substandard ships and enacted a minimum ban period and a definitive ban for repeated offenses. The regulation also provided the European Union with greater authority and control over classification societies, by imposing more requirements on classification societies and providing for fines or penalty payments for organizations that failed to comply. Furthermore, the EU has implemented regulations requiring vessels to use reduced sulfur content fuel for their main and auxiliary engines. The EU Directive 2005/33/EC (amending Directive 1999/32/EC) introduced requirements parallel to those in Annex VI relating to the sulfur content of marine fuels. In addition, the EU imposed a 0.1% maximum sulfur requirement for fuel used by ships at berth in the Baltic, the North Sea and the English Channel (the so called “SOx-Emission Control Area”). As of January 2020, EU member states must also ensure that ships in all EU waters, except the SOx-Emission Control Area, use fuels with a 0.5% maximum sulfur content.

 

International Labor Organization

 

The International Labor Organization (the “ILO”) is a specialized agency of the UN that has adopted the Maritime Labor Convention 2006 (“MLC 2006”). A Maritime Labor Certificate and a Declaration of Maritime Labor Compliance is required to ensure compliance with the MLC 2006 for all ships that are 500 gross tonnage or over and are either engaged in international voyages or flying the flag of a Member and operating from a port, or between ports, in another country. We believe that all our vessels are in substantial compliance with and are certified to meet MLC 2006.

 

Greenhouse Gas Regulation

 

Currently, the emissions of greenhouse gases from international shipping are not subject to the Kyoto Protocol to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change, which entered into force in 2005 and pursuant to which adopting countries have been required to implement national programs to reduce greenhouse gas emissions with targets extended through 2020. International negotiations are continuing with respect to a successor to the Kyoto Protocol, and restrictions on shipping emissions may be included in any new treaty. In December 2009, more than 27 nations, including the U.S. and China, signed the Copenhagen Accord, which includes a non-binding commitment to reduce greenhouse gas emissions. The 2015 United Nations Climate Change Conference in Paris resulted in the Paris Agreement, which entered into force on November 4, 2016 and does not directly limit greenhouse gas emissions from ships. The U.S. initially entered into the agreement but on June 1, 2017, the U.S. President announced that the United States intends to withdraw from the Paris Agreement which provides for a four-year exit process, meaning that the earliest possible effective withdrawal date cannot be before November 4, 2020. The timing and effect of such action has yet to be determined.

  

At MEPC 70 and MEPC 71, a draft outline of the structure of the initial strategy for developing a comprehensive IMO strategy on reduction of greenhouse gas emissions from ships was approved. In accordance with this roadmap, in April 2018, nations at the MEPC 72 adopted an initial strategy to reduce greenhouse gas emissions from ships. The initial strategy identifies “levels of ambition” to reducing greenhouse gas emissions, including (1) decreasing the carbon intensity from ships through implementation of further phases of the EEDI for new ships; (2) reducing carbon dioxide emissions per transport work, as an average across international shipping, by at least 40% by 2030, pursuing efforts towards 70% by 2050, compared to 2008 emission levels; and (3) reducing the total annual greenhouse emissions by at least 50% by 2050 compared to 2008 while pursuing efforts towards phasing them out entirely. The initial strategy notes that technological innovation, alternative fuels and/or energy sources for international shipping will be integral to achieve the overall ambition. These regulations could cause us to incur additional substantial expenses.

 

The EU made a unilateral commitment to reduce overall greenhouse gas emissions from its member states from 20% of 1990 levels by 2020. The EU also committed to reduce its emissions by 20% under the Kyoto Protocol’s second period from 2013 to 2020. Starting in January 2018, large ships over 5,000 gross tonnage calling at EU ports are required to collect and publish data on carbon dioxide emissions and other information.

 

In the United States, the EPA issued a finding that greenhouse gases endanger the public health and safety, adopted regulations to limit greenhouse gas emissions from certain mobile sources and proposed regulations to limit greenhouse gas emissions from large stationary sources. However, in March 2017, the U.S. President signed an executive order to review and possibly eliminate the EPA’s plan to cut greenhouse gas emissions, and in August 2019 the Administration announced plans to weaken regulations for methane emissions. The EPA or individual U.S. states could enact environmental regulations that would affect our operations.

 

Any passage of climate control legislation or other regulatory initiatives by the IMO, the EU, the U.S. or other countries where we operate, or any treaty adopted at the international level to succeed the Kyoto Protocol or Paris Agreement, that restricts emissions of greenhouse gases could require us to make significant financial expenditures which we cannot predict with certainty at this time. Even in the absence of climate control legislation, our business may be indirectly affected to the extent that climate change may result in sea level changes or certain weather events.

 

51

 

 

Vessel Security Regulations

 

Since the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001 in the United States, there have been a variety of initiatives intended to enhance vessel security such as the U.S. Maritime Transportation Security Act of 2002 (“MTSA”). To implement certain portions of the MTSA, the USCG issued regulations requiring the implementation of certain security requirements aboard vessels operating in waters subject to the jurisdiction of the United States and at certain ports and facilities, some of which are regulated by the EPA.

 

Similarly, Chapter XI-2 of the SOLAS Convention imposes detailed security obligations on vessels and port authorities and mandates compliance with the International Ship and Port Facilities Security Code (“the ISPS Code”). The ISPS Code is designed to enhance the security of ports and ships against terrorism. To trade internationally, a vessel must attain an International Ship Security Certificate (“ISSC”) from a recognized security organization approved by the vessel’s flag state. Ships operating without a valid certificate may be detained, expelled from, or refused entry at port until they obtain an ISSC. The various requirements, some of which are found in the SOLAS Convention, include, for example, on-board installation of automatic identification systems to provide a means for the automatic transmission of safety-related information from among similarly equipped ships and shore stations, including information on a ship’s identity, position, course, speed and navigational status; on-board installation of ship security alert systems, which do not sound on the vessel but only alert the authorities on shore; the development of vessel security plans; ship identification number to be permanently marked on a vessel’s hull; a continuous synopsis record kept onboard showing a vessel’s history including the name of the ship, the state whose flag the ship is entitled to fly, the date on which the ship was registered with that state, the ship’s identification number, the port at which the ship is registered and the name of the registered owner(s) and their registered address; and compliance with flag state security certification requirements.

 

The USCG regulations, intended to align with international maritime security standards, exempt non-U.S. vessels from MTSA vessel security measures, provided such vessels have on board a valid ISSC that attests to the vessel’s compliance with the SOLAS Convention security requirements and the ISPS Code. Future security measures could have a significant financial impact on us. We intend to comply with the various security measures addressed by MTSA, the SOLAS Convention and the ISPS Code.

 

Inspection by Classification Societies

 

The hull and machinery of every commercial vessel must be classed by a classification society authorized by its country of registry. The classification society certifies that a vessel is safe and seaworthy in accordance with the applicable rules and regulations of the country of registry of the vessel and SOLAS. Most insurance underwriters make it a condition for insurance coverage and lending that a vessel be certified “in class” by a classification society which is a member of the International Association of Classification Societies, the IACS. The IACS has adopted harmonized Common Structural Rules, or the Rules, which apply to oil tankers and bulk carriers contracted for construction on or after July 1, 2015. The Rules attempt to create a level of consistency between IACS Societies. All of our vessels are certified as being “in class” by all the applicable Classification Societies (e.g., American Bureau of Shipping, Lloyd’s Register of Shipping, and DNV-GL).

 

A vessel must undergo annual surveys, intermediate surveys, drydockings and special surveys. In lieu of a special survey, a vessel’s machinery may be on a continuous survey cycle, under which the machinery would be surveyed periodically over a five-year period. Every vessel is also required to be drydocked every 30 to 36 months for inspection of the underwater parts of the vessel. If any vessel does not maintain its class and/or fails any annual survey, intermediate survey, drydocking or special survey, the vessel will be unable to carry cargo between ports and will be unemployable and uninsurable which could cause us to be in violation of certain covenants in our loan agreements. Any such inability to carry cargo or be employed, or any such violation of covenants, could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

52

 

 

Risk of Loss and Liability Insurance

 

General

 

The operation of any cargo vessel includes risks such as mechanical failure, physical damage, collision, property loss, cargo loss or damage and business interruption due to political circumstances in foreign countries, piracy incidents, hostilities and labor strikes. In addition, there is always an inherent possibility of marine disaster, including oil spills and other environmental mishaps, and the liabilities arising from owning and operating vessels in international trade. OPA, which imposes virtually unlimited liability upon shipowners, operators and bareboat charterers of any vessel trading in the exclusive economic zone of the United States for certain oil pollution accidents in the United States, has made liability insurance more expensive for shipowners and operators trading in the United States market. We carry insurance coverage as customary in the shipping industry. However, not all risks can be insured, specific claims may be rejected, and we might not be always able to obtain adequate insurance coverage at reasonable rates.

 

Hull and Machinery Insurance

 

We procure hull and machinery insurance, protection and indemnity insurance, which includes environmental damage and pollution insurance and war risk insurance and freight, demurrage and defense insurance for our fleet. We generally do not maintain insurance against loss of hire (except for certain charters for which we consider it appropriate), which covers business interruptions that result in the loss of use of a vessel.

 

Protection and Indemnity Insurance

 

Protection and indemnity insurance is provided by mutual protection and indemnity associations, or “P&I Associations”, and covers our third-party liabilities in connection with our shipping activities. This includes third-party liability and other related expenses of injury or death of crew, passengers and other third parties, loss or damage to cargo, claims arising from collisions with other vessels, damage to other third-party property, pollution arising from oil or other substances and salvage, towing and other related costs, including wreck removal. Protection and indemnity insurance is a form of mutual indemnity insurance, extended by protection and indemnity mutual associations, or “clubs.”

 

Our current protection and indemnity insurance coverage for pollution is $1 billion per vessel per incident. The 13 P&I Associations that comprise the International Group insure approximately 90% of the world’s commercial tonnage and have entered into a pooling agreement to reinsure each association’s liabilities. The International Group’s website states that the pool provides a mechanism for sharing all claims in excess of $10 million up to, currently, approximately $8.2 billion. As a member of a P&I Association, which is a member of the International Group, we are subject to calls payable to the associations based on our claim records as well as the claim records of all other members of the individual associations and members of the shipping pool of P&I Associations comprising the International Group.

 

Exchange Controls

 

Under Marshall Islands law, there are currently no restrictions on the export or import of capital, including foreign exchange controls or restrictions that affect the remittance of dividends, interest or other payments to non-resident holders of our common shares.

 

C. Organizational Structure

 

Please see Item 4.A (“Information on the Company — History and Development of the Company”) in this Annual Report for information about our organizational structure. We have 75 wholly owned subsidiaries and one 50%-owned joint venture entity. A list of our subsidiaries is included as Exhibit 8.1 to this Annual Report.

 

D. Property, Plant and Equipment

 

Other than our vessels, a description of which is included in Item 4.B “Business Overview — Fleet List” of this Annual Report and is incorporated herein by reference, we own no material property. We have entered into a lease with a third party for our office space in Cork, Ireland. The lease commenced in March 2016 and is for a period of 15 years, with an option to terminate the lease after ten years. We have exercised our option on our lease with a third party for office space at Pembroke, Bermuda for an additional two-year term that commenced in May 2018. We have entered into leases for our offices in Singapore and Houston, Texas with third parties that commenced in March 2018 and April 2016, respectively. These leases are for periods of two years and one year respectively, with an option for a one-year further term in Singapore, and automatically for successive one-year terms in Houston until terminated. Average aggregate payments under these leases are approximately $0.5 million per annum.

 

As at March 15, 2020, all of our 25 vessels are subject to mortgages relating to our credit facilities or are subject to finance leases under which we are the lessee.

 

53

 

 

Item 4.A. Unresolved Staff Comments

 

None.

 

Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

 

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements, accompanying notes thereto and other financial information, appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report. The consolidated financial statements as at and for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The consolidated financial statements are presented in U.S. dollars unless otherwise indicated.

 

Please see Item 5 (“Operating and Financial Review and Prospects”) in our Annual Report on Form 20-F/A for the year ended December 31, 2018 for a discussion of our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2017.

 

General

 

We are Ardmore Shipping Corporation, a company incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands. We provide seaborne transportation of petroleum products and chemicals worldwide to oil majors, national oil companies, oil and chemical traders, and chemical companies, with our modern, fuel-efficient fleet of mid-size product and chemical tankers.

 

We are commercially independent as we have no blanket employment arrangements with third-party or related-party commercial managers. We market our services directly to our broad range of customers and commercial pool operators.

 

Our Charters

 

We generate revenue by charging customers for the transportation of their petroleum or chemical products using our vessels. Historically, these services generally have been provided under the following basic types of contractual arrangements:

 

  Commercial Pooling Arrangements. Our vessels are pooled together with a group of other similar vessels for economies of scale and the earnings are pooled and distributed to the vessel owners according to a prearranged agreement.
     
  Spot Charter. We arrange spot employment for our vessels in-house. We are responsible for all costs associated with operating the vessel, including vessel operating expenses and voyage expenses.
     
  Time Charter. Vessels we operate, and for which we are responsible for crewing and for paying other vessel operating expenses (such as repairs and maintenance, insurance, stores, lube oils, communication expenses) and technical management fees, are chartered to customers for a fixed period of time at rates that are generally fixed, but may contain a variable component based on inflation, interest rates, or current market rates. As at March 15, 2020, none of our vessels were on time charter.

 

The table below illustrates the primary distinctions among these types of charters and contracts.

 

    Time Charter   Commercial Pool   Spot Charter
Typical contract length   1 – 5 years   Indefinite   Single voyage
Hire rate basis(1)   Daily   Varies (daily rate reported)   Varies
Voyage expenses(2)   Charterer pays   Pool pays   We pay
Vessel operating expenses(3)   We pay   We pay   We pay
Off-hire(4)   We pay   We pay   We pay

 

 

(1) “Hire rate” refers to the basic payment from the charterer for the use of the vessel.
(2) “Voyage expenses” are all expenses related to a particular voyage, which include, among other things, bunkers and port/canal costs.
(3) “Vessel operating expenses” are costs of operating a vessel that are incurred during a charter, including costs of crewing, repairs and maintenance, insurance, stores, lube oils, communication expenses, and technical management fees.
(4) “Off-hire” refers to the time a vessel is not available for service, due primarily to scheduled and unscheduled repairs or drydocking.

 

54

 

 

Recent Developments

 

Vessel Refinancings

 

On December 11, 2019, we completed two previously announced new credit facilities for $201.5 million in the aggregate. We subsequently borrowed available amounts under the facilities and used the proceeds to refinance 12 vessels. The first facility, with Nordea Bank AB (publ) and Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ), includes a $100 million term loan and a $40 million revolving component. We used the proceeds from this facility to refinance eight ships. The second facility, with ABN AMRO Bank N.V. and Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, is a $61.5 million term loan and we used the proceeds to refinance four ships. These refinancings released to us a total of $15.9 million of cash after prepayment of debt and fees, extended debt maturity dates to the end of 2024, lowered our cost of debt, and increased our financial flexibility. The covenants and other conditions of the facilities are consistent with those of our other existing debt facilities.

 

Dividend Relating to Fourth Quarter of 2019 and Change in our Capital Allocation Policy

 

On February 11, 2020, we announced that our Board of Directors declared a cash dividend of $0.05 per share for the quarter ended December 31, 2019. The cash dividend of $1.7 million was paid on February 28, 2020 to all shareholders of record on February 21, 2020. This dividend was determined in accordance with our then-existing dividend policy, under which we generally expected to pay out as dividends on a quarterly basis 60% of Earnings from Continuing Operations (which represented our earnings per share reported under U.S. GAAP as adjusted for unrealized and realized gains and losses and extraordinary items). We have changed our dividend policy. On March 9, 2020, we announced a new capital allocation policy which sets out our priorities among fleet maintenance, financial strength, accretive growth and returning capital to shareholders. Commencing with the quarter ending March 31, 2020, we will transition to the new policy and will provide updates to our capital allocation priorities on quarterly earnings calls.

 

Coronavirus Pandemic

 

The novel coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic is dynamic and expanding, and its ultimate scope, duration and effects are uncertain. We expect that this pandemic will result in direct and indirect material adverse effects on our industry and on our business.

 

COVID-19 is anticipated to result in a significant decline in global demand for refined oil products. As our business is the transportation of refined oil products on behalf of oil majors, oil traders and other customers, any significant decrease in demand for the cargo we transport could adversely affect demand for our vessels and services. Crude oil prices have recently plunged, in significant part due to the recent production and pricing dispute between Saudi Arabia and Russia. As of the date of this Annual Report, the impact of COVID-19 on our business has been mitigated by this oil price decline, which price decline has resulted in significant increases in oil trading activity, demand for our vessels and freight rates. Much of this increased demand relates to the stockpiling of low-cost oil, which may result in lower future oil trading activity and demand for our vessels. At this stage, it is extremely difficult to determine the full impact of COVID-19 on our business.

 

Effects of the current pandemic may include, among others: deterioration of worldwide, regional or national economic conditions and activity and of demand for crude oil and petroleum products; operational disruptions to us, our customers or business partners due to worker health risks and the effects of new regulations, directives or practices implemented in response to the pandemic (such as travel restrictions for individuals and vessels and quarantining and social distancing); potential delays in (a) the loading and discharging of cargo on or from our vessels, (b) vessel inspections and related certifications by class societies, oil majors or government agencies and (c) maintenance and any repairs or upgrades to, or drydocking of, our existing vessels due to worker health, quarantining or regulations; reduced cash flow and financial condition, including potential liquidity constraints; potential reduced access to capital as a result of any credit tightening generally or due to continued declines in global financial markets; potential decreases in the market values of our vessels and any related impairment charges; potential noncompliance with covenants in our credit facilities and financing leases obligations; and potential deterioration in the financial condition and prospects of our customers or business partners. Although disruption and effects from the novel coronavirus pandemic may be temporary, given the dynamic nature of these circumstances the duration of business disruption and the magnitude of the financial and other impact on our business cannot be reasonably estimated at this time.

 

A. Operating Results

 

Important Financial and Operational Terms and Concepts

 

We use a variety of financial and operational terms and concepts. These include the following:

 

Revenue.  Revenue is generated from spot charter arrangements, time charter arrangements and pool arrangements. Revenue is affected by hire rates and the number of days a vessel operates.

 

Revenue is also affected by the mix of business among spot charter arrangements, time charter arrangements and pool arrangements. Revenue from vessels in pool arrangements or employed in the spot market are more volatile, as they are typically tied to prevailing market rates.

 

55

 

 

Voyage Expenses.  Voyage expenses are all expenses related to a particular voyage, which include, among other things, bunkers and port/canal costs. These expenses are subtracted from revenue to calculate TCE rates (as defined below).

 

Vessel Operating Expenses.  We are responsible for vessel operating expenses, which include crew, repairs and maintenance and insurance costs, and fees paid to technical managers of its vessels. The largest components of our vessel operating expenses are generally crews and repairs and maintenance. Expenses for repairs and maintenance tend to fluctuate from period to period because most repairs and maintenance typically occur during periodic drydockings. We expect these expenses to increase as our fleet matures and to the extent that it expands.

 

Drydocking.  We must periodically drydock each of our vessels for inspection, and any modifications to comply with industry certification or governmental requirements. Generally, each vessel is drydocked every 30 to 60 months. The deferred expenditures of drydockings for a given vessel are amortized on a straight-line basis to the next scheduled drydocking of the vessel.

 

Depreciation.  Depreciation expense typically consists of charges related to the depreciation of the historical cost of our fleet (less an estimated residual value) over the estimated useful lives of the vessels and charges relating to the depreciation of upgrades to vessels, which are depreciated over the shorter of the vessel’s remaining useful life or the life of the renewal or upgrade. We depreciate our vessels over an estimated useful life of 25 years from the vessel’s initial delivery from the shipyard, on a straight-line basis to their residual scrap value. The rate we use to calculate the residual scrap value is $300 per lightweight ton.

 

Amortization of Deferred Drydock Expenditures.  Amortization of deferred drydock expenditures relates to the amortization of drydocking expenditures over the estimated number of years to the next scheduled drydocking.

 

Time Charter Equivalent (“TCE”) Rate.   TCE rate, a non-GAAP measure, represents net revenue (revenue less voyage expenses) divided by revenue days. We principally use net revenue, a non-GAAP financial measure, because it provides more meaningful information to us about the deployment of our vessels and their performance than revenue, the most directly comparable financial measure under U.S. GAAP. Net revenue utilized to calculate TCE is determined on a discharge to discharge basis, which is different from how we record revenue under U.S. GAAP. Under discharge to discharge, revenue is recognized beginning from the discharge of cargo from the prior voyage to the anticipated discharge of cargo in the current voyage, and voyage expenses are recognized as incurred.

 

Revenue Days.  Revenue days are the total number of calendar days our vessels were in our possession during a period, less the total number of off-hire days during the period generally associated with repairs or drydockings and idle days associated with repositioning of vessels held for sale.

 

Operating Days.  Operating days are the number of days our vessels are in operation during the year. Where a vessel is under our ownership for a full year, operating days will generally equal calendar days. Days when a vessel is in drydock are included in the calculation of operating days, as we incur operating expenses while in drydock.

 

Pooling Arrangements.  To increase vessel utilization and thereby revenue, we may participate in commercial pools with other ship owners of similar modern, well-maintained vessels. By operating a large number of vessels as an integrated transportation system, commercial pools offer customers greater flexibility while achieving scheduling efficiencies. Pools typically employ experienced commercial charterers and operators who have close working relationships with customers and brokers, while technical management is performed by each ship owner. Pools negotiate charters with customers primarily in the spot market. The size and scope of these pools enhance utilization rates for pool vessels by securing backhaul voyages and contracts of affreightment, which may generate higher effective TCE revenue than otherwise might be obtainable in the spot market, while providing a higher level of service offerings to customers.

  

Factors You Should Consider When Evaluating Our Results

 

We face a number of risks associated with our business and industry and must overcome a variety of challenges to utilize our strengths and implement our business strategy. These risks include, among others: the highly cyclical tanker industry; partial dependence on spot charters; fluctuating charter values; changing economic, political and governmental conditions affecting our industry and business, including changes in energy prices; material changes in applicable laws and regulations; level of performance by counterparties, particularly charterers; acquisitions and dispositions; increased operating expenses; increased capital expenditures; taxes; maintaining customer relationships; maintaining sufficient liquidity; financing availability and terms; and management turnover.

 

56

 

 

Ship-owners base economic decisions regarding the deployment of their vessels upon actual and anticipated TCE rates, and industry analysts typically measure rates in terms of TCE rates. This is because under time charters the customer typically pays the voyage expenses, while under voyage charters, also known as spot market charters, the shipowner usually pays the voyage expenses. Accordingly, the discussion of revenue below focuses on TCE rates where applicable.

 

Fleet Growth

 

As at March 15, 2020, our fleet consists of 25 double-hulled product and chemical tankers all of which are in operation. We acquired 13 of our vessels as second-hand vessels, of which seven of our vessels were upgraded to increase efficiency and improve performance; we sold a total of three of such Eco-mod vessels during 2019. In 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018 and 2019 we paid $232.5 million, $174.0 million, $0.4 million and $16.8 million ($1.6 million of which was paid as a deposit in 2017) and $2.6 million, respectively, for vessel acquisitions, vessel equipment and newbuilding orders.

 

As of December 31, 2010, our operating fleet consisted of four vessels. From 2011 to 2015, our fleet grew on a net basis by 20 vessels, respectively. In 2016 we acquired (on a net basis) three vessels and in January 2018 we took delivery of one vessel. During 2018, the Eco-mod Ardmore Seatrader was classified as held for sale; the vessel was delivered to the buyer in January 2019. In February and May 2019, we sold the Eco-mod vessels Ardmore Seamaster and Ardmore Seafarer, respectively.

 

Operating Results

 

The table below presents our operating results for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 and includes related disclosure about year-to-year changes.

 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018

 

    Year Ended December 31     Variance     Variance (%)  
   

2019

   

2018

             
                         
Revenue, net   $ 230,042,240       210,179,181       19,863,059       9 %
                                 
Voyage expenses     (96,056,391 )     (98,142,454 )     2,086,063       2 %
Vessel operating expenses     (62,546,606 )     (67,017,632 )     4,471,026       7 %
Depreciation     (32,322,695 )     (35,137,880 )     2,815,185       8 %
Amortization of deferred drydock expenditures     (4,803,069 )     (3,637,276 )     (1,165,793 )     (32 )%
General and administrative expenses                                
Corporate     (14,951,996 )     (12,626,373 )     (2,325,623 )     (18 )%
Commercial and chartering     (3,194,218 )     (3,233,888 )     39,670       (1 )%
Loss on vessel held for sale     -       (6,360,813 )     6,360,813       100 %

Loss on sale of vessels

    (13,162,192 )     -       (13,162,192 )     (100 )%
Interest expense and finance costs     (26,759,754 )     (27,405,608 )     645,854       2 %
Interest income     952,190       606,665       345,525       57 %
Loss before taxes     (22,802,491 )     (42,776,078 )     19,973,587       47 %
Income tax     (58,766 )     (162,923 )     104,157       64 %
Net loss and comprehensive loss   $ (22,861,257 )     (42,939,001 )     20,077,744       47 %

 

57

 

 

Revenue, net. Revenue, net for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $230.0 million, an increase of $19.8 million from $210.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2018.

 

The average number of owned vessels decreased to 25.0 for the year ended December 31, 2019, from 28.0 for the year ended December 31, 2018, resulting in revenue days of 9,100 for the year ended December 31, 2019, as compared to 9,925 for the year ended December 31, 2018.

  

We had 25 and 28 vessels employed directly in the spot market as at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. For spot chartering arrangements, we had 9,100 revenue days for the year ended December 31, 2019, as compared to 8,746 for the year ended December 31, 2018. This increase in revenue days derived from spot chartering arrangements resulted in an increase in spot market revenue of $7.9 million, while changes in spot rates resulted in an increase in revenue of $25.8 million.

 

We had no vessels employed under time charter and pool arrangements as at December 31, 2019 and 2018. Revenue days derived from time charter and pooling arrangements were zero for 2019, as compared to 1,179 for 2018. The decrease in time charter and pool arrangement revenue days resulted in a decrease in revenue for 2019 of $13.9 million compared to 2018.

 

For vessels employed directly in the spot market, we typically pay all voyage expenses, and revenue is recognized on a gross freight basis, while under time chartering and pool arrangements, the charterer typically pays voyage expenses and revenue is recognized on a net basis.

 

Voyage Expenses. Voyage expenses were $96.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, a decrease of $2.0 million from $98.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. Voyage expenses have decreased due to the decrease in the average number of owned vessels to 25.0 for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to 28.0 for the year ended December 31, 2018.

 

TCE Rate. The average TCE rate for our fleet was $14,686 per day for the year ended December 31, 2019, an increase of $3,157 per day from $11,529 per day for the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase in average TCE rate was the result of higher spot rates and lower voyage expenses for the year ended December 31, 2019.

 

Vessel Operating Expenses. Vessel operating expenses were $62.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, a decrease of $4.5 million from $67.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. This decrease is due to a decrease in the average number of vessels in operation for the year ended December 31, 2019, and the timing of vessel operating expenses between quarters. Vessel operating expenses, by their nature, are prone to fluctuations between periods. Average fleet operating expenses per day, including technical management fees, were $6,562 for the year ended December 31, 2019, as compared to $6,456 for the year ended December 31, 2018.

 

Depreciation. Depreciation expense for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $32.3 million, a decrease of $2.8 million from $35.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. This decrease is primarily due to a decrease in the average number of owned vessels to 25.0 for the year ended December 31, 2019, from 28.0 for the year ended December 31, 2018.

 

Amortization of Deferred Drydock Expenditures. Amortization of deferred drydock expenditures for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $4.8 million, an increase of $1.2 million from $3.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase is primarily due to an increased number of drydockings as our fleet ages. The deferred costs of drydockings for a given vessel are amortized on a straight-line basis to the next scheduled drydocking of the vessel.

 

General and Administrative Expenses: Corporate. Corporate-related general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2019 were $15.0 million, an increase of $2.4 million from $12.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase is primarily due to the issuance of new awards of stock appreciation rights and restricted stock units in the first, second and fourth quarters of 2019.

 

General and Administrative Expenses: Commercial and Chartering. Commercial and chartering expenses are the expenses attributable to our chartering and commercial operations departments in connection with our spot trading activities. Commercial and chartering expenses for the year ended December 31, 2019 were $3.2 million, consistent with $3.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2018.

 

58

 

 

Interest Expense and Finance Costs. Interest expense and finance costs include loan interest, finance lease interest, and amortization of deferred finance fees. Interest expense and finance costs for the year ended December 31, 2019 were $26.8 million, a decrease of $0.6 million from $27.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. Cash interest expense increased by $1.5 million to $24.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, from $22.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase in interest expense and finance costs is primarily due to a change in debt structure due to new finance leases entered into as part of vessel refinancings in 2018. Amortization of deferred finance fees for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $2.6 million, a decrease of $2.1 million from $4.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. Included in the $2.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, is a write-off of deferred finance fees in relation to the refinancing of $0.5 million. Included in the $4.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, is a write off of deferred finance fees in relation to the sale and leaseback transactions of $2.3 million.

 

B. Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Our primary sources of liquidity are cash and cash equivalents with the majority of our cash in the currency of U.S. Dollars, cash flows provided by our operations, our undrawn credit facilities and capital raised through financing transactions. Following payments made to long-term debt, with such payments primarily made using our net proceeds from vessel sale and leaseback transactions, our total cash and cash equivalents as at December 31, 2019 were $51.7 million (plus $11 million available and undrawn under our revolving credit facilities), a decrease of $5.2 million from $56.9 million as at December 31, 2018. We believe that our working capital, together with expected cash flows from operations and availability under credit facilities, will be sufficient for our present requirements.

 

Our short-term liquidity requirements include the payment of operating expenses (including voyage expenses and bunkers from spot chartering our vessels), drydocking expenditures, debt servicing costs, lease payments dividends on our shares of common stock, scheduled repayments of long-term debt, as well as funding our other working capital requirements. Our short-term and spot charters, including participating in spot charter pooling arrangements, contribute to the volatility of our net operating cash flow, and thus our ability to generate sufficient cash flows to meet our short-term liquidity needs. Historically, the tanker industry has been cyclical, experiencing volatility in profitability and asset values resulting from changes in the supply of, and demand for, vessel capacity. In addition, tanker spot markets historically have exhibited seasonal variations in charter rates. Tanker spot markets are typically stronger in the winter months as a result of increased oil consumption in the northern hemisphere and unpredictable weather patterns that tend to disrupt vessel scheduling. Time charters provide contracted revenue that reduces the volatility (as rates can fluctuate within months) and seasonality from revenue generated by vessels that operate in the spot market. Commercial pools reduce revenue volatility because they aggregate the revenues and expenses of all pool participants and distribute net earnings to the participants based on an agreed upon formula. Spot charters preserve flexibility to take advantage of increasing rate environments, but also expose the ship-owner to decreasing rate environments.

 

Our long-term capital needs are primarily for capital expenditures and debt repayment. Generally, we expect that our long-term sources of funds will be cash balances, long-term bank borrowings, lease financings and other debt or equity financings. We expect that we will rely upon internal and external financing sources, including, cash balances, bank borrowings, lease financings and the issuance of debt and equity securities, to fund acquisitions and expansion capital expenditures.

 

Our credit facilities and finance leases are described in Notes 5 (“Debt”) and 6 (“Finance leases”) to our consolidated financial statements included in Item 18 of this Annual Report. Our financing facilities contain covenants and other restrictions we believe are typical of debt financing collateralized by vessels, including those that restrict the relevant subsidiaries from incurring or guaranteeing additional indebtedness, granting certain liens, and selling, transferring, assigning or conveying assets. Our financing facilities do not impose a restriction on dividends, distributions, or returns of capital unless an event of default has occurred, is continuing or will result from such payment. The majority of our financing facilities require us to maintain various financial covenants. Should we not meet these financial covenants or other covenants, the lenders may declare our obligations under the agreements immediately due and payable, and terminate any further loan commitments, which would significantly affect our short-term liquidity requirements. As at December 31, 2019, we were in compliance with all covenants relating to our financing facilities.

 

59

 

 

Cash Flow Data for the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

 

    For the year ended December 31  
CASH FLOW DATA   2019     2018  
Net cash provided by operating activities   $ 20,471,260       9,426,377  
Net cash provided by / (used in) investing activities   $ 23,894,165       (17,556,879 )
Net cash (used in) / provided by financing activities   $ (49,545,356 )     25,576,133  

 

Cash provided by operating activities

 

Changes in net cash flow from operating activities primarily reflect changes in fleet size, fluctuations in spot tanker rates, changes in interest rates, fluctuations in working capital balances, and the timing and the amount of drydocking expenditures, repairs and maintenance activities. Our exposure to the highly cyclical spot tanker market and the growth of our fleet have contributed significantly to historical fluctuations in operating cash flows.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2019, cash flow provided by operating activities was $20.5 million. Net profit (after adding back depreciation, amortization of deferred drydock expenditures, share-based compensation, loss on sale of vessels, amortization of deferred finance fees and foreign exchange on operating leases of $55.1 million) was an inflow of $32.3 million. Changes in operating assets and liabilities resulted in an outflow of $6.4 million and drydock payments were $5.4 million.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2018, cash flow provided by operating activities was $9.4 million. Net profit (after adding back depreciation, amortization of deferred drydock expenditures, share-based compensation, loss on vessel held for sale, amortization of deferred finance fees, foreign exchange on operating leases and transition adjustment of $50.8) was an inflow of $7.9 million. Changes in operating assets and liabilities resulted in an inflow of $8.1 million and drydock payments were $6.6 million.

 

Cash provided by / (used in) investing activities

 

For the year ended December 31, 2019, the net cash provided by investing activities was $23.9 million consisting of payments in relation to vessel equipment, ballast water treatment systems in progress, leasehold improvements and other non-current assets. Net proceeds from the sales of the Ardmore Seatrader, Ardmore Seamaster and Ardmore Seafarer were $26.6 million. Payments for vessel equipment and ballast water treatment systems in progress were $2.5 million for 2019. Payments for office equipment, and fixtures and fittings and leasehold improvements were $0.2 million.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2018, net cash used in investing activities was $17.6 million. Payments for vessel equipment and vessel acquired were $16.8 million for 2018. Payments for ballast water treatment systems in progress were $0.5 million. Payments for office equipment, and fixtures and fittings and leasehold improvements were $0.3 million.

 

Cash (used in) / provided by financing activities

 

For the year ended December 31, 2019, the net cash used in financing activities was $49.5 million. Proceeds from long-term debt amounted to $201.5 million and repayments of debt amounted to $222.2 million. Total principal repayments of finance lease arrangements were $26.5 million. We also incurred payments of $2.3 million relating to deferred finance fees for finance lease facilities.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2018, the net cash provided by financing activities was $25.6 million. Proceeds from long-term debt amounted to $3.9 million and repayments of debt amounted to $184.3 million. Total proceeds from finance leases were $209.7 million and total principal repayments of finance lease arrangements were $7.3 million. Net proceeds from the sale of common stock under our at-the-market offering program and from the option to purchase additional shares of our common stock, which option the underwriter partially exercised in January 2018 in connection with GA Holdings LLC's public offering of our common shares in November 2017, for a total of 305,459 shares, amounted to $7.3 million. We also incurred payments of $3.7 million relating to deferred finance fees for finance lease facilities.

 

60

 

 

Capital Expenditures

 

Drydock

 

Seven of our vessels completed drydock surveys in 2019. The drydocking schedule through December 31, 2023 for our vessels that were in operation as of December 31, 2019 is as follows:

 

    For the years ended December 31,  
    2020     2021     2022     2023  
Number of vessels in drydock (excluding in-water surveys)     10       5       2       4  

 

We will continue to seek to stagger drydockings across the fleet. As our fleet matures and expands, our drydock expenses are likely to increase. Ongoing costs for compliance with environmental regulations and society classification surveys (including ballast water treatment systems) are a component of our vessel operating expenses.

 

Ballast Water Treatment System Installation

 

The ballast water treatment system (“BWTS”) installation schedule for our vessels that were in operation as of December 31, 2019 is as follows:

 

    For the years ended December 31,  
    2020     2021     2022     2023  
Number of ballast water treatment system installations     1       10       -       2  

 

We endeavor to manage the timing of future ballast water treatment system installation across the fleet in order to minimize the number of vessels that are completing ballast water treatment system installations at any one time.

 

Newbuildings

 

We currently have no newbuildings on order. However, our growth strategy contemplates expansion of our fleet through vessel acquisitions and newbuildings.

 

Upgrades

 

We intend to continue our investment program for vessel upgrades, primarily following acquisition of second- hand vessels, where feasible to maintain operational efficiency, optimum commercial performance and preservation of asset value.

 

Dividends

 

We did not pay any dividends during 2019, 2018 or 2017. On February 11, 2020, we announced that our Board of Directors declared a cash dividend of $0.05 per share for the quarter ended December 31, 2019. The cash dividend of $1.7 million was paid on February 28, 2020 to all shareholders of record on February 21, 2020. This dividend was determined in accordance with our then-existing dividend policy, under which we generally expected to pay out as dividends on a quarterly basis 60% of Earnings from Continuing Operations (which represented our earnings per share reported under U.S. GAAP as adjusted for unrealized and realized gains and losses and extraordinary items). We have changed our dividend policy. On March 9, 2020, we announced a new capital allocation policy which sets out our priorities among fleet maintenance, financial strength, accretive growth and returning capital to shareholders. Commencing with the quarter ending March 31, 2020, we will transition to the new policy and will provide updates to our capital allocation priorities on quarterly earnings calls.

 

61

 

  

C. Research and Development, Patent and Licenses, etc.

 

Not applicable.

 

D. Trend Information

 

Our results of operations depend primarily on the charter hire rates that we are able to realize for our vessels, which primarily depend on the demand and supply dynamics characterizing the tanker market at any given time. The oil tanker industry has been highly cyclical in recent years, experiencing volatility in charter hire rates and vessel values resulting from changes in the supply of and demand for crude oil and tanker capacity. For other trends affecting our business, please see the other discussions above in this Item 4 (“Information on the Company — Business Overview — The International Product and Chemical Tanker Industry”) and Item 5 (“Operating and Financial Review and Prospects”).

 

E. Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

We have no off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future material effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenue or expenses, results of operations, liquidity or capital resources.

 

F. Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations

 

The following table sets forth our obligations on vessel finance and certain other obligations as at December 31, 2019. As of that date, we had no such obligations or commitments due after the year ending December 31, 2030.

 

ITEM   FY 2020     FY 2021 – 2023     FY 2024 – 2026     FY 2027 – 2030     Total  
Debt   $ 21,274,111     $ 56,468,708     $ 133,783,688     $ -     $ 211,526,507  
Finance leases     26,868,097       91,023,044       107,106,009       33,651,789       258,648,939  
Interest expense     10,884,751       25,257,684       8,476,339       1,219,415       45,838,189  
Operating leases     314,496       762,393       578,056       -       1,654,945  
    $ 59,341,455     $ 173,511,829     $ 249,944,092     $ 34,871,204     $ 517,668,580  

 

 

(1) Finance leases relate to amounts payable under bareboat arrangements and includes fixed interest expenses and lease amortization.
(2) The interest expense on our loans and finance leases is variable and based on LIBOR. The amounts in the above schedule were calculated using the average three-month forward rate each year plus a margin of 3.00%, which is the weighted average margin on our senior debt facilities and our finance lease facilities.

 

Critical Accounting Estimates

 

In the application of our accounting policies, which are prepared in conformity with U.S. GAAP, we are required to make judgments, estimates and assumptions about the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities, and revenue and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experience and other factors that are considered to be relevant. Actual results may differ from these estimates. The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period, or in the period of the revision and future periods if the revision affects both current and future periods.

 

The significant judgments and estimates are as follows:

 

62

 

 

Revenue recognition

 

Revenue, net is generated from spot charter arrangements, time charter arrangements and pool arrangements.

 

Spot charter arrangements

 

Our spot charter arrangements are for single voyages for the service of the transportation of cargo that are generally short in duration (less than two months) and we are responsible for all costs incurred during the voyage, which include bunkers and port/canal costs, as well as general vessel operating costs (e.g. crew, repairs and maintenance and insurance costs; and fees paid to technical managers of our vessels). Accordingly, under spot charter arrangements, key operating decisions and the economic benefits associated with a vessel’s use during a spot charter reside with us.

 

As of its adoption on January 1, 2018, we apply revenue recognition guidance in ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASC 606”) to account for our spot charter arrangements.

 

The consideration that we expect to be entitled to receive in exchange for our transportation services is recognized as revenue ratably over the duration of a voyage on a load-to-discharge basis (i.e. from when cargo is loaded at the port to when it is discharged after the completion of the voyage). The consideration that we expect to be entitled to receive includes estimates of revenue associated with the loading or discharging time that exceed the originally estimated duration of the voyage, which is referred to as “demurrage revenue”, when it is determined there will be incremental time required to complete the contracted voyage. Demurrage revenue is not considered a separate deliverable in accordance with ASC 606 as it is part of the single performance obligation in a spot charter arrangement, which is to provide cargo transportation services to the completion of a contracted voyage.

 

Prior to the adoption of ASC 606, we recognized spot charter revenue ratably during the period from when a vessel had departed from its prior charter discharge port and sufficient evidence existed that the vessel had entered a new charter arrangement to the point where cargo associated with the new charter arrangement had been discharged after the completion of the voyage.

 

Time charter arrangements

 

Our time charter arrangements are for a specified period of time and key decisions concerning the use of the vessel during the duration of the time charter period reside with the Charterer. In time charter arrangements, we are responsible for the crewing, maintenance and insurance of the vessel, and the Charterer is generally responsible for voyage specific costs, which typically include bunkers and port/canal costs.

 

As the Charterer holds sufficient latitude in its rights to determine how and when the vessel is used on voyages and the Charterer is also responsible for costs incurred during the voyage, the Charterer derives the economic benefits from the use of the vessel, as control over the use of the vessel is transferred to the Charterer during the specified time charter period. Accordingly, time charters are considered operating leases and we apply revenue recognition guidance in ASC 842. Revenue for time charters is recognized on a straight-line basis ratably over the term of the charter.

 

Pooling arrangements

 

We participate in commercial pooling arrangements to charter certain of our vessels from time to time. In these arrangements, the participating members seek to benefit from the more efficient employment of their vessels as the manager of the vessels in the pool leverages the size of the fleet commercially and operationally. The manager is responsible for the commercial management on behalf of the members of the pool, including responsibility for voyage expenses such as fuel and port charges. The pool members are responsible for maintaining the vessel operating expenses of their participating vessels, including crewing, repairs and maintenance and insurance of their participating vessels.

 

The earnings from all vessels are pooled and shared by the members of the arrangement based on the earnings allocation terms of the arrangement, which consider the number of days a vessel operates in the pool with weighted adjustments made to reflect the vessels’ differing capacities and performance capabilities. Therefore, the earnings allocation represents the pool members’ consideration for their different contribution to the collaborative arrangement. We recognize our earnings allocation as revenue in accordance with the guidance for collaborative arrangements.

 

Share-based compensation.  We may grant share-based payment awards, such as restricted stock units (“RSUs”), stock appreciation rights (“SARs”) and dividend equivalent rights (“DERs”), as incentive-based compensation to certain employees. We granted SARs to certain employees, directors and officers in August 2013, March 2014, June 2014, March 2015, January 2016, April 2018 (which included dividend equivalent rights) and March 2019 (which included dividend equivalent rights). We granted RSUs which included DERs, to certain directors and officers in January 2019, March and May 2019. We granted stand-alone DERs to certain directors and officers in November 2019. We measure the cost of such awards, which are equity-settled transactions, using the grant date fair value of the award and recognizing that cost, net of estimated forfeitures, over the requisite service period, which generally equals the vesting period, which we calculate according to the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification Topic No. 718, Compensation — Stock Compensation (“ASC 718”), see Note 14 (“Share-based compensation”).

 

63

 

 

Estimating fair value for share-based payment transactions requires determining the most appropriate valuation model, which is dependent on the terms and conditions of the grant. This estimate also requires determining the most appropriate inputs to the valuation model, including the expected life of the award, volatility and dividend yield, and making certain other assumptions about the award.

 

Depreciation.  Vessels are depreciated on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful economic life from the date of initial delivery from the shipyard. The useful life of our vessels is estimated at 25 years from the date of initial delivery from the shipyard. Depreciation is based on cost less estimated residual scrap value. Residual scrap value is estimated as the lightweight tonnage of each vessel multiplied by the estimated scrap value per ton. The estimated scrap value is reviewed each year.

 

Vessel impairment.  Vessels and equipment that are “held and used” are assessed for impairment when events or circumstances indicate the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. When such indicators are present, a vessel to be held and used is tested for recoverability by comparing the estimate of future undiscounted net operating cash flows expected to be generated by the use of the vessel over its remaining useful life and its eventual disposition to its carrying amount, together with the carrying value of deferred drydock expenditures and special survey costs related to the vessel.

 

Net operating cash flows are determined by applying various assumptions regarding future revenue net of voyage expenses, vessel operating expenses, scheduled drydockings, expected off-hire and scrap values, and taking into account historical revenue data and published forecasts on future world economic growth and inflation. These assumptions are based on historical trends as well as future expectations. In estimating future revenue, we consider charter rates for each vessel class over the estimated remaining lives of the vessels using both historical average rates for the Company over the last five years, where available, and historical average one-year time charter rates for the industry over the last 10 years in each case adjusted for inflation. Recognizing that rates tend to be cyclical, and subject to significant volatility based on factors beyond our control, and management believes the use of estimates based on internally forecasted rates and, among other things, 10-year historical average rates calculated as of the reporting date to be reasonable. Estimated outflows for operating expenses and drydocking expenditures are based on historical and budgeted costs and are adjusted for assumed inflation. Utilization is based on historical levels achieved and estimates of a residual value are consistent with scrap rates used in management’s evaluation of scrap value.

 

An impairment charge is recognized if the carrying value is in excess of the estimated future undiscounted net operating cash flows. The impairment loss is measured based on the excess of the carrying amount over the fair market value of the asset.

 

Although management believes that the assumptions used to evaluate potential impairment are reasonable and appropriate at the time they were made, such assumptions are highly subjective and likely to change, possibly materially, in the future. There can be no assurance as to how long charter rates and vessel values will remain at their current levels or whether they will improve by a significant degree. If charter rates were to be at depressed levels, future assessments of vessel impairment would be adversely affected.

 

In recent years, the market values of vessels have experienced particular volatility, with substantial declines in many of the charter-free market values, or basic market values, of various vessel classes. As a result, the value of our vessels may have declined below those vessels’ carrying values, even though we did not impair those vessels’ carrying values under our impairment accounting policy. This is due to our belief that future undiscounted cash flows expected to be earned by such vessels over their operating lives would exceed such vessels’ carrying amounts.

 

Our estimates of basic market value assume that our vessels are all in good and seaworthy condition without the need for repair and, if inspected, that they would be certified in class without notations of any kind. Our estimates are based on the estimated market values for our vessels that we have received from independent ship brokers, reports by industry analysts and data providers that focus on our industry and related dynamics affecting vessel values, and news and industry reports of similar vessel sales. Vessel values are highly volatile and as such, our estimates may not be indicative of the current or future basic market value of our vessels or prices that we could achieve if we were to sell them.

 

The table below indicates the carrying value of each of our owned vessels as of December 31, 2019 and 2018. At December 31, 2019, we were not holding any of the vessels listed in the table below as held for sale. At December 31, 2018, the Ardmore Seatrader was held for sale. We believe that the future undiscounted cash flows expected to be earned by those vessels of our fleet that have experienced a decline in charter-free market value below such vessels’ carrying value over their operating lives would exceed such vessels’ carrying values as of December 31, 2019, and, accordingly, have not recorded an impairment charge.

 

64

 

 

Carrying value includes, as applicable, vessel costs, deferred drydock expenditures, vessel equipment, ballast water treatment systems in progress, capitalized interest, supervision fees and other newbuilding pre-delivery costs. Deposits paid, or costs incurred, in relation to the acquisition of second-hand vessels are not presented in the table below.

 

            Carrying Value as at  
    Built   DWT   Dec 31, 2019     Dec 31, 2018  
Ardmore Seavaliant* #   2013   49,998   $ 30,008,441     $ 31,681,952  
Ardmore Seaventure* #   2013   49,998     30,626,981       32,280,220  
Ardmore Seavantage* #   2014   49,997     32,012,301       33,176,176  
Ardmore Seavanguard* #   2014   49,998     32,139,743       33,384,454  
Ardmore Sealion #   2015   49,999     29,944,595       31,276,463  
Ardmore Seafox #   2015   49,999     29,965,036       31,293,352  
Ardmore Seawolf #   2015   49,999     30,379,014       31,718,284  
Ardmore Seahawk #   2015   49,999     30,792,789       32,129,781  
Ardmore Endeavour* #   2013   49,997     29,324,231       31,089,801  
Ardmore Enterprise   2013   49,453     25,240,256       26,662,069  
Ardmore Endurance   2013   49,466     24,834,638       26,314,418  
Ardmore Explorer   2014   49,494     26,177,924       27,716,698  
Ardmore Encounter   2014   49,478     26,459,679       27,387,747  
Ardmore Exporter   2014   49,466     26,254,789       27,087,970  
Ardmore Engineer   2014   49,420     27,620,053       27,248,328  
Ardmore Seafarer(1) #   2004   45,744           16,259,321  
Ardmore Seamaster(2) #   2004   45,840           16,136,468  
Ardmore Seamariner* #   2006   45,726     18,077,467       17,572,616  
Ardmore Sealancer #   2008   47,451     15,298,821       16,430,621  
Ardmore Sealeader* #   2008   47,463     18,164,201       19,537,295  
Ardmore Sealifter* #   2008   47,472     17,645,881       18,977,110  
Ardmore Dauntless* #   2015   37,764     30,654,392       31,814,237  
Ardmore Defender* #   2015   37,791     30,858,546       31,821,929  
Ardmore Cherokee   2015   25,215     26,666,695       27,104,488  
Ardmore Cheyenne   2015   25,217     26,336,422       27,340,983  
Ardmore Chinook   2015   25,217     26,492,941       27,649,095  
Ardmore Chippewa #   2015   25,217     26,900,613       28,056,735  
Total           $ 668,876,449     $ 729,148,611  

 

Vessel Held For Sale

 

            Carrying Value as at  
    Built   DWT   Dec 31, 2019     Dec 31, 2018  
Ardmore Seatrader(3)   2013   49,998   $     $ 8,083,405  
Total           $     $ 8,083,405  

 

 

(1) In May 2019, we sold the Ardmore Seafarer.
(2) In February 2019, we sold the Ardmore Seamaster.
(3) During 2018, the Ardmore Seatrader was classified as held for sale. We completed the sale in January 2019.
* Indicates vessels for which we believe, as of December 31, 2019, the basic market value is lower than the vessel’s carrying value. We believe that the carrying values of our vessels as of December 31, 2019 were recoverable as the undiscounted projected net operating cash flows of these vessels exceeded their carrying value by a significant amount.
# Indicates vessels for which we believe, as of December 31, 2018, the basic market value is lower than the vessel’s carrying value. We believe that the carrying values of our vessels as of December 31, 2018 were recoverable as the undiscounted projected net operating cash flows of these vessels exceeded their carrying value by a significant amount.

 

At December 31, 2019 we estimate that the aggregate basic market value of these vessels exceeded their aggregate carrying value by approximately $11.6 million as at December 31, 2019. At December 31, 2018 we estimate that the aggregate carrying value of these vessels exceeded their aggregate basic market value by approximately $48.0 million as at December 31, 2018. We believe that 10 of our vessels’ carrying values exceeded the basic market value as of December 31, 2019 and 18 of our vessels’ carrying values exceeded the basic market value as of December 31, 2018. We did not record an impairment of any vessels due to our impairment accounting policy, as future undiscounted cash flows expected to be earned by such vessels over their operating lives exceeded the vessels’ carrying amounts. In addition to carrying out our impairment analysis, we performed a sensitivity analysis for a 10% reduction in forecasted vessel utilization and a 10% reduction in time charter rates and, in each scenario, the future undiscounted cash flows significantly exceeded the carrying value of each of our vessels.

 

65

 

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

Please see Note 2.4 “Recent accounting pronouncements” to our consolidated financial statements included in Item 18 of this Annual Report for a description of recently issued accounting pronouncements that may apply to us.

 

G. Safe Harbor

 

Forward-looking information discussed in this Item 5 includes assumptions, expectations, projections, intentions and beliefs about future events. These statements are intended as “forward-looking statements”. We caution that assumptions, expectations, projections, intentions and beliefs about future events may and often do vary from actual results and the differences can be material. Please see the section entitled “Forward-Looking Statements” at the beginning of this Annual Report.

 

Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees

 

A. Directors and Senior Management

 

Set forth below are the names, ages and positions of our directors and executive officers. Our board of directors currently consists of seven directors. Each director elected holds office for a three-year term or until his or her successor has been duly elected and qualified, except in the event of the director’s death, resignation, removal or the earlier termination of the director’s term of office. The term of office of each director is as follows: Class I directors serve for a term expiring at the 2020 annual meeting of shareholders, Class II directors serve for a term expiring at the 2021 annual meeting of shareholders, and Class III directors serve for a term expiring at the 2022 annual meeting of the shareholders. Officers are elected from time to time by vote of our board of directors and hold office until a successor is elected. The business address for each director and executive officer is Belvedere Building, 69 Pitts Bay Road, Ground Floor, Pembroke HM08, Bermuda. In accordance with our director retirement policy, which provides for director retirement upon reaching 75 years of age, Dr. Peter Swift is retiring from the board of directors and as a member of the Board’s compensation committee effective upon our 2020 annual general meeting, which is expected to be held in May 2020.

 

Name   Age   Class   Position
Mr. Mats Berglund   57   I   Director, Member of the Compensation Committee and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
             
Mr. Mark Cameron   53   N/A   Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer
             
Mr. Brian Dunne   53   III   Director, Chair of the Audit Committee, Member of the
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
             
Mr. Anthony Gurnee   60   II   Chief Executive Officer, President and Director
             
Mr. Curtis Mc Williams   64   III   Chair of the Board, Chair of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, Chair of the Compensation Committee, Member of the Audit Committee
             
Mr. Gernot Ruppelt   38   N/A   Senior Vice President and Chief Commercial Officer
             
Dr. Peter Swift   75   I   Director, Member of the Compensation Committee
             
Dr. Kirsi Tikka   63   I   Director (1)
             
Mr. Paul Tivnan   40   N/A   Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and Treasurer
             
Ms. Helen Tveitan de Jong   52   II   Director, Member of the Audit Committee

 

 

(1) Dr. Tikka was appointed to the board in September 2019.
(2) Dr. Peter Swift does not intend to stand for re-election at our 2020 annual meeting of shareholders.

 

66

 

 

Biographical information with respect to each of our directors and executive officers is set forth below.

 

Mats Berglund has been a director of Ardmore since September 2018. Since June 2012 he has been the Chief Executive Officer and a Director of Pacific Basin, a Hong Kong-listed owner and operator of drybulk vessels controlling a fleet of over 200 ships. Mr. Berglund has more than 30 years of shipping experience in Europe, the United States and Asia, including as Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer of marine fuel trader Chemoil Energy and Head of Crude Transportation for Overseas Shipholding Group. Previously, he served in a variety of leadership roles across the Stena group of companies, culminating as President of Stena Rederi, Stena's parent company for all shipping activities. Mr. Berglund holds an Economist (Civilekonom) degree from the Gothenburg University Business School and is a graduate of the Advanced Management Program at Harvard. He is an Executive Committee Member of the Hong Kong Shipowners Association and serves on the North of England P&I Club Members Board.

 

Mark Cameron is Ardmore’s Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer. Mr. Cameron joined Ardmore as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer and was appointed an alternate director in June 2010. In addition, Mr. Cameron is the past Chair of the International Parcel Tankers Association (IPTA), is on the Board of the West of England P&I Club and is also an advisory Board Member to the NGO Carbon War Room. From 2008 to 2010, Mr. Cameron served as Vice President, Strategy and Planning for Teekay Marine Services, Teekay Corporation’s internal ship management function. Mr. Cameron spent 11 years at sea rising to the rank of Chief Engineer with Safmarine and later AP Moller, including time served onboard bulk carriers, salvage tugs, tankers, general cargo, reefer and container ships. Mr. Cameron has held a number of senior management roles ashore specializing in integrating acquisitions covering all facets of ship management, as well as sale and purchase, newbuilding supervision, personnel management, procurement, fleet management and technical supervision.

 

Brian Dunne has been a director of Ardmore since June 2010. He is also a director of ReAssure and Ark Life Assurance Company (subsidiaries of SwissRe in the UK and Ireland), Chorus Aviation Capital (Ireland), AASET 2018-2 and AASET 2019-2. He was previously a director of Aergen Aviation Finance, Chair of Aviva’s health insurance business in Ireland, a director of its Irish life and pensions business and a director of several other private companies. Mr. Dunne was the Chief Financial Officer of ACE Aviation Holdings Inc. (“ACE”) from 2005 until 2012 and was the President of the company in 2011 and 2012. ACE was the parent holding company of the reorganized Air Canada and a number of other entities including Aeroplan LP (now AIMIA Inc.) and Air Canada Jazz (now Chorus Aviation Inc.). Mr. Dunne was also a director of Air Canada from its initial public offering in 2006 until 2008. Prior to joining ACE, Mr. Dunne was Chief Financial Officer and a director of Aer Lingus Group plc. He started his career at Arthur Andersen in 1987 and became a partner in 1998. Mr. Dunne is a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in Ireland and holds a Bachelor of Commerce degree and a post graduate diploma in Professional Accounting from the University College Dublin.

 

Anthony Gurnee has been our President, Chief Executive Officer and a director of Ardmore since 2010. Between 2000 and 2008, he was the Chief Executive Officer of Industrial Shipping Enterprises, Inc., a containership and chemical tanker company, and Chief Operating Officer of MTM Group, an operator of chemical tankers. From 1992 to 1997, he was the Chief Financial Officer of Teekay Corporation, where he led the company’s financial restructuring and initial public offering. Mr. Gurnee began his career as a financier with Citicorp, and he served for six years as a surface line officer in the U.S. Navy, including a tour with naval intelligence. He is a graduate of the U.S. Naval Academy and earned an MBA at Columbia Business School, is a CFA charter holder, and a fellow of the Institute of Chartered Shipbrokers. He is also a director of Simply Blue Energy engaged in the development of offshore floating wind waves energy and sustainable aqua culture projects.

 

Curtis Mc Williams was appointed as a director by the board of directors in January 2016 and as our Chair effective January 1, 2019. Mr. Mc Williams is a real estate industry veteran with over 25 years of experience in finance and real estate. He currently serves as an Independent Director of Braemar Hotels & Resorts Inc. and as a member of the RW Holdings NNN REIT, Inc. Board of Directors. He retired from his position as President and Chief Executive Officer of CNL Real Estate Advisors, Inc. in 2010 after serving in the role since 2007. Mr. Mc Williams was also the President and Chief Executive Officer of Trustreet Properties Inc. from 1997 to 2007, and a director of the company from 2005 to 2007. He served on the Board of Directors and as the Audit Committee Chair of CNL Bank from 1999 to 2004 and has over 13 years of investment banking experience at Merrill Lynch & Co. Mr. Mc Williams has a Master’s degree in Business with a concentration in Finance from the University of Chicago Graduate School of Business and a Bachelor of Science in Engineering in Chemical Engineering from Princeton University.

 

67

 

 

Gernot Ruppelt is Ardmore’s Chief Commercial Officer and Senior Vice President. Mr. Ruppelt has been in charge of Ardmore’s commercial activities since joining as Chartering Director in 2013 and was promoted to his current position in December 2014. Mr. Ruppelt has extensive commercial and management experience in the maritime industry. Prior to Ardmore he was a Projects Broker with Poten & Partners in New York for five years and, for seven years before that, Mr. Ruppelt worked for Maersk Broker and A.P. Moller-Maersk in Copenhagen, Singapore and Germany. Mr. Ruppelt is a director of Anglo Ardmore Ship Management Limited. He also represents Ardmore at the INTERTANKO Council and as Chair of their Commercial & Markets Committee. Mr. Ruppelt completed the two-year ‘Maersk International Shipping Education’ program and graduated from Hamburg Shipping School. He is also a member of the Institute of Chartered Shipbrokers in London.

 

Dr. Peter Swift has served as a director of Ardmore since its IPO in August 2013. Dr Swift’s career spans more than 50 years in the maritime industry, and he is presently serving in International non-profit and charitable directorships, including as the Chair of the Sailors’ Society caring for seafarers around the world, including continuing the work of the Maritime Piracy Humanitarian Response Programme, where he was the former Chair. He is a Member of the American Bureau of Shipping and the IMO Committee of the Royal Institution of Naval Architects and a Director of the Green Award Foundation and the Maritime Industry Foundation. Dr Swift was previously the Managing Director of INTERTANKO from 2000 to 2010 and a Director of Seascope Shipping Limited from 1999 to 2001. He was employed by Royal Dutch Shell from 1975 to 1999 in a range of senior, international, commercial and technical positions. Dr Swift holds a PhD in Transport Economics, an MS in Engineering degree from the University of Michigan, and a BSc in Naval Architecture from the University of Durham. He is a Chartered Engineer, a Fellow of the Royal Institution of Naval Architects and Member of the Society of Naval Architects and Marine Engineers.

 

Kirsi Tikka was appointed as a director of Ardmore in September 2019 and our board of directors intends to nominate her to stand for re-election at our 2020 annual meeting of shareholders. Dr. Tikka currently serves as a director on the board of Pacific Basin Shipping Limited and is a Foreign Member of the U.S. National Academy of Engineering. She is a Fellow of both the Society of Naval Architects and Marine Engineers and the Royal Institution of Naval Architects. Dr. Tikka has over 30 years of shipping experience having recently retired from the American Bureau of Shipping ("ABS") in July 2019 as Executive Vice President, Senior Maritime Advisor. Prior to her time at ABS, Dr. Tikka was a professor of Naval Architecture at the Webb Institute in New York and worked for Chevron Shipping in San Francisco and Wärtsilä Shipyards in Finland. Dr. Tikka holds a Doctorate in Naval Architecture and Offshore Engineering from the University of California, Berkeley, and a Master's degree in Mechanical Engineering and Naval Architecture from the University of Technology in Helsinki.

 

Paul Tivnan is Ardmore’s Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and Treasurer. Mr. Tivnan joined Ardmore in June 2010 and was appointed Chief Financial Officer in December 2012. From 2002 to 2010, he was employed at Ernst & Young in the Financial Services Advisory department specializing in international tax and corporate structuring. He was a participant in Ernst & Young’s Accelerated Leadership Program from 2008 to 2010. Mr. Tivnan holds a BA in Accounting and Finance and an MBS in Accounting each from Dublin City University. He is a graduate of Insead and London Business School Executive Leadership programs, a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of Ireland, an Associate of the Irish Taxation Institute and a member of the Institute of Chartered Shipbrokers.

 

Helen Tveitan de Jong has been a director of Ardmore since September 2018. She is Chair and Chief Executive Officer of Carisbrooke Shipping Holdings Ltd., a specialist owner operator of mini-bulk and project cargo ships controlling a fleet of 32 ships. Previously, Ms. Tveitan de Jong held a variety of senior ship finance roles, including as a founding partner at shipping finance advisory firm THG Capital from 2001 to 2007, and has held several positions as interim Finance Director for shipping companies, most notably in the dry bulk sector, from 2003 to 2017. Ms. Tveitan de Jong graduated with a DRS in Economics from Rotterdam's Erasmus University.

 

68

 

 

B. Compensation of Directors and Senior Management

 

We paid $2.4 million in aggregate cash compensation to members of our senior executive officers for 2019. For 2019, each of our non-employee directors annually received cash compensation in the aggregate amount of $65,000, plus an additional fee of $20,000 for a director serving as Chair of the audit committee, $15,000 for a director serving as Chair of other committees, $10,000 for each member of the audit committee and $5,000 for each member of other committees, plus reimbursements for actual expenses incurred while acting in their capacity as a director. Our Chair received an additional $42,500. We paid $0.5 million in aggregate compensation to our directors for 2019. Our officers and directors are eligible to receive awards under our equity incentive plan, which is described below under “— Equity Incentive Plan.” We do not have a retirement plan for our officers or directors.

 

We believe that it is important to align the interests of our directors and management with those of our shareholders. In this regard, we have determined that it generally is beneficial to us and to our shareholders for our directors and management to have a stake in our long-term performance. We expect that a meaningful component of the compensation packages for our directors and management will consist of equity interests in Ardmore in order to promote this alignment of interests.

 

Equity Incentive Plan

 

We currently have an equity incentive plan, the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the “plan”), under which directors, officers, and employees (including any prospective officer or employee) of us and our subsidiaries and affiliates, and consultants and service providers (including persons who are employed by or provide services to any entity that is itself a consultant or service provider to) to us and our subsidiaries and affiliates, as well as entities wholly-owned or generally exclusively controlled by such persons, may be eligible to receive incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, dividend equivalents, unrestricted stock and other equity-based or equity-related awards that the plan administrator determines are consistent with the purposes of the plan and our interests. Subject to adjustment for changes in capitalization, the aggregate number of shares of our common stock with respect to which awards may at any time be granted under the plan will not exceed 8% of the issued and outstanding shares of our common stock at the time of issuance of the award. The plan is administered by the compensation committee of our board of directors.

 

Under the terms of the plan, stock options and stock appreciation rights granted under the plan will have an exercise price equal to the fair market value of a common share on the date of grant, unless otherwise determined by the plan administrator, but in no event will the exercise price be less than the fair market value of a common share on the date of grant. Options and stock appreciation rights are exercisable at times and under conditions as determined by the plan administrator, but in no event will they be exercisable later than ten years from the date of grant. The plan administrator may grant dividend equivalents with respect to grants of options and stock appreciation rights.

 

The plan administrator may grant shares of restricted stock and awards of restricted stock units subject to vesting, forfeiture and other terms and conditions as determined by the plan administrator. With respect to restricted stock units, the award recipient will be paid an amount equal to the number of vested restricted stock units multiplied by the fair market value of a common share on the date of vesting, which payment may be paid in the form of cash or common shares or a combination of both, as determined by the plan administrator. The plan administrator may grant dividend equivalents with respect to grants of restricted stock units.

 

Adjustments may be made to outstanding awards in the event of a corporate transaction or change in capitalization or other extraordinary event. In the event of a “change in control” (as defined in the plan), unless otherwise provided by the plan administrator in an award agreement, awards then outstanding will become fully vested and exercisable in full.

 

Our board of directors may amend or terminate the plan and the plan administrator may amend outstanding awards, provided that no such amendment or termination may be made that would materially impair any rights, or materially increase any obligations, of a grantee under an outstanding award without the consent of the grantee. Shareholder approval of plan amendments may be required under certain circumstances. Unless terminated earlier by our board of directors, the plan will expire ten years from the date the plan is adopted.

 

69

 

 

Stock Appreciation Rights (“SARs”)

 

As at December 31, 2019, ASC had granted 2,550,762 SARs (inclusive of 5,779 forfeited SARs) to certain of its officers and directors under its 2013 Equity Incentive Plan. Under a SAR award, the grantee is entitled to receive the appreciation of a share of ASC’s common stock following the grant of the award. Each SAR provides for a payment of an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of a share of ASC’s common stock at the time of exercise of the SAR over the per share exercise price of the SAR, multiplied by the number of shares for which the SAR is then exercised. Payment under the SAR will be made in the form of shares of ASC’s common stock, based on the fair market value of a share of ASC’s common stock at the time of exercise of the SAR.

 

On April 4, 2018 ASC cancelled the 1,078,125 SARs awarded on August 1, 2013 (the “IPO SARs”), which had a per share exercise price significantly in excess of the current fair market value of a share of ASC’s common stock and replaced the IPO SARs with new awards of 1,719,733 SARs (the “Replacement SARs”).

 

On March 7, 2019 ASC granted 560,000 SARs (together with the Replacement SARs, the “New SARs”).

 

The New SARs vest in three equal annual tranches, have a contractual term of 7 years and provide for certain dividend equivalent rights pursuant to which the holder will be entitled upon vesting of the SARs to payment in the form of additional shares equal to the value of any cash dividends declared and payable during the applicable vesting period with respect to the shares underlying the portion of the SARs that vest.

 

Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”)

 

On January 2, 2019, ASC granted 176,659 RSUs to certain of its officers that will vest in two equal annual tranches. On March 7, 2019 ASC granted 86,210 RSUs to certain of its officers that will vest in three equal annual tranches. On May 28, 2019, ASC granted 59,237 RSUs to certain of its directors that will vest in twelve months from the date of grant.

 

Under an RSU award, the grantee is entitled to receive a share of ASC’s common stock for each RSU at the end of the vesting period. Payment under the RSU will be made in the form of shares of ASC’s common stock. The RSU awards include dividend equivalent rights equal in number to the number of shares underlying the award of RSUs granted.

 

Dividend Equivalent Rights (“DERs”)

 

On November 4, 2019, ASC granted 1,146,517 DERs to certain of its officers.

 

Under a DER award, in the event that dividends are declared and paid on a share with a record date on or after the grant date, the grantee is entitled to receive a share of ASC’s common stock equal to the amount of the dividend declared multiplied by the number of shares per the award, divided by the Fair Market Value of a share on the date the dividends are paid.

 

Please see Note 14 “Share-based compensation” to our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report for additional information about the SAR awards, RSUs and DERs.

 

70

 

 

C. Board Practices

 

Our board of directors currently consists of seven directors, all of whom, other than our Chief Executive Officer, Anthony Gurnee, have been determined by our board of directors to be independent under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange and the rules and regulations of the SEC. Kirsi Tikka was appointed to the board of directors in September 2019. Our board of directors has instituted a policy of holding executive sessions of non-management directors following each regularly scheduled meeting of the full Board. Additional executive sessions of non-management directors may be held from time to time as required. The director serving as the presiding director during executive sessions currently is Curtis McWilliams, the Chair of the Board. Our Audit Committee consists of Brian Dunne, as Chair, Curtis Mc Williams and Helen Tveitan de Jong. Each member of our Audit Committee is financially literate under the current listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange and the SEC. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Dunne qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as such term is defined under SEC rules. The Audit Committee, among other things, reviews our external financial reporting, engages our external auditors, and oversees our financial reporting procedures and the adequacy of our internal accounting controls. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee consists of Curtis Mc Williams as Chair, Mats Berglund and Brian Dunne. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is responsible for recommending to the board of directors nominees for director and directors for appointment to board committees and advising the board with regard to corporate governance practices. The Compensation Committee consists of Curtis Mc Williams, as Chair, Peter Swift and Mats Berglund. The Compensation Committee oversees our equity incentive plan and recommends director and senior employee compensation. Our shareholders may also nominate directors in accordance with the procedures set forth in our bylaws. There are no service contracts between us and any of our directors providing for benefits upon termination of their employment or service. Each of the committees is currently comprised of independent members and operates under a written charter adopted by the board of directors.. All of the committee charters are available under “Corporate Governance” in the Investors section of our website at www.ardmoreshipping.com.

 

D. Employees

 

As of December 31, 2019, approximately 1,054 seagoing staff serve on the vessels that we manage and 48 full-time staff and three part-time staff serve on shore. This compares with 1,076 seafarers and 49 full-time staff and three part-time staff on shore as of December 31, 2018. Many of our seafarers employed by our ship managers are unionized under various jurisdictions and are employed under various collective bargaining agreements that expose us to a risk of potential labor unrest at times when those collective bargaining agreements are being re-negotiated.

 

We have entered into employment agreements with four of our executives: Mark Cameron, our Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer; Anthony Gurnee, our President and Chief Executive Officer; Gernot Ruppelt, our Senior Vice President and Chief Commercial Officer; and Paul Tivnan, our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. These employment agreements became effective as of August 1, 2013 and terminate in accordance with the terms of such agreements. Pursuant to the terms of their respective employment agreements, our executive officers are prohibited from disclosing or unlawfully using any of our material confidential information. The employment agreements also include one-year non-solicitation and one year non-compete clauses following the cessation of the employee’s employment with us.

 

The employment agreements require that we maintain director and officer insurance and that we indemnify and hold the employee harmless against all expenses, liability and loss (including reasonable and necessary attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement) in connection with any threatened or pending action, suit or proceeding, to which the employee is a party or is threatened to be made a party as a result of the employee’s employment with us. The indemnification provisions exclude fraud, willful misconduct or criminal activity on the employee’s behalf.

 

E. Share Ownership

 

The total amount of common stock owned by all of our officers and directors as a group is set forth below in Item 7. (“Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions — A. Major Shareholders”).

 

71

 

 

Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions

 

A. Major Shareholders

 

The following table sets forth information regarding beneficial ownership, as of March 15, 2020 (except as otherwise noted), of our common stock by:

 

  each person or entity known by us to beneficially own 5% or more of our common stock; and
     
  all our current directors and executive officers and senior management as a group.

 

The information provided in the table is based on information filed with the SEC and information provided to us.

 

The number of shares beneficially owned by each person, entity, director, executive officer or other member of senior management is determined under SEC rules and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Under SEC rules, a person or entity beneficially owns any shares as to which the person or entity has or shares voting or investment power. In addition, a person or entity beneficially owns any shares that the person or entity has the right to acquire as of the date 60 days after March 15, 2020 through the exercise of any stock option or other right; however, any such shares are not deemed outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Unless otherwise indicated, each person or entity has sole voting and investment power (or shares such powers with his or her spouse) with respect to the shares set forth in the following table.

 

Identity of person or group   Shares Beneficially Owned  
    Number     Percentage(1)  
Russell Investments Group, Ltd.(2)     3,699,937       11.14 %
Aristotle Capital Boston, LLC(3)     3,344,950       10.07 %
Dimensional Fund Advisors LP(4)     2,066,143       6.22 %
Donald Smith & Co., Inc(5)     2,014,204       6.06 %
BlackRock, Inc(6)     1,967,795       5.92 %
All directors and executive officers as a group     *       *  

 

 

(1) Based on 33,225,535 shares of common stock outstanding on March 15, 2020.
(2) This information is based on the Amendment No. 1 to Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on April 5, 2019.
(3) This information is based on the Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on January 9, 2020. According to this Schedule 13G Aristotle Capital Boston, LLC possessed sole voting power over 2,240,391 shares and sole dispositive power over 3,344,950 shares.
(4) This information is based on the Amendment No. 1 to Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on February 12, 2020. According to this Amendment No.1 to Schedule 13G, Dimensional Fund Advisors LP possessed sole voting power over 1,976,873 shares and sole dispositive power over 2,066,143 shares.
(5) This information is based on the Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on February 10, 2020. According to this Schedule 13G, Donald Smith & Co. Inc possessed sole voting power over 1,967,384 shares and sole dispositive power over 1,982,084 shares; DSCO Value Fund L.P. possessed sole voting power over 10,393 shares and sole dispositive power over 10,393 shares; Jon Hartsel possessed sole voting over 18,527 shares and sole dispositive power over 18,527 shares; and Kamal Shah possessed sole voting power over 3,200 shares and sole dispositive power over 3,200 shares.
(6) This information is based on the Amendment No. 1 to Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on February 5, 2020. According to this Amendment No. 1 to Schedule 13G, BlackRock, Inc. possessed sole voting power over 1,889,908 shares and sole dispositive power over 1,967,795 shares.
* Less than 1% of outstanding shares of our common stock.

 

72

 

 

As of March 15, 2020, we had three shareholders of record located in the United States, one of which is CEDE & CO., a nominee of The Depository Trust Company, which held an aggregate of 33,056,409 shares of our common stock, representing approximately 94% of our outstanding shares of common stock. We believe that the shares held by CEDE & CO. include shares of common stock beneficially owned by both United States and non-U.S. beneficial owners.

  

Our major shareholders have the same voting rights as our other shareholders. No corporation or foreign government or other natural or legal person owns more than 50% of our outstanding common stock. We are not aware of any arrangements, the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change in control of Ardmore.

 

B. Related Party Transactions

 

Ardmore Shipping Corporation was incorporated under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands in May 2013. We commenced business operations through our predecessor company, Ardmore Shipping LLC, in April 2010. In August 2013, we completed our IPO of shares of our common stock. Prior to our IPO, GA Holdings LLC, who was our sole shareholder, exchanged its 100% interest in Ardmore Shipping LLC for 8,049,500 shares of Ardmore Shipping Corporation, and Ardmore Shipping LLC became a wholly owned subsidiary of Ardmore Shipping Corporation. In November 2015, GA Holdings LLC sold 4,000,000 of its shares of our common stock in an underwritten public offering. In June 2016, we completed a public offering of 7,500,000 common shares, of which GA Holdings LLC purchased 1,277,250 shares at the public offering price. In November 2017, GA Holdings LLC disposed of all of its 5,787,942 common shares, of which 5,579,978 shares were sold in an underwritten public secondary offering, 85,654 shares were repurchased by us in a private transaction, and 122,310 shares were distributed to certain of its members, including Anthony Gurnee, our chief executive officer and a member of our board of directors. In addition to the 85,654 shares we repurchased from GA Holdings LLC in a private transaction, we also purchased from the underwriter 1,350,000 shares of our common stock that were sold by GA Holdings LLC in the secondary offering, with the price of all such repurchases by us being equal to the price per share at which GA Holdings LLC sold shares to the underwriters in the public offering. Prior to the November 2017 secondary offering, two members of our board of directors, Reginald Jones and Niall McComiskey, were affiliated with our largest shareholder, GA Holdings LLC. Following the offering, Niall McComiskey resigned from our board of directors. Reginald Jones remained a member of our board of directors but did not stand for re-election at our annual shareholders meeting in 2019.

 

We have a 50%-owned joint venture entity, Anglo Ardmore Ship Management Limited (“AASML”), owned in equal share by the third-party technical manager Anglo-Eastern and Ardmore Shipping (Bermuda) Limited. AASML was incorporated in June 2017 and began providing technical management services exclusively to the Ardmore fleet on January 1, 2018. We entered into standard Baltic and International Maritime Council (“BIMCO”) ship management agreements with AASML for the provision of technical management services to 16 vessels of the Company’s fleet as at December 31, 2019 (2018: 18 vessels). AASML provides the vessels with a wide range of shipping services such as repairs and maintenance, provisioning and crewing.

 

Any transaction involving the payment of compensation to a director or officer in connection with their duties to Ardmore are not related party transactions. Please see Item 6.A “Directors, Senior Management and Employees-Directors and Senior Management.”

 

C. Interest of Experts and Counsel 

 

Not applicable.

 

73

 

 

Item 8. Financial Information

 

A. Consolidated Financial Statements and Other Financial Information

 

See Item 18.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

Although we may, from time to time, be involved in litigation and claims arising out of our operations in the normal course of business, we are not at present party to any legal proceedings or aware of any proceedings against us, or contemplated to be brought against us, that would have a material effect on our business, financial position, results of operations or liquidity. We maintain insurance policies with insurers in amounts and with coverage and deductibles as our board of directors believes are reasonable and prudent. We expect that these claims would be covered by insurance, subject to customary deductibles. Those claims, even if lacking merit, could result in the expenditure of significant financial and managerial resources.

 

Dividend Policy and Capital Allocation Policy

 

Under our prior dividend policy established in September 2015, we generally expected to pay out, as a cash dividend on a quarterly basis, 60% of Earnings from Continuing Operations, (which represents our earnings per share reported under U.S. GAAP as adjusted for unrealized and realized gains and losses and extraordinary items).

 

On March 9, 2020, we announced a new capital allocation policy which sets out the Company’s priorities among fleet maintenance, financial strength, accretive growth and returning capital to shareholders. Commencing with the quarter ending March 31, 2020, the Company will transition to the new policy and will provide updates to its capital allocation priorities on quarterly earnings call.

 

Our ability to pay any dividends in the future and our new capital allocation policy are subject to various risks and restrictions. Our board of directors may review and amend our capital allocation policy from time to time in light of our plans for future growth and other factors. In addition, our ability to pay dividends in the future will be subject to the amount of cash reserves established by our board of directors for the conduct of our business, restrictions in our credit facilities and the provisions of the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, as well as the other limitations set forth in the section of this Annual Report entitled “Risk Factors”.

 

B. Significant Changes

 

Not Applicable.

 

Item 9. The Offer and Listing

 

A. Offer and Listing Details

 

Shares of our common stock trade on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “ASC”.

 

B. Plan of Distribution

 

Not applicable.

 

C. Markets

 

Shares of our common stock trade on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “ASC”.

 

74

 

 

D. Selling Shareholders

 

Not applicable.

 

E. Dilution

 

Not applicable.

 

F. Expenses of the Issue

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 10. Additional Information

 

A. Share Capital

 

Not applicable.

 

B. Memorandum and Articles of Association

 

Our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws have been filed as Exhibits 3.1 and 3.2, respectively, to Form F-1/A (Registration Number 333-189714), declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 31, 2013. The information contained in these exhibits is incorporated by reference into this Annual Report.

 

The rights, preferences and restrictions attaching to our shares of common stock are described in the section entitled “Description of Capital Stock” of our Registration Statement on Form F-3 (File No. 333-233540), filed with the SEC on August 30, 2019, and hereby incorporated by reference into this Annual Report.

 

There are no limitations on the rights to own our securities, including the rights of non-resident or foreign shareholders to hold or exercise voting rights on the securities, imposed by the laws of the Republic of The Marshall Islands or by our Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws.

 

C. Material Contracts

 

Attached or incorporated by reference as exhibits to this Annual Report are the contracts we consider to be both material and not entered into in the ordinary course of business. Descriptions are included in Note 5 (“Debt”) to our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report with respect to our credit facilities and Note 6 (“Finance Leases”) with respect to our finance leases. Other than these contracts, we have not entered into any other material contracts in the two years immediately preceding the date of this Annual Report, other than contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business.

 

D. Exchange Controls

 

Under Marshall Islands law, there are currently no restrictions on the export or import of capital, including foreign exchange controls or restrictions that affect the remittance of dividends, interest or other payments to non-resident holders of our common shares.

 

75

 

 

E. Taxation of Holders

 

The following is a discussion of the material Marshall Islands and U.S. federal income tax considerations that may be relevant to us and our shareholders. This discussion does not purport to deal with the tax consequences of owning common stock to all categories of investors, some of which, such as financial institutions, regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts, tax-exempt organizations, insurance companies, persons holding our common shares as part of a hedging, integrated, conversion or constructive sale transaction or a straddle, traders in securities that have elected the mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities, persons liable for alternative minimum tax, persons who are investors in partnerships or other pass-through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes, dealers in securities or currencies, U.S. Holders whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar, investors that own, actually or under applicable constructive ownership rules, 10% or more of our common shares and investors that are required to recognize income pursuant to an “applicable financial statement”, and persons subject to the “base erosion and anti-avoidance” tax, may be subject to special rules. This discussion deals only with holders who hold the common stock as a capital asset. You are encouraged to consult your own tax advisors concerning the overall tax consequences arising in your own particular situation under U.S. federal, state, local or foreign law of the ownership of common stock.

 

Marshall Islands Tax Considerations

 

The following are the material Marshall Islands tax consequences of our activities to us and of our common shares to our shareholders. We are incorporated in the Marshall Islands. Under current Marshall Islands law, we are not subject to tax on income or capital gains, and no Marshall Islands withholding tax will be imposed upon payments of dividends by us to our shareholders.

 

U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

 

The following are the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to (a) us and (b) U.S. Holders and Non-U.S. Holders, each as defined below, of the common shares. The following discussion of U.S. federal income tax matters is based on the Code, judicial decisions, administrative pronouncements, and existing and proposed regulations issued by the United States Department of the Treasury (“Treasury Regulations”), all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. The discussion below is based, in part, on the description of our business as described in this Annual Report and assumes that we conduct our business as described herein. References in the following discussion to the “Company”, “we”, “our” and “us” are to Ardmore Shipping Corporation and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

 

U.S. Federal Income Taxation of Operating Income: In General

 

We anticipate that we will earn substantially all our income from spot, time charter and pool arrangements, all of which we refer to as “shipping income”.

 

Unless we qualify from an exemption from U.S. federal income taxation under either an applicable tax treaty or the rules of Section 883 of the Code (“Section 883”), as discussed below, a foreign corporation such as the Company will be subject to United States federal income taxation on its “shipping income” that is treated as derived from sources within the United States (“U.S. source shipping income”). For U.S. federal income tax purposes, “U.S. source shipping income” includes 50% of shipping income that is attributable to transportation that begins or ends, but that does not both begin and end, in the United States.

 

Shipping income attributable to transportation exclusively between non-U.S. ports will be considered to be 100% derived from sources entirely outside the United States. Shipping income derived from sources outside the United States will not be subject to any U.S. federal income tax.

 

Shipping income attributable to transportation exclusively between U.S. ports is considered to be 100% derived from U.S. sources. However, we are not permitted by United States law to engage in the transportation of cargoes that produces 100% U.S. source shipping income.

 

76

 

 

Exemption of Operating Income from U.S. Federal Income Taxation

 

Under Section 883 and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, a foreign corporation will be exempt from U.S. federal income taxation of its U.S. source shipping income if:

 

  (1) it is organized in a “qualified foreign country” which is one that grants an “equivalent exemption” from tax to corporations organized in the United States in respect of each category of shipping income for which exemption is being claimed under Section 883; and
     
  (2) one of the following tests is met:

 

  (A) more than 50% of the value of its shares is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by “qualified shareholders”, which as defined includes individuals who are “residents” of a qualified foreign country, to which we refer as the “50% Ownership Test”; or
     
  (B) its shares are “primarily and regularly traded on an established securities market” in a qualified foreign country or in the United States, to which we refer as the “Publicly-Traded Test”.

 

The Marshall Islands, the jurisdiction where we and our ship-owning subsidiaries are incorporated, has been officially recognized by the IRS, as a qualified foreign country that grants the requisite “equivalent exemption” from tax in respect of each category of shipping income we earn and currently expect to earn in the future. Therefore, we will be exempt from U.S. federal income taxation with respect to our U.S. source shipping income if we satisfy either the 50% Ownership Test or the Publicly Traded Test.

 

We believe that we satisfy the Publicly Traded Test for our 2019 taxable year and therefore qualify for an exemption from tax under Section 883. We anticipate that we will continue to satisfy the Publicly Traded Test but, as discussed below, this is a factual determination made on an annual basis. We do not currently anticipate circumstances under which we would not be able to satisfy the 50% Ownership Test.

 

Publicly Traded Test

 

The Treasury Regulations under Section 883 provide, in pertinent part, that shares of a foreign corporation will be considered to be “primarily traded” on an established securities market in a country if the number of shares of each class of stock that are traded during any taxable year on all established securities markets in that country exceeds the number of shares in each such class that are traded during that year on established securities markets in any other single country. The Company’s common shares, which constitute its sole class of issued and outstanding stock are “primarily traded” on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”).

 

Under the Treasury Regulations, our common shares will be considered to be “regularly traded” on an established securities market if one or more classes of our shares representing more than 50% of our outstanding stock, by both total combined voting power of all classes of stock entitled to vote and total value, are listed on such market, (the “listing threshold”). Since all our common shares are listed on the NYSE, we satisfy the listing threshold.

 

The Treasury Regulations also require that with respect to each class of stock relied upon to meet the listing threshold, (i) such class of stock traded on the market, other than in minimal quantities, on at least 60 days during the taxable year or one-sixth of the days in a short taxable year (“trading frequency test”); and (ii) the aggregate number of shares of such class of stock traded on such market during the taxable year must be at least 10% of the average number of shares of such class of stock outstanding during such year or as appropriately adjusted in the case of a short taxable year (the “trading volume test”). We believe that we satisfy the trading frequency and trading volume tests with respect to the 2019 taxable year. Even if this were not the case, the Treasury Regulations provide that the trading frequency and trading volume tests will be deemed satisfied if, as is the case with our common shares, such class of stock is traded on an established securities market in the United States and such shares are regularly quoted by dealers making a market in such shares.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Treasury Regulations provide, in pertinent part, that a class of shares will not be considered to be “regularly traded” on an established securities market for any taxable year in which 50% or more of the vote and value of the outstanding shares of such class are owned, actually or constructively under specified share attribution rules, on more than half the days during the taxable year by persons who each own 5% or more of the vote and value of such class of outstanding stock (“5% Override Rule”).

 

77

 

 

For purposes of being able to determine the persons who actually or constructively own 5% or more of the vote and value of our common shares (“5% Shareholders”) the Treasury Regulations permit us to rely on those persons that are identified on Schedule 13G and Schedule 13D filings with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, as owning 5% or more of our common shares. The Treasury Regulations further provide that an investment company which is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, will not be treated as a 5% Shareholder for such purposes.

 

In the event the 5% Override Rule is triggered, the Treasury Regulations provide that the 5% Override Rule will nevertheless not apply if we can establish that within the group of 5% Shareholders, qualified shareholders (as defined for purposes of Section 883) own sufficient number of shares to preclude non-qualified shareholders in such group from owning 50% or more of our common shares for more than half the number of days during the taxable year.

 

We believe that we satisfy the Publicly Traded Test for the 2019 taxable year and were not subject to the 5% Override Rule, and we intend to take that position on our 2019 U.S. federal income tax return. However, there are factual circumstances beyond our control that could cause us to lose the benefit of the Section 883 exemption for any future taxable year. For example, there is a risk that we could no longer qualify for Section 883 exemption for a particular taxable year if one or more 5% Shareholders were to own 50% or more of our outstanding common shares on more than half the days of the taxable year. Under these circumstances, we would be subject to the 5% Override Rule and we would not qualify for the Section 883 exemption unless we could establish that our shareholding during the taxable year was such that non-qualified 5% Shareholders did not own 50% or more of our common shares on more than half the days of the taxable year. Under the Treasury Regulations, we would have to satisfy certain substantiation requirements regarding the identity of our shareholders. These requirements are onerous and there is no assurance that we would be able to satisfy them. Given the factual nature of the issues involved, we can give no assurances in regard to our or our subsidiaries’ qualification for the Section 883 exemption.

 

Taxation in Absence of Section 883 Exemption

 

If the benefits of Section 883 are unavailable, our U.S. source shipping income would be subject to a 4% tax imposed by Section 887 of the Code on a gross basis, without the benefit of deductions, or the “4% gross basis tax regime”, to the extent that such income is not considered to be “effectively connected” with the conduct of a United States trade or business, as described below. Since under the sourcing rules described above, no more than 50% of our shipping income would be treated as being U.S. source shipping income, the maximum effective rate of U.S. federal income tax on our shipping income would never exceed 2% under the 4% gross basis tax regime.

 

To the extent our U.S. source shipping income is considered to be “effectively connected” with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business, as described below, any such “effectively connected” U.S. source shipping income, net of applicable deductions, would be subject to U.S. federal income tax, currently imposed at a rate of 21%. In addition, we would generally be subject to the 30% “branch profits” tax on earnings effectively connected with the conduct of such trade or business, as determined after allowance for certain adjustments, and on certain interest paid or deemed paid attributable to the conduct of our U.S. trade or business.

 

Our United States source shipping income would be considered “effectively connected” with the conduct of a United States trade or business only if:

 

  we have, or are considered to have, a fixed place of business in the United States involved in the earning of U.S. source shipping income; and
     
  substantially all of our U.S. source shipping income is attributable to regularly scheduled transportation, such as the operation of a vessel that follows a published schedule with repeated sailings at regular intervals between the same points for voyages that begin or end in the United States.

 

We do not intend to have, or permit circumstances that would result in having, any vessel sailing to or from the United States on a regularly scheduled basis. Based on the foregoing and on the expected mode of our shipping operations and other activities, it is anticipated that none of our U.S. source shipping income will be “effectively connected” with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business.

 

78

 

 

United States Taxation of Gain on Sale of Vessels

 

Regardless of whether we qualify for an exemption under Section 883, we will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax with respect to gain realized on a sale of a vessel, provided the sale is considered to occur outside of the United States under U.S. federal income tax principles. In general, a sale of a vessel will be considered to occur outside of the United States for this purpose if title to the vessel, and risk of loss with respect to the vessel, pass to the buyer outside of the United States. It is expected that any sale of a vessel by us will be considered to occur outside of the United States.

 

U.S. Federal Income Taxation of United States Holders

 

As used herein, the term “U.S. Holder” means a holder that for U.S. federal income tax purposes is a beneficial owner of our common shares and is an individual U.S. citizen or resident, a U.S. corporation or other U.S. entity taxable as a corporation, an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source, or a trust if (a) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary jurisdiction over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (b) the trust has a valid election in effect to be treated as a U.S. person.

 

If a partnership holds the common shares, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner in a partnership holding the common shares, you are encouraged to consult your tax advisor.

 

Distributions

 

Subject to the discussion of passive foreign investment companies below, any distributions made by us with respect to our common shares to a U.S. Holder will generally constitute dividends to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles.

 

Distributions in excess of such earnings and profits will be treated first as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in our common shares and thereafter as capital gain. Because we are not a U.S. corporation, U.S. Holders that are corporations will generally not be entitled to claim a dividends received deduction with respect to any distributions they receive from us. Dividends paid with respect to our common shares will generally be treated as foreign source dividend income and will generally constitute “passive category income” for purposes of computing allowable foreign tax credits for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes.

 

Subject to applicable limitations, including a holding period requirement, dividends paid on our common shares to certain non-corporate U.S. Holders will generally be treated as “qualified dividend income” that is taxable to such U.S. Holders at preferential tax rates provided that (1) the common shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the U.S. (such as the NYSE, on which our common shares are traded); and (2) we are not a passive foreign investment company for the taxable year during which the dividend is paid or the immediately preceding taxable year (which, as discussed below, we do not believe that we are or will be for any future taxable years).

 

There is no assurance that any dividends paid on our common shares will be eligible for these preferential rates in the hands of such non-corporate U.S. Holders, although, as described above, we expect such dividends to be so eligible provided an eligible non-corporate U.S. Holder meets all applicable requirements. Any dividends paid by us which are not eligible for these preferential rates will be taxed as ordinary income to a non-corporate U.S. Holder.

 

Special rules may apply to any “extraordinary dividend” — generally, a dividend in an amount which is equal to or in excess of 10% of a shareholder’s adjusted tax basis in a common share — paid by us. If we pay an “extraordinary dividend” on our common shares that is treated as “qualified dividend income”, then any loss derived by certain non-corporate U.S. Holders from the sale or exchange of such common shares will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of such dividend.

 

79

 

 

Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Common Shares

 

Assuming we do not constitute a passive foreign investment company for any taxable year, a U.S. Holder generally will recognize taxable gain or loss upon a sale, exchange or other disposition of our common shares in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized by the U.S. Holder from such sale, exchange or other disposition and the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in such shares. Such gain or loss will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder’s holding period is greater than one year at the time of the sale, exchange or other disposition. Such capital gain or loss will generally be treated as U.S. source income or loss, as applicable, for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes. Long-term capital gains of certain non-corporate U.S. Holders are currently eligible for reduced rates of taxation. A U.S. Holder’s ability to deduct capital losses is subject to certain limitations.

 

3.8% Tax on Net Investment Income

 

A U.S. Holder that is an individual, estate, or, in certain cases, a trust, will generally be subject to a 3.8% tax on the lesser of (1) the U.S. Holder’s net investment income for the taxable year and (2) the excess of the U.S. Holder’s modified adjusted gross income for the taxable year over a certain threshold (which in the case of individuals will be between $125,000 and $250,000). A U.S. Holder’s net investment income will generally include distributions we make on the common stock which are treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes and capital gains from the sale, exchange or other disposition of the common stock. This tax is in addition to any income taxes due on such investment income.

 

Passive Foreign Investment Company Status and Significant Tax Consequences

 

Special U.S. federal income tax rules apply to a U.S. Holder that holds shares in a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In general, we will be treated as a PFIC with respect to a U.S. Holder if, for any taxable year in which such holder holds our common shares, either:

 

  at least 75% of our gross income for such taxable year consists of passive income (e.g., dividends, interest, capital gains and rents derived other than in the active conduct of a rental business); or
     
  at least 50% of the average value of our assets during such taxable year produce, or are held for the production of, passive income.

 

For purposes of determining whether we are a PFIC, cash held by us will be treated as passive assets. In addition, we will be treated as earning and owning our proportionate share of the income and assets, respectively, of any of our subsidiary corporations in which we own at least 25% of the value of the subsidiary’s stock. Income earned, or deemed earned, by us in connection with the performance of services would not constitute passive income. By contrast, rental income would generally constitute “passive income” unless we were treated under specific rules as deriving our rental income in the active conduct of a trade or business.

 

Based on our current and anticipated operations, we do not believe that we are currently a PFIC or will be treated as a PFIC for any future taxable year. Our belief is based principally on the position that the gross income we derive from time chartering activities should constitute services income, rather than rental income. Accordingly, such income should not constitute passive income, and the assets that we own and operate in connection with the production of such income, in particular, the vessels, should not constitute passive assets for purposes of determining whether we are a PFIC. There is substantial legal authority supporting this position consisting of case law and IRS pronouncements concerning the characterization of income derived from time charters as services income for other tax purposes. However, there is also authority which characterizes time charter income as rental income rather than services income for other tax purposes. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that the IRS or a court of law will accept this position, and there is a risk that the IRS or a court of law could determine that we are a PFIC. In addition, although we intend to conduct our affairs in a manner to avoid being classified as a PFIC with respect to any taxable year, we cannot assure you that the nature of our operations will not change in the future.

 

As discussed more fully below, if we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, a United States Holder would be subject to different taxation rules depending on whether the United States Holder makes an election to treat us as a “Qualified Electing Fund” (“QEF election”). As an alternative to making a QEF election, a United States Holder should be able to make a “mark-to-market” election with respect to our common shares, as discussed below. A United States holder of shares in a PFIC will be required to file an annual information return on IRS Form 8621 containing information regarding the PFIC as required by applicable Treasury Regulations.

 

80

 

 

Taxation of United States Holders Making a Timely QEF Election

 

If a United States Holder makes a timely QEF election, which United States Holder we refer to as an “Electing Holder”, the Electing Holder must report for United States federal income tax purposes its pro rata share of our ordinary earnings and net capital gain, if any, for each of our taxable years during which we are a PFIC that ends with or within the taxable year of the Electing Holder, regardless of whether distributions were received from us by the Electing Holder. No portion of any such inclusions of ordinary earnings will be treated as “qualified dividend income”. Net capital gain inclusions of certain non-corporate United States Holders would be eligible for preferential capital gains tax rates. The Electing Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the common shares will be increased to reflect any income included under the QEF election. Distributions of previously taxed income will not be subject to tax upon distribution but will decrease the Electing Holder’s tax basis in the common shares. An Electing Holder would not, however, be entitled to a deduction for its pro rata share of any losses that we incur with respect to any taxable year. An Electing Holder would generally recognize capital gain or loss on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common shares. A U.S. Holder would make a timely QEF election for our common shares by filing one copy of IRS Form 8621 with its United States federal income tax return for the first year in which it held such shares when we were a PFIC. If we determine that we are a PFIC for any taxable year, we would provide each United States Holder with all necessary information in order to make the QEF election described above.

 

Taxation of United States Holders Making a Mark-to-Market Election

 

Alternatively, if we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year and, as we anticipate will be the case, our shares are treated as “marketable stock”, a United States Holder would be allowed to make a “mark-to-market” election with respect to our common shares, provided the United States Holder completes and files IRS Form 8621 in accordance with the relevant instructions and related Treasury Regulations. If that election is made, the United States Holder generally would include as ordinary income in each taxable year the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the common shares at the end of the taxable year over such Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the common shares. The U.S. Holder would also be permitted an ordinary loss in respect of the excess, if any, of the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the common shares over its fair market value at the end of the taxable year, but only to the extent of the net amount previously included in income as a result of the mark-to-market election. A U.S. Holder’s tax basis in its common shares would be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss amount recognized. In a year when we are a PFIC, any gain realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common shares would be treated as ordinary income, and any loss realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of the common shares would be treated as ordinary loss to the extent that such loss does not exceed the net mark-to-market gains previously included by the U.S. Holder.

 

Taxation of U.S. Holders Not Making a Timely QEF or Mark-to-Market Election

 

If we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, a U.S. Holder who does not make either a QEF election or a “mark-to-market” election for that year, whom we refer to as a “Non-Electing Holder”, would be subject to special rules with respect to (i) any excess distribution (i.e., the portion of any distributions received by the Non-Electing Holder on the common shares in a taxable year in excess of 125% of the average annual distributions received by the Non-Electing Holder in the three preceding taxable years, or, if shorter, the Non-Electing Holder’s holding period for the common shares), and (ii) any gain realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common shares. Under these special rules:

 

  the excess distribution or gain would be allocated ratably over the Non-Electing Holder’s aggregate holding period for the common shares;
  the amount allocated to the current taxable year, and any taxable year prior to the first taxable year in which we were a PFIC, would be taxed as ordinary income and would not be “qualified dividend income”; and
  the amount allocated to each of the other taxable years would be subject to tax at the highest rate of tax in effect for the applicable class of taxpayer for that year, and an interest charge for the deemed tax deferral benefit would be imposed with respect to the resulting tax attributable to each such other taxable year.

 

81

 

 

U.S. Federal Income Taxation of Non-U.S. Holders

 

As used herein, the term “Non-U.S. Holder” means a holder that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is a beneficial owner of common shares (other than a partnership) that is not a U.S. Holder.

 

If a partnership holds our common shares, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner in a partnership holding our common shares, you are encouraged to consult your tax advisor.

 

Dividends on Common Shares

 

A Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax on dividends received from us with respect to our common shares, unless that income is effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States.

 

Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Common Shares

 

A Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax on any gain realized upon the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common shares, unless:

 

  the gain is effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the U.S.; or
  the Non-U.S. Holder is an individual who is present in the U.S. for 183 days or more during the taxable year of disposition and other conditions are met.

 

Income or Gains Effectively Connected with a U.S. Trade or Business

 

If the Non-U.S. Holder is engaged in a U.S. trade or business for U.S. federal income tax purposes, dividends on the common shares and gain from the sale, exchange or other disposition of the shares, that is effectively connected with the conduct of that trade or business (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment), will generally be subject to regular U.S. federal income tax in the same manner as discussed in the previous section relating to the taxation of U.S. Holders. In addition, in the case of a corporate Non-U.S. Holder, its earnings and profits that are attributable to the effectively connected income, which are subject to certain adjustments, may be subject to an additional branch profits tax at a rate of 30%, or at a lower rate as may be specified by an applicable U.S. income tax treaty.

 

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

 

In general, dividend payments, or other taxable distributions, and the payment of the gross proceeds on a sale of our common shares, made within the U.S. to a non-corporate U.S. Holder will be subject to information reporting. Such payments or distributions may also be subject to backup withholding if the non-corporate U.S. Holder:

 

  fails to provide an accurate taxpayer identification number;
  is notified by the IRS that it has failed to report all interest or dividends required to be shown on its federal income tax returns; or
  in certain circumstances, fails to comply with applicable certification requirements.

 

82

 

 

Non-U.S. Holders may be required to establish their exemption from information reporting and backup withholding with respect to dividends payments or other taxable distribution on our common shares by certifying their status on an applicable IRS Form W-8. If a Non-U.S. Holder sells our common shares to or through a U.S. office of a broker, the payment of the proceeds is subject to both U.S. backup withholding and information reporting unless the Non-U.S. Holder certifies that it is a non-U.S. person, under penalties of perjury, or it otherwise establishes an exemption. If a Non-U.S. Holder sells our common shares through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker and the sales proceeds are paid outside the U.S., then information reporting and backup withholding generally will not apply to that payment. However, U.S. information reporting requirements, but not backup withholding, will apply to a payment of sales proceeds, even if that payment is made outside the U.S., if a Non-U.S. Holder sells our common shares through a non-U.S. office of a broker that is a U.S. person or has some other contacts with the U.S. Such information reporting requirements will not apply, however, if the broker has documentary evidence in its records that the Non-U.S. Holder is not a U.S. person and certain other conditions are met, or the Non-U.S. Holder otherwise establishes an exemption.

 

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, a refund may generally be obtained of any amounts withheld under backup withholding rules that exceed the taxpayer’s U.S. federal income tax liability by filing a timely refund claim with the IRS.

 

Individuals who are U.S. Holders (and to the extent specified in applicable Treasury regulations, Non-U.S. Holders and certain U.S. entities) who hold “specified foreign financial assets” (as defined in Section 6038D of the Code) are required to file IRS Form 8938 with information relating to the asset for each taxable year in which the aggregate value of all such assets exceeds $75,000 at any time during the taxable year or $50,000 on the last day of the taxable year (or such higher dollar amount as prescribed by applicable Treasury Regulations). Specified foreign financial assets would include, among other assets, our common shares, unless the common shares are held in an account maintained with a U.S. financial institution.

 

Substantial penalties apply to any failure to timely file IRS Form 8938, unless the failure is shown to be due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect. Additionally, in the event an individual U.S. Holder (and to the extent specified in applicable Treasury Regulations, a Non-U.S. Holder or a U.S. entity) that is required to file IRS Form 8938 does not file such form, the statute of limitations on the assessment and collection of U.S. federal income taxes of such holder for the related tax year may not close until three years after the date that the required information is filed. U.S. Holders (including U.S. entities) and Non-U.S. Holders are encouraged to consult their own tax advisors regarding their reporting obligations in respect of our common shares.

 

F. Dividends and Paying Agents

 

Not applicable.

 

G. Statements by Experts

 

Not applicable.

  

H. Documents on Display

 

Documents concerning us that are referred to herein may be inspected at our principal executive offices at Belvedere Building, 69 Pitts Bay Road, Ground Floor, Pembroke, HM08, Bermuda.

 

I. Subsidiary Information

 

Not applicable.

 

83

 

 

Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risks

 

Operational risk

 

We are exposed to operating costs arising from various vessel operations. Key areas of operating risk include drydock, repair costs, insurance, piracy and fuel prices. Our risk management includes various strategies for technical management of drydock and repairs coordinated with a focus on measuring cost and quality. Our relatively young fleet helps to minimize the risk. Given the potential for accidents and other incidents that may occur in vessel operations, the fleet is insured against various types of risk. We have established a set of countermeasures in order to minimize the risk of piracy attacks during voyages, particularly through regions which the Joint War Committee or our insurers consider high risk, or which they recommend monitoring, to make the navigation safer for sea staff and to protect our assets. The price and supply of fuel is unpredictable and can fluctuate from time to time. We periodically consider and monitor the need for fuel hedging to manage this risk.

 

Foreign exchange risk

 

The majority of our transactions, assets and liabilities are denominated in U.S. Dollars, the functional currency of the Company. We incur certain general and operating expenses in other currencies (primarily the Euro, Singapore Dollar and Pounds Sterling) and as a result there is a transactional risk to us that currency fluctuations will have a negative effect on the value of our cash flows. Such risk may have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. We believe these adverse effects to be immaterial and has not entered into any derivative contracts for either transaction or translation risk during the year.

 

Interest rate risk

 

We are exposed to the impact of interest rate changes primarily through borrowings that require us to make interest payments based on LIBOR. Significant increases in interest rates could adversely affect our results of operations and our ability to repay debt. We monitor interest rate exposure and may enter into swap arrangements to hedge exposure where it is considered economically advantageous to do so.

 

The disclosure in the immediately following paragraph about the potential effects of changes in interest rates are based on a sensitivity analysis, which models the effects of hypothetical interest rate shifts. A sensitivity analysis is constrained by several factors, including the necessity to conduct the analysis based on a single point in time and by the inability to include the extraordinarily complex market reactions that normally would arise from the market shifts. Although the following results of a sensitivity analysis for changes in interest rates may have some limited use as a benchmark, they should not be viewed as a forecast. This forward-looking disclosure also is selective in nature and addresses only the potential impacts on our borrowings.

 

Assuming we do not hedge our exposure to interest rate fluctuations, a hypothetical 100 basis-point increase or decrease in our variable interest rates would have increased or decreased our interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2019 by $3.9 million (2018: $4.0 million) using the average long-term debt and finance lease balance and actual interest incurred in each period.

 

Credit risk

 

There is a concentration of credit risk with respect to cash and cash equivalents to the extent that substantially all of the amounts are held in short-term funds (with a credit risk rating of at least AA) managed by Blackrock and State Street Global Advisors. While we believe this risk of loss is low, we will keep this under review and will revise our policy for managing cash and cash equivalents if considered advantageous and prudent to do so.

 

We limit our credit risk with trade accounts receivable by performing ongoing credit evaluations of our customers’ financial condition. We generally do not require collateral for our trade accounts receivable.

 

We may have a credit risk in relation to vessel employment and at times may have multiple vessels employed by one charterer. We consider and evaluate concentration of credit risk regularly and perform on-going evaluations of these charterers for credit risk and credit concentration risk. As at December 31, 2019 our 25 vessels in operation were employed with 19 different charterers.

 

84

 

 

Liquidity risk

 

Our principal objective in relation to liquidity is to ensure that we have access, at minimum cost, to sufficient liquidity to enable us to meet our obligations as they fall due and to provide adequately for contingencies. Our policy is to manage our liquidity by strict forecasting of cash flows arising from or expenses relating to time charter revenue, pool revenue, vessel operating expenses, general and administrative overhead and servicing of debt.

 

Inflation

 

We do not expect inflation to be a significant risk to direct expenses in the current and foreseeable economic environment.

 

Item 12. Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities

 

Not applicable.

 

PART II

 

Item 13. Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies

 

None.

 

Item 14. Material Modifications to the Rights of Shareholders and Use of Proceeds

 

None.

 

Item 15. Controls and Procedures

 

A. Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

We evaluated pursuant to Rule 13a-15(b) of the Exchange Act the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of December 31, 2019. Based on that evaluation, our Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective to provide, as of December 31, 2019, reasonable assurance that the information required to be disclosed by us in reports filed under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms.

 

B. Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal controls over our financial reporting. Our internal controls were designed to provide reasonable assurance as to the reliability of our financial reporting and the preparation and presentation of the consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

 

Our internal controls over financial reporting include those policies and procedures that: (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of the financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made in accordance with authorizations of management and our directors; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

85

 

 

Management previously reported, in our 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F/A filed on August 2, 2019, a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting related to the design and operation of our controls over the presentation of infrequent or unusual transactions, such as the net gains and losses on disposal of vessels. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

 

Management evaluated the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, using the framework set forth in the report of the Treadway Commission’s Committee of Sponsoring Organizations in Internal Control Integrated Framework (2013).

 

Management’s evaluation as of December 31, 2019 included review of the documentation of controls, evaluation of the design effectiveness of controls, testing of the operating effectiveness of controls and a conclusion on this evaluation. Because of its inherent limitations, internal controls over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements even when determined to be effective and can only provide reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies and procedures may deteriorate. Based on the evaluation, management determined that internal controls over financial reporting were effective as of December 31, 2019.

 

C. Attestation Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

The independent registered public accounting firm, Deloitte & Touche LLP, that audited our consolidated financial statements as at and for the year ended December 31, 2019 and included in this Annual Report, has issued an attestation report on our internal control over financial reporting which is provided on page F-2.

 

D. Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

During the second half of 2019, we enhanced our internal control over financial reporting related to the design and operation of our controls over the presentation of infrequent or unusual transactions, such as the net gains and losses on disposal of vessels.  We did so by implementing a more rigorous checklist to identify transactions which may be subject to specific presentation requirements within U.S. GAAP and engaging with appropriately qualified third-party experts, as required.  As part of our corrective actions, we removed the subtotal for (loss)/profit from operations in our consolidated statement of comprehensive loss such that the revised presentation of the net gains and losses on disposal of vessels now complies with U.S. GAAP.

 

We completed the documentation and testing of these corrective actions during the fourth quarter of 2019 and, as of December 31, 2019, have concluded that the steps taken have remediated the material weakness related to the design and operation of our controls over the presentation of infrequent or unusual transactions.

 

Other than the changes noted above in this Item 15.D, there were no changes in our internal controls over financial reporting that occurred during or related to the period covered by this Annual Report that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

Item 16. Reserved

 

Item 16.A. Audit Committee Financial Expert

 

Our board of directors has determined that director and Chair of the Audit Committee, Brian Dunne, qualifies as an audit committee financial expert and is independent under applicable NYSE and SEC standards.

 

Item 16.B. Code of Ethics

 

We have adopted a code of conduct and ethics applicable to our directors, chief executive officer, chief financial officer, principal accounting officer and other key management personnel. The code is available for review on our website at www.ardmoreshipping.com.

 

86

 

 

Item 16.C. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

 

Our principal accountants for the fiscal year 2018 and for 2019 through December 3, 2019 were Ernst & Young. Our principal accountants from December 3, 2019 through December 31, 2019 were Deloitte & Touche LLP.

 

Audit Fees

 

The audit fees for the audit of the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 were $0.5 million and $0.6 million, respectively.

 

Audit-Related Fees

 

Audit-related fees relating to work performed by our principal accountants in 2019 and 2018 were $55,000 and $75,000, respectively.

 

Tax Fees

 

There were no tax fees billed by our principal accountants in 2019 or 2018.

 

All Other Fees

 

There were no other fees billed by our principal accountants in 2019 or 2018.

 

Audit Committee

 

The Audit Committee is responsible for the appointment, replacement, compensation, evaluation and oversight of the work of the independent auditors. As part of this responsibility, the audit committee pre-approves the audit and non-audit services performed by the independent auditors in order to assure that they do not impair the auditors’ independence. The Audit Committee has adopted a policy which sets forth the procedures and the conditions pursuant to which services proposed to be performed by the independent auditors may be pre-approved.

 

The Audit Committee separately pre-approved all engagements and fees paid to our principal accountants in 2019 and 2018.

 

Item 16.D. Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees

 

Not applicable.

  

Item 16.E. Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

 

On August 31, 2017, we announced that our board of directors had terminated our previous share repurchase plan and approved a new share repurchase plan (the “Repurchase Plan”), which authorizes us to repurchase up to $25 million of shares of our common stock through to August 31, 2020.

 

We may repurchase these shares in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions, at times and prices that are considered to be appropriate by us, but we are not obligated under the terms of the Repurchase Plan to repurchase any shares, and at any time we may suspend, delay or discontinue the Repurchase Plan.

 

During the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, there were no repurchases of shares of our common stock by us or affiliated purchasers.

 

The total remaining share repurchase authorization at December 31, 2019, was $25.0 million.

 

87

 

 

Item 16.F. Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant

 

As reported in our Report on Form 6-K dated as of December 3, 2019, we changed our independent registered public accounting firm as of December 3, 2019.

 

Item 16.G. Corporate Governance

 

We, as a foreign private issuer, are not required to comply with certain corporate governance practices followed by U.S. companies under the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) listing standards. We believe that our established practices in the area of corporate governance provide adequate protection to our shareholders. In this respect, we have voluntarily adopted a number of NYSE required practices, such as having a majority of independent directors, establishing a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee, adopting corporate governance guidelines and holding regular executive meetings of non-management directors.

 

The following is the significant way in which our corporate governance practices differ from those followed by U.S. domestic companies listed on the NYSE, and which difference is permitted by NYSE rules for “foreign private issuers” such as Ardmore Shipping Corporation:

 

  The NYSE requires that U.S. issuers obtain shareholder approval prior to the adoption of equity compensation plans and prior to certain equity issuances, including, among others, issuing 20% or more of our outstanding shares of common stock or voting power in a transaction. Our board of directors approves the adoption of equity compensation plans in lieu of such shareholder approval, and we do not intend to seek shareholder approval prior to equity issuances that otherwise would require such approval if we were not a foreign private issuer.

 

Item 16.H. Mine Safety Disclosures

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 17. Financial Statements

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 18. Financial Statements

 

See index to Financial Statements on page F-1.

 

88

 

  

Item 19. Exhibits

 

The following exhibits are filed as part of this Annual Report:

 

Exhibit

Number

  Description  
1.1   Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Company (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1/A (Registration Number 333-189714), filed with the SEC on July 22, 2013).
1.2   Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1/A (Registration Number 333-189714), filed with the SEC on July 22, 2013).
2.1   Form of Stock Certificate (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1/A (Registration Number 333-189714), filed with the SEC on July 22, 2013).
2.2   Description of Securities
4.1   Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1/A (Registration Number 333-189714), filed with the SEC on July 22, 2013).
4.2   Term Loan Facility, dated December 11, 2019, by and among Fitzroy Shipco LLC, Bailey Shipco LLC, Cromarty Shipco LLC, Dogger Shipco LLC, Ardmore Shipping LLC, the Company, ABN Amro Bank NV, Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank and the other banks and financial institutions party thereto.
4.3   Term Loan and Revolving Facilities, dated December 11, 2019, by and among Faroe Shipco LLC, Plymouth Shipco LL, Portland Shipco LLC, Fisher Shipco LLC, Fair Isla Shipco LLC, Humber Shipco LLC, Forth Shipco LLC, Trafalgar Shipco LLC, Ardmore Shipping LLC, the Company, Nordea Bank ABP, Filial I Norge, Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken Ab (Publ) and the other banks and financial institutions party thereto.
4.4   Share Purchase Agreement, dated November 26, 2017, between the Company and GA Holdings (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to the Company’s Report on Form 20-F filed with the SEC on March 29, 2017).
4.5   Open Market Sale Agreement, dated August 31, 2018, between the Company and Evercore Group L.L.C., Jefferies LLC and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 1.1 to the Company’s Report on Form 6-K filed with the SEC on August 31, 2018).
4.6   Open Market Sale Agreement, dated August 30, 2019, by and between the Company and Evercore Group L.L.C., Jefferies LLC and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 1.1 to the Company’s Report on Form 6-K filed with the SEC on August 30, 2019).
8.1   Subsidiaries of the Company
12.1   Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act 2002
12.2   Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act 2002
13.1   Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
13.2   Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
15.1   Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (Deloitte & Touche LLP)
15.2   Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (Ernst & Young)
101   The following materials from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, formatted in eXtensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL):

    (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018;
    (ii) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017;
    (iii) Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017;
    (iv) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017; and
    (v) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

89

 

 

SIGNATURE

 

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this Annual Report on its behalf.

 

  ARDMORE SHIPPING CORPORATION
   
  By: /s/ Anthony Gurnee
    Anthony Gurnee
    Chief Executive Officer
    (Principal Executive Officer)
     
Date: April 3, 2020    

 

90

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF ARDMORE SHIPPING CORPORATION

 

Report of independent registered public accounting firm (Deloitte & Touche LLP)   F-2  
Report of independent registered public accounting firm (Ernst & Young)   F-4  
Audited consolidated financial statements      
Consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2019 and 2018   F-5  
Consolidated statements of comprehensive loss for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017   F-6  
Consolidated statements of changes in stockholders’ equity for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017   F-7  
Consolidated statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017   F-8  
Notes to consolidated financial statements   F-9  

 

F-1

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

To the shareholders and the Board of Directors of Ardmore Shipping Corporation.

 

Opinion on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Ardmore Shipping Corporation and subsidiaries (the "Company") as at December 31, 2019, and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive loss, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the year then ended, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the "financial statements"). We also have audited the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as at December 31, 2019, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

 

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as at December 31, 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as at December 31, 2019, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by COSO.

 

Basis for Opinion

 

The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

 

Our audit of the financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures to respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

F-2

 

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

 

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

 

New York, New York

 

April 3, 2020

 

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2019.

 

F-3

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Ardmore Shipping Corporation

 

Opinion on the Financial Statements

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Ardmore Shipping Corporation (the Company) as of December 31, 2018 the related consolidated statements of comprehensive loss, changes in equity, and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2018, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2018, in conformity with US generally accepted accounting principles.

 

Basis for Opinion

 

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the US federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures include examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

/s/ Ernst & Young

 

We served as the Company’s auditor from 2011 to 2019.

 

Dublin, Ireland

 

February 15, 2019, except for Note 3 of Ardmore Shipping Corporation’s consolidated financial statements included in its 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F/A, as to which the date is August 1, 2019

 

F-4

 

 

Ardmore Shipping Corporation

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars, except shares and as otherwise indicated)

 

        As at December 31  
    Notes   2019     2018  
ASSETS                
Current assets                    
Cash and cash equivalents         51,723,107       56,903,038  
Receivables, net of allowance for bad debts of $0.9 million (2018: $0.5 million)         30,083,358       27,460,132  
Prepaid expenses and other assets         1,940,030       2,077,483  
Advances and deposits         4,114,065       2,132,804  
Inventories         10,158,735       12,812,039  
Vessel held for sale   8     -       8,083,405  
Total current assets         98,019,295       109,468,901  
                     
Non-current assets                    
Vessels and vessel equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $146.2 million (2018: $135.2 million)         660,823,330       721,492,473  
Deferred drydock expenditures, net of accumulated amortization of $10.3 million (2018: $11.5 million)         7,668,711       7,127,364  
Ballast water treatment systems, installation in progress         384,408       528,774  
Other non-current assets, net of accumulated depreciation of $1.4 million (2018: $1.0 million)         917,222       1,093,131  
Amount receivable in respect of finance leases         2,880,000       2,880,000  
Operating lease, right-of-use asset   7     1,745,464       2,169,158  
Total non-current assets         674,419,135       735,290,900  
                     
TOTAL ASSETS         772,438,430       844,759,801  
                     
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY                    
Current liabilities                    
Accounts payable         4,789,935       8,595,092  
Accrued expenses and other liabilities   4     16,278,084       16,048,916  
Accrued interest on debt and finance leases         880,183       1,732,859  
Current portion of long-term debt   5     20,216,171       22,834,543  
Current portion of finance lease obligations   6     17,975,322       25,849,200  
Current portion of operating lease obligations   7     289,231       477,147  
Total current liabilities         60,428,926       75,537,757  
                     
Non-current liabilities                    
Non-current portion of long-term debt   5     187,066,842       205,519,705  
Non-current portion of finance lease obligations   6     197,704,372       215,626,898  
Non-current portion of operating lease obligations   7     1,182,522       1,491,507  
Total non-current liabilities         385,953,736       422,638,110  
                     
Stockholders’ equity                    
Common stock ($0.01 par value, 225,000,000 shares authorized, 35,019,232 issued and 33,097,831 outstanding as at December 31, 2019 and 35,019,232 issued and 33,097,831 outstanding as at December 31, 2018)         350,192       350,192  
Additional paid in capital         416,841,494       414,508,403  
Treasury stock (1,921,401 shares as at December 31, 2019 and 1,921,401 shares as at December 31, 2018)         (15,348,909 )     (15,348,909 )
Accumulated deficit         (75,787,009 )     (52,925,752 )
Total stockholders’ equity         326,055,768       346,583,934  
                     
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY         772,438,430       844,759,801  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5

 

 

Ardmore Shipping Corporation

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars, except for shares)

 

        For the years ended December 31  
    Notes   2019     2018     2017  
Revenue, net   3     230,042,240       210,179,181       195,935,392  
                             
Voyage expenses         (96,056,391 )     (98,142,454 )     (72,737,902 )
Vessel operating expenses         (62,546,606 )     (67,017,632 )     (62,890,401 )
Depreciation         (32,322,695 )     (35,137,880 )     (34,271,091 )
Amortization of deferred drydock expenditures         (4,803,069 )     (3,637,276 )     (2,924,031 )
General and administrative expenses                            
Corporate   9     (14,951,996 )     (12,626,373 )     (11,979,017 )
Commercial and chartering   9     (3,194,218 )     (3,233,888 )     (2,619,748 )
Loss on vessel held for sale   8     -       (6,360,813 )     -  
Loss on sale of vessels   8     (13,162,192 )     -       -  
Interest expense and finance costs   10     (26,759,754 )     (27,405,608 )     (21,380,165 )
Interest income         952,190       606,665       436,195  
                             
Loss before taxes         (22,802,491 )     (42,776,078 )     (12,430,768 )
                             
Income tax   11     (58,766 )     (162,923 )     (59,567 )
                             
Net loss and comprehensive loss         (22,861,257 )     (42,939,001 )     (12,490,335 )
                             
Net loss per share, basic and diluted   12     (0.69 )     (1.31 )     (0.37 )
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding, basic and diluted   12     33,097,831       32,837,866       33,441,879  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6 

 

 

Ardmore Shipping Corporation

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars, except for shares)

 

    Number of
shares
outstanding
    Common
stock
    Additional
paid-in capital
    Treasury
stock
    Accumulated
surplus/(deficit)
    TOTAL  
Balance as at December 31, 2016     33,575,610       340,613       405,279,257       (4,272,477 )     2,922,406       404,269,799  
Share-based compensation     -       -       457,046       -       -       457,046  
Repurchase of common stock     (1,435,654 )     -       (186,318 )     (11,076,432 )     -       (11,262,750 )
Loss for year     -       -       -       -       (12,490,335 )     (12,490,335 )
Balance as at December 31, 2017     32,139,956       340,613       405,549,985       (15,348,909 )     (9,567,929 )     380,973,760  
Cumulative effect of accounting change (1)     -       -       -       -       (418,822 )     (418,822 )
Share-based compensation     -       -       1,636,547       -       -       1,636,547  
Net proceeds from equity offerings     957,875       9,579       7,321,871       -       -       7,331,450  
Loss for year     -       -       -       -       (42,939,001 )     (42,939,001 )
Balance as at December 31, 2018     33,097,831       350,192       414,508,403       (15,348,909 )     (52,925,752 )     346,583,934  
Share-based compensation     -       -       2,333,091       -       -       2,333,091  
Loss for year     -       -       -       -       (22,861,257 )     (22,861,257 )
Balance as at December 31, 2019     33,097,831       350,192       416,841,494       (15,348,909 )     (75,787,009 )     326,055,768  

 

(1)  The opening accumulated deficit has been adjusted on January 1, 2018 in connection with the adoption of FASB Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 606. Please refer to Note 2.4.

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

 

F-7 

 

 

Ardmore Shipping Corporation

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

        For the years ended December 31  
    Notes   2019     2018     2017  
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES                            
Net loss         (22,861,257 )     (42,939,001 )     (12,490,335 )
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:                            
Depreciation         32,322,695       35,137,880       34,271,091  
Amortization of deferred drydock expenditures         4,803,069       3,637,276       2,924,031  
Share-based compensation         2,333,091       1,636,547       457,046  
Loss on vessel held for sale   8     -       6,360,813       -  
Loss on sale of vessels   8     13,162,192       -       -  
Amortization and write-off of deferred finance fees         2,560,180       4,668,077       3,060,525  
Foreign exchange         (73,207 )     (200,504 )     -  
Deferred drydock expenditures         (5,387,875 )     (6,599,085 )     (3,809,906 )
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:                            
Receivables         (2,623,226 )     (614,151 )     (4,116,021 )
Working capital advances         -       3,100,000       200,000  
Prepaid expenses and other assets         137,453       (664,608 )     (527,236 )
Advances and deposits         (1,981,261 )     882,968       120,555  
Inventories         2,653,304       (3,179,793 )     (2,292,994 )
Accounts payable         (3,672,559 )     3,013,580       (1,192,159 )
Accrued expenses and other liabilities         (48,663 )     4,991,495       2,849,426  
Charter revenue received in advance         -       -       (507,780 )
Accrued interest on debt and finance leases         (852,676 )     194,883       (530,015 )
Net cash provided by operating activities         20,471,260       9,426,377       18,416,228  
                             
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES                            
Proceeds from sale of vessels         26,557,707       -       -  
Payments for acquisition of vessels and vessel equipment         (2,599,827 )     (16,824,102 )     (372,504 )
Ballast water treatment systems, installation in progress         114,235       (528,774 )     -  
Deposits for purchases of new vessels         -       -       (1,635,000 )
Payments for other non-current assets         (177,950 )     (204,003 )     (274,747 )
Net cash provided by / (used in) investing activities         23,894,165       (17,556,879 )     (2,282,251 )
                             
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES                            
Proceeds from long-term debt         201,462,500       3,902,122       11,092,157  
Repayments of long-term debt         (222,198,713 )     (184,306,269 )     (62,691,746 )
Proceeds from finance leases         -       209,725,500       33,120,000  
Repayments of finance leases         (26,510,556 )     (7,336,520 )     (2,060,264 )
Payments for deferred finance fees         (2,298,587 )     (3,740,150 )     (826,840 )
Net proceeds from equity offerings         -       7,331,450       -  
Repurchase of common stock         -       -       (11,262,750 )
Net cash (used in) / provided by financing activities         (49,545,356 )     25,576,133       (32,629,443 )
                             
Net (decrease) / increase in cash and cash equivalents         (5,179,931 )     17,445,631       (16,495,466 )
                             
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year         56,903,038       39,457,407       55,952,873  
                             
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year         51,723,107       56,903,038       39,457,407  
                             
Cash paid during the period for interest in respect of debt         11,544,904       17,482,989       16,918,723  
Cash paid during the period for interest in respect of finance leases         13,529,033       5,100,987       1,889,610  
Cash paid during the period for income taxes         54,730       139,849       58,736  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

 

F-8 

 

 Ardmore Shipping Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars, except for shares and as otherwise indicated)

 

 

1. Overview

 

1.1. Background

 

Ardmore Shipping Corporation (NYSE: ASC) (“ASC”), together with its subsidiaries (collectively the “Company”), provides seaborne transportation of petroleum products and chemicals worldwide to oil majors, national oil companies, oil and chemical traders, and chemical companies, with its modern, fuel-efficient fleet of mid-size product and chemical tankers and the Company operates its business in one operating segment, the transportation of refined petroleum products and chemicals. As at December 31, 2019, the Company had 25 vessels in operation. The average age of the Company’s operating fleet as at December 31, 2019 was 6.4 years.

 

1.2. Management and organizational structure

 

ASC was incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands on May 14, 2013. ASC commenced business operations through its predecessor company, Ardmore Shipping LLC, on April 15, 2010.

 

As at December 31, 2019, ASC had 75 wholly owned subsidiaries, the majority of which represent single ship-owning companies for ASC’s fleet, and one 50%-owned joint venture, Anglo Ardmore Ship Management Limited (“AASML”), which provides technical management services to the majority of the ASC fleet. Ardmore Shipping (Bermuda) Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary incorporated in Bermuda, carries out the Company’s management services and associated functions. Ardmore Shipping Services (Ireland) Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary incorporated in Ireland, provides the Company’s corporate, accounting, fleet administration and operations services. Each of Ardmore Shipping (Asia) Pte. Limited and Ardmore Shipping (Americas) LLC, wholly owned subsidiaries incorporated in Singapore and Delaware, respectively, performs commercial management and chartering services for the Company.

 

1.3. Vessels

 

As at December 31, 2019, the Company owned and operated a modern fleet of 25 product/chemical vessels with Marshall Island flags, a combined carrying capacity of 1,111,294 dead weight tonnes (“dwt”) and an average age of approximately 6.4 years.

 

Vessel Name   Type   Dwt     IMO (1)   Built   Country   Specification
Ardmore Seavaliant   Product/Chemical     49,998     2 /3   Feb-13   Korea   Eco-design
Ardmore Seaventure   Product/Chemical     49,998     2 /3   Jun-13   Korea   Eco-design
Ardmore Seavantage   Product/Chemical     49,997     2 /3   Jan-14   Korea   Eco-design
Ardmore Seavanguard   Product/Chemical     49,998     2 /3   Feb-14   Korea   Eco-design
Ardmore Sealion   Product/Chemical     49,999     2 /3   May-15   Korea   Eco-design
Ardmore Seafox   Product/Chemical     49,999     2 /3   Jun-15   Korea   Eco-design
Ardmore Seawolf   Product/Chemical     49,999     2 /3   Aug-15   Korea   Eco-design
Ardmore Seahawk   Product/Chemical     49,999     2 /3   Nov-15   Korea   Eco-design
Ardmore Endeavour   Product/Chemical     49,997     2 /3   Jul-13   Korea   Eco-design
Ardmore Enterprise   Product/Chemical     49,453     2 /3   Sep-13   Korea   Eco-design
Ardmore Endurance   Product/Chemical     49,466     2 /3   Dec-13   Korea   Eco-design
Ardmore Encounter   Product/Chemical     49,478     2 /3   Jan-14   Korea   Eco-design
Ardmore Explorer   Product/Chemical     49,494     2 /3   Jan-14   Korea   Eco-design
Ardmore Exporter   Product/Chemical     49,466     2 /3   Feb-14   Korea   Eco-design
Ardmore Engineer   Product/Chemical     49,420     2 /3   Mar-14   Korea   Eco-design
Ardmore Seamariner   Product/Chemical     45,726     3   Oct-06   Japan   Eco-mod
Ardmore Sealeader   Product     47,463       Aug-08   Japan   Eco-mod
Ardmore Sealifter   Product     47,472       Jul-08   Japan   Eco-mod
Ardmore Sealancer   Product     47,451       Jun-08   Japan   Eco-mod
Ardmore Dauntless   Product/Chemical     37,764     2   Feb-15   Korea   Eco-design
Ardmore Defender   Product/Chemical     37,791     2   Feb-15   Korea   Eco-design
Ardmore Cherokee   Product/Chemical     25,215     2   Jan-15   Japan   Eco-design
Ardmore Cheyenne   Product/Chemical     25,217     2   Mar-15   Japan   Eco-design
Ardmore Chinook   Product/Chemical     25,217     2   Jul-15   Japan   Eco-design
Ardmore Chippewa   Product/Chemical     25,217     2   Nov-15   Japan   Eco-design
Total   25     1,111,294                  

 

(1) International Maritime Organization (“IMO”) cargo classification

 

F-9 

 

Ardmore Shipping Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars, except for shares and as otherwise indicated)

    

2. Significant accounting policies

 

2.1. Basis of preparation

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements, which include the accounts of ASC and its subsidiaries, have been prepared in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“U.S. GAAP”). All subsidiaries are 100% directly or indirectly owned by ASC. AASML, which is a 50% owned joint venture, is accounted for using the equity method. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated on consolidation. Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation. These reclassifications had no effect on the Company’s previously reported consolidated results of operations.

 

2.2. Uses of estimates

 

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. On an on-going basis, management evaluates the estimates and judgments, including those related to uncompleted voyages, future drydock dates, the selection of useful lives for vessels, vessel valuations, residual value of vessels, expected future cash flows from vessels to support vessel impairment tests, provisions necessary for receivables from charterers, the selection of inputs used in the valuation model for share-based payment awards, provisions for legal disputes and contingencies. Management bases its estimates and judgments on historical experience and on various other factors that are believed to be reasonable. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

2.3. Reporting currency

 

The consolidated financial statements are stated in U.S. Dollars. The functional currency of the Company is U.S. Dollars because the Company operates in international shipping markets in which most transactions are denominated in the U.S. Dollar. Transactions involving other currencies during the year are converted into U.S. Dollars using the exchange rates in effect at the time of the transactions. Resulting gains and losses are included in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive loss.

 

2.4. Recent accounting pronouncements

 

The Company implemented Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, codified as “ASC 606”, on January 1, 2018. The Company applied the modified retrospective method to implement ASC 606. The implementation of ASC 606 did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements. The implementation of ASC 606 resulted in a cumulative adjustment that increased the Company’s accumulated deficit as at January 1, 2018 in the amount of $418,822. In addition, the Company’s revenue for the year ended December 31, 2018 included an adjustment that reduced revenue by $454,581 due to the implementation of ASC 606.

 

The Company implemented FASB ASU No. 2016-02, Leases, codified as “ASC 842” on January 1, 2018, by early adoption. The Company applied the modified retrospective method to implement ASC 842. The Company previously recognized on its consolidated balance sheets those leases classified as capital leases. Those leases that are currently accounted for as operating leases (primarily for office space) are included on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets as a right-of-use asset and related lease liability in accordance with the new guidance.

 

In connection with its adoption of ASC 842, the Company elected the "package of 3" practical expedients permitted under the transition guidance, which exempts the Company from reassessing:

 

1) whether any expired or existing contracts are or contain leases;
2) any expired or existing lease classifications; and
3) initial direct costs for any existing leases.

 

Additionally, the Company elected, consistent with the practical expedient allowed under the transition guidance of ASC 842, to not separate the lease and non-lease components related to a lease contract and to account for them instead as a single lease component for the purposes of the recognition and measurement requirements of ASC 842.

 

The Company also elected the practical expedient of ASC 842 that allows for lease contracts with an initial lease term of 12 months or less to be excluded from the operating lease right-of-use assets and lease liabilities recognized on our consolidated balance sheets as at January 1, 2018. The implementation of ASC 842 resulted in operating lease right-of-use assets and the corresponding lease liabilities to be recognized on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets for lease contracts greater than 12 months on the date of adoption of ASC 842.

 

F-10 

 

Ardmore Shipping Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars, except for shares and as otherwise indicated)

 

2. Significant accounting policies (continued)

 

2.4. Recent accounting pronouncements (continued)

 

The Company implemented these two new accounting standards as at January 1, 2018, with ASC 842 being early adopted. Both accounting standards were applied using the modified retrospective method. The implementation of ASC 606 did not have a material impact on the financial statements. An adjustment of $418,822 is presented as a cumulative adjustment to opening retained earnings as at January 1, 2018. The corresponding adjustment for 2018 was $454,581 resulting in a decrease of revenue.

 

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, “Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326)” (“ASU 2016-13”), which amends several aspects of the measurement of credit losses on financial instruments based on an estimate of current expected credit losses. ASU 2016-13 will apply to loans, accounts receivable, trade receivables, other financial assets measured at amortized cost, loan commitments and other off-balance sheet credit exposures. ASU 2016-13 will also apply to debt securities and other financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income. The standard will be effective for the Company for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2019, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact of adoption; however, the Company does not expect adoption of this standard to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

 

2.5. Revenue

 

Revenue is generated from spot charter arrangements, time charter arrangements and pool arrangements.

 

Spot charter arrangements

 

The Company’s spot charter arrangements are for single voyages for the service of the transportation of cargo that are generally short in duration (less than two months) and the Company is responsible for all costs incurred during the voyage, which include bunkers and port/canal fees, as well as general vessel operating costs (e.g. crew, repairs and maintenance and insurance costs; and fees paid to technical managers of its vessels). Accordingly, under spot charter arrangements, key operating decisions and the economic benefits associated with a vessel’s use during the charter period reside with the Company. As at its adoption on January 1, 2018, the Company applies revenue recognition guidance in ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASC 606”) to account for its spot charter arrangements.

 

The consideration that the Company expects to be entitled to receive in exchange for its transportation services is recognized as revenue ratably over the duration of a voyage on a load-to-discharge basis (i.e. from when cargo is loaded at the port to when it is discharged after the completion of the voyage). The consideration that the Company expects to be entitled to receive includes estimates of revenue associated with the loading or discharging time that exceed the originally estimated duration of the voyage, which is referred to as “demurrage revenue”, when it is determined there will be incremental time required to complete the contracted voyage. Demurrage revenue is not considered a separate deliverable in accordance with ASC 606 as it is part of the single performance obligation in a spot charter arrangement, which is to provide cargo transportation services to the completion of a contracted voyage.

 

Prior to the adoption of ASC 606, the Company recognized spot charter revenue ratably during the period from when a vessel had departed from its prior charter discharge port and sufficient evidence existed that the vessel had entered a new charter arrangement to the point where cargo associated with the new charter arrangement had been discharged after the completion of the voyage.

 

Time charter arrangements

The Company’s time charter arrangements are for a specified period of time and key decisions concerning the use of the vessel during the duration of the time charter period reside with the Charterer. In time charter arrangements, the Company is responsible for the crewing, maintenance and insurance of the vessel, and the Charterer is generally responsible for voyage specific costs, which typically include bunkers and port/canal costs.

 

As the Charterer holds sufficient latitude in its rights to determine how and when the vessel is used on voyages and the Charterer is also responsible for costs incurred during the voyage, the Charterer derives the economic benefits from the use of the vessel, as control over the use of the vessel is transferred to the Charterer during the specified time charter period. Accordingly, time charters are considered operating leases and the Company applies guidance for lessors in ASC 842. Revenue for time charters is recognized on a straight-line basis ratably over the term of the charter.

 

F-11 

 

Ardmore Shipping Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars, except for shares and as otherwise indicated)

 

2. Significant accounting policies (continued)

 

2.5. Revenue (continued)

 

Pooling arrangements

 

The Company participates in commercial pooling arrangements to charter certain of its vessels from time to time. In these arrangements, the participating members seek to benefit from the more efficient employment of their vessels as the manager of the vessels in the pool leverages the size of the fleet commercially and operationally. The manager is responsible for the commercial management on behalf of the members of the pool, including responsibility for voyage expenses such as fuel and port charges. The pool members are responsible for maintaining the vessel operating expenses of their participating vessels, including crewing, repairs and maintenance and insurance of their participating vessels.

 

The earnings from all vessels are pooled and shared by the members of the arrangement based on the earnings allocation terms of the arrangement, which consider the number of days a vessel operates in the pool with weighted adjustments made to reflect the vessels’ differing capacities and performance capabilities. Therefore, the earnings allocation represents the pool members’ consideration for their different contribution to the collaborative arrangement. The Company recognizes its earnings allocation as revenue in accordance with the guidance for collaborative arrangements

 

2.6. Voyage and vessel operating expenses

 

Voyage expenses

 

Voyage expenses represent costs the Company is responsible to incur in charter arrangements during a voyage that are directly related to a voyage. Voyage expenses include bunkers and port/canal costs, which are expensed as incurred.

 

Voyage expenses also include contract fulfillment costs that are incurred by the Company prior to a voyage that are from the latter of when a vessel departed from its prior charter discharge port and when a vessel entered a new charter to the arrival at the loading port for the new charter are deferred and amortized ratably over the new charter for charters accounted for in accordance with ASC 606. Such costs are typically comprised of bunkers.

 

Vessel operating expenses

 

Vessel operating expenses represent costs the Company incurs to operate its vessels that are not directly related to a voyage and include such costs the Company incurs for its vessels in pooling arrangements. Vessel operating expenses include crew, repairs and maintenance, insurance, stores, lube oils, communication expenses, and technical management fees. Vessel operating expenses are expensed as incurred.

 

2.7. Cash and cash equivalents

 

The Company classifies investments with an original maturity date of three months or less as cash and cash equivalents. The Company is required to maintain a minimum cash balance in accordance with its long-term debt facility agreements (see Note 5) and finance lease facility agreements (see Note 6).

 

2.8. Receivables

 

Receivables include amounts due from charterers for hire and other recoverable expenses due to the Company. As at the balance sheet date, all potentially uncollectible accounts are assessed individually for the purposes of determining the appropriate allowance for bad debt.

 

2.9. Prepaid expenses and other assets

 

Prepaid expenses and other assets consist of payments made in advance for insurance or other expenses, and insurance claims outstanding and certain assets held by vessel managers. Insurance claims are recorded, net of any deductible amounts, for insured damages which are recognised when recovery is virtually certain under the related insurance policies and where the Company can make an estimate of the amount to be reimbursed following the insurance claim. As at the balance sheet date, all potentially uncollectible accounts are assessed individually for the purposes of determining the appropriate provision for doubtful accounts.

 

F-12 

 

Ardmore Shipping Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars, except for shares and as otherwise indicated)

 

2. Significant accounting policies (continued)

 

2.10. Advances and deposits

 

Advances and deposits primarily include amounts advanced to third-party technical managers and AASML for expenses incurred by them in operating the vessels, together with other necessary deposits paid during the course of business.

 

2.11. Inventories

 

Inventories consist of bunkers, lubricating oils and other consumables on board the Company’s vessels. Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market value on a first-in first-out basis. Cost is based on the normal levels of cost and comprises the cost of purchase, being the suppliers’ invoice price with the addition of charges such as freight or duty where appropriate. Spares are expensed as incurred.

 

2.12. Vessel held for sale

 

Assets are classified as held for sale when management, having the authority to approve the action, commits to a plan to sell the asset, the sale is probable within one year, and the asset is available for immediate sale in its present condition. Consideration is given to whether an active program to locate a buyer has been initiated, whether the asset is marketed actively for sale at a price that is reasonable in relation to its current fair value, and whether actions required to complete the plan indicate that it is unlikely that significant changes to the plan will be made or that the plan will be withdrawn. When assets are classified as held for sale, they are measured at the lower of their carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell and they are tested for impairment.

 

An impairment charge is recognized when the carrying value of the asset exceeds the estimated fair value, less transaction costs. Assets classified as held for sale are no longer depreciated.

 

2.13. Vessels and vessel equipment

 

Vessels and vessel equipment are recorded at their cost less accumulated depreciation.

 

Vessel cost comprises acquisition costs directly attributable to the vessel and the expenditures made to prepare the vessel for its initial voyage. Vessels are depreciated on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful economic life from the date of initial delivery from the shipyard. The useful life of the Company’s vessels is estimated at 25 years from the date of initial delivery from the shipyard. Depreciation is based on cost less estimated residual scrap value. Residual scrap value is estimated as the lightweight tonnage of each vessel multiplied by the estimated scrap value per ton. The scrap value of the vessels is estimated at $300 (2018: $300) per lightweight ton.

 

Vessel equipment comprises the costs of significant replacements, renewals and upgrades to the Company’s vessels. Vessel equipment is depreciated over the shorter of the vessel’s remaining useful life or the life of the renewal or upgrade. The amount capitalized is based on management’s judgment as to expenditures that extend a vessel’s useful life or increase the operational efficiency of a vessel. Costs that are not capitalized are recorded as a component of direct vessel operating expenses during the period incurred. Expenses for routine maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred.

 

2.14. Deferred drydock expenditures

 

The Company follows the deferral method of accounting for drydock expenditures whereby actual expenditures incurred are deferred and are amortized on a straight-line basis through to the date of the next scheduled drydocking, generally 30 to 60 months. Expenditures deferred as part of the drydock include direct costs that are incurred as part of the drydocking to meet regulatory requirements. Certain expenditures are capitalized during drydocking if they are expenditures that add economic life to the vessel, increase the vessel’s earnings capacity or improve the vessel’s efficiency. Direct expenditures that are deferred include the shipyard costs, parts, inspection fees, steel, blasting and painting. Expenditures for normal maintenance and repairs, whether incurred as part of the drydocking or not, are expensed as incurred. Unamortized drydock expenditures of vessels that are sold are written off and included in the calculation of the resulting gain or loss in the year of the vessels’ sale. Unamortized drydock expenditures are written off as drydock expense if the vessels are drydocked before the expiration of the applicable amortization period.

 

F-13 

 

Ardmore Shipping Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars, except for shares and as otherwise indicated)

 

2. Significant accounting policies (continued)

 

2.15. Ballast water treatment systems, installation in progress

 

The Company is in the process of installing ballast water treatment systems on each of its vessels that do not currently have the system installed. This is a requirement of the International Maritime Organization. The Company capitalizes and depreciates the costs of ballast water treatment systems, including installation costs, on each vessel from the date of completion of the system over the remaining useful life of the vessel.

 

2.16. Vessel impairment

 

Management regularly reviews the carrying amounts of the Company’s vessels that are “held and used” for recoverability. Vessels are assessed for impairment when events or circumstances indicate the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. When such indicators are present, a vessel to be held and used is tested for recoverability by comparing the estimate of future undiscounted net operating cash flows expected to be generated by the use of the vessel over its remaining useful life and its eventual disposition to its carrying amount together with the carrying value of deferred drydock expenditures and special survey costs related to the vessel.

 

For purposes of testing for recoverability, net operating cash flows are determined by applying various assumptions regarding future revenues net of voyage expenses, vessel operating expenses, scheduled drydockings, expected off-hire and scrap values, and taking into account historical revenue data and published forecasts on future world economic growth and inflation. In estimating future revenues, the Company considers charter rates for each vessel class over the estimated remaining lives of the vessels, using as described below, both historical average rates for the Company over the last five years, where available, and historical average one-year time charter rates for the industry over the last 10 years in each case adjusted for inflation. Recognizing that rates tend to be cyclical and considering market volatility based on factors beyond the Company’s control, management believes it is reasonable to use estimates based on a combination of more recent inflation-adjusted internally generated rates and the inflation-adjusted 10-year average historical average industry rates.

 

When the estimate of undiscounted cash flows, excluding interest charges, expected to be generated by the use of the asset is less than its carrying amount, the Company will evaluate the asset for an impairment loss. Measurement of the impairment loss is based on the fair value of the asset as provided by third parties. In this respect, management regularly reviews the carrying amount of the vessels in connection with the estimated recoverable amount for each of the Company's vessels. The Company did not recognize a vessel impairment charge for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017.

 

2.17. Other non-current assets

 

Other non-current assets relate to office equipment, fixtures and fittings and leasehold improvements. Office equipment and fixtures and fittings are recorded at their cost less accumulated depreciation and are depreciated based on an estimated useful life of five years. Leasehold improvements relate to fit-out costs for work completed on the Company’s offices in Ireland and Singapore. Leasehold improvements are recorded at their cost less accumulated depreciation and are depreciated over the life of the respective leases.

 

2.18. Amount receivable in respect of finance leases

 

As part of finance lease arrangements, the Company provided a lessor with $2.9 million in the aggregate which shall be repaid at the end of the lease period, or upon the exercise of any of the purchase options. The associated finance lease liability is presented gross of the $2.9 million.

 

2.19. Operating leases

 

Operating leases relate to long-term commitments for the Company’s offices. The Company recognizes on its consolidated balance sheets the right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for lease contracts greater than 12 months. The discount rate used for calculating the cost of the operating leases is the incremental cost of borrowing since the rate implicit in the lease cannot be determined.

 

2.20. Finance leases

 

Finance leases relate to financing arrangements for vessels in operation. Interest costs are expensed to interest expense and finance costs in the consolidated statements of comprehensive loss using the effective interest method over the life of the lease. Following the implementation of ASC 842, Leases, the transactions for the sale and leaseback of vessels, which were previously classified as capital leases under ASC 840, Leases, are now classified as finance leases with no other changes.

 

F-14 

 

Ardmore Shipping Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars, except for shares and as otherwise indicated)

 

2. Significant accounting policies (continued)

 

2.21. Accounts payable

 

Accounts payable include all financial obligations to vendors for goods or services that have been received or will be received in the future.

 

2.22. Accrued expenses and other liabilities

 

Accrued expenses and other liabilities include all accrued liabilities in relation to the operating and running of the vessels, along with amounts accrued for general and administrative expenses.

 

2.23. Equity method investments

 

The Company’s investment in AASML is accounted for using the equity method of accounting. Under the equity method of accounting, the Company initially recorded the investment in AASML at cost and adjusts the carrying amount of the investment to recognize their respective share of earnings or losses of the investee. Dividends received from an investee reduce the carrying amount of the equity investment. The Company evaluates its equity method investment for impairment when events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value of such investment may have experienced an other than temporary decline in value below its carrying value. If the estimated fair value is less than the carrying value, the carrying value is written down to its estimated fair value and the resulting impairment is recorded in the Company’s consolidated statements of comprehensive loss.

 

2.24. Contingencies

 

Claims, suits and contingencies arise in the ordinary course of the Company’s business. The Company provides for these contingencies when (i) it is probable that a liability has been incurred at the date of the financial statements and (ii) the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. Disclosure in the notes to the financial statements is required for contingencies that do not meet both these conditions if there is a reasonable possibility that a liability may have been incurred as at the balance sheet date.

 

2.25. Distributions to shareholders

 

Subject to the Board of Directors’ approval, distributions to common stockholders are applied first to accumulated surplus. When accumulated surplus is not sufficient, distributions are applied to the additional paid in capital account.

 

2.26. Equity issuance costs

 

Incremental costs incurred that are directly attributable to a proposed or actual offering of equity securities are deferred and deducted from the related proceeds of the offering, and the net amount is recorded as contributed shareholders’ equity in the period when such shares are issued. Other costs incurred that are not directly attributable, but are related, to a proposed or actual offering are expensed as incurred.

 

2.27. Debt and finance lease issuance costs

 

Financing charges which include fees, commissions and legal expenses associated with securing loan facilities and finance lease agreements are presented in the consolidated balance sheets as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of the debt liability or finance lease obligation. These costs are amortized to interest expense and finance costs in the consolidated statements of comprehensive loss using the effective interest rate method over the life of the related debt or finance lease.

 

2.28. Share-based compensation

 

The Company may grant share-based payment awards, such as restricted stock units (“RSUs”), stock appreciation rights (“SARs”) and dividend equivalent rights (“DERs”), as incentive-based compensation to certain employees. The Company measures the cost of such awards, which are equity-settled transactions, using the grant date fair value of the award and recognizes that cost, net of estimated forfeitures, over the requisite service period, which generally equals the vesting period. If the award contains a market condition, such conditions are included in the determination of the fair value of the stock unit. Once the fair value has been determined, the associated expense is recognized in the consolidated statements of comprehensive loss over the requisite service period.

 

F-15 

 

Ardmore Shipping Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars, except for shares and as otherwise indicated)

 

2. Significant accounting policies (continued)

 

2.28. Share-based compensation (continued)

 

The SAR awards granted prior to the 2018 award contain a market condition whereby, in no event will the appreciation per share for any portion of the SAR award be deemed to exceed four times (i.e. 400%) the per share exercise price of the SAR. The market condition does not apply after July 31, 2016. The SAR awards with a market condition were valued by applying a model based on the Monte Carlo simulation. The model inputs were the grant price, dividend yield based on the initial intended dividend set out by the Company, a risk-free rate of return equal to the zero-coupon U.S. Treasury bill commensurate with the contractual terms of the units and expected volatility based on the average of the most recent historical volatilities in the Company’s peer group.

 

The SARs are settled through the delivery of Ardmore shares, not cash. Hence, in accordance with the guidance in ASC 718, the Company have classified the plan as an equity settled share-based payment plan. The cost of each tranche of SARs is being recognized by the Company on a straight-line basis. The recognition of share-based compensation costs related to the tranches that vested before July 31, 2016 would have been accelerated if the market condition had been met and the requisite service period had been completed. The Company’s policy for issuing shares upon the exercise, if any, of the SARs is to register and issue new common shares to the beneficiary.

 

Under an RSU award, the grantee is entitled to receive a share of ASC’s common stock for each RSU at the end of the vesting period. Payment under the RSU will be made in the form of shares of ASC’s common stock. The cost of RSUs will be recognized by the Company on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. The Company’s policy for issuing shares upon the vesting of the RSUs is to register and issue new common shares to the grantee.

 

Under a DER award, in the event that dividends are declared and paid on a share with a record date on or after the applicable grant date, the grantee is entitled to receive a share of ASC’s common stock equal to the amount of the dividend declared multiplied by the number of shares per the award, divided by the Fair Market Value of a share on the date the dividends are paid. The cost of DERs will be recognized by the Company on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. The Company’s policy is to register and issue new common shares to the grantee at the time that dividends are paid.

 

The DER awards were valued by applying a model based on the Monte Carlo simulation. The model inputs were the grant price, dividend yield based on the initial intended dividend set out by the Company, a risk-free rate of return equal to the zero-coupon U.S. Treasury bill commensurate with the contractual terms of the units and expected volatility based on the average of the most recent historical volatilities in the Company’s peer group.

 

2.29. Treasury stock

 

When shares are acquired for a reason other than formal or constructive retirement, the shares are presented separately as a deduction from equity. If the shares are retired or subsequently sold, any gain would be allocated as a reduction in additional paid in capital and any loss as a reduction in retained earnings.

 

2.30. Financial instruments

 

The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable reported in the consolidated balance sheets are reasonable estimates of their fair values due to their short-term nature. The fair values of long-term debt approximate the recorded values due to the variable interest rates payable.

 

F-16 

 

Ardmore Shipping Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars, except for shares and as otherwise indicated)

 

2. Significant accounting policies (continued)

 

2.31. Income taxes

 

Republic of the Marshall Islands

 

Ardmore Shipping Corporation, Ardmore Shipping LLC, Ardmore Maritime Services LLC, and all vessel owning subsidiaries are incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands. Ardmore Shipping Corporation believes that neither it, nor its subsidiaries, are subject to taxation under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands and that distributions by its subsidiaries to Ardmore Shipping Corporation will not be subject to any taxes under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands.

 

Bermuda

 

Ardmore Shipping (Bermuda) Limited is incorporated in Bermuda. Ardmore Shipping Corporation, Ardmore Shipping LLC and Ardmore Shipping (Bermuda) Limited are managed and controlled in Bermuda. Ardmore Shipping Corporation is subject to taxation under the laws of Bermuda and distributions by its subsidiaries to Ardmore Shipping Corporation will be subject to any taxes under the laws of Bermuda.

 

Ireland

 

Ardmore Shipholding Limited and Ardmore Shipping Services (Ireland) Limited are incorporated in Ireland. Ardmore Shipholding Limited is dormant and as such is not anticipated to generate trading income subject to corporation tax in Ireland.

 

Ardmore Shipping Services (Ireland) Limited’s trading profits are taxable at the standard corporation tax rate which is currently 12.5% based on generally accepted accounting principles in Ireland. Any non-trading / passive income is taxed at the higher corporation tax rate which is currently 25%.

 

United States of America

 

Ardmore Shipping (Americas) LLC (“ASUSA”) and Ardmore Trading (USA) LLC (“ATUSA”) are incorporated in Delaware and treated as corporations for U.S. tax purposes. ASUSA and ATUSA will be subject to U.S. tax on their worldwide net income.

 

Singapore

 

Ardmore Shipping (Asia) Pte. Limited and Ardmore Tanker Trading (Asia) Pte. Limited are incorporated in Singapore. Ardmore Shipping (Asia) Pte. Limited qualified as an “Approved International Shipping Enterprise” by the Singapore authorities with effect from August 1, 2015. This entitles the company to tax exemption on profits derived from ship operations for any vessels which are owned or chartered in by Ardmore Shipping (Asia) Pte. Limited. Ardmore Tanker Trading (Asia) Pte. Limited, which commenced business July 1, 2019, will be subject to Singapore tax on its worldwide profits.

 

Deferred taxation

 

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributed to differences between the financial statements and tax basis of existing assets and liabilities using enacted rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Deferred income tax balances included on the consolidated balance sheets reflect the effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and their tax basis and are stated at enacted tax rates expected to be in effect when taxes are actually paid or recovered. Deferred income tax assets represent amounts available to reduce income taxes payable on taxable income in future years. The recoverability of these future tax deductions is evaluated by assessing the adequacy of future taxable income, including the reversal of temporary differences and forecasted operating earnings. If it is deemed more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be realized, the Company provides for a valuation allowance. Income taxes have been provided for all items included in the consolidated statements of comprehensive loss regardless of when such items were reported for tax purposes or when the taxes were actually paid or refunded. Deferred tax for the year ended December 31, 2019 amounted to $Nil (2018: $Nil, 2017: $Nil).

 

F-17 

 

Ardmore Shipping Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars, except for shares and as otherwise indicated)

 

2. Significant accounting policies (continued)

 

2.31. Income taxes (continued)

 

Uncertainties related to income taxes

 

Companies are to determine whether it is more-likely-than-not that the tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return will be sustained upon examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits of the position. If a tax position meets the more-likely-than-not threshold it is measured to determine the amount of benefit to recognize in the financial statements. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. Uncertainties related to income taxes recognized for the year ended December 31, 2019 amounted to $Nil (2018: $Nil, 2017: $Nil).

 

3. Business and segmental reporting

 

The Company is primarily engaged in the ocean transportation of petroleum and chemical products in international trade through the ownership and operation of a fleet of tankers. Tankers are not bound to specific ports or schedules and therefore can respond to market opportunities by moving between trades and geographical areas. The Company charters its vessels to commercial shippers through a combination of spot, time-charter, and pool arrangements. The chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) does not use discrete financial information to evaluate the operating results for each such type of charter. Although revenue can be identified for these types of vessel employment, management cannot and does not identify expenses, profitability or other financial information for these charters or other forms of employment. As a result, the CODM reviews operating results solely by revenue per day and operating results of the fleet. Furthermore, when the Company charters a vessel to a charterer, the charterer is free to trade the vessel worldwide (subject to certain sanctions-related restrictions) and, as a result, the disclosure of geographic information is impracticable. In this respect, the Company has determined that it operates under one reportable segment, relating to its operations of its vessels.

 

The following table presents consolidated revenues for charterers that accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s consolidated revenues during the years presented:

 

    For the years ended December 31  
    2019     2018     2017  
Charterer A     <10%       27,025,590       34,797,654  

 

The following table presents the Company’s revenue contributions by nature of vessel employment.

 

    For the years ended December 31  
    2019     2018  
Voyage charters (1)     218,969,349       193,679,937  
Time charters (2)     10,974,608       2,453,062  
Pooling arrangements (3)     98,283       14,046,182  
      230,042,240       210,179,181  

 

(1) Represents revenue recognized by the Company associated with charters that were accounted for in accordance with ASC 606.

 

(2) Represents revenue recognized by the Company associated with charters that were accounted for in accordance with ASC 842.

 

(3) Represents revenue recognized by the Company associated with pooling arrangements that were accounted for in accordance with the guidance for collaborative arrangements.

 

In 2017, 79% of the revenue was in Voyage charters, 20% in Pooling arrangements and 1% in Time charters which were accounted for in accordance with ASC 840.

 

F-18 

 

Ardmore Shipping Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars, except for shares and as otherwise indicated)

 

4. Accrued expenses and other liabilities

 

Accrued expenses and other liabilities consist of the following as at December 31, 2019 and 2018:

 

    As at December 31  
    2019     2018  
Accrued vessel operating expenses and voyage expenses     12,096,220       12,731,272  
Other accrued expenses     4,181,864       3,317,644  
Total accrued expenses     16,278,084       16,048,916  

 

5. Debt

 

As at December 31, 2019, the Company had five loan facilities, which it has used primarily to finance vessel acquisitions or vessels under construction and also for working capital. The Company’s applicable ship-owning subsidiaries have granted first-priority mortgages against the relevant vessels in favor of the lenders as security for the Company’s obligations under the loan facilities, which totaled 13 vessels as at December 31, 2019. ASC and its subsidiary Ardmore Shipping LLC have provided guarantees in respect of the loan facilities and ASC has granted a guarantee over its trade receivables in respect of the ABN AMRO Revolving Facility. These guarantees can be called upon following a payment default. The outstanding principal balances on each loan facility as at December 31, 2019 and 2018 were as follows:

 

    As at December 31  
    2019     2018  
CACIB Bank Facility     -       31,300,000  
Old Nordea/SEB Joint Bank Facility     -       86,371,847  
ABN/DVB/NIBC Joint Bank Facility     -       92,131,594  
NIBC Bank Facility     6,045,000       7,465,000  
Nordea/SEB Joint Bank Facility     100,000,000       -  
Nordea/SEB Revolving Facility     40,000,000       -  
ABN/CACIB Joint Bank Facility     61,462,500       -  
ABN AMRO Revolving Facility     4,019,007       14,994,279  
Total debt     211,526,507       232,262,720  
Deferred finance fees     (4,243,494 )     (3,908,472 )
Net total debt     207,283,013       228,354,248  
Current portion of long-term debt     21,274,111       24,217,892  
Current portion of deferred finance fees     (1,057,940 )     (1,383,349 )
Total current portion of long-term debt     20,216,171       22,834,543  
Non-current portion of long-term debt     187,066,842       205,519,705  

 

Future minimum scheduled repayments under the Company’s loan facilities for each year are as follows:

 

    As at December 31  
    2019  
2020     21,274,111  
2021     21,906,236  
2022     17,281,236  
2023     17,281,236  
2024     133,783,688  
      211,526,507  

 

F-19 

 

Ardmore Shipping Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars, except for shares and as otherwise indicated)

 

5. Debt (continued)

 

CACIB Bank Facility

 

On May 22, 2014, two of ASC’s subsidiaries entered into a $39.0 million long-term loan facility with Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank to finance two vessels under construction. On March 10, 2016, this facility was refinanced, the lenders provided an additional $25 million commitment for additional financing and an additional tranche of $2.3 million was drawn down. The $25 million of additional financing was drawn and repaid in full during the three-month period ended September 30, 2016. Interest is calculated at a rate of LIBOR plus 2.50%. Principal repayments on the loans are made on a quarterly basis, with a balloon payment payable with the final instalment. On December 16, 2019, the loan facility was repaid in full.

 

Old Nordea/SEB Joint Bank Facility

 

On January 13, 2016, seven of ASC’s subsidiaries entered into a $151 million long-term loan facility with Nordea Bank AB (publ) and Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ) to refinance existing facilities. The loan was fully drawn down on January 22, 2016. Interest is calculated at a rate of LIBOR plus 2.50%. Principal repayments on the loans are made on a quarterly basis, with a balloon payment payable with the final instalment. On October 29, 2018, two of the tranches were repaid as part of the refinancing of the Ardmore Dauntless and Ardmore Defender. On December 16, 2019, the loan facility was repaid in full.

 

ABN/DVB/NIBC Joint Bank Facility

 

On January 13, 2016, 12 of ASC’s subsidiaries entered into a $213 million long-term loan facility with ABN AMRO Bank N.V. (“ABN AMRO”) and DVB Bank America N.V. to refinance existing facilities. The loan was fully drawn down on January 22, 2016. Interest is calculated at a rate of LIBOR plus 2.55%. Principal repayments on the loans are made on a quarterly basis, with a balloon payment payable with the final instalment. The loan matures in 2022. In May 2017, $20.1 million was repaid as part of the refinancing of the Ardmore Sealeader and Ardmore Sealifter. On December 7, 2018, one of the tranches was repaid as part of the refinancing of the Ardmore Engineer.

 

On August 4, 2016, an incremental term loan of $36.6 million was made under the amended facility in order to fund two vessel acquisitions, and NIBC Bank N.V. joined as an additional lender under the facility. The incremental term loan consisted of two tranches, and interest is calculated at a rate of LIBOR plus 2.75%. On December 6, 2018, the two additional tranches were repaid as part of the refinancing of the Ardmore Seavanguard and Ardmore Exporter. On February 19, 2019, one of the tranches was repaid due to the sale of the Ardmore Seamaster. On May 24, 2019, one of the tranches was repaid due to the sale of the Ardmore Seafarer. On December 16, 2019, the loan facility was repaid in full.

 

NIBC Bank Facility

 

On September 12, 2014, one of ASC’s subsidiaries entered into a $13.5 million long-term loan facility with NIBC Bank N.V. to finance a secondhand vessel acquisition which delivered to the Company in 2014. The facility was drawn down in September 2014. Interest is calculated at a rate of LIBOR plus 2.90%. Principal repayments on the loans are made on a quarterly basis, with a balloon payment payable with the final instalment. The loan facility matures in September 2021.

 

Nordea/SEB Joint Bank Facility

 

On December 11, 2019, eight of ASC’s subsidiaries entered into a $100 million long-term loan facility and a $40 million revolving credit facility with Nordea Bank AB (publ) and Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ) to refinance existing facilities. The facility was fully drawn down in December 2019. Interest is calculated at a rate of LIBOR plus 2.4%. Principal repayments on the term loans are made on a quarterly basis, with a balloon payment payable with the final instalment. The revolving facility may be drawn down or repaid with five days’ notice. The term loan and revolving credit facility mature in December 2024.

 

ABN/CACIB Joint Bank Facility

 

On December 11, 2019, four of ASC’s subsidiaries entered into a $61.5 million long-term loan facility with ABN AMRO Bank N.V. and Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank to refinance existing facilities. Interest is calculated at a rate of LIBOR plus 2.4%. Principal repayments on the term loans are made on a quarterly basis, with a balloon payment payable with the final instalment. The loan facility matures in December 2024.

 

F-20 

 

Ardmore Shipping Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars, except for shares and as otherwise indicated)

 

5. Debt (continued)

 

ABN AMRO Revolving Facility

 

On October 24, 2017, the Company entered into a $15 million revolving credit facility with ABN AMRO to fund working capital. Interest is calculated at a rate of LIBOR plus 3.5%. Interest payments are payable on a quarterly basis. The facility matures in October 2020 with an option to extend for a further year.

 

Long-term debt financial covenants

 

The Company’s existing long-term debt facilities described above include certain covenants. The financial covenants require that the Company:

 

· maintain minimum solvency of not less than 30%;

 

·

maintain minimum cash and cash equivalents (of which at least 60% of such minimum amount is held in cash and which includes the undrawn portion of the Nordea/SEB Revolving Facility), based on the number of vessels owned and chartered-in and 5% of outstanding debt; the required minimum cash and cash equivalents as at December 31, 2019, was $21.1 million;

 

· ensure that the aggregate fair market value of the applicable vessels plus any additional collateral is, depending on the facility, no less than 130% of the debt outstanding for the facility;

 

· maintain a corporate net worth of not less than $150 million; and

 

· maintain positive working capital, excluding balloon repayments and amounts outstanding under the ABN AMRO Revolving Facility, provided that the facility has a remaining maturity of more than three months.

 

The Company was in full compliance with all of its long-term debt financial covenants as at December 31, 2019 and 2018.

 

6. Finance lease

 

As at December 31, 2019, the Company was a party, as the lessee, to six finance lease facilities. The Company’s applicable ship-owning subsidiaries have granted first-priority mortgages against the relevant vessels in favor of the lenders as security for the Company’s obligations under the finance lease facilities, which totaled 12 vessels as at December 31, 2019. (2018: 13 vessels) ASC has provided guarantees in respect of the finance lease facilities. These guarantees can be called upon following a payment default. The outstanding principal balances on each finance lease facility as at December 31, 2019 and 2018 were as follows:

 

    As at December 31  
    2019     2018  
River Hudson LLC     -       10,380,600  
Japanese Leases No.1 and 2     31,398,900       36,253,400  
Japanese Lease No.3     15,498,000       17,870,500  
CMBFL Leases No.1 to 4     79,896,836       87,496,402  
Ocean Yield ASA     61,153,740       66,563,040  
Japanese Lease No.4     23,983,699       26,061,943  
China Huarong Leases     46,717,764       51,555,997  
Finance lease obligations     258,648,939       296,181,882  
Amounts representing interest and deferred finance fees     (42,969,245 )     (54,705,784 )
Finance lease obligations, net of interest and deferred finance fees     215,679,694       241,476,098  

 

F-21 

 

Ardmore Shipping Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars, except for shares and as otherwise indicated)

 

6. Finance lease (continued)

 

    As at December 31  
    2019     2018  
Current portion of finance lease obligations     18,650,022       26,589,017  
Current portion of deferred finance fees     (674,700 )     (739,817 )
Non-current portion of finance lease obligations     200,335,437       218,985,447  
Non-current portion of deferred finance fees     (2,631,065 )     (3,358,549 )
Total finance lease obligations, net of deferred finance fees     215,679,694       241,476,098  

 

Maturity analysis of the Company’s finance lease facilities for each year are as follows:

 

    As at December 31  
    2019  
2020     26,868,097  
2021     26,523,339  
2022     26,470,805  
2023     38,028,900  
2024     24,179,292  
2025 – 2030     116,578,506  
Finance lease obligations     258,648,939  
Amounts representing interest and deferred finance fees     (42,969,245 )
Finance lease obligations, net of interest and deferred finance fees     215,679,694  

 

Assets recorded under finance leases consist of the following:

 

    As at December 31  
    2019     2018  
Vessels and vessel equipment, net of accumulated depreciation     296,708,230       310,095,004  
Deferred drydock expenditures, net of accumulated amortization     4,419,417       3,883,056  
Ballast water treatment systems, installation in progress     221,277       156,548  
Vessel held for sale     -       8,083,405  
      301,348,924       322,218,013  

 

River Hudson LLC

 

On December 22, 2016, one of ASC’s subsidiaries entered into an agreement for the sale and leaseback (under a finance lease arrangement) of the Ardmore Seatrader. The facility was drawn down in December 2016. Repayments on the lease are made on a monthly basis and include principal and interest. The finance lease is scheduled to expire in 2021 and includes a mandatory purchase obligation for the Company to repurchase the vessel, as well as a purchase option exercisable by the Company, which the Company could elect to exercise at an earlier date. On January 2, 2019, the Company exercised the purchase option and repaid the facility in full.

 

Japanese Leases No. 1 and 2

 

On May 30, 2017, two of ASC’s subsidiaries entered into an agreement for the sale and leaseback (under a finance lease arrangement) of the Ardmore Sealeader and Ardmore Sealifter, with JPV No. 7 and JPV No. 8, respectively. The facility was drawn down in May 2017. Repayments on the leases are made on a monthly basis and include principal and interest. The finance leases are scheduled to expire in 2023 and include purchase options exercisable by the Company. As part of the lease arrangement, the Company provided the purchasers with $2.9 million in the aggregate which shall be repaid at the end of the lease period, or upon the exercise of any of the purchase options. This amount is included in the consolidated balance sheets as ‘Amount receivable in respect of finance leases’ with the associated finance lease liability presented gross of the $2.9 million.

 

F-22 

 

Ardmore Shipping Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars, except for shares and as otherwise indicated)

 

6. Finance leases (continued)

 

Japanese Lease No. 3

 

On January 30, 2018, one of ASC’s subsidiaries entered into an agreement for the sale and leaseback (under a finance lease arrangement) of the Ardmore Sealancer with Neil Co., Ltd. The facility was drawn down in January 2018. Repayments on the lease are made on a monthly basis and include principal and interest. The finance lease is scheduled to expire in 2024 and includes purchase options exercisable by the Company. As part of the lease arrangement, the Company provided the purchaser with $1.4 million in the aggregate which shall be repaid at the end of the lease period, or upon the exercise of any of the purchase options. . This amount has been offset against the finance lease liability in the consolidated balance sheets, with the associated finance lease liability presented net of the $1.4 million.

 

CMBFL Leases No. 1 to 4

 

On June 26, 2018, two of ASC’s subsidiaries entered into an agreement for the sale and leaseback (under a finance lease arrangement) of the Ardmore Endurance and Ardmore Enterprise, respectively, with CMB Financial Leasing Co., Ltd (“CMBFL”). The facility was drawn down in June 2018. Interest is calculated at a rate of LIBOR plus 3.10%. Principal repayments on the leases are made on a quarterly basis. The finance leases are scheduled to expire in 2025 and include a mandatory purchase obligation for the Company to repurchase the vessels, as well as purchase options exercisable by the Company, which the Company could elect to exercise at an earlier date.

 

On October 25, 2018, two of ASC’s subsidiaries entered into an agreement for the sale and leaseback (under a finance lease arrangement) of the Ardmore Encounter and Ardmore Explorer, respectively, with CMBFL. The facility was drawn down in October 2018. Interest is calculated at a rate of LIBOR plus 3.00%. Principal repayments on the leases are made on a quarterly basis. The finance leases are scheduled to expire in 2025 and include a mandatory purchase obligation for the Company to repurchase the vessels, as well as purchase options exercisable by the Company, which the Company could elect to exercise at an earlier date.

 

Ocean Yield ASA

 

On October 25, 2018, two of ASC’s subsidiaries entered into an agreement for the sale and leaseback (under a finance lease arrangement) of the Ardmore Dauntless and Ardmore Defender, respectively with Ocean Yield ASA. The facility was drawn down in October 2018. Interest is calculated at a rate of LIBOR plus 4.50%. Principal repayments on the leases are made on a monthly basis. The finance leases are scheduled to expire in 2030 and include a mandatory purchase obligation for the Company to repurchase the vessels, as well as purchase options exercisable by the Company, which the Company could elect to exercise at an earlier date.

 

Japanese Lease No. 4

 

On November 30, 2018, one of ASC’s subsidiaries entered into an agreement for the sale and leaseback (under a finance lease arrangement), of the Ardmore Engineer with Rich Ocean Shipping. The facility was drawn down in December 2018. Interest is calculated at a rate of LIBOR plus 3.20%. Principal repayments on the lease are made on a monthly basis. The finance lease is scheduled to expire in 2029 and includes a mandatory purchase obligation for the Company to repurchase the vessel, as well as purchase options exercisable by the Company, which the Company could elect to exercise at an earlier date.

 

China Huarong Leases

 

On November 30, 2018, two of ASC’s subsidiaries entered into an agreement for the sale and leaseback (under a finance lease arrangement), of the Ardmore Seavanguard and Ardmore Exporter, respectively, with China Huarong Financial Leasing Co., Ltd (“China Huarong”). The facility was drawn down in December 2018. Interest is calculated at a rate of LIBOR plus 3.50%. Principal repayments on the leases are made on a quarterly basis. The finance leases are scheduled to expire in 2025 and include a mandatory purchase obligation for the Company to repurchase the vessels, as well as purchase options exercisable by the Company, which the Company could elect to exercise at an earlier date.

 

Finance leases financial covenants

 

Some of the Company’s existing finance lease facilities (as described above) include financial covenants which are the same, or no more onerous than, the Company’s long-term debt financial covenants described in Note 5. The Company was in full compliance with all of its finance lease related financial covenants as at December 31, 2019 and 2018.

 

F-23 

 

Ardmore Shipping Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars, except for shares and as otherwise indicated)

 

7. Operating lease

 

The Company’s consolidated balance sheets include a right-of-use asset and a corresponding liability for operating lease contracts. The discount rate used to measure the lease liability is the incremental cost of borrowing since the rate implicit in the lease cannot be determined.

 

The liabilities described below are for the Company’s offices in Cork, Ireland, Singapore, Bermuda and Houston, Texas which are denominated in various currencies. The weighted average remaining term of the office leases as at December 31, 2019 was 6.0 years. Under ASC 842, the right-of-use asset is a nonmonetary asset and is remeasured into the Company’s reporting currency of the U.S. Dollar using the exchange rate for the applicable currency as at the adoption date of ASC 842. The operating lease liability is a monetary liability and is remeasured quarterly using the current exchange rates, with changes recognized in a manner consistent with other foreign-currency-denominated liabilities in general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of comprehensive loss.

 

    As at December 31  
    2019     2018  
Operating lease, right-of-use asset     1,745,464       2,169,158  
Total operating lease, right-of-use asset     1,745,464       2,169,158  
                 
Current portion of operating lease obligations     289,231       477,147  
Non-current portion of operating lease obligations     1,182,522       1,491,507  
Total operating lease obligations     1,471,753       1,968,654  

 

    For the years ended December 31  
    2019     2018  
Foreign exchange gain on operating leases     (73,207 )     (200,504 )
Total foreign exchange gain on operating leases     (73,207 )     (200,504 )

 

As at December 31, 2019, the Company had the following maturity of operating lease obligations:

 

    As at December 31  
    2019  
2020     314,496  
2021     249,302  
2022     254,119  
2023     258,972  
2024     263,834  
2025 – 2026     314,222  
Total lease payments     1,654,945  
Less imputed interest     (183,192 )
Present value of lease liabilities     1,471,753  

 

8. Loss on sale of vessels

 

In 2017, there were no sales of vessels.

 

In November 2018, the Company agreed to terms for the sale of the Ardmore Seatrader. Effective November 2018, the Company reclassified the vessel as held for sale and ceased to depreciate the vessel. The Company exercised its purchase option on the financing transaction in January 2019 and repaid all amounts outstanding under the finance lease. The price for the subsequent sale of the vessel by the Company was $8.3 million, resulting in a loss of $6.4 million which was recognized in 2018. The vessel was delivered to the buyer in January 2019.

 

F-24 

 

Ardmore Shipping Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars, except for shares and as otherwise indicated)

 

8. Loss on sale of vessels (continued)

 

The loss on the vessel held for sale for the year ended December 31, 2018 is calculated as follows:

 

    Seatrader  
Sales proceeds     8,250,000  
Net book value of vessel     (14,444,217 )
Sales related costs     (166,596 )
Loss on vessel held for sale     (6,360,813 )

 

In February 2019, the Company agreed to terms for the sale of the Ardmore Seamaster. Effective February 1, 2019, the Company reclassified the vessel as held for sale and ceased to depreciate the vessel. The Company repaid the outstanding debt facility on the vessel in February 2019. The sales price for the vessel was $9.7 million, resulting in a loss of $6.6 million when the vessel delivered to the buyer in February 2019.

 

In May 2019, the Company agreed to terms for the sale of the Ardmore Seafarer. Effective May 7, 2019, the Company reclassified the vessel as held for sale and ceased to depreciate the vessel. The Company repaid the outstanding debt facility on the vessel in May 2019. The sales price for the vessel was $9.1 million, resulting in a loss of $6.6 million when the vessel delivered to the buyer in May 2019.

The loss on the sale of vessels for the year ended December 31, 2019 is calculated as follows:

 

    Seamaster     Seafarer     Total  
Sales proceeds     9,700,000       9,100,000       18,800,000  
Net book value of vessels     (15,979,901 )     (15,537,708 )     (31,517,609 )
Sales related costs     (289,862 )     (154,721 )     (444,583 )
Loss on sale of vessels     (6,569,763 )     (6,592,429 )     (13,162,192 )

 

9. General and administrative expenses

 

9.1. Corporate

 

    For the years ended December 31  
    2019     2018     2017  
Staff salaries     7,021,010       5,419,944       6,851,692  
Share-based compensation     2,333,091       1,636,547       457,046  
Office administration     2,512,392       2,658,087       2,538,973  
Bank charges and foreign exchange     151,411       47,142       219,910  
Auditors’ remuneration     532,600       676,600       558,600  
Other professional fees     2,014,063       2,009,200       1,280,163  
Other administration costs     387,429       178,853       72,633  
      14,951,996       12,626,373       11,979,017  

 

9.2. Commercial and chartering

 

Commercial and chartering expenses are the expenses attributable to the Company’s chartering and commercial operations departments in connection with the Company’s spot trading activities.

 

    For the years ended December 31  
    2019     2018     2017  
Staff salaries     2,221,928       2,414,574       1,934,923  
Office administration     398,569       419,773       341,219  
Other administration costs     573,721       399,541       343,606  
      3,194,218       3,233,888       2,619,748  

 

F-25 

 

Ardmore Shipping Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars, except for shares and as otherwise indicated)

 

10. Interest expense and finance costs

 

    For the years ended December 31  
    2019     2018     2017  
Interest incurred - debt     10,780,248       17,070,112       16,430,031  
Interest incurred - finance leases     13,419,326       5,667,420       1,889,609  
Amortization of deferred finance fees     2,023,279       2,400,621       2,536,402  
Write-off of deferred finance fees in relation to refinancing     536,901       2,267,455       524,123  
      26,759,754       27,405,608       21,380,165  

 

11. Income taxes

 

The components of income tax are as follows:

 

    For the years ended December 31  
    2019     2018     2017  
Current tax expenses     (58,766 )     (162,923 )     (59,567 )
Income tax expense for year     (58,766 )     (162,923 )     (59,567 )

 

The differences between income taxes expected at the Bermuda statutory income tax rate of zero percent and the reported income tax

expense are summarized as follows:

 

    For the years ended December 31  
    2019     2018     2017  
Bermuda statutory income tax rate     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.00 %
Income subject to tax in other jurisdictions     0.26 %     0.38 %     0.48 %
Effective tax rate     0.26 %     0.38 %     0.48 %

 

12. Net loss per share and dividends per share

 

Basic and diluted net loss per share is calculated by dividing the net loss available to common shareholders by the average number of common shares outstanding during the periods. Diluted earnings per share is calculated by adjusting the net earnings / (loss) available to common shareholders and the weighted average number of common shares used for calculating basic earnings / (loss) per share for the effects of all potentially dilutive shares. Such dilutive common shares are excluded when the effect would be to increase earnings per share or reduce a loss per share. 

 

    For the years ended December 31  
Numerator:   2019     2018     2017  
Net loss     (22,861,257 )     (42,939,001 )     (12,490,335 )
Denominator:                        
Weighted average number of shares outstanding     33,097,831       32,837,866       33,441,879  
Net loss per share, basic and diluted     (0.69 )     (1.31 )     (0.37 )

 

For the year ended December 31, 2019, SARs granting the right to acquire 2,544,983 shares (2018: 1,984,983, 2017: 1,343,375) were outstanding. The SARs have been excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share as they are anti-dilutive.

 

The Company did not make any payments of dividends for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017.

 

F-26 

 

Ardmore Shipping Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars, except for shares and as otherwise indicated)

 

13. Related party transactions

 

Anglo Ardmore Ship Management Limited (“AASML”)

 

AASML is a 50% joint venture entity owned in equal share by the third-party technical manager Anglo-Eastern and Ardmore Shipping (Bermuda) Limited. AASML is accounted for under the equity method of accounting. The carrying value of the investment as at December 31, 2019 and 2018 was not significant. AASML was incorporated in June 2017 and began providing technical management services exclusively to the Ardmore fleet on January 1, 2018.

 

The Company has entered into standard Baltic and International Maritime Council (“BIMCO”) ship management agreements with AASML for the provision of technical management services to 16 vessels of the Company’s fleet as at December 31, 2019 (2018: 18 vessels). AASML provides the vessels with a wide range of shipping services such as repairs and maintenance, provisioning and crewing.

 

Total management fees paid to AASML for the year ended December 31, 2019 were $3.0 million (2018: $2.8 million), which are included in vessel operating expenses in the consolidated statement of comprehensive loss. Amounts due from/(to) AASML in respect of management fees were $Nil as at December 31, 2019 (2018: $Nil). Advances to AASML for technical management services as at December 31, 2019 were $2.8 million (2018: $1.3 million) and are included in Advances and deposits in the consolidated balance sheets.

 

GA Holdings LLC

 

For the year ended December 31, 2017, in connection with the secondary public offering by GA Holdings LLC in November 2017, the Company repurchased from GA Holdings LLC 1,435,654 shares of its own common stock for $11.1 million, at a price per share equal to the price per share at which GA Holdings LLC sold shares to the underwriters in the public offering.

 

14. Share-based compensation

 

Stock appreciation rights

 

As at December 31, 2019, the Company had granted 2,550,762 SARs (inclusive of 5,779 forfeited SARs) to certain of its officers and directors under its 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

A summary of awards, simulation inputs, outputs and valuation methodology is as follows:

 

Model Inputs
Grant Date   SARs Awarded   Exercise Price   Vesting Period   Grant Price   Dividend Yield   Risk-free rate of Return   Expected Volatility   Weighted Average Fair Value @ grant date   Average Expected Exercise Life   Valuation Method
12-Mar-14   22,118   $13.66   3 yrs   $13.66   2.93%   2.06%   56.31%   $4.17   4.6 - 5.0 yrs   Monte Carlo
01-Sept-14   5,595   $13.91   3 yrs   $13.91   2.88%   2.20%   53.60%   $4.20   4.5 - 5.0 yrs   Monte Carlo
06-Mar-15   37,797   $10.25   3 yrs   $10.25   3.90%   1.90%   61.38%   $2.98   4.2 - 5.0 yrs   Monte Carlo
15-Jan-16   205,519   $9.20   3 yrs   $9.20   6.63%   1.79%   58.09%   $2.20   4.0 - 5.0 yrs   Monte Carlo
04-Apr-18   1,719,733   $7.40   3 yrs   $7.40   0%   2.51%   40.59%   $2.67   4.25 yrs   Black-Scholes
07-Mar-19   560,000   $5.10   3 yrs   $5.10   0%   2.43%   43.65%   $2.00   4.5 yrs   Black-Scholes

 

Changes in the SARs for the year ended December 31, 2019 are set forth below:

 

    No. of SARs     Weighted average exercise price  
Balance as at January 1, 2019     1,984,983     $ 7.72  
SARs granted during the twelve months ended December 31, 2019     560,000     $ 5.10  
SARs forfeited during the twelve months ended December 31, 2019     -       -  
Balance as at December 31, 2019 (none of which are exercisable or convertible)     2,544,983     $ 7.14  

 

F-27 

 

Ardmore Shipping Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars, except for shares and as otherwise indicated)

 

14. Share-based compensation (continued)

 

Stock appreciation rights (continued)

 

The total cost related to non-vested awards expected to be recognized through 2022 is set forth below:

 

Period   TOTAL  
2020     1,262,129  
2021     373,333  
2022     62,222  
      1,697,684  

 

Restricted stock units

 

As at December 31, 2019, the Company had granted 322,106 RSUs to certain of its officers and directors under its 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

A summary of awards is as follows:

 

Grant Date   RSUs Awarded   Service Period   Grant Price
02-Jan-19   176,659   2 years   $4.64
07-Mar-19   86,210   3 years   $5.10
28-May-19   59,237   1 year   $7.47

 

Changes in the RSUs for the year ended December 31, 2019 is set forth below:

 

    No. of RSUs     Weighted average fair value at grant date  
Balance as at January 1, 2019     -       -  
RSUs granted during the twelve months ended December 31, 2019     322,106     $ 5.28  
Balance as at December 31, 2019 (none of which are vested)     322,106     $ 5.28  

 

The total cost related to non-vested awards expected to be recognized through 2022 is set forth below:

 

Period   TOTAL  
2020     740,781  
2021     146,557  
2022     24,426  
      911,764  

 

Dividend equivalent rights

 

As at December 31, 2019, the Company had granted 1,146,517 DERs to certain of its officers and directors under its 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

A summary of awards, simulation inputs, outputs and valuation methodology is as follows:

 

Model Inputs
Grant Date   DERs Awarded  

Service

Period

  Fair Value   Dividend Yield   Risk-free rate of Return   Expected Volatility   Valuation Method
04-Nov-19   1,146,517   2 yrs   $0.49   2.93%   2.06%   30.22%   Monte Carlo

 

F-28 

 

Ardmore Shipping Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars, except for shares and as otherwise indicated)

 

14. Share-based compensation (continued)

 

Dividend equivalent rights (continued)

 

Changes in the DERs for the year ended December 31, 2019 is set forth below:

 

    No. of DERs     Weighted average fair value at grant date  
Balance as at January 1, 2019     -       -  
DERs granted during the twelve months ended December 31, 2019     1,146,517     $ 0.49  
Balance as at December 31, 2019 (none of which are vested)     1,146,517     $ 0.49  

 

The total cost related to non-vested awards expected to be recognized through 2021 is set forth below:

 

Period   TOTAL  
2020     280,897  
2021     234,080  
      514,977  

 

15. Repurchase of common stock

 

On August 31, 2017, the Company announced that the board of directors had terminated the previous share repurchase plan and approved a new share repurchase plan (the “New Plan”), which authorizes the Company to repurchase up to $25 million of shares of its common stock through August 31, 2020. The Company may repurchase these shares in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions, at times and prices that are considered to be appropriate by the Company, but the Company is not obligated under the terms of the New Plan to repurchase any shares, and at any time the Company may suspend, delay or discontinue the New Plan.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company repurchased 1,435,654 common shares at a weighted-average price of approximately $7.72 per share for a total of approximately $11.1 million from GA Holdings LLC, formerly the Company’s largest shareholder. The repurchase was conducted outside of the New Plan. 

 

During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, no shares were repurchased.

 

16. Subsequent events

 

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through April 2, 2020, the date these financial statements were available to be issued, for both conditions existing and not existing at December 31, 2019 and concluded there were no subsequent events to recognize in the financial statements.

 

On February 11, 2020, Ardmore announced that its Board of Directors declared a cash dividend of $0.05 per share for the quarter ended December 31, 2019. The cash dividend of $1.7 million was paid on February 28, 2020 to all shareholders of record on February 21, 2020.

 

On March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization declared the recent novel coronavirus (“COVID-19”) outbreak a pandemic. In response to the outbreak, many countries, ports and organizations, including those where the Company conducts a large part of its operations, have implemented measures to combat the outbreak, such as quarantines and travel restrictions. Such measures have caused and will likely continue to cause severe trade disruptions. The extent to which COVID-19 will impact the Company's results of operations and financial condition, including possible impairments, will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted, including new information which may emerge concerning the severity of the virus and the actions to contain or treat its impact, among others. Accordingly, an estimate of the impact cannot be made at this time.

 

F-29 

 

 

Exhibit 2.2

 

DESCRIPTION OF THE REGISTRANT’S SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

As of December 31, 2019, Ardmore Shipping Corporation (“we,” “us” and “our”) had one class of securities registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”): our common stock, par value $0.01 per share.

 

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

 

The following description is a summary of the material provisions of our capital stock, including the rights, preferences and restrictions attaching to each class of stock. Because the following is a summary, it does not contain all information that an investor may find useful. For more complete information, please read our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws, each of which is incorporated by reference as an exhibit to the Annual Report on Form 20-F of which this Exhibit 2.2 is a part.

 

Authorized Capital Stock

 

Under our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, our authorized capital stock consists of 225,000,000 common shares, par value $0.01 per share, of which 35,019,232 shares were issued and 33,097,831 were outstanding as of December 31, 2019, and 25,000,000 preferred shares, par value $0.01 per share, of which no shares are issued and outstanding.

 

Common Shares

 

Each outstanding common share entitles the holder to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders. Subject to any preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding preferred shares, holders of common shares are entitled to receive ratably all dividends, if any, declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available for dividends. Upon our dissolution or liquidation or the sale of all or substantially all of our assets, after payment in full of all amounts required to be paid to creditors and to the holders of preferred shares having liquidation preferences, if any, the holders of our common shares are entitled to receive pro rata our remaining assets available for distribution. Holders of common shares do not have conversion, redemption or pre-emptive rights to subscribe for any of our securities. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of common shares are subject to the rights of the holders of any preferred shares, which we may issue in the future.

 

Preferred Shares

 

Our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation authorize our board of directors to establish one or more series of preferred shares and to determine, with respect to any series of preferred shares, the terms and rights of that series, including:

 

· the designation of the series;

 

· the number of shares of the series;

 

· the preferences and relative, participating, option or other special rights, if any, and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such series; and

 

· the voting rights, if any, of the holders of the series.

 

Limitations

 

There are no limitations on the rights to own our securities, including the rights of non-resident or foreign shareholders to hold or exercise voting rights on the securities, imposed by the laws of the Republic of The Marshall Islands or by our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation or Amended and Restated Bylaws.

 

Registrar and Transfer Agent

 

The registrar and transfer agent for our common shares is Computershare Trust Company N.A.

 

Listing

 

Our common shares are currently listed on the NYSE under the symbol “ASC.”

 

 

 

 

Anti-takeover Effect of Certain Provisions of Our Organizational Documents

 

Several provisions of our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws, which are summarized below, may have anti-takeover effects. These provisions are intended to avoid costly takeover battles, lessen our vulnerability to a hostile change of control and enhance the ability of our board of directors to maximize shareholder value in connection with any unsolicited offer to acquire us. However, these anti-takeover provisions, which are summarized below, could also discourage, delay or prevent (a) the merger or acquisition of us by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or otherwise that a shareholder may consider in its best interest or (b) the removal of incumbent officers and directors.

 

Blank Check Preferred Shares

 

Under the terms of our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, our board of directors has authority, without any further vote or action by our shareholders, to issue up to 25,000,000 blank check preferred shares. Our board of directors may issue preferred shares on terms calculated to discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of us or the removal of our management.

 

Election and Removal of Directors

 

Our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation prohibit cumulative voting in the election of directors. Our Amended and Restated Bylaws require parties other than the board of directors to give advance written notice of nominations for the election of directors. Our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation also provide that our directors may be removed only for cause upon the affirmative vote of not less than two-thirds of the outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote for those directors. These provisions may discourage, delay or prevent the removal of incumbent officers and directors.

 

Classified Board of Directors

 

Our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation provide for the division of our board of directors into three classes of directors, with each class as nearly equal in number as possible, serving staggered three-year terms. Accordingly, approximately one-third of our board of directors generally will be elected each year. This classified board provision could discourage a third party from making a tender offer for our shares or attempting to obtain control of us. It could also delay shareholders who do not agree with the policies of our board of directors from removing a majority of our board of directors for two years.

 

Limited Actions by Shareholders

 

Our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation and our Amended and Restated Bylaws provide that any action required or permitted to be taken by our shareholders must be effected at an annual or special meeting of shareholders or by the unanimous written consent of our shareholders. Our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation and our Amended and Restated Bylaws provide that, unless otherwise prescribed by law, only a majority of our board of directors, the chair of our board of directors or the president of the Company may call special meetings of our shareholders and the business transacted at the special meeting is limited to the purposes stated in the notice. Accordingly, a shareholder may be prevented from calling a special meeting for shareholder consideration of a proposal over the opposition of our board of directors and shareholder consideration of a proposal may be delayed until the next annual meeting.

 

 

Advance Notice Requirements for Shareholder Proposals and Director Nominations

 

Our Amended and Restated Bylaws provide that shareholders seeking to nominate candidates for election as directors or to bring business before an annual meeting of shareholders must provide timely notice of their proposal in writing to the corporate secretary. Generally, to be timely, a shareholder’s notice must be received at our principal executive offices not less than 120 days nor more than 150 days prior to the one-year anniversary of the immediately preceding annual meeting of shareholders. Our Amended and Restated Bylaws also specify requirements as to the form and content of a shareholder’s notice. These provisions may impede shareholders’ ability to bring matters before an annual meeting of shareholders or make nominations for directors at an annual meeting of shareholders.

 

Business Combinations

 

Although the BCA does not contain specific provisions regarding “business combinations” between companies organized under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands and “interested shareholders,” we have included these provisions in our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation. Specifically, our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation prohibit us from engaging in a “business combination” with certain persons for three years following the date the person becomes an “interested shareholder.”

 

 

 

 

Interested shareholders generally include:

 

· any person who is the beneficial owner of 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock; or

 

· any person who is our affiliate or associate and who held 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock at any time within three years before the date on which the person’s status as an interested shareholder is determined, and the affiliates and associates of such person.

 

Subject to certain exceptions, a business combination includes, among other things:

 

· certain mergers or consolidations of us or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of ours;

 

· any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition of our assets or of any subsidiary of ours having an aggregate market value equal to 10% or more of either the aggregate market value of all of our assets, determined on a combined basis, or the aggregate value of all of our outstanding stock;

 

· certain transactions that result in the issuance or transfer by us of any stock of ours to the interested shareholder;

 

· any transaction involving us or any of our subsidiaries that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of any class or series of stock, or securities convertible into any class or series of stock, of ours or any such subsidiary that is owned directly or indirectly by the interested shareholder or any affiliate or associate of the interested shareholder; and

 

· any receipt by the interested shareholder of the benefit directly or indirectly (except proportionately as a shareholder) of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through us.

 

These provisions of our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation do not apply to a business combination if:

 

· before a person became an interested shareholder, our board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction in which the shareholder became an interested shareholder;

 

· upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the shareholder becoming an interested shareholder, the interested shareholder owned at least 85% of our voting stock outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, other than certain excluded shares;

 

· at or following the transaction in which the person became an interested shareholder, the business combination is approved by our board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of shareholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of our outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interest shareholder;

 

· the shareholder was or became an interested shareholder prior to the closing of our initial public offering;

 

· a shareholder became an interested shareholder inadvertently and (i) as soon as practicable divested itself of ownership of sufficient shares so that the shareholder ceased to be an interested shareholder; and (ii) would not, at any time within the three-year period immediately prior to a business combination between us and such shareholder, have been an interested shareholder but for the inadvertent acquisition of ownership; or

 

· the business combination is proposed prior to the consummation or abandonment of and subsequent to the earlier of the public announcement or the notice required under our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation which (i) constitutes one of the transactions described in the following sentence; (ii) is with or by a person who either was not an interested shareholder during the previous three years or who became an interested shareholder with the approval of the board; and (iii) is approved or not opposed by a majority of the members of the board of directors then in office (but not less than one) who were directors prior to any person becoming an interested shareholder during the previous three years or were recommended for election or elected to succeed such directors by a majority of such directors. The proposed transactions referred to in the preceding sentence are limited to:

 

(i) a merger or consolidation of us (except for a merger in respect of which, pursuant to the BCA, no vote of our shareholders is required);

 

(ii) a sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions), whether as part of a dissolution or otherwise, of assets of us or of any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of ours (other than to any direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary or to us) having an aggregate market value equal to 50% or more of either the aggregate market value of all of our assets determined on a consolidated basis or the aggregate market value of all the outstanding shares; or

 

(iii) a proposed tender or exchange offer for 50% or more of our outstanding voting stock.

 

 

 

 

MARSHALL ISLANDS COMPANY CONSIDERATIONS

 

Our corporate affairs are governed by our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws and by the BCA. The provisions of the BCA resemble provisions of the corporation laws of a number of states in the United States. While the BCA also provides that it is to be interpreted according to the laws of the State of Delaware and other states with substantially similar legislative provisions, there have been few, if any, court cases interpreting the BCA in the Marshall Islands and we cannot predict whether Marshall Islands courts would reach the same conclusions as courts in the United States. As a result, you may have more difficulty protecting your interests in the face of actions by our management, directors or controlling shareholders than would shareholders of a corporation incorporated in a U.S. jurisdiction which has developed a substantial body of case law. The following table provides a comparison between the statutory provisions of the BCA and the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware relating to shareholders’ rights.

 

Marshall Islands     Delaware
Shareholders’ Voting Rights
Unless otherwise provided in the articles of incorporation, any action required to be taken at a meeting of shareholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by all the shareholders entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof, or if the articles of incorporation so provide, by the holders of outstanding shares having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.  

Any action required to be taken at a meeting of shareholders may be taken without a meeting if a consent for such action is in writing and is signed by shareholders having not fewer than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

   
Any person authorized to vote may authorize another person or persons to act for him by proxy.   Any person authorized to vote may authorize another person or persons to act for him by proxy.
 
Unless otherwise provided in the articles of incorporation or bylaws, a majority of shares entitled to vote constitutes a quorum. In no event shall a quorum consist of fewer than one-third of the shares entitled to vote at a meeting.   For stock corporations, the certificate of incorporation or bylaws may specify the number of shares required to constitute a quorum but in no event shall a quorum consist of less than one-third of shares entitled to vote at a meeting. In the absence of such specifications, a majority of shares entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum.
   
When a quorum is once present to organize a meeting, it is not broken by the subsequent withdrawal of any shareholders.   When a quorum is once present to organize a meeting, it is not broken by the subsequent withdrawal of any shareholders.
   
The articles of incorporation may provide for cumulative voting in the election of directors.   The certificate of incorporation may provide for cumulative voting in the election of directors.
 
Merger or Consolidation
Any two or more domestic corporations may merge into a single corporation if approved by the board and if authorized by a majority vote of the holders of outstanding shares at a shareholder meeting.   Any two or more corporations existing under the laws of the state may merge into a single corporation pursuant to a board resolution and upon the majority vote by shareholders of each constituent corporation at an annual or special meeting.
   
Any sale, lease, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all the assets of a corporation, if not made in the corporation’s usual or regular course of business, once approved by the board, shall be authorized by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the shares of those entitled to vote at a shareholder meeting.   Every corporation may at any meeting of the board sell, lease or exchange all or substantially all of its property and assets as its board deems expedient and for the best interests of the corporation when so authorized by a resolution adopted by the holders of a majority of the outstanding stock of the corporation entitled to vote.
   

 

 

 

 

Marshall Islands     Delaware
Any domestic corporation owning at least 90% of the outstanding shares of each class of another domestic corporation may merge such other corporation into itself without the authorization of the shareholders of any corporation.   Any corporation owning at least 90% of the outstanding shares of each class of another corporation may merge the other corporation into itself and assume all of its obligations without the vote or consent of shareholders; however, in case the parent corporation is not the surviving corporation, the proposed merger shall be approved by a majority of the outstanding stock of the parent corporation entitled to vote at a duly called shareholder meeting.
   
Any mortgage, pledge of or creation of a security interest in all or any part of the corporate property may be authorized without the vote or consent of the shareholders, unless otherwise provided for in the articles of incorporation.   Any mortgage or pledge of a corporation’s property and assets may be authorized without the vote or consent of shareholders, except to the extent that the certificate of incorporation otherwise provides.
 
Directors
The board of directors must consist of at least one member.   The board of directors must consist of at least one member.
   
The number of board members may be changed by an amendment to the bylaws, by the shareholders, or by action of the board under the specific provisions of a bylaw.   The number of board members shall be fixed by, or in a manner provided by, the bylaws, unless the certificate of incorporation fixes the number of directors, in which case a change in the number shall be made only by an amendment to the certificate of incorporation.
     
If the board is authorized to change the number of directors, it can only do so by a majority of the entire board and so long as no decrease in the number shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.   If the number of directors is fixed by the certificate of incorporation, a change in the number shall be made only by an amendment of the certificate.
   
Removal:   Removal:
     
Any or all of the directors may be removed for cause by vote of the shareholders.   Any or all of the directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote unless the certificate of incorporation otherwise provides.
   
If the articles of incorporation or the bylaws so provide, any or all of the directors may be removed without cause by vote of the shareholders.   In the case of a classified board, shareholders may effect removal of any or all directors only for cause.

 

 

 

 

Marshall Islands     Delaware
Dissenters’ Rights of Appraisal
Shareholders have a right to dissent from any plan of merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all assets not made in the usual course of business, and receive payment of the fair value of their shares. However, the right of a dissenting shareholder under the BCA to receive payment of the appraised fair value of his shares shall not be available for the shares of any class or series of stock, which shares or depository receipts in respect thereof, at the record date fixed to determine the shareholders entitled to receive notice of and to vote at the meeting of the shareholders to act upon the agreement of merger or consolidation, were either (i) listed on a securities exchange or admitted for trading on an interdealer quotation system or (ii) held of record by more than 2,000 holders. The right of a dissenting shareholder to receive payment of the fair value of his or her shares shall not be available for any shares of stock of the constituent corporation surviving a merger if the merger did not require for its approval the vote of the shareholders of the surviving corporation.   Appraisal rights shall be available for the shares of any class or series of stock of a corporation in a merger or consolidation, subject to limited exceptions, such as a merger or consolidation of corporations listed on a national securities exchange in which listed stock is offered for consideration is (i) listed on a national securities exchange or (ii) held of record by more than 2,000 holders.
   
A holder of any adversely affected shares who does not vote on or consent in writing to an amendment to the articles of incorporation has the right to dissent and to receive payment for such shares if the amendment:    
   
·      Alters or abolishes any preferential right of any outstanding shares having preference; or    
   
·      Creates, alters, or abolishes any provision or right in respect to the redemption of any outstanding shares; or    
   
·      Alters or abolishes any preemptive right of such holder to acquire shares or other securities; or    
   
·      Excludes or limits the right of such holder to vote on any matter, except as such right may be limited by the voting rights given to new shares then being authorized of any existing or new class.    
 
Shareholder’s Derivative Actions
An action may be brought in the right of a corporation to procure a judgment in its favor, by a holder of shares or of voting trust certificates or of a beneficial interest in such shares or certificates. It shall be made to appear that the plaintiff is such a holder at the time of bringing the action and that he was such a holder at the time of the transaction of which he complains, or that his shares or his interest therein devolved upon him by operation of law.     In any derivative suit instituted by a shareholder of a corporation, it shall be averred in the complaint that the plaintiff was a shareholder of the corporation at the time of the transaction of which he complains or that such shareholder’s stock thereafter devolved upon such shareholder by operation of law.
   
A complaint shall set forth with particularity the efforts of the plaintiff to secure the initiation of such action by the board or the reasons for not making such effort.   Other requirements regarding derivative suits have been created by judicial decision, including that a shareholder may not bring a derivative suit unless he or she first demands that the corporation sue on its own behalf and that demand is refused (unless it is shown that such demand would have been futile).

 

 

 

 

Marshall Islands     Delaware
Such action shall not be discontinued, compromised or settled, without the approval of the High Court of the Republic of the Marshall Islands.    
   
Reasonable expenses including attorney’s fees may be awarded if the action is successful.    
   
A corporation may require a plaintiff bringing a derivative suit to give security for reasonable expenses if the plaintiff owns less than 5% of any class of outstanding shares or holds voting trust certificates or a beneficial interest in shares representing less than 5% of any class of such shares and the shares, voting trust certificates or beneficial interest of such plaintiff has a fair value of $50,000 or less.    

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 4.2

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

Dated 11 December 2019

 

$61,462,500

TERM LOAN FACILITY 

FITZROY SHIPCO LLC

BAILEY SHIPCO LLC 

CROMARTY SHIPCO LLC

DOGGER SHIPCO LLC

 

as joint and several Borrowers

and Hedge Guarantors

 

and

 

ARDMORE SHIPPING LLC 

as Corporate Guarantor

 

and

 

ARDMORE SHIPPING CORPORATION 

as Parent Guarantor

 

and

 

THE BANKS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS 

listed in Schedule 1, Part B

as Lenders

 

and

 

THE BANKS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS 

listed in Schedule 1, Part B

as Hedge Counterparties

 

and

 

ABN AMRO BANK N.V.

CRÉDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANK 

as Mandated Lead Arrangers

 

and

 

CRÉDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANK 

as Facility Agent

 

and

 

CRÉDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANK 

as Security Agent

 

FACILITY AGREEMENT

 

relating to

the refinancing of m.ts. “ARDMORE SEAVALIANT”, “ARDMORE SEAVENTURE”, “ARDMORE

CHEROKEE” and “ARDMORE CHEYENNE”

 

WATSON FARLEY

&

WILLIAMS

 

 

 

 

Index
Clause Page
     
Section 1 Interpretation 5
1 Definitions and Interpretation 5
Section 2 The Facility 31
2 The Facility 31
3 Purpose 31
4 Conditions of Utilisation 31
Section 3 Utilisation 33
5 Utilisation 33
Section 4 Repayment, Prepayment and Cancellation 35
6 Repayment 35
7 Payment and Cancellation 35
Section 5 Costs of Utilisation 41
8 Interest 41
9 Interest Periods 44
10 Changes to the Calculation of Interest 45
11 Fees 46
Section 6 Additional Payment Obligations 47
12 Tax Gross Up and Indemnities 47
13 Increased Costs 51
14 Other Indemnities 53
15 Mitigation by the Finance Parties 55
16 Costs and Expenses 56
Section 7 Guarantees and Joint and Several Liability of Guarantors and the Borrowers 57
17 Guarantee and Indemnity – Guarantors 57
18 Joint and Several Liability of the Guarantors 59
19 Joint and Several Liability of the Borrowers 61
Section 8 Guarantee and Indemnity - Hedge Guarantors 64
20 Guarantee and Indemnity – Hedge Guarantors 64
Section 9 Representations, Undertakings and Events of Default 67
21 Representations 67
22 Information Undertakings 73
23 Financial Covenants 77
24 General Undertakings 80
25 Insurance Undertakings 86
26 Ship Undertakings 92
27 Security Cover 98
28 Application of Earnings 100
29 Events of Default 101
Section 10 Changes to Parties 105
30 Changes to the Lenders 105
31 Changes to the Obligors 110
Section 11 The Finance Parties 111
32 The Facility Agent and the Mandated Lead Arrangers 111
33 The Security Agent 118
34 Conduct of Business by the Finance Parties 130
35 Sharing Among the Finance Parties 130

 

 

 

 

Section 12 Administration 132
36 Payment Mechanics 132
37 Set-Off 135
38 Bail-In 136
39 Notices 136
40 Calculations and Certificates 138
41 Partial Invalidity 138
42 Remedies and Waivers 139
43 Settlement or Discharge Conditional 139
44 Irrevocable Payment 139
45 Amendments and Waivers 139
46 Confidentiality 142
47 Counterparts 146
Section 13 Governing Law and Enforcement 147
48 Governing Law 147
49 Enforcement 147
     
Schedules  
     
Schedule 1 The Parties 148
  Part A The Obligors 148
  Part B The Original Lenders 150
  Part C The Servicing Parties 152
Schedule 2 Conditions Precedent 153
  Part A Conditions Precedent to Initial Utilisation Request 153
  Part B Conditions Precedent to Utilisation of an Advance 155
Schedule 3 Requests 157
  Part A Utilisation Request 157
  Part B Selection Notice 159
Schedule 4 Form of Transfer Certificate 161
Schedule 5 Form of Assignment Agreement 163
Schedule 6 Form of Compliance Certificate 165
Schedule 7 List of Approved Valuers 166
Schedule 8 Timetables 167
     
Execution  
     
Execution Pages 168
     

 

 

 

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

THIS AGREEMENT is made on 11 December 2019

 

PARTIES

 

(1) FITZROY SHIPCO LLC, BAILEY SHIPCO LLC, CROMARTY SHIPCO LLC and DOGGER SHIPCO LLC each a limited liability company formed in the Republic of the Marshall Islands whose registered address is at The Trust Company of the Marshall Islands, Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH 96960 as joint and several borrowers (together the “Borrowers” and each a “Borrower”)

 

(2) ARDMORE SHIPPING LLC, a limited liability company formed in the Republic of the Marshall Islands whose registered address is at The Trust Company of the Marshall Islands, Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH 96960 as a guarantor (the “Corporate Guarantor”)

 

(3) ARDMORE SHIPPING CORPORATION, a corporation incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands whose registered address is at The Trust Company of the Marshall Islands, Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH 96960 as a guarantor (the “Parent Guarantor”)

 

(4) THE COMPANIES listed in Part A (The Obligors) of Schedule 1 (The Parties) as hedge guarantors (the “Hedge Guarantors”)

 

(5) ABN AMRO BANK N.V. and CRÉDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANK as mandated lead arrangers (the “Mandated Lead Arrangers”)

 

(6) THE BANKS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Part B of Schedule 1 (The Parties) as lenders (the “Original Lenders”)

 

(7) THE BANKS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Part B of Schedule 1 (The Parties) as hedge counterparties (the “Hedge Counterparties”)

 

(8) CRÉDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANK, acting in such capacity through its office at 12 place des Etats-Unis, CS70052, 92547, Montrouge Cedex, France as agent for the other Finance Parties (the “Facility Agent”)

 

(9) CRÉDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANK, acting in such capacity through its office at 12 place des Etats-Unis, CS70052, 92547, Montrouge Cedex, France as security agent for the Secured Parties (the “Security Agent”)

 

BACKGROUND

 

(A) The Lenders have agreed to make available to the Borrowers a term loan facility of up to $61,462,500 for the purposes of refinancing the Existing Indebtedness and for general corporate purposes in a principal amount not exceeding the lower of (i) $61,462,500 and (ii) 55 per cent. of the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Ships.

 

(B) The Hedge Counterparties may enter into interest rate swap transactions with the Borrowers from time to time to hedge the Borrowers’ exposure under this Agreement to interest rate fluctuations.

 

 

 

 

SECTION 1

 

INTERPRETATION

 

1             DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1          Definitions

 

In this Agreement:

 

Account Bank” means Nordea Bank Abp, filial i Norge acting through its office at Essendropsgate 7, 0368 Oslo, Norway or any other bank acceptable to the Majority Lenders.

 

Account Security” means a document creating Security over any Earnings Account in agreed form.

 

Advance” means a borrowing of all or part of the Facility under this Agreement.

 

Affected Lender” has the meaning given to it in Clause 10.2 (Market disruption).

 

Affiliate” means, in relation to any person, a Subsidiary of that person or a Holding Company of that person or any other Subsidiary of that Holding Company.

 

Annex VI” means Annex VI of the Protocol of 1997 to amend the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships 1973 (Marpol), as modified by the Protocol of 1978 relating thereto.

 

Anti-Corruption Laws” means the England and Wales Bribery Act 2010, the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act 1977 or other applicable anti-corruption legislation in any other jurisdictions.

 

Approved Brokers” means such insurance companies and/or underwriters or, in the case of war risks and protection and indemnity risks, war risks and protection and indemnity risks associations as have been approved by the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders in writing in advance.

 

Approved Classification” means as at the date of this Agreement:

 

(a) in relation to Ship A and Ship B, +A1, (E) OIL/CHEMICAL CARRIER SHIP TYPE 2, ESP, +AMS, +ACCU, CPS, CSR, AB-CM; and

 

(b) in relation to Ship C and Ship D, +A1, Chemical Carrier, Oil Carrier, + AMS, + ACCU, VEC, BWT, CPS, CRC, ESP, UWILD,

 

with the Approved Classification Society.

 

Approved Classification Society” means, in relation to a Ship, as at the date of this Agreement, DNV GL, Bureau Veritas, Lloyds Register of Shipping, American Bureau of Shipping, Nippon Kaiji Kyokai or any other classification society which is a member of the International Association of Classification Societies approved in writing by the Facility Agent acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders.

 

Approved Commercial Manager” means, in relation to a Ship, Ardmore Shipping (Bermuda) Limited, a Subsidiary of Ardmore Shipping (Bermuda) Limited, or any other person approved in writing by the Facility Agent acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, as the commercial manager of that Ship and, for the avoidance of doubt this shall include Ardmore MR Pool LLC or any pool manager (which shall be an Affiliate of Ardmore MR Pool LLC) under a Pool Agreement (if any), in relation to a Ship which may be approved by the Facility Agent acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders.

 

5

 

 

Approved Flag” means, in relation to a Ship, Marshall Islands, or such other flag approved in writing by the Facility Agent acting with the authorisation of all the Lenders.

 

Approved Manager” means, in relation to a Ship, the Approved Commercial Manager or the Approved Technical Manager of that Ship.

 

Approved Technical Manager” means, in relation to a Ship, Anglo Ardmore Ship Management Limited or an Affiliate of Anglo Ardmore Ship Management Limited, Anglo-Eastern Investment Holdings Ltd or an Affiliate of Anglo-Eastern Investment Holdings Ltd, Thome Ship Management Pte. Ltd. or an Affiliate of Thome Ship Management Pte. Ltd., Ardmore Shipping (Bermuda) Limited, a Subsidiary of Ardmore Shipping (Bermuda) Limited, or any other person agreed between the Borrowers and the Majority Lenders.

 

Approved Valuer” means, in relation to a Ship, at any time during the Security Period, any of the firms listed in Schedule 7 (List of Approved Valuers) or any other firm or firms of shipbrokers approved in writing by the Facility Agent acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders.

 

Article 55 BRRD” means Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU establishing a framework for the recovery and resolution of credit institutions and investment firms.

 

Assignment Agreement” means an agreement substantially in the form set out in Schedule 5 (Form of Assignment Agreement) or any other form agreed between the relevant assignor and assignee.

 

Authorisation” means an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, notarisation, legalisation or registration.

 

Availability Period” means the period from and including the date of this Agreement to and including 31 December 2019.

 

Available Commitment” means a Lender’s Commitment minus:

 

(a) the amount of its participation in the outstanding Loan; and

 

(b) in relation to any proposed Utilisation, the amount of its participation in any Advance that is due to be made on or before the proposed Utilisation Date.

 

Available Facility” means the aggregate for the time being of each Lender’s Available Commitment.

 

Bail-In Action” means the exercise of any Write-down and Conversion Powers.

 

6

 

 

Bail-In Legislation” means:

 

(a) in relation to an EEA Member Country which has implemented, or which at any time implements, Article 55 BRRD, the relevant implementing law or regulation as described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time; and

 

(b) in relation to any state other than such an EEA Member Country or (to the extent that the United Kingdom is not such an EEA Member Country) the United Kingdom, any analogous law or regulation from time to time which requires contractual recognition of any Write-down and Conversion Powers contained in that law or regulation.

 

BASEL III” means:

 

(a) the agreements on capital requirements, a leverage ratio and liquidity standards contained in “Basel III: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems”, “Basel III: International framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring” and “Guidance for national authorities operating the countercyclical capital buffer” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2010, each as amended, supplemented or restated;

 

(b) the rules for global systemically important banks contained in “Global systemically important banks: assessment methodology and the additional loss absorbency requirement - Rules text” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in November 2011, as amended, supplemented or restated; and

 

(c) any further guidance or standards published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision relating to “Basel III”.

 

Borrower A” means Fitzroy Shipco LLC, being a limited liability company formed in the Republic of the Marshall Islands whose registered address is at the Trust Company of the Marshall Islands, Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH 96960.

 

Borrower B” means Bailey Shipco LLC, being a limited liability company formed in the Republic of the Marshall Islands whose registered address is at the Trust Company of the Marshall Islands, Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH 96960.

 

Borrower C” means Cromarty Shipco LLC, being a limited liability company formed in the Republic of the Marshall Islands whose registered address is at the Trust Company of the Marshall Islands, Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH 96960.

 

Borrower D” means Dogger Shipco LLC, being a limited liability company formed in the Republic of the Marshall Islands whose registered address is at the Trust Company of the Marshall Islands, Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH 96960.

 

Blocking Law” means:

 

(a) any provision of Council Regulation (EC) No 2271/1996 of 22 November 1996 (or any law or regulation implementing such Regulation in any member state of the European Union or the United Kingdom); or

 

(b) any similar blocking or anti-boycott law applicable to that Finance Party.

 

7

 

 

Break Costs” means the amount (if any) by which:

 

(a) the interest which a Lender should have received for the period from the date of receipt of all or any part of its participation in the Loan or Unpaid Sum to the last day of the current Interest Period in relation to the Loan or Unpaid Sum, had the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received been paid on the last day of that Interest Period;

 

exceeds

 

(b) the amount which that Lender would be able to obtain by placing an amount equal to the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received by it on deposit with a leading bank in the Relevant Interbank Market for a period starting on the Business Day following receipt or recovery and ending on the last day of the current Interest Period.

 

Business Day” means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in London, Cork, Paris, Amsterdam, Singapore and New York.

 

CACIB Earnings Account” means, in relation to a Borrower, an account in the name of that Borrower with Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank in Paris.

 

CACIB Earnings Account Pledge” means a document creating Security over a CACIB Earnings Account in agreed form.

 

Carbon Intensity and Climate Alignment Certificate” means a certificate from a Recognised Organisation relating to a Ship and a calendar year setting out:

 

(a) the average efficiency ratio of that Ship for all voyages performed by it over that calendar year using ship fuel oil consumption data required to be collected and reported in accordance with Regulation 22A of Annex VI in respect of that calendar year; and

 

(b) the climate alignment of that Ship for such calendar year:

 

in each case as calculated in accordance with the Poseidon Principles.

 

Change in Ultimate Beneficial Owner” means, in respect of an Obligor, any event by which a private individual (i) acquires the legal and/or beneficial ownership (directly or indirectly) of 25 per cent. or more of the issued share capital of that Obligor or (ii) acquires the power (whether by way of ownership of shares, proxy, contract, agency or otherwise) to (directly or indirectly) cast, or control the casting of, 25 per cent. or more of the votes that might be cast at a general meeting of that Obligor or (iii) gains effective control over that Obligor (such private individual being referred to as the “Ultimate Beneficial Owner”).

 

Charged Property” means all of the assets which from time to time are, or are expressed to be, the subject of the Transaction Security.

 

Charter” means, in relation to a Ship, any charter relating to that Ship, or other contract for its employment, whether or not already in existence.

 

Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

 

8

 

 

Commitment” means:

 

(a) in relation to an Original Lender, the amount set opposite its name under the heading “Commitment” in Part B of Schedule 1 (The Parties) and the amount of any other Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement; and

 

(b) in relation to any other Lender, the amount of any Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement,

 

to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement.

 

Compliance Certificate” means a certificate in the form set out in Schedule 6 (Form of Compliance Certificate) or in any other form agreed between the Parent Guarantor and the Facility Agent.

 

Confidential Information” means all information relating to any Transaction Obligor, the Group, the Finance Documents or the Facility of which a Finance Party becomes aware in its capacity as, or for the purpose of becoming, a Finance Party or which is received by a Finance Party in relation to, or for the purpose of becoming a Finance Party under, the Finance Documents or the Facility from either:

 

(a) any member of the Group or any of its advisers; or

 

(b) another Finance Party, if the information was obtained by that Finance Party directly or indirectly from any member of the Group or any of its advisers,

 

in whatever form, and includes information given orally and any document, electronic file or any other way of representing or recording information which contains or is derived or copied from such information but excludes information that:

 

(i) is or becomes public information other than as a direct or indirect result of any breach by that Finance Party of Clause 46 (Confidentiality); or

 

(ii) is identified in writing at the time of delivery as non-confidential by any member of the Group or any of its advisers; or

 

(iii) is known by that Finance Party before the date the information is disclosed to it in accordance with paragraphs (a) or (b) above or is lawfully obtained by that Finance Party after that date, from a source which is, as far as that Finance Party is aware, unconnected with the Group and which, in either case, as far as that Finance Party is aware, has not been obtained in breach of, and is not otherwise subject to, any obligation of confidentiality.

 

Confidentiality Undertaking” means a confidentiality undertaking in substantially the appropriate form recommended by the LMA from time to time or in any other form agreed between the Borrowers and the Facility Agent.

 

Corresponding Debt” means any amount, other than any Parallel Debt, which an Obligor owes to a Secured Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

CRD IV” means:

 

(a) Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on prudential requirements for credit institutions and investment firms and amending regulation (EU) No. 648/2012;

 

9

 

 

(b) Directive 2013/36/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on access to the activity of credit institutions and the prudential supervision of credit institutions and investment firms, amending Directive 2002/87/EC and repealing Directives 2006/48/EC and 2006/49/EC; and

 

(c) any other law or regulation which implements Basel III.

 

Deed of Release” means a deed releasing the Existing Security in form acceptable to the Facility Agent.

 

Default” means an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default.

 

Defaulting Lender” means any Lender:

 

(a) which has failed to make available the relevant proportion of its Commitment in respect of any part of the Loan or has given notice to the Facility Agent that it will not make such amount available by the Utilisation Date pursuant to Clause 5.4 (Lenders’ participation); or

 

(b) which has otherwise rescinded or repudiated a Finance Document; or

 

(c) with respect to which an Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing,

 

unless, in the case of paragraph (a) above:

 

(i) its failure to pay is caused by:

 

(A) administrative or technical error; or

 

(B) a Disruption Event; and

 

(ii) payment is made within 5 Business Days of its due date; or

 

(iii) the Lender is disputing in good faith whether it is contractually obliged to make the relevant payment.

 

Delegate” means any delegate, agent, attorney, co-trustee or other person appointed by the Security Agent.

 

Disruption Event” means either or both of:

 

(a) a material disruption to those payment or communications systems or to those financial markets which are, in each case, required to operate in order for payments to be made in connection with the Facility (or otherwise in order for the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents to be carried out) which disruption is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, any of the Parties; or

 

(b) the occurrence of any other event which results in a disruption (of a technical or systems-related nature) to the treasury or payments operations of a Party preventing that, or any other, Party:

 

(i) from performing its payment obligations under the Finance Documents; or

 

10

 

 

 

(ii) from communicating with other Parties in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents,

 

and which (in either such case) is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, the Party whose operations are disrupted.

 

Document of Compliance” has the meaning given to it in the ISM Code.

 

dollars” and “$” mean the lawful currency, for the time being, of the United States of America.

 

Earnings” means, in relation to a Ship, all moneys whatsoever which are now, or later become, payable (actually or contingently) to a Borrower or the Security Agent and which arise out of or in connection with or relate to the use or operation of that Ship, including (but not limited to):

 

(a) the following, save to the extent that any of them is, with the prior written consent of the Facility Agent, pooled or shared with any other person:

 

(i) all freight, hire and passage moneys including, without limitation, all moneys payable under, arising out of or in connection with a Charter or a related guarantee;

 

(ii) the proceeds of the exercise of any lien on sub-freights;

 

(iii) compensation payable to a Borrower or the Security Agent in the event of requisition of that Ship for hire or use;

 

(iv) remuneration for salvage and towage services;

 

(v) demurrage and detention moneys;

 

(vi) without prejudice to the generality of sub-paragraph (i) above, damages for breach (or payments for variation or termination) of any charterparty or other contract for the employment of that Ship;

 

(vii) all moneys which are at any time payable under any Insurances in relation to loss of hire;

 

(viii) all monies which are at any time payable to a Borrower in relation to general average contribution; and

 

(b) if and whenever that Ship is employed on terms whereby any moneys falling within sub-paragraphs (i) to (viii) of paragraph (a) above are pooled or shared with any other person, that proportion of the net receipts of the relevant pooling or sharing arrangement which is attributable to that Ship.

 

Earnings Account” means, in relation to a Borrower:

 

(a) an account in the name of that Borrower with the Account Bank designated “Earnings Account”;

 

(b) any other account in the name of that Borrower with the Account Bank or any other bank which may, with the prior written consent of the Facility Agent, be opened in the place of the account referred to in paragraph (a) above, irrespective of the number or designation of such replacement account; or

 

(c) any sub-account of any account referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above.

 

11

 

 

EEA Member Country” means any member state of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway.

 

Environmental Approval” means any present or future permit, ruling, variance or other Authorisation required under Environmental Laws.

 

Environmental Claim” means any claim by any governmental, judicial or regulatory authority or any other person which arises out of an Environmental Incident or an alleged Environmental Incident or which relates to any Environmental Law and, for this purpose, “claim” includes a claim for damages, compensation, contribution, injury, fines, losses and penalties or any other payment of any kind, including in relation to clean-up and removal, whether or not similar to the foregoing; an order or direction to take, or not to take, certain action or to desist from or suspend certain action; and any form of enforcement or regulatory action, including the arrest or attachment of any asset.

 

Environmental Incident” means:

 

(a) any release, emission, spill or discharge of Environmentally Sensitive Material that is:

 

(i) within a Ship or from a Ship; and

 

(ii) into any other vessel or into or upon the air, water, land or soils (including the seabed) or surface water; or

 

(b) any incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released, emitted, spilled or discharged into or upon the air, water, land or soils (including the seabed) or surface water from a vessel other than any Ship and which involves a collision between any Ship and such other vessel or some other incident of navigation or operation, in either case, in connection with which a Ship is actually or potentially liable to be arrested, attached, detained or injuncted and/or a Ship and/or any Obligor and/or any operator or manager of a Ship is at fault or allegedly at fault or otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action; or

 

(c) any other incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released, emitted, spilled or discharged into or upon the air, water, land or soils (including the seabed) or surface water otherwise than from a Ship and in connection with which a Ship is actually or potentially liable to be arrested and/or where any Obligor and/or any operator or manager of a Ship is at fault or allegedly at fault or otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action, other than in accordance with an Environmental Approval.

 

Environmental Law” means any present or future law relating to pollution or protection of human health or the environment, to conditions in the workplace, to the carriage, generation, handling, storage, use, release or spillage of Environmentally Sensitive Material or to actual or threatened releases of Environmentally Sensitive Material.

 

12

 

 

Environmentally Sensitive Material means and includes all contaminants, oil, oil products, toxic substances and any other substance (including any chemical, gas or other hazardous or noxious substance) which is (or is capable of being or becoming) polluting, toxic or hazardous.

 

EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule means the document described as such and published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person) from time to time.

 

EU Ship Recycling Regulation means Regulation (EU) No 1257/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 20 November 2013 on ship recycling and amending Regulation (EC) No 1013/2006 and Directive 2009/16/EC.

 

Event of Default means any event or circumstance specified as such in Clause 29 (Events of Default).

 

Existing Facility Agent means Existing Facility Agent A or Existing Facility Agent B.

 

Existing Facility Agent A means the “Facility Agent” as such term is defined in Existing Facility Agreement A.

 

Existing Facility Agent B means the “Facility Agent” as such term is defined in Existing Facility Agreement B.

 

Existing Facility Agreement means Existing Facility Agreement A or Existing Facility Agreement B.

 

Existing Facility Agreement A means the facility agreement entered into between, inter alia, (i) Borrower A and Borrower B and others as joint and several borrowers and (ii) Existing Facility Agent A as facility agent and security agent dated 13 January 2016 as amended and restated on 4 August 2016, in relation to a $238,750,000 facility.

 

Existing Facility Agreement B means the facility agreement entered into between, inter alia, (i) Borrower C and Borrower D and others as joint and several borrowers and (ii) Existing Facility Agent B as facility agent and security agent dated 22 May 2014 as amended and restated on 10 March 2016, in relation to a $64,000,000 facility.

 

Existing Indebtedness means Existing Indebtedness A or Existing Indebtedness B.

 

Existing Indebtedness A means, at any date, the outstanding Financial Indebtedness relating to Ship A and Ship B on that date under Existing Facility Agreement A.

 

Existing Indebtedness B means, at any date, the outstanding Financial Indebtedness relating to Ship C and Ship D on that date under Existing Facility Agreement B.

 

Existing Security means any security created to secure the Existing indebtedness.

 

Facility means the term loan facility made available under this Agreement as described in Clause 2 (The Facility).

 

Facility Office means the office or offices notified by a Lender to the Facility Agent in writing on or before the date it becomes a Lender (or, following that date, by not less than 5 Business Days’ written notice) as the office or offices through which it will perform its obligations under this Agreement.

 

Fair Market Value means, in relation to a Ship, at any date, the market value of that Ship shown by the arithmetic average of two valuations each prepared:

 

13

 

 

(a) as at a date not more than 30 days previously;

 

(b) by an Approved Valuer appointed by the Borrowers;

 

(c) with or without physical inspection of that Ship or vessel (as the Facility Agent may require); and

 

(d) on the basis of a sale for prompt delivery for cash on normal arm’s length commercial terms as between a willing seller and a willing buyer, free of any Charter,

 

after deducting the estimated amount of the usual and reasonable expenses which would be incurred in connection with the sale.

 

FATCA means:

 

(a) sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code or any associated regulations;

 

(b) any treaty, law or regulation of any other jurisdiction, or relating to an intergovernmental agreement between the US and any other jurisdiction, which (in either case) facilitates the implementation of paragraph (a) above; or

 

(c) any agreement pursuant to the implementation of any treaty, law or regulation referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above with the US Internal Revenue Service, the US government or any governmental or taxation authority in any other jurisdiction.

 

FATCA Application Date means:

 

(a) in relation to a “withholdable payment” described in section 1473(1)(A)(i) of the Code (which relates to payments of interest and certain other payments from sources within the US), 1 July 2014; or

 

(b) in relation to a “passthru payment” described in section 1471(d)(7) of the Code not falling within paragraph (a) above, the first date from which such payment may become subject to a deduction or withholding required by FATCA.

 

FATCA Deduction means a deduction or withholding from a payment under a Finance Document required by FATCA.

 

FATCA Exempt Party means a Party that is entitled to receive payments free from any FATCA Deduction.

 

Fee Letter means any letter or letters dated on or about the date of this Agreement between the Facility Agent and the Borrowers or Parent Guarantor setting out any of the fees referred to in Clause 11 (Fees).

 

Finance Document means:

 

(a) this Agreement;

 

(b) any Fee Letter;

 

(c) the Membership Interests Security;

 

(d) any Mortgage;

 

14

 

 

(e) any General Assignment;

 

(f) any Accounts Security;

 

(g) any CACIB Earnings Account Pledge;

 

(h) any Manager’s Undertaking;

 

(i) any Hedging Agreement;

 

(j) any Hedging Agreement Assignment;

 

(k) any other document (whether or not it creates Security) which is executed as security for, or for the purpose of establishing any priority or subordination arrangement in relation to, the Secured Liabilities; or

 

(l) any other document designated as such by the Facility Agent and the Borrowers.

 

Finance Party means the Facility Agent, the Security Agent, the Mandated Lead Arrangers, a Lender or a Hedge Counterparty.

 

Financial Indebtedness means any indebtedness for or in relation to:

 

(a) moneys borrowed and debit balances at banks or other financial institutions;

 

(b) any amount raised by acceptance under any acceptance credit facility or dematerialised equivalent;

 

(c) any amount raised pursuant to any note purchase facility or the issue of bonds, notes, debentures, loan stock or any similar instrument;

 

(d) the amount of any liability in relation to any lease or hire purchase contract which would, in accordance with GAAP, be treated as a balance sheet liability (other than any liability in respect of a lease or hire purchase contract in force prior to 1 January 2019 which would, in accordance with GAAP have been treated as an operating lease);

 

(e) receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the extent they are sold on a non-recourse basis);

 

(f) any amount raised under any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase, sale and sale back or sale and leaseback agreement) having the commercial effect of a borrowing or otherwise classified as borrowing under GAAP;

 

(g) any derivative transaction entered into in connection with protection against or benefit from fluctuation in any rate or price (and, when calculating the value of any derivative transaction, only the marked to market value shall be taken into account);

 

(h) any counter-indemnity obligation in relation to a guarantee, indemnity, bond, standby or documentary letter of credit or any other instrument issued by a bank or financial institution;

 

(i) any amount raised by the issue of shares which are redeemable (other than at the option of the Issuer) before the Termination Date or are otherwise classified as borrowings under GAAP; and

 

(j) the amount of any liability in relation to any guarantee or indemnity for any of the items referred to in paragraphs (a) to (i) above.

 

15

 

 

GAAP means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America.

 

General Assignment means, in relation to a Ship, the general assignment creating Security over that Ship’s Earnings, its Insurances and any Requisition Compensation in relation to that Ship and any charter entered into or to be entered into with a term exceeding or capable of exceeding 14 months (including a redelivery allowance of between 30 to 60 days) and any supporting guarantee in relation to such charter in agreed form.

 

Group means, at any time, the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries at that time.

 

Guarantor means the Corporate Guarantor or the Parent Guarantor.

 

Hedging Agreement means any master agreement, confirmation, transaction, schedule, off-balance sheet instrument or other agreement in agreed form entered into or to be entered into by a Borrower or the Borrowers for the purpose of hedging interest payable under this Agreement.

 

Hedging Agreement Assignment means, in relation to a Borrower, a first assignment of that Borrower’s rights and interests in any Hedging Agreement, in agreed form.

 

Hedging Close Out Liabilities means, as at any relevant date, the aggregate amount certified by each Hedge Counterparty to the Facility Agent as the net aggregate amount in dollars which would be payable by either Borrower or both Borrowers (as the case may be) under the Hedging Agreements to which it is a party at the relevant determination date as a result of termination or closing out under such Hedging Agreements.

 

Hedging Prepayment Proceeds means any amount payable to a Borrower or both Borrowers (as the case may be) as a result of termination or closing out under a Hedging Agreement.

 

Holding Company means, in relation to a person, any other person in relation to which it is a Subsidiary.

 

Indemnified Person has the meaning given to it in Clause 14.2 (Other indemnities).

 

Insurances means, in relation to a Ship:

 

(a) all policies and contracts of insurance, including entries of that Ship in any protection and indemnity or war risks association, effected in relation to that Ship, the Earnings or otherwise in relation to that Ship whether before, on or after the date of this Agreement; and

 

(b) all rights and other assets relating to, or derived from, any of such policies, contracts or entries, including any rights to a return of premium and any rights in relation to any claim whether or not the relevant policy, contract of insurance or entry has expired on or before the date of this Agreement.

 

Interest Period means, in relation to an Advance, the Loan or any part of the Loan, each period determined in accordance with Clause 9 (Interest Periods) and, in relation to an Unpaid Sum, each period determined in accordance with Clause 8.3 (Default interest).

 

16

 

 

Interpolated Screen Rate means, in relation to LIBOR for an Advance, the Loan, any part of the Loan or any Unpaid Sum, the rate (rounded to the same number of decimal places as the two relevant Screen Rates) which results from interpolating on a linear basis between:

 

(a) the applicable Screen Rate for the longest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which is less than the Interest Period of that Advance, the Loan, that part of the Loan or that Unpaid Sum; and

 

(b) the applicable Screen Rate for the shortest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which exceeds the Interest Period of that Advance, the Loan, that part of the Loan or that Unpaid Sum,

 

each as of the Specified Time on the Quotation Day for the currency of that Advance, the Loan, that part of the Loan or that Unpaid Sum.

 

Inventory of Hazardous Material means an inventory certificate or statement of compliance (as applicable) issued by the relevant classification society/shipyard authority which is supplemented by a list of any and all materials known to be potentially hazardous utilised in the construction of that Ship pursuant to the requirements of the EU Ship Recycling Regulation.

 

ISM Code means the International Safety Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention (including the guidelines on its implementation), adopted by the International Maritime Organisation, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

 

ISPS Code means the International Ship and Port Facility Security (ISPS) Code as adopted by the International Maritime Organization’s (IMO) Diplomatic Conference of December 2002, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

 

ISSC means an International Ship Security Certificate issued under the ISPS Code.

 

Lender means:

 

(a) any Original Lender; and

 

(b) any bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity which has become a Party in accordance with Clause 30 (Changes to the Lenders),

 

which in each case has not ceased to be a Party in accordance with this Agreement.

 

LIBOR means, in relation to any Advance, the Loan, any part of the Loan or any Unpaid Sum:

 

(a) the applicable Screen Rate;

 

(b) (if no Screen Rate is available for the Interest Period of that Advance, the Loan, that part of the Loan or that Unpaid Sum), the applicable Interpolated Screen Rate; or

 

(c) if:

 

(i) no Screen Rate is available for the currency of that Advance, the Loan, that part of the Loan or that Unpaid Sum; or

 

17

 

 

(ii) no Screen Rate is available for the Interest Period of that Advance, the Loan, that part of the Loan or that Unpaid Sum and it is not possible to calculate an Interpolated Screen Rate for that Advance, the Loan, that part of the Loan or that Unpaid Sum,

 

the Reference Bank Rate,

 

as of, in the case of paragraphs (a) and (c) above, the Specified Time on the Quotation Day for dollars for that Advance, the Loan, that part of the Loan or that Unpaid Sum and for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of that Advance, the Loan, that part of the Loan or that Unpaid Sum and, if any such rate is below zero, LIBOR shall be deemed to be zero.

 

Limitation Acts means the Limitation Act 1980 and the Foreign Limitation Periods Act 1984.

 

LMA means the Loan Market Association.

 

Loan means the loan to be made available under the Facility or the aggregate principal amount outstanding for the time being of the borrowings under the Facility.

 

Major Casualty means, in relation to a Ship, any casualty to that Ship in relation to which the claim or the aggregate of the claims against all insurers, before adjustment for any relevant franchise or deductible, exceeds $1,000,000 or the equivalent in any other currency.

 

Majority Lenders means:

 

(a) if no Advance has yet been made, a Lender or Lenders whose Commitments aggregate more than 66⅔ per cent. of the Total Commitments; or

 

(b) at any other time, a Lender or Lenders whose participations in the Loan aggregate more than 66⅔ per cent. of the amount of the Loan then outstanding or, if the Loan has been repaid or prepaid in full, a Lender or Lenders whose participations in the Loan immediately before repayment or prepayment in full aggregate more than 66⅔ per cent. of the Loan immediately before such repayment.

 

Manager’s Undertaking means, in relation to a Ship, the letter of undertaking from its Approved Technical Manager and the letter of undertaking from its Approved Commercial Manager subordinating the rights of such Approved Technical Manager and such Approved Commercial Manager respectively against that Ship and the relevant Borrower to the rights of the Finance Parties in agreed form.

 

Mandatory Costs has the meaning given to it in Clause 14.3 (Mandatory Cost);

 

Margin means 2.40 per cent. per annum.

 

Market Disruption Event has the meaning given to it in Clause 10.2 (Market disruption).

 

Material Adverse Effect means, in the reasonable opinion of the Majority Lenders, a material adverse effect on:

 

(a) the business, operations, property, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of any member of the Group or the Group as a whole; or

 

(b) the ability of any Transaction Obligor to perform its obligations under any Finance Document; or

 

18

 

 

(c) the validity or enforceability of, or the effectiveness or ranking of any Security granted or intended to be granted pursuant to any of, the Finance Documents or the rights or remedies of any Finance Party under any of the Finance Documents.

 

Membership Interests Security means, in relation to a Borrower, a document from the Corporate Guarantor creating Security in respect of the membership interests in that Borrower in agreed form.

 

Month means a period starting on one day in a calendar month and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the next calendar month, except that:

 

(a) (subject to paragraph (c) below) if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day, that period shall end on the next Business Day in that calendar month in which that period is to end if there is one, or if there is not, on the immediately preceding Business Day;

 

(b) if there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month in which that period is to end, that period shall end on the last Business Day in that calendar month; and

 

(c) if an Interest Period begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month, that Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day in the calendar month in which that Interest Period is to end.

 

The above rules will only apply to the last Month of any period.

 

Mortgage means, in relation to a Ship, a first preferred or priority ship mortgage (as applicable for the Approved Flag of that Ship) and, if as applicable for the Approved Flag of the Ship, a deed of covenant collateral to the said mortgage in agreed form.

 

Non-Consenting Lender means any Lender which does not and continues not to consent or agree to a request of the Borrowers or the Facility Agent (at the request of the Borrowers) to give a consent in relation to, or to agree to a waiver or amendment of, any provision of the Finance Documents when:

 

(a) the consent, waiver or amendment in question requires the approval of all of the Lenders; and

 

(b) Lenders whose commitments aggregate more than 66⅔ per cent. of the Total Commitments have consented or agreed to such waiver or amendment.

 

Obligor means a Borrower, a Hedge Guarantor, the Corporate Guarantor or the Parent Guarantor.

 

Original Financial Statements means in relation to the Parent Guarantor, the audited consolidated financial statements of the Group for its financial year ended 31 December 2018.

 

Overseas Regulations means the Overseas Companies Regulations 2009 (SI 2009/1801).

 

Parallel Debt means any amount which an Obligor owes to the Security Agent under Clause 33.2 (Parallel Debt (Covenant to pay the Security Agent)).

 

Party means a party to this Agreement.

 

19

 

 

Permitted Charter means, in relation to a Ship, a charter:

 

(a) which is a time or consecutive voyage charter;

 

(b) the duration of which does not exceed and is not capable of exceeding, by virtue of any optional extensions, 14 months;

 

(c) which is entered into on bona fide arm’s length terms at the time at which that Ship is fixed; and

 

(d) in relation to which not more than two months’ hire is payable in advance,

 

and any other charter which is approved in writing by the Facility Agent acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders.

 

Permitted Financial Indebtedness means:

 

(a) any Financial Indebtedness incurred under the Finance Documents;

 

(b) until the Utilisation Date, the Existing Indebtedness;

 

(c) any Financial Indebtedness that is subordinated to all Financial Indebtedness incurred under the Finance Documents in a manner and on terms satisfactory to the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders); and

 

(d) any Financial Indebtedness reasonably incurred in connection with the normal commercial operation of the Ship.

 

Permitted Security means:

 

(a) Security created by the Finance Documents;

 

(b) any netting or set-off arrangement entered into by any member of the Group in the ordinary course of its banking arrangements for the purpose of netting debit and credit balances, any netting or right of pledge under the general base conditions of a Lender and any right of pledge and set off in connection with permitted cash pool arrangements;

 

(c) liens for unpaid master’s and crew’s wages in accordance with usual maritime practice and not being enforced through arrest;

 

(d) liens for salvage;

 

(e) liens for master’s disbursements incurred in the ordinary course of trading and not being enforced through arrest; and

 

(f) any other lien arising by operation of law or otherwise in the ordinary course of the operation, repair or maintenance of any Ship:

 

(i) not as a result of any default or omission by any Obligor;

 

(ii) not being enforced through arrest; and

 

(iii) subject, in the case of liens for repair or maintenance, to Clause 26.14 (Restrictions on chartering, appointment of managers etc.),

 

20

 

 

provided such lien does not secure amounts more than 30 days overdue (unless the overdue amount is being contested in good faith by appropriate steps and for the payment of which adequate reserves are held and provided further that such proceedings do not give rise to a material risk of the relevant Ship or any interest in it being seized, sold, forfeited or lost).

 

Pool Agreement” means, in relation to a Ship, any pool agreement which that Ship is a party to subject to the prior written approval of the Facility Agent acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, provided the pool agreements for the Ships entered into the Ardmore MR Pool are approved.

 

Poseidon Principles” means the financial industry framework for assessing and disclosing the climate alignment of ship finance portfolios published in June 2019 as the same may be amended or replaced from time to time.

 

Potential Event of Default” means any event or circumstance specified in Clause 29 (Events of Default) which would (with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice or any combination of any of the foregoing) be an Event of Default.

 

Protected Party” has the meaning given to it in Clause 12.1 (Definitions).

 

Quotation Day” means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined, two Business Days before the first day of that period unless market practice differs in the Relevant Interbank Market in which case the Quotation Day will be determined by the Facility Agent in accordance with market practice in the Relevant Interbank Market (and if quotations would normally be given by leading banks in the Relevant Interbank Market on more than one day, the Quotation Day will be the last of those days).

 

Receiver” means a receiver or receiver and manager or administrative receiver of the whole or any part of the Charged Property.

 

Recognised Organisation” means, in respect of a Ship an organisation representing that Ship’s flag state and, for the purposes of Clause 26.19 (Poseidon Principles), duly authorised to determine whether the relevant Borrower has complied with regulation 22A of Annex VI.

 

Reference Bank Rate” means the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places) as supplied to the Facility Agent at its request by the Reference Banks as the rate at which the relevant Reference Bank could borrow funds in the London interbank market in dollars for the relevant period, were it to do so by asking for and then accepting interbank offers for deposits in reasonable market size in that currency and for that period.

 

Reference Banks” means the principal London offices of ABN AMRO Bank N.V., Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, Nordea Bank Abp, filial i Norge and Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ) or such other banks as may be appointed by the Facility Agent in consultation with the Borrowers.

 

Related Fund” in relation to a fund (the “first fund”), means a fund which is managed or advised by the same investment manager or investment adviser as the first fund or, if it is managed by a different investment manager or investment adviser, a fund whose investment manager or investment adviser is an Affiliate of the investment manager or investment adviser of the first fund.

 

Relevant Interbank Market” means the London interbank market.

 

21

 

 

Relevant Jurisdiction” means, in relation to a Transaction Obligor:

 

(a) its jurisdiction of incorporation;

 

(b) any jurisdiction where any asset subject to, or intended to be subject to, any of the Transaction Security created, or intended to be created, under the Finance Documents to which it is a party is situated;

 

(c) any jurisdiction where it conducts its business; and

 

(d) the jurisdiction whose laws govern the perfection of any of the Transaction Security created, or intended to be created, under the Finance Documents to which it is a party.

 

Relevant Nominating Body” means any applicable central bank, regulator or other supervisory authority or a group of them, or any working group or committee sponsored or chaired by, or constituted at the request of, any of them or the Financial Stability Board.

 

Relevant Person” means:

 

(a) each Obligor;

 

(b) each subsidiary of any Obligor; and

 

(c) all respective directors, officers, employees, agents and representatives of each of the persons mentioned in paragraphs (a) to (b) above.

 

Repayment Date” means each date on which a Repayment Instalment is required to be paid under Clause 6.1 (Repayment of Term Loan).

 

Repayment Instalment” has the meaning given to it in Clause 6.1 (Repayment of Term Loan).

 

Repeating Representation” means each of the representations set out in Clause 21 (Representations) except Clause 21.10 (Insolvency) and Clause 21.12 (Deduction of Tax) and any representation of any Transaction Obligor made in any other Finance Document that is expressed to be a “Repeating Representation” or is otherwise expressed to be repeated.

 

Replacement Benchmark” means a benchmark rate which is:

 

(a) formally designated, nominated or recommended as the replacement for a Screen Rate by:

 

(i) the administrator of that Screen Rate; or

 

(ii) any Relevant Nominating Body,

 

and if replacements have, at the relevant time, been formally designated, nominated or recommended under both paragraphs, the “Replacement Benchmark” will be the replacement under paragraph (ii) above;

 

(b) in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Borrowers, generally accepted in the international or any relevant domestic syndicated loan markets as the appropriate successor to a Screen Rate; or

 

(c) in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Borrowers, an appropriate successor to a Screen Rate.

 

22

 

 

Representative” means any delegate, agent, manager, administrator, nominee, attorney, trustee or custodian.

 

Requisition” means, in relation to a Ship:

 

(a) any expropriation, confiscation, requisition or acquisition of that Ship, whether for full consideration, a consideration less than its proper value, a nominal consideration or without any consideration, which is effected by any government or official authority or by any person or persons claiming to be or to represent a government or official authority (excluding a requisition for hire for a fixed period not exceeding one year without any right to an extension) unless it is within 30 days redelivered to the full control of the relevant Borrower; and

 

(b) any arrest, capture, seizure or detention of that Ship (including any hijacking or theft) unless it is within 30 days redelivered to the full control of the relevant Borrower.

 

Requisition Compensation” includes all compensation or other moneys payable by reason of any Requisition.

 

Resolution Authority” means any body which has authority to exercise any Write-down and Conversion Powers.

 

Restricted Party” means a person:

 

(a) that is listed on any Sanctions List (whether designated by name or by reason of being included in a class of person);

 

(b) that is domiciled, registered as located or having its main place of business in, or is incorporated under the laws of, a country which is subject to Sanctions Laws which attach legal effect to being domiciled, registered as located or having its main place of business in such country; or

 

(c) that is directly or indirectly owned or controlled by a person referred to in paragraph (a) and/or (b) above; or

 

(d) with which any member of the Group is prohibited from dealing or otherwise engaging in a transaction with by any Sanctions Laws.

 

Safety Management Certificate” has the meaning given to it in the ISM Code.

 

Safety Management System” has the meaning given to it in the ISM Code.

 

Sanctions Authority” means the United Nations, the United Kingdom, the European Union, the member states of the European Union, the United States of America and any authority acting on behalf of any of them in connection with Sanctions Laws.

 

Sanctions Laws” means the economic or financial sanctions laws and/or regulations, trade embargoes, prohibitions, restrictive measures, decisions, executive orders or notices from regulators implemented, adapted, imposed, administered, enacted and/or enforced by any Sanctions Authority.

 

23

 

 

Sanctions List” means any list of persons or entities published in connection with Sanctions Laws by or on behalf of any Sanctions Authority as amended, revised, supplemented or substituted from time to time.

 

Screen Rate” means the London interbank offered rate administered by ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (or any other person which takes over the administration of that rate) for dollars for the relevant period displayed on pages LIBOR01 or LIBOR02 of the Thomson Reuters screen (or any replacement Thomson Reuters page which displays that rate) or on the appropriate page of such other information service which publishes that rate from time to time in place of Thomson Reuters. If such page or service ceases to be available, the Facility Agent may specify another page or service displaying the relevant rate after consultation with the Borrowers.

 

Secured Liabilities” means all present and future obligations and liabilities, (whether actual or contingent and whether owed jointly or severally or in any other capacity whatsoever) of each Transaction Obligor to any Secured Party under or in connection with each Finance Document.

 

Secured Party” means each Finance Party from time to time party to this Agreement and any Receiver or Delegate.

 

Security” means a mortgage, pledge, lien, charge, assignment, hypothecation or security interest or any other agreement or arrangement having the effect of conferring security.

 

Security Period” means the period starting on the date of this Agreement and ending on the date on which the Facility Agent is satisfied that there is no outstanding Commitment in force and that the Secured Liabilities have been irrevocably and unconditionally paid and discharged in full.

 

Security Property” means:

 

(a) the Transaction Security expressed to be granted in favour of the Security Agent as trustee for the Secured Parties and all proceeds of that Transaction Security;

 

(b) all obligations expressed to be undertaken by a Transaction Obligor to pay amounts in relation to the Secured Liabilities to the Security Agent as trustee for the Secured Parties and secured by the Transaction Security together with all representations and warranties expressed to be given by a Transaction Obligor or any other person in favour of the Security Agent as trustee for the Secured Parties;

 

(c) the Security Agent’s interest in any turnover trust created under the Finance Documents;

 

(d) any other amounts or property, whether rights, entitlements, choses in action or otherwise, actual or contingent, which the Security Agent is required by the terms of the Finance Documents to hold as trustee on trust for the Secured Parties,

 

except:

 

(i) rights intended for the sole benefit of the Security Agent; and

 

(ii) any moneys or other assets which the Security Agent has transferred to the Facility Agent or (being entitled to do so) has retained in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

24

 

 

Selection Notice” means a notice substantially in the form set out in Part B of Schedule 3 (Requests) given in accordance with Clause 9 (Interest Periods).

 

Servicing Party” means the Facility Agent or the Security Agent.

 

Ship A” means the 49,998 dwt 2013 built MR product tanker registered in the name of Borrower A on Marshall Islands flag under the name m.t. “ARDMORE SEAVALIANT”.

 

Ship B” means the 49,998 dwt 2013 built MR product tanker registered in the name of Borrower B on Marshall Islands flag under the name m.t. “ARDMORE SEAVENTURE”.

 

Ship C” means the 25,215 dwt 2015 built chemical tanker registered in the name of Borrower C on Marshall Islands flag under the name m.t. “ARDMORE CHEROKEE”.

 

Ship D” means the 25,217 dwt 2015 built chemical tanker registered in the name of Borrower D on Marshall Islands flag under the name m.t. “ARDMORE CHEYENNE”.

 

Ship” means Ship A, Ship B, Ship C or Ship D.

 

Specified Time” means a time determined in accordance with Schedule 8 (Timetables).

 

Statement of Compliance” means a Statement of Compliance related to fuel oil consumption pursuant to regulations 6.6 and 6.7 of Annex VI.

 

Subsidiary” means a subsidiary within the meaning of section 1159 of the Companies Act 2006.

 

Tax” means any tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge or withholding of a similar nature (including any penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same).

 

Tax Credit” has the meaning given to it in Clause 12.1 (Definitions).

 

Tax Deduction” has the meaning given to it in Clause 12.1 (Definitions).

 

Tax Payment” has the meaning given to it in Clause 12.1 (Definitions).

 

Termination Date” means the fifth anniversary of the date of this Agreement.

 

Third Parties Act” has the meaning given to it in Clause 1.5 (Third party rights).

 

Total Commitments” means the aggregate of the Commitments, being a maximum of $61,462,500 at the date of this Agreement.

 

Total Loss” means, in relation to a Ship:

 

(a) actual, constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss of that Ship; or

 

(b) any Requisition.

 

25

 

 

Total Loss Date” means, in relation to the Total Loss of a Ship:

 

(a) in the case of an actual loss of that Ship, the date on which it occurred or, if that is unknown, the date when that Ship was last heard of;

 

(b) in the case of a constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss of that Ship, the earlier of:

 

(i) the date on which a notice of abandonment is given to the insurers; and

 

(ii) the date of any compromise, arrangement or agreement made by or on behalf of the relevant Borrower with that Ship’s insurers in which the insurers agree to treat that Ship as a total loss; and

 

(c) in the case of any other type of total loss, the date (or the most likely date) on which it appears to the Facility Agent that the event constituting the total loss occurred.

 

Tranche” means Tranche A, Tranche B, Tranche C and Tranche D.

 

Tranche A” means that part of the Loan made or to be made available to the Borrowers to enable the Borrowers to refinance the Existing Indebtedness in relation to Ship A and for general corporate and working capital purposes in a principal amount not exceeding 55 per cent. of the Fair Market Value of Ship A.

 

Tranche B” means that part of the Loan made or to be made available to the Borrowers to enable the Borrowers to refinance the Existing Indebtedness in relation to Ship B and for general corporate and working capital purposes in a principal amount not exceeding 55 per cent. of the Fair Market Value of Ship B.

 

Tranche C” means that part of the Loan made or to be made available to the Borrowers to enable the Borrowers to refinance the Existing Indebtedness in relation to Ship C and for general corporate and working capital purposes in a principal amount not exceeding 55 per cent. of the Fair Market Value of Ship C.

 

Tranche D” means that part of the Loan made or to be made available to the Borrowers to enable the Borrowers to refinance the Existing Indebtedness in relation to Ship D and for general corporate and working capital purposes in a principal amount not exceeding 55 per cent. of the Fair Market Value of Ship D.

 

Transaction Document” means:

 

(a) a Finance Document;

 

(b) a Pool Agreement (if any); or

 

(c) any other document designated as such by the Facility Agent and the Borrower.

 

Transaction Obligor” means an Obligor, an Approved Manager which is a member of the Group or any other person, except a Finance Party who executes a Finance Document.

 

Transaction Security” means the Security created or intended to be created in favour of the Security Agent pursuant to the Finance Documents.

 

26

 

 

Transfer Certificate” means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 4 (Form of Transfer Certificate) or any other form agreed between the Facility Agent and the Borrowers.

 

Transfer Date” means, in relation to an assignment or a transfer, the later of:

 

(a) the proposed Transfer Date specified in the relevant Assignment Agreement or Transfer Certificate; and

 

(b) the date on which the Facility Agent executes the relevant Assignment Agreement or Transfer Certificate.

 

UK Establishment” means a UK establishment as defined in the Overseas Regulations.

 

Unpaid Sum” means any sum due and payable but unpaid by an Obligor under the Finance Documents.

 

Utilisation” means a utilisation of the Facility.

 

Utilisation Date” means the date of a Utilisation, being the date on which the relevant Advance is to be made.

 

Utilisation Request” means a notice substantially in the form set out in Part A of Schedule 3 (Requests).

 

VAT” means:

 

(a) any tax imposed in compliance with the Council Directive of 28 November 2006 on the common system of value added tax (EC Directive 2006/112); and

 

(b) any other tax of a similar nature, whether imposed in a member state of the European Union in substitution for, or levied in addition to, such tax referred to in paragraph (a) above, or imposed elsewhere.

 

Write-down and Conversion Powers” means:

 

(a) in relation to any Bail-In Legislation described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time, the powers described as such in relation to that Bail-In Legislation in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule;

 

(b) in relation to any other applicable Bail-In Legislation:

 

(i) any powers under that Bail-In Legislation to cancel, transfer or dilute shares issued by a person that is a bank or investment firm or other financial institution or affiliate of a bank, investment firm or other financial institution, to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of such a person or any contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of that liability into shares, securities or obligations of that person or any other person, to provide that any such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of that liability or any of the powers under that Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers; and

 

(ii) any similar or analogous powers under that Bail-In Legislation; and

 

27

 

 

(c) in relation to any UK Bail-In Legislation:

 

(i) any powers under that UK Bail-In Legislation to cancel, transfer or dilute shares issued by a person that is a bank or investment firm or other financial institution or affiliate of a bank, investment firm or other financial institution, to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of such a person or any contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of that liability into shares, securities or obligations of that person or any other person, to provide that any such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of that liability or any of the powers under that UK Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers; and

 

(ii) any similar or analogous powers under that UK Bail-In Legislation.

 

1.2       Construction

 

(a)       Unless a contrary indication appears, a reference in this Agreement to:

 

(i) the “Account Bank”, the “Mandated Lead Arrangers”, the “Facility Agent”, any “Finance Party”, any “Hedge Counterparty”, any “Lender”, any “Obligor”, any “Party”, any “Secured Party”, the “Security Agent”, any “Transaction Obligor” or any other person shall be construed so as to include its successors in title, permitted assigns and permitted transferees to, or of, its rights and/or obligations under the Finance Documents;

 

(ii) assets” includes present and future properties, revenues and rights of every description;

 

(iii) contingent liability” means a liability which is not certain to arise and/or the amount of which remains unascertained;

 

(iv) document” includes a deed and also a letter, fax or telex;

 

(v) expense” means any kind of cost, charge or expense (including all legal costs, charges and expenses) and any applicable Tax including VAT;

 

(vi) a “Finance Document” or “Transaction Document” or any other agreement or instrument is a reference to that Finance Document or Transaction Document or other agreement or instrument as amended or novated;

 

(vii) a “group of Lenders” includes all the Lenders;

 

(viii) indebtedness” includes any obligation (whether incurred as principal or as surety) for the payment or repayment of money, whether present or future, actual or contingent;

 

(ix) law” includes any order or decree, any form of delegated legislation, any treaty or international convention and any regulation or resolution of the Council of the European Union, the European Commission, the United Nations or its Security Council;

 

28

 

 

(x) proceedings” means, in relation to any enforcement provision of a Finance Document, proceedings of any kind, including an application for a provisional or protective measure;

 

(xi) a “person” includes any individual, firm, company, corporation, government, state or agency of a state or any association, trust, joint venture, consortium or partnership (whether or not having separate legal personality);

 

(xii) a “regulation” includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law) of any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation;

 

(xiii) a provision of law is a reference to that provision as amended or re-enacted;

 

(xiv) a time of day is a reference to London time;

 

(xv) any English legal term for any action, remedy, method of judicial proceeding, legal document, legal status, court, official or any legal concept or thing shall, in respect of a jurisdiction other than England, be deemed to include that which most nearly approximates in that jurisdiction to the English legal term;

 

(xvi) words denoting the singular number shall include the plural and vice versa; and

 

(xvii) including” and “in particular” (and other similar expressions) shall be construed as not limiting any general words or expressions in connection with which they are used.

 

(b) Section, Clause and Schedule headings are for ease of reference only and are not to be used for the purposes of construction or interpretation of the Finance Documents.

 

(c) Unless a contrary indication appears, a term used in any other Finance Document or in any notice given under, or in connection with, any Finance Document has the same meaning in that Finance Document or notice as in this Agreement.

 

(d) A Potential Event of Default is “continuing” if it has not been remedied or waived and an Event of Default is “continuing” if it has not been waived.

 

1.3          Construction of insurance terms

 

In this Agreement:

 

approved” means, for the purposes of Clause 25 (Insurance Undertakings), approved in writing by the Facility Agent;

 

excess risks” means, in respect of a Ship, the proportion of claims for general average, salvage and salvage charges not recoverable under the hull and machinery policies in respect of that Ship in consequence of its insured value being less than the value at which that Ship is assessed for the purpose of such claims;

 

obligatory insurances” means all insurances effected, or which any Borrower is obliged to effect, under Clause 25 (Insurance Undertakings) or any other provision of this Agreement or of another Finance Document;

 

29

 

 

policy” includes a slip, cover note, certificate of entry or other document evidencing the contract of insurance or its terms;

 

protection and indemnity risks” means the usual risks covered by a protection and indemnity association managed in London, including pollution risks and the proportion (if any) of any sums payable to any other person or persons in case of collision which are not recoverable under the hull and machinery policies by reason of the incorporation in them of clause 1 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/10/82) or clause 8 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/11/1995) or the Institute Amended Running Down Clause (1/10/71) or any equivalent provision; and

 

war risks” includes the risk of mines and all risks excluded by clauses 29, 30 or 31 of the International Hull Clauses (1/11/02), clauses 29 or 30 of the International Hull Clauses (1/11/03), clauses 24, 25 or 26 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/11/95) or clauses 23, 24 or 25 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/10/83) or any equivalent provision.

 

1.4          Agreed forms of Finance Documents

 

References in Clause 1.1 (Definitions) to any Finance Document being in “agreed form” are to that Finance Document:

 

(a) in a form attached to a certificate dated the same date as this Agreement (and signed by each Borrower and the Facility Agent); or

 

(b) in any other form agreed in writing between each Borrower and the Facility Agent acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders or, where Clause 45.2 (All Lender matters) applies, all the Lenders.

 

1.5          Third party rights

 

(a) Unless expressly provided to the contrary in a Finance Document, a person who is not a Party has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 (the “Third Parties Act”) to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement.

 

(b) Notwithstanding any term of any Finance Document, the consent of any person who is not a Party is not required to rescind or vary this Agreement at any time.

 

(c) Any Receiver, Delegate or any other person described in paragraph (d) of Clause 14.2 (Other indemnities), paragraph (b) of Clause 32.10 (Exclusion of liability) or Clause 33.15 (No proceedings) may, subject to this Clause 1.5 (Third party rights) and the Third Parties Act, rely on any Clause of this Agreement which expressly confers rights on it.

 

30

 

 

SECTION 2

 

THE FACILITY

 

2 THE FACILITY

 

2.1 The Facility

 

Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Lenders make available to the Borrowers a dollar term loan facility in four Tranches in an aggregate amount not exceeding the Total Commitments.

 

2.2 Finance Parties’ rights and obligations

 

(a) The obligations of each Finance Party under the Finance Documents are several. Failure by a Finance Party to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents does not affect the obligations of any other Party under the Finance Documents. No Finance Party is responsible for the obligations of any other Finance Party under the Finance Documents.

 

(b) The rights of each Finance Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents are separate and independent rights and any debt arising under the Finance Documents to a Finance Party from an Obligor shall be a separate and independent debt.

 

(c) A Finance Party may, except as otherwise stated in the Finance Documents, separately enforce its rights under the Finance Documents.

 

(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Finance Documents, a Finance Party may separately sue for any Unpaid Sum due to it without the consent of any other Finance Party or joining any other Finance Party to the relevant proceedings.

 

3 PURPOSE

 

3.1 Purpose

 

Each Borrower shall apply all amounts borrowed by it under the Facility only for the purpose stated in the preamble (Background) to this Agreement.

 

3.2 Monitoring

 

No Finance Party is bound to monitor or verify the application of any amount borrowed pursuant to this Agreement.

 

4 CONDITIONS OF UTILISATION

 

4.1 Initial conditions precedent

 

The Borrowers may not deliver a Utilisation Request unless the Facility Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part A of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent) in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent. 

 

31

 

 

4.2 Further conditions precedent

 

The Lenders will only be obliged to comply with Clause 5.4 (Lenders’ participation) if on the date of the Utilisation Request and on the proposed Utilisation Date and before the Advance is made available:

 

(a) no Default is continuing or would result from the proposed Advance;

 

(b) the Repeating Representations to be made by each Obligor are true;

 

(c) no event described in paragraph (b) of Clause 7.5 (Mandatory prepayment on sale or Total Loss) has occurred in relation to the Ship in respect of which such Advance is to be made;

 

(d) the provisions of paragraph (c) of Clause 10.3 (Alternative basis of interest or funding, suspension) do not apply; and

 

(e) the Facility Agent has received, or is satisfied it will receive when the Advance is made available, all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part B of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent) in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent.

 

4.3 Notification of satisfaction of conditions precedent

 

(a) The Facility Agent shall notify the Borrowers and the Lenders promptly upon being satisfied as to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent referred to in Clause 4.1 (Initial conditions precedent) and Clause 4.2 (Further conditions precedent).

 

(b) Other than to the extent that the Majority Lenders notify the Facility Agent in writing to the contrary before the Facility Agent gives the notification described in paragraph (a) above, the Lenders authorise (but do not require) the Facility Agent to give that notification. The Facility Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses whatsoever as a result of giving any such notification.

 

4.4 Waiver of conditions precedent

 

If the Lenders, at their discretion, permit an Advance to be borrowed before any of the conditions precedent referred to in Clause 4.1 (Initial conditions precedent) or Clause 4.2 (Further conditions precedent) has been satisfied, the Borrowers shall ensure that that condition is satisfied within five Business Days after the relevant Utilisation Date or such later date as the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Lenders, may agree in writing with the Borrowers.

 

32

 

 

SECTION 3

 

UTILISATION

 

5 UTILISATION

 

5.1 Delivery of a Utilisation Request

 

(a) The Borrowers may utilise the Facility or any part of it by delivery to the Facility Agent of a duly completed Utilisation Request not later than the Specified Time.

 

(b) The Borrowers may not deliver more than one Utilisation Request in respect of a Tranche.

 

5.2 Completion of a Utilisation Request

 

(a) Each Utilisation Request is irrevocable and will not be regarded as having been duly completed unless:

 

(i) the proposed Utilisation Date is a Business Day within the relevant Availability Period;

 

(ii) the currency and amount of the Utilisation comply with Clause 5.3 (Currency and amount); and

 

(iii) the proposed Interest Period complies with Clause 9 (Interest Periods).

 

(b) Only one Advance may be requested in each Utilisation Request.

 

5.3 Currency and amount

 

(a) The currency specified in a Utilisation Request must be dollars.

 

(b) The amount of the proposed Loan must be in aggregate a principal amount not exceeding the lower of (i) $61,462,500 and (ii) 55 per cent. of the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Ships.

 

(c) The amount of a proposed Advance under:

 

(i) Tranche A must be an amount which, on the proposed Utilisation Date, does not exceed the lower of (i) $15,606,250 and (ii) 55 per cent. of the Fair Market Value of Ship A;

 

(ii) Tranche B must be an amount which, on the proposed Utilisation Date, does not exceed the lower of (i) $15,606,250 and (ii) 55 per cent. of the Fair Market Value of Ship B;

 

(iii) Tranche C must be an amount which, on the proposed Utilisation Date, does not exceed the lower of (i) $15,125,000 and (ii) 55 per cent. of the Fair Market Value of Ship C; and

 

(iv) Tranche D must be an amount which, on the proposed Utilisation Date, does not exceed the lower of (i) $15,125,000 and (ii) 55 per cent. of the Fair Market Value of Ship D,

 

provided that the amount of the proposed Advance under the second and each subsequent Tranche to be utilised under this Facility, must be an amount which would not oblige the Borrowers to provide additional security or prepay part of the Advance if the ratio set out in Clause 27 (Security Cover) were applied and notice was given by the Facility Agent under Clause 27.1 (Minimum required security cover) immediately after the Advance was made.

 

33

 

 

(d) The amount of the proposed Advance must be an amount which, when aggregated with any previous Advances utilised under this Facility, is not more than the Available Facility.

 

5.4 Lenders’ participation

 

(a) If the conditions set out in this Agreement have been met, each Lender shall make its participation in each Advance available by the Utilisation Date through its Facility Office.

 

(b) The amount of each Lender’s participation in each Advance will be equal to the proportion borne by its Available Commitment to the Available Facility immediately before making that Advance.

 

(c) The Facility Agent shall notify each Lender of the amount of each Advance and the amount of its participation in that Advance by the Specified Time.

 

5.5 Cancellation of Commitments

 

The Commitments in respect of any Tranche which are unutilised at the end of the Availability Period for such Tranche shall then be cancelled.

 

5.6 Payment to third parties

 

The Facility Agent shall, on each Utilisation Date, pay to, or for the account of, the relevant Borrower which is to utilise the Advance the amounts which the Facility Agent receives from the Lenders in respect of the Advance. That payment shall be made in like funds as the Facility Agent received from the Lenders in respect of the Advance to the account of a Borrower, the Corporate Guarantor or of the relevant Existing Facility Agent under the relevant Existing Facility Agreement which the Borrowers specify in the relevant Utilisation Request.

 

5.7 Disbursement of Advance to third party

 

A payment by the Facility Agent under Clause 5.6 (Payment to third parties) to a person other than a Borrower shall constitute the making of the relevant Advance and the Borrowers shall at that time become indebted, as principal and direct obligor, to each Lender in an amount equal to that Lender’s participation in that Advance.

 

5.8 Prepositioning of funds

 

If, in respect of the Utilisation of any Advance, the Lenders, at the request of the Borrowers and on terms acceptable to all the Lenders and in their absolute discretion, preposition funds with any bank, each Borrower and each Guarantor:

 

(a) agree to pay interest on the amount of the funds so prepositioned at the rate described in Clause 8.1 (Calculation of interest) on the basis of successive interest periods of one day and so that interest shall be paid together with the first payment of interest on such Advance after the Utilisation Date in respect of it or, if such Utilisation Date does not occur, within three Business Days of demand by the Facility Agent; and

 

(b) shall, without duplication, indemnify each Finance Party against any costs, loss or liability it may occur in connection with such arrangement.

 

34

 

 

SECTION 4

 

REPAYMENT, PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

 

6 REPAYMENT

 

6.1 Repayment of Term Loan Facility

 

The Borrowers shall repay each Tranche by twenty equal consecutive quarterly instalments (save for the first of which shall be repaid on the date falling four Months after the Utilisation Date and the last of which shall be repaid on the Termination Date), each in an amount of $402,678 in the case of Tranche A, $392,252 in the case of Tranche B, $327,867 in the case of Tranche C and $323,335 in the case of Tranche D (together, the “Instalments” and each, an “Instalment”), the first of which shall be repaid on the date falling four Months after the Utilisation Date for that Tranche and the last on the Termination Date, together with a balloon instalment in an aggregate amount of $32,539,861 comprising $7,552,692 in the case of Tranche A, $7,761,213 in the case of Tranche B, $8,567,659 in the case of Tranche C and $8,658,296 in the case of Tranche D (together, the “Balloon Instalment”) and all outstanding amounts relating to that Tranche repayable at the same time as the last quarterly instalment (the Balloon Instalment together with the Instalments, the “Repayment Instalments” and each a “Repayment Instalment”).

 

6.2 Termination Date

 

On the Termination Date, the Borrowers shall additionally pay to the Facility Agent for the account of the Finance Parties all other sums then accrued and owing under the Finance Documents.

 

6.3 Reborrowing

 

No Borrower may reborrow any part of the Facility which is repaid.

 

7 PAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

 

7.1 Illegality

 

(a) If it becomes unlawful in any applicable jurisdiction for a Lender to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund or maintain its participation in an Advance or the Loan or it becomes unlawful for any Affiliate of a Lender for that Lender to do so:

 

(i) that Lender shall promptly notify the Facility Agent upon becoming aware of that event;

 

(ii) upon the Facility Agent notifying the Borrowers, the Commitment of that Lender will be immediately cancelled; and

 

(iii) the Borrowers shall repay that Lender’s participation in the Loan on the last day of the Interest Period for the Loan occurring after the Facility Agent has notified the Borrowers or, if earlier, the date specified by the Lender in the notice delivered to the Facility Agent (being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law).

 

35

 

 

(b) Any partial prepayment under this Clause 7.1 (Illegality) shall reduce pro rata the amount of each Repayment Instalment falling after that prepayment by the amount prepaid.

 

7.2 Voluntary and automatic cancellation

 

(a) The Borrowers may, if they give the Facility Agent not less than 30 days’ (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior notice, cancel the whole or any part (being a minimum amount of $1,000,000) of the Available Facility. Any cancellation under this Clause 7.2 (Voluntary and automatic cancellation) shall reduce the Commitments of the Lenders and the amount of each Tranche then unutilised pro rata and, in the case of each Tranches, pro rata against each Instalment and the Balloon Instalment for that Tranche.

 

(b) The unutilised Commitment (if any) of each Lender shall be automatically cancelled at close of business on the date on which the Loan is made available.

 

7.3 Change of control

 

(a) If, without the Lenders’ prior consent, any person or group of persons acting in concert gains control of a Guarantor:

 

  (i) the Parent Guarantor shall promptly notify the Facility Agent upon becoming aware of that event; and

 

(ii) irrespective of whether notice is given under paragraph (a)(i) of Clause 7.3 (Change of control) above, if the Majority Lenders so require, the Facility Agent shall, by no less than 30 days’ notice to the Borrowers, cancel the Facility and declare the Loan, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued under the Finance Documents immediately due and payable, whereupon the Facility will be cancelled and all such outstanding amounts will become immediately due and payable.

 

(b) For the purpose of paragraph (a) above “control” means:

 

  (i) the power (whether by way of ownership of shares, proxy, contract, agency or otherwise) to:

 

(A) cast, or control the casting of, more than 25 per cent. of the maximum number of votes that might be cast at a general meeting of either Guarantor; or

 

(B) appoint or remove all, or the majority, of the directors or other equivalent officers of either Guarantor; or

 

(C) give directions with respect to the operating and financial policies of either Guarantor with which the directors or other equivalent officers of either Guarantor are obliged to comply; and/or

 

(ii) the holding (beneficially) of more than 25 per cent. of the issued share capital of either Guarantor (excluding any part of that issued share capital that carries no right to participate beyond a specified amount in a distribution of either profits or capital); and/or

 

(iii) the merger or consolidation of either Guarantor which gives rise to a change of control; and/or

 

36

 

 

(iv) the approval of a complete liquidation or dissolution of either Guarantor.

 

(c) For the purpose of paragraph (a) above “acting in concert” means a group of persons who, pursuant to an agreement or understanding (whether formal or informal), actively co-operate, through the acquisition directly or indirectly of shares in either Guarantor by any of them, either directly or indirectly, to obtain or consolidate control of either Guarantor.

 

7.4 Voluntary prepayment of Loan

 

(a) The Borrowers may, if they give the Facility Agent not less than 30 days’ (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior notice, prepay the whole or any part of the Loan (but, if in part, being an amount that reduces the amount of the Loan by a minimum amount of $1,000,000 or a multiple of that amount).

 

(b) The Loan may only be prepaid after the last day of the last Availability Period (or, if earlier, the day on which the Available Facility is zero) Provided that any amount advanced to the Borrowers prior to the last day of the Availability Period may be prepaid subject to payment by the Borrowers of any Breakage Costs and the other provisions of this Clause 7.4 (Voluntary prepayment of Loan).

 

(c) Any partial prepayment under this Clause 7.4 (Voluntary prepayment of Loan) shall be applied on a pro-rata basis towards satisfaction of the Repayment Instalments set out in Clause 6.1 (Repayment of Term Loan Facility).

 

(d) Subject to the consent of the Lenders, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, the Borrowers may request that a voluntary prepayment under this Clause 7.4 (Voluntary prepayment of Loan) be applied towards full or partial repayment of a particular Tranche and, in the case of a full repayment only the Borrower may further request the release of the Mortgage over the Ship relating to that Tranche and the other Security related provided by that Borrower Provided that the consent of the Lenders shall not be unreasonably withheld nor shall the Security Agent be required to release any Mortgage over the relevant Ship or any other Security if the minimum security coverage ratio calculated in accordance with Clause 27.1 (Minimum required security cover) immediately following the release of the Mortgage over that Ship and any other Security would be lower than the ratio which applied immediately before the release. Any such prepayment shall be applied first against the Tranche to which such Ship relates and then pro-rata against the remaining Tranches to be applied against each such remaining Tranche in inverse order of maturity, subject to the payment of Breakage Costs and the other provisions of this Clause 7.4 (Voluntary prepayment of Loan).

 

7.5 Mandatory prepayment or replacement on sale or Total Loss

 

(a) If a Ship is sold or becomes a Total Loss or there is direct or indirect change in the legal or beneficial ownership of the share capital of or voting rights in the relevant Borrower which owns such Ship, the Borrowers shall on the Relevant Date either (i) prepay the Tranche applicable to that Ship or (ii) procure that Security over a replacement vessel is provided in accordance with paragraph (f) below.

 

(b) On the Relevant Date, the Borrowers shall also prepay such part of the Loan as shall eliminate any shortfall arising if the ratio set out in Clause 27 (Security Cover) were applied immediately following the payment referred to in paragraph (a) above.

 

37

 

 

(c) Provided that no Default has occurred and is continuing, any remaining proceeds of the sale or Total Loss of a Ship after the prepayments referred to in paragraph (a) and paragraph (b)above have been made together with all other amounts that are payable on any such prepayment pursuant to the Finance Documents shall be paid to the Borrower that owned the relevant Ship.

 

(d) In this Clause 7.5 (Mandatory prepayment on sale or Total Loss):

 

Relevant Date” means:

 

(i) in the case of a sale of a Ship, on the date on which the sale is completed by delivery of that Ship to the buyer of that Ship; and

 

(ii) in the case of a Total Loss of a Ship, on the earlier of:

 

(A) the date falling 180 days after the Total Loss Date; and

 

(B) the date of receipt by the Security Agent of the proceeds of insurance relating to such Total Loss.

 

(e) Any partial prepayment of the Loan under this Clause 7.5 (Mandatory prepayment on sale or Total Loss) shall reduce in inverse order of maturity the amount of each Repayment Instalment falling after that prepayment by the amount prepaid.

 

(f) The provision by the Borrowers of Security over a replacement vessel pursuant to paragraph (a) above instead of making the applicable prepayment is subject to:

 

(i) the replacement vessel being acceptable to the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders, not to be unreasonably withheld);

 

(ii) the replacement vessel being comparable to the Ship that it replaces (in particular regarding class, type, size and age);

 

(iii) the owner of the replacement vessel being a Borrower or having provided a guarantee of the obligations of the Borrowers under this Agreement and the Finance Documents on terms acceptable to the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders;

 

(iv) the replacement vessel being registered on an Approved Flag and being subject to Security securing the Secured Liabilities created by a first priority or preferred ship mortgage on that vessel and, if appropriate, a first priority deed of covenant collateral to that mortgage (or equivalent first priority Security) on substantially the same terms as the Mortgages and on such other terms and in such other form as the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, shall approve or require;

 

(v) Security securing the Secured Liabilities being created in relation to the replacement vessel and the owner of it by documents equivalent to the Membership Interests Security, the General Assignments, the Accounts Security and, if applicable, the Hedging Agreement Security;

 

(vi) the execution of such other documentation amending and supplementing the Finance Documents as the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, shall approve or require.

 

38

 

 

7.6 Mandatory prepayment of Hedging Payment Proceeds

 

Any Hedging Prepayment Proceeds arising as a result of any cancellation or prepayment under this Agreement shall, following payment into the Earnings Account in accordance with Clause 28.1 (Payment of Earnings), be applied on the last day of the Interest Period which ends on or after such payment in, in prepayment of the Loan and shall reduce pro rata the amount of each Repayment Instalment falling after that prepayment by the amount prepaid.

 

7.7 Right of replacement or repayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender

 

(a) If:

 

(i) any sum payable to any Lender by an Obligor is required to be increased under paragraph (c) of Clause 12.2 (Tax gross-up); or

 

(ii) any Lender claims indemnification from a Borrower under Clause 12.3 (Tax indemnity) or Clause 13.1 (Increased costs); or

 

(iii) the Facility Agent receives notification from an Affected Lender under paragraph (b)(iii) of Clause 10.2 (Market disruption),

 

the Borrowers may:

 

(A) whilst in the case of paragraph (i) and (ii) above the circumstance giving rise to the requirement for that increase or indemnification continues; or

 

(B) whilst in the case of paragraph (iii) above the Market Disruption Event in relation to the Affected Lender continues,

 

give the Facility Agent notice of cancellation of the Commitment of that Lender and its intention to procure the repayment of that Lender’s participation in the Loan or give the Facility Agent notice of its intention to replace that Lender in accordance with paragraph (e) below.

 

(b) On receipt of a notice of cancellation referred to in paragraph (a) above, the Commitment of that Lender shall immediately be reduced to zero.

 

(c) On the last day of each Interest Period which ends after the Borrowers have given notice of cancellation under paragraph (a) above in relation to a Lender (or, if earlier, the date specified the Borrowers in that notice), the Borrowers shall repay that Lender’s participation in the Loan.

 

(d) Any partial prepayment under this Clause 7.7 (Right of replacement or repayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender) shall reduce pro rata the amount of each Repayment Instalment falling after that prepayment by the amount prepaid.

 

(e) The Borrowers may, in the circumstances set out in paragraph (a) above, on 10 Business Days’ prior notice to the Facility Agent and that Lender, replace that Lender by requiring that Lender to (and, to the extent permitted by law, that Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 30 (Changes to the Lenders) (and not part only) all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a Lender or other bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity selected by the Borrowers which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations of the transferring Lender in accordance with Clause 30 (Changes to the Lenders) for a purchase price in cash or other cash payment payable at the time of the transfer equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s participation in the Loan and all accrued interest (to the extent that the Facility Agent has not given a notification under Clause 30.9 (Pro rata interest settlement)), Break Costs and other amounts payable in relation thereto under the Finance Documents.

 

39

 

 

(f) The replacement of a Lender pursuant to paragraph (e) above shall be subject to the following conditions:

 

(i) the Borrowers shall have no right to replace a Servicing Party;

 

(ii) neither the Facility Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation to find a replacement Lender;

 

(iii) in no event shall the Lender replaced under paragraph (e) above be required to pay or surrender any of the fees received by such Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents; and

 

(iv) the Lender shall only be obliged to transfer its rights and obligations pursuant to paragraph (e) above once it is satisfied that it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to that transfer.

 

(g) A Lender shall perform the checks described in paragraph (f)(iv) above as soon as reasonably practicable following delivery of a notice referred to in paragraph (e) above and shall notify the Facility Agent and the Borrowers when it is satisfied that it has complied with those checks.

 

7.8          Restrictions

 

(a) Any notice of cancellation or prepayment given by any Party under this Clause 7 (Payment and Cancellation) shall be irrevocable and, unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, shall specify the date or dates upon which the relevant cancellation or prepayment is to be made and the amount of that cancellation or prepayment.

 

(b) Any prepayment under this Agreement shall be made together with accrued interest on the amount prepaid and amounts (if any) payable under the Hedging Agreements in connection with that prepayment and, subject to any Break Costs, without premium or penalty.

 

(c) No Borrower may reborrow any part of the Facility which is prepaid.

 

(d) No Borrower shall repay or prepay all or any part of the Loan or cancel all or any part of the Commitments except at the times and in the manner expressly provided for in this Agreement.

 

(e) No amount of the Total Commitments cancelled under this Agreement may be subsequently reinstated.

 

(f) If the Facility Agent receives a notice under this Clause 7 (Payment and Cancellation) it shall promptly forward a copy of that notice to either the Borrowers or the affected Lenders and/or Hedge Counterparties, as appropriate.

 

40

 

 

SECTION 5

 

COSTS OF UTILISATION

 

8              INTEREST

 

8.1          Calculation of interest

 

The rate of interest on the Loan or any part of the Loan for each Interest Period is the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of:

 

(a)           the applicable Margin; and

 

(b)           LIBOR.

 

8.2          Payment of interest

 

(a) The Borrowers shall pay accrued interest on the Loan or any part of the Loan on the last day of each Interest Period.

 

(b) If an Interest Period is longer than three Months, the Borrowers shall also pay interest then accrued on the Loan or the relevant part of the Loan on the dates falling at three Monthly intervals after the first day of the Interest Period.

 

8.3          Default interest

 

(a) If an Obligor fails to pay any amount payable by it under a Finance Document on its due date, interest shall accrue on the Unpaid Sum from the due date up to the date of actual payment (both before and after judgment) at a rate which, subject to paragraph (b) below, is two per cent. higher than the rate which would have been payable if the Unpaid Sum had, during the period of non-payment, constituted part of a Loan in the currency of the Unpaid Sum for successive Interest Periods, each of a duration selected by the Facility Agent. Any interest accruing under this Clause 8.3 (Default interest) shall be immediately payable by the Obligor on demand by the Facility Agent.

 

(b) If an Unpaid Sum consists of all or part of the Loan which became due on a day which was not the last day of an Interest Period relating to the Loan:

 

(i) the first Interest Period for that Unpaid Sum shall have a duration equal to the unexpired portion of the current Interest Period relating to the Loan; and

 

(ii) the rate of interest applying to that Unpaid Sum during that first Interest Period shall be two per cent. higher than the rate which would have applied if that Unpaid Sum had not become due.

 

(c) Default interest (if unpaid) arising on an Unpaid Sum will be compounded with the Unpaid Sum at the end of each Interest Period applicable to that Unpaid Sum but will remain immediately due and payable.

 

8.4          Notification of rates of interest

 

The Facility Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders and the Borrowers of the determination of a rate of interest under this Agreement.

 

41

 

 

8.5          Hedging

 

(a) The Borrowers may enter into Hedging Agreements and shall after that date maintain such Hedging Agreements in accordance with this Clause 8.5 (Hedging).

 

(b)           Each Hedging Agreement shall:

 

(i) be with a Hedge Counterparty and each Hedge Counterparty shall also be a Lender;

 

(ii) be for a term ending on or before on the Termination Date;

 

(iii) have settlement dates coinciding with the Interest Payment Dates;

 

(iv) be in agreed form;

 

(v) provide for two-way payments in the event of a termination of a transaction in respect of a Hedging Agreement, whether on a Termination Event (as defined in the relevant Hedging Agreement) or on an Event of Default (as defined in the relevant Hedging Agreement); and

 

(vi) provide that the Termination Currency (as defined in the relevant Hedging Agreement) shall be dollars.

 

(c) The rights of each Borrower under the Hedging Agreements shall be assigned by way of security under a Hedging Agreement Assignment.

 

(d) The parties to each Hedging Agreement must comply with the terms of that Hedging Agreement.

 

(e) Neither a Hedge Counterparty nor a Borrower may amend, supplement, extend or waive the terms of any Hedging Agreement without the consent of the Facility Agent.

 

(f) Paragraph (e) above shall not apply to an amendment, supplement or waiver that is administrative and mechanical in nature and does not give rise to a conflict with any provision of this Agreement.

 

(g) If, at any time, the aggregate notional principal amount of the transactions in respect of the Hedging Agreements exceeds or, as a result of any repayment or prepayment under this Agreement, will exceed 100 per cent. of the Loan at that time, the Borrowers must promptly notify the Facility Agent and must reduce the aggregate notional amount of those transactions by an amount and in a manner satisfactory to the Hedge Counterparties so that it no longer exceeds or will not exceed 100 per cent. of the Loan then or that will be outstanding.

 

(h) Any reductions in the aggregate notional amount of the transactions in respect of the Hedging Agreements in accordance with paragraph (g) above will be apportioned as between those transactions pro rata.

 

(i) Subject to paragraph (j) below, neither a Hedge Counterparty nor a Borrower may terminate or close out any transactions in respect of any Hedging Agreement (in whole or in part) except:

 

(i) in accordance with paragraph (g) above;

 

42

 

 

(ii) on the occurrence of an Illegality or Tax Event (as such expression is defined in the relevant Hedging Agreement);

 

(iii) in the case of termination or closing out by a Hedge Counterparty, if the Facility Agent makes a demand for repayment of the Loan but irrespective as to whether such payment is made pursuant to that demand;

 

(iv) in the case of any other termination or closing out by a Hedge Counterparty or a Borrower, with the consent of the Facility Agent;

 

(v) if the Secured Liabilities (other than in respect of the Hedging Agreements) have been irrevocably and unconditionally paid and discharged in full (including for the purposes of refinancing);

 

(vi) if a Borrower does not pay on the due date any amount payable pursuant to a Hedging Agreement;

 

(vii) if the Facility Agent takes any action pursuant to Clause 29.17 (Acceleration);

 

(viii) if a Hedge Counterparty ceases to be a Lender pursuant to Clause 7 (Payment and cancellation) or Clause 30.10 (Replacement of Lenders by Borrowers); or

 

(ix) on the occurrence of any event or circumstance set out in Clause 29.7 (Insolvency) or Clause 29.8 (Insolvency proceedings).

 

(j) If a Hedge Counterparty is entitled to terminate or close out any transaction in respect of any Hedging Agreement under paragraph (i)(iii) above, such Hedge Counterparty shall promptly terminate or close out such transaction following a request to do so by the Security Agent.

 

(k) A Hedge Counterparty may only suspend making payments under a transaction in respect of a Hedging Agreement if a Borrower is in breach of its payment obligations under any transaction in respect of that Hedging Agreement.

 

(l) Each Hedge Counterparty consents to, and acknowledges notices of, the assigning by way of security by each Borrower pursuant to the relevant Hedging Agreement Assignment of its rights under the Hedging Agreements to which it is party in favour of the Security Agent.

 

(m) Any such assigning by way of security is without prejudice to, and after giving effect to, the operation of any payment or close-out netting in respect of any amounts owing under any Hedging Agreement.

 

(n) The Security Agent shall not be liable for the performance of any of a Borrower’s obligations under a Hedging Agreement.

 

8.6          Hedging with another bank or financial institution

 

(a) A Borrower shall only be permitted to enter into a Hedging Agreement with a bank or financial institution other than the Hedge Counterparty if any Security to be provided by the Borrower or Borrowers to such other bank or financial institution shall be fully subordinated to the Security created pursuant to the Finance Documents on terms and undertakings which are acceptable to the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders).

 

43

 

 

9              INTEREST PERIODS

 

9.1          Selection of Interest Periods

 

(a) The Borrowers may select the Interest Period for each Tranche in the Utilisation Request for that Tranche. Subject to paragraph (f) below, the Borrowers may select each subsequent Interest Period in respect of each Tranche in a Selection Notice.

 

(b) Each Selection Notice is irrevocable and must be delivered to the Facility Agent by the Borrowers not later than the Specified Time.

 

(c) If the Borrowers fail to select an Interest Period in the Utilisation Request applicable to a Tranche or fail to deliver a Selection Notice to the Facility Agent in accordance with paragraphs (a) and (b) above, the relevant Interest Period will, subject to Clause 9.2 (Changes to Interest Periods) below, be three Months.

 

(d) Subject to this Clause 9 (Interest Periods), the Borrowers may select an Interest Period of three, six or 12 Months or any other period agreed between the Borrowers and the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders).

 

(e) An Interest Period in respect of the Loan shall not extend beyond the Termination Date.

 

(f) In respect of a Repayment Instalment, an Interest Period for a part of the Loan equal to such Repayment Instalment shall end on the Repayment Date relating to it if such date is before the end of the Interest Period then current.

 

(g) The first Interest Period for a Tranche shall start on the first Utilisation Date for that Tranche and each subsequent Interest Period shall start on the last day of the preceding Interest Period.

 

(h) Except for the purposes of paragraph (f) above, each Tranche shall have one Interest Period only at any time.

 

9.2          Changes to Interest Periods

 

(a) If after the Borrowers have selected and the Lenders have agreed an Interest Period longer than three months, any Lender notifies the Facility Agent within two Business Days after the Specified Time relating to the relevant Utilisation Request or Selection Notice that it is not satisfied that deposits in dollars for a period equal to the Interest Period will be available to it in the Relevant Interbank Market when the Interest Period commences, the Facility Agent shall shorten the Interest Period to three months.

 

(b) If the Facility Agent makes any change to an Interest Period referred to in this Clause 9.2 (Changes to Interest Periods), it shall promptly notify the Borrowers and the Lenders.

 

(c) The Borrowers may, at their option, but subject to the consent of the Facility Agent, acting with the approval of the Majority Lenders, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, synchronise the Interest Periods of the Tranches by matching the Interest Periods of any Tranche utilised under this Agreement to the Interest Period s of another Tranche.

 

(d) The Majority Lenders may, at their option, but subject to the consent of the Borrowers, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, synchronise the Interest Periods of the Tranches by matching the Interest Periods of any Tranche utilised under this Agreement to the Interest Period s of another Tranche.

 

44

 

 

9.3          Non-Business Days

 

If an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, that Interest Period will instead end on the next Business Day in that calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

 

10           CHANGES TO THE CALCULATION OF INTEREST

 

10.1        Absence of quotations

 

Subject to Clause 10.2 (Market disruption), if LIBOR is to be determined by reference to the Reference Banks but a Reference Bank does not supply a quotation by the Specified Time on the Quotation Day, the applicable LIBOR shall be determined on the basis of the quotations of the remaining Reference Banks.

 

10.2        Market disruption

 

(a) If a Market Disruption Event occurs in relation to the Loan or any Advance for any Interest Period, then the rate of interest on each Lender’s share of the Loan or such Advance for the Interest Period shall be the rate per annum which is the sum of:

 

(i) the Margin; and

 

(ii) the rate notified to the Facility Agent by that Lender as soon as practicable and in any event before interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest Period, to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to that Lender of funding its participation in the Loan or such Advance from whatever source it may reasonably select. Evidence of such quotes should be provided to the Borrowers and Guarantors if requested by the Borrowers.

 

(b) In this Agreement “Market Disruption Event” means:

 

(i) at or about noon on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period, LIBOR is to be determined by reference to the Reference Banks and none or only one of the Reference Banks supplies a rate to the Facility Agent to determine LIBOR for dollars for the relevant Interest Period; or

 

(ii) before close of business in London on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period, the Facility Agent receives notifications from a Lender or Lenders (whose participations in the Loan exceed 20 per cent. of the Loan) that the cost to it or them of obtaining matching deposits in the Relevant Interbank Market would be in excess of LIBOR; or

 

(iii) at least one Business Day before the start of an Interest Period, the Facility Agent receives notification from a Lender (the “Affected Lender”) that for any reason it is unable to obtain dollars in the Relevant Interbank Market in order to fund its participation in the Loan or any Advance.

 

10.3        Alternative basis of interest or funding, suspension

 

(a) If a Market Disruption Event occurs and the Facility Agent or the Borrowers so require, the Facility Agent and the Borrowers shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than 30 days) with a view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest or (as the case may be) an alternative basis for funding.

 

45

 

 

(b) Any substitute or alternative basis agreed pursuant to paragraph (a) above shall, with the prior consent of all the Lenders and the Borrowers, be binding on all Parties.

 

(c) If a Market Disruption Event occurs before an Advance is made:

 

(i) in circumstances falling within paragraph (b)(i) of Clause 10.2 (Market disruption) or paragraph(b)(ii) of Clause 10.2 (Market disruption), the Lenders’ obligation to make that Advance; or

 

(ii) in circumstances falling within paragraph (b)(iii) of Clause 10.2 (Market disruption), the Affected Lender’s obligation to participate in that Advance,

 

shall be suspended while the circumstances giving rise to the Market Disruption Event continue.

 

10.4        Break Costs

 

(a) The Borrowers shall, within three Business Days of demand by a Finance Party, pay to that Finance Party its Break Costs attributable to all or any part of the Loan or Unpaid Sum being paid by a Borrower on a day other than the last day of an Interest Period for the Loan or Unpaid Sum.

 

(b) Each Lender shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after a demand by the Facility Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Break Costs for any Interest Period in which they accrue.

 

11           FEES

 

11.1        Commitment fee

 

(a) The Borrowers shall pay to the Facility Agent (for the account of each Lender) a fee computed at the rate of 40 per cent. of the applicable Margin per annum on that Lender’s Available Commitment from time to time, starting on the date of this Agreement and ending on the earlier of (i) the date on which each Tranche is utilised or (ii) the end of the Availability Period.

 

(b) The accrued commitment fee is payable on the last day of each successive period of three Months which ends during the Availability Period, on the last day of the Availability Period and, if cancelled, on the cancelled amount of the relevant Lender’s Commitment at the time the cancellation is effective.

 

11.2        Upfront fees

 

The Borrowers shall pay to the Facility Agent for distribution to the Mandated Lead Arrangers the upfront fees in the amounts and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter.

 

11.3        Agent fee

 

The Borrowers shall pay to the Facility Agent for its account an agency fee in the amount and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter.

 

46

 

 

SECTION 6

 

ADDITIONAL PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS

 

12           TAX GROSS UP AND INDEMNITIES

 

12.1        Definitions

 

(a) In this Agreement:

 

Protected Party” means a Finance Party which is or will be subject to any liability, or required to make any payment, for or on account of Tax in relation to a sum received or receivable (or any sum deemed for the purposes of Tax to be received or receivable) under a Finance Document.

 

Tax Credit” means a credit against, relief or remission for, or repayment of any Tax.

 

Tax Deduction” means a deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax from a payment under a Finance Document, other than a FATCA Deduction.

 

Tax Payment” means either the increase in a payment made by an Obligor to a Finance Party under Clause 12.2 (Tax gross-up) or a payment under Clause 12.3 (Tax indemnity).

 

(b) Unless a contrary indication appears, in this Clause 12 (Tax Gross Up and Indemnities) reference to “determines” or “determined” means a determination made in the absolute discretion of the person making the determination.

 

(c) This Clause 12 (Tax Gross Up and Indemnities) shall not apply to any Hedging Agreement.

 

12.2        Tax gross-up

 

(a) Each Obligor shall make all payments to be made by it without any Tax Deduction, unless a Tax Deduction is required by law.

 

(b) The Borrowers shall promptly upon becoming aware that an Obligor must make a Tax Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of a Tax Deduction) notify the Facility Agent accordingly. Similarly, a Lender shall notify the Facility Agent on becoming so aware in respect of a payment payable to that Lender. If the Facility Agent receives such notification from a Lender it shall notify the Borrowers and that Obligor.

 

(c) If a Tax Deduction is required by law to be made by an Obligor, the amount of the payment due from that Obligor shall be increased to an amount which (after making any Tax Deduction) leaves an amount equal to the payment which would have been due if no Tax Deduction had been required.

 

(d) If an Obligor is required to make a Tax Deduction, that Obligor shall make that Tax Deduction and any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction within the time allowed and in the minimum amount required by law.

 

(e) Within 30 days of making either a Tax Deduction or any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction, the Obligor making that Tax Deduction shall deliver to the Facility Agent for the Finance Party entitled to the payment evidence reasonably satisfactory to that Finance Party that the Tax Deduction has been made or (as applicable) any appropriate payment paid to the relevant taxing authority.

 

47

 

 

12.3        Tax indemnity

 

(a) The Borrowers shall (within three Business Days of demand by the Facility Agent) pay to a Protected Party an amount equal to the loss, liability or cost which that Protected Party determines will be or has been (directly or indirectly) suffered for or on account of Tax by that Protected Party in respect of a Finance Document.

 

(b) Paragraph (a) above shall not apply:

 

(i) with respect to any Tax assessed on a Finance Party:

 

(A) under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party is incorporated or, if different, the jurisdiction (or jurisdictions) in which that Finance Party is treated as resident for tax purposes; or

 

(B) under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party’s Facility Office is located in respect of amounts received or receivable in that jurisdiction,

 

if that Tax is imposed on or calculated by reference to the net income received or receivable (but not any sum deemed to be received or receivable) by that Finance Party; or

 

(ii) to the extent a loss, liability or cost:

 

(A) is fully compensated for by an increased payment under Clause 12.2 (Tax gross-up); or

 

(B) relates to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party.

 

(c) A Protected Party making, or intending to make, a claim under paragraph (a) above shall promptly notify the Facility Agent of the event which will give, or has given, rise to the claim, following which the Facility Agent shall notify the Borrowers.

 

(d) A Protected Party shall, on receiving a payment from an Obligor under this Clause 12.3 (Tax indemnity), notify the Facility Agent.

 

12.4        Tax Credit

 

If an Obligor makes a Tax Payment and the relevant Finance Party determines that:

 

(a) a Tax Credit is attributable to an increased payment of which that Tax Payment forms part, to that Tax Payment or to a Tax Deduction in consequence of which that Tax Payment was received; and

 

(b) that Finance Party has obtained, utilised and retained that Tax Credit,

 

the Finance Party shall pay an amount to the Obligor which that Finance Party determines will leave it (after that payment) in the same after-Tax position as it would have been in had the Tax Payment not been required to be made by the Obligor.

 

48

 

 

12.5        Stamp taxes

 

The Borrowers shall pay and, within three Business Days of demand, indemnify each Secured Party against any cost, loss or liability which that Secured Party incurs in relation to all stamp duty, registration and other similar Taxes payable in respect of any Finance Document.

 

12.6        VAT

 

(a) All amounts expressed to be payable under a Finance Document by any Party to a Finance Party which (in whole or in part) constitute the consideration for any supply for VAT purposes are deemed to be exclusive of any VAT which is chargeable on that supply, and accordingly, subject to paragraph (b) below, if VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party to any Party under a Finance Document and such Finance Party is required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT, that Party must pay to such Finance Party (in addition to and at the same time as paying any other consideration for such supply) an amount equal to the amount of the VAT (and such Finance Party must promptly provide an appropriate VAT invoice to that Party).

 

(b) If VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party (the “Supplier) to any other Finance Party (the “Recipient) under a Finance Document, and any Party other than the Recipient (the “Relevant Party) is required by the terms of any Finance Document to pay an amount equal to the consideration for that supply to the Supplier (rather than being required to reimburse or indemnify the Recipient in respect of that consideration):

 

(i) (where the Supplier is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Relevant Party must also pay to the Supplier (at the same time as paying that amount) an additional amount equal to the amount of the VAT. The Recipient must (where this paragraph (i) applies) promptly pay to the Relevant Party an amount equal to any credit or repayment the Recipient receives from the relevant tax authority which the Recipient reasonably determines relates to the VAT chargeable on that supply; and

 

(ii) (where the Recipient is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Relevant Party must promptly, following demand from the Recipient, pay to the Recipient an amount equal to the VAT chargeable on that supply but only to the extent that the Recipient reasonably determines that it is not entitled to credit or repayment from the relevant tax authority in respect of that VAT.

 

(c) Where a Finance Document requires any Party to reimburse or indemnify a Finance Party for any cost or expense, that Party shall reimburse or indemnify (as the case may be) such Finance Party for the full amount of such cost or expense, including such part of it as represents VAT, save to the extent that such Finance Party reasonably determines that it is entitled to credit or repayment in respect of such VAT from the relevant tax authority.

 

(d) Any reference in this Clause 12.6 (VAT) to any Party shall, at any time when that Party is treated as a member of a group or unity (or fiscal unity) for VAT purposes, include (where appropriate and unless the context otherwise requires) a reference to the person who is treated at that time as making the supply, or (as appropriate) receiving the supply, under the grouping rules (provided for in Article 11 of Council Directive 2006/112/EC (or as implemented by the relevant member state of the European Union)) so that a reference to a Party shall be construed as a reference to that Party or the relevant group or unity (or fiscal unity) of which that Party is a member for VAT purposes at the relevant time or the relevant representative member (or representative or head) of that group or unity at the relevant time (as the case may be).

 

49

 

 

(e) In relation to any supply made by a Finance Party to any Party under a Finance Document, if reasonably requested by such Finance Party, that Party must promptly provide such Finance Party with details of that Party’s VAT registration and such other information as is reasonably requested in connection with such Finance Party’s VAT reporting requirements in relation to such supply.

 

12.7        FATCA Information

 

(a) Subject to paragraph (c) below, each Party shall, within 10 Business Days of a reasonable request by another Party:

 

(i) confirm to that other Party whether it is:

 

(A) a FATCA Exempt Party; or

 

(B) not a FATCA Exempt Party; and

 

(ii) supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status under FATCA as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party’s compliance with FATCA;

 

(iii) supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party’s compliance with any other law, regulation, or exchange of information regime.

 

(b) If a Party confirms to another Party pursuant to paragraph (a)(i) above that it is a FATCA Exempt Party and it subsequently becomes aware that it is not, or has ceased to be a FATCA Exempt Party, that Party shall notify that other Party reasonably promptly.

 

(c) Paragraph (a) above shall not oblige any Finance Party to do anything, and paragraph (a)(iii) above shall not oblige any other Party to do anything, which would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of:

 

(i) any law or regulation;

 

(ii) any fiduciary duty; or

 

(iii) any duty of confidentiality.

 

(d) If a Party fails to confirm whether or not it is a FATCA Exempt Party, or to supply forms, documentation or other information requested in accordance with paragraph (a)(i) or (ii) above (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where paragraph (c) above applies), then such Party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents (and payments under them) as if it is not a FATCA Exempt Party until such time as the Party in question provides the requested confirmation, forms, documentation or other information.

 

12.8        FATCA Deduction

 

(a) Each Party may make any FATCA Deduction it is required to make by FATCA, and any payment required in connection with that FATCA Deduction, and no Party shall be required to increase any payment in respect of which it makes such a FATCA Deduction or otherwise compensate the recipient of the payment for that FATCA Deduction.

 

50

 

 

(b) Each Party shall promptly, upon becoming aware that it must make a FATCA Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of such FATCA Deduction), notify the Party to whom it is making the payment and, in addition, shall notify the Borrowers and the Facility Agent and the Facility Agent shall notify the other Finance Parties.

 

13            INCREASED COSTS

 

13.1        Increased costs

 

(a) Subject to Clause 13.3 (Exceptions), the Borrowers shall, within three Business Days of a demand by the Facility Agent, pay for the account of a Finance Party the amount of any Increased Costs incurred by that Finance Party or any of its Affiliates as a result of:

 

(i) the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation; or

 

(ii) compliance with any law or regulation made, including any costs attributable to the implementation, application of, or compliance with, Basel III or CRD IV,

 

in each case after the date of this Agreement; or

 

(iii) the implementation, application of or compliance with Basel III or CRD IV or any law or regulation that implements or applies Basel III or CRD IV.

 

(b) In this Agreement:

 

(i) Basel III” means:

 

(A) the agreements on capital requirements, a leverage ratio and liquidity standards contained in “Basel III: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems”, “Basel III: International framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring” and “Guidance for national authorities operating the countercyclical capital buffer” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2010, each as amended, supplemented or restated;

 

(B) the rules for global systemically important banks contained in “Global systemically important banks: assessment methodology and the additional loss absorbency requirement - Rules text” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in November 2011, as amended, supplemented or restated; and

 

(C) any further guidance or standards published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision relating to “Basel III”.

 

(ii) CRD IV” means:

 

(A) Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on prudential requirements for credit institutions and investment firms and amending regulation (EU) No. 648/2012, as amended by Regulation (EU) 2019/876;

 

51

 

 

(B) Directive 2013/36/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on access to the activity of credit institutions and the prudential supervision of credit institutions and investment firms, amending Directive 2002/87/EC and repealing Directives 2006/48/EC and 2006/49/EC, as amended by Directive (EU) 2019/878; and

 

(C) any other law or regulation which implements Basel III.

 

(iii) In this Agreement, “Increased Costs” means:

 

(A) a reduction in the rate of return from the Facility or on a Finance Party’s (or its Affiliate’s) overall capital;

 

(B) an additional or increased cost; or

 

(C) a reduction of any amount due and payable under any Finance Document,

 

which is incurred or suffered by a Finance Party or any of its Affiliates to the extent that it is attributable to that Finance Party having entered into its Commitment or funding or performing its obligations under any Finance Document.

 

13.2        Increased cost claims

 

(a) A Finance Party intending to make a claim pursuant to Clause 13.1 (Increased costs) shall notify the Facility Agent of the event giving rise to the claim, following which the Facility Agent shall promptly notify the Borrowers.

 

(b) Each Finance Party shall, as soon as practicable after a demand by the Facility Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Increased Costs.

 

13.3        Exceptions

 

Clause 13.1 (Increased costs) does not apply to the extent any Increased Cost is:

 

(a) attributable to a Tax Deduction required by law to be made by an Obligor;

 

(b) relates to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party;

 

(c) compensated for by Clause 12.3 (Tax indemnity) (or would have been compensated for under Clause 12.3 (Tax indemnity) but was not so compensated solely because any of the exclusions in paragraph (b) of Clause 12.3 (Tax indemnity) applied);

 

(d) compensated for by any payment made pursuant to Clause 14.3 (Mandatory Cost);

 

(e) attributable to the wilful breach by the relevant Finance Party or its Affiliates of any law or regulation; or

 

(f) incurred by a Hedge Counterparty in its capacity as such.

 

52

 

 

14            OTHER INDEMNITIES

 

14.1        Currency indemnity

 

(a) If any sum due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (a “Sum”), or any order, judgment or award given or made in relation to a Sum, has to be converted from the currency (the “First Currency”) in which that Sum is payable into another currency (the “Second Currency”) for the purpose of:

 

(i) making or filing a claim or proof against that Obligor; or

 

(ii) obtaining or enforcing an order, judgment or award in relation to any litigation or arbitration proceedings,

 

that Obligor shall, as an independent obligation, on demand, indemnify each Secured Party to which that Sum is due against any cost, loss or liability arising out of or as a result of the conversion including any discrepancy between (A) the rate of exchange used to convert that Sum from the First Currency into the Second Currency and (B) the rate or rates of exchange available to that person at the time of its receipt of that Sum.

 

(b) Each Obligor waives any right it may have in any jurisdiction to pay any amount under the Finance Documents in a currency or currency unit other than that in which it is expressed to be payable.

 

(c) This Clause 14.1 (Currency indemnity) does not apply to any sum due to a Hedge Counterparty in its capacity as such.

 

14.2        Other indemnities

 

(a) Each Obligor shall, on demand, indemnify each Secured Party against any cost, loss or liability incurred by it as a result of:

 

(i) the occurrence of any Event of Default;

 

(ii) a failure by an Obligor to pay any amount due under a Finance Document on its due date, including without limitation, any cost, loss or liability arising as a result of Clause 35 (Sharing Among the Finance Parties);

 

(iii) funding, or making arrangements to fund, its participation in an Advance requested by the Borrowers in a Utilisation Request but not made by reason of the operation of any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement (other than by reason of default or negligence by that Finance Party alone); or

 

(iv) the Loan (or part of the Loan) not being prepaid in accordance with a notice of prepayment given by the Borrowers.

 

(b)

Each Obligor shall, on demand, indemnify each Finance Party, each Affiliate of a Finance Party and each officer or employee of a Finance Party or its Affiliate (each such person for the purposes of this Clause 14.2 (Other indemnities) an “Indemnified Person”), against any cost, loss or liability incurred by that Indemnified Person pursuant to or in connection with any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings or regulatory enquiry, in connection with or arising out of the entry into and the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents, having the benefit of any Security constituted by the Finance Documents or which relates to the condition or operation of, or any incident occurring in relation to, any Ship unless such cost, loss or liability is caused by the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of that Indemnified Person.

 

53

 

 

(c) Without limiting, but subject to any limitations set out in paragraph (b) above, the indemnity in paragraph (b) above shall cover any cost, loss or liability incurred by each Indemnified Person in any jurisdiction:

 

(i) arising or asserted under or in connection with any law relating to safety at sea, the ISM Code, any Environmental Law or any Sanctions Laws; or

 

(ii) in connection with any Environmental Claim.

 

(d) Any Affiliate or any officer or employee of a Finance Party or of any of its Affiliates may rely on this Clause 14.2 (Other indemnities) subject to Clause 1.5 (Third party rights) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

 

14.3        Mandatory Cost

 

Each Borrower shall, on demand by the Facility Agent, pay to the Facility Agent for the account of the relevant Lender, such amount which any Lender certifies in a notice to the Facility Agent to be its good faith determination of the amount necessary to compensate it for complying with:

 

(a) in the case of a Lender lending from a Facility Office in a Participating Member State, the minimum reserve requirements (or other requirements having the same or similar purpose) of the European Central Bank or any other authority or agency which replaces all or any of its functions in respect of loans made from that Facility Office; and

 

(b) in the case of any Lender lending from a Facility Office in the United Kingdom, any reserve asset, special deposit or liquidity requirements (or other requirements having the same or similar purpose) of the Bank of England (or any other governmental authority or agency) and/or paying any fees to the Financial Conduct Authority and/or the Prudential Regulation Authority (or any other governmental authority or agency which replaces all or any of their functions),

 

which, in each case, is referable to that Lender’s participation in the Loan.

 

14.4        Indemnity to the Servicing Parties

 

Each Obligor shall, on demand, indemnify each Servicing Party against any reasonable cost, loss or liability incurred by that Servicing Party (acting reasonably) as a result of:

 

(a) investigating any event which it reasonably believes is a Default;

 

(b) acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised; and

 

(c) instructing lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts as permitted under the Finance Documents.

 

54

 

 

14.5        Indemnity to the Facility Agent

 

Each Obligor shall, on demand, indemnify the Facility Agent against any reasonable cost, loss or liability incurred by the Facility Agent (otherwise than by reason of the Facility Agent’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct) or, in the case of any cost, loss or liability pursuant to Clause 36.11 (Disruption to Payment Systems etc.) notwithstanding the Facility Agent’s negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Facility Agent in acting as Facility Agent under the Finance Documents.

 

14.6        Indemnity to the Security Agent

 

(a) Each Obligor shall, on demand, indemnify the Security Agent and every Receiver and Delegate against any cost, loss or liability incurred by any of them:

 

(i) in relation to or as a result of:

 

(A) acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised;

 

(B) the taking, holding, protection or enforcement of the Finance Documents and the Transaction Security;

 

(C) the exercise of any of the rights, powers, discretions, authorities and remedies vested in the Security Agent and each Receiver and Delegate by the Finance Documents or by law;

 

(D) any default by any Transaction Obligor in the performance of any of the obligations expressed to be assumed by it in the Finance Documents;

 

(E) any action by any Obligor which vitiates, reduces the value of, or is otherwise prejudicial to, the Transaction Security; and

 

(F) instructing lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts as permitted under the Finance Documents.

 

(ii) acting as Security Agent, Receiver or Delegate under the Finance Documents or which otherwise relates to any of the Security Property or the performance of the terms of this Agreement or the other Finance Documents (otherwise, in each case, than by reason of the relevant Security Agent’s, Receiver’s or Delegate’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct).

 

(b) The Security Agent and every Receiver and Delegate may, in priority to any payment to the Secured Parties, indemnify itself out of the Charged Property in respect of, and pay and retain, all sums necessary to give effect to the indemnity in this Clause 14.6 (Indemnity to the Security Agent) and shall have a lien on the Transaction Security and the proceeds of the enforcement of the Transaction Security for all monies payable to it.

 

15           MITIGATION BY THE FINANCE PARTIES

 

15.1        Mitigation

 

(a) Each Finance Party shall, in consultation with the Borrowers, take all reasonable steps to mitigate any circumstances which arise and which would result in any amount becoming payable under or pursuant to, or cancelled pursuant to, any of Clause 7.1 (Illegality), Clause 12 (Tax Gross Up and Indemnities), Clause 13 (Increased Costs) or paragraph (a) of Clause 14.3 (Mandatory Cost) including (but not limited to) transferring its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents to another Affiliate or Facility Office.

 

55

 

 

(b) Paragraph (a) above does not in any way limit the obligations of any Obligor under the Finance Documents.

 

15.2        Limitation of liability

 

(a) Each Borrower shall, on demand, indemnify each Finance Party for all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by that Finance Party as a result of steps taken by it under Clause 15.1 (Mitigation).

 

(b) A Finance Party is not obliged to take any steps under Clause 15.1 (Mitigation) if, in the opinion of that Finance Party (acting reasonably), to do so might be prejudicial to it.

 

16           COSTS AND EXPENSES

 

16.1        Transaction expenses

 

The Borrowers shall, on demand, pay the Facility Agent, the Security Agent and each Mandated Lead Arranger the amount of all reasonable costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by any Secured Party in connection with the negotiation, preparation, printing, execution, syndication and perfection of:

 

(a) this Agreement and any other documents referred to in this Agreement;

 

(b) the Transaction Security; and

 

(c) any other Finance Documents executed after the date of this Agreement.

 

16.2 Amendment costs

 

If:

 

(a) an Obligor requests an amendment, waiver or consent; or

 

(b) an amendment is required pursuant to Clause 36.9 (Change of currency) or as contemplated in Clause 45.4 (Replacement of Screen Rate); or

 

(c) an Obligor requests, and the Security Agent agrees to, the release of all or any part of the Charged Property from the Transaction Security,

 

the Borrowers shall, on demand, reimburse each of the Facility Agent and the Security Agent for the amount of all reasonable costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by each Secured Party in responding to, evaluating, negotiating or complying with that request or requirement.

 

16.3        Enforcement and preservation costs

 

The Borrowers shall, on demand, pay to each Secured Party the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) incurred by that Secured Party in connection with the enforcement of, or the preservation of any rights under, any Finance Document and the Transaction Security and any proceedings instituted by or against the Security Agent as a consequence of taking or holding the Transaction Security or enforcing those rights.

 

56

 

 

SECTION 7

 

GUARANTEES AND JOINT AND SEVERAL LIABILITY OF GUARANTORS AND THE BORROWERS

 

17 GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY – GUARANTORS

 

17.1        Guarantee and indemnity

 

Each Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally:

 

(a) guarantees to each Finance Party punctual performance by each Obligor other than the Guarantors of all such other Obligor’s obligations under the Finance Documents;

 

(b) undertakes with each Finance Party that whenever an Obligor other than the Guarantors do not pay any amount when due under or in connection with any Finance Document, the Guarantors shall immediately on demand pay that amount as if it were the principal obligor; and

 

(c) agrees with each Finance Party that if any obligation guaranteed by it is or becomes unenforceable, invalid or illegal, it will, as an independent and primary obligation, indemnify that Finance Party immediately on demand against any cost, loss or liability it incurs as a result of an Obligor other than the Guarantors not paying any amount which would, but for such unenforceability, invalidity or illegality, have been payable by it under any Finance Document on the date when it would have been due. The amount payable by the Guarantors under this indemnity will not exceed the amount it would have had to pay under this Clause 17 (Guarantee and Indemnity – Guarantor) if the amount claimed had been recoverable on the basis of the guarantee.

 

17.2        Continuing guarantee

 

This guarantee is a continuing guarantee and will extend to the ultimate balance of sums payable by any Obligor under the Finance Documents, regardless of any intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in part.

 

17.3        Reinstatement

 

If any discharge, release or arrangement (whether in respect of the obligations of any Obligor or any security for those obligations or otherwise) is made by a Secured Party in whole or in part on the basis of any payment, security or other disposition which is avoided or must be restored in insolvency, liquidation, administration or otherwise, without limitation, then the liability of the Guarantors under this Clause 17 (Guarantee and Indemnity – Guarantor) will continue or be reinstated as if the discharge, release or arrangement had not occurred.

 

17.4        Waiver of defences

 

The obligations of the Guarantors under this Clause 17 (Guarantee and Indemnity – Guarantor) and in respect of any Transaction Security will not be affected or discharged by an act, omission, matter or thing which, but for this Clause 17.4 (Waiver of defences), would reduce, release or prejudice any of its obligations under this Clause 17 (Guarantee and Indemnity – Guarantor) or in respect of any Transaction Security (without limitation and whether or not known to it or any Secured Party) including:

 

(a) any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with, any Obligor or other person;

 

57

 

 

(b) the release of any other Obligor or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor of any member of the Group;

 

(c) the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect or delay in perfecting, or refusal or neglect to take up or enforce, or delay in taking or enforcing any rights against, or security over assets of, any Obligor or other person or any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security;

 

(d) any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or status of an Obligor or any other person;

 

(e) any amendment, novation, supplement, extension, restatement (however fundamental and whether or not more onerous) or replacement of any Finance Document or any other document or security including, without limitation, any change in the purpose of, any extension of or any increase in any facility or the addition of any new facility under any Finance Document or other document or security;

 

(f) any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation of any person under any Finance Document or any other document or security; or

 

(g) any insolvency or similar proceedings.

 

17.5        Immediate recourse

 

The Guarantors each waive any right they may have of first requiring any Secured Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) to proceed against or enforce any other rights or security or claim payment from any person (including without limitation to commence any proceedings under any Finance Document or to enforce any Transaction Security) before claiming or commencing proceedings under this Clause 17 (Guarantee and Indemnity – Guarantor). This waiver applies irrespective of any law or any provision of a Finance Document to the contrary.

 

17.6        Appropriations

 

Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full, each Secured Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) may:

 

(a) refrain from applying or enforcing any other moneys, security or rights held or received by that Secured Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) in respect of those amounts, or apply and enforce the same in such manner and order as it sees fit (whether against those amounts or otherwise) and the Guarantors shall not be entitled to the benefit of the same; and

 

(b) hold in an interest-bearing suspense account any moneys received from the Guarantors or on account of either Guarantor’s liability under this Clause 17 (Guarantee and Indemnity – Guarantor).

 

17.7        Deferral of Parent Guarantors’ rights

 

All rights which either Guarantor at any time has (whether in respect of this guarantee, a mortgage or any other transaction) against any Borrower, any other Obligor or their respective assets shall be fully subordinated to the rights of the Secured Parties under the Finance Documents and until the end of the Security Period and unless the Facility Agent otherwise directs,the Guarantors will not exercise any rights which they may have (whether in respect of any Finance Document to which it is a Party or any other transaction) by reason of performance by either Guarantor of its obligations under the Finance Documents or by reason of any amount being payable, or liability arising, under this Clause 17 (Guarantee and Indemnity – Guarantor):

 

58

 

 

(a) to be indemnified by an Obligor;

 

(b) to claim any contribution from any third party providing security for, or any other guarantor of, any Obligor’s obligations under the Finance Documents;

 

(c) to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Secured Parties under the Finance Documents or of any other guarantee or security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, the Finance Documents by any Secured Party;

 

(d) to bring legal or other proceedings for an order requiring any Obligor to make any payment, or perform any obligation, in respect of which the Parent Guarantor have given a guarantee, undertaking or indemnity under Clause 17 (Guarantee and Indemnity – Guarantor);

 

(e) to exercise any right of set-off against any Obligor; and/or

 

(f) to claim or prove as a creditor of any Obligor in competition with any Secured Party.

 

If either Guarantor receives any benefit, payment or distribution in relation to such rights it shall hold that benefit, payment or distribution to the extent necessary to enable all amounts which may be or become payable to the Secured Parties by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents to be repaid in full on trust for the Secured Parties and shall promptly pay or transfer the same to the Facility Agent or as the Facility Agent may direct for application in accordance with Clause 36 (Payment Mechanics).

 

17.8 Additional security

 

This guarantee and any other Security given by the Guarantors is in addition to and is not in any way prejudiced by, and shall not prejudice, any other guarantee or Security or any other right of recourse now or subsequently held by any Secured Party or any right of set-off or netting or right to combine accounts in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

17.9 Applicability of provisions of Guarantee to other Security

 

Clauses 17.2 (Continuing guarantee), 17.3 (Reinstatement), 17.4 (Waiver of defences), 17.5 (Immediate recourse), 17.6 (Appropriations), 17.7 (Deferral of Parent Guarantors’ rights) and 17.8 (Additional security) shall apply, with any necessary modifications, to any Security which the Parent Guarantor creates (whether at the time at which it signs this Agreement or at any later time) to secure the Secured Liabilities or any part of them.

 

18 JOINT AND SEVERAL LIABILITY OF THE GUARANTORS

 

18.1 Joint and several liability

 

All liabilities and obligations of the Guarantors under this Agreement shall, whether expressed to be so or not, be joint and several.

 

59

 

 

18.2 Waiver of defences

 

The liabilities and obligations of a Guarantor shall not be impaired by:

 

(a) this Agreement being or later becoming void, unenforceable or illegal as regards the other Guarantor;

 

(b) any Lender or the Security Agent entering into any rescheduling, refinancing or other arrangement of any kind with the other Guarantor;

 

(c) any Lender or the Security Agent releasing the other Guarantor or any Security created by a Finance Document; or

 

(d) any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with the other Guarantor or other person;

 

(e) the release of the other Guarantor or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor of any member of the Group;

 

(f) the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect, take up or enforce, any rights against, or security over assets of, the other Guarantor or other person or any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security;

 

(g) any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or status of the other Guarantor or any other person;

 

(h) any amendment, novation, supplement, extension, restatement (however fundamental, and whether or not more onerous) or replacement of a Finance Document or any other document or security including, without limitation, any change in the purpose of, any extension of or any increase in any facility or the addition of any new facility under any Finance Document or other document or security;

 

(i) any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation or any person under any Finance Document or any other document or security; or

 

(j) any insolvency or similar proceedings.

 

18.3 Principal Debtor

 

Each Guarantor declares that it is and will, throughout the Security Period, remain a principal debtor for all amounts owing under this Agreement and the Finance Documents and no Guarantor shall, in any circumstances, be construed to be a surety for the obligations of the other Guarantor under this Agreement.

 

18.4 Guarantor restrictions

 

(a) Subject to paragraph (b) below, during the Security Period no Guarantor shall:

 

(i) claim any amount which may be due to it from the other Guarantor whether in respect of a payment made under, or matter arising out of, this Agreement or any Finance Document, or any matter unconnected with this Agreement or any Finance Document; or

 

60

 

 

(ii) take or enforce any form of security from the other Guarantor for such an amount, or in any the way seek to have recourse in respect of such an amount against any asset of the other Guarantor; or

 

(iii) set off such an amount against any sum due from it to the other Guarantor; or

 

(iv) prove or claim for such an amount in any liquidation, administration, arrangement or similar procedure involving the other Guarantor; or

 

(v) exercise or assert any combination of the foregoing.

 

(b) If during the Security Period, the Facility Agent, by notice to a Guarantor, requires it to take any action referred to in paragraph (a) above in relation to the other Guarantor, that Guarantor shall take that action as soon as practicable after receiving the Facility Agent’s notice.

 

18.5 Deferral of Guarantors’ rights

 

Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Guarantors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full and unless the Facility Agent otherwise directs, no Guarantor will exercise any rights which it may have by reason of performance by it of its obligations under the Finance Documents:

 

(a) to be indemnified by the other Guarantor; or

 

(b) to claim any contribution from the other Guarantor in relation to any payment made by it under the Finance Documents.

 

19 JOINT AND SEVERAL LIABILITY OF THE BORROWERS

 

19.1 Joint and several liability

 

All liabilities and obligations of the Borrowers under this Agreement shall, whether expressed to be so or not, be joint and several.

 

19.2 Waiver of defences

 

The liabilities and obligations of a Borrower shall not be impaired by:

 

(a) this Agreement being or later becoming void, unenforceable or illegal as regards the other Borrower;

 

(b) any Lender or the Security Agent entering into any rescheduling, refinancing or other arrangement of any kind with the other Borrower;

 

(c) any Lender or the Security Agent releasing the other Borrower or any Security created by a Finance Document; or

 

(d) any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with the other Borrower or other person;

 

(e) the release of the other Borrower or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor of any member of the Group;

 

61

 

 

(f) the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect, take up or enforce, any rights against, or security over assets of, the other Borrower or other person or any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security;

 

(g) any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or status of any other Borrower or any other person;

 

(h) any amendment, novation, supplement, extension, restatement (however fundamental, and whether or not more onerous) or replacement of a Finance Document or any other document or security including, without limitation, any change in the purpose of, any extension of or any increase in any facility or the addition of any new facility under any Finance Document or other document or security;

 

(i) any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation or any person under any Finance Document or any other document or security; or

 

(j) any insolvency or similar proceedings.

 

19.3 Principal Debtor

 

Each Borrower declares that it is and will, throughout the Security Period, remain a principal debtor for all amounts owing under this Agreement and the Finance Documents and neither Borrower shall, in any circumstances, be construed to be a surety for the obligations of the other Borrower under this Agreement.

 

19.4 Borrower restrictions

 

(a) Subject to paragraph (b) below, during the Security Period neither Borrower shall:

 

(i) claim any amount which may be due to it from the other Borrower whether in respect of a payment made under, or matter arising out of, this Agreement or any Finance Document, or any matter unconnected with this Agreement or any Finance Document; or

 

(ii) take or enforce any form of security from the other Borrower for such an amount, or in any the way seek to have recourse in respect of such an amount against any asset of the other Borrower; or

 

(iii) set off such an amount against any sum due from it to the other Borrower; or

 

(iv) prove or claim for such an amount in any liquidation, administration, arrangement or similar procedure involving the other Borrower; or

 

(v) exercise or assert any combination of the foregoing.

 

(b) If during the Security Period, the Facility Agent, by notice to either Borrower, requires it to take any action referred to in paragraph (a) above in relation to the other Borrower, that Borrower shall take that action as soon as practicable after receiving the Facility Agent’s notice.

 

62

 

 

19.5 Deferral of Borrowers’ rights

 

Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Borrowers under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full and unless the Facility Agent otherwise directs, neither Borrower will exercise any rights which it may have by reason of performance by it of its obligations under the Finance Documents:

 

(a) to be indemnified by the other Borrower; or

 

(b) to claim any contribution from the other Borrower in relation to any payment made by it under the Finance Documents.

 

63

 

 

SECTION 8

 

GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY - HEDGE GUARANTORS

 

20 GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY – HEDGE GUARANTORS

 

20.1 Guarantee and indemnity

 

Each Hedge Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally:

 

(a) guarantees to each Finance Party punctual performance by each Borrower of all that Borrower’s obligations under the Hedging Agreements;

 

(b) undertakes with each Finance Party that whenever a Borrower does not pay any amount when due under or in connection with any Hedging Agreement, that Hedge Guarantor shall immediately on demand pay that amount as if it were the principal obligor; and

 

(c) agrees with each Finance Party that if any obligation guaranteed by it is or becomes unenforceable, invalid or illegal, it will, as an independent and primary obligation, indemnify that Finance Party immediately on demand against any cost, loss or liability it incurs as a result of a Borrower not paying any amount which would, but for such unenforceability, invalidity or illegality, have been payable by it under any Hedging Agreement on the date when it would have been due. The amount payable by a Hedge Guarantor under this indemnity will not exceed the amount it would have had to pay under this Clause 20 (Guarantee and Indemnity – Hedge Guarantors) if the amount claimed had been recoverable on the basis of a guarantee.

 

20.2 Continuing guarantee

 

This guarantee is a continuing guarantee and will extend to the ultimate balance of sums payable by any Borrower under the Hedging Agreements, regardless of any intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in part.

 

20.3 Reinstatement

 

If any discharge, release or arrangement (whether in respect of the obligations of any Borrower or any security for those obligations or otherwise) is made by a Secured Party in whole or in part on the basis of any payment, security or other disposition which is avoided or must be restored in insolvency, liquidation, administration or otherwise, without limitation, then the liability of each Hedge Guarantor under this Clause 20 (Guarantee and Indemnity – Hedge Guarantors) will continue or be reinstated as if the discharge, release or arrangement had not occurred.

 

20.4 Waiver of defences

 

The obligations of each Hedge Guarantor under this Clause 20 (Guarantee and Indemnity – Hedge Guarantors) (and in respect of any Transaction Security will not be affected or discharged by an act, omission, matter or thing which, but for this Clause 20.4 (Waiver of defences), would reduce, release or prejudice any of its obligations under this Clause 20 (Guarantee and Indemnity – Hedge Guarantors)) or in respect of any Transaction Security (without limitation and whether or not known to it or any Secured Party) including:

 

(a) any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with, any Obligor or other person;

 

64

 

 

(b) the release of any other Obligor or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor of any member of the Group;

 

(c) the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect or delay in perfecting, or refusal or neglect to take up or enforce, or delay in taking or enforcing any rights against, or security over assets of, any Obligor or other person or any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security;

 

(d) any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or status of an Obligor or any other person;

 

(e) any amendment, novation, supplement, extension, restatement (however fundamental and whether or not more onerous) or replacement of any Finance Document or any other document or security including, without limitation, any change in the purpose of, any extension of or any increase in any facility or the addition of any new facility under any Finance Document or other document or security;

 

(f) any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation of any person under any Finance Document or any other document or security; or

 

(g) any insolvency or similar proceedings.

 

20.5 Immediate recourse

 

Each Hedge Guarantor waives any right it may have of first requiring any Secured Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) to proceed against or enforce any other rights or security or claim payment from any person (including without limitation to commence any proceedings under any Finance Document or to enforce any Transaction Security) before claiming or commencing proceedings under this Clause 20 (Guarantee and Indemnity – Hedge Guarantors).

 

This waiver applies irrespective of any law or any provision of a Finance Document to the contrary.

 

20.6 Appropriations

 

Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Borrowers under or in connection with the Hedging Agreements have been irrevocably paid in full, each Secured Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) may:

 

(a) refrain from applying or enforcing any other moneys, security or rights held or received by that Secured Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) in respect of those amounts, or apply and enforce the same in such manner and order as it sees fit (whether against those amounts or otherwise) and no Hedge Guarantor shall be entitled to the benefit of the same; and

 

(b) hold in an interest-bearing suspense account any moneys received from any Hedge Guarantor or on account of any Hedge Guarantor’s liability under this Clause 20 (Guarantee and Indemnity – Hedge Guarantors).

 

65

 

 

20.7 Deferral of Hedge Guarantors’ rights

 

All rights which each Hedge Guarantor at any time has (whether in respect of this guarantee, a mortgage or any other transaction) against either Borrower, any other Obligor or their respective assets shall be fully subordinated to the rights of the Secured Parties under the Finance Documents and until the end of the Security Period and unless the Facility Agent otherwise directs, no Hedge Guarantor will exercise any rights which it may have (whether in respect of any Finance Document to which it is a Party or any other transaction) by reason of performance by it of its obligations under the Finance Documents or by reason of any amount being payable, or liability arising, under this Clause 20 (Guarantee and Indemnity – Hedge Guarantors):

 

(a) to be indemnified by an Obligor;

 

(b) to claim any contribution from any third party providing security for, or any other guarantor of, any Obligor’s obligations under the Finance Documents;

 

(c) to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Secured Parties under the Finance Documents or of any other guarantee or security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, the Finance Documents by any Secured Party;

 

(d) to bring legal or other proceedings for an order requiring any Obligor to make any payment, or perform any obligation, in respect of which any Hedge Guarantor has given a guarantee, undertaking or indemnity under Clause 18 (Joint and Several Liability of the Guarantors);

 

(e) to exercise any right of set-off against any Obligor; and/or

 

(f) to claim or prove as a creditor of any Obligor in competition with any Secured Party.

 

If a Hedge Guarantor receives any benefit, payment or distribution in relation to such rights it shall hold that benefit, payment or distribution to the extent necessary to enable all amounts which may be or become payable to the Secured Parties by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents to be repaid in full on trust for the Secured Parties and shall promptly pay or transfer the same to the Facility Agent or as the Facility Agent may direct for application in accordance with Clause 36 (Payment Mechanics).

 

20.8 Additional security

 

This guarantee and any other Security given by a Hedge Guarantor is in addition to and is not in any way prejudiced by, and shall not prejudice, any other guarantee or Security or any other right of recourse now or subsequently held by any Secured Party or any right of set-off or netting or right to combine accounts in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

20.9 Applicability of provisions of Guarantee to other Security

 

Clauses 20.2 (Continuing guarantee), 20.3 (Reinstatement), 20.4 (Waiver of defences), 20.5 (Immediate recourse), 20.6 (Appropriations), 20.7 (Deferral of Hedge Guarantors’ rights) and 20.8 (Additional security) shall apply, with any necessary modifications, to any Security which a Hedge Guarantor creates (whether at the time at which it signs this Agreement or at any later time) to secure the Secured Liabilities or any part of them.

 

66

 

 

SECTION 9

 

REPRESENTATIONS, UNDERTAKINGS AND EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

21 REPRESENTATIONS

 

21.1 General

 

Each Obligor makes the representations and warranties set out in this Clause 21 (Representations) to each Finance Party on the date of this Agreement.

 

21.2 Status

 

(a) In the case of each Borrower, it is a limited liability company, duly formed and validly existing in good standing under the law of its jurisdiction of incorporation and in the case of the Parent Guarantor it is a corporation, duly incorporated and validly existing in good standing under the law of its jurisdiction of incorporation.

 

(b) It has the power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is being conducted.

 

21.3 Membership interests and ownership

 

(a) The aggregate membership interests expressed in terms of shares authorised to be issued is 100 LLC shares in respect of Borrower A and Borrower B, 5,913,289 LLC shares in respect of Borrower C and 2,963,289 LLC shares in respect of Borrower D, which shares are, in each case, uncertificated.

 

(b) The legal title to and beneficial interest in the membership interests in each Borrower is held free of any Security or any other claim by the Corporate Guarantor.

 

(c) None of the membership interests in any Borrower is subject to any option to purchase, pre-emption rights or similar rights.

 

(d) The legal title to and beneficial interest in the membership interests in the Corporate Guarantor is held free of any Security or any other claim by the Parent Guarantor.

 

21.4 Binding obligations

 

The obligations expressed to be assumed by it in each Transaction Document to which it is a party are legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations.

 

21.5 Validity, effectiveness and ranking of Security

 

(a) Each Finance Document to which it is a party does now or, as the case may be, will upon execution and delivery and, where applicable, registration create the Security it purports to create over any assets to which such Security, by its terms, relates, and such Security will, when created or intended to be created, be valid and effective.

 

(b) No third party has or will have any Security (except for Permitted Security) over any assets that are the subject of any Transaction Security granted by it.

 

(c) The Transaction Security granted by it to the Security Agent or any other Secured Party has or will when created or intended to be created have first ranking priority or such other priority it is expressed to have in the Finance Documents and is not subject to any prior ranking or pari passu ranking security.

 

67

 

 

(d) No concurrence, consent or authorisation of any person is required for the creation of or otherwise in connection with any Transaction Security.

 

21.6 Non-conflict with other obligations

 

The entry into and performance by it of, and the transactions contemplated by, each Transaction Document to which it is a party do not and will not conflict with:

 

(a) any law or regulation applicable to it;

 

(b) the constitutional documents of any member of the Group; or

 

(c) any agreement or instrument binding upon it or any member of the Group or any member of the Group’s assets or constitute a default or termination event (however described) under any such agreement or instrument.

 

21.7 Power and authority

 

(a) It has the power to enter into, perform and deliver, and has taken all necessary action to authorise:

 

  (i) its entry into, performance and delivery of, each Transaction Document to which it is or will be a party and the transactions contemplated by those Transaction Documents; and

 

  (ii) in the case of each Borrower, its registration of the Ship owned by it under its Approved Flag.

 

(b) No limit on its powers will be exceeded as a result of the borrowing, granting of security or giving of guarantees or indemnities contemplated by the Transaction Documents to which it is a party.

 

21.8 Validity and admissibility in evidence

 

All Authorisations required or desirable:

 

(a) to enable it lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights and comply with its obligations in the Transaction Documents to which it is a party; and

 

(b) to make the Transaction Documents to which it is a party admissible in evidence in its Relevant Jurisdictions,

 

have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect.

 

21.9 Governing law and enforcement

 

(a) The choice of governing law of each Transaction Document to which it is a party will be recognised and enforced in its Relevant Jurisdictions.

 

68

 

 

(b) Any judgment obtained in relation to a Transaction Document to which it is a party in the jurisdiction of the governing law of that Transaction Document will be recognised and enforced in its Relevant Jurisdictions.

 

21.10      Insolvency

 

No:

 

(a) corporate action, legal proceeding or other procedure or step described in paragraph (a) of Clause 29.8 (Insolvency proceedings); or

 

(b) creditors’ process described in Clause 29.9 (Creditors’ process),

 

has been taken or, to its knowledge, threatened in relation to a member of the Group; and none of the circumstances described in Clause 29.7 (Insolvency) applies to a member of the Group.

 

21.11      No filing or stamp taxes

 

Except for the filing in the Marshall Islands Registry of the Mortgages over the Ships, under the laws of its Relevant Jurisdictions it is not necessary that the Finance Documents to which it is a party be filed, recorded or enrolled with any court or other authority in that jurisdiction or that any stamp, registration, notarial or similar taxes or fees be paid on or in relation to the Finance Documents to which it is a party or the transactions contemplated by those Finance Documents except any filing, recording or enrolling or any tax or fee payable which is referred to in any legal opinion delivered pursuant to Clause 4 (Conditions of Utilisation) and which will be made or paid promptly after the date of the relevant Finance Document.

 

21.12      Deduction of Tax

 

It is not required to make any Tax Deduction from any payment it may make under any Finance Document to which it is a party.

 

21.13      No default

 

(a) No Event of Default and, on the date of this Agreement and on each Utilisation Date, no Default is continuing or might reasonably be expected to result from the making of any Utilisation or the entry into, the performance of, or any transaction contemplated by, any Transaction Document.

 

(b) No other event or circumstance is outstanding which constitutes a default or a termination event (however described) under any other agreement or instrument which is binding on it or to which its assets are subject which might have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

21.14       No misleading information

 

(a) Any factual information provided by any member of the Group for the purposes of this Agreement was true and accurate in all material respects as at the date it was provided or as at the date (if any) at which it is stated.

 

(b) The financial projections contained in any such information have been prepared on the basis of recent historical information and on the basis of reasonable assumptions.

 

69

 

 

(c) Nothing has occurred or been omitted from any such information and no information has been given or withheld that results in the information provided being untrue or misleading in any material respect.

 

21.15      Financial Statements

 

(a) Its most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 22.2 (Financial statements):

 

(i) have been prepared in accordance with Clause 22.4 (Requirements as to financial statements); and

 

(ii) give a true and fair view of (if audited) or fairly represent (if unaudited) its financial condition and operations (consolidated in the case of the Parent Guarantor) during the relevant financial year.

 

(b) Since the date of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 22.2 (Financial statements) there has been no material adverse change in its business, assets or financial condition (or the business or consolidated financial condition of the Group, in the case of the Parent Guarantor).

 

21.16      Pari passu ranking

 

Its payment obligations under the Finance Documents to which it is a party rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally.

 

21.17      No proceedings pending or threatened

 

No litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings or investigations (including proceedings or investigations relating to any alleged or actual breach of the ISM Code or of the ISPS Code) of or before any court, arbitral body or agency have (to the best of its knowledge and belief (having made due and careful enquiry)) been started or threatened against it, which might have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

21.18      Validity and completeness of the Pool Agreements

 

(a) The Pool Agreements constitute legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations of the parties to it.

 

(b) The copies of the Pool Agreements delivered to the Facility Agent before the date of this Agreement are a true and complete copy.

 

(c) No material amendments or additions to the Pool Agreements have been agreed nor have any rights under the Pool Agreements been waived.

 

21.19      Valuations

 

(a) All information supplied by it or on its behalf to an Approved Valuer for the purposes of a valuation delivered to the Facility Agent in accordance with this Agreement was true and accurate as at the date it was supplied or (if appropriate) as at the date (if any) at which it is stated to be given.

 

70

 

 

(b) It has not omitted to supply any information to an Approved Valuer which, if disclosed, would adversely affect any valuation prepared by such Approved Valuer.

 

(c) There has been no change to the factual information provided pursuant to paragraph (a) above in relation to any valuation between the date such information was provided and the date of that valuation which, in either case, renders that information untrue or misleading in any material respect.

 

21.20      No breach of laws

 

It has not breached any law or regulation which breach has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

21.21      No Charter

 

No Ship is subject to any Charter other than a Permitted Charter.

 

21.22      Compliance with Environmental Laws

 

All Environmental laws relating to the ownership, operation and management of each Ship and the business of each member of the Group (as now conducted and as reasonably anticipated to be conducted in the future) and the terms of all Environmental Approvals have been complied with.

 

21.23       No Environmental Claim

 

No Environmental Claim has been made or threatened against any member of the Group or any Ship.

 

21.24      No Environmental Incident

 

No Environmental Incident has occurred and no person has claimed that an Environmental Incident has occurred.

 

21.25      ISM and ISPS Code compliance

 

All requirements of the ISM Code and the ISPS Code as they relate to each Borrower, each Approved Manager and each Ship have been complied with or will be complied with.

 

21.26       Taxes paid

 

(a) It is not and no other member of the Group is materially overdue in the filing of any Tax returns and it is not (and no other member of the Group is) overdue in the payment of any amount in respect of Tax.

 

(b) No claims or investigations are being, or could reasonably be expected to be, made or conducted against it (or any other member of the Group) with respect to Taxes.

 

21.27      Financial Indebtedness

 

No Borrower has any Financial Indebtedness outstanding other than as permitted by this Agreement.

 

71

 

 

21.28      Overseas companies

 

No Obligor has delivered particulars, whether in its name stated in the Finance Documents or any other name, of any UK Establishment to the Registrar of Companies as required under the Overseas Regulations or, if it has so registered, it has provided to the Facility Agent sufficient details to enable an accurate search against it to be undertaken by the Lenders at the Companies Registry.

 

21.29      Good title to assets

 

It has good, valid and marketable title to, or valid leases or licences of, and all appropriate Authorisations to use, the assets necessary to carry on its business as presently conducted.

 

21.30      Ownership

 

(a) On the Utilisation Date of Tranche A, Borrower A will be the sole legal and beneficial owner of Ship A, its Earnings and its Insurances.

 

(b) On the Utilisation Date of Tranche B, Borrower B will be the sole legal and beneficial owner of Ship B, its Earnings and its Insurances.

 

(c) On the Utilisation Date of Tranche C, Borrower C will be the sole legal and beneficial owner of Ship C, its Earnings and its Insurances.

 

(d) On the Utilisation Date of Tranche D, Borrower D will be the sole legal and beneficial owner of Ship D, its Earnings and its Insurances.

 

(e) With effect on and from the date of its creation or intended creation, each Borrower will be the sole legal and beneficial owner of any other asset that is the subject of any Transaction Security created or intended to be created by that Borrower.

 

21.31      Centre of main interests and establishments

 

For the purposes of The Council of the European Union Regulation No. 1346/2000 on Insolvency Proceedings (the “Regulation”), its centre of main interest (as that term is used in Article 3(1) of the Regulation) is situated in Bermuda and it has no “establishment” (as that term is used in Article 2(h) of the Regulation) in any other jurisdiction save as disclosed to, and agreed by, the Lenders.

 

21.32      Place of business

 

No Obligor has a place of business in any country other than as disclosed to the Facility Agent in writing, and agreed to by the Lenders, on or around the date of this Agreement.

 

21.33      No employee or pension arrangements

 

No Obligor has any employees (save as disclosed at the date of this Agreement) or any liabilities under any pension scheme.

 

21.34      Sanctions

 

Each Relevant Person has been and is in compliance with all Sanctions Laws and no Relevant Person:

 

72

 

 

(a) is a Restricted Party, or is involved in any transaction through which it is likely to become a Restricted Party; or

 

(b) has received formal notice in writing of any inquiry, claim, action, suit, proceeding or investigation against it with respect to Sanctions Laws.

 

21.35      Anti-corruption and anti-money laundering obligations

 

(a) No Transaction Obligor, nor any of their Subsidiaries or joint ventures, nor any of their respective directors, officers or employees nor, to the knowledge of the Transaction Obligors, any persons acting on any of their behalf, has engaged in any activity or conduct which would breach any applicable anti-bribery and anti-money laundering laws or regulations and it has instituted and maintained policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws and regulations.

 

(b) Each Obligor has conducted its business in compliance with all applicable Anti-Corruption Laws and has instituted and maintained policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws.

 

21.36      Anti-terrorism

 

No Transaction Obligor, nor any of their Subsidiaries or joint ventures, nor any of their respective directors, officers or employees nor, to the knowledge of the Transaction Obligors, any persons acting on any of their behalf, has engaged in any activity or conduct which would violate any anti-terrorism laws applicable to it.

 

21.37      Shareholder loans

 

The Borrowers have not received any shareholder loans.

 

21.38      Repetition

 

The Repeating Representations are deemed to be made by each Obligor by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing on the date of each Utilisation Request and the first day of each Interest Period.

 

22            INFORMATION UNDERTAKINGS

 

22.1        General

 

The undertakings in this Clause 22 (Information Undertakings) remain in force throughout the Security Period unless the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders (or, where specified, all the Lenders), may otherwise permit.

 

22.2        Financial statements

 

The Obligors shall ensure that there are provided to the Facility Agent in sufficient copies for all the Lenders:

 

(a) as soon as they become available, but in any event within 120 days after the end of each of its respective financial years the audited consolidated financial statements of the Parent Guarantor for that financial year;

 

73

 

 

(b) as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 60 days after the end of each quarter of each of their respective financial years the unaudited financial statements of the Parent Guarantor quarterly.

 

22.3         Compliance Certificate

 

(a) The Parent Guarantor shall supply to the Facility Agent, with each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to paragraph (a) or (b) of Clause 22.2 (Financial statements), a Compliance Certificate setting out (in reasonable detail) computations as to compliance with Clause 23 (Financial Covenants) as at the date as at which those financial statements were drawn up.

 

(b) Each Compliance Certificate shall be signed by an officer of the Parent Guarantor.

 

22.4        Requirements as to financial statements

 

(a) Each set of financial statements delivered by a Borrower pursuant to Clause 22.2 (Financial statements) shall be certified by an officer of the relevant company as giving a true and fair view (if audited) or fairly representing (if unaudited) its financial condition and operations as at the date as at which those financial statements were drawn up.

 

(b) The Borrowers shall procure that each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 22.2 (Financial statements) is prepared using GAAP.

 

(c) The Borrowers shall procure that each set of financial statements of an Obligor delivered pursuant to Clause 22.2 (Financial statements) is prepared using GAAP, accounting practices and financial reference periods consistent with those applied in the preparation of the Original Financial Statements for that Obligor unless, in relation to any set of financial statements, it notifies the Facility Agent that there has been a change in GAAP, the accounting practices or reference periods and its auditors (or, if appropriate, the auditors of the Obligor) deliver to the Facility Agent:

 

(i) a description of any change necessary for those financial statements to reflect the GAAP, accounting practices and reference periods upon which that Obligor’s Original Financial Statements were prepared; and

 

(ii) sufficient information, in form and substance as may be reasonably required by the Facility Agent, to enable the Lenders to determine whether Clause 23 (Financial Covenants) has been complied with and make an accurate comparison between the financial position indicated in those financial statements and that Obligor’s Original Financial Statements.

 

Any reference in this Agreement to those financial statements shall be construed as a reference to those financial statements as adjusted to reflect the basis upon which the Original Financial Statements were prepared.

 

22.5        Information: miscellaneous

 

Each Obligor shall provide to the Facility Agent (in sufficient copies for all the Lenders, if the Facility Agent so requests):

 

(a) all documents dispatched by it to its shareholders (or any class of them) unless of an administrative nature or to its creditors generally at the same time as they are dispatched;

 

74

 

 

(b) promptly upon becoming aware of them, the details of any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings (including proceedings relating to any alleged or actual breach of the ISM Code or of the ISPS Code) which are current, threatened or pending against any member of the Group, and which might have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(c) promptly, such further information and/or documents regarding:

 

(i) each Ship, its Earnings and its Insurances;

 

(ii) the Charged Property;

 

(iii) compliance of the Transaction Obligors with the terms of the Finance Documents;

 

(iv) the financial condition, business and operations of any member of the Group,

 

as any Finance Party (through the Facility Agent) may reasonably request; and

 

(d) promptly in writing, the details of any Transaction Obligor or any of their Subsidiaries or joint ventures, or any of their respective directors, officers or employees who have become a Restricted Party;

 

(e) promptly, such further information and/or documents as any Finance Party (through the Facility Agent) may reasonably request so as to enable such Finance Party to comply with any laws applicable to it (including, without limitation, compliance with FATCA);

 

(f) promptly upon becoming aware of any Change in Ultimate Beneficial Owner, the name of the Ultimate Beneficial Owner and such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Facility Agent or any Lender in order for the Facility Agent or such Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the Ultimate Beneficial Owner.

 

22.6        Information: sanctions

 

The Obligors shall:

 

(a) supply to the Facility Agent, promptly upon becoming aware of them, the details of any inquiry, claim, action, suit, proceeding or investigation pursuant to Sanction Laws against (i) the Borrowers, (ii) any other Relevant Person or (iii) any owners of any Relevant Person (other than any owner of a Borrower), as well as information on what steps are being taken with regards to answering or opposing the same;

 

(b) inform the Facility Agent promptly upon becoming aware that any of (i) the Borrowers, (ii) any other Relevant Person or (iii) any owners of any Relevant Person (other than any owner of a Borrower), has become or is likely to become a Restricted Party.

 

22.7        Notification of default

 

(a) Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor shall, notify the Facility Agent of any Default (and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it) promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence (unless that Obligor is aware that a notification has already been provided by another Obligor).

 

75

 

 

(b) Promptly upon a request by the Facility Agent, each Borrower shall supply to the Facility Agent a certificate signed by two of its directors or senior officers on its behalf certifying that no Default is continuing (or if a Default is continuing, specifying the Default and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it).

 

22.8        Use of websites

 

(a) Each Obligor may satisfy its obligation under the Finance Documents to which it is a party to deliver any information in relation to those Lenders (the “Website Lenders”) which accept this method of communication by posting this information onto an electronic website designated by the Borrowers and the Facility Agent (the “Designated Website”) if:

 

(i) the Facility Agent expressly agrees (after consultation with each of the Lenders) that it will accept communication of the information by this method;

 

(ii) both the relevant Obligor and the Facility Agent are aware of the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website; and

 

(iii) the information is in a format previously agreed between the relevant Obligor and the Facility Agent.

 

If any Lender (a “Paper Form Lender”) does not agree to the delivery of information electronically then the Facility Agent shall notify the Obligors accordingly and each Obligor shall supply the information to the Facility Agent (in sufficient copies for each Paper Form Lender) in paper form. In any event each Obligor shall supply the Facility Agent with at least one copy in paper form of any information required to be provided by it.

 

(b) The Facility Agent shall supply each Website Lender with the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website following designation of that website by the Obligors or any of them and the Facility Agent.

 

(c) An Obligor shall promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence notify the Facility Agent if:

 

(i) the Designated Website cannot be accessed due to technical failure;

 

(ii) the password specifications for the Designated Website change;

 

(iii) any new information which is required to be provided under this Agreement is posted onto the Designated Website;

 

(iv) any existing information which has been provided under this Agreement and posted onto the Designated Website is amended; or

 

(v) if that Obligor becomes aware that the Designated Website or any information posted onto the Designated Website is or has been infected by any electronic virus or similar software.

 

If an Obligor notifies the Facility Agent under paragraph (c)(i) or paragraph (c)(v) above, all information to be provided by the Obligors under this Agreement after the date of that notice shall be supplied in paper form unless and until the Facility Agent and each Website Lender is satisfied that the circumstances giving rise to the notification are no longer continuing.

 

76

 

 

(d) Any Website Lender may request, through the Facility Agent, one paper copy of any information required to be provided under this Agreement which is posted onto the Designated Website. The Obligors shall comply with any such request within 10 Business Days.

 

22.9        Know your customerchecks

 

(a) If:

 

(i) the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement;

 

(ii) any change in the status of an Obligor after the date of this Agreement;

 

(iii) a proposed assignment or transfer by a Lender of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a party that is not a Lender prior to such assignment or transfer; or

 

(iv) any anti-money laundering or anti-terrorism financing laws and regulations applicable to the Facility Agent or any Lender,

 

obliges a Finance Party (or, in the case of paragraph (iii) above, any prospective new Lender) to comply with “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, each Obligor shall promptly upon the request of any Finance Party supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by a Servicing Party (for itself or on behalf of any other Finance Party) or any Lender (for itself or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (iii) above, on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for such Finance Party or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (iii) above, any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

 

(b) Each Lender shall promptly upon the request of a Servicing Party supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Servicing Party (for itself) in order for that Servicing Party to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

 

23            FINANCIAL COVENANTS

 

23.1        Financial covenants

 

The Parent Guarantor shall at all times during the Security Period (save that in the case of paragraph (b) this shall apply from the first Utilisation Date throughout the remainder of the Security Period) on a consolidated basis maintain:

 

(a) a minimum Solvency of at least 30 per cent.;

 

(b) minimum Cash and Cash Equivalents of an amount the greater of:

 

(i) $750,000 per Fleet Vessel; and

 

(ii) 5 per cent. of the Total Consolidated Long Term Debt,

 

77

 

 

with at least 60 per cent. of such minimum amount being held in cash and, for the purposes of this paragraph (b), Cash and Cash Equivalents shall include undrawn amounts under the Revolving Facility provided that the Termination Date in relation to the Revolving Facility is not within the next 12 Months;

 

(c) a positive Working Capital excluding:

 

(i) Balloon Repayments; and

 

(ii) any amounts outstanding under the ABN AMRO Receivables Facility Agreement provided that the facility provided thereunder has a remaining maturity of more than three months; and

 

(d) an Adjusted Net Worth of not less than $150,000,000.

 

The financial covenants contained in this Clause 23.1 (Financial covenants) shall, following the first Utilisation Date, be tested quarterly on the basis of the annual and quarterly financial statements provided under Clause 22.2 (Financial statements) and shall be confirmed in the relevant compliance certificate referred to in Clause 22.3 (Compliance Certificate).

 

23.2       Financial covenant definitions

 

The expressions used in this Clause 23 (Financial Covenants) shall be construed in accordance with GAAP as applicable, or for the purposes of this Agreement:

 

ABN AMRO Receivables Facility Agreement” means the receivables financing facility agreement dated 24 October 2017 and made between (i) Ardmore MR Pool LLC as borrower, (ii) Ardmore Pool Holdings LLC and Ardmore Maritime Services LLC as corporate guarantors, (iii) Ardmore Shipping Corporation as parent guarantor, (iv) the banks and financial institutions named therein as lenders, (v) ABN AMRO Bank N.V. as mandated lead arranger, (vi) ABN AMRO Bank N.V. as facility agent and as security agent in relation to a revolving credit facility of $10,000,000.

 

Adjusted Net Worth” means at any relevant time the amount by which the Consolidated Adjusted Total Assets of the Group exceed Consolidated Adjusted Total Liabilities of the Group.

 

Balloon Repayment” means a final repayment of principal payable in relation to a facility but excluding any portion of that final repayment representing a regular periodical payment.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents” means, at any relevant time:

 

(a) cash in hand or held with banks or financial institutions of the Parent Guarantor in Dollars or another currency freely convertible in Dollars, which is free of any Security;

 

(b) any cash equivalent of the Parent Guarantor and/or its Subsidiaries; and

 

(c) any marketable securities of the Parent Guarantor and/or its Subsidiaries which are free of any Security,

 

as stated in the most recent financial statements of the Group provided in accordance with Clause 22.2 (Financial statements) and determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

Consolidated Adjusted Total Assets” means the Total Assets adjusted as follows:

 

(a) by using the Market Value Adjusted Total Assets value for the Fleet Vessels; and

 

78

 

 

(b) by excluding intangible assets (including goodwill but not long-term contract revenue is acquired as part of a business combination).

 

Consolidated Adjusted Total Liabilities” means the Total Consolidated Long Term Debt plus the Current Liabilities (excluding current portion long term debt).

 

Current Assets” means the current assets of the Parent Guarantor on a consolidated basis as stated in the most recent financial statements of the Group provided in accordance with Clause 22.2 (Financial statements) and determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

Current Liabilities” means the current liabilities of the Parent Guarantor on a consolidated basis as stated in the most recent financial statements of the Group provided in accordance with Clause 22.2 (Financial statements) and determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

Financial Statements” means the financial statements of the Group provided in accordance with Clause 22.2 (Financial statements).

 

Fleet Vessels” means any ship (including the Ships) from time to time wholly owned, leased or chartered in by the Parent Guarantor (directly or indirectly) (excluding vessels under construction and vessels chartered in for period shorter than 24 months) (each a “Fleet Vessel”).

 

Market Value Adjusted Total Assets” means, at any relevant time, the Total Assets adjusted to reflect the difference of the book value of the Fleet Vessels (as evidenced in the most recent financial statements of the Group provided in accordance with Clause 22.2 (Financial statements)) and the Fair Market Value of the Fleet Vessels.

 

Revolving Facility” means the revolving credit facility made available under the facilities agreement dated on or around the date of this Agreement and made between (i) Faroe Shipco LLC, Plymouth Shipco LLC, Portland Shipco LLC, Fisher Shipco LLC, Fair Isle Shipco LLC, Humber Shipco LLC, Forth Shipco LLC and Trafalgar Shipco LLC as joint and several borrowers and hedge guarantors, (ii) Ardmore Shipping LLC as corporate guarantor, (iii) Ardmore Shipping Corporation as parent guarantor (iv) the banks and financial institutions named therein as lenders, (v) the banks and financial institutions named therein as hedge counterparties, (vi) Nordea Bank Abp, filial i Norge and Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ) as mandated lead arrangers and bookrunners, (vii) Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ) as documentation agent and (ix) Nordea Bank Abp, filial i Norge as facility agent and security agent, in relation to facilities of up to $140,000,000 comprising a term loan facility in a principal amount not exceeding $100,000,000 and a revolving credit facility in a principal amount not exceeding $40,000,000.

 

Solvency” means Adjusted Net Worth to Market Value Adjusted Total Assets.

 

Total Assets” means at any relevant time, the total assets of the Parent Guarantor on a consolidated basis as stated in the most recent financial statements of the Group provided in accordance with Clause 22.2 (Financial statements) and determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

Total Consolidated Long Term Debt” means, at any relevant time, the amount of the total liabilities of the Parent Guarantor on a consolidated basis (including without limitation any liability in respect of any lease or hire purchase contract) which would be included in the applicable Financial Statements of the Parent Guarantor as total long term debt in accordance with GAAP including the current portion of long term debt.

 

Working Capital” means the Current Assets less the Current Liabilities.

 

79

 

 

23.3         Most favoured Lenders

 

In the event that the Parent Guarantor agrees to the incorporation of any additional financial covenants or financial covenants which are more onerous than those contained in Clause 23.1 (Financial covenants) into any financial contract or financial document relating to any other senior secured indebtedness of the Parent Guarantor, the Parent Guarantor shall immediately notify the Facility Agent and those financial covenants shall be deemed to apply to this Agreement as if set out in full herein with effect from the date of such financial contract or financial document and during the currency of that financial contract or financial document. The Parent Guarantor shall enter into additional documentation as the Facility Agent may reasonably require in respect of such incorporation.

 

24            GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS

 

24.1         General

 

The undertakings in this Clause 24 (General Undertakings) remain in force throughout the Security Period except as the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders (or, where specified, all the Lenders) may otherwise permit.

 

24.2        Authorisations

 

Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor will, promptly:

 

(a) obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect; and

 

(b) supply certified copies to the Facility Agent,

 

(c) of any Authorisation required under any law or regulation of a Relevant Jurisdiction or the state of the Approved Flag at any time of each Ship to enable it to:

 

(i) perform its obligations under the Transaction Documents to which it is a party;

 

(ii) ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence in any Relevant Jurisdiction or in the state of the Approved Flag at any time of each Ship of any Transaction Document to which it is a party; and

 

(iii) own and operate each Ship (in the case of the Borrowers).

 

24.3        Compliance with laws

 

Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that each other member of the Group and each Affiliate of any of them shall, comply in all respect with all laws and regulations to which it may be subject, including all Sanctions Laws, all Anti-Corruption Laws and all anti-money laundering laws.

 

24.4       Compliance with Sanctions Laws

 

Each Obligor shall:

 

(a) ensure that neither it nor any Subsidiary of it is or will become a Restricted Party;

 

(b) use reasonable endeavours to procure that no director, officer, employee, agent or representative of it or any Subsidiary of it is or will become a Restricted Party; and

 

(c) procure that no proceeds of any Advance shall be made available, directly or indirectly, to or for the benefit of a Restricted Party nor shall they otherwise be applied in a manner for a purpose prohibited by Sanctions Laws.

 

80

 

 

24.5       Environmental compliance

 

Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor will, and the Parent Guarantor shall ensure that each other member of the Group will:

 

(a) comply with all Environmental Laws;

 

(b) obtain, maintain and ensure compliance with all requisite Environmental Approvals;

 

(c) implement procedures to monitor compliance with and to prevent liability under any Environmental Law,

 

in relation to a member of the Group not including an Obligor only, where failure to do so has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

24.6       Environmental claims

 

Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor will, (through the Parent Guarantor), promptly upon becoming aware of the same, inform the Facility Agent in writing of:

 

(a) any Environmental Claim against any member of the Group which is current, pending or threatened; and

 

(b) any facts or circumstances which are reasonably likely to result in any Environmental Claim being commenced or threatened against any member of the Group,

 

where the claim against a member of the Group not including an Obligor, has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

24.7       Taxation

 

(a) Each Obligor shall and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor will pay and discharge all Taxes imposed upon it or its assets within the time period allowed without incurring penalties unless and only to the extent that:

 

  (i) such payment is being contested in good faith;

 

(ii) adequate reserves are maintained for those Taxes and the costs required to contest them which have been disclosed in its latest financial statements delivered to the Facility Agent under Clause 22.2 (Financial statements); and

 

(iii) such payment can be lawfully withheld and failure to pay those Taxes does not have or could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  (b) No Obligor shall change its residence for Tax purposes.

 

81

 

 

24.8       Overseas companies

 

Each Obligor shall promptly inform the Facility Agent if it delivers to the Registrar particulars required under the Overseas Regulations of any UK Establishment and it shall comply with any directions given to it by the Facility Agent regarding the recording of any Transaction Security on the register which it is required to maintain under The Overseas Companies (Execution of Documents and Registration of Charges) Regulations 2009.

 

24.9       Pari passu ranking

 

Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor will, ensure that at all times any unsecured and unsubordinated claims of a Finance Party against it under the Finance Documents rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors except those creditors whose claims are mandatorily preferred by laws of general application to companies.

 

24.10       Title

 

(a) From the Utilisation date of Tranche A, Borrower A shall hold the legal title to, and own the entire beneficial interest in Ship A, its Earnings and its Insurances.

 

(b) From the Utilisation date of Tranche B, Borrower B shall hold the legal title to, and own the entire beneficial interest in Ship B, its Earnings and its Insurances.

 

(c) From the Utilisation date of Tranche C, Borrower C shall hold the legal title to, and own the entire beneficial interest in Ship C, its Earnings and its Insurances.

 

(d) From the Utilisation date of Tranche D, Borrower D shall hold the legal title to, and own the entire beneficial interest in Ship D, its Earnings and its Insurances.

 

(e) With effect on and from its creation or intended creation, each Borrower shall hold the legal title to, and own the entire beneficial interest in any other assets the subject of any Transaction Security created or intended to be created by it.

 

24.11       Negative pledge

 

(a) No Borrower shall create or permit to subsist any Security over any of its assets which are the subject of the Security created or intended to be created by the Finance Documents.

 

(b) No Borrower shall:

 

(i) sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its assets on terms whereby they are or may be leased to or re-acquired by a Borrower or any other member of the Group;

 

  (ii) sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its receivables on recourse terms; or

 

  (iii) enter into any other preferential arrangement having a similar effect,

 

in circumstances where the arrangement or transaction is entered into primarily as a method of raising Financial Indebtedness or of financing the acquisition of an asset.

 

(c) Paragraphs (a) and (b) above do not apply to any Permitted Security.

 

82

 

 

24.12       Disposals

 

(a) No Borrower shall enter into a single transaction or a series of transactions (whether related or not) and whether voluntary or involuntary to sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any asset (including without limitation any Ship, its Earnings or its Insurances) but, for the avoidance of doubt, this does not apply to the sale, lease, transfer or otherwise disposal of any ships other than the Ships financed under this Agreement.

 

(b) Paragraph (a) above does not apply to any charter of a Ship to which Clause 26.14 (Restrictions on chartering, appointment of managers etc.) applies.

 

(c) Neither Guarantor shall lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of all or a substantial part of its assets, whether by one transaction or a number of transactions, whether related or not except for cash on arm’s length terms for full consideration or otherwise in the usual course of its trading operations.

 

24.13       Merger

 

No Obligor shall enter into any amalgamation, demerger, merger, consolidation or corporate reconstruction Provided that this restriction shall not apply if there is no change of control (as defined in Clause 7.3(b) (Change of control)) of the Obligors and the Obligors are in compliance with Clause 7.3 (Change of control) after any such amalgamation, demerger, merger, consolidation or corporate reconstruction.

 

24.14       Change of business

 

(a) The Parent Guarantor shall procure that no substantial change is made to the general nature of the business of the Parent Guarantor or the Group from that carried on at the date of this Agreement.

 

  (b)  No Borrower shall engage in any business other than the ownership and operation of its Ship.

 

24.15       Financial Indebtedness

 

The Borrowers shall not incur any Financial Indebtedness except for Permitted Financial Indebtedness.

 

24.16       Expenditure

 

No Borrower shall incur any expenditure, except for expenditure reasonably incurred in the ordinary course of owning, operating, maintaining and repairing its Ship.

 

24.17       Membership interests

 

No Borrower shall:

 

(a) purchase, cancel or redeem any of its membership interests;

 

(b) increase or reduce its authorised membership interests;

 

(c) issue any membership interests except to the Corporate Guarantor and provided such new membership interests are made subject to the terms of the relevant Membership Interests Security applicable to that Borrower immediately upon the issue thereof in a manner satisfactory to the Facility Agent and the terms of that Membership Interests Security are complied with;

 

83

 

 

(d) appoint any further director or officer of that Borrower (unless the provisions of the Membership Interests Security applicable to that Borrower are complied with).

 

24.18       Dividends

 

Each Obligor may make or pay any dividend or other distribution (in cash or in kind) in respect of its membership interests provided always that no Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the making of any such payment and for the avoidance of doubt, there is no breach of Clause 23 (Financial Covenants) resulting from a payment of any such dividend.

 

24.19       Accounts

 

No Borrower shall open or maintain any account with any bank or financial institution except its Earnings Account and accounts with the Account Bank, the Facility Agent or the Security Agent for the purposes of the Finance Documents.

 

24.20       CACIB Earnings Account

 

Each Borrower shall at the request of the Facility Agent open a CACIB Earnings Account and enter into a CACIB Earnings Account Pledge.

 

24.21       Other transactions

 

No Borrower shall:

 

(a) be the creditor in respect of any loan or any form of credit to any person other than another Obligor and where such loan or form of credit is Permitted Financial Indebtedness;

 

(b) give or allow to be outstanding any guarantee or indemnity to or for the benefit of any person in respect of any obligation of any other person or enter into any document under which that Borrower assumes any liability of any other person other than any guarantee or indemnity given under the Finance Documents.

 

(c) enter into any material agreement other than:

 

(i) the Transaction Documents;

 

  (ii) any other agreement expressly allowed under any other term of this Agreement; and

 

(d) enter into any transaction on terms which are, in any respect, less favourable to that Borrower than those which it could obtain in a bargain made at arms’ length; or

 

(e) acquire any shares or other securities other than US or UK Treasury bills and certificates of deposit issued by major North American or European banks.

 

84

 

 

24.22       Unlawfulness, invalidity and ranking; Security imperilled

 

No Obligor shall, and the Obligors shall procure that no other Transaction Obligor will, do (or fail to do) or cause or permit another person to do (or omit to do) anything which could be expected to:

 

(a) make it unlawful for an Obligor to perform any of its obligations under the Transaction Documents;

 

(b) cause any obligation of an Obligor under the Transaction Documents to cease to be legal, valid, binding or enforceable;

 

(c) cause any Transaction Document to cease to be in full force and effect;

 

(d) cause any Transaction Security to rank after, or lose its priority to, any other Security; and

 

(e) imperil or jeopardise the Transaction Security.

 

24.23       Further assurance

 

(a) Each Obligor shall promptly, and in any event within the time period specified by the Security Agent do all such acts (including procuring or arranging any registration, notarisation or authentication or the giving of any notice) or execute or procure execution of all such documents (including assignments, transfers, mortgages, charges, notices, instructions, acknowledgments, proxies and powers of attorney), as the Security Agent may specify (and in such form as the Security Agent may require in favour of the Security Agent or its nominee(s)):

 

(i) to create, perfect, vest in favour of the Security Agent or protect the priority of the Security or any right or any kind created or intended to be created under or evidenced by the Finance Documents (which may include the execution of a mortgage, charge, assignment or other Security over all or any of the assets which are, or are intended to be, the subject of the Transaction Security) or for the exercise of any rights, powers and remedies of the Security Agent, any Receiver or the Secured Parties provided by or pursuant to the Finance Documents or by law;

 

(ii) to confer on the Security Agent or confer on the Secured Parties Security over any property and assets of that Transaction Obligor located in any jurisdiction equivalent or similar to the Security intended to be conferred by or pursuant to the Finance Documents;

 

(iii) to facilitate or expedite the realisation and/or sale of, the transfer of title to or the grant of, any interest in or right relating to the assets which are, or are intended to be, the subject of the Transaction Security or to exercise any power specified in any Finance Document in respect of which the Security has become enforceable; and/or

 

(iv) to enable or assist the Security Agent to enter into any transaction to commence, defend or conduct any proceedings and/or to take any other action relating to any item of the Security Property.

 

(b) Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor will, (and the Parent Guarantor shall procure that each member of the Group will) take all such action as is available to it (including making all filings and registrations) as may be necessary for the purpose of the creation, perfection, protection or maintenance of any Security conferred or intended to be conferred on the Security Agent or the Secured Parties by or pursuant to the Finance Documents.

 

85

 

 

(c) At the same time as a Transaction Obligor delivers to the Security Agent any document executed under this Clause 24.23 (Further assurance), that Transaction Obligor shall deliver to the Security Agent a certificate signed by one of that Transaction Obligor’s officers which shall:

 

(i) set out the text of a resolution of that Transaction Obligor’s directors specifically authorising the execution of the document specified by the Security Agent; and

 

(ii) state that either the resolution was duly passed at a meeting of the directors validly convened and held, throughout which a quorum of directors entitled to vote on the resolution was present, or that the resolution has been signed by all the directors of officers and is valid under that Transaction Obligor’s articles of association or other constitutional documents.

 

24.24      Transactions with Affiliates and Intercompany Borrowings

 

(a) The Obligors each undertake that any intercompany loan to be made to a Borrower by either of the Guarantors will be:

 

(i) fully subordinate to the rights of the Lenders’ in respect of the Loan and to the obligations of the Borrowers under this Agreement on terms acceptable the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders);

 

  (ii) not bear any cash interest;

 

  (iii) have a maturity date of at least one year after the Termination Date; and

 

(iv) shall not be secured against any of the Ships or other Security which secures the Borrowers’ obligations hereunder.

 

(b) Any other equity contribution or intercompany loan from another member of the Group to the Borrowers shall also be fully subordinated to the Lenders’ rights during the Security Period, provided that repayments or principal and interest payments or dividend distributions or redemption of preference shares shall be permitted subject to the provisions of Clause 24.18 (Dividends) and provided always that no Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the making of any such payment.

 

(c) The Obligors shall not enter into any transactions other than debt transactions referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b) above with Affiliates except in the normal course of business (which in the case of Ardmore Shipping (Bermuda) Limited and its Subsidiaries and the Borrowers includes the provision of management services).

 

24.25       Maintenance of listing

 

The Parent Guarantor shall at all times during the Security Period maintain its listing as a publically-traded corporation on the New York Stock Exchange.

 

25            INSURANCE UNDERTAKINGS

 

25.1         General

 

In respect of a Ship, the undertakings in this Clause 25 (Insurance Undertakings) shall apply and remain in force on and from the date of this Agreement and throughout the rest of the Security Period except as the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders (or, where specified, all the Lenders) may otherwise permit.

 

86

 

 

25.2         Maintenance of obligatory insurances

 

Each Borrower shall keep the Ship owned by it insured at its expense against:

 

(a) fire and usual marine risks (including hull and machinery, increased value and excess risks);

 

(b) war risks (including blocking and trapping);

 

(c) protection and indemnity risks (including freight, demurrage and defence); and

 

(d) any other risks against which the Facility Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders considers, having regard to practices and other circumstances prevailing at the relevant time, it would be reasonable for that Borrower to insure and which are specified by the Facility Agent by notice to that Borrower.

 

25.3       Terms of obligatory insurances

 

In respect of each Ship, the Borrowers shall effect such insurances:

 

(a) in dollars;

 

(b) in the case of fire and usual marine risks and war risks, in an amount on an agreed value basis at least the greater of:

 

(i) when aggregated with the insured values of the other Ships then subject to a Mortgage, 120 per cent. of the Loan; and

 

  (ii) the market value of that Ship;

 

(c) in the case of oil pollution liability risks, for an aggregate amount equal to the highest level of cover from time to time available under basic protection and indemnity club entry and in the international marine insurance market;

 

(d) in the case of protection and indemnity risks, in respect of the full tonnage of its Ship;

 

(e) on approved terms; and

 

(f) through Approved Brokers and with approved insurance companies and/or underwriters or, in the case of war risks and protection and indemnity risks, in approved war risks and protection and indemnity risks associations.

 

25.4       Further protections for the Finance Parties

 

In addition to the terms set out in Clause 25.3 (Terms of obligatory insurances), each Borrower shall procure that the obligatory insurances effected by it shall:

 

(a) subject always to paragraph (b), name that Borrower as the sole named assured unless the interest of every other named assured is limited:

 

  (i) in respect of any obligatory insurances for hull and machinery and war risks;

 

(A) to any provable out-of-pocket expenses that it has incurred and which form part of any recoverable claim on underwriters; and

 

87

 

 

(B) to any third party liability claims where cover for such claims is provided by the policy (and then only in respect of discharge of any claims made against it); and

 

(ii) in respect of any obligatory insurances for protection and indemnity risks, to any recoveries it is entitled to make by way of reimbursement following discharge of any third party liability claims made specifically against it;

 

and every other named assured has undertaken in writing to the Security Agent (in such form as it requires) that any deductible shall be apportioned between that Borrower and every other named assured in proportion to the gross claims made or paid by each of them and that it shall do all things necessary and provide all documents, evidence and information to enable the Security Agent to collect or recover any moneys which at any time become payable in respect of the obligatory insurances;

 

(b) whenever the Facility Agent requires, name (or be amended to name) the Security Agent as additional named assured for its rights and interests, warranted no operational interest and with full waiver of rights of subrogation against the Security Agent, but without the Security Agent thereby being liable to pay (but having the right to pay) premiums, calls or other assessments in respect of such insurance Provided that this paragraph (b) shall not apply to the protection and indemnity risks;

 

(c) name the Security Agent as loss payee with such directions for payment as the Facility Agent may specify;

 

(d) provide that all payments by or on behalf of the insurers under the obligatory insurances to the Security Agent shall be made without set off, counterclaim or deductions or condition whatsoever;

 

(e) provide that the obligatory insurances shall be primary without right of contribution from other insurances which may be carried by the Security Agent or any other Finance Party; and

 

(f) provide that the Security Agent may make proof of loss if that Borrower fails to do so.

 

25.5       Renewal of obligatory insurances

 

Each Borrower shall:

 

(a) at least 21 days before the expiry of any obligatory insurance effected by it:

 

(i) notify the Facility Agent of the Approved Brokers (or other insurers) and any protection and indemnity or war risks association through or with which it proposes to renew that obligatory insurance and of the proposed terms of renewal; and

 

(ii) obtain the Facility Agents’ approval to the matters referred to in sub-paragraph (i) of paragraph (a) above;

 

(b) at least 14 days before the expiry of any obligatory insurance, renew that obligatory insurance in accordance with the Facility Agent’s approval pursuant to paragraph (a) above; and

 

(c) procure that the approved brokers and/or the approved war risks and protection and indemnity associations with which such a renewal is effected shall promptly after the renewal notify the Facility Agent in writing of the terms and conditions of the renewal.

 

88

 

 

25.6 Copies of policies; letters of undertaking

 

Each Borrower shall ensure that the Approved Brokers provide the Security Agent with:

 

(a) pro forma copies of all policies relating to the obligatory insurances which they are to effect or renew; and

 

(b) a letter or letters or undertaking in a form required by the Facility Agent and including undertakings by the Approved Brokers that:

 

(i) they will have endorsed on each policy, immediately upon issue, a loss payable clause and a notice of assignment complying with the provisions of Clause 25.4 (Further protections for the Finance Parties);

 

(ii) they will hold such policies, and the benefit of such insurances, to the order of the Security Agent in accordance with such loss payable clause;

 

(iii) they will advise the Security Agent immediately of any material change to the terms of the obligatory insurances;

 

(iv) they will, if they have not received notice of renewal instructions from the relevant Borrower or its agents, notify the Security Agent not less than 14 days before the expiry of the obligatory insurances;

 

(v) if they receive instructions to renew the obligatory insurances, they will promptly notify the Facility Agent of the terms of the instructions;

 

(vi) they will not set off against any sum recoverable in respect of a claim relating to the Ship owned by that Borrower under such obligatory insurances any premiums or other amounts due to them or any other person whether in respect of that Ship or otherwise, they waive any lien on the policies, or any sums received under them, which they might have in respect of such premiums or other amounts and they will not cancel such obligatory insurances by reason of non-payment of such premiums or other amounts; and

 

(vii) they will arrange for a separate policy to be issued in respect of the Ship owned by that Borrower forthwith upon being so requested by the Facility Agent.

 

25.7 Copies of certificates of entry

 

Each Borrower shall ensure that any protection and indemnity and/or war risks associations in which the Ship owned by it is entered provide the Security Agent with:

 

(a) a certified copy of the certificate of entry for that Ship;

 

(b) a letter or letters of undertaking in such form as may be required by the Facility Agent acting on the instructions of Majority Lenders; and

 

(c) a certified copy of each certificate of financial responsibility for pollution by oil or other Environmentally Sensitive Material issued by the relevant certifying authority in relation to that Ship.

 

89

 

 

25.8 Deposit of original policies

 

Each Borrower shall ensure that all policies relating to obligatory insurances effected by it are deposited with the Approved Brokers through which the insurances are effected or renewed.

 

25.9 Payment of premiums

 

Each Borrower shall punctually pay all premiums or other sums payable in respect of the obligatory insurances effected by it and produce all relevant receipts when so required by the Facility Agent or the Security Agent.

 

25.10 Guarantees

 

Each Borrower shall ensure that any guarantees required by a protection and indemnity or war risks association are promptly issued and remain in full force and effect.

 

25.11 Compliance with terms of insurances

 

(a) No Borrower shall do or omit to do (nor permit to be done or not to be done) any act or thing which would or might render any obligatory insurance invalid, void, voidable or unenforceable or render any sum payable under an obligatory insurance repayable in whole or in part.

 

(b) Without limiting paragraph (a) above, each Borrower shall:

 

(i) take all necessary action and comply with all requirements which may from time to time be applicable to the obligatory insurances, and (without limiting the obligation contained in sub-paragraph (iii) of paragraph (b) of Clause 25.6 (Copies of policies; letters of undertaking)) ensure that the obligatory insurances are not made subject to any exclusions or qualifications to which the Facility Agent has not given its prior approval;

 

(ii) not make any changes relating to the classification or classification society or manager or operator of the Ship owned by it approved by the underwriters of the obligatory insurances;

 

(iii) make (and promptly supply copies to the Facility Agent of) all quarterly or other voyage declarations which may be required by the protection and indemnity risks association in which the Ship owned by it is entered to maintain cover for trading to the United States of America and Exclusive Economic Zone (as defined in the United States Oil Pollution Act 1990 or any other applicable legislation); and

 

(iv) not employ the Ship owned by it, nor allow it to be employed, otherwise than in conformity with the terms and conditions of the obligatory insurances, without first obtaining the consent of the insurers and complying with any requirements (as to extra premium or otherwise) which the insurers specify.

 

25.12 Alteration to terms of insurances

 

No Borrower shall make or agree to any alteration to the terms of any obligatory insurance or waive any right relating to any obligatory insurance.

 

90

 

 

25.13 Settlement of claims

 

Each Borrower shall:

 

(a) not settle, compromise or abandon any claim under any obligatory insurance for Total Loss or for a Major Casualty; and

 

(b) do all things necessary and provide all documents, evidence and information to enable the Security Agent to collect or recover any moneys which at any time become payable in respect of the obligatory insurances.

 

25.14 Provision of copies of communications

 

Each Borrower shall provide the Security Agent, at the time of each such communication, with copies of all written communications between that Borrower and:

 

(a) the Approved Brokers;

 

(b) the approved protection and indemnity and/or war risks associations; and

 

(c) the approved insurance companies and/or underwriters,

 

which relate directly or indirectly to:

 

(i) that Borrower’s obligations relating to the obligatory insurances including, without limitation, all requisite declarations and payments of additional premiums or calls; and

 

(ii) any credit arrangements made between that Borrower and any of the persons referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above relating wholly or partly to the effecting or maintenance of the obligatory insurances.

 

25.15 Provision of information

 

Each Borrower shall promptly provide the Facility Agent (or any persons which it may designate) with any information which the Facility Agent (or any such designated person) requests for the purpose of:

 

(a) obtaining or preparing any report from an independent marine insurance broker as to the adequacy of the obligatory insurances effected or proposed to be effected; and/or

 

(b) effecting, maintaining or renewing any such insurances as are referred to in Clause 25.16 (Mortgagee’s interest and additional perils insurances) or dealing with or considering any matters relating to any such insurances,

 

and the Borrowers shall, forthwith upon demand, indemnify the Security Agent in respect of all fees and other expenses incurred by or for the account of the Security Agent in connection with any such report as is referred to in paragraph (a) above.

 

25.16 Mortgagee’s interest and additional perils insurances

 

(a) The Security Agent shall be entitled from time to time to effect, maintain and renew a mortgagee’s interest marine insurance and a mortgagee’s interest additional perils insurance in such amounts (but not exceeding 110 per cent. of the Loan), on such terms, through such insurers and generally in such manner as the Security Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders may from time to time consider appropriate.

 

91

 

 

(b) The Borrowers shall upon demand fully indemnify the Security Agent and the Lenders (as the case may be) in respect of all premiums and other expenses which are incurred in connection with or with a view to effecting, maintaining or renewing any insurance referred to in paragraph (a) above or dealing with, or considering, any matter arising out of any such insurance.

 

26 SHIP UNDERTAKINGS

 

26.1 General

 

In respect of a Ship, the undertakings in this Clause 26 (Ship Undertakings) shall apply and remain in force on and from the date of this Agreement and throughout the rest of the Security Period except as the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders (or, where specified, all the Lenders) may otherwise permit.

 

26.2 Ships’ names and registration

 

Each Borrower shall, in respect of the Ship owned by it:

 

(a) keep that Ship registered in its name under an Approved Flag from time to time at its port of registration;

 

(b) not do or allow to be done anything as a result of which such registration might be suspended, cancelled or imperilled; and

 

(c) not change the name of that Ship,

 

provided that any change of flag of a Ship shall be subject to:

 

(i) that Ship being registered on a an Approved Flag and remaining subject to Security securing the Secured Liabilities created by a first priority or preferred ship mortgage on that Ship and, if appropriate, a first priority deed of covenant collateral to that mortgage (or equivalent first priority Security) on substantially the same terms as the Mortgage on that Ship and on such other terms and in such other form as the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, shall approve or require; and

 

(ii) the execution of such other documentation amending and supplementing the Finance Documents as the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, shall approve or require.

 

26.3 Repair and classification

 

Each Borrower shall keep the Ship owned by it in a good and safe condition and state of repair:

 

(a) consistent with first class ship ownership and management practice; and

 

(b) so as to maintain the Approved Classification free of overdue recommendations and conditions affecting that Ship’s class.

 

92

 

 

26.4 Modifications

 

No Borrower shall unless after consultation, and agreement, with the Facility Agent, make any modification or repairs to, or replacement of, any Ship or equipment installed on it which would or might materially alter the structure, type or performance characteristics of that Ship or materially reduce its value save for changes or modifications that are required to be made in order to satisfy updated rules and regulations from time to time applicable to that Ship.

 

26.5 Removal and installation of parts

 

(a) Subject to paragraph (b) below, no Borrower shall remove any material part of any Ship, or any item of equipment installed on any Ship unless the part or item so removed:

 

(i) is forthwith replaced by a suitable part or item which is in the same condition as or better condition than the part or item removed;

 

  (ii) is free from any Security in favour of any person other than the Security Agent; and

 

(iii) becomes, on installation on that Ship, the property of that Borrower and subject to the security constituted by the Mortgage on that Ship.

 

(b) A Borrower may install equipment owned by a third party if the equipment can be removed without any risk of damage to the Ship owned by that Borrower.

 

26.6 Surveys

 

Each Borrower shall submit the Ship owned by it regularly to all periodic or other surveys which may be required for classification purposes and, if so required by the Facility Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders, provide the Facility Agent, with copies of all survey reports and, in addition, the Facility Agent shall have the right to have a technical survey carried out at any time on each Ship and the Borrowers shall pay the cost of 1 such survey of each Ship per year at the Facility Agent’s request.

 

26.7 Inspection

 

Each Borrower shall permit the Security Agent (acting through surveyors or other persons appointed by it for that purpose) to board the Ship owned by it at all reasonable times and at least once per calendar year to inspect its condition or to satisfy themselves about proposed or executed repairs and shall afford all proper facilities for such inspections provided that the Facility Agent provides three months’ notice of the intended date of such inspection and such inspection does not delay or interfere with that Ship’s operation, loading or unloading, unless an Event of Default has occurred, in which case as often as the Facility Agent shall be entitled to perform an inspection whether or not it interferes with the trading and operation of the Ship.

 

26.8 Prevention of and release from arrest

 

(a) Each Borrower shall, in respect of the Ship owned by it, promptly discharge amounts due in respect of:

 

(i) all liabilities which give or may give rise to maritime or possessory liens on or claims enforceable against that Ship, its Earnings or its Insurances;

 

93

 

 

(ii) all Taxes, dues and other amounts charged in respect of that Ship, its Earnings or its Insurances; and

 

  (iii) all other outgoings whatsoever in respect of that Ship, its Earnings or its Insurances.

 

(b) Each Borrower shall immediately and, forthwith upon receiving notice of the arrest of the Ship owned by it or of its detention in exercise or purported exercise of any lien or claim, procure its release by providing bail or otherwise as the circumstances may require.

 

26.9 Compliance with laws etc.

 

Each Borrower shall:

 

(a) comply, or procure compliance with all laws or regulations:

 

(i)        relating to its business generally; and

 

(ii)       relating to the Ship owned by it, its ownership, employment, operation, management and registration,

 

including the ISM Code, the ISPS Code, all Environmental Laws, all Sanctions Laws and the laws of the Approved Flag;

 

(b) obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect any Environment Approvals;

 

(c) without limiting paragraph (a) above, not employ the Ship owned by it nor allow its employment, operation or management in any manner contrary to any law or regulation including but not limited to the ISM Code, the ISPS Code, all Environmental Laws and all Sanctions Laws; and

 

(d) procure that neither any Obligor nor any other member of the Group is or becomes a Restricted Party.

 

26.10 ISPS Code

 

Without limiting paragraph (a) of Clause 26.9 (Compliance with laws etc.), each Borrower shall:

 

(a) procure that the Ship owned by it and the company responsible for that Ship’s compliance with the ISPS Code comply with the ISPS Code; and

 

(b) maintain an ISSC for that Ship; and

 

(c) notify the Facility Agent immediately in writing of any actual or threatened withdrawal, suspension, cancellation or modification of the ISSC.

 

26.11 Trading in war zones

 

In the event of hostilities in any part of the world (whether war is declared or not), no Borrower shall cause or permit any Ship to enter or trade to any zone which is declared a war zone by any government or by that Ship’s war risks insurers unless either:

 

94

 

 

(a) that Ship’s war risks insurers have agreed to cover such transit or trade under the annual war risks policy on terms and conditions not less restrictive than those already in place (it being understood the requirement for an additional premium does not constitute a restriction); or

 

(b)

 

(i) the prior written consent of the Security Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders has been given; and

 

(ii) that Borrower has (at its expense) effected any special, additional or modified insurance cover which the Security Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders may require.

 

26.12 Provision of information

 

Without prejudice to Clause 22.5 (Information: miscellaneous) each Borrower shall, in respect of the Ship owned by it, promptly provide the Facility Agent with any information which it requests regarding:

 

(a) that Ship, its employment, position and engagements;

 

(b) the Earnings and payments and amounts due to its master and crew;

 

(c) any expenditure incurred, or likely to be incurred, in connection with the operation, maintenance or repair of that Ship and any payments made by it in respect of that Ship;

 

(d)   any towages and salvages; and

 

(e) its compliance, the Approved Manager’s compliance and the compliance of that Ship with the ISM Code and the ISPS Code,

 

and, upon the Facility Agent’s request, provide copies of any current charter relating to that Ship, of any current guarantee of any such charter, the Ship’s Safety Management Certificate and any relevant Document of Compliance.

 

26.13   Notification of certain events

 

Each Borrower shall, in respect of the Ship owned by it, immediately notify the Facility Agent by fax, confirmed forthwith by letter of:

 

(a) any casualty to that Ship which is or could reasonably be expected to be or to become a Major Casualty;

 

(b) any occurrence as a result of which that Ship has become or could reasonably be expected, by the passing of time or otherwise, to become a Total Loss;

 

(c) any requisition of that Ship for hire;

 

(d) any requirement or recommendation made in relation to that Ship by any insurer or classification society or by any competent authority which is not immediately complied with;

 

(e) any arrest or detention of that Ship, any exercise or purported exercise of any lien on that Ship or the Earnings or any requisition of that Ship for hire;

 

95

 

 

(f) any intended dry docking of that Ship;

 

(g) any Environmental Claim made against that Borrower or in connection with that Ship, or any Environmental Incident;

 

(h) any claim for breach of the ISM Code or the ISPS Code being made against that Borrower, an Approved Manager or otherwise in connection with that Ship; or

 

(i) any other matter, event or incident, actual or threatened, the effect of which will or could lead to the ISM Code or the ISPS Code not being complied with,

 

and each Borrower shall keep the Facility Agent advised in writing on a regular basis and in such detail as the Facility Agent shall require as to that Borrower’s, any such Approved Manager’s or any other person’s response to any of those events or matters.

 

26.14 Restrictions on chartering, appointment of managers etc.

 

No Borrower shall, in relation to the Ship owned by it:

 

(a)   let that Ship on demise charter for any period;

 

(b) enter into any time or consecutive voyage charter in respect of that Ship other than a Permitted Charter;

 

(c) appoint a manager of that Ship other than the Approved Commercial Manager and the Approved Technical Manager or agree to any alteration to the terms of an Approved Manager’s appointment;

 

(d)   de activate or lay up that Ship; or

 

(e) other than in the event of a scheduled drydocking put that Ship into the possession of any person for the purpose of work being done upon it in an amount exceeding or likely to exceed $500,000 (or the equivalent in any other currency) unless that person has first given to the Security Agent and in terms satisfactory to it a written undertaking not to exercise any lien on that Ship or its Earnings for the cost of such work or for any other reason.

 

26.15   Notice of Mortgage

 

Each Borrower shall keep the relevant Mortgage registered against the Ship owned by it as a valid first priority or preferred mortgage, carry on board that Ship a certified copy of the relevant Mortgage and place and maintain in a conspicuous place in the navigation room and the master’s cabin of that Ship a framed printed notice stating that that Ship is mortgaged by that Borrower to the Security Agent.

 

26.16   Sharing of Earnings

 

No Borrower shall enter into any agreement or arrangement for the sharing of any Earnings, except for a Pool Agreement (if any), (for the avoidance of doubt) or pursuant to a time charter entered into by a Borrower with a third party which includes profit sharing agreements which (except in the case of a Permitted Charter where no further approval is required) are on terms approved by the Lenders.

 

96

 

 

26.17 Inventory of Hazardous Materials

 

Each Borrower shall procure that the Ship owned by it has, from the date the Borrower which owns that Ship is legally obliged to do so, obtained an Inventory of Hazardous Material, in respect of said Ship which shall be maintained until the Loan has been fully repaid.

 

26.18 Sustainable and socially responsible dismantling of Ships

 

Each of the Obligors confirms that as long as it is in a lending relationship with any Lender, it will ensure that any Ship controlled by it or sold to an intermediary with the intention of being scrapped, is recycled at a recycling yard which conducts its recycling business in a socially and environmentally responsible manner, in accordance with the provisions of The Hong Kong International Convention for the Safe and Environmentally Sound Recycling of Ships, 2009 and/or EU Ship Recycling Regulation.

 

26.19 Poseidon Principles

 

Each Borrower shall, upon the reasonable request of any Lender and at the cost of the Borrowers, on or before 31 July in each calendar year, supply or procure the supply by the Approved Classification Society (as specified by the relevant Lender) to such Lender of all information necessary in order for any Lender to comply with its obligations under the Poseidon Principles in respect of the preceding year, including, without limitation, all ship fuel oil consumption data required to be collected and reported in accordance with Regulation 22A of Annex VI and any Statement of Compliance, together with a Carbon Intensity and Climate Alignment Certificate or equivalent, in each case relating to the Ship owned by it for the preceding calendar year provided always that, for the avoidance of doubt, such information shall be “Confidential Information” for the purposes of Clause 46 (Confidentiality) but the Obligors acknowledge that, in accordance with the Poseidon Principles, such information will form part of the information published regarding the relevant Lender’s portfolio climate alignment.

 

26.20  Sanctions and Ship trading

 

(a) Without limiting Clause 26.9 (Compliance with laws etc.), each Borrower shall procure:

 

  (i) that the Ship owned by it shall not be used by or for the benefit of a Restricted Party;

 

(ii) that such Ship shall not be used directly or indirectly in trading in any manner contrary to Sanctions Laws (or which could be contrary to Sanctions Laws if Sanctions Laws were binding on each Transaction Obligor) or in any trade which could expose a Ship, a Transaction Obligor, a Lender, crew or insurers to enforcement proceedings or any other consequences whatsoever arising from Sanctions Laws;

 

(iii) that such Ship shall not be traded in any manner which would trigger the operation of any sanctions limitation or exclusion clause (or similar) in the Insurances; and

 

(iv) that each charterparty in respect of that Ship shall contain, for the benefit of that Borrower, language which gives effect to the provisions of paragraph (c) of Clause 26.9 (Compliance with laws etc.) as regards Sanctions Laws and of this Clause 26.20 (Sanctions and Ship trading) and which permits refusal of employment or voyage orders if compliance would result in a breach of Sanctions Laws (or which would result in a breach of Sanctions Laws if Sanctions Laws were binding on each Transaction Obligor).

 

97

 

 

(b) No Obligor shall, nor shall an Obligor permit or authorise any other person to, directly or indirectly, use, lend, make payments of, contribute or otherwise make available, all or any part of the proceeds of any Loan or other transaction(s) contemplated by this Agreement to fund any trade, business or other activities:

 

  (i) involving or for the benefit of any Restricted Party; or
     
(ii) in any other manner that would reasonably be expected to result in any Obligor or any Lender being in breach of any Sanctions Laws (if and to the extent applicable to either of them) or becoming a Restricted Party.

 

(c) any provision of this Clause 26.20 (Sanctions and ship trading) Clause 24.4 (Compliance with Sanctions Laws) or Clause 21.34 (Sanctions) shall not apply to or in favour of any Finance Party if and to the extent that it would result in a breach, by or in respect of that Finance Party, of any applicable Blocking Law.

 

26.21 Anti-terrorism

 

The Borrowers shall, and shall ensure that each of the other Obligors will, comply with all anti-terrorism laws in each case applicable to it and shall take all actions necessary or which may be required by the Lenders to allow the Lenders to comply with any anti-terrorism laws applicable to it.

 

26.22 Notification of compliance

 

Each Borrower shall promptly provide the Facility Agent from time to time with evidence (in such form as the Facility Agent requires) that it is complying with this Clause 26 (Ship Undertakings).

 

27 SECURITY COVER

 

27.1 Minimum required security cover

 

Clause 27.2 (Provision of additional security; prepayment) applies if, the Facility Agent notifies the Borrowers that:

 

(i) the aggregate Fair Market Value of each Ship then subject to a Mortgage and which has not become a Total Loss; plus

 

(ii) the net realisable value of additional Security previously provided under this Clause 27 (Security Cover),

 

is below 130 per cent. of the aggregate of the Loan and, in circumstances where a Hedging Agreement has been entered into with a Hedge Counterparty, the Hedging Close Out Liabilities.

 

27.2  Provision of additional security; prepayment

 

(a) If the Facility Agent serves a notice on the Borrowers under Clause 27.1 (Minimum required security cover), the Borrowers shall, on or before the date falling 30 days after the date (the “Prepayment Date) on which the Facility Agent’s notice is served, prepay such part of the Loan as shall eliminate the shortfall.

 

98

 

 

(b) A Borrower may, instead of, or as well as making a prepayment as described in paragraph (a) above, provide, or ensure that a third party has provided, additional security which, in the opinion of the Facility Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders,

 

(i)       has a net realisable value at least equal to the shortfall; and

 

(ii)       is documented in such terms as the Facility Agent may approve or require,

 

before the Prepayment Date; and conditional upon such security being provided in such manner, it shall satisfy such prepayment obligation.

 

27.3       Value of additional vessel security

 

The net realisable value of any additional security which is provided under Clause 27.2 (Provision of additional security; prepayment) and which consists of Security over a vessel shall be the Fair Market Value of the vessel concerned.

 

27.4       Valuations binding

 

Any valuation under this Clause 27 (Security Cover) shall be binding and conclusive as regards each Borrower.

 

27.5       Provision of information

 

(a) Each Borrower shall promptly provide the Facility Agent and any shipbroker acting under this Clause 27 (Security Cover) with any information which the Facility Agent or the shipbroker may request for the purposes of the valuation.

 

(b) If a Borrower fails to provide the information referred to in paragraph (a) above by the date specified in the request, the valuation may be made on any basis and assumptions which the shipbroker or the Facility Agent considers prudent.

 

27.6       Prepayment mechanism

 

Any prepayment pursuant to Clause 27.2 (Provision of additional security; prepayment) shall be made in accordance with the relevant provisions of Clause7 (Payment and Cancellation) but ignoring any restriction as to prepayments being made on the last day of the Interest Period and shall be applied pro rata to each Tranche or against a particular Tranche, at the Facility Agent’s discretion, in inverse order of maturity.

 

27.7       Provision of valuations

 

(a) Each Borrower shall provide the Facility Agent with valuations of the Ship owned by it or that will be owned by it on the relevant Utilisation Date and any other vessel over which additional Security has been created in accordance with Clause 27.3 (Value of additional vessel security), from an Approved Valuer, to enable the Facility Agent to determine the Fair Market Value of that Ship.
   
(b)  The valuations referred to in this Clause 27.7 (Provision of valuations) are to be obtained:

 

(i) on or before the first Utilisation Date in respect of the Ship to which such Utilisation Date relates (not to be obtained earlier than 30 days prior to the Utilisation Date) and shown, in respect of such Ship when not on or before a Utilisation Date, in June and December of each year during the Facility Period provided that, in the case of testing financial covenants contained in Clause 23.1 (Financial covenants) at the end of the first and third financial quarters in each year, the Borrowers shall obtain up to date Fair Market Values of any of the Ships if requested by the Facility Agent, acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders. If the Facility Agent does request any such additional valuations these valuations shall be at the Lenders’ cost, unless the valuations show a failure to comply with Clause 27.1 (Minimum required security cover), in which case these additional valuations shall be at the Borrowers’ cost; or

 

99

 

 

  (ii)        at any other time requested by the Facility Agent in its absolute discretion.

 

(c) The valuations referred to in paragraph (b)(i) and (b)(ii) of Clause 27.7 (Provision of valuations) shall be at the Borrowers’ cost, but no more than twice per year, unless the valuations provided under paragraph (b)(i) and (b)(ii) of Clause 27.7 (Provision of valuations) show a breach of Clause 27.1 (Minimum required security cover), in which case any additional valuations will be at the Borrowers’ cost.

 

(d) The arithmetic average of the two valuations will then be determined, save that where there is a variance of more than twenty per cent. between the two valuations, a third valuation shall be obtained from an Approved Valuer selected by the Facility Agent and appointed by the Facility Agent and in such case the Fair Market Value shall be the arithmetic average of the three valuations.

 

28          APPLICATION OF EARNINGS

 

28.1       Payment of Earnings

 

Each Borrower shall ensure that,

 

(a) subject only to the provisions of the General Assignment to which it is a party, all the Earnings in respect of the Ship owned by it are paid in to its Earnings Account; and

 

(b) all payments by a Hedge Counterparty to that Borrower under a Hedging Agreement are paid to the Earnings Account.

 

28.2       Use of credit balances on the Earnings Account.

 

Each Borrower may withdraw moneys from the Earnings Account in its name provided that no Default is continuing.

 

28.3       Location of accounts

 

Each Borrower shall promptly:

 

(a) comply with any requirement of the Facility Agent as to the location or relocation of its Earnings Account (or any of them); and

 

(b) execute any documents which the Facility Agent specifies to create or maintain in favour of the Security Agent Security over (and/or rights of set-off, consolidation or other rights in relation to) the Earnings Accounts.

 

100

 

 

28.4       Payment of Earnings to CACIB Earnings Accounts

 

Each Borrower shall ensure that if an Event of Default occurs all Earnings in respect of each Ship shall be paid to the relevant CACIB Earnings Account.

 

29          EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

29.1       General

 

Each of the events or circumstances set out in this Clause 29 (Events of Default) is an Event of Default except for Clause 29.17 (Acceleration) and Clause 29.18 (Enforcement of security).

 

29.2       Non-payment

 

An Obligor does not pay on the due date any amount payable pursuant to a Finance Document at the place at and in the currency in which it is expressed to be payable unless:

 

(a)           its failure to pay is caused by:

 

(i)       administrative or technical error (including intermediary bank delays); or

 

(ii)       a Disruption Event (including a Market Disruption Event); and

 

(b)          payment is made within 3 Business Days of its due date.

 

29.3       Specific obligations

 

A breach occurs of Clause 4.4 (Waiver of conditions precedent), Clause 21.34 (Sanctions), Clause 23 (Financial Covenants), Clause 24.10 (Title), Clause 24.11 (Negative pledge), Clause 24.22 (Unlawfulness, invalidity and ranking; Security imperilled), Clause 26.20 (Sanctions and Ship trading), Clause 25.2 (Maintenance of obligatory insurances), Clause 25.3 (Terms of obligatory insurances), Clause 25.5 (Renewal of obligatory insurances), Clause 26.3 (Repair and classification) or, save to the extent such breach is a failure to pay and therefore subject to Clause 29.2 (Non-payment), Clause 27 (Security Cover).

 

29.4       Other obligations

 

(a) A Transaction Obligor does not comply with any provision of the Finance Documents (other than those referred to in Clause 29.2 (Non-payment) and Clause 29.3 (Specific obligations)).

 

(b) No Event of Default under paragraph (a) above will occur if the failure to comply is capable of remedy and is remedied within 10 Business Days of the Facility Agent giving notice to the Borrowers or (if earlier) any Transaction Obligor becoming aware of the failure to comply.

 

29.5       Misrepresentation

 

Any representation or statement made or deemed to be made by an Obligor in the Finance Documents or any other document delivered by or on behalf of any Transaction Obligor under or in connection with any Finance Document is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading when made or deemed to be made and which has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

101

 

 

29.6       Cross default

 

(a) Any Financial Indebtedness of any Obligor is not paid when due nor within any originally applicable grace period.

 

(b) Any Financial Indebtedness of any Obligor is declared to be or otherwise becomes due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).

 

(c) Any commitment for any Financial Indebtedness of any Obligor is cancelled or suspended by a creditor of any Obligor as a result of an event of default (however described).

 

(d) Any creditor of any Obligor becomes entitled to declare any Financial Indebtedness of any Obligor due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).

 

(e) No Event of Default will occur under this Clause 29.6 (Cross default) if the aggregate amount of Financial Indebtedness or commitment for Financial Indebtedness falling within paragraphs (a) to (d) above is less than, in respect of each Borrower, $500,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency) and in respect of each of the Corporate Guarantor or Parent Guarantor and other members of the Group, $5,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency in aggregate).

 

29.7       Insolvency

 

(a) An Obligor:

 

(i) is unable or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due;

 

(ii) is deemed to, or is declared to, be unable to pay its debts under applicable law;

 

(iii) suspends or threatens to suspend making payments on any of its debts; or

 

(iv) by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties, commences negotiations with one or more of its creditors (excluding any Finance Party in its capacity as such) with a view to rescheduling any of its indebtedness.

 

(b) The value of the assets of any Obligor is less than its liabilities (taking into account contingent and prospective liabilities).

 

(c) A moratorium is declared in respect of any indebtedness of any Obligor. If a moratorium occurs, the ending of the moratorium will not remedy any Event of Default caused by that moratorium.

 

29.8       Insolvency proceedings

 

(a) Any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedure or step is taken in relation to:

 

(i) the suspension of payments, a moratorium of any indebtedness, winding-up, dissolution, administration or reorganisation (by way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or otherwise) of any member of the Group other than a solvent liquidation or reorganisation of any member of the Group which is not an Obligor;

 

(ii) a composition, compromise, assignment or arrangement with any creditor of any member of the Group;

 

(iii) the appointment of a liquidator (other than in respect of a solvent liquidation of a member of the Group which is not an Obligor), receiver, administrator, administrative receiver, compulsory manager or other similar officer in respect of any member of the Group or any of its assets; or

 

102

 

 

(iv) enforcement of any Security over any assets of any member of the Group,

 

or any analogous procedure or step is taken in any jurisdiction.

 

(b) Paragraph (a) above shall not apply to any winding-up petition which is frivolous or vexatious and is discharged, stayed or dismissed within 14 days of commencement.

 

29.9       Creditors’ process

 

Any expropriation, attachment, sequestration, distress or execution (or any analogous process in any jurisdiction) affects any asset or assets of an Obligor having an aggregate value of $1,500,000.

 

29.10     Unlawfulness, invalidity and ranking

 

(a) It is or becomes unlawful for a Transaction Obligor to perform any of its obligations under the Finance Documents.

 

(b) Any obligation of a Transaction Obligor under the Finance Documents is not or ceases to be legal, valid, binding or enforceable if that cessation individually or together with any other cessations materially or adversely affects the interests of the Secured Parties under the Finance Documents.

 

(c) Any Finance Document ceases to be in full force and effect or to be continuing or is or purports to be determined or any Transaction Security is alleged by a party to it (other than a Finance Party) to be ineffective.

 

(d) Any Transaction Security proves to have ranked after, or loses its priority to, any other Security.

 

29.11     Security imperilled

 

Any Security created or intended to be created by a Finance Document is in any way imperilled or in jeopardy.

 

29.12     Cessation of business

 

Any Obligor suspends or ceases to carry on (or threatens to suspend or ceases to carry on) all or a material part of its business.

 

29.13     Expropriation

 

The authority or ability of any member of the Group to conduct its business is limited or wholly or substantially curtailed by any seizure, expropriation, nationalisation, intervention, restriction or other action by or on behalf of any governmental, regulatory or other authority or other person in relation to any member of the Group or any of its assets.

 

29.14     Repudiation and rescission of agreements

 

An Obligor (or any other relevant party) rescinds or purports to rescind or repudiates or purports to repudiate a Transaction Document or any of the Transaction Security or evidences an intention to rescind or repudiate a Transaction Document or any Transaction Security.

 

103

 

 

29.15     Litigation

 

Any litigation, arbitration, administrative, governmental, regulatory or other investigations, proceedings or disputes are commenced or threatened in relation to any of the Transaction Documents or the transactions contemplated in any of the Transaction Documents or against any member of the Group or its assets which has or may have a Material Adverse Effect and, for the avoidance of doubt, this clause shall not apply to any proceedings or dispute which is frivolous or vexatious and is discharged, stayed or dismissed within 14 days of commencement.

 

29.16     Material adverse change

 

Any event or circumstance occurs which has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

29.17     Acceleration

 

On and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing the Facility Agent may, and shall if so directed by the Majority Lenders, by notice to the Borrowers:

 

(a) cancel the Total Commitments, whereupon they shall immediately be cancelled;

 

(b) declare that all or part of the Loan, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued or outstanding under the Finance Documents be immediately due and payable, whereupon it shall become immediately due and payable; and/or

 

(c) declare that all or part of the Loan be payable on demand, whereupon it shall immediately become payable on demand by the Facility Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders,

 

and the Facility Agent may serve notices under paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) above simultaneously or on different dates and the Security Agent may take any action referred to in Clause 29.18 (Enforcement of security) if no such notice is served or simultaneously with or at any time after the service of any of such notice.

 

29.18     Enforcement of security and other rights

 

On and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing the Security Agent may, and shall if so directed by the Majority Lenders, take any action which, as a result of the Event of Default or any notice served under Clause 29.17 (Acceleration), the Security Agent is entitled to take under any Finance Document or any applicable law or regulation.

 

104

 

 

SECTION 10

 

CHANGES TO PARTIES

 

30           CHANGES TO THE LENDERS

 

30.1       Assignments and transfers by the Lenders

 

Subject to this Clause 30 (Changes to the Lenders), a Lender (the “Existing Lender”) may:

 

(a)           assign any of its rights; or

 

(b)          transfer by novation any of its rights and obligations,

 

under the Finance Documents to another bank or financial institution or to a trust, fund or other entity which is regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets (except for a hedge fund) (the “New Lender”) but in no event to a member of the Group or a holding company, or holding company acting in concert, of the Parent Guarantor.

 

30.2       Conditions of assignment or transfer

 

(a) The consent of the Borrowers is not required for an assignment or transfer by an Existing Lender provided the assignment or transfer is:

 

(i) to another Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender;

 

(ii) to another first class international bank or financial institution, insurer, social security fund, pension fund, capital investment company, financial intermediary or special purpose vehicle associated to any of them;

 

(iii) a trust corporation, fund or other person which is regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets and which is advised by or the assets of which are managed or serviced by a Lender; or

 

(iv) made at a time when a Default is continuing.

 

(b) An assignment will only be effective on:

 

(i) receipt by the Facility Agent (whether in the Assignment Agreement or otherwise) of written confirmation from the New Lender (in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent) that the New Lender will assume the same obligations to the other Secured Parties as it would have been under if it were an Original Lender; and

 

(ii) performance by the Facility Agent of all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to such assignment to a New Lender, the completion of which the Facility Agent shall promptly notify to the Existing Lender and the New Lender.

 

(c) A transfer will only be effective if the procedure set out in Clause 30.5 (Procedure for transfer) is complied with.

 

105

 

 

(d) If:

 

(i) a Lender assigns or transfers any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents or changes its Facility Office; and

 

(ii) as a result of circumstances existing at the date the assignment, transfer or change occurs, an Obligor would be obliged to make a payment to the New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office under Clause 12 (Tax Gross Up and Indemnities) or Clause 13 (Increased Costs),

 

then the New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office is only entitled to receive payment under those Clauses to the same extent as the Existing Lender or Lender acting through its previous Facility Office would have been if the assignment, transfer or change had not occurred.

 

(e) Each New Lender, by executing the relevant Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement, confirms, for the avoidance of doubt, that the Facility Agent has authority to execute on its behalf any amendment or waiver that has been approved by or on behalf of the requisite Lender or Lenders in accordance with this Agreement on or prior to the date on which the transfer or assignment becomes effective in accordance with this Agreement and that it is bound by that decision to the same extent as the Existing Lender would have been had it remained a Lender.

 

30.3       Assignment or transfer fee

 

The New Lender shall, on the date upon which an assignment or transfer takes effect, pay to the Facility Agent (for its own account) a fee of $3,000 unless the assignment or transfer is to an Affiliate of the Existing Lender.

 

30.4       Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders

 

(a) Unless expressly agreed to the contrary, an Existing Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility to a New Lender for:

 

(i) the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of the Finance Documents, the Transaction Security or any other documents;

 

(ii) the financial condition of any Transaction Obligor;

 

(iii) the performance and observance by any Transaction Obligor of its obligations under the Finance Documents or any other documents; or

 

(iv) the accuracy of any statements (whether written or oral) made in or in connection with any Finance Document or any other document,

 

and any representations or warranties implied by law are excluded.

 

(b) Each New Lender confirms to the Existing Lender and the other Finance Parties and the Secured Parties that it:

 

(i) has made (and shall continue to make) its own independent investigation and assessment of the financial condition and affairs of each Transaction Obligor and its related entities in connection with its participation in this Agreement and has not relied exclusively on any information provided to it by the Existing Lender or any other Finance Party in connection with any Finance Document or the Transaction Security; and

 

106

 

 

(ii) will continue to make its own independent appraisal of the creditworthiness of each Transaction Obligor and its related entities throughout the Security Period.

 

(c) Nothing in any Finance Document obliges an Existing Lender to:

 

(i) accept a re-transfer or re-assignment from a New Lender of any of the rights and obligations assigned or transferred under this Clause 30 (Changes to the Lenders); or

 

(ii) support any losses directly or indirectly incurred by the New Lender by reason of the non-performance by any Transaction Obligor of its obligations under the Finance Documents or otherwise.

 

30.5       Procedure for transfer

 

(a) Subject to the conditions set out in Clause 30.2 (Conditions of assignment or transfer), a transfer is effected in accordance with paragraph (c) below when the Facility Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender. The Facility Agent shall, subject to paragraph (b) below as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed Transfer Certificate appearing on its face to comply with this Agreement and delivered in accordance with this Agreement, execute that Transfer Certificate.

 

(b) The Facility Agent shall only be obliged to execute a Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the transfer to such New Lender.

 

(c) Subject to Clause 30.9 (Pro rata interest settlement), on the Transfer Date:

 

(i) to the extent that in the Transfer Certificate the Existing Lender seeks to transfer by novation its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security, each of the Obligors and the Existing Lender shall be released from further obligations towards one another under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security and their respective rights against one another under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security shall be cancelled (being the “Discharged Rights and Obligations”);

 

(ii) each of the Obligors and the New Lender shall assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another which differ from the Discharged Rights and Obligations only insofar as that Obligor and the New Lender have assumed and/or acquired the same in place of that Obligor and the Existing Lender;

 

(iii) the Facility Agent, the Security Agent, each Mandated Lead Arranger, the New Lender and other Lenders shall acquire the same rights and assume the same obligations between themselves and in respect of the Transaction Security as they would have acquired and assumed had the New Lender been an Original Lender with the rights and/or obligations acquired or assumed by it as a result of the transfer and to that extent the Facility Agent, the Security Agent, each Mandated Lead Arranger and the Existing Lenders shall each be released from further obligations to each other under the Finance Documents; and

 

107

 

 

(iv) the New Lender shall become a Party as a “Lender”.

 

30.6       Procedure for assignment

 

(a) Subject to the conditions set out in Clause 30.2 (Conditions of assignment or transfer) an assignment may be effected in accordance with paragraph (c) below when the Facility Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Assignment Agreement delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender. The Facility Agent shall, subject to paragraph (b) below, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed Assignment Agreement appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, execute that Assignment Agreement.

 

(b) The Facility Agent shall only be obliged to execute an Assignment Agreement delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the assignment to such New Lender.

 

(c) Subject to Clause 30.9 (Pro rata interest settlement), on the Transfer Date:

 

(i) the Existing Lender will assign absolutely to the New Lender its rights under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security expressed to be the subject of the assignment in the Assignment Agreement;

 

(ii) the Existing Lender will be released from the obligations (the “Relevant Obligations”) expressed to be the subject of the release in the Assignment Agreement (and any corresponding obligations by which it is bound in respect of the Transaction Security); and

 

(iii) the New Lender shall become a Party as a “Lender” and will be bound by obligations equivalent to the Relevant Obligations.

 

(d) Lenders may utilise procedures other than those set out in this Clause 30.6 (Procedure for assignment) to assign their rights under the Finance Documents (but not, without the consent of the relevant Obligor or unless in accordance with Clause 30.5 (Procedure for transfer), to obtain a release by that Obligor from the obligations owed to that Obligor by the Lenders nor the assumption of equivalent obligations by a New Lender) provided that they comply with the conditions set out in Clause 30.2 (Conditions of assignment or transfer).

 

30.7       Copy of Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement to Borrowers

 

The Facility Agent shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after it has executed a Transfer Certificate or an Assignment Agreement, send to the Obligors a copy of that Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement.

 

30.8       Security over Lenders’ rights

 

In addition to the other rights provided to Lenders under this Clause 30 (Changes to the Lenders), each Lender may without consulting with or obtaining consent from any Obligor, at any time charge, assign or otherwise create Security in or over (whether by way of collateral or otherwise) all or any of its rights under any Finance Document to secure obligations of that Lender including, without limitation:

 

108

 

 

 

(a) any charge, assignment or other Security to secure obligations to a federal reserve or central bank; and

 

(b) in the case of any Lender which is a fund, any charge, assignment or other Security granted to any holders (or trustee or representatives of holders) of obligations owed, or securities issued, by that Lender as security for those obligations or securities,

 

except that no such charge, assignment or Security shall:

 

(i) release a Lender from any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or substitute the beneficiary of the relevant charge, assignment or Security for the Lender as a party to any of the Finance Documents; or

 

(ii) require any payments to be made by an Obligor other than or in excess of, or grant to any person any more extensive rights than, those required to be made or granted to the relevant Lender under the Finance Documents.

 

30.9       Pro rata interest settlement

 

If the Facility Agent has notified the Lenders that it is able to distribute interest payments on a “pro rata basis” to Existing Lenders and New Lenders then (in respect of any transfer pursuant to Clause 30.5 (Procedure for transfer) or any assignment pursuant to Clause 30.6 (Procedure for assignment) the Transfer Date of which, in each case, is after the date of such notification and is not on the last day of an Interest Period):

 

(a) any interest or fees in respect of the relevant participation which are expressed to accrue by reference to the lapse of time shall continue to accrue in favour of the Existing Lender up to but excluding the Transfer Date (“Accrued Amounts”) and shall become due and payable to the Existing Lender (without further interest accruing on them) on the last day of the current Interest Period (or, if the Interest Period is longer than six Months, on the next of the dates which falls at six Monthly intervals after the first day of that Interest Period); and

 

(b) The rights assigned or transferred by the Existing Lender will not include the right to the Accrued Amounts, so that, for the avoidance of doubt:

 

(i) when the Accrued Amounts become payable, those Accrued Amounts will be payable to the Existing Lender; and

 

(ii) the amount payable to the New Lender on that date will be the amount which would, but for the application of this Clause 30.9 (Pro rata interest settlement), have been payable to it on that date, but after deduction of the Accrued Amounts.

 

(c) An Existing Lender which retains the right to the Accrued Amounts pursuant to this Clause 30.9 (Pro rata interest settlement) but which does not have a Commitment shall be deemed not to be a Lender for the purposes of ascertaining whether the agreement of any specified group of Lenders has been obtained to approve any request for a consent, waiver, amendment or other vote of Lenders under the Finance Documents.

 

109

 

 

30.10     Replacement of Lender by Borrowers

 

(a) The Borrowers may, at any time (other than where an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default has occurred and is continuing) in respect of:

 

(i) a Lender whose costs of funds charged to the Borrowers are (in the Borrowers’ reasonable opinion) materially higher than those of the other Lenders generally; or

 

(ii) a Lender which is a Defaulting Lender; or

 

(iii) a Lender which is a Non-Consenting Lender,

 

(iv) by giving 10 Business Days’ notice to the Facility Agent and that Lender (the “Outgoing Lender”) replace the Outgoing Lender by requiring it to (and the Outgoing Lender must) transfer in accordance with Clause 30.5 (Procedure for transfer) all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a Lender or other bank (a “Replacement Lender”) selected by the Borrowers and which is acceptable to the Facility Agent (acting reasonably) for a purchase price in cash payable at the time of transfer equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Outgoing Lender’s Contribution and all accrued interest, break costs and other amounts payable in relation to that Contribution under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents.

 

(b) Any transfer of rights and obligations of an Outgoing Lender under this Clause is subject to the following conditions:

 

(i) neither the Facility Agent nor the Outgoing Lender will have any obligation to the Borrowers to find a Replacement Lender;

 

(ii) the transfer must take place no later than 10 Business Days after the Borrowers’ notice referred to above; and

 

(iii) in no event will the Outgoing Lender be required to pay or surrender to the Replacement Lender any of the fees received by the Outgoing Lender under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents.

 

31          CHANGES TO THE OBLIGORS

 

No Obligor may assign any of its rights or transfer any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents.

 

110

 

 

SECTION 11

 

THE FINANCE PARTIES

 

32           THE FACILITY AGENT AND THE MANDATED LEAD ARRANGERS

 

32.1        Appointment of the Facility Agent

 

(a) Each other Finance Party appoints the Facility Agent to act as its agent under and in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

(b) Each other Finance Party authorises the Facility Agent to exercise the rights, powers, authorities and discretions specifically given to the Facility Agent under, or in connection with, the Finance Documents together with any other incidental rights, powers, authorities and discretions.

 

32.2       Duties of the Facility Agent

 

(a) Subject to paragraph (b) below, the Facility Agent shall promptly forward to a Party the original or a copy of any document which is delivered to the Facility Agent for that Party by any other Party.

 

(b) Without prejudice to Clause 30.7 (Copy of Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement to Borrowers), paragraph (a) above shall not apply to any Transfer Certificate or to any Assignment Agreement.

 

(c) Except where a Finance Document specifically provides otherwise, the Facility Agent is not obliged to review or check the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any document it forwards to another Party.

 

(d) If the Facility Agent receives notice from a Party referring to this Agreement, describing a Default and stating that the circumstance described is a Default, it shall promptly notify the Finance Parties.

 

(e) If the Facility Agent is aware of the non-payment of any principal, interest, commitment fee or other fee payable to a Finance Party (other than the Facility Agent or a Mandated Lead Arranger or the Security Agent) under this Agreement it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.

 

(f) The Facility Agent’s duties under the Finance Documents are solely mechanical and administrative in nature.

 

32.3       Role of the Mandated Lead Arrangers

 

Except as specifically provided in the Finance Documents, no Mandated Lead Arranger has any obligations of any kind to any other Party under, or in connection with, any Finance Document.

 

32.4        No fiduciary duties

 

(a) The Facility Agent shall not have any liability to any person in respect of its obligations and duties under this Agreement or the other Finance Documents except as expressly set out in Clause 32.5 (Application of receipts), and as excluded or limited by Clauses 32.8 (Majority Lenders’ instructions), 32.9 (Responsibility for documentation), 32.10 (Exclusion of liability), 32.11 (Lenders’ indemnity to the Facility Agent) and 32.19 (Full freedom to enter into transactions).

 

111

 

 

(b) The provisions of paragraph (a) above shall apply even if, notwithstanding and contrary to paragraph (a) above, any provision of this Agreement or any other Finance Document by operation of law has the effect of constituting the Facility Agent as a fiduciary.

 

(c) Nothing in the Finance Documents constitutes the Facility Agent or either Mandated Lead Arranger a trustee of any other person.

 

(d) None of the Facility Agent, the Security Agent nor either Mandated Lead Arranger shall be bound to account to any Lender for any sum or the profit element of any sum received by it for its own account.

 

32.5       Application of receipts

 

Except as expressly stated to the contrary in any Finance Document, any moneys which the Facility Agent receives or recovers in its capacity as Facility Agent shall be applied by the Facility Agent in accordance with Clause 36.5 (Application of receipts; partial payments).

 

32.6       Business with the Group

 

The Facility Agent and either Mandated Lead Arranger may accept deposits from, lend money to, and generally engage in any kind of banking or other business with, any member of the Group.

 

32.7       Rights and discretions of the Facility Agent

 

(a) The Facility Agent may rely on:

 

(i) any representation, notice or document believed by it to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised; and

 

(ii) any statement made by a director, authorised signatory or employee of any person regarding any matters which may reasonably be assumed to be within his knowledge or within his power to verify.

 

(b) The Facility Agent may assume (unless it has received notice to the contrary in its capacity as agent for the Lenders) that:

 

(i) no Default has occurred (unless it has actual knowledge of a Default arising under Clause 29.2 (Non-payment));

 

(ii) any right, power, authority or discretion vested in any Party or the Majority Lenders has not been exercised; and

 

(iii) any notice or request made by any Borrower (other than a Utilisation Request or a Selection Notice) is made on behalf of and with the consent and knowledge of all the Obligors.

 

(c) The Facility Agent may engage, pay for and rely on the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, surveyors or other experts.

 

112

 

 

(d) The Facility Agent may act in relation to the Finance Documents through its personnel and agents.

 

(e) The Facility Agent may disclose to any other Party any information it reasonably believes it has received as agent under this Agreement.

 

(f) Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, neither the Facility Agent nor either Mandated Lead Arranger is obliged to do or omit to do anything if it would or might, in its reasonable opinion, constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty or duty of confidentiality.

 

32.8        Majority Lenders’ instructions

 

(a) Unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, the Facility Agent shall:

 

(i) exercise any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Servicing Party in accordance with any instructions given to it by the Majority Lenders (or, if so instructed by the Majority Lenders, refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as a Servicing Party); and

 

(ii) not be liable for any act (or omission) if it acts (or refrains from taking any action) in accordance with an instruction of the Majority Lenders.

 

(b) Unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, any instructions given by the Majority Lenders will be binding on all the Finance Parties.

 

(c) The Facility Agent may refrain from acting in accordance with the instructions of the Majority Lenders (or, if appropriate, the Lenders) until it has received such security as it may require for any cost, loss or liability (together with any associated VAT) which it may incur in complying with the instructions.

 

(d) In the absence of instructions from the Majority Lenders (or, if appropriate, the Lenders), the Facility Agent shall not be obliged to take any action (or refrain from taking action) (even if it considers acting or not acting to be in the best interests of the Lenders). The Facility Agent may act (or refrain from taking action) as it considers to be in the best interest of the Lenders.

 

(e) The Facility Agent is not authorised to act on behalf of a Lender or Hedge Counterparty (without first obtaining that Lender’s or Hedge Counterparty’s consent) in any legal or arbitration proceedings relating to any Finance Document. This paragraph (e) shall not apply to any legal or arbitration proceedings relating to the perfection, preservation or protection of rights under the Transaction Security or Finance Documents creating Transaction Security.

 

32.9       Responsibility for documentation

 

Neither the Facility Agent nor either Mandated Lead Arranger:

 

(a) is responsible for the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information (whether oral or written) supplied by the Facility Agent, either Mandated Lead Arranger, an Obligor or any other person given in, or in connection with, any Transaction Document;

 

(b) is responsible for the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Transaction Document or the Transaction Security or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into or made or executed in anticipation of, or in connection with, any Transaction Document or the Transaction Security; or

 

113

 

 

(c) is responsible for any determination as to whether any information provided or to be provided to any Finance Party is non-public information the use of which may be regulated or prohibited by applicable law or regulation relating to insider dealing or otherwise.

 

32.10      Exclusion of liability

 

(a) Without limiting paragraph (b) below (and without prejudice to the provisions of paragraph (e) of Clause 36.11 (Disruption to Payment Systems etc.)), the Facility Agent will not be liable for any action taken by it under or in connection with any Finance Document or the Transaction Security, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

 

(b) No Party other than the Facility Agent may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of the Facility Agent in respect of any claim it might have against the Facility Agent or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Finance Document and each officer, employee or agent of the Facility Agent may rely on this Clause subject to Clause 1.5 (Third party rights) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

 

(c) The Facility Agent will not be liable for any delay (or any related consequences) in crediting an account with an amount required under the Finance Documents to be paid by it if it has taken all necessary steps as soon as reasonably practicable to comply with the regulations or operating procedures of any recognised clearing or settlement system used by it for that purpose.

 

(d) Nothing in this Agreement shall oblige the Facility Agent or either Mandated Lead Arranger to carry out any “know your customer” or other checks in relation to any person on behalf of any Lender and each Lender confirms to the Facility Agent and either Mandated Lead Arranger that it is solely responsible for any such checks it is required to carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in relation to such checks made by the Facility Agent or either Mandated Lead Arranger.

 

32.11      Lenders’ indemnity to the Facility Agent

 

Each Lender shall (in proportion to its share of the Total Commitments or, if the Total Commitments are then zero, to its share of the Total Commitments immediately prior to their reduction to zero) indemnify the Facility Agent, within three Business Days of demand, against any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Facility Agent (otherwise than by reason of its gross negligence or wilful misconduct) (or, in the case of any cost, loss or liability pursuant to Clause 36.11 (Disruption to Payment Systems etc.) notwithstanding the Facility Agent’s negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Facility Agent) in acting as Facility Agent under the Finance Documents (unless the Facility Agent has been reimbursed by an Obligor pursuant to a Finance Document).

 

32.12      Resignation of the Facility Agent

 

(a) The Facility Agent may resign and appoint one of its Affiliates as successor by giving notice to the other Finance Parties and the Borrowers.

 

(b) Alternatively, the Facility Agent may resign by giving 30 days’ notice to the other Finance Parties and the Borrowers, in which case the Majority Lenders may appoint a successor Facility Agent.

 

114

 

 

(c) If the Majority Lenders have not appointed a successor Facility Agent in accordance with paragraph (b) above within 20 days after notice of resignation was given, the retiring Facility Agent may appoint a successor Facility Agent.

 

(d) The retiring Facility Agent shall, at its own cost, make available to the successor Facility Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Facility Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions Facility Agent under the Finance Documents.

 

(e) The Facility Agent’s resignation notice shall only take effect upon the appointment of a successor.

 

(f) Upon the appointment of a successor, the retiring Facility Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents but shall remain entitled to the benefit of this Clause 32 (The Facility Agent and the Mandated Lead Arrangers) and any other provisions of a Finance Document which are expressed to limit or exclude its liability in acting as Facility Agent. Any successor and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party.

 

(g) The Majority Lenders may, by notice to the Facility Agent, require it to resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above. In this event, the Facility Agent shall resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above.

 

(h) The consent of any Borrower (or any other Obligor) is not required for an assignment or transfer of rights and/or obligations by the Facility Agent.

 

(i) The Facility Agent shall resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above (and, to the extent applicable, shall use reasonable endeavours to appoint a successor Facility Agent pursuant to paragraph (c) above) if on or after the date which is three months before the earliest FATCA Application Date relating to any payment to the Facility Agent under the Finance Documents, either:

 

(i) the Facility Agent fails to respond to a request under Clause 12.7 (FATCA Information) and a Borrower or a Lender reasonably believes that the Facility Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date;

 

(ii) the information supplied by the Facility Agent pursuant to Clause 12.7 (FATCA Information) indicates that the Facility Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date; or

 

(iii) the Facility Agent notifies the Borrowers and the Lenders that the Facility Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date;

 

(j) and (in each case) the Borrowers or a Lender reasonably believes that a Party will be required to make a FATCA Deduction that would not be required if the Facility Agent were a FATCA Exempt Party, and the Borrowers or that Lender, by notice to the Facility Agent, requires it to resign.

 

115

 

 

32.13     Confidentiality

 

(a) In acting as Facility Agent for the Finance Parties, the Facility Agent shall be regarded as acting through its agency division which shall be treated as a separate entity from any other of its divisions or departments.

 

(b) If information is received by a division or department of the Facility Agent other than that division or department responsible for complying with the obligations assumed by it under the Finance Documents, that information may be treated as confidential to that division or department, and the Facility Agent shall not be deemed to have notice of it nor shall it be obliged to disclose such information to any Party.

 

32.14     Relationship with the Lenders

 

(a) Subject to Clause 30.9 (Pro rata interest settlement), the Facility Agent may treat the person shown in its records as Lender or Hedge Counterparty at the opening of business (in the place of the Facility Agent’s principal office as notified to the Finance Parties from time to time) as the Lender acting through its Facility Office or, as the case may be, the Hedge Counterparty:

 

(i) entitled to or liable for any payment due under any Finance Document on that day; and

 

(ii) entitled to receive and act upon any notice, request, document or communication or make any decision or determination under any Finance Document made or delivered on that day,

 

unless it has received not less than five Business Days’ prior notice from that Lender or Hedge Counterparty to the contrary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

(b) Each Lender shall supply the Facility Agent with any information required by the Facility Agent in order to calculate the Mandatory Cost.

 

(c) Each Lender and each Hedge Counterparty shall supply the Facility Agent with any information that the Security Agent may reasonably specify (through the Facility Agent) as being necessary or desirable to enable the Security Agent to perform its functions as Security Agent. Each Lender and Hedge Counterparty shall deal with the Security Agent exclusively through the Facility Agent and shall not deal directly with the Security Agent.

 

(d) Any Lender may by notice to the Facility Agent appoint a person to receive on its behalf all notices, communications, information and documents to be made or despatched to that Lender under the Finance Documents. Such notice shall contain the address, fax number and (where communication by electronic mail or other electronic means is permitted under Clause 39.5 (Electronic communication)) electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means (and, in each case, the department or officer, if any, for whose attention communication is to be made) and be treated as notification of a substitute address, fax number, electronic mail address, department and officer by that Lender for the purposes of Clause 39.2 (Addresses) and paragraph (a)(iii) of Clause 39.5 (Electronic communication) and the Facility Agent shall be entitled to treat such person as the person entitled to receive all such notices, communications, information and documents as though that person were that Lender.

 

116

 

 

32.15     Credit appraisal by the Lenders

 

Without affecting the responsibility of any Transaction Obligor for information supplied by it or on its behalf in connection with any Finance Document, each Lender and Hedge Counterparty confirms to the Facility Agent and each Mandated Lead Arranger that it has been, and will continue to be, solely responsible for making its own independent appraisal and investigation of all risks arising under, or in connection with, any Finance Document including but not limited to:

 

(a) the financial condition, status and nature of each member of the Group;

 

(b) the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document and the Transaction Security and any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document or the Transaction Security;

 

(c) whether that Lender has recourse, and the nature and extent of that recourse, against any Party or any of its respective assets under, or in connection with, any Finance Document or the Transaction Security, the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document;

 

(d) the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information provided by the Facility Agent, any Party or by any other person under, or in connection with, any Finance Document, the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document; and

 

(e) the right or title of any person in or to or the value or sufficiency of any part of the Charged Property, the priority of any of the Transaction Security or the existence of any Security affecting the Charged Property.

 

32.16     Reference Banks

 

If a Reference Bank (or, if a Reference Bank is not a Lender, the Lender of which it is an Affiliate) ceases to be a Lender, the Facility Agent shall (in consultation with the Borrowers) appoint another Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender to replace that Reference Bank.

 

32.17     Facility Agent’s management time

 

Any amount payable to the Facility Agent under Clause 14.4 (Indemnity to the Servicing Parties), Clause 16 (Costs and Expenses) and Clause 32.11 (Lenders’ indemnity to the Facility Agent) shall include the cost of utilising the Facility Agent’s management time or other resources to the extent that this relates to extraordinary matters which arise following the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, such as requests for waivers or amendments and/or a potential Default or Event of Default, and the compensation payable to the Facility Agent for such use of its management time shall, upon the Facility Agent’s request, be agreed between the Borrowers, the Lenders and the Facility Agent and will be payable by the Borrowers in addition to any fee paid or payable to the Facility Agent under Clause 11 (Fees).

 

117

 

 

32.18     Deduction from amounts payable by the Facility Agent

 

If any Party owes an amount to the Facility Agent under the Finance Documents, the Facility Agent may, after giving notice to that Party, deduct an amount not exceeding that amount from any payment to that Party which the Facility Agent would otherwise be obliged to make under the Finance Documents and apply the amount deducted in or towards satisfaction of the amount owed. For the purposes of the Finance Documents that Party shall be regarded as having received any amount so deducted.

 

32.19     Full freedom to enter into transactions

 

Notwithstanding any rule of law or equity to the contrary, the Facility Agent shall be absolutely entitled:

 

(a) to enter into and arrange banking, derivative, investment and/or other transactions of every kind with or affecting any Transaction Obligor or any person who is party to, or referred to in, a Finance Document (including, but not limited to, any interest or currency swap or other transaction, whether related to this Agreement or not, and acting as syndicate agent and/or security agent for, and/or participating in, other facilities to such Transaction Obligor or any person who is party to, or referred to in, a Finance Document);

 

(b) to deal in and enter into and arrange transactions relating to:

 

(i) any securities issued or to be issued by any Transaction Obligor or any other person; or

 

(ii) any options or other derivatives in connection with such securities; and

 

(c) to provide advice or other services to any Borrower or any person who is a party to, or referred to in, a Finance Document,

 

and, in particular, the Facility Agent shall be absolutely entitled, in proposing, evaluating, negotiating, entering into and arranging all such transactions and in connection with all other matters covered by paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) above, to use (subject only to insider dealing legislation) any information or opportunity, howsoever acquired by it, to pursue its own interests exclusively, to refrain from disclosing such dealings, transactions or other matters or any information acquired in connection with them and to retain for its sole benefit all profits and benefits derived from the dealings transactions or other matters.

 

33           THE SECURITY AGENT

 

33.1       Trust

 

(a) The Security Agent declares that it shall hold the Security Property on trust for the Secured Parties on the terms contained in this Agreement and shall deal with the Security Property in accordance with this Clause 33 (The Security Agent) and the other provisions of the Finance Documents.

 

(b) Each of the parties to this Agreement agrees that the Security Agent shall have only those duties, obligations and responsibilities expressly specified in this Agreement or in the Finance Documents (and no others shall be implied).

 

118

 

 

 

(c) The Security Agent shall not have any liability to any person in respect of its duties, obligations and responsibilities under this Agreement or the other Finance Documents except as expressly set out in paragraph (a) of Clause 33.1 (Trust) and as excluded or limited by this Clause 33 (The Security Agent) including in particular Clause 33.8 (Instructions to Security Agent and exercise of discretion), Clause 33.13 (Responsibility for documentation), Clause 33.14 (Exclusion of liability). Clause 33.16 (Lenders’ indemnity to the Security Agent), Clause 33.23 (Business with the Group) and Clause 33.28 (Full freedom to enter into transactions).

 

33.2 Parallel Debt (Covenant to pay the Security Agent)

 

(a) Each Obligor irrevocably and unconditionally undertakes to pay to the Security Agent its Parallel Debt which shall be amounts equal to, and in the currency or currencies of, its Corresponding Debt.

 

(b) The Parallel Debt of an Obligor:

 

  (i) shall become due and payable at the same time as its Corresponding Debt;

 

(ii) is independent and separate from, and without prejudice to, its Corresponding Debt.

 

(c) For purposes of this Clause 33.2 (Parallel Debt (Covenant to pay the Security Agent)), the Security Agent:

 

(i) is the independent and separate creditor of each Parallel Debt;

 

(ii) acts in its own name and not as agent, representative or trustee of the Finance Parties and its claims in respect of each Parallel Debt shall not be held on trust; and

 

(iii) shall have the independent and separate right to demand payment of each Parallel Debt in its own name (including, without limitation, through any suit, execution, enforcement of security, recovery of guarantees and applications for and voting in any kind of insolvency proceeding).

 

(d) The Parallel Debt of an Obligor shall be:

 

(i) decreased to the extent that its Corresponding Debt has been irrevocably and unconditionally paid or discharged; and

 

(ii)

increased to the extent that its Corresponding Debt has increased,

and the Corresponding Debt of an Obligor shall be:

 

(A) decreased to the extent that its Parallel Debt has been irrevocably and unconditionally paid or discharged; and

 

  (B) increased to the extent that its Parallel Debt has increased,

 

in each case provided that the Parallel Debt of an Obligor shall never exceed its Corresponding Debt.

 

(e) All amounts received or recovered by the Security Agent in connection with this Clause 33.2 (Parallel Debt (Covenant to pay the Security Agent)) to the extent permitted by applicable law, shall be applied in accordance with Clause 36.5 (Application of receipts; partial payments).

  

119

 

 

(f) This Clause 33.2 (Parallel Debt (Covenant to pay the Security Agent)) shall apply, with any necessary modifications, to each Finance Document.

 

33.3 No independent power

 

The Secured Parties shall not have any independent power to enforce, or have recourse to, any of the Transaction Security or to exercise any rights or powers arising under the Finance Documents creating the Transaction Security except through the Security Agent.

 

33.4 Application of receipts

 

(a) Except as expressly stated to the contrary in any Finance Document, any moneys which the Security Agent receives or recovers and which are, or are attributable to, Security Property (for the purposes of this Clause 33 (The Security Agent), the “Recoveries”) shall be transferred to the Facility Agent for application in accordance with Clause 36.5 (Application of receipts; partial payments).

 

(b) Paragraph (a) above is without prejudice to the rights of the Security Agent, each Receiver and each Delegate:

 

(i) under Clause 14.6 (Indemnity to the Security Agent) to be indemnified out of the Charged Property; and

 

(ii) under any Finance Document to credit any moneys received or recovered by it to any suspense account.

 

(c) Any transfer by the Security Agent to the Facility Agent in accordance with paragraph (a) above shall be a good discharge, to the extent of that payment, by the Security Agent.

 

(d) The Security Agent is under no obligation to make the payments to the Facility Agent under paragraph (a) of this Clause 33.4 (Application of receipts) in the same currency as that in which the obligations and liabilities owing to the relevant Finance Party are denominated.

 

33.5 Deductions from receipts

 

(a) Before transferring any moneys to the Facility Agent under Clause 33.4 (Application of receipts), the Security Agent may, in its discretion:

 

(i) deduct any sum then due and payable under this Agreement or any other Finance Documents to the Security Agent or any Receiver or Delegate and retain that sum for itself or, as the case may require, pay it to another person to whom it is then due and payable;

 

(ii) set aside by way of reserve amounts required to meet, and to make and pay, any deductions and withholdings (on account of Taxes or otherwise) which it is or may be required by any applicable law to make from any distribution or payment made by it under this Agreement; and

 

(iii) pay all Taxes which may be assessed against it in respect of any of the Security Property, or as a consequence of performing its duties, or by virtue of its capacity as Security Agent under any of the Finance Documents or otherwise (other than in connection with its remuneration for performing its duties under this Agreement).

 

120

 

 

(b) For the purposes of paragraph (a)(i) above, if the Security Agent has become entitled to require a sum to be paid to it on demand, that sum shall be treated as due and payable, even if no demand has yet been served.

 

33.6 Prospective liabilities

 

Following acceleration of any of the Transaction Security, the Security Agent may, in its discretion, or at the request of the Facility Agent, hold any Recoveries in an interest bearing suspense or impersonal account(s) in the name of the Security Agent with such financial institution (including itself) and for so long as the Security Agent shall think fit (the interest being credited to the relevant account) for later payment to the Facility Agent for application in accordance with Clause 36.5 (Application of receipts; partial payments) in respect of:

 

(a) any sum to the Security Agent, any Receiver or any Delegate; and

 

(b) any part of the Secured Liabilities,

 

that the Security Agent or, in the case of paragraph (b) only, the Facility Agent, reasonably considers, in each case, might become due or owing at any time in the future.

 

33.7 Investment of proceeds

 

Prior to the payment of the proceeds of the Recoveries to the Facility Agent for application in accordance with Clause 36.5 (Application of receipts; partial payments) the Security Agent may, in its discretion, hold all or part of those proceeds in an interest bearing suspense or impersonal account(s) in the name of the Security Agent with such financial institution (including itself) and for so long as the Security Agent shall think fit (the interest being credited to the relevant account) pending the payment from time to time of those moneys in the Security Agent’s discretion in accordance with the provisions of this Clause 33.7 (Investment of proceeds).

 

33.8 Instructions to Security Agent and exercise of discretion

 

(a) Subject to paragraph (d) below, the Security Agent shall act in accordance with any instructions given to it by the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders or all the Lenders (as appropriate)) or, if so instructed by the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders or all the Lenders (as appropriate)), refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Security Agent and shall be entitled to assume that:

 

(i) any instructions received by it from the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders or all the Lenders (as appropriate)) are duly given in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents; and

 

(ii) unless it has received actual notice of revocation, that those instructions or directions have not been revoked.

 

(b) The Security Agent shall be entitled to request instructions, or clarification of any direction, from the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders or all the Lenders (as appropriate)) as to whether, and in what manner, it should exercise or refrain from exercising any rights, powers, authorities and discretions and the Security Agent may refrain from acting unless and until those instructions or clarification are received by it.

 

121

 

 

(c) Any instructions given to the Security Agent by the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders or all the Lenders (as appropriate)) shall override any conflicting instructions given by any other Party.

 

(d) Paragraph (a) above shall not apply:

 

(i) where a contrary indication appears in this Agreement;

 

(ii) where this Agreement requires the Security Agent to act in a specified manner or to take a specified action;

 

(iii) in respect of any provision which protects the Security Agent’s own position in its personal capacity as opposed to its role of Security Agent for the Secured Parties including, without limitation, the provisions set out in Clauses 33.10 (Security Agent’s discretions) to Clause 33.28 (Full freedom to enter into transactions); and

 

(iv) in respect of the exercise of the Security Agent’s discretion to exercise a right, power or authority under any of Clause 33.5 (Deductions from receipts) and Clause 33.6 (Prospective liabilities).

 

33.9 Security Agent’s Actions

 

Without prejudice to the provisions of Clause 33.4 (Application of receipts), the Security Agent may (but shall not be obliged to), in the absence of any instructions to the contrary, take such action in the exercise of any of its powers and duties under the Finance Documents as it considers in its discretion to be appropriate.

 

33.10 Security Agent’s discretions

 

(a) The Security Agent may:

 

(i) assume (unless it has received actual notice to the contrary from the Facility Agent) that (i) no Default has occurred and no Obligor is in breach of or default under its obligations under any of the Finance Documents and (ii) any right, power, authority or discretion vested by any Finance Document in any person has not been exercised;

 

(ii) any notice or request made by any Borrower (other than the Utilisation Request or a Selection Notice) is made on behalf of and with the consent and knowledge of all the Obligors;

 

(iii) if it receives any instructions or directions to take any action in relation to the Transaction Security, assume that all applicable conditions under the Finance Documents for taking that action have been satisfied;

 

(iv) engage, pay for and rely on the advice or services of any legal advisers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other experts (whether obtained by the Security Agent or by any other Secured Party) whose advice or services may at any time seem necessary, expedient or desirable;

 

(v) act in relation to the Finance Documents through its personnel and agents;

 

(vi) disclose to any other Party any information it reasonably believes it has received as security agent under this Agreement;

 

122

 

 

(vii) rely upon any communication or document believed by it to be genuine and, as to any matters of fact which might reasonably be expected to be within the knowledge of a Secured Party or an Obligor, upon a certificate signed by or on behalf of that person; and

 

(viii) refrain from acting in accordance with the instructions of any Party (including bringing any legal action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with the Finance Documents) until it has received any indemnification and/or security that it may in its discretion require (whether by way of payment in advance or otherwise) for all costs, losses and liabilities which it may incur in so acting.

 

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, the Security Agent is not obliged to do or omit to do anything if it would or might, in its reasonable opinion, constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty or duty of confidentiality.

 

33.11 Security Agent’s obligations

 

The Security Agent shall promptly:

 

(a) copy to the Facility Agent the contents of any notice or document received by it from any Obligor under any Finance Document;

 

(b) forward to a Party the original or a copy of any document which is delivered to the Security Agent for that Party by any other Party provided that, except where a Finance Document expressly provides otherwise, the Security Agent is not obliged to review or check the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any document it forwards to another Party; and

 

(c) inform the Facility Agent of the occurrence of any Default or any default by a Debtor in the due performance of or compliance with its obligations under any Finance Document of which the Security Agent has received notice from any other party to this Agreement.

 

33.12 Excluded obligations

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary expressed or implied in the Finance Documents, the Security Agent shall not:

 

(a) be bound to enquire as to (i) whether or not any Default has occurred or (ii) the performance, default or any breach by a Transaction Obligor of its obligations under any of the Finance Documents;

 

(b) be bound to account to any other Party for any sum or the profit element of any sum received by it for its own account;

 

(c) be bound to disclose to any other person (including but not limited to any Secured Party) (i) any confidential information or (ii) any other information if disclosure would, or might in its reasonable opinion, constitute a breach of any law or be a breach of fiduciary duty;

 

(d) have or be deemed to have any relationship of trust or agency with, any Obligor.

 

123

 

 

33.13 Responsibility for documentation

 

None of the Security Agent, any Receiver nor any Delegate shall accept responsibility or be liable for:

 

(a) the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any information (whether oral or written) supplied by the Security Agent or any other person in or in connection with any Finance Document or the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents, or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document;

 

(b) the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document, the Security Property or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document or the Security Property;

 

(c) any losses to any person or any liability arising as a result of taking or refraining from taking any action in relation to any of the Finance Documents, the Security Property or otherwise, whether in accordance with an instruction from the Facility Agent or otherwise unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct;

 

(d) the exercise of, or the failure to exercise, any judgment, discretion or power given to it by or in connection with any of the Finance Documents, the Security Property or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with, the Finance Documents or the Security Property; or

 

(e) any shortfall which arises on the enforcement or realisation of the Security Property.

 

33.14 Exclusion of liability

 

(a) Without limiting Clause 33.15 (No proceedings), none of the Security Agent, any Receiver or any Delegate will be liable for any action taken by it or not taken by it under or in connection with any Finance Document or the Transaction Security, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

 

(b) The Security Agent will not be liable for any delay (or any related consequences) in crediting an account with an amount required under the Finance Documents to be paid by it if it has taken all necessary steps as soon as reasonably practicable to comply with the regulations or operating procedures of any recognised clearing or settlement system used by it for that purpose.

 

(c) Nothing in this Agreement shall oblige the Security Agent to carry out any “know your customer” or other checks in relation to any person on behalf of any Lender and each Lender confirms to the Security Agent that it is solely responsible for any such checks it is required to carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in relation to such checks made by the Security Agent.

 

33.15 No proceedings

 

No Party (other than the Security Agent, that Receiver or that Delegate) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of the Security Agent, a Receiver or a Delegate in respect of any claim it might have against the Security Agent, a Receiver or a Delegate or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Finance Document or any Security Property and any officer, employee or agent of the Security Agent, a Receiver or a Delegate may rely on this Clause subject to Clause 1.5 (Third party rights) and the provisions of the Third Parties Rights Act.

 

124

 

 

33.16 Lenders’ indemnity to the Security Agent

 

Each Lender shall (in proportion to its share of the Total Commitments or, if the Total Commitments are then zero, to its share of the Total Commitments immediately prior to their reduction to zero) indemnify the Security Agent and every Receiver and every Delegate, within three Business Days of demand, against any cost, loss or liability incurred by any of them (otherwise than by reason of the relevant Security Agent’s, Receiver’s or Delegate’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct) in acting as Security Agent, Receiver or Delegate under the Finance Documents (unless the relevant Security Agent, Receiver or Delegate has been reimbursed by a Transaction Obligor pursuant to a Finance Document).

 

33.17 Own responsibility

 

Without affecting the responsibility of any Transaction Obligor for information supplied by it or on its behalf in connection with any Finance Document, each Secured Party confirms to the Security Agent that it has been, and will continue to be, solely responsible for making its own independent appraisal and investigation of all risks arising under or in connection with any Finance Document including but not limited to:

 

(a) the financial condition, status and nature of each member of the Group;

 

(b) the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy and enforceability of any Finance Document, the Security Property and any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document or the Security Property;

 

(c) whether that Secured Party has recourse, and the nature and extent of that recourse, against any Party or any of its respective assets under or in connection with any Finance Document, the Security Property, the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document or the Security Property;

 

(d) the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information provided by the Security Agent or by any other person under or in connection with any Finance Document, the transactions contemplated by any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document; and

 

(e)

the right or title of any person in or to, or the value or sufficiency of any part of the Charged Property, the priority of any of the Transaction Security or the existence of any Security affecting the Charged Property, and each Secured Party warrants to the Security Agent that it has not relied on and will not at any time rely on the Security Agent in respect of any of these matters.

 

125

 

 

33.18 No responsibility to perfect Transaction Security

 

The Security Agent shall not be liable for any failure to:

 

(a) require the deposit with it of any deed or document certifying, representing or constituting the title of any Transaction Obligor to any of the Charged Property;

 

(b) obtain any licence, consent or other authority for the execution, delivery, legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of any of the Finance Documents or the Transaction Security;

 

(c) register, file or record or otherwise protect any of the Transaction Security (or the priority of any of the Transaction Security) under any applicable laws in any jurisdiction or to give notice to any person of the execution of any of the Finance Documents or of the Transaction Security;

 

(d) take, or to require any of the Transaction Obligors to take, any steps to perfect its title to any of the Charged Property or to render the Transaction Security effective or to secure the creation of any ancillary Security under the laws of any jurisdiction; or

 

(e) require any further assurances in relation to any of the Finance Documents creating the Transaction Security.

 

33.19 Insurance by Security Agent

 

(a) The Security Agent shall not be under any obligation to insure any of the Charged Property, to require any other person to maintain any insurance or to verify any obligation to arrange or maintain insurance contained in the Finance Documents. The Security Agent shall not be responsible for any loss which may be suffered by any person as a result of the lack of or inadequacy of any such insurance.

 

(b) Where the Security Agent is named on any insurance policy as an insured party, it shall not be responsible for any loss which may be suffered by reason of, directly or indirectly, its failure to notify the insurers of any material fact relating to the risk assumed by such insurers or any other information of any kind, unless the Facility Agent shall have requested it to do so in writing and the Security Agent shall have failed to do so within 14 days after receipt of that request.

 

33.20 Custodians and nominees

 

The Security Agent may appoint and pay any person to act as a custodian or nominee on any terms in relation to any assets of the trust as the Security Agent may determine, including for the purpose of depositing with a custodian this Agreement or any document relating to the trust created under this Agreement and the Security Agent shall not be responsible for any loss, liability, expense, demand, cost, claim or proceedings incurred by reason of the misconduct, omission or default on the part of any person appointed by it under this Agreement or be bound to supervise the proceedings or acts of any person.

 

33.21 Acceptance of title

 

The Security Agent shall be entitled to accept without enquiry, and shall not be obliged to investigate, any right and title that any of the Transaction Obligors may have to any of the Charged Property and shall not be liable for or bound to require any Transaction Obligor to remedy any defect in its right or title.

 

126

 

 

33.22 Refrain from illegality

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary expressed or implied in the Finance Documents, the Security Agent may refrain from doing anything which in its opinion will or may be contrary to any relevant law, directive or regulation of any jurisdiction and the Security Agent may do anything which is, in its opinion, necessary to comply with any such law, directive or regulation.

 

33.23 Business with the Group

 

The Security Agent may accept deposits from, lend money to, and generally engage in any kind of banking or other business with, any member of the Group.

 

33.24 Winding up of trust

 

If the Security Agent, with the approval of the Facility Agent determines that (a) all of the Secured Liabilities and all other obligations secured by the Finance Documents creating the Transaction Security have been fully and finally discharged and (b) none of the Secured Parties is under any commitment, obligation or liability (actual or contingent) to make advances or provide other financial accommodation to any Obligor pursuant to the Finance Documents:

 

(a) the trusts set out in this Agreement shall be wound up and the Security Agent shall release, without recourse or warranty, all of the Transaction Security and the rights of the Security Agent under each of the Finance Documents creating the Transaction Security; and

 

(b) any Retiring Security Agent shall release, without recourse or warranty, all of its rights under each of the Finance Documents creating the Transaction Security.

 

33.25 Powers supplemental

 

The rights, powers and discretions conferred upon the Security Agent by this Agreement shall be supplemental to the Trustee Act 1925 and the Trustee Act 2000 and in addition to any which may be vested in the Security Agent by general law or otherwise.

 

33.26 Trustee division separate

 

(a) In acting as trustee for the Secured Parties, the Security Agent shall be regarded as acting through its trustee division which shall be treated as a separate entity from any of its other divisions or departments.

 

(b) If information is received by another division or department of the Security Agent, it may be treated as confidential to that division or department and the Security Agent shall not be deemed to have notice of it nor shall it be obliged to disclose such information to any Party.

 

33.27 Disapplication

 

In addition to its rights under or by virtue of this Agreement and the other Finance Documents, the Security Agent shall have all the rights conferred on a trustee by the Trustee Act 1925, the Trustee Delegation Act 1999, the Trustee Act 2000 and by general law or otherwise, provided that:

 

(a) section 1 of the Trustee Act 2000 shall not apply to the duties of the Security Agent in relation to the trusts constituted by this Agreement and the other Finance Documents; and

 

127

 

 

(b) where there are any inconsistencies between (i) the Trustee Acts 1925 and 2000 and (ii) the provisions of this Agreement and any other Finance Document, the provisions of this Agreement and any other Finance Document shall, to the extent allowed by law, prevail and, in the case of any inconsistency with the Trustee Act 2000, such provisions shall constitute a restriction or exclusion for the purposes of the Trustee Act 2000.

 

33.28 Full freedom to enter into transactions

 

Notwithstanding any rule of law or equity to the contrary, the Security Agent shall be absolutely entitled:

 

(a) to enter into and arrange banking, derivative, investment and/or other transactions of every kind with or affecting any Transaction Obligor or any person who is party to, or referred to in, a Finance Document (including, but not limited to, any interest or currency swap or other transaction, whether related to this Agreement or not, and acting as syndicate agent and/or security agent for, and/or participating in, other facilities to such Transaction Obligor or any person who is party to, or referred to in, a Finance Document);

 

(b) to deal in and enter into and arrange transactions relating to:

 

(i) any securities issued or to be issued by any Transaction Obligor or any other person; or

 

(ii) any options or other derivatives in connection with such securities; and

 

(c) to provide advice or other services to any Borrower or any person who is a party to, or referred to in, a Finance Document,

 

and, in particular, each Servicing Party shall be absolutely entitled, in proposing, evaluating, negotiating, entering into and arranging all such transactions and in connection with all other matters covered by paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) above, to use (subject only to insider dealing legislation) any information or opportunity, howsoever acquired by it, to pursue its own interests exclusively, to refrain from disclosing such dealings, transactions or other matters or any information acquired in connection with them and to retain for its sole benefit all profits and benefits derived from the dealings transactions or other matters.

 

33.29 Resignation of the Security Agent

 

(a) The Security Agent may resign and appoint one of its affiliates as successor by giving notice to the Borrowers and each Finance Party.

 

(b) Alternatively the Security Agent may resign by giving notice to the other Parties in which case the Majority Lenders may appoint a successor Security Agent.

 

(c) If the Majority Lenders have not appointed a successor Security Agent in accordance with paragraph (b) above within 30 days after the notice of resignation was given, the Security Agent (after consultation with the Facility Agent) may appoint a successor Security Agent.

 

(d) The retiring Security Agent (the “Retiring Security Agent”) shall, at its own cost, make available to the successor Security Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Security Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as Security Agent under the Finance Documents.

 

128

 

 

  

(e) The Security Agent’s resignation notice shall only take effect upon (i) the appointment of a successor and (ii) the transfer, by way of a document expressed as a deed, of all of the Security Property to that successor.

 

(f) Upon the appointment of a successor, the Retiring Security Agent shall be discharged, by way of a document executed as a deed, from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents (other than its obligations under paragraph (b) of Clause 33.24 (Winding up of trust) and under paragraph (d) above) but shall, in respect of any act or omission by it whilst it was the Security Agent, remain entitled to the benefit of Clause 33 (The Security Agent), Clause 14.6 (Indemnity to the Security Agent), Clause 33.16 (Lenders’ indemnity to the Security Agent) and any other provisions of a Finance Document which are expressed to limit or exclude its liability in acting as Security Agent. Its successor and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if that successor had been an original Party.

 

(g) The Majority Lenders may, by notice to the Security Agent, require it to resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above. In this event, the Security Agent shall resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above but the cost referred to in paragraph (d) above shall be for the account of the Borrowers.

 

(h) The consent of any Borrower (or any other Obligor) is not required for an assignment or transfer of rights and/or obligations by the Security Agent.

 

33.30 Delegation

 

(a) Each of the Security Agent, any Receiver and any Delegate may, at any time, delegate by power of attorney or otherwise to any person for any period, all or any of the rights, powers and discretions vested in it by any of the Finance Documents.

 

(b) That delegation may be made upon any terms and conditions (including the power to sub delegate) and subject to any restrictions that the Security Agent, that Receiver or that Delegate (as the case may be) may, in its discretion, think fit in the interests of the Secured Parties and it shall not be bound to supervise, or be in any way responsible for any loss incurred by reason of any misconduct or default on the part of any such delegate or sub delegate.

 

33.31 Additional Security Agents

 

(a) The Security Agent may at any time appoint (and subsequently remove) any person to act as a separate trustee or as a co-trustee jointly with it:

 

(i) if it considers that appointment to be in the interests of the Secured Parties; or

 

(ii) for the purposes of conforming to any legal requirements, restrictions or conditions which the Security Agent deems to be relevant; or

 

(iii) for obtaining or enforcing any judgment in any jurisdiction,

 

and the Security Agent shall give prior notice to the Borrowers and the Facility Agent of that appointment.

 

(b) Any person so appointed shall have the rights, powers and discretions (not exceeding those conferred on the Security Agent by this Agreement) and the duties and obligations that are conferred or imposed by the instrument of appointment.

 

129

 

 

(c) The remuneration that the Security Agent may pay to that person, and any costs and expenses (together with any applicable VAT) incurred by that person in performing its functions pursuant to that appointment shall, for the purposes of this Agreement, be treated as costs and expenses incurred by the Security Agent.

 

34 CONDUCT OF BUSINESS BY THE FINANCE PARTIES

 

  No provision of this Agreement will:

 

(a) interfere with the right of any Finance Party to arrange its affairs (tax or otherwise) in whatever manner it thinks fit;

 

(b) oblige any Finance Party to investigate or claim any credit, relief, remission or repayment available to it or the extent, order and manner of any claim; or

 

(c) oblige any Finance Party to disclose any information relating to its affairs (tax or otherwise) or any computations in respect of Tax.

 

35 SHARING AMONG THE FINANCE PARTIES

 

35.1 Payments to Finance Parties

 

  If a Finance Party (a “Recovering Finance Party”) receives or recovers any amount from an Obligor other than in accordance with Clause 36 (Payment Mechanics) (a “Recovered Amount”) and applies that amount to a payment due to it under the Finance Documents then:

 

(a) the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days, notify details of the receipt or recovery, to the Facility Agent;

 

(b) the Facility Agent shall determine whether the receipt or recovery is in excess of the amount the Recovering Finance Party would have been paid had the receipt or recovery been received or made by the Facility Agent and distributed in accordance with Clause 36 (Payment Mechanics), without taking account of any Tax which would be imposed on the Facility Agent in relation to the receipt, recovery or distribution; and

 

(c) the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days of demand by the Facility Agent, pay to the Facility Agent an amount (the “Sharing Payment”) equal to such receipt or recovery less any amount which the Facility Agent determines may be retained by the Recovering Finance Party as its share of any payment to be made, in accordance with Clause 36.5 (Application of receipts; partial payments).

 

35.2 Redistribution of payments

 

The Facility Agent shall treat the Sharing Payment as if it had been paid by the relevant Obligor and distribute it among the Finance Parties (other than the Recovering Finance Party) (the “Sharing Finance Parties”) in accordance with Clause 36.5 (Application of receipts; partial payments) towards the obligations of that Obligor to the Sharing Finance Parties.

 

35.3 Recovering Finance Party’s rights

 

On a distribution by the Facility Agent under Clause 35.2 (Redistribution of payments) of a payment received by a Recovering Finance Party from an Obligor, as between the relevant Obligor and the Recovering Finance Party, an amount of the Recovered Amount equal to the Sharing Payment will be treated as not having been paid by that Obligor.

 

130

 

 

35.4 Reversal of redistribution

 

If any part of the Sharing Payment received or recovered by a Recovering Finance Party becomes repayable and is repaid by that Recovering Finance Party, then:

 

(a) each Sharing Finance Party shall, upon request of the Facility Agent, pay to the Facility Agent for the account of that Recovering Finance Party an amount equal to the appropriate part of its share of the Sharing Payment (together with an amount as is necessary to reimburse that Recovering Finance Party for its proportion of any interest on the Sharing Payment which that Recovering Finance Party is required to pay) (the “Redistributed Amount”); and

 

(b) as between the relevant Obligor and each relevant Sharing Finance Party, an amount equal to the relevant Redistributed Amount will be treated as not having been paid by that Obligor.

 

35.5 Exceptions

 

(a) This Clause 35 (Sharing Among the Finance Parties) shall not apply to the extent that the Recovering Finance Party would not, after making any payment pursuant to this Clause, have a valid and enforceable claim against the relevant Obligor.

 

(b) A Recovering Finance Party is not obliged to share with any other Finance Party any amount which the Recovering Finance Party has received or recovered as a result of taking legal or arbitration proceedings, if:

 

(i) it notified that other Finance Party of the legal or arbitration proceedings; and

 

(ii) that other Finance Party had an opportunity to participate in those legal or arbitration proceedings but did not do so as soon as reasonably practicable having received notice and did not take separate legal or arbitration proceedings.

 

131

 

 

SECTION 12

 

ADMINISTRATION

 

36 PAYMENT MECHANICS

 

36.1 Payments to the Facility Agent

 

(a) On each date on which an Obligor or a Lender is required to make a payment under a Finance Document, that Obligor or Lender shall make an amount equal to such payment available to the Facility Agent (unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document) for value on the due date at the time and in such funds specified by the Facility Agent as being customary at the time for settlement of transactions in the relevant currency in the place of payment.

 

Payment shall be made to such account in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency and with such bank as the Facility Agent, in each case, specifies.

 

36.2 Distributions by the Facility Agent

 

Each payment received by the Facility Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party shall, subject to Clause 36.3 (Distributions to an Obligor) and Clause 36.4 (Clawback and pre-funding) be made available by the Facility Agent as soon as practicable after receipt to the Party entitled to receive payment in accordance with this Agreement (in the case of a Lender, for the account of its Facility Office), to such account as that Party may notify to the Facility Agent by not less than five Business Days’ notice with a bank specified by that Party in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency, as specified by that Party or, in the case of an Advance, to such account of such person as may be specified by the Borrowers in a Utilisation Request.

 

36.3 Distributions to an Obligor

 

The Facility Agent may (with the consent of the Obligor or in accordance with Clause 37 (Set-off)) apply any amount received by it for that Obligor in or towards payment (on the date and in the currency and funds of receipt) of any amount due from that Obligor under the Finance Documents or in or towards purchase of any amount of any currency to be so applied.

 

36.4 Clawback and pre-funding

 

(a) Where a sum is to be paid to the Facility Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party, the Facility Agent is not obliged to pay that sum to that other Party (or to enter into or perform any related exchange contract) until it has been able to establish to its satisfaction that it has actually received that sum.

 

(b) Unless paragraph (c) below applies, if the Facility Agent pays an amount to another Party and it proves to be the case that the Facility Agent had not actually received that amount, then the Party to whom that amount (or the proceeds of any related exchange contract) was paid by the Facility Agent shall on demand refund the same to the Facility Agent together with interest on that amount from the date of payment to the date of receipt by the Facility Agent, calculated by the Facility Agent to reflect its cost of funds.

 

(c) If the Facility Agent is willing to make available amounts for the account of the Borrowers before receiving funds from the Lenders then if and to the extent that the Facility Agent does so but it proves to be the case that it does not then receive funds from a Lender in respect of a sum which it paid to the Borrowers:

 

132

 

  

(i) the Borrowers shall on demand refund it to the Facility Agent; and

 

(ii) the Lender by whom those funds should have been made available or, if the Lender fails to do so, the Borrowers to whom that sum was made available, shall on demand pay to the Facility Agent the amount (as certified by the Facility Agent) which will indemnify the Facility Agent against any funding cost incurred by it as a result of paying out that sum before receiving those funds from that Lender.

 

36.5 Application of receipts; partial payments

 

(a) Subject to paragraph (b) below and except as any Finance Document may otherwise provide, any payment that is received or recovered by any Finance Party under, in connection with, or pursuant to any Finance Document shall be paid to the Facility Agent which shall apply the same in the following order:

 

(i) first, in or towards payment of any amounts then due and payable under any of the Finance Documents;

 

(ii) secondly, in retention by the Security Agent of an amount equal to any amount not then payable under any Finance Document but which the Facility Agent, by notice to the Borrowers and the other Finance Parties, states in its opinion will or may become payable in the future and, upon those amounts becoming due and payable, in or towards satisfaction of them; and

 

(iii) thirdly, any surplus shall be paid to the Borrowers or to any other person who appears to be entitled to it.

 

(b) If the Facility Agent receives a payment that is insufficient to discharge all the amounts then due and payable by an Obligor under the Finance Documents, the Facility Agent shall apply that payment towards the obligations of that Obligor under the Finance Documents in the following order:

 

(i) first, in or towards payment pro rata of any unpaid fees, costs and expenses of, and any other amounts owing to, the Facility Agent, the Security Agent, any Receiver and any Delegate under the Finance Documents;

 

(ii) secondly, in or towards payment pro rata of:

 

(A) any accrued interest and fees due but unpaid to the Lenders under this Agreement; and

 

(B) any periodical payments (not being payments as a result of termination or closing out) due but unpaid to the Hedge Counterparties under the Hedging Agreements;

 

(iii) thirdly, in or towards payment pro rata of:

 

(A) any principal due but unpaid to the Lenders under this Agreement; and

 

133

 

 

(B) any payments as a result of termination or closing out due but unpaid to the Hedge Counterparties under the Hedging Agreements; and

 

(iv) fourthly, in or towards payment pro rata of any other sum due to any Finance Party but unpaid under the Finance Documents.

 

(c) The Facility Agent shall, if so directed by the Majority Lenders and the Hedge Counterparties, vary, or instruct the Security Agent to vary (as applicable), the order set out in paragraphs (b)(ii) to (b)(iv) above.

 

(d) Paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) above will override any appropriation made by an Obligor.

 

36.6 No set-off by Obligors

 

(a) All payments to be made by an Obligor under the Finance Documents shall be calculated and be made without (and free and clear of any deduction for) set-off or counterclaim.

 

(b) Paragraph (a) above shall not affect the operation of any payment or close-out netting in respect of any amounts owing under any Hedging Agreement.

 

36.7 Business Days

 

(a) Any payment which is due to be made on a day that is not a Business Day shall be made on the next Business Day in the same calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

 

(b) During any extension of the due date for payment of any principal or an Unpaid Sum under this Agreement interest is payable on the principal or Unpaid Sum at the rate payable on the original due date.

 

36.8 Currency of account

 

(a) Subject to paragraphs (b) and (c) below, dollars is the currency of account and payment for any sum due from an Obligor under any Finance Document.

 

(b) Each payment in respect of costs, expenses or Taxes shall be made in the currency in which the costs, expenses or Taxes are incurred.

 

(c) Any amount expressed to be payable in a currency other than dollars shall be paid in that other currency.

 

36.9 Change of currency

 

(a) Unless otherwise prohibited by law, if more than one currency or currency unit are at the same time recognised by the central bank of any country as the lawful currency of that country, then:

 

(i) any reference in the Finance Documents to, and any obligations arising under the Finance Documents in, the currency of that country shall be translated into, or paid in, the currency or currency unit of that country designated by the Facility Agent (after consultation with the Borrowers); and

 

(ii) any translation from one currency or currency unit to another shall be at the official rate of exchange recognised by the central bank for the conversion of that currency or currency unit into the other, rounded up or down by the Facility Agent (acting reasonably).

 

134

 

 

(b) If a change in any currency of a country occurs, this Agreement will, to the extent the Facility Agent (acting reasonably and after consultation with the Borrowers) specifies to be necessary, be amended to comply with any generally accepted conventions and market practice in the Relevant Interbank Market and otherwise to reflect the change in currency.

 

36.10 Currency Conversion

 

(a) For the purpose of, or pending any payment to be made by any Servicing Party under any Finance Document, such Servicing Party may convert any moneys received or recovered by it from one currency to another, at a market rate of exchange.

 

(b) The obligations of any Obligor to pay in the due currency shall only be satisfied to the extent of the amount of the due currency purchased after deducting the costs of conversion.

 

36.11 Disruption to Payment Systems etc.

 

If either the Facility Agent determines (in its discretion) that a Disruption Event has occurred or the Facility Agent is notified by a Borrower that a Disruption Event has occurred:

 

(a) the Facility Agent may, and shall if requested to do so by a Borrower, consult with the Borrowers with a view to agreeing with the Borrowers such changes to the operation or administration of the Facility as the Facility Agent may deem necessary in the circumstances;

 

(b) the Facility Agent shall not be obliged to consult with the Borrowers in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph (a) above if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances and, in any event, shall have no obligation to agree to such changes;

 

(c) the Facility Agent may consult with the Finance Parties in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph (a) above but shall not be obliged to do so if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances;

 

(d) any such changes agreed upon by the Facility Agent and the Borrowers shall (whether or not it is finally determined that a Disruption Event has occurred) be binding upon the Parties as an amendment to (or, as the case may be, waiver of) the terms of the Finance Documents notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 45 (Amendments and Waivers);

 

(e) the Facility Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever (including, without limitation for negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Facility Agent) arising as a result of its taking, or failing to take, any actions pursuant to or in connection with this Clause 36.11 (Disruption to Payment Systems etc.); and

 

(f) the Facility Agent shall notify the Finance Parties of all changes agreed pursuant to paragraph (d) above.

 

37 SET-OFF

 

A Finance Party may set off any obligation due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (to the extent beneficially owned by that Finance Party) against any matured obligation owed by that Finance Party to that Obligor, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation. If the obligations are in different currencies, the Finance Party may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off.

 

135

 

 

38 BAIL-IN

 

38.1 Contractual recognition of bail-in

 

Notwithstanding any other term of any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or understanding between the Parties, each Party acknowledges and accepts that any liability of any Party to any other Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be subject to Bail-In Action by the relevant Resolution Authority and acknowledges and accepts to be bound by the effect of:

 

(a) any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability, including (without limitation):

 

(i) a reduction, in full or in part, in the principal amount, or outstanding amount due (including any accrued but unpaid interest) in respect of any such liability;

 

(ii) a conversion of all, or part of, any such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership that may be issued to, or conferred on, it; and

 

(iii) a cancellation of any such liability; and

 

(b) a variation of any term of any Finance Document to the extent necessary to give effect to any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability.

 

39 NOTICES

 

39.1 Communications in writing

 

Any communication to be made under or in connection with the Finance Documents shall be made in writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be made by fax or letter.

 

39.2 Addresses

 

The address and fax number (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention the communication is to be made) of each Party for any communication or document to be made or delivered under or in connection with the Finance Documents are:

 

(a) in the case of the Borrowers, that specified in Schedule 1 (The Parties);

 

(b) in the case of each Lender, each Hedge Counterparty or any other Obligor, that specified in Schedule 1 (The Parties) or, if it becomes a Party after the date of this Agreement, that notified in writing to the Facility Agent on or before the date on which it becomes a Party;

 

(c) in the case of the Facility Agent, that specified in Schedule 1 (The Parties); and

 

(d) in the case of the Security Agent, that specified in Schedule 1 (The Parties),

 

or any substitute address, fax number or department or officer as the Party may notify to the Facility Agent (or the Facility Agent may notify to the other Parties, if a change is made by the Facility Agent) by not less than five Business Days’ notice.

 

136

 

 

39.3 Delivery

 

(a) Any communication or document made or delivered by one person to another under or in connection with the Finance Documents will only be effective:

 

(i) if by way of fax, when received in legible form; or

 

(ii) if by way of letter, when it has been left at the relevant address or five Business Days after being deposited in the post postage prepaid in an envelope addressed to it at that address,

 

and, if a particular department or officer is specified as part of its address details provided under Clause 39.2 (Addresses), if addressed to that department or officer.

 

(b) Any communication or document to be made or delivered to a Servicing Party will be effective only when actually received by that Servicing Party and then only if it is expressly marked for the attention of the department or officer of that Servicing Party specified in Schedule 1 (The Parties) (or any substitute department or officer as that Servicing Party shall specify for this purpose).

 

(c) All notices from or to an Obligor shall be sent through the Facility Agent unless otherwise specified in any Finance Document.

 

(d) Any communication or document made or delivered to the Borrowers in accordance with this Clause will be deemed to have been made or delivered to each of the Obligors.

 

(e) Any communication or document which becomes effective, in accordance with paragraphs (a) to (d) above, after 5.00 p.m. in the place of receipt shall be deemed only to become effective on the following day.

 

39.4 Notification of address and fax number

 

Promptly upon receipt of notification of an address and fax number or change of address or fax number pursuant to Clause 39.2 (Addresses) or changing its own address or fax number, the Facility Agent shall notify the other Parties.

 

39.5 Electronic communication

 

(a) Any communication to be made between any two Parties under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be made by electronic mail or other electronic means, to the extent that those two Parties agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of communication and if those two Parties:

 

(i) notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means; and

 

(ii) notify each other of any change to their address or any other such information supplied by them by not less than five Business Days’ notice.

 

(b) Any electronic communication made between those two Parties will be effective only when actually received in readable form and in the case of any electronic communication made by a Party to the Facility Agent only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Facility Agent shall specify for this purpose.

 

(c) Any electronic communication which becomes effective, in accordance with paragraph (b) above, after 5.00 p.m. in the place of receipt shall be deemed only to become effective on the following day.

 

137

 

 

39.6 English language

 

(a) Any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document must be in English.

 

(b) All other documents provided under or in connection with any Finance Document must be:

 

(i) in English; or

 

(ii) if not in English, and if so required by the Facility Agent, accompanied by a certified English translation prepared by a translator approved by the Facility Agent and, in this case, the English translation will prevail unless the document is a constitutional, statutory or other official document.

 

39.7 Hedging Agreement

 

Notwithstanding anything in Clause 1.1 (Definitions), references to the Finance Documents or a Finance Document in this clause do not include any Hedging Agreement entered into by the Borrower with the Hedge Counterparty in connection with the Facility.

 

40 CALCULATIONS AND CERTIFICATES

 

40.1 Accounts

 

In any litigation or arbitration proceedings arising out of or in connection with a Finance Document, the entries made in the accounts maintained by a Finance Party are prima facie evidence of the matters to which they relate.

 

40.2 Certificates and determinations

 

Any certification or determination by a Finance Party of a rate or amount under any Finance Document is, in the absence of manifest error, conclusive evidence of the matters to which it relates.

 

40.3 Day count convention

 

Any interest, commission or fee accruing under a Finance Document will accrue from day to day and is calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 360 days or, in any case where the practice in the Relevant Interbank Market differs, in accordance with that market practice.

 

41 PARTIAL INVALIDITY

 

If, at any time, any provision of the Finance Documents is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions under the law of that jurisdiction nor the legality, validity or enforceability of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired.

 

138

 

 

 

 

42 REMEDIES AND WAIVERS

 

No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of any Secured Party, any right or remedy under the Finance Documents shall operate as a waiver of any such right or remedy or constitute an election to affirm any of the Finance Documents. No election to affirm any of the Finance Documents on the part of a Secured Party shall be effective unless it is in writing. No single or partial exercise of any right or remedy shall prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

 

43 SETTLEMENT OR DISCHARGE CONDITIONAL

 

Any settlement or discharge under any Finance Document between any Finance Party and any Obligor shall be conditional upon no security or payment to any Finance Party by any Obligor or any other person being set aside, adjusted or ordered to be repaid, whether under any insolvency law or otherwise.

 

44 IRREVOCABLE PAYMENT

 

If the Facility Agent considers that an amount paid or discharged by, or on behalf of, an Obligor or by any other person in purported payment or discharge of an obligation of that Obligor to a Finance Party under the Finance Documents is capable of being avoided or otherwise set aside on the liquidation or administration of that Obligor or otherwise, then that amount shall not be considered to have been unconditionally and irrevocably paid or discharged for the purposes of the Finance Documents.

 

45 AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS

 

45.1       Required consents

 

(a) Subject to Clause 45.2 (All Lender matters) and Clause 45.3 (Other exceptions) any term of the Finance Documents may be amended or waived only with the consent of the Majority Lenders and, in the case of an amendment, the Obligors and any such amendment or waiver will be binding on all Parties.

 

(b) The Facility Agent may effect, on behalf of any Finance Party, any amendment or waiver permitted by this Clause 45 (Amendments and Waivers).

 

(c) Without prejudice to the generality of Clause 32.7 (Rights and discretions of the Facility Agent) and Clause 33.10 (Security Agent’s discretions), the Facility Agent may engage, pay for and rely on the services of lawyers in determining the consent level required for and effecting any amendment, waiver or consent under this Agreement.

 

45.2 All Lender matters

 

(a) Subject to Clause 45.4 (Replacement of Screen Rate), an amendment of or waiver or consent in relation to any term of any Finance Document that has the effect of changing or which relates to:

 

(i)       the definition of “Majority Lenders” in Clause 1.1 (Definitions);

 

139

 

 

(ii) a postponement to or extension of the date of payment of any amount under the Finance Documents (other than in relation to Clause 7.4 (Voluntary prepayment of Loan) in respect of a prepayment made pursuant to Clause 27.2 (Provision of additional security; prepayment), Clause 7.5 (Mandatory prepayment on sale or Total Loss) or Clause 7.6 (Mandatory prepayment of Hedging Payment Proceeds));

 

(iii)         a reduction in the Margin or the amount of any payment of principal, interest, fees or commission payable;

 

(iv)         a change in currency of payment of any amount under the Finance Documents;

 

(v) an increase in any Commitment or the Total Commitments, an extension of any Availability Period or any requirement that a cancellation of Commitments reduces the Commitments rateably under the Facility;

 

(vi)         a change to any Obligor;

 

(vii)        any provision which expressly requires the consent of all the Lenders;

 

(viii)       this Clause 45 (Amendments and Waivers);

 

(ix) any change to the preamble (Background), Clause 2 (The Facility), Clause 3 (Purpose), Clause 5 (Utilisation), Clause 8 (Interest), Clause 27.7(d) (Application of Earnings), Clause 30 (Changes to the Lenders), Clause 48 (Governing Law) or Clause 49 (Enforcement);

 

(x) any release of, or material variation to, any Transaction Security, guarantee, indemnity or subordination arrangement set out in a Finance Document (except in the case of a release of Transaction Security as it relates to the disposal of an asset which is the subject of the Transaction Security and where such disposal is expressly permitted by the Majority Lenders or otherwise under a Finance Document);

 

(xi)         (other than as expressly permitted by the provisions of any Finance Document), the nature or scope of:

 

(A) the guarantees and indemnities granted under Clause 17 (Guarantee and Indemnity – Guarantor) or Clause 20 (Guarantee and Indemnity – Hedge Guarantors) and the joint and several liability of the Guarantors under Clause 18 (Joint and Several Liability of the Guarantors);

 

(B)          the Charged Property; or

 

(C)          the manner in which the proceeds of enforcement of the Transaction Security are distributed,

 

(except in the case of paragraphs (B) and (C) above, insofar as it relates to a sale or disposal of an asset which is the subject of the Transaction Security where such sale or disposal is expressly permitted under this Agreement or any other Finance Document);

 

(xii) the release of the guarantees and indemnities granted under Clause 17 (Guarantee and Indemnity – Guarantor) or of any Transaction Security unless permitted under this Agreement or another Finance Document or relating to a sale or disposal of an asset which is the subject of the Transaction Security where such sale or disposal is expressly permitted under this Agreement or any other Finance Document, shall not be made, or given, without the prior consent of all the Lenders.

 

140

 

 

45.3       Other exceptions

 

(a) An amendment or waiver which relates to the rights or obligations of a Servicing Party or either Mandated Lead Arranger (each in their capacity as such) may not be effected without the consent of that Servicing Party or, as the case may be, that Mandated Lead Arranger.

 

(b) An amendment or waiver which relates to the rights or obligations of a Hedge Counterparty (in its capacity as such) may not be effected without the consent of that Hedge Counterparty.

 

(c) The Borrowers and the Facility Agent, either Mandated Lead Arranger or the Security Agent, as applicable, may amend or waive a term of a Fee Letter to which they are party.

 

(d) If any Lender fails to respond to a request for a consent, waiver, amendment of or in relation to any of the terms of any Finance Document or other vote of Lenders under the terms of this Agreement within 10 Business Days of such request (unless the Borrowers and the Facility Agent agree to a longer time period in relation to any request), (i) its Commitment shall not be included for the purpose of calculating the Total Commitments under the relevant Facility when ascertaining whether any relevant percentage (including for the avoidance of doubt, unanimity) of Total Commitments has been obtained to approve that request and (ii) its status as a Lender shall be disregarded for the purpose of ascertaining whether the agreement of any specified group of Lenders has been obtained to approve that request.

 

45.4       Replacement of Screen Rate

 

(a)       Subject to Clause 45.3 (Other exceptions), any amendment or waiver which relates to:

 

(i)       providing for the use of a Replacement Benchmark in relation to that currency in place of that Screen Rate; and

 

(ii)

 

(A) aligning any provision of any Finance Document to the use of that Replacement Benchmark;

 

(B) enabling that Replacement Benchmark to be used for the calculation of interest under this Agreement (including, without limitation, any consequential changes required to enable that Replacement Benchmark to be used for the purposes of this Agreement);

 

(C) implementing market conventions applicable to that Replacement Benchmark;

 

(D) providing for appropriate fallback (and market disruption) provisions for that Replacement Benchmark; or

 

(E) adjusting the pricing to reduce or eliminate, to the extent reasonably practicable, any transfer of economic value from one Party to another as a result of the application of that Replacement Benchmark (and if any adjustment or method for calculating any adjustment has been formally designated, nominated or recommended by the Relevant Nominating Body, the adjustment shall be determined on the basis of that designation, nomination or recommendation), may be made with the consent of the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) and the Borrower.

 

141

 

 

(b) If any Lender fails to respond to a request for an amendment or waiver described in paragraph (a) above within 10 Business Days (or such longer time period in relation to any request which the Borrower and the Facility Agent may agree) of that request being made:

 

(i) its Commitment or its participation in the Loan (as the case may be) shall not be included for the purpose of calculating the Total Commitments or the amount of the Loan (as applicable) when ascertaining whether any relevant percentage of Total Commitments or the aggregate of participations in the Loan (as applicable) has been obtained to approve that request; and

 

its status as a Lender shall be disregarded for the purpose of ascertaining whether the agreement of any specified group of Lenders has been obtained to approve that request.

  

46          CONFIDENTIALITY

 

46.1       Confidential Information

 

Each Finance Party agrees to keep all Confidential Information confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by Clause 46.2 (Disclosure of Confidential Information) and Clause 46.3 (Disclosure to numbering service providers) and to ensure that all Confidential Information is protected with security measures and a degree of care that would apply to its own confidential information.

 

46.2       Disclosure of Confidential Information

 

Any Finance Party may disclose:

 

(a) to any of its Affiliates and Related Funds and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, insurers, reinsurers, insurance brokers, auditors, partners and Representatives such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate if any person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given pursuant to this paragraph (a) is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the information or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information;

 

(b)       to any person:

 

(i) to (or through) whom it assigns or transfers (or may potentially assign or transfer) all or any of its rights and/or obligations under one or more Finance Documents or which succeeds (or which may potentially succeed) it as Facility Agent or Security Agent and, in each case, to any of that person’s Affiliates, Related Funds, Representatives and professional advisers;

 

142

 

 

(ii) with (or through) whom it enters into (or may potentially enter into), whether directly or indirectly, any sub-participation in relation to, or any other transaction under which payments are to be made or may be made by reference to, one or more Finance Documents and/or one or more Obligors and to any of that person’s Affiliates, Related Funds, Representatives and professional advisers;

 

(iii) appointed by any Finance Party or by a person to whom paragraph (b)(i) or (ii) above applies to receive communications, notices, information or documents delivered pursuant to the Finance Documents on its behalf (including, without limitation, any person appointed under paragraph (c) of Clause 32.14 (Relationship with the Lenders));

 

(iv) who invests in or otherwise finances (or may potentially invest in or otherwise finance), directly or indirectly, any transaction referred to in paragraph (b)(i) or (b)(ii) above;

 

(v) to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation;

 

(vi) to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitrations, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes;

 

(vii) to whom or for whose benefit that Finance Party charges, assigns or otherwise creates Security (or may do so) pursuant to Clause 30.8 (Security over Lenders’ rights);

 

(viii) who is a Party, a member of the Group or any related entity of an Obligor;

 

(ix) as a result of the registration of any Finance Document as contemplated by any Finance Document or any legal opinion obtained in connection with any Finance Document; or

 

(x) with the consent of the Parent Guarantor;

 

in each case, such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate if:

 

(A) in relation to paragraphs (b)(i), (b)(ii) and (b)(iii) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking except that there shall be no requirement for a Confidentiality Undertaking if the recipient is a professional adviser and is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the Confidential Information;

 

(B) in relation to paragraph (b)(iv) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information they receive and is informed that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information;

 

(C) in relation to paragraphs (b)(v), (b)(vi), and (b)(vii) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given is informed of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of that Finance Party, it is not practicable so to do in the circumstances;

 

143

 

 

(c) to any person appointed by that Finance Party or by a person to whom paragraph (b)(i) or (b)(ii) above applies to provide administration or settlement services in respect of one or more of the Finance Documents including without limitation, in relation to the trading of participations in respect of the Finance Documents, such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable such service provider to provide any of the services referred to in this paragraph (c) if the service provider to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered in to a confidentiality agreement substantially in the form of the LMA Master Confidentiality Undertaking for Use With Administration/Settlement Service Providers or such other form of confidentiality undertaking agreed between the Borrowers and the relevant Finance Party;

 

(d) to any rating agency (including its professional advisers) such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable such rating agency to carry out its normal rating activities in relation to the Finance Documents and/or the Obligors;

 

(e) to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to the SEC.

 

46.3       Disclosure to numbering service providers

 

(a) Any Finance Party may disclose to any national or international numbering service provider appointed by that Finance Party to provide identification numbering services in respect of this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Obligors the following information:

 

(i)         names of Obligors;

 

(ii)       country of domicile of Obligors;

 

(iii)      place of incorporation of Obligors;

 

(iv)      date of this Agreement;

 

(v)       the names of the Facility Agent and each Mandated Lead Arranger;

 

(vi)      date of each amendment and restatement of this Agreement;

 

(vii)     amount of Total Commitments;

 

(viii)     currency of the Facility;

 

(ix)       type of Facility;

 

(x)        ranking of Facility;

 

(xi)      Termination Date for Facility;

 

(xii) changes to any of the information previously supplied pursuant to paragraphs (i) to (xi) above; and

 

(xiii) such other information agreed between such Finance Party and the Borrowers, to enable such numbering service provider to provide its usual syndicated loan numbering identification services.

 

144

 

 

(b) The Parties acknowledge and agree that each identification number assigned to this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Obligors by a numbering service provider and the information associated with each such number may be disclosed to users of its services in accordance with the standard terms and conditions of that numbering service provider.

 

(c) Each Obligor represents that none of the information set out in paragraphs (a)(i) to (a)(xiii) above is, nor will at any time be, unpublished price-sensitive information.

 

(d)          The Facility Agent shall notify each Obligor and the other Finance Parties of:

 

(i) the name of any numbering service provider appointed by the Facility Agent in respect of this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Obligors; and

 

(ii) the number or, as the case may be, numbers assigned to this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Obligors by such numbering service provider.

 

46.4       Entire agreement

 

This Clause 46 (Confidentiality) constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties in relation to the obligations of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents regarding Confidential Information and supersedes any previous agreement, whether express or implied, regarding Confidential Information.

 

46.5       Inside information

 

Each of the Finance Parties acknowledges that some or all of the Confidential Information is or may be price-sensitive information and that the use of such information may be regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation including securities law relating to insider dealing and market abuse and each of the Finance Parties undertakes not to use any Confidential Information for any unlawful purpose.

 

46.6       Notification of disclosure

 

Each of the Finance Parties agrees (to the extent permitted by law and regulation) to inform the Borrowers:

 

(a) of the circumstances of any disclosure of Confidential Information made pursuant to paragraph (b)(v) of Clause 46.2 (Disclosure of Confidential Information) except where such disclosure is made to any of the persons referred to in that paragraph during the ordinary course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and

 

(b) upon becoming aware that Confidential Information has been disclosed in breach of this Clause 46 (Confidentiality).

 

145

 

 

46.7       Continuing obligations

 

The obligations in this 46 (Confidentiality) are continuing and , in particular, shall survive and remain binding on each Finance Party for a period of 12 months from the earlier of:

 

(a) the date on which all amounts payable by the Obligors under or in connection with this Agreement have been paid in full and all Commitments have been cancelled or otherwise cease to be available; and

 

(b)          the date on which such Finance Party otherwise ceases to be a Finance Party.

 

47          COUNTERPARTS

 

Each Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of the Finance Document.

 

146

 

 

SECTION 13

 

GOVERNING LAW AND ENFORCEMENT

 

48            GOVERNING LAW

 

This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

49           ENFORCEMENT

 

49.1       Jurisdiction

 

(a) The courts of England have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement (including a dispute regarding the existence, validity or termination of this Agreement or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with this Agreement) (a “Dispute”).

 

(b) The Obligors accept that the courts of England are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle Disputes and accordingly no Obligor will argue to the contrary.

 

(c) This Clause 49.1 (Jurisdiction) is for the benefit of the Secured Parties only. As a result, no Secured Party shall be prevented from taking proceedings relating to a Dispute in any other courts with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law, the Secured Parties may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

 

49.2       Service of process

 

(a) Without prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law, each Obligor (other than an Obligor incorporated in England and Wales):

 

(i) irrevocably appoints WFW Legal Services Limited at its registered office presently at 15 Appold Street, London, EC2A 2HB as its agent for service of process in relation to any proceedings before the English courts in connection with any Finance Document; and

 

(ii) agrees that failure by a process agent to notify the relevant Obligor of the process will not invalidate the proceedings concerned.

 

(b) If any person appointed as an agent for service of process is unable for any reason to act as agent for service of process, the Borrowers (on behalf of all the Obligors) must immediately (and in any event within 3 days of such event taking place) appoint another agent on terms acceptable to the Facility Agent. Failing this, the Facility Agent may appoint another agent for this purpose.

 

This Agreement has been entered into on and amended and restated on the dates stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

 

147

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 1

 

THE PARTIES

 

PART A

 

  THE OBLIGORS  

 

Name of Borrower Place of Registration number Address for
  Incorporation (or equivalent, if Communication
    any)  
       
Fitzroy Shipco LLC The Marshall Islands 961629 c/o Ardmore Shipping
      Services (Ireland)
Bailey Shipco LLC The Marshall Islands 961628 Limited
      Unit 1102, One Albert
Cromarty Shipco LLC The Marshall Islands 961750 Quay, Albert Quay,
      Cork T12 X8N6,
      Ireland.
       
Dogger Shipco LLC The Marshall Islands 961903 Fax: +353 21 240 9501
      Attn: Mr Paul Tivnan
       
Name of Parent Place of Registration number Address for
Guarantor Incorporation (or equivalent, if Communication
    any)  
       
Ardmore Shipping The Marshall Islands 61477 c/o Ardmore Shipping
Corporation     Services (Ireland)
      Limited
      Unit 1102, One Albert
      Quay, Albert Quay,
      Cork T12 X8N6,
      Ireland.
       
      Fax: +353 21 240 9501
      Attn: Mr Paul Tivnan
       
Name of Corporate Place of Registration number Address for
Guarantor Incorporation (or equivalent, if Communication
    any)  
       
Ardmore Shipping LLC The Marshall Islands 9616222 c/o Ardmore Shipping
      Services (Ireland)
      Limited
      Unit 1102, One Albert
      Quay, Albert Quay,
      Cork T12 X8N6,
      Ireland.
       
      Fax: +353 21 240 9501
      Attn: Mr Paul Tivnan

 

148

 

 

Name of Hedge Place of Registration number Address for
Guarantor Incorporation (or equivalent, if Communication
    any)  
       
Fitzroy Shipco LLC The Marshall Islands 961629 c/o Ardmore Shipping
      Services (Ireland)
Bailey Shipco LLC The Marshall Islands 961628 Limited
      Unit 1102, One Albert
Cromarty Shipco LLC The Marshall Islands 961750 Quay, Albert Quay,
      Cork T12 X8N6,
Dogger Shipco LLC The Marshall Islands 961903 Ireland.
       
      Fax: +353 21 240 9501
      Attn: Mr Paul Tivnan

 

149

 

 

PART B

 

THE ORIGINAL LENDERS

 

Name of Original Lender Commitment Address for Communication
     
ABN AMRO Bank N.V. $30,731,250 Gustav Mahlerlaan 10
    1082PP Amsterdam
    The Netherlands
     
    Attn: Transportation & Logistics
    EMEA, Floris Arts / Ahlam
    Hossain
     
Crédit Agricole Corporate and $30,731,250 Crédit Agricole Corporate and
Investment Bank   Investment Bank
    12 place des Etats-Unis,
    CS70052, 92547, Montrouge
    Cedex
    France
    Fax No: + 33 1 41 89 2987
    Attn: Ship Finance Department
     
    With a copy to:
     
    Crédit Agricole Corporate and
    Investment Bank
    London Ship Finance
    Broadwalk House
    5 Appold Street
    London EC2A 2DA
     
    Fax: +44 (0) 20 7214 6689
    Attn: Ship Finance Department

 

THE HEDGE COUNTERPARTIES

 

Name of Original Hedge Counterparty Address for Communication
   
ABN AMRO Bank N.V. (HQ7216)
  c/o Markets Documentation Unit
  Gustav Mahleraan 10
  NL-1082PP Amsterdam
  The Natherlands
  Fax: +31(0) 1045 90538

 

150

 

 

Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment
Bank Bank
  12 place des Etats-Unis, CS70052, 92547,
  Montrouge Cedex
  France
  Fax No: + 33 1 41 89 2987
  Attn: Ship Finance Department
   
  With a copy to:
   
  Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment
  Bank
  London Ship Finance
  Broadwalk House
  5 Appold Street
  London EC2A 2DA
   
  Fax: +44 (0) 20 7214 6689
  Attn: Ship Finance Department

 

151

 

 

PART C

 

THE SERVICING PARTIES

 

Name of Facility Agent Address for Communication
   
Crédit Agricole Corporate and Crédit Agricole Corporate and
Investment Bank Investment Bank
  12 place des Etats-Unis, CS70052,
  92547, Montrouge Cedex
  France
  Fax No: + 33 1 41 89 2987
  Attn: Ship Finance Department
   
  With a copy to:
   
  Crédit Agricole Corporate and
  Investment Bank
  London Ship Finance
  Broadwalk House
  5 Appold Street
  London EC2A 2DA
   
  Fax: +44 (0) 20 7214 6689
  Attn: Ship Finance Department
   
Name of Security Agent Address for Communication
   
Crédit Agricole Corporate and Crédit Agricole Corporate and
Investment Bank Investment Bank
  12 place des Etats-Unis, CS70052,
  92547, Montrouge Cedex
  France
  Fax No: + 33 1 41 89 2987
  Attn: Ship Finance Department
   
  With a copy to:
   
  Crédit Agricole Corporate and
  Investment Bank
  London Ship Finance
  Broadwalk House
  5 Appold Street
  London EC2A 2DA
   
  Fax: +44 (0) 20 7214 6689
  Attn: Ship Finance Department

 

152

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 2

 

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

PART A

 

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO INITIAL UTILISATION REQUEST

 

1 Obligors

 

1.1 A copy of the constitutional documents of each Obligor.

 

1.2 A copy of a resolution of the member of the board of directors, as the case may be of each Obligor:

 

(a) approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which it is a party and resolving that it execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party;

 

(b) authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party on its behalf; and

 

(c) authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all documents and notices (including, if relevant, a Utilisation Request and each Selection Notice) to be signed and/or despatched by it under, or in connection with, the Finance Documents to which it is a party.

 

1.3 An original of the power of attorney of any Obligor authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party.

 

1.4 A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in paragraph 1.2 above.

 

1.5 A certificate of each Obligor (signed by an officer) confirming that borrowing or guaranteeing, as appropriate, the Total Commitments would not cause any borrowing, guaranteeing or similar limit binding on that Transaction Obligor to be exceeded.

 

1.6 A certificate of each Obligor that is incorporated outside the UK (signed by an officer) certifying either that (i) it has not delivered particulars of any UK Establishment to the Registrar of Companies as required under the Overseas Regulations or (ii) it has a UK Establishment and specifying the name and registered number under which it is registered with the Registrar of Companies.

 

1.7 A certificate of an authorised signatory of the relevant Obligor certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in this Part A of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent) is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of this Agreement.

 

2 Pool Agreement and other Documents

 

2.1 Copies of any Pool Agreement and of all documents signed in connection with it.

 

2.2 Such documentary evidence as the Facility Agent and its legal advisers may require in relation to the due authorisation and execution of each of the Pool Agreements (if any) by each of the parties thereto.

 

2.3 Copies of each Hedging Agreement executed by a Hedge Counterparty and the relevant Borrower.

 

153

 

 

3 Security

 

3.1 A duly executed original of the Accounts Security in relation to each Earnings Account and a duly executed original of the Membership Interests Security in respect of each Borrower (and of each document to be delivered under each of them).

 

3.2 A duly executed original of the Hedging Agreement Assignment in respect of each of the Borrowers (and of each document to be delivered under each of them).

 

4 Legal opinions

 

4.1 A legal opinion of Watson Farley & Williams LLP, legal advisers to the Mandated Lead Arrangers, the Facility Agent and the Security Agent in England, substantially in the form distributed to and agreed by the Original Lenders before signing this Agreement.

 

4.2 If a Transaction Obligor is incorporated in a jurisdiction other than England and Wales, a legal opinion of the legal advisers to the Mandated Lead Arrangers, the Facility Agent and the Security Agent in the relevant jurisdiction, substantially in the form distributed and agreed by the Original Lenders before signing this Agreement.

 

5 Other documents and evidence

 

5.1 Evidence that any process agent referred to in Clause 49.2 (Service of process), if not an Obligor, has accepted its appointment.

 

5.2 A copy of any other Authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Facility Agent considers to be necessary or desirable (if it has notified the Borrowers accordingly) in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by any Transaction Document, or for the validity and enforceability of any Transaction Document.

 

5.3 The original of any mandates or other documents required in connection with the opening or operation of the Earnings Accounts.

 

5.4 Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Borrowers pursuant to Clause 11 (Fees) and Clause 16 (Costs and Expenses) have been paid or will be paid by the first Utilisation Date.

 

5.5 Such evidence as the Facility Agent may require for the Finance Parties to be able to satisfy each of their “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in relation to the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents.

 

154

 

 

PART B

 

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO UTILISATION OF AN ADVANCE

 

For the purposes of this Schedule 2 Part B:

 

Relevant Ship” means the Ship to which the Tranche that is the subject of the Utilisation Request relates;

 

Relevant Borrower” means the Borrower which is, or is to be, the owner of the Relevant Ship; and

 

Relevant Advance” means the borrowing of the Tranche relating to the Relevant Ship.

 

1 Relevant Borrower

 

A certificate of an authorised signatory of the Relevant Borrower certifying that each copy document which it is required to provide under this Part B of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent) is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at the Utilisation Date of the Relevant Advance.

 

2 Release of Existing Security

 

An original of each Deed of Release and of each document to be delivered under or pursuant to it, together with evidence satisfactory to the Facility Agent of its due execution by the parties to it.

 

3 Ship and other security

 

3.1 A duly executed original of the Mortgage and the General Assignment in respect of the Relevant Ship and of each document to be delivered under or pursuant to each of them together with documentary evidence that the Mortgage in respect of the Relevant Ship has been duly registered as a valid first preferred or priority (as applicable) ship mortgage in accordance with the laws of the jurisdiction of its Approved Flag.

 

3.2 Documentary evidence that the Relevant Ship:

 

(a) is definitively and permanently registered in the name of the Relevant Borrower under the Approved Flag;

 

(b) is in the absolute and unencumbered ownership of the Relevant Borrower save as contemplated by the Finance Documents;

 

(c) maintains the Approved Classification with the Approved Classification Society free of all overdue recommendations and conditions of the Approved Classification Society; and

 

(d) is insured in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and all requirements in this Agreement in respect of insurances have been complied with.

 

155

 

 

3.3 Documents establishing that the Relevant Ship will, as from the Utilisation Date of the Relevant Advance, be managed commercially by its Approved Commercial Manager and managed technically by its Approved Technical Manager on terms acceptable to the Facility Agent acting with the authorisation of all of the Lenders, together with:

 

(a) a Manager’s Undertaking for each of the Approved Technical Manager and the Approved Commercial Manager; and

 

(b) copies of the Approved Technical Manager’s Document of Compliance and of the Relevant Ship’s Safety Management Certificate (together with any other details of the applicable safety management system which the Facility Agent requires) and of any other documents required under the ISM Code and the ISPS Code in relation to the Relevant Ship including without limitation an ISSC.

 

3.4 An opinion from an independent insurance consultant acceptable to the Facility Agent on such matters relating to the Insurances as the Facility Agent may require.

 

3.5 A valuation of the Relevant Ship addressed to the Facility Agent on behalf of the Finance Parties, stated to be for the purposes of this Agreement and dated not earlier than 30 days before the Utilisation Date for the Relevant Advance from an Approved Valuer which shows a value for the Relevant Ship of not less than 130 per cent. of the Relevant Advance (after the Relevant Advance has been made).

 

4 Legal opinions

 

Legal opinions of the legal advisers to the Mandated Lead Arrangers, the Facility Agent and the Security Agent in England and Wales, the jurisdiction of the Approved Flag of the relevant Ship and the Marshall Islands and such other relevant jurisdictions as the Facility Agent may require and in substance and form acceptable to the Lenders.

 

5 Other documents and evidence

 

5.1 Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Borrowers pursuant to Clause 11 (Fees) and Clause 16 (Costs and Expenses) have been paid or will be paid by the Utilisation Date for the Delivery Advance.

 

156

 

 

SCHEDULE 3

 

REQUESTS

 

PART A

 

UTILISATION REQUEST

 

From: Fitzroy Shipco LLC
  Bailey Shipco LLC
  Cromarty Shipco LLC
  Dogger Shipco LLC

 

To: Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank as Facility Agent

 

Dated: [·]

 

Dear Sirs

 

Fitzroy Shipco LLC, Bailey Shipco LLC, Cromarty Shipco LLC and Dogger Shipco LLC – $61,462,500 Facility Agreement dated [·] December 2019 (the “Agreement”)

 

1 We refer to the Agreement. This is a Utilisation Request. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Utilisation Request unless given a different meaning in this Utilisation Request.

 

2 We wish to borrow [the] [an] Advance under Tranche [A]/[B]/[C]/[D] on the following terms:

 

Proposed Utilisation Date: [·] (or, if that is not a Business Day, the next Business Day)

 

Amount: [·] or, if less, the Available Facility

 

Interest Period for the first Advance: [·]

 

3 We confirm that each condition specified in Clause 4.1 (Initial conditions precedent) and Clause 4.2 (Further conditions precedent) as they relate to the Advance to which this utilisation request refers of the Agreement is satisfied on the date of this Utilisation Request.

 

4 We represent and warrant that the representations and warranties in Clause 21 (Representations) remain true by reference to the facts and circumstances existing at the date of this, Utilisation Request.

 

5 You are authorised and requested to deduct from the Advance prior to funds being remitted the fees in Clause 11.2 (Upfront fees) and Clause 11.3 (Agent fee).

 

6 The proceeds of this Advance should be credited to [account].

 

7 This Utilisation Request is irrevocable.

 

Yours faithfully

 

157

 

 

authorised signatory for

FITZROY SHIPCO LLC

 

authorised signatory for

BAILEY SHIPCO LLC

 

authorised signatory for

CROMARTY SHIPCO LLC

 

authorised signatory for

DOGGER SHIPCO LLC

 

158

 

 

PART B

 

SELECTION NOTICE

 

From: Fitzroy Shipco LLC
  Bailey Shipco LLC
  Cromarty Shipco LLC
  Dogger Shipco LLC

 

To: Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank as Facility Agent

 

Dated: [·]

 

Dear Sirs

 

Fitzroy Shipco LLC, Bailey Shipco LLC, Cromarty Shipco LLC and Dogger Shipco LLC – $61,462,500 Facility Agreement dated [·] December 2019 (the “Agreement”)

 

1 We refer to the Agreement. This is a Selection Notice. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Selection Notice unless given a different meaning in this Selection Notice.

 

2 We request that, subject to paragraph (f) of Clause 9.1 (Selection of Interest Periods) of the Agreement, the next Interest Period for Tranche [A]/[B]/[C]/[D] be [·].

 

3 This Selection Notice is irrevocable.

 

Yours faithfully

 

authorised signatory for

FITZROY SHIPCO LLC

 

authorised signatory for

BAILEY SHIPCO LLC

 

159

 

 

authorised signatory for

CROMARTY SHIPCO LLC

 

authorised signatory for

DOGGER SHIPCO LLC

 

160

 

 

SCHEDULE 4

 

FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE

 

To: Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank as Facility Agent

 

From: [The Existing Lender] (the “Existing Lender”) and [The New Lender] (the “New Lender”)

 

Dated: [·]

 

Fitzroy Shipco LLC, Bailey Shipco LLC, Cromarty Shipco LLC and Dogger Shipco LLC – $61,462,500 Facility Agreement dated [·] December 2019 (the “Agreement”)

 

1 We refer to the Agreement. This is a Transfer Certificate. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Transfer Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Transfer Certificate.

 

2 We refer to Clause 30.5 (Procedure for transfer) of the Agreement:

 

(a) The Existing Lender and the New Lender agree to the Existing Lender transferring to the New Lender by novation all of the Existing Lender’s rights and obligations under the Agreement and the other Finance Documents which relate to that portion of the Existing Lender’s Commitment and participation in the Loan under the Agreement as specified in the Schedule in accordance with Clause 30.5 (Procedure for transfer) of the Agreement.

 

(b) The proposed Transfer Date is [·].

 

(c) The Facility Office and address, fax number and attention details for notices of the New Lender for the purposes of Clause 39.2 (Addresses) of the Agreement are set out in the Schedule.

 

3 The New Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Existing Lender’s obligations set out in paragraph (c) of Clause 30.4 (Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders) of the Agreement.

 

4 This Transfer Certificate may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Transfer Certificate.

 

5 This Transfer Certificate and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

6 This Transfer Certificate has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Transfer Certificate.

 

Note: The execution of this Transfer Certificate may not transfer a proportionate share of the Existing Lender’s interest in the Transaction Security in all jurisdictions. It is the responsibility of the New Lender to ascertain whether any other documents or other formalities are required to perfect a transfer of such a share in the Existing Lender’s Transaction Security in any jurisdiction and, if so, to arrange for execution of those documents and completion of those formalities.

 

161

 

 

THE SCHEDULE

 

Commitment/rights and obligations to be transferred

 

[insert relevant details]

 

[Facility Office address, fax number and attention details for notices and account details for payments.]

 

[Existing Lender] [New Lender]

 

By:       [·] By:      [·]

 

This Transfer Certificate is accepted by the Facility Agent and the Transfer Date is confirmed as [·].

 

[Facility Agent]

 

By:      [·]

 

 

162

 

 

SCHEDULE 5

 

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT

 

To: Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank as Facility Agent and Fitzroy Shipco LLC, Bailey Shipco LLC, Cromarty Shipco LLC and Dogger Shipco LLC as Borrowers, for and on behalf of each Obligor

 

From: [the Existing Lender] (the “Existing Lender”) and [the New Lender] (the “New Lender”)

 

Dated: [·]

 

Fitzroy Shipco LLC, Bailey Shipco LLC, Cromarty Shipco LLC and Dogger Shipco LLC – $61,462,500 Facility Agreement dated [·] December 2019 (the “Agreement”)

 

1 We refer to the Agreement. This is an Assignment Agreement. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Assignment Agreement unless given a different meaning in this Assignment Agreement.

 

2 We refer to Clause 30.6 (Procedure for assignment):

 

(a) The Existing Lender assigns absolutely to the New Lender all the rights of the Existing Lender under the Agreement, the other Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security which correspond to that portion of the Existing Lender’s Commitment and participations in the Loan under the Agreement as specified in the Schedule.

 

(b) The Existing Lender is released from all the obligations of the Existing Lender which correspond to that portion of the Existing Lender’s Commitments and participations in the Loan under the Agreement specified in the Schedule.

 

(c) The New Lender becomes a Party as a Lender and is bound by obligations equivalent to those from which the Existing Lender is released under paragraph (b) above.

 

3 The proposed Transfer Date is [·].

 

4 On the Transfer Date the New Lender becomes Party to the Finance Documents as a Lender.

 

5 The Facility Office and address, fax, number and attention details for notices of the New Lender for the purposes of Clause 39.2 (Addresses) are set out in the Schedule.

 

6 The New Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Existing Lender’s obligations set out in paragraph (c) of Clause 30.4 (Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders).

 

7 This Assignment Agreement acts as notice to the Facility Agent (on behalf of each Finance Party) and, upon delivery in accordance with Clause 30.7 (Copy of Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement to Borrowers), to the Borrowers (on behalf of each Obligor) of the assignment referred to in this Assignment Agreement.

 

8 This Assignment Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Assignment Agreement.

 

9 This Assignment Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

10 This Assignment Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Assignment Agreement.

 

Note: The execution of this Assignment Agreement may not transfer a proportionate share of the Existing Lender’s interest in the Transaction Security in all jurisdictions. It is the responsibility of the New Lender to ascertain whether any other documents or other formalities are required to perfect a transfer of such a share in the Existing Lender’s Transaction Security in any jurisdiction and, if so, to arrange for execution of those documents and completion of those formalities.

 

163

 

 

THE SCHEDULE

 

Commitment rights and obligations to be transferred by assignment, release and accession

 

[insert relevant details]

 

[Facility office address, fax number and attention details for notices

and account details for payments]

 

[Existing Lender] [New Lender]

 

By:         [·] By:         [·]

 

This Assignment Agreement is accepted by the Facility Agent and the Transfer Date is confirmed as [·].

 

Signature of this Assignment Agreement by the Facility Agent constitutes confirmation by the Facility Agent of receipt of notice of the assignment referred to herein, which notice the Facility Agent receives on behalf of each Finance Party.

 

[Facility Agent]

 

By:

 

164

 

 

SCHEDULE 6

 

FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

To: Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank as Facility Agent

 

From: Ardmore Shipping Corporation

Ardmore Shipping LLC

Fitzroy Shipco LLC

Bailey Shipco LLC

Cromarty Shipco LLC

Dogger Shipco LLC

 

Dated: [·]

 

Dear Sirs

 

Fitzroy Shipco LLC, Bailey Shipco LLC, Cromarty Shipco LLC and Dogger Shipco LLC – $61,462,500 Facility Agreement dated [·] December 2019 (the “Agreement”)

 

1 We refer to the Agreement. This is a Compliance Certificate. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning when used in this Compliance Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Compliance Certificate.

 

2 We confirm that we have maintained the following financial covenants pursuant to clause 23.1 (financial covenants) of the Agreement:

 

(a) a minimum Solvency of at least 30 per cent.;

 

(b) minimum Cash and Cash Equivalents of an amount the greater of:

 

(i) $750,000 per Fleet Vessel; and

 

(ii) 5 per cent. of the Total Consolidated Long Term Debt,

 

with at least 60 per cent. of such minimum amount being held in cash and, for the purposes of this paragraph (b), Cash and Cash Equivalents shall include undrawn amounts under the Revolving Facility provided that the Termination Date in relation to the Revolving Facility is not within the next 12 Months.

 

(c) a positive Working Capital excluding:

 

(i) Balloon Repayments; and

 

(ii) any amounts outstanding under the ABN AMRO Receivables Facility Agreement provided that the facility provided thereunder has a remaining maturity of more than three months; and

 

(d) an Adjusted Net Worth of not less than $150,000,000.

 

Please refer to the attached documents which confirm the calculation for the above financial covenants and the accompanying Financial Statements.

 

3       [We confirm that no Default is continuing.]*

 

Signed:    
  Authorised signatory  
  of  
  Ardmore Shipping Corporation  

 

165

 

 

SCHEDULE 7

 

LIST OF APPROVED VALUERS

 

Shipbroker Country
Arrow Valuation Ltd United Kingdom
Fearnleys AS Norway /Singapore
Clarksons Platou United Kingdom
Braemar Shipbrokers Ltd United Kingdom
Barry-Rogliano Salles France
Maersk Broker Denmark
Simpson Spence Young United Kingdom

 

166

 

 

SCHEDULE 8

 

TIMETABLES

 

Delivery of a duly completed Utilisation Request (Clause 5.1 (Delivery of a Utilisation Request)) or a Selection Notice (Clause 9.1 (Selection of Interest Periods))     Three Business Days before the intended Utilisation Date (Clause 5.1 (Delivery of a Utilisation Request)) or the expiry of the preceding interest Period (Clause 9.1 (Selection of Interest Periods))
     
Facility Agent notifies the Lenders of the Advance in accordance with Clause 5.4 (Lenders’ Participation)   Two Business Days before the intended Utilisation Date.  
     
LIBOR is fixed   Quotation Day as of 11:00 am London time

 

167

 

 

EXECUTION PAGES

 

       
BORROWERS      
       
SIGNED by )  
for and on behalf of ) Guy Davis  
FITZROY SHIPCO LLC   Attorney-in-Fact  
its )    
in the presence of: )   Rachel Lee
      Trainee Solicitor
Witness’ signature: ) Watson Farley & Williams LLP
Witness’ name: )   15 Appold Street
Witness’ address: )   London EC2A 2HB
       
       
       
       
SIGNED by )    
for and on behalf of ) Guy Davis  
BAILEY SHIPCO LLC   Attorney-in-Fact  
its )    
in the presence of: )   Rachel Lee
      Trainee Solicitor
Witness’ signature: )   Watson Farley & Williams LLP
Witness’ name: )   1 5 Appold Street
Witness’ address: )   London EC2A 2HB
       
       
       
SIGNED by )    
for and on behalf of ) Guy Davis  
CROMARTY SHIPCO LLC   Attorney-in-Fact  
its )    
in the presence of: )   Rachel Lee
      Trainee Solicitor
Witness’ signature: )   Watson Farley & Williams LLP
Witness’ name: )   15 Appold Street
Witness’ address: )   London EC2A 2HB
       
       
       
       
SIGNED by )    
for and on behalf of ) Guy Davis  
DOGGER SHIPCO LLC   Attorney-in-Fact  
its )    
in the presence of: )   Rachel Lee
      Trainee Solicitor
Witness’ signature: )   Watson Farley & Williams LLP
Witness’ name: )   15 Appold Street
Witness’ address: )   London EC2A 2HB
       
       

 

168

 

 

HEDGE GUARANTORS      
       
       
SIGNED by )    
for and on behalf of ) Guy Davis
FITZROY SHIPCO LLC   Attorney-in-Fact  
its )    
in the presence of: )    
       
Witness’ signature: )   Rachel Lee
Witness’ name: )   Trainee Solicitor
Witness’ address: )   Watson Farley & Williams LLP
      15 Appold Street
      London EC2A 2HB
       
       
SIGNED by )    
for and on behalf of ) Guy Davis  
BAILEY SHIPCO LLC   Attorney-in-Fact  
its )  
in the presence of: )    
       
Witness signature: )   Rachel Lee
Witness’ name: )   Trainee Solicitor
Witness’ address: )   Watson Farley & Williams LLP
      15 Appold Street
      London EC2A 2HB
       
SIGNED by )    
for and on behalf of ) Guy Davis  
CROMARTY SHIPCO LLC   Attorney-in-Fact  
Its )    
in the presence of: )    
       
Witness’ signature: )   Rachel Lee
Witness’ name: )   Trainee Solicitor
Witness’ address: )   Watson Farley & Williams LLP
      15 Appold Street
      London EC2A 2HB
       
SIGNED by )    
for and on behalf of ) Guy Davis  
DOGGER SHIPCO LLC   Attorney-in-Fact
its )    
in the presence of: )    
       
Witness’ signature: )   Rachel Lee
Witness’ name: )   Trainee Solicitor
Witness’ address: )   Watson Farley & Williams LLP
      15 Appold Street
     

London EC2A 2HB 

 

169

 

 

PARENT GUARANTOR      
       
SIGNED by )  
for and on behalf of ) Guy Davis  
ARDMORE SHIPPING ) Attorney-in-Fact  
CORPORATION      
its )    
in the presence of: )    
       
Witness’ signature: ) Rachel Lee
Witness’ name: )   Trainee Solicitor
Witness’ address: )   Watson Farley & Williams LLP
      15 Appold Street
      London EC2A 2HB
       
CORPORATE GUARANTOR      
       
SIGNED by )  
for and on behalf of ) Guy Davis  
ARDMORE SHIPPING LLC   Attorney-in-Fact  
its )    
in the presence of: )    
      Rachel Lee
Witness’ signature: ) Trainee Solicitor
Witness’ name: )   Watson Farley & Williams LLP
Witness’ address: )   15 Appold Street
      London EC2A 2HB
       
       
ORIGINAL LENDERS      
       
SIGNED by ) Samuel Goodwill
duly authorised )   Attorney-in-fact
for and on behalf of )    
ABN AMRO BANK N.V. )    
in the presence of: )    
      Rachel Lee
Witness’ signature: ) Trainee Solicitor
Witness’ name: )   Watson Farley & Williams LLP
Witness’ address: )   15 Appold Street
      London EC2A 2HB

 

170

 

 

SIGNED by ) Samuel Goodwill
duly authorised )   Attorney-in-fact
for and on behalf of )    
CRÉDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE )    
AND INVESTMENT BANK )    
in the presence of: )   Rachel Lee
      Trainee Solicitor
Witness’ signature: ) Watson Farley & Williams LLP
Witness’ name: )   15 Appold Street
Witness’ address: )   London EC2A 2HB
       
       
ORIGINAL HEDGE COUNTERPARTIES  
       
SIGNED by ) Samuel Goodwill
duly authorised )   Attorney-in-fact
for and on behalf of )    
ABN AMRO BANK N.V. )    
in the presence of: )    
      Rachel Lee
Witness’ signature: ) Trainee Solicitor
Witness’ name: )   Watson Farley & Williams LLP
Witness’ address: )   15 Appold Street
      London EC2A 2HB
       
       
SIGNED by )    
duly authorised )    
for and on behalf of )    
CRÉDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE )    
AND INVESTMENT BANK )    
in the presence of: )    
       
Witness’ signature: )    
Witness’ name: )    
Witness’ address: )    

 

171

 

 

SIGNED by )    
duly authorised )    
for and on behalf of )    
CRÉDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE )    
AND INVESTMENT BANK )    
in the presence of: )    
       
Witness’ signature: )    
Witness’ name: )    
Witness’ address: )    
       
       
ORIGINAL HEDGE COUNTERPARTIES  
       
SIGNED by )    
duly authorised )    
for and on behalf of )    
ABN AMRO BANK N.V. )    
in the presence of: )    
       
Witness’ signature: )    
Witness’ name: )    
Witness’ address: )    
       
SIGNED by )    
duly authorised )
for and on behalf of )    
CRÉDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE )    
AND INVESTMENT BANK )    
in the presence of: )  
       
Witness’ signature: ) Thomas ROUDIÉ  
Witness’ name: ) Authorized Signatory  
Witness’ address: )    

 

172

 

 

MANDATED LEAD ARRANGERS

 

SIGNED by )   Samuel Goodwill
duly authorised )   Attorney-in-fact
for and on behalf of )    
ABN AMRO BANK N.V. )    
in the presence of: )   Rachel Lee
      Trainee Solicitor
Witness’ signature: )   Watson Farley & Williams LLP
Witness’ name: )   15 Appold Street
Witness’ address: )   London EC2A 2HB
       
SIGNED by )   Samuel Goodwill
duly authorised )   Attorney-in-fact
for and on behalf of )    
CRÉDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE )    
AND INVESTMENT BANK )    
in the presence of: )    
      Rachel Lee
Witness’ signature: )   Trainee Solicitor
Witness’ name: )   Watson Farley & Williams LLP
witness address. )   15 Appold Street
      London EC2A 2HB
       
       
FACILITY AGENT      
       
SIGNED by )   Samuel Goodwill
duly authorised )   Attorney-in-fact
for and on behalf of )    
CRÉDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE )    
AND INVESTMENT BANK )    
in the presence of: )   Rachel Lee
      Trainee Solicitor
Witness’ signature: )   Watson Farley & Williams LLP
Witness’ name: )   15 Appold Street
Witness’ address: )   London EC2A 2HB

 

173

 

 

SECURITY AGENT      
       
SIGNED by )   Samuel Goodwill
duly authorised )   Attorney-in-fact
for and on behalf of )    
CRÉDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE )    
AND INVESTMENT BANK )    
in the presence of: )    
      Rachel Lee
Witness’ signature: )   Trainee Solicitor
Witness’ name: )   Watson Farley & Williams LLP
Witness’ address: )   15 Appold Street
      London EC2A 2HB

 

174

 

 

Exhibit 4.3

Execution version

 

Dated 11 December 2019

 

$140,000,000

 

TERM AND REVOLVING FACILITIES

 

FAROE SHIPCO LLC

PLYMOUTH SHIPCO LLC

PORTLAND SHIPCO LLC

FISHER SHIPCO LLC

FAIR ISLE SHIPCO LLC

HUMBER SHIPCO LLC

FORTH SHIPCO LLC

TRAFALGAR SHIPCO LLC

as joint and several Borrowers

and Hedge Guarantors

 

and

 

ARDMORE SHIPPING LLC

as Corporate Guarantor

 

and

 

ARDMORE SHIPPING CORPORATION

as Parent Guarantor

 

and

 

THE BANKS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS

listed in Schedule 1, Part B

as Lenders

 

and

 

THE BANKS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS

listed in Schedule 1, Part B

as Hedge Counterparties

 

and

 

NORDEA BANK ABP, FILIAL I NORGE

SKANDINAVISKA ENSKILDA BANKEN AB (PUBL)

as Mandated Lead Arrangers

 

and

 

NORDEA BANK ABP, FILIAL I NORGE

SKANDINAVISKA ENSKILDA BANKEN AB (PUBL)

as Bookrunners

 

and

 

SKANDINAVISKA ENSKILDA BANKEN AB (PUBL)

as Documentation Agent

 

and

 

NORDEA BANK ABP, FILIAL I NORGE

as Facility Agent and as Security Agent

 

FACILITIES AGREEMENT

relating to

the refinancing of m.t.s

“ARDMORE SEAFOX”, “ARDMORE SEAWOLF”, “ARDMORE SEAHAWK”,

“ARDMORE CHINOOK”, “ARDMORE SEALION”, “ARDMORE CHIPPEWA”,

“ARDMORE SEAVANTAGE” AND “ARDMORE ENDEAVOUR”

 

WATSON FARLEY

&

WILLIAMS

 

 

 

 

Index
     
Clause   Page
     
Section 1 Interpretation 3
1 Definitions and Interpretation 3
Section 2 The Facility 31
2 The Facility 31
3 Purpose 31
4 Conditions of Utilisation 31
Section 3 Utilisation 33
5 Utilisation 33
Section 4 Repayment, Prepayment and Cancellation 36
6 Repayment 36
7 Payment and Cancellation 38
Section 5 Costs of Utilisation 44
8 Interest 44
9 Interest Periods 46
10 Changes to the Calculation of Interest 47
11 Fees 48
Section 6 Additional Payment Obligations 49
12 Tax Gross Up and Indemnities 49
13 Increased Costs 53
14 Other Indemnities 54
15 Mitigation by the Finance Parties 57
16 Costs and Expenses 58
Section 7 Guarantees and Joint and Several Liability of Borrowers 59
17 Guarantee and Indemnity – Guarantors 59
18 Joint and Several Liability of the Guarantors 61
19 Joint and Several Liability of the Borrowers 63
Section 8 Guarantee and Indemnity - Hedge Guarantors 65
20 Guarantee and Indemnity – Hedge Guarantors 65
Section 9 Representations, Undertakings and Events of Default 68
21 Representations 68
22 Information Undertakings 74
23 Financial Covenants 78
24 General Undertakings 80
25 Insurance Undertakings 87
26 Ship Undertakings 92
27 Security Cover 97
28 Application of Earnings 99
29 Events of Default 99
Section 10 Changes to Parties 104
30 Changes to the Lenders 104
31 Changes to the Obligors 109
Section 11 The Finance Parties 110
32 The Facility Agent, the Mandated Lead Arrangers and the Documentation Agent 110
33 The Security Agent 117
34 Conduct of Business by the Finance Parties 127
35 Contractual recognition of bail-in 128
36 Sharing Among the Finance Parties 128
Section 12 Administration 130
37 Payment Mechanics 130
38 Set-Off 134
39 Notices 134
40 Calculations and Certificates 136
41 Partial Invalidity 136
42 Remedies and Waivers 136

 

 

 

43 Settlement or Discharge Conditional 136
44 Irrevocable Payment 137
45 Amendments and Waivers 137
46 Confidentiality 140
47 Counterparts 143
Section 13 Governing Law and Enforcement 144
48 Governing Law 144
49 Enforcement 144

 

Schedules  
     
Schedule 1 The Parties 145
  Part A The Obligors 145
  Part B The Original Lenders 147
  Part C The Servicing Parties 149
Schedule 2 Conditions Precedent 150
  Part A Conditions Precedent to Utilisation Request 150
  Part B Conditions Precedent to Utilisation 152
Schedule 3 Requests 154
  Part A Utilisation Request 154
  Part B Selection Notice 156
Schedule 4 Form of Transfer Certificate 158
Schedule 5 Form of Assignment Agreement 160
Schedule 6 Form of Compliance Certificate 163
Schedule 7 Ships 165
Schedule 8 List of Approved Valuers 166
Schedule 9 Term Loan Repayment Schedule 167
Schedule 10 Timetables 168
     
Execution  
     
Execution Pages 169

 

 

 

THIS AGREEMENT is made on 11 December 2019

 

PARTIES

 

(1) FAROE SHIPCO LLC, PLYMOUTH SHIPCO LLC, PORTLAND SHIPCO LLC, FISHER SHIPCO LLC, FAIR ISLE SHIPCO LLC, HUMBER SHIPCO LLC, FORTH SHIPCO LLC and TRAFALGAR SHIPCO LLC, each a limited liability company formed in the Republic of the Marshall Islands whose registered address is at The Trust Company of the Marshall Islands, Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH 96960 as joint and several borrowers (together the “Borrowers” and each a “Borrower”)

 

(2) ARDMORE SHIPPING LLC, a limited liability company formed in the Republic of the Marshall Islands whose registered address is at The Trust Company of the Marshall Islands, Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH 96960 as a guarantor (the “Corporate Guarantor”)

 

(3) ARDMORE SHIPPING CORPORATION, a corporation incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands whose registered address is at The Trust Company of the Marshall Islands, Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH 96960 as a guarantor (the “Parent Guarantor”)

 

(4) THE COMPANIES listed in Part A of Schedule 1 (The Parties) as hedge guarantors (the “Hedge Guarantors”)

 

(5) NORDEA BANK ABP, FILIAL I NORGE and SKANDINAVISKA ENSKILDA BANKEN AB (PUBL) as mandated lead arrangers (the “Mandated Lead Arrangers”)

 

(6) NORDEA BANK ABP, FILIAL I NORGE and SKANDINAVISKA ENSKILDA BANKEN AB (PUBL) as bookrunners (the “Bookrunners”)

 

(7) SKANDINAVISKA ENSKILDA BANKEN AB (PUBL) as documentation agent (the “Documentation Agent”)

 

(8) THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Part B of Schedule 1 (The Parties) as lenders (the “Original Lenders”)

 

(9) THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Part B of Schedule 1 (The Parties) as hedge counterparties (the “Hedge Counterparties”)

 

(10) NORDEA BANK ABP, FILIAL I NORGE, acting in such capacity through its office at Essendropsgate 7, 0368 Oslo, Norway as agent for the other Finance Parties (the “Facility Agent”)

 

(11) NORDEA BANK ABP, FILIAL I NORGE, acting in such capacity through its office at Essendropsgate 7, 0368 Oslo, Norway as security agent for the Secured Parties (the “Security Agent”)

 

BACKGROUND

 

(A) The Lenders have agreed to make available to the Borrowers facilities of up to $140,000,000 comprising:

 

(i) a term loan facility in a principal amount not exceeding $100,000,000; and

 

(ii) a revolving credit facility in a principal amount not exceeding $40,000,000,

 

for the purposes of refinancing the Existing Indebtedness and for general corporate and working capital purposes.

 

(B) The Hedge Counterparties may enter into interest rate swap transactions with the Borrowers from time to time to hedge the Borrowers’ exposure under this Agreement to interest rate fluctuations.

 

 

 

SECTION 1

 

INTERPRETATION

 

1             DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1          Definitions

 

In this Agreement:

 

Account Bank” means Nordea Bank Abp, filial i Norge acting through its office at Essendropsgate 7, 0368 Oslo, Norway or any other bank acceptable to the Majority Lenders.

 

Account Security” means a document creating Security over any Earnings Account in agreed form.

 

Advance” means a Utilisation of all or part of the Term Loan or any Utilisation of the Revolving Facility in each case under this Agreement.

 

Affected Lender” has the meaning given to it in Clause 10.2 (Market disruption).

 

Affiliate” means, in relation to any person, a Subsidiary of that person or a Holding Company of that person or any other Subsidiary of that Holding Company.

 

Annex VI” means Annex VI of the Protocol of 1997 to amend the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships 1973 (Marpol), as modified by the Protocol of 1978 relating thereto.

 

Anti-Corruption Laws” means the Bribery Act 2010, the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 and any similar laws or regulations in any jurisdiction relating to bribery, corruption or any similar practices.

 

Approved Brokers” means such insurance companies and/or underwriters or, in the case of war risks and protection and indemnity risks, war risks and protection and indemnity risks associations as have been approved by the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders in writing in advance.

 

Approved Classification” means, in relation to a Ship, as at the date of this Agreement, the class notification in relation to that Ship specified in Schedule 7 (Ships).

 

Approved Classification Society” means, in relation to a Ship, as at the date of this Agreement, the classification society specified in Schedule 7 (Ships) or any other classification society approved in writing by the Facility Agent acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders and which authorisation shall not be withheld in the case of any classification society which is a member of the International Association of Classification Societies.

 

Approved Commercial Manager” means, in relation to a Ship, Ardmore Shipping (Bermuda) Limited, an Affiliate of Ardmore Shipping (Bermuda) Limited, or any other person approved in writing by the Facility Agent acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, as the commercial manager of that Ship and, for the avoidance of doubt, this shall include Ardmore MR Pool LLC or any pool manager (which shall be an affiliate of Ardmore MR Pool LLC) under a pool agreement (if any), in relation to the Ships which may be approved by the Facility Agent acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders.

 

Approved Flag” means, in relation to a Ship, Marshall Islands, or such other flag approved in writing by the Facility Agent acting with the authorisation of all the Lenders.

 

2

 

 

Approved Manager” means, in relation to a Ship, the Approved Commercial Manager or the Approved Technical Manager of that Ship.

 

Approved Technical Manager” means in relation to a Ship, Anglo Ardmore Ship Management Limited or an Affiliate of Anglo Ardmore Ship Management Limited, Anglo-Eastern Investment Holdings Ltd or an Affiliate of Anglo-Eastern Investment Holdings Ltd, Univan Ship Management Ltd, Thome Ship Management Pte. Ltd. or an Affiliate of Thome Ship Management Pte Ltd, RY Corporation and Ardmore Shipping (Bermuda) Limited or any of its Subsidiaries or any other person approved in writing by the Facility Agent acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, as the technical manager of that Ship.

 

Approved Valuer” means, in relation to a Ship, at any time during the Security Period, any of the firms listed in Schedule 8 (List of Approved Valuers) (or any Affiliate of such person through which valuations are commonly issued) or any other firm or firms of shipbrokers approved in writing by the Facility Agent acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders.

 

Ardmore MR Pool” means the pool governed by (inter alia) the pool agreements:

 

(a)       in respect of Ship A dated 9 August 2018;

 

(b)       in respect of Ship B dated 13 August 2018;

 

(c)       in respect of Ship C dated 13 August 2018;

 

(d)       in respect of Ship D dated 27 February 2018;

 

(e)       in respect of Ship E dated 26 August 2018;

 

(f)       in respect of Ship F dated 9 March 2018;

 

(g)       in respect of Ship G dated 1 September 2017;

 

(h)       in respect of Ship H dated 1 September 2017,

 

each entered into between Ardmore MR Pool LLC as the company and Ardmore Shipping (Asia) Pte Ltd as participant.

 

Article 55 BRRD” means Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU establishing a framework for the recovery and resolution of credit institutions and investment firms.

 

Assignment Agreement” means an agreement substantially in the form set out in Schedule 5 (Form of Assignment Agreement) or any other form agreed between the relevant assignor and assignee.

 

Authorisation” means an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, notarisation, legalisation or registration.

 

Availability Period” means the period from and including the date of this Agreement to and including:

 

(a) in relation to the Term Facility, 22 January 2020 or such longer period acceptable to the Facility Agent on the instructions of the Majority Lenders; and

 

(b) in relation to the Revolving Facility, the date falling 3 Months before the Termination Date.

 

3

 

 

Available Commitment” means, in relation to a Facility, a Lender’s Commitment under that Facility minus:

 

(a) the amount of its participation in the outstanding Advances under that Facility and

 

(b) in relation to any proposed Utilisation, the amount of its participation in any other Advance that is due to be made under that Facility on or before the proposed Utilisation Date.

 

Available Facility” means, in relation to a Facility, the aggregate for the time being of each Lender’s Available Commitment in respect of that Facility.

 

Bail-In Action” means the exercise of any Write-down and Conversion Powers.

 

Bail-In Legislation” means:

 

(a) in relation to an EEA Member Country which has implemented, or which at any time implements, Article 55 BRRD, the relevant implementing law or regulation as described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time; and

 

(b) in relation to any state other than such an EEA Member Country or (to the extent that the United Kingdom is not such an EEA Member Country) the United Kingdom, any analogous law or regulation from time to time which requires contractual recognition of any Write-down and Conversion Powers contained in that law or regulation.

 

BASEL III” means:

 

(a) the agreements on capital requirements, a leverage ratio and liquidity standards contained in “Basel III: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems”, “Basel III: International framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring” and “Guidance for national authorities operating the countercyclical capital buffer” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2010, each as amended, supplemented or restated;

 

(b) the rules for global systemically important banks contained in “Global systemically important banks: assessment methodology and the additional loss absorbency requirement - Rules text” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in November 2011, as amended, supplemented or restated; and

 

(c) any further guidance or standards published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision relating to “Basel III”.

 

Break Costs” means the amount (if any) by which:

 

(a) the interest (excluding the Margin) which a Lender should have received for the period from the date of receipt of all or any part of its participation in the Loan or Unpaid Sum to the last day of the current Interest Period in relation to the Loan or Unpaid Sum, had the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received been paid on the last day of that Interest Period;

 

exceeds

 

(b) the amount which that Lender would be able to obtain by placing an amount equal to the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received by it on deposit with a leading bank in the Relevant Interbank Market for a period starting on the Business Day following receipt or recovery and ending on the last day of the current Interest Period.

 

4

 

 

Business Day” means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in London, Cork, Stockholm, Oslo, Singapore and New York.

 

Carbon Intensity and Climate Alignment Certificate” means a certificate from a Recognised Organisation relating to a Ship and a calendar year setting out:

 

(a) the average efficiency ratio of that Ship for all voyages performed by it over that calendar year using ship fuel oil consumption data required to be collected and reported in accordance with Regulation 22A of Annex VI in respect of that calendar year; and

 

(b) the climate alignment of that Ship for such calendar year:

 

in each case as calculated in accordance with the Poseidon Principles.

 

Change of Control” means:

 

(a) in relation to the Parent Guarantor, any person or group of persons acting in concert gains control of the Parent Guarantor; or

 

(b) the merger or consolidation of the Parent Guarantor, the Corporate Guarantor or any Borrower which gives rise to a change of control; or

 

(c) the approval of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Parent Guarantor, the Corporate Guarantor or any Borrower,

 

and for the purposes of paragraph (a) and (b) of this definition and Clause 24.12 (Merger):

 

(i) control” means:

 

(A) the power (whether by way of ownership of shares, proxy, contract, agency or otherwise) to:

 

(1) cast, or control the casting of, more than 25 per cent. of the maximum number of votes that might be cast at a general meeting of the Parent Guarantor; or

 

(2) appoint or remove all, or the majority, of the directors or other equivalent officers of the Parent Guarantor; or

 

(3) give directions with respect to the operating and financial policies of the Parent Guarantor with which the directors or other equivalent officers of the Parent Guarantor are obliged to comply; and/or

 

(B) the holding (beneficially) of more than 25 per cent. of the issued share capital of the Parent Guarantor (excluding any part of that issued share capital that carries no right to participate beyond a specified amount in a distribution of either profits or capital); and

 

(ii) acting in concert” means a group of persons who, pursuant to an agreement or understanding (whether formal or informal), actively co-operate, through the acquisition directly or indirectly of shares in the Parent Guarantor by any of them, either directly or indirectly, to obtain or consolidate control of the Parent Guarantor.

 

5

 

 

Charged Property” means all of the assets which from time to time are, or are expressed to be, the subject of the Transaction Security.

 

Charter” means, in relation to a Ship, any charter relating to that Ship, or other contract for its employment, whether or not already in existence.

 

Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

 

Commitment” means a Term Commitment or a Revolving Commitment.

 

Compliance Certificate” means a certificate in the form set out in Schedule 6 (Form of Compliance Certificate) or in any other form agreed between the Parent Guarantor and the Facility Agent.

 

Confidential Information” means all information relating to any Transaction Obligor, the Group, the Finance Documents or all or any part of a Facility of which a Finance Party becomes aware in its capacity as, or for the purpose of becoming, a Finance Party or which is received by a Finance Party in relation to, or for the purpose of becoming a Finance Party under, the Finance Documents or all or any part of a Facility from either:

 

(a) any member of the Group or any of its advisers; or

 

(b) another Finance Party, if the information was obtained by that Finance Party directly or indirectly from any member of the Group or any of its advisers,

 

in whatever form, and includes information given orally and any document, electronic file or any other way of representing or recording information which contains or is derived or copied from such information but excludes information that:

 

(i) is or becomes public information other than as a direct or indirect result of any breach by that Finance Party of Clause 46 (Confidentiality)); or

 

(ii) is identified in writing at the time of delivery as non-confidential by any member of the Group or any of its advisers; or

 

(iii) is known by that Finance Party before the date the information is disclosed to it in accordance with paragraphs (a) or (b) above or is lawfully obtained by that Finance Party after that date, from a source which is, as far as that Finance Party is aware, unconnected with the Group and which, in either case, as far as that Finance Party is aware, has not been obtained in breach of, and is not otherwise subject to, any obligation of confidentiality.

 

Confidentiality Undertaking” means a confidentiality undertaking in substantially the appropriate form recommended by the LMA from time to time or in any other form agreed between the Borrowers and the Facility Agent.

 

Corresponding Debt” means any amount, other than any Parallel Debt, which an Obligor owes to a Secured Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

Deed of Release” means, in respect of an Existing Facility Agreement, a deed releasing the Existing Security in relation to that Existing Facility Agreement in form acceptable to the Facility Agent.

 

Default” means an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default.

 

6

 

 

Defaulting Lender” means any Lender:

 

(a) which has failed to make available the relevant proportion of its Commitment in respect of any part of the Loan or has given notice to the Facility Agent that it will not make such amount available by the relevant Utilisation Date pursuant to Clause 5.4 (Lenders’ participation); or

 

(b) which has otherwise rescinded or repudiated a Finance Document; or

 

(c) with respect to which an Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing,

 

unless, in the case of paragraph (a) above:

 

(i)       its failure to pay is caused by:

 

(A)       administrative or technical error; or

 

(B)        a Disruption Event; and

 

payment is made within 5 Business Days of its due date; or

 

(ii)           the Lender is disputing in good faith whether it is contractually obliged to make the relevant payment.

 

Delegate” means any delegate, agent, attorney, co-trustee or other person appointed by the Security Agent.

 

Disruption Event” means either or both of:

 

(a) a material disruption to those payment or communications systems or to those financial markets which are, in each case, required to operate in order for payments to be made in connection with the Facilities (or otherwise in order for the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents to be carried out) which disruption is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, any of the Parties; or

 

(b) the occurrence of any other event which results in a disruption (of a technical or systems-related nature) to the treasury or payments operations of a Party preventing that, or any other, Party:

 

(i)        from performing its payment obligations under the Finance Documents; or

 

(ii)       from communicating with other Parties in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents,

 

and which (in either such case) is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, the Party whose operations are disrupted.

 

Document of Compliance” has the meaning given to it in the ISM Code.

 

dollars” and “$” mean the lawful currency, for the time being, of the United States of America.

 

Earnings” means, in relation to a Ship, all moneys whatsoever which are now, or later become, payable (actually or contingently) to a Borrower or the Security Agent and which arise out of or in connection with or relate to the use or operation of that Ship, including (but not limited to):

 

(a) the following, save to the extent that any of them is, with the prior written consent of the Facility Agent, pooled or shared with any other person:

 

7

 

 

(i) all freight, hire and passage moneys including, without limitation, all moneys payable under, arising out of or in connection with a Charter or a related guarantee;

 

(ii) the proceeds of the exercise of any lien on sub-freights;

 

(iii) compensation payable to a Borrower or the Security Agent in the event of requisition of that Ship for hire or use;

 

(iv) remuneration for salvage and towage services;

 

(v) demurrage and detention moneys;

 

(vi) without prejudice to the generality of sub-paragraph (i) above, damages for breach (or payments for variation or termination) of any charterparty or other contract for the employment of that Ship;

 

(vii) all moneys which are at any time payable under any Insurances in relation to loss of hire;

 

(viii) all monies which are at any time payable to a Borrower in relation to general average contribution; and

 

(b) if and whenever that Ship is employed on terms whereby any moneys falling within sub-paragraphs (i) to (viii) of paragraph (a) above are pooled or shared with any other person, that proportion of the net receipts of the relevant pooling or sharing arrangement which is attributable to that Ship.

 

Earnings Account” means, in relation to a Borrower:

 

(a) an account in the name of that Borrower with the Account Bank designated “Earnings Account”;

 

(b) any other account in the name of that Borrower with the Account Bank or any other bank which may, with the prior written consent of the Facility Agent, be opened in the place of the account referred to in paragraph (a) above, irrespective of the number or designation of such replacement account; or

 

(c) any sub-account of any account referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above.

 

EEA Member Country” means any member state of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway.

 

Environmental Approval” means any present or future permit, ruling, variance or other Authorisation required under Environmental Laws.

 

Environmental Claim” means any claim by any governmental, judicial or regulatory authority or any other person which arises out of an Environmental Incident or an alleged Environmental Incident or which relates to any Environmental Law and, for this purpose, “claim” includes a claim for damages, compensation, contribution, injury, fines, losses and penalties or any other payment of any kind, including in relation to clean-up and removal, whether or not similar to the foregoing; an order or direction to take, or not to take, certain action or to desist from or suspend certain action; and any form of enforcement or regulatory action, including the arrest or attachment of any asset.

 

8

 

 

Environmental Incident” means:

 

(a) any release, emission, spill or discharge of Environmentally Sensitive Material that is:

 

(i)       within a Ship or from a Ship; and

 

(ii)       into any other vessel or into or upon the air, water, land or soils (including the seabed) or surface water; or

 

(b) any incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released, emitted, spilled or discharged into or upon the air, water, land or soils (including the seabed) or surface water from a vessel other than any Ship and which involves a collision between any Ship and such other vessel or some other incident of navigation or operation, in either case, in connection with which a Ship is actually or potentially liable to be arrested, attached, detained or injuncted and/or a Ship and/or any Obligor and/or any operator or manager of a Ship is at fault or allegedly at fault or otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action; or

 

(c) any other incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released, emitted, spilled or discharged into or upon the air, water, land or soils (including the seabed) or surface water otherwise than from a Ship and in connection with which a Ship is actually or potentially liable to be arrested and/or where any Obligor and/or any operator or manager of a Ship is at fault or allegedly at fault or otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action, other than in accordance with an Environmental Approval.

 

Environmental Law” means any present or future law relating to pollution or protection of human health or the environment, to conditions in the workplace, to the carriage, generation, handling, storage, use, release or spillage of Environmentally Sensitive Material or to actual or threatened releases of Environmentally Sensitive Material.

 

Environmentally Sensitive Material” means and includes all contaminants, oil, oil products, toxic substances and any other substance (including any chemical, gas or other hazardous or noxious substance) which is (or is capable of being or becoming) polluting, toxic or hazardous.

 

EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule” means the document described as such and published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person) from time to time.

 

EU Ship Recycling Regulation” means Regulation (EU) No 1257/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 20 November 2013 on ship recycling and amending Regulation (EC) No 1013/2006 and Directive 2009/16/EC.

 

Event of Default” means any event or circumstance specified as such in Clause 29 (Events of Default).

 

Executive Order” means an order issued by the president of the United States of America.

 

Existing Facility Agent” means existing Facility Agent A or Existing Facility Agent B.

 

Existing Facility Agent A” means the “Facility Agent” as such term is defined in Existing Facility Agreement A.

 

Existing Facility Agent B” means the “Facility Agent” as such term is defined in Existing Facility Agreement B.

 

9

 

 

Existing Facility Agreement” means Existing Facility Agreement A or Existing Facility Agreement B.

 

Existing Facility Agreement A” means the facility agreement entered into between, inter alia, (i) Borrower A, Borrower B, Borrower C, Wight Shipco LLC, Lundy Shipco LLC, Borrower D and Borrower F as joint and several borrowers and (ii) Existing Facility Agent A as facility agent and security agent dated 13 January 2016.

 

Existing Facility Agreement B” means the facility agreement entered into between, inter alia, (i) Bailey Shipco LLC, Dover Shipco LLC, Borrower E, Fitzroy Shipco LLC, Borrower G, Rockall Shipco LLC, Shannon Shipco LLC, Sole Shipco LLC, Borrower H, Viking Shipco LLC, Hebrides Shipco LLC, Tramore Shipco LLC and Kilmore Shipco LLC as joint and several borrowers and (ii) Existing Facility Agent B as facility agent and security agent dated 13 January 2016 as amended and restated by an amending and restating agreement dated 4 August 2016.

 

Existing Indebtedness” means, at any date and in respect of an Existing Facility Agreement, the outstanding Financial Indebtedness relating to the relevant Ships on that date under the relevant Existing Facility Agreement.

 

Existing Security” means any security created to secure the Existing indebtedness.

 

Facility” means the Term Facility or the Revolving Facility.

 

Facility Office” means the office or offices notified by a Lender to the Facility Agent in writing on or before the date it becomes a Lender (or, following that date, by not less than 5 Business Days’ written notice) as the office or offices through which it will perform its obligations under this Agreement.

 

Fair Market Value” means, in relation to a Ship, at any date, the market value of that Ship shown by the arithmetic average of 2 valuations each prepared:

 

(a) as at a date not more than 30 days previously;

 

(b) by an Approved Valuer appointed by the Borrowers;

 

(c) with or without physical inspection of that Ship or vessel (as the Facility Agent may require); and

 

(d) on the basis of a sale for prompt delivery for cash on normal arm’s length commercial terms as between a willing seller and a willing buyer, free of any Charter,

 

after deducting the estimated amount of the usual and reasonable expenses which would be incurred in connection with the sale.

 

FATCA” means:

 

(a) sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code or any associated regulations;

 

(b) any treaty, law or regulation of any other jurisdiction, or relating to an intergovernmental agreement between the US and any other jurisdiction, which (in either case) facilitates the implementation of paragraph (a) above; or

 

(c) any agreement pursuant to the implementation of any treaty, law or regulation referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above with the US Internal Revenue Service, the US government or any governmental or taxation authority in any other jurisdiction.

 

10

 

 

FATCA Application Date” means:

 

(a) in relation to a “withholdable payment” described in section 1473(1)(A)(i) of the Code (which relates to payments of interest and certain other payments from sources within the US), 1 July 2014; or

 

(b) in relation to a “passthru payment” described in section 1471(d)(7) of the Code not falling within paragraph (a) above, the first date from which such payment may become subject to a deduction or withholding required by FATCA.

 

FATCA Deduction” means a deduction or withholding from a payment under a Finance Document required by FATCA.

 

FATCA Exempt Party” means a Party that is entitled to receive payments free from any FATCA Deduction.

 

Fee Letter” means any letter or letters dated on or about the date of this Agreement between the Bookrunners and/or the Facility Agent and the Borrowers or Guarantor setting out any of the fees referred to in Clause 11 (Fees).

 

Finance Document” means:

 

(a) this Agreement;

 

(b) any Fee Letter;

 

(c) the Membership Interests Security;

 

(d) any Mortgage;

 

(e) any General Assignment;

 

(f) any Accounts Security;

 

(g) any Manager’s Undertaking;

 

(h) any Hedging Agreement;

 

(i) any Hedging Agreement Assignment;

 

(j) any Compliance Certificate;

 

(k) any other document (whether or not it creates Security) which is executed as security for, or for the purpose of establishing any priority or subordination arrangement in relation to, the Secured Liabilities; or

 

(l) any other document designated as such by the Facility Agent and the Borrowers.

 

Finance Party” means the Facility Agent, the Security Agent, a Mandated Lead Arranger, a Bookrunner, the Documentation Agent, a Lender or a Hedge Counterparty.

 

Financial Indebtedness” means any indebtedness for or in relation to:

 

(a)       moneys borrowed and debit balances at banks or other financial institutions;

 

(b) any amount raised by acceptance under any acceptance credit facility or dematerialised equivalent;

 

11

 

 

(c) any amount raised pursuant to any note purchase facility or the issue of bonds, notes, debentures, loan stock or any similar instrument;

 

(d) the amount of any liability in relation to any lease or hire purchase contract which would, in accordance with GAAP, be treated as a finance or capital lease;

 

(e) receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the extent they are sold on a non-recourse basis);

 

(f) any amount raised under any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase, sale and sale back or sale and leaseback agreement) having the commercial effect of a borrowing or otherwise classified as borrowing under GAAP;

 

(g) any derivative transaction entered into in connection with protection against or benefit from fluctuation in any rate or price (and, when calculating the value of any derivative transaction, only the marked to market value shall be taken into account);

 

(h) any counter-indemnity obligation in relation to a guarantee, indemnity, bond, standby or documentary letter of credit or any other instrument issued by a bank or financial institution;

 

(i) any amount raised by the issue of shares which are redeemable (other than at the option of the Issuer) before the Termination Date or are otherwise classified as borrowings under GAAP; and

 

(j) the amount of any liability in relation to any guarantee or indemnity for any of the items referred to in paragraphs (a) to (i) above without duplication.

 

GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America.

 

General Assignment” means, in relation to a Ship, the general assignment creating Security over that Ship’s Earnings, its Insurances and any Requisition Compensation in relation to that Ship-, any charter entered into or to be entered into with a term exceeding or capable of exceeding 24 months and any charter to a member of the group and any supporting guarantee in relation to such charter in agreed form.

 

Group” means, at any time, the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries at that time.

 

Guarantor” means the Corporate Guarantor or the Parent Guarantor.

 

Hedging Agreement” means any master agreement, confirmation, transaction, schedule, off-balance sheet instrument or other agreement in agreed form entered into or to be entered into by a Borrower or the Borrowers for the purpose of hedging interest payable under this Agreement.

 

Hedging Agreement Assignment” means, in relation to a Borrower, a first assignment of that Borrower’s rights and interests in any Hedging Agreement, in agreed form.

 

Hedging Close Out Liabilities” means, as at any relevant date, the aggregate amount certified by each Hedge Counterparty to the Facility Agent as the net aggregate amount in dollars which would be payable by any Borrower under the Hedging Agreements to which it is a party at the relevant determination date as a result of termination or closing out under such Hedging Agreements.

 

Hedging Prepayment Proceeds” means any amount payable to a Borrower as a result of termination or closing out under a Hedging Agreement.

 

12

 

 

Holding Company” means, in relation to a person, any other person in relation to which it is a Subsidiary.

 

IFRS” means international accounting standards within the meaning of the IAS Regulation 1606/2002 to the extent applicable to the relevant financial statements.

 

Indemnified Person” has the meaning given to it in Clause 14.2 (Other indemnities).

 

Insolvency Event” in relation to a Lender means that Lender:

 

(a) is dissolved (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger);

 

(b) becomes insolvent or is unable to pay its debts or fails or admits in writing its inability generally to pay its debts as they become due;

 

(c) makes a general assignment, arrangement, or composition with or for the benefit of its creditors;

 

(d) institutes or has instituted against it, by a regulator, supervisor or any similar official with primary insolvency, rehabilitative or regulatory jurisdiction over it in the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organisation or the jurisdiction of its head or home office, a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors’ rights, or a petition is presented for its winding-up or liquidation by it or such regulator, supervisor or similar official;

 

(e) has instituted against it a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors’ rights, or a petition is presented for its winding-up or liquidation, and, in the case of any such proceeding or petition instituted or presented against it, such proceeding or petition is instituted or presented by a person or entity not described in paragraph (d) above and:

 

(f) results in a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or the entry of an order for relief or the making of an order for its winding-up or liquidation; or

 

(g) is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained in each case within 30 days of the institution or presentation thereof;

 

(h) has a resolution passed for its winding-up, official management or liquidation (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger);

 

(i) seeks or becomes subject to the appointment of an administrator, provisional liquidator, conservator, receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or substantially all its assets (other than, for so long as it is required by law or regulation not to be publicly disclosed, any such appointment which is to be made, or is made, by a person or entity described in paragraph (d) above);

 

(j) has a secured party take possession of all or substantially all its assets or has a distress, execution, attachment, sequestration or other legal process levied, enforced or sued on or against all or substantially all its assets and such secured party maintains possession, or any such process is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained, in each case within 30 days thereafter;

 

(k) causes or is subject to any event with respect to it which, under the applicable laws of any jurisdiction, has an analogous effect to any of the events specified in paragraphs (a) to (h) above; or

 

(l) takes any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the foregoing acts.

 

13

 

 

Insurances” means, in relation to a Ship:

 

(a) all policies and contracts of insurance, including entries of that Ship in any protection and indemnity or war risks association, effected in relation to that Ship, the Earnings or otherwise in relation to that Ship whether before, on or after the date of this Agreement; and

 

(b) all rights and other assets relating to, or derived from, any of such policies, contracts or entries, including any rights to a return of premium and any rights in relation to any claim whether or not the relevant policy, contract of insurance or entry has expired on or before the date of this Agreement.

 

Interest Period” means, in relation to the Loan or any part of the Loan, each period determined in accordance with Clause 9 (Interest Periods) and, in relation to an Unpaid Sum, each period determined in accordance with Clause 8.3 (Default interest).

 

Interpolated Screen Rate” means, in relation to LIBOR for the Loan, any part of the Loan or any Unpaid Sum, the rate (rounded to the same number of decimal places as the two relevant Screen Rates) which results from interpolating on a linear basis between:

 

(a) the applicable Screen Rate for the longest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which is less than the Interest Period of the Loan, that part of the Loan or that Unpaid Sum; and

 

(b) the applicable Screen Rate for the shortest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which exceeds the Interest Period of the Loan, that part of the Loan or that Unpaid Sum, each as of the Specified Time on the Quotation Day for the currency of the Loan, that part of the Loan or that Unpaid Sum.

 

Inventory of Hazardous Material” means an inventory certificate or statement of compliance (as applicable) issued by the relevant classification society/shipyard authority which is supplemented by a list of any and all materials known to be potentially hazardous utilised in the construction of that Ship pursuant to the requirements of the EU Ship Recycling Regulation.

 

ISM Code” means the International Safety Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention (including the guidelines on its implementation), adopted by the International Maritime Organisation, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

 

ISPS Code” means the International Ship and Port Facility Security (ISPS) Code as adopted by the International Maritime Organization’s (IMO) Diplomatic Conference of December 2002, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

 

ISSC” means an International Ship Security Certificate issued under the ISPS Code.

 

Lender” means:

 

(a) any Original Lender; and

 

(b) any bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity which has become a Party in accordance with Clause 30 (Changes to the Lenders),

 

which in each case has not ceased to be a Party in accordance with this Agreement.

 

14

 

 

LIBOR” means, in relation to the Loan, any part of the Loan or any Unpaid Sum:

 

(a) the applicable Screen Rate;

 

(b) (if no Screen Rate is available for the Interest Period of the Loan, that part of the Loan or that Unpaid Sum), the applicable Interpolated Screen Rate; or

 

(c) if:

 

(i) no Screen Rate is available for the currency of the Loan, that part of the Loan or that Unpaid Sum); or

 

(ii) no Screen Rate is available for the Interest Period of the Loan, that part of the Loan or that Unpaid Sum and it is not possible to calculate an Interpolated Screen Rate for the Loan, that part of the Loan or that Unpaid Sum,

 

the Reference Bank Rate,

 

as of, in the case of paragraphs (a) and (c) above, the Specified Time on the Quotation Day for dollars for the Loan, that part of the Loan or that Unpaid Sum and for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of the Loan, that part of the Loan or that Unpaid Sum and, if any such rate is below zero, LIBOR shall be deemed to be zero.

 

Limitation Acts” means the Limitation Act 1980 and the Foreign Limitation Periods Act 1984.

 

LMA” means the Loan Market Association.

 

Loan” means the aggregate amount of Advances to be made available under the Facilities or the aggregate principal amount outstanding for the time being of the borrowings under the Facilities and a “part of the Loan” means an Advance, the Term Loan, a part of the Term Loan or any other part of the Loan as the context may require.

 

Major Casualty” means, in relation to a Ship, any casualty to that Ship in relation to which the claim or the aggregate of the claims against all insurers, before adjustment for any relevant franchise or deductible, exceeds $1,000,000 or the equivalent in any other currency.

 

Majority Lenders” means:

 

(a) if the Loan has not yet been advanced, a Lender or Lenders whose Commitments aggregate more than 66⅔ per cent. of the Total Commitments; or

 

(b) at any other time, a Lender or Lenders whose participations in the Loan aggregate more than 66⅔ per cent. of the amount of the Loan then outstanding or, if the Loan has been repaid or prepaid in full, a Lender or Lenders whose participations in the Loan immediately before repayment or prepayment in full aggregate more than 66⅔ per cent. of the Loan immediately before such repayment.

 

Manager’s Undertaking” means, in relation to a Ship, the letter of undertaking from its Approved Technical Manager and the letter of undertaking from its Approved Commercial Manager subordinating the rights of such Approved Technical Manager and such Approved Commercial Manager respectively against that Ship and the relevant Borrower to the rights of the Finance Parties in agreed form.

 

15

 

 

Margin” means 2.40 per cent. per annum.

 

Market Disruption Event” has the meaning given to it in Clause 10.2 (Market disruption).

 

Material Adverse Effect” means, in the reasonable opinion of the Majority Lenders, a material adverse effect on:

 

(a) the business, operations, property, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of any member of the Group or the Group as a whole; or

 

(b) the ability of any Transaction Obligor to perform its obligations under any Finance Document; or

 

(c) the validity or enforceability of, or the effectiveness or ranking of any Security granted or intended to be granted pursuant to any of, the Finance Documents or the rights or remedies of any Finance Party under any of the Finance Documents.

 

Membership Interests Security” means, in relation to a Borrower, a document creating Security in respect of the membership interests in that Borrower in agreed form.

 

Month” means a period starting on one day in a calendar month and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the next calendar month, except that:

 

(a) (subject to paragraph (c) below) if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day, that period shall end on the next Business Day in that calendar month in which that period is to end if there is one, or if there is not, on the immediately preceding Business Day;

 

(b) if there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month in which that period is to end, that period shall end on the last Business Day in that calendar month; and

 

(c) if an Interest Period begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month, that Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day in the calendar month in which that Interest Period is to end.

 

The above rules will only apply to the last Month of any period.

 

Mortgage” means, in relation to a Ship, a first preferred or priority ship mortgage (as applicable for the Approved Flag of that Ship) and, if as applicable for the Approved Flag of the Ship, a deed of covenant collateral to the said mortgage in agreed form.

 

Non-Consenting Lender” means any Lender which does not and continues not to consent or agree to a request of the Borrowers or the Facility Agent (at the request of the Borrowers) to give a consent in relation to, or to agree to a waiver or amendment of, any provision of the Finance Documents when:

 

(a) the consent, waiver or amendment in question requires the approval of all of the Lenders; and

 

(b) Lenders whose commitments aggregate more than 66 per cent. of the Total Commitments have consented or agreed to such waiver or amendment.

 

Obligor” means a Borrower, a Hedge Guarantor, the Parent Guarantor or the Corporate Guarantor.

 

Operating Costs” means, in relation to a Ship, the costs and expenses in respect of the technical and commercial operation, insurance, repair and maintenance of that Ship, all payments due under each of the management agreements for that Ship and any other day-to-day running costs in relation to that Ship (including Voyage Expenses but not including any dry docking or special survey costs).

 

16

 

 

 

Original Financial Statements” means in relation to the Parent Guarantor, the unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Group for its financial year ended 31 December 2018.

 

Overseas Regulations” means the Overseas Companies Regulations 2009 (SI 2009/1801).

 

Parallel Debt” means any amount which an Obligor owes to the Security Agent under Clause 33.2 (Parallel Debt (Covenant to pay the Security Agent)).

 

Party” means a party to this Agreement.

 

Permitted Charter” means, in relation to a Ship, a charter:

 

(a) which is a time or consecutive voyage charter;

 

(b) the duration of which does not exceed and is not capable of exceeding, by virtue of any optional extensions, 14 months;

 

(c) which is entered into on bona fide arm’s length terms at the time at which that Ship is fixed; and

 

(d) in relation to which not more than two months’ hire is payable in advance,

 

and any other charter which is approved in writing by the Facility Agent acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders.

 

Permitted Financial Indebtedness” means:

 

(a) any Financial Indebtedness incurred under the Finance Documents;

 

(b) until the first Utilisation Date, the Existing Indebtedness;

 

(c) any Financial Indebtedness that is subordinated to all Financial Indebtedness incurred under the Finance Documents in a manner and on terms satisfactory to the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders); and

 

(d) any Financial Indebtedness reasonably incurred in connection with the normal commercial operation of the Ship.

 

Permitted Security” means:

 

(a) Security created by the Finance Documents;

 

(b) any netting or set-off arrangement entered into by any member of the Group in the ordinary course of its banking arrangements for the purpose of netting debit and credit balances, any netting or right of pledge under the general base conditions of a Lender and any right of pledge and set off in connection with permitted cash pool arrangements;

 

(c) liens for unpaid master’s and crew’s wages in accordance with usual maritime practice and not being enforced through arrest;

 

(d) liens for salvage;

 

18

 

 

(e) liens for master’s disbursements incurred in the ordinary course of trading and not being enforced through arrest; and

 

(f) any other lien arising by operation of law or otherwise in the ordinary course of the operation, repair or maintenance of any Ship:

 

(i) not as a result of any default or omission by any Obligor;

 

(ii) not being enforced through arrest; and

 

(iii) subject, in the case of liens for repair or maintenance, to Clause 26.14 (Restrictions on chartering, appointment of managers etc.),

 

provided in the case of paragraph (f) that such lien does not secure amounts more than 30 days overdue (unless the overdue amount is being contested in good faith by appropriate steps and for the payment of which adequate reserves are held and provided further that such proceedings do not give rise to a material risk of the relevant Ship or any interest in it being seized, sold, forfeited or lost).

 

Pool Agreement” means, in relation to a Ship, any pool agreement which that Ship is a party to subject to the prior written approval of the Facility Agent acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, provided the pool agreements for the Ships entered into the Ardmore MR Pool are approved.

 

Poseidon Principles” means the financial industry framework for assessing and disclosing the climate alignment of ship finance portfolios published in June 2019 as the same may be amended or replaced from time to time.

 

Potential Event of Default” means any event or circumstance specified in Clause 29 (Events of Default) which would (with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination under the Finance Documents or any combination of any of the foregoing) be an Event of Default.

 

Protected Party” has the meaning given to it in Clause 12.1 (Definitions).

 

Quotation Day” means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined, two Business Days before the first day of that period unless market practice differs in the Relevant Interbank Market in which case the Quotation Day will be determined by the Facility Agent in accordance with market practice in the Relevant Interbank Market (and if quotations would normally be given by leading banks in the Relevant Interbank Market on more than one day, the Quotation Day will be the last of those days).

 

Receiver” means a receiver or receiver and manager or administrative receiver of the whole or any part of the Charged Property.

 

Recognised Organisation” means, in respect of a Ship an organisation representing that Ship’s flag state and, for the purposes of Clause 26.19 (Poseidon Principles), duly authorised to determine whether the relevant Borrower has complied with regulation 22A of Annex VI.

 

Reference Bank Rate” means the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places) as supplied to the Facility Agent at its request by the Reference Banks as the rate at which the relevant Reference Bank could borrow funds in the London interbank market in dollars for the relevant period, were it to do so by asking for and then accepting interbank offers for deposits in reasonable market size in that currency and for that period.

 

Reference Banks” means the principal London offices of Nordea Bank Abp, filial i Norge, Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, ABN AMRO Bank N.V. and such other banks as may be appointed by the Facility Agent in consultation with the Borrowers.

 

19

 

 

Related Fund” in relation to a fund (the “first fund”), means a fund which is managed or advised by the same investment manager or investment adviser as the first fund or, if it is managed by a different investment manager or investment adviser, a fund whose investment manager or investment adviser is an Affiliate of the investment manager or investment adviser of the first fund.

 

Relevant Interbank Market” means the London interbank market.

 

Relevant Jurisdiction” means, in relation to a Transaction Obligor:

 

(a) its jurisdiction of incorporation;

 

(b) any jurisdiction where any asset subject to, or intended to be subject to, any of the Transaction Security created, or intended to be created, under the Finance Documents to which it is a party is situated;

 

(c) any jurisdiction where it conducts its business; and

 

(d) the jurisdiction whose laws govern the perfection of any of the Transaction Security created, or intended to be created, under the Finance Documents to which it is a party.

 

Relevant Nominating Body” means any applicable central bank, regulator or other supervisory authority or a group of them, or any working group or committee sponsored or chaired by, or constituted at the request of, any of them or the Financial Stability Board.

 

Relevant Person” has the meaning given to it in Clause 21.34 (Sanctions).

 

Repayment Date” means each date on which a Repayment Instalment is required to be paid under Clause 6.1 (Repayment of Term Loan).

 

Repayment Instalment” has the meaning given to it in Clause 6.1 (Repayment of Term Loan).

 

Repeating Representation” means each of the representations set out in Clause 21 (Representations) except Clause 21.10 (Insolvency) and Clause 21.12 (Deduction of Tax) and any representation of any Transaction Obligor made in any other Finance Document that is expressed to be a “Repeating Representation” or is otherwise expressed to be repeated.

 

Replacement Benchmark” means a benchmark rate which is:

 

(a) formally designated, nominated or recommended as the replacement for a Screen Rate by:

 

(i) the administrator of that Screen Rate; or

 

(ii) any Relevant Nominating Body,

 

and if replacements have, at the relevant time, been formally designated, nominated or recommended under both paragraphs, the “Replacement Benchmark” will be the replacement under paragraph (ii) above;

 

(b) in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Borrowers, generally accepted in the international or any relevant domestic syndicated loan markets as the appropriate successor to a Screen Rate; or

 

(c) in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Borrowers, an appropriate successor to a Screen Rate.

 

20

 

 

Representative” means any delegate, agent, manager, administrator, nominee, attorney, trustee or custodian.

 

Requisition” means, in relation to a Ship:

 

(a) any expropriation, confiscation, requisition or acquisition of that Ship, whether for full consideration, a consideration less than its proper value, a nominal consideration or without any consideration, which is effected by any government or official authority or by any person or persons claiming to be or to represent a government or official authority (excluding a requisition for hire for a fixed period not exceeding one year without any right to an extension) unless it is within 30 days redelivered to the full control of the relevant Borrower; and

 

(b) any arrest, capture, seizure or detention of that Ship (including any hijacking or theft) unless it is within 30 days redelivered to the full control of the relevant Borrower.

 

Requisition Compensation” includes all compensation or other moneys payable by reason of any Requisition.

 

Resolution Authority” means any body which has authority to exercise any Write-down and Conversion Powers.

 

Restricted Party” means a person:

 

(a) that is listed on any Sanctions List (whether designated by name or by reason of being included in a class of person);

 

(b) that is domiciled, registered as located or having its main place of business in or is incorporated under the laws of, or controlled by or acting on behalf of a person located in or organised under the laws of a country, region or territory which is subject to comprehensive country-wide, region-wide or territory-wide Sanctions and not covered by a license or exemption (including, without limitation, at the date of this Agreement, Cuba, Iran, North Korea and Syria);

 

(c) that is directly or indirectly owned or controlled by a person referred to in (a) and/or (b) above; or

 

(d) with which any Lender is prohibited from dealing or otherwise engaging in a transaction with by any Sanctions Laws.

 

Revolving Commitment” means:

 

(a) in relation to an Original Lender, the amount set opposite its name under the heading “Revolving Commitment” in Part B of Schedule 1 (The Parties) and the amount of any other Revolving Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement; and

 

(b) in relation to any other Lender, the amount of any Revolving Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement,

 

to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement.

 

Revolving Facility” means the revolving credit facility made available under this Agreement as described in Clause 2.1 (The Facility).

 

21

 

 

Revolving Facility Loan” means a loan made or to be made under the Revolving Facility or the principal amount outstanding for the time being of that loan.

 

Rollover Advance” means one or more Advances under the Revolving Facility:

 

(a) made or to be made on the same day that a maturing Advance under the Revolving Facility is due to be repaid;

 

(b) the aggregate amount of which is equal to or less than the amount of the maturing Advance under the Revolving Facility; and

 

(c) made or to be made for the purpose of refinancing that maturing Advance under the Revolving Facility.

 

Safety Management Certificate” has the meaning given to it in the ISM Code.

 

Safety Management System” has the meaning given to it in the ISM Code.

 

Sanctions Authority” means:

 

(a) the Norwegian State, the United nations, the European Union, the member states of the European Union and the United States of America and any authority acting on behalf of any of them in connection with Sanctions Laws; and

 

(b) the respective government institutions and agencies of any of the foregoing (including, without limitation, the United States Office of Foreign Asset Control of the US Department of Treasury (“OFAC”), the United States Department of State, and Trade and Her Majesty’s Treasury “HMT”), or any other regulatory, government agency or enforcement authority.

 

Sanctions Laws” means the economic, financial or trade sanctions laws and/or regulations, trade embargoes, prohibitions, restrictive measures, decisions, executive orders or notices from regulators implemented, adapted, imposed, administered, enacted and/or enforced by any Sanctions Authority.

 

Sanctions Event” means:

 

(a) any representation contained in Clause 21.34 (Sanctions) made or deemed to be made by an Obligor is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading when made or deemed to be made, or any undertaking in Clause 24.22 (Sanctions and use of proceeds) is breached;

 

(b) an Obligor or any other member of the Group is or becomes a Restricted Party; or

 

(c) any other event that would, in a Finance Party’s reasonable opinion, cause that Finance Party (or any Affiliate of that Finance Party) to violate Sanctions, as a result of maintaining the Facilities or its performance of, or the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents.

 

Sanctions List” means any list of persons or entities published in connection with Sanctions Laws by or on behalf of any Sanctions Authority, each as amended, supplemented or substituted from time to time and including, without limitation, the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons list maintained by OFAC and the Consolidated List of Financial Sanctions Targets maintained by HMT.

 

22

 

 

Screen Rate” means the London interbank offered rate administered by ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (or any other person which takes over the administration of that rate) for dollars for the relevant period displayed on pages LIBOR01 or LIBOR02 of the Thomson Reuters screen (or any replacement Thomson Reuters page which displays that rate) or on the appropriate page of such other information service which publishes that rate from time to time in place of Thomson Reuters. If such page or service ceases to be available, the Facility Agent may specify another page or service displaying the relevant rate after consultation with the Borrowers.

 

Screen Rate Replacement Event” means, in relation to a Screen Rate:

 

(a) the methodology, formula or other means of determining that Screen Rate has, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders materially changed;

 

(b)

 

(i)

 

(A) the administrator of that Screen Rate or its supervisor publicly announces that such administrator is insolvent; or

 

(B) information is published in any order, decree, notice, petition or filing, however described, or filed with a court, tribunal, exchange, regulatory authority or similar administrative, regulatory or judicial body which reasonably confirms that the administrator of that Screen Rate is insolvent,

 

provided that, in each case, at that time, there is no successor administrator to continue to provide that Screen Rate;

 

(ii) the administrator of that Screen Rate publicly announces that it has ceased or will cease, to provide that Screen Rate permanently or indefinitely and, at that time, there is no successor administrator to continue to provide that Screen Rate;

 

(iii) the supervisor of the administrator of that Screen Rate publicly announces that such Screen Rate has been or will be permanently or indefinitely discontinued; or

 

(iv) the administrator of that Screen Rate or its supervisor announces that that Screen Rate may no longer be used; or

 

(c) the administrator of that Screen Rate determines that that Screen Rate should be calculated in accordance with its reduced submissions or other contingency or fallback policies or arrangements and either:

 

(i) the circumstance(s) or event(s) leading to such determination are not (in the opinion of the Majority Lenders) temporary; or

 

(ii) that Screen Rate is calculated in accordance with any such policy or arrangement for a period no less than the Screen Rate Contingency Period; or

 

23

 

 

(d) in the opinion of the Majority Lenders, that Screen Rate is otherwise no longer appropriate for the purposes of calculating interest under this Agreement.

 

Screen Rate Contingency Period” means 10 Business Days.

 

Secured Liabilities” means all present and future obligations and liabilities, (whether actual or contingent and whether owed jointly or severally or in any other capacity whatsoever) of each Transaction Obligor to any Secured Party under or in connection with each Finance Document.

 

Secured Party” means each Finance Party from time to time party to this Agreement and any Receiver or Delegate.

 

Security” means a mortgage, pledge, lien, charge, assignment, hypothecation or security interest or any other agreement or arrangement having the effect of conferring security.

 

Security Period” means the period starting on the date of this Agreement and ending on the date on which the Facility Agent is satisfied that there is no outstanding Commitment in force and that the Secured Liabilities have been irrevocably and unconditionally paid and discharged in full.

 

Security Property” means:

 

(a) the Transaction Security expressed to be granted in favour of the Security Agent as trustee for the Secured Parties and all proceeds of that Transaction Security;

 

(b) all obligations expressed to be undertaken by a Transaction Obligor to pay amounts in relation to the Secured Liabilities to the Security Agent as trustee for the Secured Parties and secured by the Transaction Security together with all representations and warranties expressed to be given by a Transaction Obligor or any other person in favour of the Security Agent as trustee for the Secured Parties;

 

(c) the Security Agent’s interest in any turnover trust created under the Finance Documents;

 

(d) any other amounts or property, whether rights, entitlements, choses in action or otherwise, actual or contingent, which the Security Agent is required by the terms of the Finance Documents to hold as trustee on trust for the Secured Parties,

 

except:

 

(i) rights intended for the sole benefit of the Security Agent; and

 

(ii) any moneys or other assets which the Security Agent has transferred to the Facility Agent or (being entitled to do so) has retained in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

Security Value” means:

 

(a) the aggregate Fair Market Value of each Ship then subject to a Mortgage and which has not become a Total Loss; plus

 

(b) the net realisable value of additional Security previously provided under Clause 27 (Security Cover).

 

24

 

 

Selection Notice” means a notice substantially in the form set out in Part B of Schedule 3 (Requests) given in accordance with Clause 9 (Interest Periods) in relation to the Term Facility.

 

Separate Advance” has the meaning given to it in paragraph (c) of Clause 6.2 (Repayment of Advances under the Revolving Facility).

 

Servicing Party” means the Facility Agent or the Security Agent.

 

Ship A” means the Ship described as such in further details in Schedule 7 (Ships).

 

“Ship B” means the Ship described as such in further details in Schedule 7 (Ships).

 

Ship C” means the Ship described as such in further details in Schedule 7 (Ships).

 

Ship D” means the Ship described as such in further details in Schedule 7 (Ships).

 

Ship E” means the Ship described as such in further details in Schedule 7 (Ships).

 

Ship F” means the Ship described as such in further details in Schedule 7 (Ships).

 

Ship G” means the Ship described as such in further details in Schedule 7 (Ships).

 

Ship H” means the Ship described as such in further details in Schedule 7 (Ships).

 

Ship” means Ship A, Ship B, Ship C, Ship D, Ship E, Ship F, Ship G, Ship H or any replacement vessel over which Security is provided in accordance with paragraph (g) of Clause 7.6 (Mandatory prepayment on sale or Total Loss).

 

Specified Time” means a time determined in accordance with Schedule 10 (Timetables).

 

Subsidiary” means a subsidiary within the meaning of section 1159 of the Companies Act 2006.

 

Tax” means any tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge or withholding of a similar nature (including any penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same).

 

Tax Credit” has the meaning given to it in Clause 12.1 (Definitions).

 

Tax Deduction” has the meaning given to it in Clause 12.1 (Definitions).

 

Tax Payment” has the meaning given to it in Clause 12.1 (Definitions).

 

Term Commitment” means:

 

(a) in relation to an Original Lender, the amount set opposite its name under the heading “Term Commitment” in Part B of Schedule 1 (The Parties) and the amount of any other Term Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement; and

 

(b) in relation to any other Lender, the amount of any Term Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement,

 

to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement.

 

Term Facility” means the term loan facility made available under this Agreement as described in Clause 2.1 (The Facility).

 

25

 

 

Termination Date” means the earlier of:

 

(a) the fifth anniversary of the first Utilisation Date; and

 

(b) 22 January 2025.

 

Term Loan” means the aggregate amount of Advances to be made available under the Term Facility or the aggregate principal amount outstanding for the time being of the borrowings under the Term Facility.

 

Third Parties Act” has the meaning given to it in Clause 1.5 (Third party rights).

 

Total Commitments” means the aggregate of the Revolving Commitments and the Total Term Commitments, being a maximum of $140,000,000 at the date of this Agreement.

 

Total Loss” means, in relation to a Ship:

 

(a) actual, constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss of that Ship; or

 

(b) any Requisition.

 

Total Loss Date” means, in relation to the Total Loss of a Ship:

 

(a) in the case of an actual loss of that Ship, the date on which it occurred or, if that is unknown, the date when that Ship was last heard of;

 

(b) in the case of a constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss of that Ship, the earlier of:

 

(i) the date on which a notice of abandonment is given to the insurers; and

 

(ii) the date of any compromise, arrangement or agreement made by or on behalf of the relevant Borrower with that Ship’s insurers in which the insurers agree to treat that Ship as a total loss; and

 

(c) in the case of any other type of total loss, the date (or the most likely date) on which it appears to the Facility Agent that the event constituting the total loss occurred.

 

Total Revolving Commitments” means the aggregate of the Revolving Commitments, being $40,000,000 at the date of this Agreement.

 

Total Term Commitments” means the aggregate of the Term Commitments, being $100,000,000 at the date of this Agreement.

 

Transaction Document” means:

 

(a) a Finance Document;

 

(b) any Pool Agreement; or

 

(c) any other document designated as such by the Facility Agent and the Borrower.

 

Transaction Obligor” means an Obligor, an Approved Manager which is a member of the Group or any other person, except a Finance Party who executes a Finance Document.

 

Transaction Security” means the Security created or intended to be created in favour of the Security Agent pursuant to the Finance Documents.

 

26

 

 

Transfer Certificate” means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 4 (Form of Transfer Certificate) or any other form agreed between the Facility Agent and the Borrowers.

 

Transfer Date” means, in relation to an assignment or a transfer, the later of:

 

(a) the proposed Transfer Date specified in the relevant Assignment Agreement or Transfer Certificate; and

 

(b) the date on which the Facility Agent executes the relevant Assignment Agreement or Transfer Certificate.

 

UK Establishment” means a UK establishment as defined in the Overseas Regulations.

 

Unpaid Sum” means any sum due and payable but unpaid by an Obligor under the Finance Documents.

 

Utilisation” means the utilisation of a Facility.

 

Utilisation Date” means the date of a Utilisation, being the date on which the relevant Advance is to be made.

 

Utilisation Request” means a notice substantially in the form set out in Part A of Schedule 3 (Requests).

 

VAT” means:

 

(a) any tax imposed in compliance with the Council Directive of 28 November 2006 on the common system of value added tax (EC Directive 2006/112); and

 

(b) any other tax of a similar nature, whether imposed in a member state of the European Union in substitution for, or levied in addition to, such tax referred to in paragraph (a) above, or imposed elsewhere.

 

Voyage Expenses” means, in relation to a Ship, expenses and disbursements incurred by a Borrower or an Approved Manager in respect of that Ship for port dues, canal dues, pilotage, towage and other charges and/or taxes customarily charged to that Ship under a normal voyage charter together with the cost of repositioning for the next voyage and the cost of bunker fuel and lubrication oil consumed on such voyage or in repositioning and including insurance premiums and reimbursement where applicable.

 

Write-down and Conversion Powers” means:

 

(a) in relation to any Bail-In Legislation described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time, the powers described as such in relation to that Bail-In Legislation in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule;

 

(b) in relation to any other applicable Bail-In Legislation:

 

(i) any powers under that Bail-In Legislation to cancel, transfer or dilute shares issued by a person that is a bank or investment firm or other financial institution or affiliate of a bank, investment firm or other financial institution, to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of such a person or any contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of that liability into shares, securities or obligations of that person or any other person, to provide that any such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of that liability or any of the powers under that Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers; and

 

27

 

 

(ii) any similar or analogous powers under that Bail-In Legislation; and

 

(c) in relation to any UK Bail-In Legislation:

 

(i) any powers under that UK Bail-In Legislation to cancel, transfer or dilute shares issued by a person that is a bank or investment firm or other financial institution or affiliate of a bank, investment firm or other financial institution, to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of such a person or any contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of that liability into shares, securities or obligations of that person or any other person, to provide that any such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of that liability or any of the powers under that UK Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers; and

 

(ii) any similar or analogous powers under that UK Bail-In Legislation.

 

1.2 Construction

 

(a) Unless a contrary indication appears, a reference in this Agreement to:

 

(i) the “Account Bank”, any “Mandated Lead Arranger”, any “Bookrunner”, the “Facility Agent”, any “Finance Party”, any “Hedge Counterparty”, any “Lender”, any “Obligor”, any “Party”, any “Secured Party”, the “Security Agent”, any “Transaction Obligor”, the “Documentation Agent” or any other person shall be construed so as to include its successors in title, permitted assigns and permitted transferees to, or of, its rights and/or obligations under the Finance Documents;

 

(ii) assets” includes present and future properties, revenues and rights of every description;

 

(iii) contingent liability” means a liability which is not certain to arise and/or the amount of which remains unascertained;

 

(iv) document” includes a deed and also a letter or fax;

 

(v) expense” means any kind of cost, charge or expense (including all legal costs, charges and expenses) and any applicable Tax including VAT;

 

(vi) a “Finance Document” or “Transaction Document” or any other agreement or instrument is a reference to that Finance Document or Transaction Document or other agreement or instrument as amended or novated;

 

(vii) a “group of Lenders” includes all the Lenders;

 

(viii) indebtedness” includes any obligation (whether incurred as principal or as surety) for the payment or repayment of money, whether present or future, actual or contingent;

 

28

 

 

(ix) law” includes any order or decree, any form of delegated legislation, any treaty or international convention and any regulation or resolution of the Council of the European Union, the European Commission, the United Nations or its Security Council;

 

(x) proceedings” means, in relation to any enforcement provision of a Finance Document, proceedings of any kind, including an application for a provisional or protective measure;

 

(xi) a “person” includes any individual, firm, company, corporation, government, state or agency of a state or any association, trust, joint venture, consortium or partnership (whether or not having separate legal personality);

 

(xii) a “regulation” includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law) of any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation;

 

(xiii) a provision of law is a reference to that provision as amended or re-enacted;

 

(xiv) a time of day is a reference to London time;

 

(xv) any English legal term for any action, remedy, method of judicial proceeding, legal document, legal status, court, official or any legal concept or thing shall, in respect of a jurisdiction other than England, be deemed to include that which most nearly approximates in that jurisdiction to the English legal term;

 

(xvi) words denoting the singular number shall include the plural and vice versa; and

 

(xvii) including” and “in particular” (and other similar expressions) shall be construed as not limiting any general words or expressions in connection with which they are used.

 

(b) Section, Clause and Schedule headings are for ease of reference only and are not to be used for the purposes of construction or interpretation of the Finance Documents.

 

(c) Unless a contrary indication appears, a term used in any other Finance Document or in any notice given under, or in connection with, any Finance Document has the same meaning in that Finance Document or notice as in this Agreement.

 

(d) A Potential Event of Default is “continuing” if it has not been remedied or waived and an Event of Default is “continuing” if it has not been waived.

 

1.3 Construction of insurance terms

 

In this Agreement:

 

approved” means, for the purposes of Clause 25 (Insurance Undertakings), approved in writing by the Facility Agent;

 

excess risks” means, in respect of a Ship, the proportion of claims for general average, salvage and salvage charges not recoverable under the hull and machinery policies in respect of that Ship in consequence of its insured value being less than the value at which that Ship is assessed for the purpose of such claims;

 

29

 

 

obligatory insurances” means all insurances effected, or which any Borrower is obliged to effect, under Clause 25 (Insurance Undertakings) or any other provision of this Agreement or of another Finance Document;

 

policy” includes a slip, cover note, certificate of entry or other document evidencing the contract of insurance or its terms;

 

protection and indemnity risks” means the usual risks covered by a protection and indemnity association managed in London, including pollution risks and the proportion (if any) of any sums payable to any other person or persons in case of collision which are not recoverable under the hull and machinery policies by reason of the incorporation in them of clause 1 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/10/82) or clause 8 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/11/1995) or the Institute Amended Running Down Clause (1/10/71) or any equivalent provision; and

 

war risks” includes the risk of mines and all risks excluded by clauses 29, 30 or 31 of the International Hull Clauses (1/11/02), clauses 29 or 30 of the International Hull Clauses (1/11/03), clauses 24, 25 or 26 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/11/95) or clauses 23, 24 or 25 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/10/83) or any equivalent provision.

 

1.4 Agreed forms of Finance Documents

 

References in Clause 1.1 (Definitions) to any Finance Document being in “agreed form” are to that Finance Document:

 

(a) in a form attached to a certificate dated the same date as this Agreement (and signed by each Borrower and the Facility Agent); or

 

(b) in any other form agreed in writing between each Borrower and the Facility Agent acting with the authorisation of the Lenders.

 

1.5 Third party rights

 

(a) Unless expressly provided to the contrary in a Finance Document, a person who is not a Party has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 (the “Third Parties Act”) to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement.

 

(b) Notwithstanding any term of any Finance Document, the consent of any person who is not a Party is not required to rescind or vary this Agreement at any time.

 

(c) Any Receiver, Delegate or any other person described in paragraph (e) of Clause 14.2 (Other indemnities), paragraph (b) of Clause 32.10 (Exclusion of liability) or Clause 33.15 (No proceedings) may, subject to this Clause 1.5 (Third party rights) and the Third Parties Act, rely on any Clause of this Agreement which expressly confers rights on it.

 

30

 

 

SECTION 2

 

THE FACILITY

 

2 THE FACILITY

 

2.1 The Facility

 

Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Lenders shall make available to the Borrowers:

 

(a) a dollar term loan facility in a single Advance in an aggregate amount not exceeding the Total Term Commitments; and

 

(b) a dollar revolving credit facility in an aggregate amount not exceeding the Total Revolving Commitments.

 

2.2 Finance Parties’ rights and obligations

 

(a) The obligations of each Finance Party under the Finance Documents are several. Failure by a Finance Party to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents does not affect the obligations of any other Party under the Finance Documents. No Finance Party is responsible for the obligations of any other Finance Party under the Finance Documents.

 

(b) The rights of each Finance Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents are separate and independent rights and any debt arising under the Finance Documents to a Finance Party from an Obligor shall be a separate and independent debt.

 

(c) A Finance Party may, except as otherwise stated in the Finance Documents, separately enforce its rights under the Finance Documents.

 

(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Finance Documents, a Finance Party may separately sue for any Unpaid Sum due to it without the consent of any other Finance Party or joining any other Finance Party to the relevant proceedings.

 

3 PURPOSE

 

3.1 Purpose

 

Each Borrower shall apply all amounts borrowed by it under the Facilities only for the purpose stated in the preamble (Background) to this Agreement.

 

3.2 Monitoring

 

No Finance Party is bound to monitor or verify the application of any amount borrowed pursuant to this Agreement.

 

4 CONDITIONS OF UTILISATION

 

4.1 Initial conditions precedent

 

The Borrowers may not deliver any Utilisation Request unless the Facility Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part A of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent) in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent.

 

31

 

 

4.2 Further conditions precedent

 

The Lenders will only be obliged to comply with Clause 5.4 (Lenders’ participation) if on the date of the Utilisation Request and on the proposed Utilisation Date and before the Advance is made available:

 

(a) in the case of a Rollover Advance, no Event of Default is continuing or would result from the proposed Advance, and in the case of any other Advance, no Default is continuing or would result from the advance of the proposed Advance;

 

(b) the Repeating Representations to be made by each Obligor are true;

 

(c) in the case of the Advance of the Term Loan, no event described in paragraph (a) of Clause 7.6 (Mandatory prepayment on sale or Total Loss) has occurred in relation to any Ship;

 

(d) the provisions of paragraph (c) of Clause 10.3 (Alternative basis of interest or funding, suspension) do not apply; and

 

(e) the Facility Agent has received, or is satisfied it will receive when the Loan is advanced, all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part B of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent) in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent.

 

4.3 Notification of satisfaction of conditions precedent

 

(a) The Facility Agent shall notify the Borrowers and the Lenders promptly upon being satisfied as to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent referred to in Clause 4.1 (Initial conditions precedent) and Clause 4.2 (Further conditions precedent).

 

(b) Other than to the extent that the Majority Lenders notify the Facility Agent in writing to the contrary before the Facility Agent gives the notification described in paragraph (a) above, the Lenders authorise (but do not require) the Facility Agent to give that notification. The Facility Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses whatsoever as a result of giving any such notification.

 

4.4 Waiver of conditions precedent

 

If the Lenders, at their discretion, permit the Loan to be borrowed before any of the conditions precedent referred to in Clause 4.1 (Initial conditions precedent) or Clause 4.2 (Further conditions precedent) has been satisfied, the Borrowers shall ensure that that condition is satisfied within five Business Days after the relevant Utilisation Date or such later date as the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Lenders, may agree in writing with the Borrowers.

 

32

 

 

SECTION 3

 

UTILISATION

 

5 UTILISATION

 

5.1 Delivery of the Utilisation Request

 

(a) The Borrowers may utilise the Facilities or any part of it by delivery to the Facility Agent of a duly completed Utilisation Request not later than the Specified Time.

 

(b) The Borrowers may not deliver more than one Utilisation Request in respect of the Term Loan.

 

(c) The Borrower may not deliver a Utilisation Request under the Revolving Facility unless the Term Loan has been utilised or will have been utilised on the requested Utilisation Date of the Revolving Facility.

 

(d) The Borrower may not deliver a Utilisation Request if, as a result of the proposed Utilisation, more than 10 Advances would have been made under the Revolving Facility and still be outstanding.

 

5.2 Completion of Utilisation Request

 

(a) The Utilisation Request is irrevocable and will not be regarded as having been duly completed unless:

 

(i) it identifies the Facility to be utilised;

 

(ii) the proposed Utilisation Date is a Business Day within the relevant Availability Period;

 

(iii) the currency and amount of the Utilisation comply with Clause 5.3 (Currency and amount); and

 

(iv) the proposed Interest Period complies with Clause 9 (Interest Periods).

 

(b) Only one advance may be requested in the Utilisation Request.

 

5.3 Currency and amount

 

(a) The currency specified in the Utilisation Request must be dollars.

 

(b) The amount of a proposed Loan must be an amount which is no more than the Available Commitment in relation to the relevant Facility:

 

(c) Subject to paragraph (d) below, the amount of any proposed Advance under the Revolving Facility must be a minimum of $1,000,000.

 

(d) The amount of the proposed Loan must be an amount which is not more than the Available Facility.

 

(e) The amount of the proposed Loan must be an amount which would not oblige the Borrowers to provide additional security or prepay part of the Loan if the ratio set out in Clause 27 (Security Cover) were applied and notice was given by the Facility Agent under Clause 27.1 (Minimum required security cover) immediately after the Loan was advanced.

 

33

 

 

(f) Without prejudice to paragraph (c) of Clause 5.5 (Cancellation of Commitments) the amount of the first Advance of the Loan must be in an amount not exceeding 60 per cent. of the Fair Market Value of the Ships that will be subject to a Mortgage upon the making of the Advance, determined by valuations prepared as at a date not more than 30 days before the proposed Utilisation Date.

 

5.4 Lenders’ participation

 

(a) If the conditions set out in this Agreement have been met, and subject to Clause 6.2 (Repayment of Advances under the Revolving Facility), each Lender shall make its participation in the Loan available by the Utilisation Date through its Facility Office.

 

(b) The amount of each Lender’s participation in each Advance will be equal to the proportion borne by its Available Commitment to the relevant Available Facility immediately before making that Advance.

 

(c) The Facility Agent shall notify each Lender of the amount of each Advance and the amount of its participation in that Advance and, in the case of an Advance under the Revolving Facility, if different, the amount of that participation to be made available in accordance with Clause 37 (Payment Mechanics) in each case by the Specified Time.

 

5.5 Cancellation of Commitments

 

(a) The Term Commitments which are unutilised following the first Utilisation Date shall then be cancelled.

 

(b) The Revolving Commitments which are unutilised at the end of the Availability Period for the Revolving Facility shall then be cancelled.

 

(c) The amount of the Total Commitments in excess of 60 per cent. of the Fair Market Value of the Ships as at the first Utilisation Date shall be cancelled on the first Utilisation Date immediately prior to the making of the first Advance, such cancellation to be apportioned pro rata between the Term Commitments and the Revolving Commitments.

 

5.6 Payment to third parties

 

The Facility Agent shall, on each Utilisation Date, pay to, or for the account of, the relevant Borrower which is to utilise the relevant Advance the amounts which the Facility Agent receives from the Lenders in respect of that Advance. That payment shall be made in like funds as the Facility Agent received from the Lenders in respect of that Advance:

 

(a) in the case of the Advance of the Term Loan, to the account of an Obligor or of the relevant Existing Facility Agent under the relevant Existing Facility Agreement which the Borrowers specify in the relevant Utilisation Request; or

 

(b) in the case of an Advance of the Revolving Facility, to the account of an Obligor which the Borrowers specify in the relevant Utilisation Request.

 

5.7 Disbursement of Loan to third party

 

A payment by the Facility Agent under Clause 5.6 (Payment to third parties) to a person other than a Borrower shall constitute the making of the Loan and the Borrowers shall at that time become indebted, as principal and direct obligor, to each Lender in an amount equal to that Lender’s participation in that the Loan.

 

34

 

 

5.8 Prepositioning of funds – Term Facility

 

If, in respect any proposed Advance under the Loan, the Lenders, at the request of the Borrowers and on terms acceptable to all the Lenders and in their absolute discretion, preposition funds with any bank, the Borrowers and the Guarantors:

 

(a) agree to pay interest on the amount of the funds so prepositioned at the rate described in Clause 8.1 (Calculation of interest) on the basis of successive interest periods of one day and so that interest shall be paid together with the first payment of interest on such Advance after the Utilisation Date in respect of it or, if such Utilisation Date does not occur, within three Business Days of demand by the Facility Agent; and

 

(b) shall, without duplication, indemnify each Finance Party against any costs, loss or liability it may incur in connection with such arrangement.

 

35

 

 

SECTION 4

 

REPAYMENT, PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

 

6 REPAYMENT

 

6.1 Repayment of Term Loan

 

The Borrowers shall repay the Term Loan by equal consecutive quarterly instalments, representing a repayment profile whereby the Facilities would be repaid to zero once the average age of the Ships reaches 17 years of age, the first of which shall be repaid on the date falling 3 Months after the Utilisation Date of the Term Loan and the last on the Termination Date, together with a balloon instalment of all outstanding amounts relating to the Term Loan repayable at the same time as the last quarterly instalment (each a “Repayment Instalment”), it being agreed that, if the first Utilisation Date is on or before 20 December 2019, such a repayment profile would result in such quarterly instalments each being in the applicable amounts set out in Schedule 9 (Term Loan Repayment Schedule).

 

6.2 Repayment of Advances under the Revolving Facility

 

(a) Subject to paragraph (c) below, the Borrowers shall repay each Advance under the Revolving Credit Facility on the last day of its Interest Period.

 

(b) Without prejudice to the Borrowers’ obligation under paragraph (a) above, if:

 

(i) an Advance under the Revolving Facility is to be made available:

 

(A) on the same day that a Maturing Advance under the Revolving Facility is due to be repaid; and

 

(B) in whole or in part for the purpose of refinancing the Maturing Advance under the Revolving Facility; and

 

(ii) the proportion borne by each Lender’s participation in the Maturing Advance under the Revolving Facility to the amount of that Maturing Advance under the Revolving Facility is the same as the proportion borne by that Lender’s participation in the New Advance under the Revolving Facility to the amount of the New Advance under the Revolving Facility,

 

the amount of the New Advance under the Revolving Facility shall, unless the Borrowers notify the Facility Agent to the contrary in the relevant Utilisation Request, be treated as if applied in or towards repayment of the Maturing Advance under the Revolving Facility so that:

 

(A) if the amount of the Maturing Advance under the Revolving Facility exceeds the amount of the New Advance under the Revolving Facility:

 

(1) the Borrowers will only be required to make a payment under Clause 37.1 (Payments to the Facility Agent) in an amount equal to that excess; and

 

(2) each Lender’s participation in the New Advance under the Revolving Facility shall be treated as having been made available and applied by the Borrowers in or towards repayment of that Lender’s participation in the Maturing Advance under the Revolving Facility and that Lender will not be required to make a payment under Clause 37.1 (Payments to the Facility Agent) in respect of its participation in the New Advance under the Revolving Facility; and

 

36

 

 

(B) if the amount of the Maturing Advance under the Revolving Facility is equal to or less than the amount of the New Advance under the Revolving Facility:

 

(1) the Borrowers will not be required to make a payment under Clause 37.1 (Payments to the Facility Agent); and

 

(2) each Lender will be required to make a payment under Clause 37.1 (Payments to the Facility Agent) in respect of its participation in the New Advance under the Revolving Facility only to the extent that its participation in the New Advance under the Revolving Facility exceeds that Lender’s participation in the Maturing Advance under the Revolving Facility and the remainder of that Lender’s participation in the New Advance under the Revolving Facility shall be treated as having been made available and applied by the Borrowers in or towards repayment of that Lender’s participation in the Maturing Advance under the Revolving Facility.

 

(c) At any time when a Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, the maturity date of each of the participations of that Lender in the Revolving Facility Loans then outstanding will be automatically extended to the Termination Date applicable to the Revolving Facility and will be treated as separate Advances under the Revolving Facility (the “Separate Advances”).

 

(d) If the Borrowers make a prepayment of an Advance under the Revolving Facility pursuant to Clause 7.5 (Voluntary prepayment of Advances under the Revolving Facility), the Borrowers may prepay a Separate Advance by giving not less than 3 Business Days’ prior notice to the Facility Agent. The proportion borne by the amount of the prepayment of the Separate Advance to the amount of the Separate Advances shall not exceed the proportion borne by the amount of the prepayment of the Revolving Facility Loan to the Revolving Facility Loans. The Facility Agent will forward a copy of a prepayment notice received in accordance with this paragraph (d) to the Defaulting Lender concerned as soon as practicable on receipt.

 

(e) Interest in respect of a Separate Advance will accrue for successive Interest Periods selected by the Borrowers by the time and date specified by the Facility Agent (acting reasonably) and will be payable by the Borrowers to the Facility Agent (for the account of that Defaulting Lender) on the last day of each Interest Period of that Advance.

 

The terms of this Agreement relating to Advances under the Revolving Facility generally shall continue to apply to Separate Advances other than to the extent inconsistent with paragraphs (c) to (e) above, in which case those paragraphs shall prevail in respect of any Separate Advance.

 

(f) For the purposes of this Clause 6.2 (Repayment of Advances under the Revolving Facility):

 

Maturing Advance” means, in relation to any date, an Advance of the Revolving Credit Facility that is to be required to be repaid on that date.

 

New Advance” means, in relation to any date, an Advance of the Revolving Credit Facility that is to be Utilised on that date.

 

6.3 Termination Date

 

On the Termination Date, the Borrowers shall additionally pay to the Facility Agent for the account of the Finance Parties all other sums then accrued and owing under the Finance Documents.

 

37

 

 

 

 

6.4 Reborrowing

 

(a) The Borrowers may not reborrow any part of the Term Facility which is repaid.

 

(b) Unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, any part of the Revolving Facility which is repaid may be reborrowed in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

7 PAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

 

7.1 Illegality

 

(a) If a Sanctions Event occurs or it becomes unlawful in any applicable jurisdiction for a Lender to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund or maintain its participation in an Advance or any part of the Loan or it becomes unlawful for any Affiliate of a Lender for that Lender to do so:

 

(i) that Lender (or, in the case of a Sanctions Event, any Lender) shall be entitled to, at its discretion, at any time notify the Facility Agent of that event;

 

(ii) upon the Facility Agent notifying the Borrowers, the Commitment of that Lender will be immediately cancelled; and

 

(iii) the Borrowers shall repay that Lender’s participation in each part of the Loan on the last day of the Interest Period for that part of the Loan occurring after the Facility Agent has notified the Borrowers or, if earlier, the date specified by the Lender in the notice delivered to the Facility Agent (being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law or, in relation to a Sanctions Event, the last day permitted by the relevant Sanctions),

 

and, without prejudice to the Borrowers’ obligation to make a prepayment under paragraph (iii), the Facility Agent shall notify the other Lenders before giving the Borrowers any notification pursuant to paragraph (ii).

 

(b) Any partial prepayment under this Clause 7.1 (Illegality) in respect of the Term Commitments shall reduce pro rata the amount of each Repayment Instalment falling after that prepayment by the amount prepaid.

 

7.2 Change of Control

 

If, without the Lenders’ prior consent, a Change of Control occurs:

 

(a) the Parent Guarantor shall promptly notify the Facility Agent upon becoming aware of that event; and

 

(b) irrespective of whether a notice has been given pursuant to paragraph (a) above, if the Majority Lenders so require, the Facility Agent shall, by no less than 60 days’ notice to the Borrowers, cancel the Facilities and declare the Loan, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued under the Finance Documents immediately due and payable, whereupon the Facility will be cancelled and all such outstanding amounts will become immediately due and payable.

 

7.3 Voluntary and automatic cancellation

 

(a) The Borrowers may, if they give the Facility Agent not less than 3 Business Days’ (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior notice, cancel the whole or any part (being a minimum amount of $1,000,000) of the Available Facilities. Any cancellation under this Clause 7.3 (Voluntary and automatic cancellation) shall reduce the Commitments of the Lenders rateably and, if that cancellation is effective before the first Utilisation Date, shall reduce the Commitments of the Lenders under each of the Facilities rateably.

  

38

 

 

(b) The unutilised Term Commitment (if any) of each Lender shall be automatically cancelled at close of business on the date on which the Term Loan is made available.

 

7.4 Voluntary prepayment of Term Loan

 

(a) The Borrowers may, if they give the Facility Agent not less than 3 Business Days’ (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior notice, prepay the whole or any part of the Term Loan (but, if in part, being an amount that reduces the amount of the Term Loan by a minimum amount of $1,000,000 or a multiple of that amount).

 

(b) The Term Loan may only be prepaid after the last day of the last Availability Period relating to the Term Facility (or, if earlier, the day on which the applicable Available Facility is zero).

 

(c) Any partial prepayment under this Clause 7.4 (Voluntary prepayment of Loan) shall reduce in pro rata the amount of each Repayment Instalment falling after that prepayment.

 

7.5 Voluntary prepayment of Advances under the Revolving Facility

 

The Borrowers may, if they give the Facility Agent not less than 3 Business Days’ (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior notice, prepay the whole or any part of an Advance under the Revolving Facility (but, if in part, being an amount that reduces the amount of the relevant Advance by a minimum amount of $1,000,000).

 

7.6 Mandatory prepayment on sale or Total Loss

 

(a) If a Ship is sold or becomes a Total Loss, the Borrowers shall on the Relevant Date:

 

(i) prepay the Relevant Percentage, of the Term Loan; and

 

(ii) cancel the Relevant Percentage of the Revolving Commitments and shall prepay any amount of the Revolving Loan in excess of the Revolving Commitments as so reduced, or

 

procure that Security over a replacement vessel is provided in accordance with paragraph (g) below.

 

(b) On the Relevant Date, the Borrowers shall also prepay such part of the Loan as shall eliminate any shortfall arising if the ratio set out in Clause 27 (Security Cover) were applied immediately following the payment or provision of Security over a replacement vessel (as applicable) referred to in paragraph (a) above.

 

(c) Provided that no Default has occurred and is continuing, any remaining proceeds of the sale or Total Loss of a Ship after the prepayments referred to in paragraph (a) and paragraph (b) above have been made together with all other amounts that are payable on any such prepayment pursuant to the Finance Documents shall be paid to the Borrower that owned the relevant Ship.

 

(d) In this Clause 7.6 (Mandatory prepayment on sale or Total Loss):

 

Index Amount” means, in relation to each Ship, the index amount specified for that Ship in Schedule 7 (Ships).

 

39

 

 

Relevant Date” means:

 

(i) in the case of a sale of a Ship, the date on which the sale is completed by delivery of that Ship to the buyer of that Ship; and

 

(ii) in the case of a Total Loss of a Ship, the earlier of:

 

(A) the date falling 150 days after the Total Loss Date; and

 

(B) the date of receipt by the Security Agent of the proceeds of insurance relating to such Total Loss.

 

Relevant Percentage” means: an amount calculated by reference to the following formula:

 

Relevant Percentage   =     A x 100

B      1

 

  Where:

 

A =     the Index Amount of the Ship to be sold or which becomes a Total Loss; and

 

B =     the aggregate amount of the Index Amounts of the Ships (excluding any Ship already sold or which has already become a Total Loss in respect of which a prepayment has been made under this Clause 7.6 (Mandatory prepayment on sale or Total Loss) before the Relevant Date).

 

(e) Any partial prepayment of the Term Loan under this Clause 7.6 (Mandatory prepayment on sale or Total Loss) shall reduce pro rata the amount of each Repayment Instalment falling after that prepayment by the amount prepaid.

 

(f) Following:

 

(i) the reduction referred to in paragraph (e) of this Clause 7.6 (Mandatory prepayment on sale or Total Loss); or

 

(ii) the provision of Security over a replacement vessel in accordance with paragraph (g) of this Clause 7.6 (Mandatory prepayment on sale or Total Loss),

 

the amount of each Repayment Instalment falling after that prepayment or provision of Security (as the case may be) shall be reduced or increased pro rata to reflect the repayment profile described in Clause 6.1 (Repayment of Term Loan) based on the average age of the remaining Ships as at that date.

 

(g) The provision by the Borrowers of Security over a replacement vessel pursuant to paragraph (a) instead of making the prepayment referred to in that paragraph is subject to:

 

(i) the replacement vessel being acceptable to the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders, not to be unreasonably withheld);

 

(ii) the replacement vessel being comparable to the Ship that it replaces (in particular regarding class, type, size and age);

 

(iii) unless otherwise agreed by the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders) in writing in their absolute discretion, the Borrowers prepaying such part of the Loan as is required to restore the ratio of the Security Value to the Loan after the relevant Mortgage is released and the Security over a replacement vessel has been provided to no less than the ratio of the Security Value to the Loan calculated immediately prior to the release of that Mortgage and provision of that Security;

 

40

 

 

(iv) the owner of the replacement vessel being a Borrower or having provided a guarantee of the obligations of the Borrowers under this Agreement and the Finance Documents on terms acceptable to the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders;

 

(v) the replacement vessel being registered on an Approved Flag and being subject to Security securing the Secured Liabilities created by a first priority or preferred ship mortgage on that vessel and, if appropriate, a first priority deed of covenant collateral to that mortgage (or equivalent first priority Security) on substantially the same terms as the Mortgages and on such other terms and in such other form as the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, shall approve or require;

 

(vi) Security securing the Secured Liabilities being created in relation to the replacement vessel and the owner of it by documents equivalent to the Membership Interests Security, the General Assignments, the Accounts Security and, if applicable, the Hedging Agreement Security;

 

(vii) the execution of such other documentation amending and supplementing the Finance Documents as the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, shall approve or require.

 

7.7 Mandatory prepayment of Hedging Payment Proceeds

 

Any Hedging Prepayment Proceeds arising as a result of any cancellation or prepayment under this Agreement shall, following payment into the Earnings Account in accordance with Clause 28.1 (Payment of Earnings), be applied on the last day of the Interest Period for the Term Loan which ends on or after such payment in, in prepayment of the Term Loan and shall reduce pro rata the amount of each Repayment Instalment falling after that prepayment by the amount prepaid.

 

7.8 Right of replacement or repayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender

 

(a) If:

 

(i) any sum payable to any Lender by an Obligor is required to be increased under paragraph (c) of Clause 12.2 (Tax gross-up); or

 

(ii) any Lender claims indemnification from a Borrower under Clause 12.3 (Tax indemnity) or Clause 13.1 (Increased costs); or

 

(iii) the Facility Agent receives notification from an Affected Lender under paragraph (b)(iii) of Clause 10.2 (Market disruption),

 

the Borrowers may:

 

(A) whilst in the case of paragraph (i) and (ii) above the circumstance giving rise to the requirement for that increase or indemnification continues; or

 

41

 

 

(B) whilst in the case of paragraph (iii) above the Market Disruption Event in relation to the Affected Lender continues,

 

give the Facility Agent notice of cancellation of the Commitment of that Lender and its intention to procure the repayment of that Lender’s participation in the Loan or give the Facility Agent notice of its intention to replace that Lender in accordance with paragraph (e) below.

 

(b) On receipt of a notice of cancellation referred to in paragraph (a) above, any Commitment of that Lender shall immediately be reduced to zero.

 

(c) On the last day of each Interest Period which ends after the Borrowers have given notice of cancellation under paragraph (a) above in relation to a Lender (or, if earlier, the date specified the Borrowers in that notice), the Borrowers shall repay that Lender’s participation in the Loan.

 

(d) Any partial prepayment under this Clause 7.8 (Right of replacement or repayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender) shall reduce pro rata the amount of each Repayment Instalment falling after that prepayment by the amount prepaid.

 

(e) The Borrowers may, in the circumstances set out in paragraph (a) above, on 10 Business Days’ prior notice to the Facility Agent and that Lender, replace that Lender by requiring that Lender to (and, to the extent permitted by law, that Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 30 (Changes to the Lenders) all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a Lender or other bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity selected by the Borrowers which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations of the transferring Lender in accordance with Clause 30 (Changes to the Lenders) for a purchase price in cash or other cash payment payable at the time of the transfer equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s participation in the Loan and all accrued interest (to the extent that the Facility Agent has not given a notification under Clause 30.9 (Pro rata interest settlement)), Break Costs and other amounts payable in relation thereto under the Finance Documents.

 

(f) The replacement of a Lender pursuant to paragraph (e) above shall be subject to the following conditions:

 

(i) the Borrowers shall have no right to replace a Servicing Party;

 

(ii) neither the Facility Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation to find a replacement Lender;

 

(iii) in no event shall the Lender replaced under paragraph (e) above be required to pay or surrender any of the fees received by such Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents;

 

(iv) the Lender shall only be obliged to transfer its rights and obligations pursuant to paragraph (e) above once it is satisfied that it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to that transfer; and

 

(v) the Facility Agent is satisfied that the replacement lender has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to that transfer.

 

(g) A Lender shall perform the checks described in paragraph (f)(iv) above as soon as reasonably practicable following delivery of a notice referred to in paragraph (e) above and shall notify the Facility Agent and the Borrowers when it is satisfied that it has complied with those checks.

 

42

 

 

7.9 Restrictions

 

(a) Any notice of cancellation or prepayment given by any Party under this Clause 7 (payment and Cancellation) shall be irrevocable and, unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, shall specify the date or dates upon which the relevant cancellation or prepayment is to be made and the amount of that cancellation or prepayment.

 

(b) Any prepayment under this Agreement shall be made together with accrued interest on the amount prepaid and amounts (if any) payable under the Hedging Agreements in connection with that prepayment and, subject to any Break Costs, without premium or penalty.

 

(c) No Borrower may reborrow any part of the Term Facility which is prepaid.

 

(d) Unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, any part of the Revolving Facility which is prepaid may be reborrowed in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

(e) No Borrower shall repay or prepay all or any part of the Loan or cancel all or any part of the Commitments except at the times and in the manner expressly provided for in this Agreement.

 

(f) No amount of the Total Commitments cancelled under this Agreement may be subsequently reinstated.

 

(g) If the Facility Agent receives a notice under this Clause 7 (payment and Cancellation) it shall promptly forward a copy of that notice to either the Borrowers or the affected Lenders and/or Hedge Counterparties, as appropriate.

 

(h) If all or part of any Lender’s participation in an Advance is repaid or prepaid and is not available for redrawing (other than by operation of Clause 4.2 (Further conditions precedent)), an amount of that Lender’s Commitment (equal to the amount of the participation which is repaid or prepaid) in respect of the relevant Facility will be deemed to be cancelled on the date of repayment or prepayment.

 

43

 

 

SECTION 5

 

COSTS OF UTILISATION

 

8 INTEREST

 

8.1 Calculation of interest

 

The rate of interest on the Loan or any part of the Loan for each Interest Period is the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of:

 

(a) the Margin; and

 

(b) LIBOR.

 

8.2 Payment of interest

 

(a) The Borrowers shall pay accrued interest on the Loan or any part of the Loan on the last day of each Interest Period.

 

(b) If an Interest Period is longer than three Months, the Borrowers shall also pay interest then accrued on the Loan or the relevant part of the Loan on the dates falling at three Monthly intervals after the first day of the Interest Period.

 

8.3 Default interest

 

(a) If an Obligor fails to pay any amount payable by it under a Finance Document on its due date, interest shall accrue on the Unpaid Sum from the due date up to the date of actual payment (both before and after judgment) at a rate which, subject to paragraph (b) below, is two per cent. higher than the rate which would have been payable if the Unpaid Sum had, during the period of non-payment, constituted part of a Loan in the currency of the Unpaid Sum for successive Interest Periods, each of a duration selected by the Facility Agent. Any interest accruing under this Clause 8.3 (Default interest) shall be immediately payable by the Obligor on demand by the Facility Agent.

 

(b) If an Unpaid Sum consists of all or part of the Loan which became due on a day which was not the last day of an Interest Period relating to the Loan:

 

(i) the first Interest Period for that Unpaid Sum shall have a duration equal to the unexpired portion of the current Interest Period relating to the Loan; and

 

(ii) the rate of interest applying to that Unpaid Sum during that first Interest Period shall be two per cent. higher than the rate which would have applied if that Unpaid Sum had not become due.

 

(c) Default interest (if unpaid) arising on an Unpaid Sum will be compounded with the Unpaid Sum at the end of each Interest Period applicable to that Unpaid Sum but will remain immediately due and payable.

 

8.4 Notification of rates of interest

 

The Facility Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders and the Borrowers of the determination of a rate of interest under this Agreement.

 

44

 

 

8.5 Hedging

 

(a) The Borrowers may enter into Hedging Agreements and shall after that date maintain such Hedging Agreements in accordance with this Clause 8.5 (Hedging).

 

(b) Each Hedging Agreement shall:

 

(i) be with a Hedge Counterparty and each Hedge Counterparty shall also be a Lender;

 

(ii) be for a term ending on or before the Termination Date;

 

(iii) have settlement dates coinciding with the Interest Payment Dates;

 

(iv) be in agreed form;

 

(v) provide for two-way payments in the event of a termination of a transaction in respect of a Hedging Agreement, whether on a Termination Event (as defined in the relevant Hedging Agreement) or on an Event of Default (as defined in the relevant Hedging Agreement); and

 

(vi) provide that the Termination Currency (as defined in the relevant Hedging Agreement) shall be dollars.

 

(c) The rights of each Borrower under the Hedging Agreements shall be assigned by way of security under a Hedging Agreement Assignment.

 

(d) The parties to each Hedging Agreement must comply with the terms of that Hedging Agreement.

 

(e) Neither a Hedge Counterparty nor a Borrower may amend, supplement, extend or waive the terms of any Hedging Agreement without the consent of the Facility Agent.

 

(f) Paragraph (e) above shall not apply to an amendment, supplement or waiver that is administrative and mechanical in nature and does not give rise to a conflict with any provision of this Agreement.

 

(g) If, at any time, the aggregate notional principal amount of the transactions in respect of the Hedging Agreements exceeds or, as a result of any repayment or prepayment under this Agreement, will exceed 100 per cent. of the Loan at that time, the Borrowers must promptly notify the Facility Agent and must reduce the aggregate notional amount of those transactions by an amount and in a manner satisfactory to the Hedge Counterparties so that it no longer exceeds or will not exceed 100 per cent. of the Loan then or that will be outstanding.

 

(h) Any reductions in the aggregate notional amount of the transactions in respect of the Hedging Agreements in accordance with paragraph (g) above will be apportioned as between those transactions pro rata.

 

(i) Subject to paragraph (j) below, neither a Hedge Counterparty nor a Borrower may terminate or close out any transactions in respect of any Hedging Agreement (in whole or in part) except:

 

(i) in accordance with paragraph (g) above;

 

(ii) on the occurrence of an Illegality, (as such expression is defined in the relevant Hedging Agreement);

 

45

 

 

(iii) in the case of termination or closing out by a Hedge Counterparty, if the Facility Agent makes a demand for repayment of the Loan but irrespective as to whether such payment is made pursuant to that demand;

 

(iv) in the case of any other termination or closing out by a Hedge Counterparty or a Borrower, with the consent of the Facility Agent; or

 

(v) If the Secured Liabilities (other than in respect of the Hedging Agreements) have been irrevocably and unconditionally paid and discharged in full;

 

(j) If a Hedge Counterparty is entitled to terminate or close out any transaction in respect of any Hedging Agreement under paragraph (iii) above, such Hedge Counterparty shall promptly terminate or close out such transaction following a request to do so by the Security Agent.

 

(k) A Hedge Counterparty may only suspend making payments under a transaction in respect of a Hedging Agreement if a Borrower is in breach of its payment obligations under any transaction in respect of that Hedging Agreement.

 

(l) Each Hedge Counterparty consents to, and acknowledges notices of, the assigning by way of security by each Borrower pursuant to the relevant Hedging Agreement Assignment of its rights under the Hedging Agreements to which it is party in favour of the Security Agent.

 

(m) Any such assigning by way of security is without prejudice to, and after giving effect to, the operation of any payment or close-out netting in respect of any amounts owing under any Hedging Agreement.

 

(n) The Security Agent shall not be liable for the performance of any of a Borrower’s obligations under a Hedging Agreement.

 

9 INTEREST PERIODS

 

9.1 Selection of Interest Periods

 

(a) The Borrowers may select the Interest Period for the Loan in the Utilisation Request. Subject to paragraph (g) below, the Borrowers may select each subsequent Interest Period in respect of the Term Loan in a Selection Notice.

 

(b) Each Selection Notice is irrevocable and must be delivered to the Facility Agent by the Borrowers not later than the Specified Time.

 

(c) The Borrowers may select the Interest Period for each Advance under the Revolving Facility in the Utilisation Request for that Advance. An Advance under the Revolving Facility has one Interest Period only which shall start on its Utilisation Date.

 

(d) If the Borrowers fail to select an Interest Period in the Utilisation Request or, in the case of the Term Loan, fail to deliver a Selection Notice to the Facility Agent in accordance with paragraphs (a) and (b) above, the relevant Interest Period will be three Months.

 

(e) Subject to this Clause 9 (Interest Periods), the Borrowers may select an Interest Period of:

 

(i) 3 Months in respect of the Term Loan; or

 

(ii) 1 or 3 Months in respect of an Advance of the Revolving Facility

 

or, in each case, any other period agreed between the Borrowers and the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders).

 

46

 

 

(f) An Interest Period in respect of the Loan shall not extend beyond the Termination Date.

 

(g) In respect of a Repayment Instalment, an Interest Period for a part of the Term Loan equal to such Repayment Instalment shall end on the Repayment Date relating to it if such date is before the end of the Interest Period then current.

 

(h) The first Interest Period for the Term Loan shall start on its first Utilisation Date and each subsequent Interest Period shall start on the last day of the preceding Interest Period.

 

(i) Except for the purposes of paragraph (g) above, the Term Loan shall have one Interest Period only at any time.

 

9.2 Non-Business Days

 

If an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, that Interest Period will instead end on the next Business Day in that calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

 

10 CHANGES TO THE CALCULATION OF INTEREST

 

10.1 Absence of quotations

 

Subject to Clause 10.2 (Market disruption), if LIBOR is to be determined by reference to the Reference Banks but a Reference Bank does not supply a quotation by the Specified Time on the Quotation Day, the applicable LIBOR shall be determined on the basis of the quotations of the remaining Reference Banks.

 

10.2 Market disruption

 

(a) If a Market Disruption Event occurs in relation to the Loan for any Interest Period, then the rate of interest on each Lender’s share of the Loan for the Interest Period shall be the rate per annum which is the sum of:

 

(i) the Margin; and

 

(ii) the rate notified to the Facility Agent by that Lender as soon as practicable and in any event before interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest Period, to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to that Lender of funding its participation in the Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select.

 

(b) In this Agreement “Market Disruption Event” means:

 

(i) at or about noon on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period, LIBOR is to be determined by reference to the Reference Banks and none or only one of the Reference Banks supplies a rate to the Facility Agent to determine LIBOR for dollars for the relevant Interest Period; or

 

(ii) before close of business in London on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period, the Facility Agent receives notifications from a Lender or Lenders (whose participations in the Loan exceed 30 per cent. of the Loan) that the cost to it or them of obtaining matching deposits in the Relevant Interbank Market would be in excess of LIBOR; or

 

(iii) at least one Business Day before the start of an Interest Period, the Facility Agent receives notification from a Lender (the “Affected Lender”) that for any reason it is unable to obtain dollars in the Relevant Interbank Market in order to fund its participation in the Loan or any part of the Loan.

 

47

 

 

10.3 Alternative basis of interest or funding, suspension

 

(a) If a Market Disruption Event occurs and the Facility Agent or the Borrowers so require, the Facility Agent and the Borrowers shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than 30 days) with a view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest or (as the case may be) an alternative basis for funding.

 

(b) Any substitute or alternative basis agreed pursuant to paragraph (a) above shall, with the prior consent of all the Lenders and the Borrowers, be binding on all Parties.

 

(c) If a Market Disruption Event occurs before the Loan is advanced:

 

(i) in circumstances falling within paragraph (b)(i) of Clause 10.2 (Market disruption) or paragraph(b)(ii) of Clause 10.2 (Market disruption), the Lenders’ obligation to advance the Loan; or

 

(ii) in circumstances falling within paragraph (b)(iii) of Clause 10.2 (Market disruption), the Affected Lender’s obligation to participate in the Loan,

 

shall be suspended while the circumstances giving rise to the Market Disruption Event continue.

 

10.4 Break Costs

 

(a) The Borrowers shall, within three Business Days of demand by a Finance Party, pay to that Finance Party its Break Costs attributable to all or any part of the Loan or Unpaid Sum being paid by a Borrower on a day other than the last day of an Interest Period for the Loan or Unpaid Sum.

 

(b) Each Lender shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after a demand by the Facility Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Break Costs for any Interest Period in which they accrue.

 

11 FEES

 

11.1 Commitment fee

 

(a) The Borrower shall pay to the Facility Agent (for the account of each Lender) a fee computed at the rate of 40 per cent. of the Margin on that Lender’s Available Commitment in respect of each Facility from time to time for the Availability Period applicable to that Facility.

 

(b) The accrued commitment fee is payable in arrears on each Utilisation Date, the last day of each successive period of three Months after the first Utilisation Date, on the last day of the relevant Availability Period and, if cancelled, on the cancelled amount of the relevant Lender’s Commitment at the time the cancellation is effective.

 

11.2 Other fees

 

The Borrowers shall pay to the relevant Finance Parties for distribution to the relevant Finance Parties such other fees in the amounts and at the times agreed in Fee Letters.

 

48

 

 

SECTION 6

 

ADDITIONAL PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS

 

12 TAX GROSS UP AND INDEMNITIES

 

12.1 Definitions

 

(a) In this Agreement:

 

Protected Party” means a Finance Party which is or will be subject to any liability, or required to make any payment, for or on account of Tax in relation to a sum received or receivable (or any sum deemed for the purposes of Tax to be received or receivable) under a Finance Document.

 

Tax Credit” means a credit against, relief or remission for, or repayment of any Tax.

 

Tax Deduction” means a deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax from a payment under a Finance Document, other than a FATCA Deduction.

 

Tax Payment” means either the increase in a payment made by an Obligor to a Finance Party under Clause 12.2 (Tax gross-up) or a payment under Clause 12.3 (Tax indemnity).

 

(b) Unless a contrary indication appears, in this Clause 12 (Tax Gross Up and Indemnities) reference to “determines” or “determined” means a determination made in the absolute discretion of the person making the determination.

 

(c) This Clause 12 (Tax Gross Up and Indemnities) shall not apply to any Hedging Agreement.

 

12.2 Tax gross-up

 

(a) Each Obligor shall make all payments to be made by it without any Tax Deduction, unless a Tax Deduction is required by law.

 

(b) The Borrowers shall promptly upon becoming aware that an Obligor must make a Tax Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of a Tax Deduction) notify the Facility Agent accordingly. Similarly, a Lender shall notify the Facility Agent on becoming so aware in respect of a payment payable to that Lender. If the Facility Agent receives such notification from a Lender it shall notify the Borrowers and that Obligor.

 

(c) If a Tax Deduction is required by law to be made by an Obligor, the amount of the payment due from that Obligor shall be increased to an amount which (after making any Tax Deduction) leaves an amount equal to the payment which would have been due if no Tax Deduction had been required.

 

(d) If an Obligor is required to make a Tax Deduction, that Obligor shall make that Tax Deduction and any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction within the time allowed and in the minimum amount required by law.

 

(e) Within 30 days of making either a Tax Deduction or any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction, the Obligor making that Tax Deduction shall deliver to the Facility Agent for the Finance Party entitled to the payment evidence reasonably satisfactory to that Finance Party that the Tax Deduction has been made or (as applicable) any appropriate payment paid to the relevant taxing authority.

 

49

 

 

12.3 Tax indemnity

 

(a) The Borrowers shall (within three Business Days of demand by the Facility Agent) pay to a Protected Party an amount equal to the loss, liability or cost which that Protected Party determines will be or has been (directly or indirectly) suffered for or on account of Tax by that Protected Party in respect of a Finance Document.

 

(b) Paragraph (a) above shall not apply:

 

  (i) with respect to any Tax assessed on a Finance Party:

 

(A) under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party is incorporated or, if different, the jurisdiction (or jurisdictions) in which that Finance Party is treated as resident for tax purposes; or

 

(B) under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party’s Facility Office is located in respect of amounts received or receivable in that jurisdiction,

 

if that Tax is imposed on or calculated by reference to the net income received or receivable (but not any sum deemed to be received or receivable) by that Finance Party; or

 

(ii) to the extent a loss, liability or cost:

 

(A) is fully compensated for by an increased payment under Clause 12.2 (Tax gross-up); or

 

(B) relates to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party.

 

(c) A Protected Party making, or intending to make, a claim under paragraph (a) above shall promptly notify the Facility Agent of the event which will give, or has given, rise to the claim, following which the Facility Agent shall notify the Borrowers.

 

(d) A Protected Party shall, on receiving a payment from an Obligor under this Clause 12.3 (Tax indemnity), notify the Facility Agent.

 

12.4 Tax Credit

 

If an Obligor makes a Tax Payment and the relevant Finance Party determines that:

 

(a) a Tax Credit is attributable to an increased payment of which that Tax Payment forms part, to that Tax Payment or to a Tax Deduction in consequence of which that Tax Payment was received; and

 

(b) that Finance Party has obtained and utilised that Tax Credit,

 

the Finance Party shall pay an amount to the Obligor which that Finance Party determines will leave it (after that payment) in the same after-Tax position as it would have been in had the Tax Payment not been required to be made by the Obligor.

 

12.5 Stamp taxes

 

The Borrowers shall pay and, within three Business Days of demand, indemnify each Secured Party against any cost, loss or liability which that Secured Party incurs in relation to all stamp duty, registration and other similar Taxes payable in respect of any Finance Document.

 

50

 

 

12.6 VAT

 

(a) All amounts expressed to be payable under a Finance Document by any Party to a Finance Party which (in whole or in part) constitute the consideration for any supply for VAT purposes are deemed to be exclusive of any VAT which is chargeable on that supply, and accordingly, subject to paragraph (b) below, if VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party to any Party under a Finance Document and such Finance Party is required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT, that Party must pay to such Finance Party (in addition to and at the same time as paying any other consideration for such supply) an amount equal to the amount of the VAT (and such Finance Party must promptly provide an appropriate VAT invoice to that Party).

 

(b) If VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party (the “Supplier”) to any other Finance Party (the “Recipient”) under a Finance Document, and any Party other than the Recipient (the “Relevant Party”) is required by the terms of any Finance Document to pay an amount equal to the consideration for that supply to the Supplier (rather than being required to reimburse or indemnify the Recipient in respect of that consideration):

 

(i) (where the Supplier is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Relevant Party must also pay to the Supplier (at the same time as paying that amount) an additional amount equal to the amount of the VAT. The Recipient must (where this paragraph (i) applies) promptly pay to the Relevant Party an amount equal to any credit or repayment the Recipient receives from the relevant tax authority which the Recipient reasonably determines relates to the VAT chargeable on that supply; and

 

(ii) (where the Recipient is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Relevant Party must promptly, following demand from the Recipient, pay to the Recipient an amount equal to the VAT chargeable on that supply but only to the extent that the Recipient reasonably determines that it is not entitled to credit or repayment from the relevant tax authority in respect of that VAT.

 

(c) Where a Finance Document requires any Party to reimburse or indemnify a Finance Party for any cost or expense, that Party shall reimburse or indemnify (as the case may be) such Finance Party for the full amount of such cost or expense, including such part of it as represents VAT, save to the extent that such Finance Party reasonably determines that it is entitled to credit or repayment in respect of such VAT from the relevant tax authority.

 

(d) Any reference in this Clause 12.6 (VAT) to any Party shall, at any time when that Party is treated as a member of a group or unity (or fiscal unity) for VAT purposes, include (where appropriate and unless the context otherwise requires) a reference to the person who is treated at that time as making the supply, or (as appropriate) receiving the supply, under the grouping rules (provided for in Article 11 of Council Directive 2006/112/EC (or as implemented by the relevant member state of the European Union)) so that a reference to a Party shall be construed as a reference to that Party or the relevant group or unity (or fiscal unity) of which that Party is a member for VAT purposes at the relevant time or the relevant representative member (or representative or head) of that group or unity at the relevant time (as the case may be).

 

(e) In relation to any supply made by a Finance Party to any Party under a Finance Document, if reasonably requested by such Finance Party, that Party must promptly provide such Finance Party with details of that Party’s VAT registration and such other information as is reasonably requested in connection with such Finance Party’s VAT reporting requirements in relation to such supply.

 

51

 

 

12.7 FATCA Information

 

(a) Subject to paragraph (c) below, each Party shall, within ten Business Days of a reasonable request by another Party:

 

(i) confirm to that other Party whether it is:

 

(A) a FATCA Exempt Party; or

 

(B) not a FATCA Exempt Party;

 

(ii) supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status under FATCA as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party’s compliance with FATCA;

 

(iii) supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party’s compliance with any other law, regulation, or exchange of information regime.

 

(b) If a Party confirms to another Party pursuant to paragraph (a)(i) above that it is a FATCA Exempt Party and it subsequently becomes aware that it is not or has ceased to be a FATCA Exempt Party, that Party shall notify that other Party reasonably promptly.

 

(c) Paragraph (a) above shall not oblige any Finance Party to do anything, and paragraph (a)(iii) above shall not oblige any other Party to do anything, which would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of:

 

(i) any law or regulation;

 

(ii) any fiduciary duty; or

 

(iii) any duty of confidentiality.

 

(d) If a Party fails to confirm whether or not it is a FATCA Exempt Party or to supply forms, documentation or other information requested in accordance with paragraph (a)(i) or (ii) above (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where paragraph (c) above applies), then such Party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents (and payments under them) as if it is not a FATCA Exempt Party until such time as the Party in question provides the requested confirmation, forms, documentation or other information.

 

12.8 FATCA Deduction

 

(a) Each Party may make any FATCA Deduction it is required to make by FATCA, and any payment required in connection with that FATCA Deduction, and no Party shall be required to increase any payment in respect of which it makes such a FATCA Deduction or otherwise compensate the recipient of the payment for that FATCA Deduction.

 

(b) Each Party shall promptly, upon becoming aware that it must make a FATCA Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of such FATCA Deduction), notify the Party to whom it is making the payment and, in addition, shall notify the Borrowers and the Facility Agent and the Facility Agent shall notify the other Finance Parties.

 

52

 

 

13 INCREASED COSTS

 

13.1 Increased costs

 

(a) Subject to Clause 13.3 (Exceptions), the Borrowers shall, within three Business Days of a demand by the Facility Agent, pay for the account of a Finance Party the amount of any Increased Costs incurred by that Finance Party or any of its Affiliates as a result of:

 

(i) the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation; or

 

(ii) compliance with any law or regulation made, including any costs attributable to the implementation, application of, or compliance with, Basel III,

 

in each case after the date of this Agreement; or

 

(iii) the implementation, application of or compliance with Basel III or CRD IV or any law or regulation that implements or applies Basel III or CRD IV.

 

(b) In this Agreement:

 

(i) Basel III” means:

 

(A) the agreements on capital requirements, a leverage ratio and liquidity standards contained in “Basel III: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems”, “Basel III: International framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring” and “Guidance for national authorities operating the countercyclical capital buffer” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2010, each as amended, supplemented or restated;

 

(B) the rules for global systemically important banks contained in “Global systemically important banks: assessment methodology and the additional loss absorbency requirement - Rules text” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in November 2011, as amended, supplemented or restated; and

 

(C) any further guidance or standards published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision relating to “Basel III”.

 

(ii) CRD IV” means:

 

(A) Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on prudential requirements for credit institutions and investment firms and amending regulation (EU) No. 648/2012, as amended by Regulation (EU) 2019/876;

 

(B) Directive 2013/36/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on access to the activity of credit institutions and the prudential supervision of credit institutions and investment firms, amending Directive 2002/87/EC and repealing Directives 2006/48/EC and 2006/49/EC, as amended by Directive (EU) 2019/878; and

 

(C) any other law or regulation which implements Basel III.

 

53

 

 

(iii) Increased Costs” means:

 

(A) a reduction in the rate of return from a Facility or on a Finance Party’s (or its Affiliate’s) overall capital;

 

(B) an additional or increased cost; or

 

(C) a reduction of any amount due and payable under any Finance Document,

 

which is incurred or suffered by a Finance Party or any of its Affiliates to the extent that it is attributable to that Finance Party having entered into its Commitment or funding or performing its obligations under any Finance Document.

 

13.2 Increased cost claims

 

(a) A Finance Party intending to make a claim pursuant to Clause 13.1 (Increased costs) shall notify the Facility Agent of the event giving rise to the claim, following which the Facility Agent shall promptly notify the Borrowers.

 

(b) Each Finance Party shall, as soon as practicable after a demand by the Facility Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Increased Costs.

 

13.3 Exceptions

 

Clause 13.1 (Increased costs) does not apply to the extent any Increased Cost is:

 

(a) attributable to a Tax Deduction required by law to be made by an Obligor;

 

(b) relates to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party;

 

(c) compensated for by Clause 12.3 (Tax indemnity) (or would have been compensated for under Clause 12.3 (Tax indemnity) but was not so compensated solely because any of the exclusions in paragraph (b) of Clause 12.3 (Tax indemnity) applied);

 

(d) compensated for by any payment made pursuant to Clause 14.3 (Mandatory Cost);

 

(e) attributable to the wilful breach by the relevant Finance Party or its Affiliates of any law or regulation; or

 

(f) incurred by a Hedge Counterparty in its capacity as such.

 

14 OTHER INDEMNITIES

 

14.1 Currency indemnity

 

(a) If any sum due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (a “Sum”), or any order, judgment or award given or made in relation to a Sum, has to be converted from the currency (the “First Currency”) in which that Sum is payable into another currency (the “Second Currency”) for the purpose of:

 

(i) making or filing a claim or proof against that Obligor; or

 

(ii) obtaining or enforcing an order, judgment or award in relation to any litigation or arbitration proceedings,

 

  that Obligor shall, as an independent obligation, on demand, indemnify each Secured Party to which that Sum is due against any cost, loss or liability arising out of or as a result of the conversion including any discrepancy between (A) the rate of exchange used to convert that Sum from the First Currency into the Second Currency and (B) the rate or rates of exchange available to that person at the time of its receipt of that Sum.

 

54

 

 

(b) Each Obligor waives any right it may have in any jurisdiction to pay any amount under the Finance Documents in a currency or currency unit other than that in which it is expressed to be payable.

 

(c) This Clause 14.1 (Currency indemnity) does not apply to any sum due to a Hedge Counterparty in its capacity as such.

 

14.2 Other indemnities

 

(a) Each Obligor shall, on demand, indemnify each Secured Party against any cost, loss or liability (including legal costs and fees) incurred by it as a result of:

 

(i) the occurrence of any Event of Default;

 

(ii) a failure by an Obligor to pay any amount due under a Finance Document on its due date, including without limitation, any cost, loss or liability arising as a result of Clause 35 (Contractual recognition of bail-in);

 

(iii) funding, or making arrangements to fund, its participation in the Loan requested by the Borrowers in the Utilisation Request but not made by reason of the operation of any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement (other than by reason of default or negligence by that Finance Party alone); or

 

(iv) the Loan (or part of the Loan) not being prepaid in accordance with a notice of prepayment given by the Borrowers.

 

(b) Each Obligor shall, on demand, indemnify each Finance Party, each Affiliate of a Finance Party and each officer or employee of a Finance Party or its Affiliate (each such person for the purposes of this Clause 14.2 (Other indemnities) an “Indemnified Person”), against any cost, loss or liability incurred (including legal costs and fees) by that Indemnified Person pursuant to or in connection with any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings or regulatory enquiry, in connection with or arising out of the entry into and the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents, having the benefit of any Security constituted by the Finance Documents or which relates to the condition or operation of, or any incident occurring in relation to, any Ship unless such cost, loss or liability is caused by the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of that Indemnified Person.

 

(c) Without limiting, but subject to any limitations set out in paragraph (b) above, the indemnity in paragraph (b) above shall cover any cost, loss or liability incurred by each Indemnified Person in any jurisdiction:

 

(i) arising or asserted under or in connection with any law relating to safety at sea, the ISM Code, any Environmental Law or any Sanctions; or

 

(ii) in connection with any Environmental Claim.

 

(d) The Obligors shall, on demand, indemnify each Secured Party against any cost, loss or liability (including legal costs and fees) incurred by that Secured Party as a result of the investigation or occurrence of a Sanctions Event.

 

55

 

 

(e) Any Affiliate or any officer or employee of a Finance Party or of any of its Affiliates may rely on this Clause 14.2 (Other indemnities) subject to Clause 1.5 (Third party rights) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

 

14.3 Mandatory Cost

 

Each Borrower shall, on demand by the Facility Agent, pay to the Facility Agent for the account of the relevant Lender, such amount which any Lender certifies in a notice to the Facility Agent to be its good faith determination of the amount necessary to compensate it for complying with:

 

(a) in the case of a Lender lending from a Facility Office in a Participating Member State, the minimum reserve requirements (or other requirements having the same or similar purpose) of the European Central Bank or any other authority or agency which replaces all or any of its functions) in respect of loans made from that Facility Office; and

 

(b) in the case of any Lender lending from a Facility Office in the United Kingdom, any reserve asset, special deposit or liquidity requirements (or other requirements having the same or similar purpose) of the Bank of England (or any other governmental authority or agency) and/or paying any fees to the Financial Conduct Authority and/or the Prudential Regulation Authority (or any other governmental authority or agency which replaces all or any of their functions),

 

which, in each case, is referable to that Lender’s participation in the Loan.

 

14.4 Indemnity to the Servicing Parties

 

Each Obligor shall, on demand, indemnify each Servicing Party against any reasonable cost, loss or liability incurred by that Servicing Party (acting reasonably) as a result of:

 

(a) investigating any event which it reasonably believes is a Default;

 

(b) acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised; and

 

(c) instructing lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts as permitted under the Finance Documents.

 

14.5 Indemnity to the Facility Agent

 

Each Obligor shall, on demand, indemnify the Facility Agent against any reasonable cost, loss or liability incurred by the Facility Agent (otherwise than by reason of the Facility Agent’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct) or, in the case of any cost, loss or liability pursuant to Clause 37.11 (Disruption to Payment Systems etc.) notwithstanding the Facility Agent’s negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Facility Agent in acting as Facility Agent under the Finance Documents.

 

14.6 Indemnity to the Security Agent

 

(a) Each Obligor shall, on demand, indemnify the Security Agent and every Receiver and Delegate against any cost, loss or liability incurred by any of them:

 

(i) in relation to or as a result of:

 

(A) acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised;

 

56

 

 

(B) the taking, holding, protection or enforcement of the Finance Documents and the Transaction Security;

 

(C) the exercise of any of the rights, powers, discretions, authorities and remedies vested in the Security Agent and each Receiver and Delegate by the Finance Documents or by law;

 

(D) any default by any Transaction Obligor in the performance of any of the obligations expressed to be assumed by it in the Finance Documents;

 

(E) any action by any Obligor which vitiates, reduces the value of, or is otherwise prejudicial to, the Transaction Security; and

 

(F) instructing lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts as permitted under the Finance Documents;

 

(ii) acting as Security Agent, Receiver or Delegate under the Finance Documents or which otherwise relates to any of the Security Property or the performance of the terms of this Agreement or the other Finance Documents (otherwise, in each case, than by reason of the relevant Security Agent’s, Receiver’s or Delegate’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct); and

 

(iii) any claim, action, civil penalty or fine against, any settlement, and any other kind of loss or liability, and all reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable counsel fees and disbursements) incurred by the Facility Agent or any Lender as a result of conduct of any Obligor or any of their partners, directors, officers, employees, agents or advisors, that violates any Sanctions.

 

(b) The Security Agent and every Receiver and Delegate may, in priority to any payment to the Secured Parties, indemnify itself out of the Charged Property in respect of, and pay and retain, all sums necessary to give effect to the indemnity in this Clause 14.6 (Indemnity to the Security Agent) and shall have a lien on the Transaction Security and the proceeds of the enforcement of the Transaction Security for all monies payable to it.

 

15 MITIGATION BY THE FINANCE PARTIES

 

15.1 Mitigation

 

(a) Each Finance Party shall, in consultation with the Borrowers, take all reasonable steps to mitigate any circumstances which arise and which would result in any amount becoming payable under or pursuant to, or cancelled pursuant to, any of Clause 7.1 (Illegality), Clause 12 (Tax Gross Up and Indemnities), Clause 13 (Increased Costs) or paragraph (a) of Clause 14.3 (Mandatory Cost) including (but not limited to) transferring its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents to another Affiliate or Facility Office.

 

(b) Paragraph (a) above does not in any way limit the obligations of any Obligor under the Finance Documents.

 

15.2 Limitation of liability

 

(a) Each Borrower shall, on demand, indemnify each Finance Party for all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by that Finance Party as a result of steps taken by it under Clause 15.1 (Mitigation).

 

(b) A Finance Party is not obliged to take any steps under Clause 15.1 (Mitigation) if, in the opinion of that Finance Party (acting reasonably), to do so might be prejudicial to it.

 

57

 

 

 

16 COSTS AND EXPENSES

 

16.1 Transaction expenses

 

The Borrowers shall, on demand, pay the Facility Agent, the Security Agent, each Mandated Lead Arranger and the Documentation Agent the amount of all reasonable costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by any Secured Party in connection with the negotiation, preparation, printing, execution, syndication and perfection of:

 

(a) this Agreement and any other documents referred to in this Agreement;

 

(b) the Transaction Security; and
   
(c) any other Finance Documents executed after the date of this Agreement.

 

16.2 Amendment costs

 

If:

 

(a) a Party requests an amendment, waiver or consent; or

 

(b) any amendment is made pursuant to Clause 37.9 (Change of currency) or as contemplated in Clause 45.4 (Replacement of Screen Rate); or

 

(c) the Security Agent agrees to the release of all or any part of the Charged Property from the Transaction Security,

 

the Borrowers shall, on demand, reimburse each of the Facility Agent and the Security Agent for the amount of all reasonable costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by each Secured Party in responding to, evaluating, negotiating or complying with that request or requirement.

 

16.3 Enforcement and preservation costs

 

The Borrowers shall, on demand, pay to each Secured Party the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) incurred by that Secured Party in connection with the enforcement of, or the preservation of any rights under, any Finance Document and the Transaction Security and any proceedings instituted by or against the Security Agent as a consequence of taking or holding the Transaction Security or enforcing those rights.

 

58

 

 

SECTION 7

 

GUARANTEES AND JOINT AND SEVERAL LIABILITY OF BORROWERS

 

17 GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY GUARANTORS

 

17.1 Guarantee and indemnity

 

Each Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally:

 

(a) guarantees to each Finance Party punctual performance by each Obligor other than the Guarantors of all such other Obligor’s obligations under the Finance Documents;

 

(b) undertakes with each Finance Party that whenever an Obligor other than the Guarantors do not pay any amount when due under or in connection with any Finance Document, the Guarantors shall immediately on demand pay that amount as if it were the principal obligor; and

 

(c) agrees with each Finance Party that if any obligation guaranteed by it is or becomes unenforceable, invalid or illegal, it will, as an independent and primary obligation, indemnify that Finance Party immediately on demand against any cost, loss or liability it incurs as a result of an Obligor other than the Guarantors not paying any amount which would, but for such unenforceability, invalidity or illegality, have been payable by it under any Finance Document on the date when it would have been due. The amount payable by the Guarantors under this indemnity will not exceed the amount it would have had to pay under this Clause 17 (Guarantee and Indemnity – Guarantors) if the amount claimed had been recoverable on the basis of a guarantee.

 

17.2 Continuing guarantee

 

This guarantee is a continuing guarantee and will extend to the ultimate balance of sums payable by any Obligor under the Finance Documents, regardless of any intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in part.

 

17.3 Reinstatement

 

If any discharge, release or arrangement (whether in respect of the obligations of any Obligor or any security for those obligations or otherwise) is made by a Secured Party in whole or in part on the basis of any payment, security or other disposition which is avoided or must be restored in insolvency, liquidation, administration or otherwise, without limitation, then the liability of the Guarantors under this Clause 17 (Guarantee and Indemnity – Guarantors) will continue or be reinstated as if the discharge, release or arrangement had not occurred.

 

17.4 Waiver of defences

 

The obligations of the Guarantors under this Clause 17 (Guarantee and Indemnity – Guarantors) and in respect of any Transaction Security will not be affected or discharged by an act, omission, matter or thing which, but for this Clause 17.4 (Waiver of defences), would reduce, release or prejudice any of its obligations under this Clause 17 (Guarantee and Indemnity – Guarantors) or in respect of any Transaction Security (without limitation and whether or not known to it or any Secured Party) including:

 

(a) any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with, any Obligor or other person;

 

(b) the release of any other Obligor or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor of any member of the Group;

 

59

 

 

(c) the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect or delay in perfecting, or refusal or neglect to take up or enforce, or delay in taking or enforcing any rights against, or security over assets of, any Obligor or other person or any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security;

 

(d) any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or status of an Obligor or any other person;

 

(e) any amendment, novation, supplement, extension, restatement (however fundamental and whether or not more onerous) or replacement of any Finance Document or any other document or security including, without limitation, any change in the purpose of, any extension of or any increase in any facility or the addition of any new facility under any Finance Document or other document or security;

 

(f) any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation of any person under any Finance Document or any other document or security; or

 

(g) any insolvency or similar proceedings.

 

17.5 Immediate recourse

 

The Guarantors waive any right they may have of first requiring any Secured Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) to proceed against or enforce any other rights or security or claim payment from any person (including without limitation to commence any proceedings under any Finance Document or to enforce any Transaction Security) before claiming or commencing proceedings under this Clause 17 (Guarantee and Indemnity – Guarantors). This waiver applies irrespective of any law or any provision of a Finance Document to the contrary.

 

17.6 Appropriations

 

Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full, each Secured Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) may:

 

(a) refrain from applying or enforcing any other moneys, security or rights held or received by that Secured Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) in respect of those amounts, or apply and enforce the same in such manner and order as it sees fit (whether against those amounts or otherwise) and the Guarantors shall not be entitled to the benefit of the same; and

 

(b) hold in an interest-bearing suspense account any moneys received from the Guarantors or on account of any Guarantor’s liability under this Clause 17 (Guarantee and Indemnity – Guarantors).

 

17.7 Deferral of Guarantors’ rights

 

All rights which the Guarantors at any time have (whether in respect of this guarantee, a mortgage or any other transaction) against any Borrower, any other Obligor or their respective assets shall be fully subordinated to the rights of the Secured Parties under the Finance Documents and until the end of the Security Period and unless the Facility Agent otherwise directs, the Guarantors will not exercise any rights which they may have (whether in respect of any Finance Document to which it is a Party or any other transaction) by reason of performance by the Guarantors of their obligations under the Finance Documents or by reason of any amount being payable, or liability arising, under this Clause 17 (Guarantee and Indemnity – Guarantors):

 

60

 

 

(a) to be indemnified by an Obligor;

 

(b) to claim any contribution from any third party providing security for, or any other guarantor of, any Obligor’s obligations under the Finance Documents;

 

(c) to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Secured Parties under the Finance Documents or of any other guarantee or security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, the Finance Documents by any Secured Party;

 

(d) to bring legal or other proceedings for an order requiring any Obligor to make any payment, or perform any obligation, in respect of which the Guarantors have given a guarantee, undertaking or indemnity under Clause 17 (Guarantee and Indemnity – Guarantors);

 

(e) to exercise any right of set-off against any Obligor; and/or

 

(f) to claim or prove as a creditor of any Obligor in competition with any Secured Party.

 

If the Guarantors receive any benefit, payment or distribution in relation to such rights they shall hold that benefit, payment or distribution to the extent necessary to enable all amounts which may be or become payable to the Secured Parties by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents to be repaid in full on trust for the Secured Parties and shall promptly pay or transfer the same to the Facility Agent or as the Facility Agent may direct for application in accordance with Clause 37 (Payment Mechanics).

 

17.8 Additional security

 

This guarantee and any other Security given by the Guarantors is in addition to and is not in any way prejudiced by, and shall not prejudice, any other guarantee or Security or any other right of recourse now or subsequently held by any Secured Party or any right of set-off or netting or right to combine accounts in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

17.9 Applicability of provisions of Guarantee to other Security

 

Clauses 17.2 (Continuing guarantee), 17.3 (Reinstatement), 17.4 (Waiver of defences), 17.5 (Immediate recourse), 17.6 (Appropriations), 17.7 (Deferral of Guarantors’ rights) and 17.8 (Additional security) shall apply, with any necessary modifications, to any Security which the Guarantors create (whether at the time at which it signs this Agreement or at any later time) to secure the Secured Liabilities or any part of them.

 

18 JOINT AND SEVERAL LIABILITY OF THE GUARANTORS

 

18.1 Joint and several liability

 

All liabilities and obligations of the Guarantors under this Agreement shall, whether expressed to be so or not, be joint and several.

 

18.2 Waiver of defences

 

The liabilities and obligations of a Guarantor shall not be impaired by:

 

(a) this Agreement being or later becoming void, unenforceable or illegal as regards the other Guarantor;

 

(b) any Lender or the Security Agent entering into any rescheduling, refinancing or other arrangement of any kind with the other Guarantor;

 

61

 

 

(c) any Lender or the Security Agent releasing the other Guarantor or any Security created by a Finance Document; or

 

(d) any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with the other Guarantor or other person;

 

(e) the release of the other Guarantor or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor of any member of the Group;

 

(f) the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect, take up or enforce, any rights against, or security over assets of, the other Guarantor or other person or any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security;

 

(g) any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or status of the other Guarantor or any other person;

 

(h) any amendment, novation, supplement, extension, restatement (however fundamental, and whether or not more onerous) or replacement of a Finance Document or any other document or security including, without limitation, any change in the purpose of, any extension of or any increase in any facility or the addition of any new facility under any Finance Document or other document or security;

 

(i) any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation or any person under any Finance Document or any other document or security; or

 

(j) any insolvency or similar proceedings.

 

18.3 Principal Debtor

 

Each Guarantor declares that it is and will, throughout the Security Period, remain a principal debtor for all amounts owing under this Agreement and the Finance Documents and no Guarantor shall, in any circumstances, be construed to be a surety for the obligations of the other Guarantor under this Agreement.

 

18.4 Guarantor restrictions

 

(a) Subject to paragraph (b) below, during the Security Period no Guarantor shall:

 

(i) claim any amount which may be due to it from the other Guarantor whether in respect of a payment made under, or matter arising out of, this Agreement or any Finance Document, or any matter unconnected with this Agreement or any Finance Document; or

 

(ii) take or enforce any form of security from the other Guarantor for such an amount, or in any the way seek to have recourse in respect of such an amount against any asset of the other Guarantor; or

 

(iii) set off such an amount against any sum due from it to the other Guarantor; or

 

(iv) prove or claim for such an amount in any liquidation, administration, arrangement or similar procedure involving the other Guarantor; or

 

(v) exercise or assert any combination of the foregoing.

 

62

 

 

(b) If during the Security Period, the Facility Agent, by notice to a Guarantor, requires it to take any action referred to in paragraph (a) above in relation to the other Guarantor, that Guarantor shall take that action as soon as practicable after receiving the Facility Agent’s notice.

 

18.5 Deferral of Guarantors’ rights

 

Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Guarantors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full and unless the Facility Agent otherwise directs, no Guarantor will exercise any rights which it may have by reason of performance by it of its obligations under the Finance Documents:

 

(a) to be indemnified by the other Guarantor; or

 

(b) to claim any contribution from the other Guarantor in relation to any payment made by it under the Finance Documents.

 

19 JOINT AND SEVERAL LIABILITY OF THE BORROWERS

 

19.1 Joint and several liability

 

All liabilities and obligations of the Borrowers under this Agreement shall, whether expressed to be so or not, be joint and several.

 

19.2 Waiver of defences

 

The liabilities and obligations of a Borrower shall not be impaired by:

 

(a) this Agreement being or later becoming void, unenforceable or illegal as regards any other Borrower;

 

(b) any Lender or the Security Agent entering into any rescheduling, refinancing or other arrangement of any kind with any other Borrower;

 

(c) any Lender or the Security Agent releasing any other Borrower or any Security created by a Finance Document; or

 

(d) any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with any other Borrower or other person;

 

(e) the release of any other Borrower or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor of any member of the Group;

 

(f) the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect, take up or enforce, any rights against, or security over assets of, any other Borrower or other person or any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security;

 

(g) any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or status of any other Borrower or any other person;

 

(h) any amendment, novation, supplement, extension, restatement (however fundamental, and whether or not more onerous) or replacement of a Finance Document or any other document or security including, without limitation, any change in the purpose of, any extension of or any increase in any facility or the addition of any new facility under any Finance Document or other document or security;

 

63

 

 

(i) any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation or any person under any Finance Document or any other document or security; or

 

(j) any insolvency or similar proceedings.

 

19.3 Principal Debtor

 

Each Borrower declares that it is and will, throughout the Security Period, remain a principal debtor for all amounts owing under this Agreement and the Finance Documents and no Borrower shall, in any circumstances, be construed to be a surety for the obligations of any other Borrower under this Agreement.

 

19.4 Borrower restrictions

 

(a) Subject to paragraph (b) below, during the Security Period no Borrower shall:

 

(i) claim any amount which may be due to it from any other Borrower whether in respect of a payment made under, or matter arising out of, this Agreement or any Finance Document, or any matter unconnected with this Agreement or any Finance Document; or

 

(ii) take or enforce any form of security from any other Borrower for such an amount, or in any the way seek to have recourse in respect of such an amount against any asset of any other Borrower; or

 

(iii) set off such an amount against any sum due from it to any other Borrower; or

 

(iv) prove or claim for such an amount in any liquidation, administration, arrangement or similar procedure involving any other Borrower; or

 

(v) exercise or assert any combination of the foregoing.

 

(b) If during the Security Period, the Facility Agent, by notice to a Borrower, requires it to take any action referred to in paragraph (a) above in relation to any other Borrower, that Borrower shall take that action as soon as practicable after receiving the Facility Agent’s notice.

 

19.5 Deferral of Borrowers’ rights

 

Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Borrowers under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full and unless the Facility Agent otherwise directs, no Borrower will exercise any rights which it may have by reason of performance by it of its obligations under the Finance Documents:

 

(a) to be indemnified by any other Borrower; or

 

(b) to claim any contribution from any other Borrower in relation to any payment made by it under the Finance Documents.

 

64

 

 

SECTION 8

 

GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY - HEDGE GUARANTORS

 

20 GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY – HEDGE GUARANTORS

 

20.1 Guarantee and indemnity

 

Each Hedge Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally:

 

(a) guarantees to each Finance Party punctual performance by each Borrower of all that Borrower’s obligations under the Hedging Agreements;

 

(b) undertakes with each Finance Party that whenever a Borrower does not pay any amount when due under or in connection with any Hedging Agreement, that Hedge Guarantor shall immediately on demand pay that amount as if it were the principal obligor; and

 

(c) agrees with each Finance Party that if any obligation guaranteed by it is or becomes unenforceable, invalid or illegal, it will, as an independent and primary obligation, indemnify that Finance Party immediately on demand against any cost, loss or liability it incurs as a result of a Borrower not paying any amount which would, but for such unenforceability, invalidity or illegality, have been payable by it under any Hedging Agreement on the date when it would have been due. The amount payable by a Hedge Guarantor under this indemnity will not exceed the amount it would have had to pay under this Clause 20 (Guarantee and Indemnity – Hedge Guarantors) if the amount claimed had been recoverable on the basis of a guarantee.

 

20.2 Continuing guarantee

 

This guarantee is a continuing guarantee and will extend to the ultimate balance of sums payable by any Borrower under the Hedging Agreements, regardless of any intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in part.

 

20.3 Reinstatement

 

If any discharge, release or arrangement (whether in respect of the obligations of any Borrower or any security for those obligations or otherwise) is made by a Secured Party in whole or in part on the basis of any payment, security or other disposition which is avoided or must be restored in insolvency, liquidation, administration or otherwise, without limitation, then the liability of each Hedge Guarantor under this Clause 20 (Guarantee and Indemnity – Hedge Guarantors) will continue or be reinstated as if the discharge, release or arrangement had not occurred.

 

20.4 Waiver of defences

 

The obligations of each Hedge Guarantor under this Clause 20 (Guarantee and Indemnity – Hedge Guarantors) (and in respect of any Transaction Security will not be affected or discharged by an act, omission, matter or thing which, but for this Clause 20.4 (Waiver of defences), would reduce, release or prejudice any of its obligations under this Clause 20 (Guarantee and Indemnity – Hedge Guarantors)) or in respect of any Transaction Security (without limitation and whether or not known to it or any Secured Party) including:

 

(a) any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with, any Obligor or other person;

 

(b) the release of any other Obligor or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor of any member of the Group;

 

65

 

 

(c) the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect or delay in perfecting, or refusal or neglect to take up or enforce, or delay in taking or enforcing any rights against, or security over assets of, any Obligor or other person or any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security;

 

(d) any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or status of an Obligor or any other person;

 

(e) any amendment, novation, supplement, extension, restatement (however fundamental and whether or not more onerous) or replacement of any Finance Document or any other document or security including, without limitation, any change in the purpose of, any extension of or any increase in any facility or the addition of any new facility under any Finance Document or other document or security;

 

(f) any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation of any person under any Finance Document or any other document or security; or

 

(g) any insolvency or similar proceedings.

 

20.5 Immediate recourse

 

Each Hedge Guarantor waives any right it may have of first requiring any Secured Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) to proceed against or enforce any other rights or security or claim payment from any person (including without limitation to commence any proceedings under any Finance Document or to enforce any Transaction Security) before claiming or commencing proceedings under this Clause 20 (Guarantee and Indemnity – Hedge Guarantors).

 

This waiver applies irrespective of any law or any provision of a Finance Document to the contrary.

 

20.6 Appropriations

 

Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Borrowers under or in connection with the Hedging Agreements have been irrevocably paid in full, each Secured Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) may:

 

(a) refrain from applying or enforcing any other moneys, security or rights held or received by that Secured Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) in respect of those amounts, or apply and enforce the same in such manner and order as it sees fit (whether against those amounts or otherwise) and no Hedge Guarantor shall be entitled to the benefit of the same; and

 

(b) hold in an interest-bearing suspense account any moneys received from any Hedge Guarantor or on account of any Hedge Guarantor’s liability under this Clause 20 (Guarantee and Indemnity – Hedge Guarantors).

 

20.7 Deferral of Hedge Guarantors’ rights

 

All rights which each Hedge Guarantor at any time has (whether in respect of this guarantee, a mortgage or any other transaction) against any Borrower, any other Obligor or their respective assets shall be fully subordinated to the rights of the Secured Parties under the Finance Documents and until the end of the Security Period and unless the Facility Agent otherwise directs, no Hedge Guarantor will exercise any rights which it may have (whether in respect of any Finance Document to which it is a Party or any other transaction) by reason of performance by it of its obligations under the Finance Documents or by reason of any amount being payable, or liability arising, under this Clause 20 (Guarantee and Indemnity – Hedge Guarantors):

 

66

 

 

(a) to be indemnified by an Obligor;

 

(b) to claim any contribution from any third party providing security for, or any other guarantor of, any Obligor’s obligations under the Finance Documents;

 

(c) to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Secured Parties under the Finance Documents or of any other guarantee or security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, the Finance Documents by any Secured Party;

 

(d) to bring legal or other proceedings for an order requiring any Obligor to make any payment, or perform any obligation, in respect of which any Hedge Guarantor has given a guarantee, undertaking or indemnity under Clause 19 (Joint and Several Liability of the Borrowers);

 

(e) to exercise any right of set-off against any Obligor; and/or

 

(f) to claim or prove as a creditor of any Obligor in competition with any Secured Party.

 

If a Hedge Guarantor receives any benefit, payment or distribution in relation to such rights it shall hold that benefit, payment or distribution to the extent necessary to enable all amounts which may be or become payable to the Secured Parties by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents to be repaid in full on trust for the Secured Parties and shall promptly pay or transfer the same to the Facility Agent or as the Facility Agent may direct for application in accordance with Clause 37 (Payment Mechanics).

 

20.8 Additional security

 

This guarantee and any other Security given by a Hedge Guarantor is in addition to and is not in any way prejudiced by, and shall not prejudice, any other guarantee or Security or any other right of recourse now or subsequently held by any Secured Party or any right of set-off or netting or right to combine accounts in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

20.9 Applicability of provisions of Guarantee to other Security

 

Clauses 20.2 (Continuing guarantee), 20.3 (Reinstatement), 20.4 (Waiver of defences), 20.5 (Immediate recourse), 20.6 (Appropriations), 20.7 (Deferral of Hedge Guarantors’ rights) and 20.8 (Additional security) shall apply, with any necessary modifications, to any Security which a Hedge Guarantor creates (whether at the time at which it signs this Agreement or at any later time) to secure the Secured Liabilities or any part of them.

 

67

 

 

SECTION 9

 

REPRESENTATIONS, UNDERTAKINGS AND EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

21 REPRESENTATIONS

 

21.1 General

 

Each Obligor makes the representations and warranties set out in this Clause 21 (Representations) to each Finance Party on the date of this Agreement.

 

21.2 Status

 

(a) In the case of each Borrower and the Corporate Guarantor, it is a limited liability company, duly formed and validly existing in good standing under the law of its jurisdiction of incorporation and in the case of the Parent Guarantor it is a corporation, duly incorporated and validly existing in good standing under the law of its jurisdiction of incorporation.

 

(b) It has the power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is being conducted.

 

21.3 Membership interests and ownership

 

(a) The aggregate membership interests expressed in terms of shares authorised to be issued by each Borrower is:

 

(i) in the case of each of Faroe Shipco LLC, Portland Shipco LLC and Plymouth Shipco LLC, one hundred LLC shares;

 

(ii) in the case of Fisher Shipco LLC and Humber Shipco LLC, 2,963,289 LLC shares;

 

(iii) in the case of Fair Isle Shipco LLC, Forth Shipco LLC and Trafalgar Shipco LLC, one hundred LLC shares,

 

which shares are, in each case, uncertificated.

 

(b) The legal title to and beneficial interest in the membership interests in each Borrower is held free of any Security or any other claim by the Corporate Guarantor.

 

(c) None of the membership interests in any Borrower is subject to any option to purchase, pre-emption rights or similar rights.

 

(d) The legal title to and beneficial interest in the membership interests in the Corporate Guarantor is held free of any Security or any other claim by the Parent Guarantor.

 

21.4 Binding obligations

 

The obligations expressed to be assumed by it in each Transaction Document to which it is a party are legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations.

 

21.5 Validity, effectiveness and ranking of Security

 

(a) Each Finance Document to which it is a party does now or, as the case may be, will upon execution and delivery and, where applicable, registration create the Security it purports to create over any assets to which such Security, by its terms, relates, and such Security will, when created or intended to be created, be valid and effective.

 

68

 

 

(b) No third party has or will have any Security (except for Permitted Security) over any assets that are the subject of any Transaction Security granted by it.

 

(c) The Transaction Security granted by it to the Security Agent or any other Secured Party has or will when created or intended to be created have first ranking priority or such other priority it is expressed to have in the Finance Documents and is not subject to any prior ranking or pari passu ranking security.

 

(d) No concurrence, consent or authorisation of any person is required for the creation of or otherwise in connection with any Transaction Security.

 

21.6 Non-conflict with other obligations

 

The entry into and performance by it of, and the transactions contemplated by, each Transaction Document to which it is a party do not and will not conflict with:

 

(a) any law or regulation applicable to it;

 

(b) the constitutional documents of any member of the Group; or

 

(c) any agreement or instrument binding upon it or any member of the Group or any member of the Group’s assets or constitute a default or termination event (however described) under any such agreement or instrument.

 

21.7 Power and authority

 

(a) It has the power to enter into, perform and deliver, and has taken all necessary action to authorise:

 

(i) its entry into, performance and delivery of, each Transaction Document to which it is or will be a party and the transactions contemplated by those Transaction Documents; and

 

(ii) in the case of each Borrower, its registration of the Ship owned by it under its Approved Flag.

 

(b) No limit on its powers will be exceeded as a result of the borrowing, granting of security or giving of guarantees or indemnities contemplated by the Transaction Documents to which it is a party.

 

21.8 Validity and admissibility in evidence

 

All Authorisations required or desirable:

 

(a) to enable it lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights and comply with its obligations in the Transaction Documents to which it is a party; and

 

(b) to make the Transaction Documents to which it is a party admissible in evidence in its Relevant Jurisdictions,

 

have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect.

 

21.9 Governing law and enforcement

 

(a) The choice of governing law of each Transaction Document to which it is a party will be recognised and enforced in its Relevant Jurisdictions.

 

69

 

 

(b) Any judgment obtained in relation to a Transaction Document to which it is a party in the jurisdiction of the governing law of that Transaction Document will be recognised and enforced in its Relevant Jurisdictions.

 

21.10 Insolvency

 

No:

 

(a) corporate action, legal proceeding or other procedure or step described in paragraph (a) of Clause 29.8 (Insolvency proceedings); or

 

(b) creditors’ process described in Clause 29.10 (Ownership of the Obligors),

 

has been taken or, to its knowledge, threatened in relation to a member of the Group; and none of the circumstances described in Clause 29.7 (Insolvency) applies to a member of the Group.

 

21.11 No filing or stamp taxes

 

Under the laws of its Relevant Jurisdictions it is not necessary that the Finance Documents to which it is a party be filed, recorded or enrolled with any court or other authority in that jurisdiction or that any stamp, registration, notarial or similar taxes or fees be paid on or in relation to the Finance Documents to which it is a party or the transactions contemplated by those Finance Documents except for the recordation of each Mortgage with the Office of Maritime Administrator of the Republic of the Marshall Islands and any other filing, recording or enrolling or any tax or fee payable which is referred to in any legal opinion delivered pursuant to Clause 4 (Conditions of Utilisation) and which will be made or paid promptly after the date of the relevant Finance Document.

 

21.12 Deduction of Tax

 

It is not required to make any Tax Deduction from any payment it may make under any Finance Document to which it is a party.

 

21.13 No default

 

(a) No Event of Default and, on the date of this Agreement and on each Utilisation Date, no Default is continuing or might reasonably be expected to result from the making of the Utilisation or the entry into, the performance of, or any transaction contemplated by, any Transaction Document.

 

(b) No other event or circumstance is outstanding which constitutes a default or a termination event (however described) under any other agreement or instrument which is binding on it or to which its assets are subject which might have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

21.14 No misleading information

 

(a) Any factual information provided by any member of the Group for the purposes of this Agreement was true and accurate in all material respects as at the date it was provided or as at the date (if any) at which it is stated.

 

(b) The financial projections contained in any such information have been prepared on the basis of recent historical information and on the basis of reasonable assumptions.

 

(c) Nothing has occurred or been omitted from any such information and no information has been given or withheld that results in the information provided being untrue or misleading in any material respect.

 

70

 

 

21.15 Financial Statements

 

(a) Its Original Financial Statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied.

 

(b) Its Original Financial Statements give a true and fair view of its financial condition and operations (consolidated in the case of the Parent Guarantor) during the relevant financial year.

 

(c) There has been no material adverse change in its assets, business or financial condition (or the assets, business or consolidated financial condition of the Group, in the case of the Parent Guarantor) since 31 December 2018.

 

(d) Its most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 22.2 (Financial statements):

 

(i) have been prepared in accordance with Clause 22.4 (Requirements as to financial statements); and

 

(ii) give a true and fair view of (if audited) or fairly represent (if unaudited) its financial condition and operations (consolidated in the case of the Guarantor) during the relevant financial year.

 

(e) Since the date of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 22.2 (Financial statements) there has been no material adverse change in its business, assets or financial condition (or the business or consolidated financial condition of the Group, in the case of the Guarantor).

 

21.16 Pari passu ranking

 

Its payment obligations under the Finance Documents to which it is a party rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally.

 

21.17 No proceedings pending or threatened

 

No litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings or investigations (including proceedings or investigations relating to any alleged or actual breach of the ISM Code or of the ISPS Code) of or before any court, arbitral body or agency have (to the best of its knowledge and belief (having made due and careful enquiry)) been started or threatened against it which might have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

21.18 Validity and completeness of the Pool Agreements

 

(a) Each of the Pool Agreements constitute legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations of the parties to it.

 

(b) The copy of the Pool Agreements delivered to the Facility Agent before the date of this Agreement are true and complete copies.

 

(c) No material amendments or additions to the Pool Agreements have been agreed nor have any rights under the Pool Agreements been waived.

 

21.19 Valuations

 

(a) All information supplied by it or on its behalf to an Approved Valuer for the purposes of a valuation delivered to the Facility Agent in accordance with this Agreement was true and accurate as at the date it was supplied or (if appropriate) as at the date (if any) at which it is stated to be given.

 

71

 

 

(b) It has not omitted to supply any information to an Approved Valuer which, if disclosed, would adversely affect any valuation prepared by such Approved Valuer.

 

(c) There has been no change to the factual information provided pursuant to paragraph (a) above in relation to any valuation between the date such information was provided and the date of that valuation which, in either case, renders that information untrue or misleading in any material respect.

 

21.20 No breach of laws

 

It has not breached any law or regulation which breach has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

21.21 No Charter

 

No Ship is subject to any Charter other than a Permitted Charter.

 

21.22 Compliance with Environmental Laws

 

All Environmental laws relating to the ownership, operation and management of each Ship and the business of each member of the Group (as now conducted and as reasonably anticipated to be conducted in the future) and the terms of all Environmental Approvals have been complied with.

 

21.23 No Environmental Claim

 

No Environmental Claim has been made or threatened against any member of the Group or any Ship.

 

21.24 No Environmental Incident

 

No Environmental Incident has occurred and no person has claimed that an Environmental Incident has occurred.

 

21.25 ISM and ISPS Code compliance

 

All requirements of the ISM Code and the ISPS Code as they relate to each Borrower each Approved Manager and each Ship have been complied with.

 

21.26 Taxes paid

 

(a) It is not and no other member of the Group is materially overdue in the filing of any Tax returns and it is not (and no other member of the Group is) overdue in the payment of any amount in respect of Tax.

 

(b) No claims or investigations are being, or could reasonably be expected to be, made or conducted against it (or any other member of the Group) with respect to Taxes.

 

21.27 Financial Indebtedness

 

No Borrower has any Financial Indebtedness outstanding other than as permitted by this Agreement.

 

72

 

 

21.28 Overseas companies

 

No Obligor has delivered particulars, whether in its name stated in the Finance Documents or any other name, of any UK Establishment to the Registrar of Companies as required under the Overseas Regulations or, if it has so registered, it has provided to the Facility Agent sufficient details to enable an accurate search against it to be undertaken by the Lenders at the Companies Registry.

 

21.29 Good title to assets

 

It has good, valid and marketable title to, or valid leases or licences of, and all appropriate Authorisations to use, the assets necessary to carry on its business as presently conducted.

 

21.30 Ownership

 

(a) On the first Utilisation Date, Borrower A will be the sole legal and beneficial owner of Ship A, its Earnings and its Insurances.

 

(b) On the first Utilisation Date, Borrower B will be the sole legal and beneficial owner of Ship B, its Earnings and its Insurances.

 

(c) On the first Utilisation Date, Borrower C will be the sole legal and beneficial owner of Ship C, its Earnings and its Insurances.

 

(d) On the first Utilisation Date, Borrower D will be the sole legal and beneficial owner of Ship D, its Earnings and its Insurances.

 

(e) On the first Utilisation Date, Borrower E will be the sole legal and beneficial owner of Ship E, its Earnings and its Insurances.

 

(f) On the first Utilisation Date, Borrower F will be the sole legal and beneficial owner of Ship F, its Earnings and its Insurances.

 

(g) On the first Utilisation Date, Borrower G will be the sole legal and beneficial owner of Ship G, its Earnings and its Insurances.

 

(h) On the first Utilisation Date, Borrower H will be the sole legal and beneficial owner of Ship H, its Earnings and its Insurances.

 

(i) With effect on and from the date of its creation or intended creation, each Borrower will be the sole legal and beneficial owner of any other asset that is the subject of any Transaction Security created or intended to be created by that Borrower.

 

21.31 Centre of main interests and establishments

 

For the purposes of The Council of the European Union Regulation No. 1346/2000 on Insolvency Proceedings (the “Regulation”), its centre of main interest (as that term is used in Article 3(1) of the Regulation) is situated in Bermuda and it has no “establishment” (as that term is used in Article 2(h) of the Regulation) in any other jurisdiction save as disclosed to, and agreed by, the Lenders.

 

21.32 Place of business

 

No Obligor has a place of business in any countries other than as delivered to the Facility Agent in writing, and agreed to by the Lenders, on or around the date of this Agreement.

 

73

 

 

21.33 No employee or pension arrangements

 

No Obligor has any employees (other than as disclosed to the Lenders) or any liabilities under any pension scheme.

 

21.34 Sanctions

 

None of the Obligors, any Subsidiary of any of them, the Approved Commercial Managers or the Approved Technical Managers, and their respective directors, officers, employees, joint ventures, affiliates, agents and representatives (each a “Relevant Person”) is a Restricted Party, and none of such persons:

 

(a) has received notice of or is aware of any complaint, claim, action, suit, proceeding formal notice, investigation or other action against it with respect to Sanctions Laws by any Sanctions Authority;

 

(b) is majority owned or controlled by, or acting directly or indirectly on behalf of or for the benefit of, a Restricted Party and none of such persons owns or controls a Restricted Party; or

 

(c) has taken or is taking any action which constitutes or would constitute a violation by any Finance Party or any Restricted Party of Sanctions Laws.

 

21.35 Anti-Corruption Laws

 

(a) Each member of the Group has conducted its businesses in compliance with Anti-Corruption Laws and has instituted and maintains as at the date of this Agreement policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws.

 

(b) No member of the Group (nor to the best of its knowledge and belief (having made due and careful enquiry) any agent, director, employee or officer of any member of the Group) has made or received, or directed or authorised any other person to make or receive, any offer, payment or promise to pay, of any money, gift or other thing of value, directly or indirectly, to or for the use or benefit of any person, where this violates or would violate, or creates or would create liability for it or any other person under, any Anti-Corruption Laws.

 

(c) No member of the Group (nor to the best of its knowledge and belief (having made due and careful enquiry) any agent, director, employee or officer of any member of the Group) is being investigated by any agency, or party to any proceedings, in each case in relation to any Anti-Corruption Laws.

 

21.36 Repetition

 

The Repeating Representations are deemed to be made by each Obligor by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing on the date of the Utilisation Request and the first day of each Interest Period.

 

22 INFORMATION UNDERTAKINGS

 

22.1 General

 

The undertakings in this Clause 22 (Information Undertakings) remain in force throughout the Security Period unless the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders (or, where specified, all the Lenders), may otherwise permit.

 

74

 

 

22.2 Financial statements

 

The Obligors shall ensure that there are provided to the Facility Agent in sufficient copies for all the Lenders:

 

(a) as soon as they become available, but in any event within 120 days after the end of each of its respective financial years the audited consolidated financial statements of the Parent Guarantor for that financial year.

 

(b) as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 60 days after the end of each quarter of each of their respective financial years the consolidated financial statement of the Parent Guarantor for that financial quarter year.

 

22.3 Compliance Certificate

 

(a) The Parent Guarantor shall supply to the Facility Agent, with each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to paragraph (a) or (b) of Clause 22.2 (Financial statements), a Compliance Certificate setting out (in reasonable detail) computations as to compliance with Clause 23 (Financial Covenants) as at the date as at which those financial statements were drawn up.

 

(b) Each Compliance Certificate shall be signed by an officer of the Parent Guarantor.

 

22.4 Requirements as to financial statements

 

(a) Each set of financial statements delivered by a Borrower pursuant to Clause 22.2 (Financial statements) shall be certified by an officer of the relevant company as giving a true and fair view (if audited) or fairly representing (if unaudited) its financial condition and operations as at the date as at which those financial statements were drawn up.

 

(b) The Borrowers shall procure that each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 22.2 (Financial statements) is prepared using GAAP.

 

(c) The Borrowers shall procure that each set of financial statements of an Obligor delivered pursuant to Clause 22.2 (Financial statements) is prepared using GAAP, accounting practices and financial reference periods consistent with those applied in the preparation of the Original Financial Statements for that Obligor unless, in relation to any set of financial statements, it notifies the Facility Agent that there has been a change in GAAP, the accounting practices or reference periods and its auditors (or, if appropriate, the auditors of the Obligor) deliver to the Facility Agent:

 

(i) a description of any change necessary for those financial statements to reflect the GAAP, accounting practices and reference periods upon which that Obligor’s Original Financial Statements were prepared; and

 

(ii) sufficient information, in form and substance as may be reasonably required by the Facility Agent, to enable the Lenders to determine whether Clause 23 (Financial Covenants) has been complied with and make an accurate comparison between the financial position indicated in those financial statements and that Obligor’s Original Financial Statements.

 

Any reference in this Agreement to those financial statements shall be construed as a reference to those financial statements as adjusted to reflect the basis upon which the Original Financial Statements were prepared.

 

75

 

 

22.5 Information: miscellaneous

 

Each Obligor shall supply to the Facility Agent (in sufficient copies for all the Lenders, if the Facility Agent so requests):

 

(a) all documents dispatched by it to its shareholders (or any class of them) or its creditors generally at the same time as they are dispatched;

 

(b) promptly upon becoming aware of them, the details of any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings (including proceedings relating to any alleged or actual breach of the ISM Code or of the ISPS Code) which are current, threatened or pending against any member of the Group, and which might have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(c) promptly, such further information and/or documents regarding:

 

(i) each Ship, its Earnings and its Insurances;

 

(ii) the Charged Property;

 

(iii) compliance of the Transaction Obligors with the terms of the Finance Documents; and

 

(iv) the financial condition, business and operations of any member of the Group,

 

as any Finance Party (through the Facility Agent) may reasonably request.

 

22.6 Notification of default

 

(a) Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor shall, notify the Facility Agent of any Default (and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it) promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence (unless that Obligor is aware that a notification has already been provided by another Obligor).

 

(b) Promptly upon a request by the Facility Agent, each Borrower shall supply to the Facility Agent a certificate signed by one of its senior officers on its behalf certifying that no Default is continuing (or if a Default is continuing, specifying the Default and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it).

 

22.7 Use of websites

 

(a) Each Obligor may satisfy its obligation under the Finance Documents to which it is a party to deliver any information in relation to those Lenders (the “Website Lenders”) which accept this method of communication by posting this information onto an electronic website designated by the Borrowers and the Facility Agent (the “Designated Website”) if:

 

(i) the Facility Agent expressly agrees (after consultation with each of the Lenders) that it will accept communication of the information by this method;

 

(ii) both the relevant Obligor and the Facility Agent are aware of the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website; and

 

(iii) the information is in a format previously agreed between the relevant Obligor and the Facility Agent.

 

If any Lender (a “Paper Form Lender”) does not agree to the delivery of information electronically then the Facility Agent shall notify the Obligors accordingly and each Obligor shall supply the information to the Facility Agent (in sufficient copies for each Paper Form Lender) in paper form. In any event each Obligor shall supply the Facility Agent with at least one copy in paper form of any information required to be provided by it.

 

76

 

 

(b) The Facility Agent shall supply each Website Lender with the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website following designation of that website by the Obligors or any of them and the Facility Agent.

 

(c) An Obligor shall promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence notify the Facility Agent if:

 

(i) the Designated Website cannot be accessed due to technical failure;

 

(ii) the password specifications for the Designated Website change;

 

(iii) any new information which is required to be provided under this Agreement is posted onto the Designated Website;

 

(iv) any existing information which has been provided under this Agreement and posted onto the Designated Website is amended; or

 

(v) if that Obligor becomes aware that the Designated Website or any information posted onto the Designated Website is or has been infected by any electronic virus or similar software.

 

If an Obligor notifies the Facility Agent under paragraph (c)(i) or paragraph (c)(v) above, all information to be provided by the Obligors under this Agreement after the date of that notice shall be supplied in paper form unless and until the Facility Agent and each Website Lender is satisfied that the circumstances giving rise to the notification are no longer continuing.

 

(d) Any Website Lender may request, through the Facility Agent, one paper copy of any information required to be provided under this Agreement which is posted onto the Designated Website. The Obligors shall comply with any such request within 10 Business Days.

 

22.8 “Know your customer” checks

 

(a) If:

 

(i) the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement;

 

(ii) any change in the status of an Obligor after the date of this Agreement; or

 

(iii) a proposed assignment or transfer by a Lender of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a party that is not a Lender prior to such assignment or transfer,

 

obliges a Finance Party (or, in the case of paragraph (iii) above, any prospective new Lender) to comply with “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, each Obligor shall promptly upon the request of any Finance Party supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by a Servicing Party (for itself or on behalf of any other Finance Party) or any Lender (for itself or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (iii) above, on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for such Finance Party or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (iii) above, any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

 

77

 

 

 

(b) Each Lender shall promptly upon the request of a Servicing Party supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Servicing Party (for itself) in order for that Servicing Party to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

 

23 FINANCIAL COVENANTS

 

23.1 Financial covenants

 

The Parent Guarantor shall at all times during the Security Period (save that in the case of paragraph (b) this shall apply from the first Utilisation Date throughout the remainder of the Security Period) on a consolidated basis maintain:

 

(a) a minimum Solvency of at least 30 per cent.;

 

(b) minimum Cash and Cash Equivalents of an amount the greater of:

 

(i) $750,000 per Fleet Vessel; and

 

(ii) 5 per cent. of the Total Consolidated Long Term Debt,

 

with at least 60 per cent. of such minimum amount being held in cash and, for the purposes of this paragraph (b), Cash and Cash Equivalents shall include undrawn amounts under the Revolving Facility provided that the Termination Date in relation to the Revolving Facility is not within the next 12 Months.

 

(c) a positive Working Capital excluding:

 

(i) Balloon Repayments; and

 

(ii) any amounts outstanding under the ABN AMRO Receivables Facility Agreement provided that the facility provided thereunder has a remaining maturity of more than three months; and

 

(d) an Adjusted Net Worth of not less than $150,000,000.

 

The financial covenants contained in this Clause 23.1 (Financial covenants) shall be tested quarterly on the basis of the annual and quarterly financial statements provided under Clause 22.2 (Financial statements) and shall be confirmed in the relevant compliance certificate referred to in Clause 22.3 (Compliance Certificate).

 

In addition, for the purpose of testing the Fair Market Value of the Fleet Vessels, the Borrowers shall provide valuations of the Fleet Vessels in June and December of each year during the Facility Period and the most recent of such valuations shall be used to determine the Fair Market Value of the Fleet Vessels. Provided that, in the case of testing the financial covenants at the end of the first and third financial quarters in each year, the Borrowers shall obtain up to date Fair Market Values of any of the Fleet Vessels if requested by the Agent, acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders. The valuations shall be at the Borrower’s cost, but no more than twice per year, unless the valuations show a breach of the required security cover ratio in Clause 27.1 (Minimum required security cover), in which case any additional valuations will be at the Borrower’s cost.

 

78

 

 

23.2 Financial covenant definitions

 

The expressions used in this Clause 23 (Financial Covenants) shall be construed in accordance with GAAP or for the purposes of this Agreement:

 

ABN AMRO Receivables Facility Agreement” means the receivables financing facility agreement dated 24 October 2017 and made between (i) Ardmore MR Pool LLC as borrower, (ii) Ardmore Pool Holdings LLC and Ardmore Maritime Services LLC as corporate guarantors, (iii) Ardmore Shipping Corporation as parent guarantor, (iv) the banks and financial institutions named therein as lenders, (v) ABN AMRO Bank N.V. as mandated lead arranger, (vi) ABN AMRO Bank N.V. as facility agent and as security agent in relation to a revolving credit facility of $15,000,000.

 

Adjusted Net Worth” means, at any relevant time, the amount by which the Consolidated Adjusted Total Assets of the Group exceed Consolidated Adjusted Total Liabilities of the Group.

 

Balloon Repayment” means a final repayment of principal payable in relation to a facility but excluding any portion of that final repayment representing a regular periodical payment.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents” means, at any relevant time:

 

(a) cash in hand or held with banks or financial institutions of the Parent Guarantor in Dollars or another currency freely convertible in Dollars, which is free of any Security;

 

(b) any cash equivalent of the Parent Guarantor and/or its Subsidiaries; and

 

(c) any marketable securities of the Parent Guarantor and/or its Subsidiaries which are free of any Security,

 

as stated in the most recent financial statements of the Group provided in accordance with Clause 22.2 (Financial statements) and determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

Consolidated Adjusted Total Assets” means the Total Assets adjusted as follows:

 

(a) by using the Market Value Adjusted Total Assets value for the Fleet Vessels; and

 

(b) by excluding intangible assets (including goodwill but not long-term contract revenue is acquired as part of a business combination).

 

Consolidated Adjusted Total Liabilities” means the Total Consolidated Long Term Debt plus the Current Liabilities (excluding current portion long term debt).

 

Current Assets” means the current assets of the Parent Guarantor on a consolidated basis as stated in the most recent financial statements of the Group provided in accordance with Clause 22.2 (Financial statements) and determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

Current Liabilities” means the current liabilities of the Parent Guarantor on a consolidated basis as stated in the most recent financial statements of the Group provided in accordance with Clause 22.2 (Financial statements) and determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

Financial Statements” means the financial statements of the Group provided in accordance with Clause 22.2 (Financial statements).

 

Fleet Vessels” means any ship (including the Ships) from time to time wholly owned, leased or chartered in by the Parent Guarantor (directly or indirectly) (excluding vessels under construction and vessels chartered in for period shorter than 24 months) (each a “Fleet Vessel”).

 

79

 

 

Market Value Adjusted Total Assets” means, at any relevant time, the Total Assets adjusted to reflect the difference of the book value of the Fleet Vessels (as evidenced in the most recent financial statements of the Group provided in accordance with Clause 22.2 (Financial statements)) and the Fair Market Value of the Fleet Vessels.

 

Solvency” means Adjusted Net Worth to Market Value Adjusted Total Assets.

 

Total Assets” means at any relevant time, the total assets of the Parent Guarantor on a consolidated basis as stated in the most recent financial statements of the Group provided in accordance with Clause 22.2 (Financial statements)) and determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

Total Consolidated Long Term Debt” means, at any relevant time, the amount of the total liabilities of the Parent Guarantor on a consolidated basis (including without limitation any liability in respect of any lease or hire purchase contract) which would be included in the applicable Financial Statements of the Parent Guarantor as total long term debt in accordance with GAAP including the current portion of long term debt.

 

Working Capital” means the Current Assets less the Current Liabilities.

 

24 GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS

 

24.1 General

 

The undertakings in this Clause 24 (General Undertakings) remain in force throughout the Security Period except as the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders (or, where specified, all the Lenders) may otherwise permit.

 

24.2 Authorisations

 

Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor will, promptly:

 

(a) obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect; and

 

(b) supply certified copies to the Facility Agent of any Authorisation required under any law or regulation of a Relevant Jurisdiction or the state of the Approved Flag at any time of each Ship to enable it to:

 

(i) perform its obligations under the Transaction Documents to which it is a party;

 

(ii) ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence in any Relevant Jurisdiction or in the state of the Approved Flag at any time of each Ship of any Transaction Document to which it is a party; and

 

(iii) own and operate each Ship (in the case of the Borrowers).

 

24.3 Compliance with laws

 

Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that each other member of the Group and each Affiliate of any of them shall, comply in all respect with all laws and regulations to which it may be subject, including Sanctions Laws.

 

80

 

 

24.4 Environmental compliance

 

Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor will, and the Parent Guarantor shall ensure that each other member of the Group will:

 

(a) comply with all Environmental Laws;

 

(b) obtain, maintain and ensure compliance with all requisite Environmental Approvals;

 

(c) implement procedures to monitor compliance with and to prevent liability under any Environmental Law,

 

in relation to a member of the Group not including an Obligor only, where failure to do so has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

24.5 Environmental claims

 

Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor will, (through the Parent Guarantor), promptly upon becoming aware of the same, inform the Facility Agent in writing of:

 

(a) any Environmental Claim against any member of the Group which is current, pending or threatened; and

 

(b) any facts or circumstances which are reasonably likely to result in any Environmental Claim being commenced or threatened against any member of the Group,

 

where the claim against a member of the Group not including an Obligor, has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

24.6 Taxation

 

(a) Each Obligor shall and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor will pay and discharge all Taxes imposed upon it or its assets within the time period allowed without incurring penalties unless and only to the extent that:

 

(i) such payment is being contested in good faith;

 

(ii) adequate reserves are maintained for those Taxes and the costs required to contest them which have been disclosed in its latest financial statements delivered to the Facility Agent under Clause 22.2 (Financial statements); and

 

(iii) such payment can be lawfully withheld and failure to pay those Taxes does not have or could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b) No Obligor shall change its residence for Tax purposes.

 

24.7 Overseas companies

 

Each Obligor shall promptly inform the Facility Agent if it delivers to the Registrar particulars required under the Overseas Regulations of any UK Establishment and it shall comply with any directions given to it by the Facility Agent regarding the recording of any Transaction Security on the register which it is required to maintain under The Overseas Companies (Execution of Documents and Registration of Charges) Regulations 2009.

 

81

 

 

24.8 Pari passu ranking

 

Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor will, ensure that at all times any unsecured and unsubordinated claims of a Finance Party against it under the Finance Documents rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors except those creditors whose claims are mandatorily preferred by laws of general application to companies.

 

24.9 Title

 

(a) From the first Utilisation Date, Borrower A shall hold the legal title to, and own the entire beneficial interest in Ship A, its Earnings and its Insurances.

 

(b) From the first Utilisation Date, Borrower B shall hold the legal title to, and own the entire beneficial interest in Ship B, its Earnings and its Insurances.

 

(c) From the first Utilisation Date, Borrower C shall hold the legal title to, and own the entire beneficial interest in Ship C, its Earnings and its Insurances.

 

(d) From the first Utilisation Date, Borrower D shall hold the legal title to, and own the entire beneficial interest in Ship D, its Earnings and its Insurances.

 

(e) From the first Utilisation Date, Borrower E shall hold the legal title to, and own the entire beneficial interest in Ship E, its Earnings and its Insurances.

 

(f) From the first Utilisation Date, Borrower F shall hold the legal title to, and own the entire beneficial interest in Ship F, its Earnings and its Insurances.

 

(g) From the first Utilisation Date, Borrower G shall hold the legal title to, and own the entire beneficial interest in Ship G, its Earnings and its Insurances.

 

(h) From the first Utilisation Date, Borrower H shall hold the legal title to, and own the entire beneficial interest in Ship H, its Earnings and its Insurances.

 

(i) With effect on and from its creation or intended creation, each Borrower shall hold the legal title to, and own the entire beneficial interest in any other assets the subject of any Transaction Security created or intended to be created by it.

 

24.10 Negative pledge

 

(a) No Obligor shall create or permit to subsist any Security over any of its assets which are the subject of the Security created or intended to be created by the Finance Documents.

 

(b) No Borrower shall:

 

(i) sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its assets on terms whereby they are or may be leased to or re-acquired by a Borrower or any other member of the Group;

 

(ii) sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its receivables on recourse terms; or

 

(iii) enter into any other preferential arrangement having a similar effect,

 

in circumstances where the arrangement or transaction is entered into primarily as a method of raising Financial Indebtedness or of financing the acquisition of an asset.

 

(c) Paragraphs (a) and (b) above do not apply to any Permitted Security.

 

82

 

 

24.11 Disposals

 

(a) No Borrower shall enter into a single transaction or a series of transactions (whether related or not) and whether voluntary or involuntary to sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any asset (including without limitation any Ship, its Earnings or its Insurances) and, for the avoidance of doubt, this does not apply to the sale, lease, transfer or otherwise disposal of any ships other than the Ships financed under this Agreement.

 

(b) The Guarantor shall not transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or a substantial part of its assets, whether by one transaction or a number of transactions, whether related or not except for cash on arm’s length terms for full consideration or otherwise in the usual course of its trading operations.

 

(c) Paragraph (a) above does not apply to any charter of a Ship to which Clause 26.14 (Restrictions on chartering, appointment of managers etc.) applies.

 

24.12 Merger

 

No Obligor shall enter into any amalgamation, demerger, merger, consolidation or corporate reconstruction Provided that this restriction shall not apply if:

 

(a) there is no change of control of the Obligors and the Obligors are in compliance with Clause 29.10 (Ownership of the Obligors) after any such amalgamation, demerger, merger, consolidation or corporate reconstruction;

 

(b) the Borrowers have notified the Facility Agent in advance of such amalgamation, demerger, merger, consolidation or corporate reconstruction;

 

(c) the Parties have agreed appropriate consequential amendments to this Agreement and the Finance Documents required by the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) as a consequence of such amalgamation, demerger, merger, consolidation or corporate reconstruction; and

 

(d) the Borrowers provide the Facility Agent with a structure diagram showing the structure of the Group after such amalgamation, demerger, merger, consolidation or corporate reconstruction.

 

24.13 Change of business

 

(a) The Parent Guarantor shall procure that no substantial change is made to the general nature of the business of the Parent Guarantor or the Group from that carried on at the date of this Agreement.

 

(b) No Borrower shall engage in any business other than the ownership and operation of its Ship.

 

24.14 Financial Indebtedness

 

The Borrowers shall not incur any Financial Indebtedness except for Permitted Financial Indebtedness.

 

24.15 Expenditure

 

No Borrower shall incur any expenditure, except for expenditure reasonably incurred in the ordinary course of owning, operating, maintaining and repairing its Ship.

 

83

 

 

24.16 Membership interests

 

No Borrower shall:

 

(a) purchase, cancel or redeem any of its membership interests;

 

(b) increase or reduce its authorised membership interests;

 

(c) issue any membership interests except to the Corporate Guarantor and provided such new membership interests are made subject to the terms of the relevant Membership Interests Security applicable to that Borrower immediately upon the issue thereof in a manner satisfactory to the Facility Agent and the terms of that Membership Interests Security are complied with;

 

(d) appoint any further director or officer of that Borrower (unless the provisions of the Membership Interests Security applicable to that Borrower are complied with).

 

24.17 Dividends

 

Each Obligor may make or pay any dividend or other distribution (in cash or in kind) in respect of its membership interests provided always that no Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the making of any such payment.

 

24.18 Accounts

 

No Borrower shall open or maintain any account with any bank or financial institution except its Earnings Account and accounts with the Account Bank, the Facility Agent or the Security Agent for the purposes of the Finance Documents.

 

24.19 Other transactions

 

No Borrower shall:

 

(a) be the creditor in respect of any loan or any form of credit to any person other than another Obligor and where such loan or form of credit is Permitted Financial Indebtedness;

 

(b) give or allow to be outstanding any guarantee or indemnity to or for the benefit of any person in respect of any obligation of any other person or enter into any document under which that Borrower assumes any liability of any other person other than any guarantee or indemnity given under the Finance Documents.

 

(c) enter into any material agreement other than:

 

(i) the Transaction Documents;

 

(ii) any other agreement expressly allowed under any other term of this Agreement; and

 

(d) enter into any transaction on terms which are, in any respect, less favourable to that Borrower than those which it could obtain in a bargain made at arms’ length; or

 

(e) acquire any shares or other securities other than US or UK Treasury bills and certificates of deposit issued by major North American or European banks.

 

84

 

 

24.20 Unlawfulness, invalidity and ranking; Security imperilled

 

No Obligor shall and the Obligors shall procure that no other Transaction Obligor will, do (or fail to do) or cause or permit another person to do (or omit to do) anything which could be expected to:

 

(a) make it unlawful for an Obligor to perform any of its obligations under the Transaction Documents;

 

(b) cause any obligation of an Obligor under the Transaction Documents to cease to be legal, valid, binding or enforceable;

 

(c) cause any Transaction Document to cease to be in full force and effect;

 

(d) cause any Transaction Security to rank after, or lose its priority to, any other Security; and

 

(e) imperil or jeopardise the Transaction Security.

 

24.21 Further assurance

 

(a) Each Obligor shall promptly, and in any event within the time period specified by the Security Agent do all such acts (including procuring or arranging any registration, notarisation or authentication or the giving of any notice) or execute or procure execution of all such documents (including assignments, transfers, mortgages, charges, notices, instructions, acknowledgments, proxies and powers of attorney), as the Security Agent may specify (and in such form as the Security Agent may require in favour of the Security Agent or its nominee(s)):

 

(i) to create, perfect, vest in favour of the Security Agent or protect the priority of the Security or any right or any kind created or intended to be created under or evidenced by the Finance Documents (which may include the execution of a mortgage, charge, assignment or other Security over all or any of the assets which are, or are intended to be, the subject of the Transaction Security) or for the exercise of any rights, powers and remedies of the Security Agent, any Receiver or the Secured Parties provided by or pursuant to the Finance Documents or by law;

 

(ii) to confer on the Security Agent or confer on the Secured Parties Security over any property and assets of that Transaction Obligor located in any jurisdiction equivalent or similar to the Security intended to be conferred by or pursuant to the Finance Documents;

 

(iii) to facilitate or expedite the realisation and/or sale of, the transfer of title to or the grant of, any interest in or right relating to the assets which are, or are intended to be, the subject of the Transaction Security or to exercise any power specified in any Finance Document in respect of which the Security has become enforceable; and/or

 

(iv) to enable or assist the Security Agent to enter into any transaction to commence, defend or conduct any proceedings and/or to take any other action relating to any item of the Security Property.

 

(b) Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor will, (and the Parent Guarantor shall procure that each member of the Group will) take all such action as is available to it (including making all filings and registrations) as may be necessary for the purpose of the creation, perfection, protection or maintenance of any Security conferred or intended to be conferred on the Security Agent or the Secured Parties by or pursuant to the Finance Documents.

 

85

 

 

(c) At the same time as a Transaction Obligor delivers to the Security Agent any document executed under this Clause 24.21 (Further assurance), that Transaction Obligor shall deliver to the Security Agent a certificate signed by one of that Transaction Obligor’s officers which shall:

 

(i) set out the text of a resolution of that Transaction Obligor’s directors specifically authorising the execution of the document specified by the Security Agent; and

 

(ii) state that either the resolution was duly passed at a meeting of the directors validly convened and held, throughout which a quorum of directors entitled to vote on the resolution was present, or that the resolution has been signed by all the directors of officers and is valid under that Transaction Obligor’s articles of association or other constitutional documents.

 

24.22 Sanctions and use of proceeds

 

(a) No proceeds of the Facilities shall be made available, directly or indirectly, to or for the benefit of a Restricted Party or otherwise shall be, directly or indirectly, applied in a manner or for a purpose prohibited by Sanctions Laws.

 

(b) Each Obligor will and will procure that each Subsidiary of any of them will comply with Sanctions Laws and maintain policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with Sanctions Laws.

 

(c) Each Finance Party will not fund all or any part of any payment under this Agreement or any other Finance Document out of proceeds directly derived from transactions which would be prohibited by Sanctions Laws or would otherwise cause any Security Party, any Finance Party or any Relevant Person to be in breach of Sanctions Laws.

 

(d) Each Borrower shall procure that it will not (and the Borrowers shall ensure that no other Relevant Person will) cause any Obligor or any Finance Party to be in breach of Sanctions and shall not, and shall procure that no Transaction Obligor shall take any action or make any omission that results in or is reasonably likely to result in it or any Finance Party becoming a Restricted Party.

 

24.23 Information: sanctions

 

(a) Each Obligor shall supply to the Facility Agent promptly upon becoming aware of them, the details of any material inquiry, claim, action, suit, proceeding or investigation pursuant to Sanctions Laws against any Relevant Person, as well as information on what steps are being taken with regards to answer or oppose such material inquiry, claim, action, suit, proceeding or investigation provided that (i) that Obligor is not prohibited by law from supplying such details to the Facility Agent or (ii) such details are not confidential under any legal privilege.

 

(b) Each Obligor shall notify the Facility Agent promptly upon becoming aware that it, any of its direct or indirect owners, any of its subsidiaries or any other member of the Group, any of their joint ventures or any of their respective directors, officers, employees, agents or representatives has become or is likely to become a Restricted Party.

 

24.24 Anti-corruption law

 

(a) No Obligor shall (and the Parent Guarantor shall ensure that no other member of the Group will) directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the Facility for any purpose which would breach any Anti-Corruption Laws.

 

(b) Each Obligor shall (and the Parent Guarantor shall ensure that each other member of the Group will):

 

86

 

 

(i) conduct its business in compliance with applicable Anti-Corruption Laws; and

 

(ii) maintain policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with such Anti-Corruption Laws.

 

24.25 No variation, release etc. of Pool Agreement

 

No Obligor shall, without written notice to the Lenders, whether by a document, by conduct, by acquiescence or in any other way:

 

(a) vary the terms of any Pool Agreement in any material respect;

 

(b) release, waive, suspend or subordinate or permit to be lost or impaired any interest or right of any kind which such Obligor has at any time to, in or in connection with any Pool Agreement or in relation to any matter arising out of or in connection with any Pool Agreement;

 

(c) waive any person’s breach of any Pool Agreement; or

 

(d) rescind or terminate any Pool Agreement or treat itself as discharged or relieved from further performance of any of its obligations or liabilities under any Pool Agreement;

 

and, for the purposes of paragraph (a), it shall not in itself constitute a material amendment to any Pool Agreement if any participant (or vessel owned by that person) has left or joined the pool without otherwise materially amending the terms of that Pool Agreement.

 

25 INSURANCE UNDERTAKINGS

 

25.1 General

 

In respect of a Ship, the undertakings in this Clause 25 (Insurance Undertakings) shall apply and remain in force on and from the date of this Agreement and throughout the rest of the Security Period except as the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders (or, where specified, all the Lenders) may otherwise permit.

 

25.2 Maintenance of obligatory insurances

 

Each Borrower shall keep the Ship owned by it insured at its expense against:

 

(a) fire and usual marine risks (including hull and machinery, increased value and excess risks);

 

(b) war risks (including blocking and trapping);

 

(c) protection and indemnity risks; and

 

(d) any other risks against which the Facility Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders considers, having regard to practices and other circumstances prevailing at the relevant time, it would be reasonable for that Borrower to insure and which are specified by the Facility Agent by notice to that Borrower.

 

25.3 Terms of obligatory insurances

 

In respect of each Ship, the Borrowers shall effect such insurances:

 

(a) in dollars;

 

87

 

 

(b) in the case of fire and usual marine risks and war risks, in an amount on an agreed value basis at least the greater of:

 

(i) when aggregated with the insured values of the other Ships then subject to a Mortgage, 110 per cent. of the Loan; and

 

(ii) the market value of that Ship;

 

(c) in the case of oil pollution liability risks, for an aggregate amount equal to the highest level of cover from time to time available under basic protection and indemnity club entry and in the international marine insurance market;

 

(d) in the case of protection and indemnity risks, in respect of the full tonnage of its Ship;

 

(e) on approved terms; and

 

(f) through Approved Brokers and with approved insurance companies and/or underwriters or, in the case of war risks and protection and indemnity risks, in approved war risks and protection and indemnity risks associations.

 

25.4 Further protections for the Finance Parties

 

In addition to the terms set out in Clause 25.3 (Terms of obligatory insurances), each Borrower shall procure that the obligatory insurances effected by it shall:

 

(a) subject always to paragraph (b), name that Borrower as the sole named assured unless the interest of every other named assured is limited:

 

(i) in respect of any obligatory insurances for hull and machinery and war risks;

 

(A) to any provable out-of-pocket expenses that it has incurred and which form part of any recoverable claim on underwriters; and

 

(B) to any third party liability claims where cover for such claims is provided by the policy (and then only in respect of discharge of any claims made against it); and

 

(ii) in respect of any obligatory insurances for protection and indemnity risks, to any recoveries it is entitled to make by way of reimbursement following discharge of any third party liability claims made specifically against it;

 

and every other named assured has undertaken in writing to the Security Agent (in such form as it requires) that any deductible shall be apportioned between that Borrower and every other named assured in proportion to the gross claims made or paid by each of them and that it shall do all things necessary and provide all documents, evidence and information to enable the Security Agent to collect or recover any moneys which at any time become payable in respect of the obligatory insurances;

 

(b) whenever the Facility Agent requires, name (or be amended to name) the Security Agent as additional named assured for its rights and interests, warranted no operational interest and with full waiver of rights of subrogation against the Security Agent, but without the Security Agent thereby being liable to pay (but having the right to pay) premiums, calls or other assessments in respect of such insurance Provided that this paragraph (b) shall not apply to the protection and indemnity risks;

 

88

 

 

(c) name the Security Agent as loss payee with such directions for payment as the Facility Agent may specify;

 

(d) provide that all payments by or on behalf of the insurers under the obligatory insurances to the Security Agent shall be made without set off, counterclaim or deductions or condition whatsoever;

 

(e) provide that the obligatory insurances shall be primary without right of contribution from other insurances which may be carried by the Security Agent or any other Finance Party; and

 

(f) provide that the Security Agent may make proof of loss if that Borrower fails to do so.

 

25.5 Renewal of obligatory insurances

 

Each Borrower shall:

 

(a) at least 21 days before the expiry of any obligatory insurance effected by it:

 

(i) notify the Facility Agent of the Approved Brokers (or other insurers) and any protection and indemnity or war risks association through or with which it proposes to renew that obligatory insurance and of the proposed terms of renewal; and

 

(ii) obtain the Facility Agents’ approval to the matters referred to in sub-paragraph (i) of paragraph (a) above;

 

(b) at least 14 days before the expiry of any obligatory insurance, renew that obligatory insurance in accordance with the Facility Agent’s approval pursuant to paragraph (a) above; and

 

(c) procure that the approved brokers and/or the approved war risks and protection and indemnity associations with which such a renewal is effected shall promptly after the renewal notify the Facility Agent in writing of the terms and conditions of the renewal.

 

25.6 Copies of policies; letters of undertaking

 

Each Borrower shall ensure that the Approved Brokers provide the Security Agent with:

 

(a) pro forma copies of all policies relating to the obligatory insurances which they are to effect or renew; and

 

(b) a letter or letters or undertaking in a form required by the Facility Agent and including undertakings by the Approved Brokers that:

 

(i) they will have endorsed on each policy, immediately upon issue, a loss payable clause and a notice of assignment complying with the provisions of Clause 25.4 (Further protections for the Finance Parties);

 

(ii) they will hold such policies, and the benefit of such insurances, to the order of the Security Agent in accordance with such loss payable clause;

 

(iii) they will advise the Security Agent immediately of any material change to the terms of the obligatory insurances;

 

(iv) they will, if they have not received notice of renewal instructions from the relevant Borrower or its agents, notify the Security Agent not less than 14 days before the expiry of the obligatory insurances;

 

89

 

 

(v) if they receive instructions to renew the obligatory insurances, they will promptly notify the Facility Agent of the terms of the instructions;

 

(vi) they will not set off against any sum recoverable in respect of a claim relating to the Ship owned by that Borrower under such obligatory insurances any premiums or other amounts due to them or any other person whether in respect of that Ship or otherwise, they waive any lien on the policies, or any sums received under them, which they might have in respect of such premiums or other amounts and they will not cancel such obligatory insurances by reason of non-payment of such premiums or other amounts; and

 

(vii) they will arrange for a separate policy to be issued in respect of the Ship owned by that Borrower forthwith upon being so requested by the Facility Agent.

 

25.7 Copies of certificates of entry

 

Each Borrower shall ensure that any protection and indemnity and/or war risks associations in which the Ship owned by it is entered provide the Security Agent with:

 

(a) a certified copy of the certificate of entry for that Ship;

 

(b) a letter or letters of undertaking in such form as may be required by the Facility Agent acting on the instructions of Majority Lenders; and

 

(c) a certified copy of each certificate of financial responsibility for pollution by oil or other Environmentally Sensitive Material issued by the relevant certifying authority in relation to that Ship.

 

25.8 Deposit of original policies

 

Each Borrower shall ensure that all policies relating to obligatory insurances effected by it are deposited with the Approved Brokers through which the insurances are effected or renewed.

 

25.9 Payment of premiums

 

Each Borrower shall punctually pay all premiums or other sums payable in respect of the obligatory insurances effected by it and produce all relevant receipts when so required by the Facility Agent or the Security Agent.

 

25.10 Guarantees

 

Each Borrower shall ensure that any guarantees required by a protection and indemnity or war risks association are promptly issued and remain in full force and effect.

 

25.11 Compliance with terms of insurances

 

(a) No Borrower shall do or omit to do (nor permit to be done or not to be done) any act or thing which would or might render any obligatory insurance invalid, void, voidable or unenforceable or render any sum payable under an obligatory insurance repayable in whole or in part.

 

(b) Without limiting paragraph (a) above, each Borrower shall:

 

(i) take all necessary action and comply with all requirements which may from time to time be applicable to the obligatory insurances, and (without limiting the obligation contained in sub-paragraph (iii) of paragraph (b) of Clause 25.6 (Copies of policies; letters of undertaking)) ensure that the obligatory insurances are not made subject to any exclusions or qualifications to which the Facility Agent has not given its prior approval;

 

90

 

 

(ii) not make any changes relating to the classification or classification society or manager or operator of the Ship owned by it approved by the underwriters of the obligatory insurances;

 

(iii) make (and promptly supply copies to the Facility Agent of) all quarterly or other voyage declarations which may be required by the protection and indemnity risks association in which the Ship owned by it is entered to maintain cover for trading to the United States of America and Exclusive Economic Zone (as defined in the United States Oil Pollution Act 1990 or any other applicable legislation); and

 

(iv) not employ the Ship owned by it, nor allow it to be employed, otherwise than in conformity with the terms and conditions of the obligatory insurances, without first obtaining the consent of the insurers and complying with any requirements (as to extra premium or otherwise) which the insurers specify.

 

25.12 Alteration to terms of insurances

 

No Borrower shall make or agree to any alteration to the terms of any obligatory insurance or waive any right relating to any obligatory insurance.

 

25.13 Settlement of claims

 

Each Borrower shall:

 

(a) not settle, compromise or abandon any claim under any obligatory insurance for Total Loss or for a Major Casualty; and

 

(b) do all things necessary and provide all documents, evidence and information to enable the Security Agent to collect or recover any moneys which at any time become payable in respect of the obligatory insurances.

 

25.14 Provision of copies of communications

 

Each Borrower shall provide the Security Agent, at the time of each such communication, with copies of all written communications between that Borrower and:

 

(a) the Approved Brokers;

 

(b) the approved protection and indemnity and/or war risks associations; and

 

(c) the approved insurance companies and/or underwriters,

 

which relate directly or indirectly to:

 

(i) that Borrower’s obligations relating to the obligatory insurances including, without limitation, all requisite declarations and payments of additional premiums or calls; and

 

91

 

 

(ii) any credit arrangements made between that Borrower and any of the persons referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above relating wholly or partly to the effecting or maintenance of the obligatory insurances.

 

25.15 Provision of information

 

Each Borrower shall promptly provide the Facility Agent (or any persons which it may designate) with any information which the Facility Agent (or any such designated person) requests for the purpose of:

 

(a) obtaining or preparing any report from an independent marine insurance broker as to the adequacy of the obligatory insurances effected or proposed to be effected; and/or

 

(b) effecting, maintaining or renewing any such insurances as are referred to in Clause 25.16 (Mortgagee’s interest and additional perils insurances) or dealing with or considering any matters relating to any such insurances,

 

and the Borrowers shall, forthwith upon demand, indemnify the Security Agent in respect of all fees and other expenses incurred by or for the account of the Security Agent in connection with any such report as is referred to in paragraph (a) above.

 

25.16 Mortgagee’s interest and additional perils insurances

 

(a) The Security Agent shall be entitled from time to time to effect, maintain and renew a mortgagee’s interest marine insurance and a mortgagee’s interest additional perils insurance in such amounts (but not exceeding 120 per cent. of the Loan), on such terms, through such insurers and generally in such manner as the Security Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders may from time to time consider appropriate.

 

(b) The Borrowers shall upon demand fully indemnify the Security Agent and the Lenders (as the case may be) in respect of all premiums and other expenses which are incurred in connection with or with a view to effecting, maintaining or renewing any insurance referred to in paragraph (a) above or dealing with, or considering, any matter arising out of any such insurance.

 

26 SHIP UNDERTAKINGS

 

26.1 General

 

In respect of a Ship, the undertakings in this Clause 26 (Ship Undertakings) shall apply and remain in force on and from the date of this Agreement and throughout the rest of the Security Period except as the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders (or, where specified, all the Lenders) may otherwise permit.

 

26.2 Ships’ names and registration

 

Each Borrower shall, in respect of the Ship owned by it:

 

(a) keep that Ship registered in its name under an Approved Flag from time to time at its port of registration;

 

(b) not do or allow to be done anything as a result of which such registration might be suspended, cancelled or imperilled; and

 

(c) not change the name of that Ship,

 

provided that any change of flag of a Ship shall be subject to:

 

92

 

 

(i) that Ship being registered on an Approved Flag and remaining subject to Security securing the Secured Liabilities created by a first priority or preferred ship mortgage on that Ship and, if appropriate, a first priority deed of covenant collateral to that mortgage (or equivalent first priority Security) on substantially the same terms as the Mortgage on that Ship and on such other terms and in such other form as the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, shall approve or require; and

 

(ii) the execution of such other documentation amending and supplementing the Finance Documents as the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, shall approve or require.

 

26.3 Repair and classification

 

Each Borrower shall keep the Ship owned by it in a good and safe condition and state of repair:

 

(a) consistent with first class ship ownership and management practice; and

 

(b) so as to maintain the Approved Classification free of overdue recommendations and conditions affecting that Ship’s class.

 

26.4 Modifications

 

No Borrower shall unless after consultation, and agreement, with the Facility Agent, make any modification or repairs to, or replacement of, any Ship or equipment installed on it which would or might materially alter the structure, type or performance characteristics of that Ship or materially reduce its value save for changes or modifications that are required to be made in order to satisfy updated rules and regulations from time to time applicable to that Ship.

 

26.5 Removal and installation of parts

 

(a) Subject to paragraph (b) below, no Borrower shall remove any material part of any Ship, or any item of equipment installed on any Ship unless the part or item so removed:

 

(i) is forthwith replaced by a suitable part or item which is in the same condition as or better condition than the part or item removed;

 

(ii) is free from any Security in favour of any person other than the Security Agent; and

 

(iii) becomes, on installation on that Ship, the property of that Borrower and subject to the security constituted by the Mortgage on that Ship.

 

(b) A Borrower may install equipment owned by a third party if the equipment can be removed without any risk of damage to the Ship owned by that Borrower.

 

26.6 Surveys

 

Each Borrower shall submit the Ship owned by it regularly to all periodic or other surveys which may be required for classification purposes and, if so required by the Facility Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders, provide the Facility Agent, with copies of all survey reports and, in addition, the Facility Agent shall have the right to have a technical survey carried out at any time on each Ship and the Borrowers shall pay the cost of 1 such survey of each Ship per year at the Facility Agent’s request.

 

93

 

 

26.7 Inspection

 

Each Borrower shall permit the Security Agent (acting through surveyors or other persons appointed by it for that purpose) to board the Ship owned by it at all reasonable times to inspect its condition or to satisfy themselves about proposed or executed repairs and shall afford all proper facilities for such inspections.

 

26.8 Prevention of and release from arrest

 

(a) Each Borrower shall, in respect of the Ship owned by it, promptly discharge amounts due in respect of:

 

(i) all liabilities which give or may give rise to maritime or possessory liens on or claims enforceable against that Ship, its Earnings or its Insurances;

 

(ii) all Taxes, dues and other amounts charged in respect of that Ship, its Earnings or its Insurances; and

 

(iii) all other outgoings whatsoever in respect of that Ship, its Earnings or its Insurances.

 

(b) Each Borrower shall immediately and, forthwith upon receiving notice of the arrest of the Ship owned by it or of its detention in exercise or purported exercise of any lien or claim, procure its release by providing bail or otherwise as the circumstances may require.

 

26.9 Compliance with laws etc.

 

Each Borrower shall:

 

(a) comply, or procure compliance with all laws or regulations:

 

(i) relating to its business generally; and

 

(ii) relating to the Ship owned by it, its ownership, employment, operation, management and registration,

 

including the ISM Code, the ISPS Code, all Environmental Laws, all Sanctions Laws and the laws of the Approved Flag;

 

(b) obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect any Environment Approvals; and

 

(c) without limiting paragraph (a) above, not employ the Ship owned by it nor allow its employment, operation or management in any manner contrary to any law or regulation including but not limited to the ISM Code, the ISPS Code, all Environmental Laws and all Sanctions Laws.

 

26.10 ISPS Code

 

Without limiting paragraph (a) of Clause 26.9 (Compliance with laws etc.), each Borrower shall:

 

(a) procure that the Ship owned by it and the company responsible for that Ship’s compliance with the ISPS Code comply with the ISPS Code; and

 

(b) maintain an ISSC for that Ship; and

 

94

 

 

(c) notify the Facility Agent immediately in writing of any actual or threatened withdrawal, suspension, cancellation or modification of the ISSC.

 

26.11 Trading in war zones

 

In the event of hostilities in any part of the world (whether war is declared or not), no Borrower shall cause or permit any Ship to enter or trade to any zone which is declared a war zone by any government or by that Ship’s war risks insurers or which is otherwise excluded from the scope of coverage of the obligatory insurances unless:

 

(a) that Ship’s war risks insurers have agreed to cover such transit or trade under the annual war risks policy on terms and conditions not less restrictive than those already in place (it being understood the requirement for an additional premium does not constitute a restriction); or

 

(b) the prior written consent of the Security Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders has been given; and

 

(c) that Borrower has (at its expense) effected any special, additional or modified insurance cover which the Security Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders may require.

 

26.12 Provision of information

 

Without prejudice to Clause 22.5 (Information: miscellaneous) each Borrower shall, in respect of the Ship owned by it, promptly provide the Facility Agent with any information which it requests regarding:

 

(a) that Ship, its employment, position and engagements;

 

(b) the Earnings and payments and amounts due to its master and crew;

 

(c) any expenditure incurred, or likely to be incurred, in connection with the operation, maintenance or repair of that Ship and any payments made by it in respect of that Ship;

 

(d) any towages and salvages; and

 

(e) its compliance, the Approved Manager’s compliance and the compliance of that Ship with the ISM Code and the ISPS Code,

 

and, upon the Facility Agent’s request, provide copies of any current charter relating to that Ship, of any current guarantee of any such charter, the Ship’s Safety Management Certificate and any relevant Document of Compliance.

 

26.13 Notification of certain events

 

Each Borrower shall, in respect of the Ship owned by it, immediately notify the Facility Agent by fax, confirmed forthwith by letter of:

 

(a) any casualty to that Ship which is or could reasonably be expected to be or to become a Major Casualty;

 

(b) any occurrence as a result of which that Ship has become or could reasonably be expected, by the passing of time or otherwise, to become a Total Loss;

 

(c) any requisition of that Ship for hire;

 

95

 

 

(d) any requirement or recommendation made in relation to that Ship by any insurer or classification society or by any competent authority which is not immediately complied with;

 

(e) any arrest or detention of that Ship, any exercise or purported exercise of any lien on that Ship or the Earnings or any requisition of that Ship for hire;

 

(f) any intended dry docking of that Ship;

 

(g) any Environmental Claim made against that Borrower or in connection with that Ship, or any Environmental Incident;

 

(h) any claim for breach of the ISM Code or the ISPS Code being made against that Borrower, an Approved Manager or otherwise in connection with that Ship; or

 

(i) any other matter, event or incident, actual or threatened, the effect of which will or could lead to the ISM Code or the ISPS Code not being complied with,

 

and each Borrower shall keep the Facility Agent advised in writing on a regular basis and in such detail as the Facility Agent shall require as to that Borrower’s, any such Approved Manager’s or any other person’s response to any of those events or matters.

 

26.14 Restrictions on chartering, appointment of managers etc.

 

No Borrower shall, in relation to the Ship owned by it:

 

(a) let that Ship on demise charter for any period;

 

(b) enter into any time or consecutive voyage charter in respect of that Ship other than a Permitted Charter;

 

(c) appoint a manager of that Ship other than the Approved Commercial Manager and the Approved Technical Manager or agree to any alteration to the terms of an Approved Manager’s appointment;

 

(d) de activate or lay up that Ship; or

 

(e) other than in the event of a scheduled drydocking put that Ship into the possession of any person for the purpose of work being done upon it in an amount exceeding or likely to exceed $1,000,000 (or the equivalent in any other currency) unless that person has first given to the Security Agent and in terms satisfactory to it a written undertaking not to exercise any lien on that Ship or its Earnings for the cost of such work or for any other reason.

 

26.15 Notice of Mortgage

 

Each Borrower shall keep the relevant Mortgage registered against the Ship owned by it as a valid first priority or preferred mortgage, carry on board that Ship a certified copy of the relevant Mortgage and place and maintain in a conspicuous place in the navigation room and the master’s cabin of that Ship a framed printed notice stating that that Ship is mortgaged by that Borrower to the Security Agent.

 

26.16 Sharing of Earnings

 

No Borrower shall enter into any agreement or arrangement for the sharing of any Earnings, except for any internal agreement between a Borrower and Ardmore Shipping (Asia) Pte Limited or pursuant to a time charter entered into by a Borrower with a third party which includes profit sharing agreements which, in any case, are on terms approved by the Lenders or a Pool Agreement or any other pool that the Ships may be employed in from time to time subject to the consent of the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders.

 

96

 

 

26.17 Inventory of Hazardous Materials

 

The Borrower shall procure that the Ship owned by it has, from the date the Borrower is legally obliged to do so, obtained an Inventory of Hazardous Material, in respect of said Ship which shall be maintained until the Loan has been fully repaid.

 

26.18 Sustainable and socially responsible dismantling of Ships

 

Each of the Obligors confirms that as long as it is in a lending relationship with any Lender, it will ensure that any Ship or other vessel controlled by it or any other member of the Group or sold to an intermediary with the intention of being scrapped, is recycled at a recycling yard which conducts its recycling business in a socially and environmentally responsible manner, in accordance with the provisions of The Hong Kong International Convention for the Safe and Environmentally Sound Recycling of Ships, 2009 and/or EU Ship Recycling Regulation.

 

26.19 Poseidon Principles

 

Each Borrower shall, upon the request of any Lender and at the cost of the Borrowers, on or before 31 July in each calendar year, supply or procure the supply by the Approved Classification Society (as specified by the relevant Lender) to such Lender of all information reasonably necessary in order for any Lender to comply with its obligations under the Poseidon Principles in respect of the preceding year, including, without limitation, all ship fuel oil consumption data required to be collected and reported in accordance with Regulation 22A of Annex VI and any Statement of Compliance, together with a Carbon Intensity and Climate Alignment Certificate (or equivalent document) in each case relating to the Ship owned by it for the preceding calendar year provided always that, for the avoidance of doubt, such information shall be “Confidential Information” for the purposes of Clause 46 (Confidentiality) but the Obligors acknowledge that, in accordance with the Poseidon Principles, such information will form part of the information published regarding the relevant Lender’s portfolio climate alignment.

 

26.20 Notification of compliance

 

Each Borrower shall promptly provide the Facility Agent from time to time with evidence (in such form as the Facility Agent requires) that it is complying with this Clause 26 (Ship Undertakings).

 

27 SECURITY COVER

 

27.1 Minimum required security cover

 

Clause 27.2 (Provision of additional security; prepayment) applies if, at any time during the Security Period, the Facility Agent notifies the Borrowers that the Security Value is below 130 per cent. of the Loan.

 

27.2 Provision of additional security; prepayment

 

(a) If the Facility Agent serves a notice on the Borrowers under Clause 27.1 (Minimum required security cover), the Borrowers shall, on or before the date falling one month after the date (the “Prepayment Date”) on which the Facility Agent’s notice is served, prepay such part of the Loan as shall eliminate the shortfall.

 

97

 

 

 

(b) A Borrower may, instead of making a prepayment as described in paragraph (a) above, provide, or ensure that a third party has provided, additional security which, in the opinion of the Facility Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders,

 

(i) has a net realisable value at least equal to the shortfall; and

 

(ii) is documented in such terms as the Facility Agent may approve or require,

 

before the Prepayment Date; and conditional upon such security being provided in such manner, it shall satisfy such prepayment obligation.

 

27.3       Value of additional vessel security

 

The net realisable value of any additional security which is provided under Clause 27.2 (Provision of additional security; prepayment) and which consists of Security over a vessel shall be the Fair Market Value of the vessel concerned.

 

27.4       Valuations binding

 

Any valuation under this Clause 27 (Security Cover) shall be binding and conclusive as regards each Borrower.

 

27.5       Provision of information

 

(a) Each Borrower shall promptly provide the Facility Agent and any shipbroker acting under this Clause 27 (Security Cover) with any information which the Facility Agent or the shipbroker may request for the purposes of the valuation.

 

(b) If a Borrower fails to provide the information referred to in paragraph (a) above by the date specified in the request, the valuation may be made on any basis and assumptions which the shipbroker or the Facility Agent considers prudent.

 

27.6       Prepayment mechanism

 

Any prepayment pursuant to Clause 27.2 (Provision of additional security; prepayment) shall be:

 

(a) made in accordance with the relevant provisions of Clause 7 (payment and Cancellation) but ignoring any restriction as to prepayments being made on the last day of the Interest Period;

 

(b) as regards the Term Loan, applied on a pro-rata basis towards satisfaction of the Repayment Instalments for the Term Loan set out in Clause 6.1 (Repayment of Term Loan); and

 

(c) as regards the Revolving Facility, be applied on a pro-rata basis towards the Advances of the Revolving Facility.

 

27.7       Provision of valuations

 

(a) Each Borrower shall provide the Facility Agent with valuations of the Ship owned by it or that will be owned by it on the first Utilisation Date and any other vessel over which additional Security has been created in accordance with Clause 27.3 (Value of additional vessel security), from an Approved Valuer, to enable the Facility Agent to determine the Fair Market Value of that Ship.

 

(b) The valuations referred to in this Clause 27.7 (Provision of valuations) are to be obtained:

 

 

98

 

 

(i) on or before the first Utilisation Date (not to be obtained earlier than 30 days prior to that Utilisation Date) and shown, in respect of such Ship when not on or before that Utilisation Date, as at 30 June and 31 December of each year during the Facility Period; or

 

(ii) at any other time requested by the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders) in its absolute discretion.

 

(c) The valuations referred to in paragraph (b)(i) and (b)(ii) of Clause 27.7 (Provision of valuations) shall be at the Borrowers’ cost, but no more than twice per year, unless the valuations provided under paragraph (b)(i) and (b)(ii) of Clause 27.7 (Provision of valuations) show a breach of Clause 27.1 (Minimum required security cover) or are requested at a time when an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, in which case any additional valuations will be at the Borrowers’ cost.

 

28         APPLICATION OF EARNINGS

 

28.1       Payment of Earnings

 

Each Borrower shall ensure that,

 

(a) subject only to the provisions of the General Assignment to which it is a party, all the Earnings in respect of the Ship owned by it are paid in to its Earnings Account; and

 

(b) all payments by a Hedge Counterparty to that Borrower under a Hedging Agreement are paid to the Earnings Account.

 

28.2       Use of credit balances on the Earnings Account

 

Each Borrower may withdraw moneys from the Earnings Account in its name provided that no Default is continuing.

 

28.3       Location of accounts

 

Each Borrower shall promptly:

 

(a) comply with any requirement of the Facility Agent as to the location or relocation of its Earnings Account (or any of them); and

 

(b) execute any documents which the Facility Agent specifies to create or maintain in favour of the Security Agent Security over (and/or rights of set-off, consolidation or other rights in relation to) the Earnings Accounts.

 

29          EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

29.1       General

 

Each of the events or circumstances set out in this Clause 29 (Events of Default) is an Event of Default except for Clause 29.18 (Acceleration) and Clause 29.19 (Enforcement of security).

 

29.2       Non-payment

 

An Obligor does not pay on the due date any amount payable pursuant to a Finance Document at the place at and in the currency in which it is expressed to be payable unless:

 

99

 

 

(a) its failure to pay is caused by:

 

(i) administrative or technical error; or

 

(ii) a Disruption Event; and

 

(b) payment is made within 3 Business Days of its due date.

 

29.3       Specific obligations

 

A breach occurs of Clause 4.4 (Waiver of conditions precedent), Clause 23 (Financial Covenants), Clause 24.9 (Title), Clause 24.10 (Negative pledge), Clause 24.20 (Unlawfulness, invalidity and ranking; Security imperilled), Clause 24.23 (Information: sanctions), Clause 24.24 (Anti-corruption law), Clause 25.2 (Maintenance of obligatory insurances), Clause 25.3 (Terms of obligatory insurances), Clause 25.5 (Renewal of obligatory insurances) or, save to the extent such breach is a failure to pay and therefore subject to Clause 29.2 (Non-payment), Clause 27 (Security Cover).

 

29.4       Other obligations

 

(a) A Transaction Obligor does not comply with any provision of the Finance Documents (other than those referred to in Clause 29.2 (Non-payment) and Clause 29.3 (Specific obligations)).

 

(b) No Event of Default under paragraph (a) above will occur if the failure to comply is capable of remedy and is remedied within 10 Business Days of the Facility Agent giving notice to the Borrowers or (if earlier) any Transaction Obligor becoming aware of the failure to comply.

 

29.5       Misrepresentation

 

Any representation or statement made or deemed to be made by an Obligor in the Finance Documents or any other document delivered by or on behalf of any Transaction Obligor under or in connection with any Finance Document is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading when made or deemed to be made and which has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

29.6       Cross default

 

(a) Any Financial Indebtedness of any Obligor is not paid when due nor within any originally applicable grace period.

 

(b) Any Financial Indebtedness of any Obligor is declared to be or otherwise becomes due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).

 

(c) Any commitment for any Financial Indebtedness of any Obligor is cancelled or suspended by a creditor of any Obligor as a result of an event of default (however described).

 

(d) Any creditor of any Obligor becomes entitled to declare any Financial Indebtedness of any Obligor due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).

 

(e) No Event of Default will occur under this Clause 29.6 (Cross default) if the aggregate amount of Financial Indebtedness or commitment for Financial Indebtedness falling within paragraphs (a) to (d) above is less than, in respect of each Borrower, $500,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency) and in respect of each of the Corporate Guarantor or Parent Guarantor and other members of the Group, $2,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency in aggregate).

 

100

 

 

29.7       Insolvency

 

(a) An Obligor:

 

(i) is unable or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due;

 

(ii) is deemed to, or is declared to, be unable to pay its debts under applicable law;

 

(iii) suspends or threatens to suspend making payments on any of its debts; or

 

(iv) by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties, commences negotiations with one or more of its creditors (excluding any Finance Party in its capacity as such) with a view to rescheduling any of its indebtedness.

 

(b) The value of the assets of any Obligor is less than its liabilities (taking into account contingent and prospective liabilities).

 

(c) A moratorium is declared in respect of any indebtedness of any Obligor. If a moratorium occurs, the ending of the moratorium will not remedy any Event of Default caused by that moratorium.

 

29.8       Insolvency proceedings

 

(a) Any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedure or step is taken in relation to:

 

(i) the suspension of payments, a moratorium of any indebtedness, winding-up, dissolution, administration or reorganisation (by way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or otherwise) of any member of the Group other than a solvent liquidation or reorganisation of any member of the Group which is not an Obligor;

 

(ii) a composition, compromise, assignment or arrangement with any creditor of any member of the Group;

 

(iii) the appointment of a liquidator (other than in respect of a solvent liquidation of a member of the Group which is not an Obligor), receiver, administrator, administrative receiver, compulsory manager or other similar officer in respect of any member of the Group or any of its assets; or

 

(iv) enforcement of any Security over any assets of any member of the Group, or any analogous procedure or step is taken in any jurisdiction.

 

(b) Paragraph (a) above shall not apply to any winding-up petition which is frivolous or vexatious and is discharged, stayed or dismissed within 14 days of commencement.

 

29.9       Creditors’ process

 

Any expropriation, attachment, sequestration, distress or execution (or any analogous process in any jurisdiction) affects any asset or assets of an Obligor.

 

29.10       Ownership of the Obligors

 

Without the prior approval of the Lenders, there is any change in the (beneficial) ownership of an Obligor (other than the Parent Guarantor) from that advised to the Facility Agent as at the date of this Agreement or an Obligor is not or ceases to be a Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor.

 

101

 

 

29.11       Unlawfulness, invalidity and ranking

 

(a) It is or becomes unlawful for a Transaction Obligor to perform any of its obligations under the Finance Documents.

 

(b) Any obligation of a Transaction Obligor under the Finance Documents is not or ceases to be legal, valid, binding or enforceable if that cessation individually or together with any other cessations materially or adversely affects the interests of the Secured Parties under the Finance Documents.

 

(c) Any Finance Document ceases to be in full force and effect or to be continuing or is or purports to be determined or any Transaction Security is alleged by a party to it (other than a Finance Party) to be ineffective.

 

(d) Any Transaction Security proves to have ranked after, or loses its priority to, any other Security.

 

29.12       Security imperilled

 

Any Security created or intended to be created by a Finance Document is in any way imperilled or in jeopardy.

 

29.13       Cessation of business

 

Any Obligor suspends or ceases to carry on (or threatens to suspend or ceases to carry on) all or a material part of its business.

 

29.14       Expropriation

 

The authority or ability of any member of the Group to conduct its business is limited or wholly or substantially curtailed by any seizure, expropriation, nationalisation, intervention, restriction or other action by or on behalf of any governmental, regulatory or other authority or other person in relation to any member of the Group or any of its assets.

 

29.15       Repudiation and rescission of agreements

 

An Obligor (or any other relevant party) rescinds or purports to rescind or repudiates or purports to repudiate a Transaction Document or any of the Transaction Security or evidences an intention to rescind or repudiate a Transaction Document or any Transaction Security.

 

29.16       Litigation

 

Any litigation, arbitration, administrative, governmental, regulatory or other investigations, proceedings or disputes are commenced or threatened in relation to any of the Transaction Documents or the transactions contemplated in any of the Transaction Documents or against any member of the Group or its assets which has or may have a Material Adverse Effect and, for the avoidance of doubt, this clause shall not apply to any proceeding or dispute which is frivolous or vexatious and is discharged, stayed or dismissed within 14 days of commencement.

 

29.17       Material adverse change

 

Any event or circumstance occurs which has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

102

 

 

29.18       Acceleration

 

On and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing the Facility Agent may, and shall if so directed by the Majority Lenders, by notice to the Borrowers:

 

(a) cancel the Total Commitments, whereupon they shall immediately be cancelled;

 

(b) declare that all or part of the Loan, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued or outstanding under the Finance Documents be immediately due and payable, whereupon it shall become immediately due and payable; and/or

 

(c) declare that all or part of the Loan be payable on demand, whereupon it shall immediately become payable on demand by the Facility Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders,

 

and the Facility Agent may serve notices under paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) above simultaneously or on different dates and the Security Agent may take any action referred to in Clause 29.19 (Enforcement of security) if no such notice is served or simultaneously with or at any time after the service of any of such notice.

 

29.19       Enforcement of security and other rights

 

On and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing the Security Agent may, and shall if so directed by the Majority Lenders, take any action which, as a result of the Event of Default or any notice served under Clause 29.18 (Acceleration), the Security Agent is entitled to take under any Finance Document or any applicable law or regulation.

 

103

 

 

SECTION 10

 

CHANGES TO PARTIES

 

30       CHANGES TO THE LENDERS

 

30.1       Assignments and transfers by the Lenders

 

Subject to this Clause 30 (Changes to the Lenders), a Lender (the “Existing Lender”) may:

 

(a) assign any of its rights; or

 

(b) transfer by novation any of its rights and obligations,

 

under the Finance Documents to another bank or financial institution or to a trust, fund or other entity which is regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets (except for a hedge fund) (the “New Lender”) but in no event to a member of the Group or a holding company, or holding company acting in concert, of the Parent Guarantor.

 

30.2       Conditions of assignment or transfer

 

(a) The consent of the Borrowers is required for an assignment or transfer by an Existing Lender, unless the assignment or transfer is:

 

(i) to another Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender;

 

(ii) if the Existing Lender is a fund, to a fund which is a Related Fund; or

 

(iii) made at a time when a Default or a Sanctions Event is continuing,

 

in which cases an assignment by an Existing Lender may be done freely.

 

(b) The consent of the Borrowers to an assignment or transfer must not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Each Borrower will be deemed to have given its consent five Business Days after the Existing Lender has requested it unless consent is expressly refused by that Borrower within that time.

 

(c) The consent of a Borrower to an assignment or transfer must not be withheld solely because the assignment or transfer may result in an increase to any amount payable under Clause 14.3 (Mandatory Cost).

 

(d)       An assignment will only be effective on:

 

(i) receipt by the Facility Agent (whether in the Assignment Agreement or otherwise) of written confirmation from the New Lender (in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent) that the New Lender will assume the same obligations to the other Secured Parties as it would have been under if it were an Original Lender; and

 

(ii) performance by the Facility Agent of all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to such assignment to a New Lender, the completion of which the Facility Agent shall promptly notify to the Existing Lender and the New Lender.

 

(e) A transfer will only be effective if the procedure set out in Clause 30.5 (Procedure for transfer) is complied with.

 

104

 

 

(f) If:

 

(i) a Lender assigns or transfers any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents or changes its Facility Office; and

 

(ii) as a result of circumstances existing at the date the assignment, transfer or change occurs, an Obligor would be obliged to make a payment to the New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office under Clause 12 (Tax Gross Up and Indemnities) or Clause 13 (Increased Costs),

 

then the New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office is only entitled to receive payment under those Clauses to the same extent as the Existing Lender or Lender acting through its previous Facility Office would have been if the assignment, transfer or change had not occurred.

 

(g) Each New Lender, by executing the relevant Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement, confirms, for the avoidance of doubt, that the Facility Agent has authority to execute on its behalf any amendment or waiver that has been approved by or on behalf of the requisite Lender or Lenders in accordance with this Agreement on or prior to the date on which the transfer or assignment becomes effective in accordance with this Agreement and that it is bound by that decision to the same extent as the Existing Lender would have been had it remained a Lender.

 

30.3       Assignment or transfer fee

 

The New Lender shall, on the date upon which an assignment or transfer takes effect, pay to the Facility Agent (for its own account) a fee of $5,000 unless the assignment or transfer is to an Affiliate of the Existing Lender.

 

30.4       Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders

 

(a) Unless expressly agreed to the contrary, an Existing Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility to a New Lender for:

 

(i) the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of the Finance Documents, the Transaction Security or any other documents;

 

(ii) the financial condition of any Transaction Obligor;

 

(iii) the performance and observance by any Transaction Obligor of its obligations under the Finance Documents or any other documents; or

 

(iv) the accuracy of any statements (whether written or oral) made in or in connection with any Finance Document or any other document,

 

and any representations or warranties implied by law are excluded.

 

(b) Each New Lender confirms to the Existing Lender and the other Finance Parties and the Secured Parties that it:

 

(i) has made (and shall continue to make) its own independent investigation and assessment of the financial condition and affairs of each Transaction Obligor and its related entities in connection with its participation in this Agreement and has not relied exclusively on any information provided to it by the Existing Lender or any other Finance Party in connection with any Finance Document or the Transaction Security; and

 

105

 

 

(ii) will continue to make its own independent appraisal of the creditworthiness of each Transaction Obligor and its related entities throughout the Security Period.

 

(c) Nothing in any Finance Document obliges an Existing Lender to:

 

(i) accept a re-transfer or re-assignment from a New Lender of any of the rights and obligations assigned or transferred under this Clause 30 (Changes to the Lenders); or

 

(ii) support any losses directly or indirectly incurred by the New Lender by reason of the non-performance by any Transaction Obligor of its obligations under the Finance Documents or otherwise.

 

30.5       Procedure for transfer

 

(a) Subject to the conditions set out in Clause 30.2 (Conditions of assignment or transfer), a transfer is effected in accordance with paragraph (c) below when the Facility Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender. The Facility Agent shall, subject to paragraph (b) below as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed Transfer Certificate appearing on its face to comply with this Agreement and delivered in accordance with this Agreement, execute that Transfer Certificate.

 

(b) The Facility Agent shall only be obliged to execute a Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the transfer to such New Lender.

 

(c)       Subject to Clause 30.9 (Pro rata interest settlement), on the Transfer Date:

 

(i) to the extent that in the Transfer Certificate the Existing Lender seeks to transfer by novation its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security, each of the Obligors and the Existing Lender shall be released from further obligations towards one another under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security and their respective rights against one another under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security shall be cancelled (being the “Discharged Rights and Obligations”);

 

(ii) each of the Obligors and the New Lender shall assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another which differ from the Discharged Rights and Obligations only insofar as that Obligor and the New Lender have assumed and/or acquired the same in place of that Obligor and the Existing Lender;

 

(iii) the Facility Agent, the Security Agent, each Mandated Lead Arranger, the Documentation Agent, the New Lender and other Lenders shall acquire the same rights and assume the same obligations between themselves and in respect of the Transaction Security as they would have acquired and assumed had the New Lender been an Original Lender with the rights and/or obligations acquired or assumed by it as a result of the transfer and to that extent the Facility Agent, the Security Agent, the each Mandated Lead Arranger, the Documentation Agent and the Existing Lenders shall each be released from further obligations to each other under the Finance Documents; and

 

106

 

 

(iv) the New Lender shall become a Party as a “Lender”.

 

30.6       Procedure for assignment

 

(a) Subject to the conditions set out in Clause 30.2 (Conditions of assignment or transfer) an assignment may be effected in accordance with paragraph (c) below when the Facility Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Assignment Agreement delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender. The Facility Agent shall, subject to paragraph (b) below, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed Assignment Agreement appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, execute that Assignment Agreement.

 

(b) The Facility Agent shall only be obliged to execute an Assignment Agreement delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the assignment to such New Lender.

 

(c) Subject to Clause 30.9 (Pro rata interest settlement), on the Transfer Date:

 

(i) the Existing Lender will assign absolutely to the New Lender its rights under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security expressed to be the subject of the assignment in the Assignment Agreement;

 

(ii) the Existing Lender will be released from the obligations (the “Relevant Obligations”) expressed to be the subject of the release in the Assignment Agreement (and any corresponding obligations by which it is bound in respect of the Transaction Security); and

 

(iii) the New Lender shall become a Party as a “Lender” and will be bound by obligations equivalent to the Relevant Obligations.

 

(d) Lenders may utilise procedures other than those set out in this Clause 30.6 (Procedure for assignment) to assign their rights under the Finance Documents (but not, without the consent of the relevant Obligor or unless in accordance with Clause 30.5 (Procedure for transfer), to obtain a release by that Obligor from the obligations owed to that Obligor by the Lenders nor the assumption of equivalent obligations by a New Lender) provided that they comply with the conditions set out in Clause 30.2 (Conditions of assignment or transfer).

 

30.7       Copy of Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement to Borrowers

 

The Facility Agent shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after it has executed a Transfer Certificate or an Assignment Agreement, send to the Obligors a copy of that Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement.

 

30.8       Security over Lenders’ rights

 

In addition to the other rights provided to Lenders under this Clause 30 (Changes to the Lenders), each Lender may without consulting with or obtaining consent from any Obligor, at any time charge, assign or otherwise create Security in or over (whether by way of collateral or otherwise) all or any of its rights under any Finance Document to secure obligations of that Lender including, without limitation:

 

(a) any charge, assignment or other Security to secure obligations to a federal reserve or central bank; and

 

107

 

 

(b) in the case of any Lender which is a fund, any charge, assignment or other Security granted to any holders (or trustee or representatives of holders) of obligations owed, or securities issued, by that Lender as security for those obligations or securities,

 

except that no such charge, assignment or Security shall:

 

(i) release a Lender from any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or substitute the beneficiary of the relevant charge, assignment or Security for the Lender as a party to any of the Finance Documents; or

 

(ii) require any payments to be made by an Obligor other than or in excess of, or grant to any person any more extensive rights than, those required to be made or granted to the relevant Lender under the Finance Documents.

 

30.9       Pro rata interest settlement

 

If the Facility Agent has notified the Lenders that it is able to distribute interest payments on a “pro rata basis” to Existing Lenders and New Lenders then (in respect of any transfer pursuant to Clause 30.5 (Procedure for transfer) or any assignment pursuant to Clause 30.6 (Procedure for assignment) the Transfer Date of which, in each case, is after the date of such notification and is not on the last day of an Interest Period):

 

(a) any interest or fees in respect of the relevant participation which are expressed to accrue by reference to the lapse of time shall continue to accrue in favour of the Existing Lender up to but excluding the Transfer Date (“Accrued Amounts”) and shall become due and payable to the Existing Lender (without further interest accruing on them) on the last day of the current Interest Period (or, if the Interest Period is longer than six Months, on the next of the dates which falls at six Monthly intervals after the first day of that Interest Period); and

 

(b) The rights assigned or transferred by the Existing Lender will not include the right to the Accrued Amounts, so that, for the avoidance of doubt:

 

(i) when the Accrued Amounts become payable, those Accrued Amounts will be payable to the Existing Lender; and

 

(ii) the amount payable to the New Lender on that date will be the amount which would, but for the application of this Clause 30.9 (Pro rata interest settlement), have been payable to it on that date, but after deduction of the Accrued Amounts.

 

(c) An Existing Lender which retains the right to the Accrued Amounts pursuant to this Clause 30.9 (Pro rata interest settlement) but which does not have a Commitment shall be deemed not to be a Lender for the purposes of ascertaining whether the agreement of any specified group of Lenders has been obtained to approve any request for a consent, waiver, amendment or other vote of Lenders under the Finance Documents.

 

30.10       Replacement of Lender by Borrowers

 

(a) The Borrowers may, at any time (other than where an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default has occurred and is continuing) in respect of:

 

(i) a Lender whose costs of funds charged to the Borrowers are (in the Borrowers’ reasonable opinion) materially higher than those of the other Lenders generally;

 

(ii) a Lender which is a Defaulting Lender; or

 

108

 

 

(iii) a Lender which is a Non-Consenting Lender,
     
    by giving 10 Business Days’ notice to the Facility Agent and that Lender (the “Outgoing Lender”) replace the Outgoing Lender by requiring it to (and the Outgoing Lender must) transfer in accordance with Clause 30.5 (Procedure for transfer) all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a Lender or other bank (a “Replacement Lender”) selected by the Borrowers and which is acceptable to the Facility Agent (acting reasonably) for a purchase price in cash payable at the time of transfer equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Outgoing Lender’s Contribution and all accrued interest, break costs and other amounts payable in relation to that Contribution under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents.

 

(b) Any transfer of rights and obligations of an Outgoing Lender under this Clause is subject to the following conditions:

 

(i) neither the Facility Agent nor the Outgoing Lender will have any obligation to the Borrowers to find a Replacement Lender;

 

(ii) the transfer must take place no later than 10 Business Days after the Borrowers’ notice referred to above; and

 

(iii) in no event will the Outgoing Lender be required to pay or surrender to the Replacement Lender any of the fees received by the Outgoing Lender under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents.

 

31       CHANGES TO THE OBLIGORS

 

No Obligor may assign any of its rights or transfer any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents.

 

109

 

 

SECTION 11

 

THE FINANCE PARTIES

 

32       THE FACILITY AGENT, THE MANDATED LEAD ARRANGERS AND THE DOCUMENTATION AGENT

 

32.1       Appointment of the Facility Agent

 

(a) Each other Finance Party appoints the Facility Agent to act as its agent under and in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

(b) Each other Finance Party authorises the Facility Agent to exercise the rights, powers, authorities and discretions specifically given to the Facility Agent under, or in connection with, the Finance Documents together with any other incidental rights, powers, authorities and discretions.

 

32.2       Duties of the Facility Agent

 

(a) Subject to paragraph (b) below, the Facility Agent shall promptly forward to a Party the original or a copy of any document which is delivered to the Facility Agent for that Party by any other Party.

 

(b) Without prejudice to Clause 30.7 (Copy of Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement to Borrowers), paragraph (a) above shall not apply to any Transfer Certificate or to any Assignment Agreement.

 

(c) Except where a Finance Document specifically provides otherwise, the Facility Agent is not obliged to review or check the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any document it forwards to another Party.

 

(d) If the Facility Agent receives notice from a Party referring to this Agreement, describing a Default and stating that the circumstance described is a Default, it shall promptly notify the Finance Parties.

 

(e) If the Facility Agent is aware of the non-payment of any principal, interest, commitment fee or other fee payable to a Finance Party (other than the Facility Agent or a Mandated Lead Arranger or the Security Agent or the Documentation Agent) under this Agreement it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.

 

(f) The Facility Agent’s duties under the Finance Documents are solely mechanical and administrative in nature.

 

32.3       Role of the Mandated Lead Arrangers and Documentation Agent

 

Except as specifically provided in the Finance Documents, neither the Documentation Agent nor any Mandated Lead Arranger has any obligations of any kind to any other Party under, or in connection with, any Finance Document.

 

32.4       No fiduciary duties

 

(a) The Facility Agent shall not have any liability to any person in respect of its obligations and duties under this Agreement or the other Finance Documents except as expressly set out in Clause 32.5 (Application of receipts), and as excluded or limited by Clauses 32.8 (Majority Lendersinstructions), 32.9 (Responsibility for documentation), 32.10 (Exclusion of liability), 32.11 (Lendersindemnity to the Facility Agent) and 32.18 (Full freedom to enter into transactions).

 

110

 

 

(b) The provisions of paragraph (a) above shall apply even if, notwithstanding and contrary to paragraph (a) above, any provision of this Agreement or any other Finance Document by operation of law has the effect of constituting the Facility Agent as a fiduciary.

 

(c) Nothing in the Finance Documents constitutes the Facility Agent, either Mandated Lead Arranger or the Documentation Agent a trustee of any other person.

 

(d) None of the Facility Agent, the Security Agent nor either Mandated Lead Arranger nor the Documentation Agent shall be bound to account to any Lender for any sum or the profit element of any sum received by it for its own account.

 

32.5       Application of receipts

 

Except as expressly stated to the contrary in any Finance Document, any moneys which the Facility Agent receives or recovers in its capacity as Facility Agent shall be applied by the Facility Agent in accordance with Clause 37.5 (Application of receipts; partial payments).

 

32.6       Business with the Group

 

The Facility Agent, either Mandated Lead Arranger and the Documentation Agent may accept deposits from, lend money to, and generally engage in any kind of banking or other business with, any member of the Group.

 

32.7       Rights and discretions of the Facility Agent

 

(a)          The Facility Agent may rely on:

 

(i) any representation, notice or document believed by it to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised; and

 

(ii) any statement made by a director, authorised signatory or employee of any person regarding any matters which may reasonably be assumed to be within his knowledge or within his power to verify.

 

(b) The Facility Agent may assume (unless it has received notice to the contrary in its capacity as agent for the Lenders) that:

 

(i) no Default has occurred (unless it has actual knowledge of a Default arising under Clause 29.2 (Non-payment));

 

(ii) any right, power, authority or discretion vested in any Party or the Majority Lenders has not been exercised; and

 

(iii) any notice or request made by any Borrower (other than the Utilisation Request or a Selection Notice) is made on behalf of and with the consent and knowledge of all the Obligors.

 

(c) The Facility Agent may engage, pay for and rely on the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, surveyors or other experts.

 

(d) The Facility Agent may act in relation to the Finance Documents through its personnel and agents.

 

(e) The Facility Agent may disclose to any other Party any information it reasonably believes it has received as agent under this Agreement.

 

111

 

 

(f) Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, neither the Facility Agent nor either Mandated Lead Arranger nor the Documentation Agent is obliged to do or omit to do anything if it would or might, in its reasonable opinion, constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty or duty of confidentiality.

 

32.8       Majority Lenders’ instructions

 

(a) Unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, the Facility Agent shall:

 

(i) exercise any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Servicing Party in accordance with any instructions given to it by the Majority Lenders (or, if so instructed by the Majority Lenders, refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as a Servicing Party); and

 

(ii) not be liable for any act (or omission) if it acts (or refrains from taking any action) in accordance with an instruction of the Majority Lenders.

 

(b) Unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, any instructions given by the Majority Lenders will be binding on all the Finance Parties.

 

(c) The Facility Agent may refrain from acting in accordance with the instructions of the Majority Lenders (or, if appropriate, the Lenders) until it has received such security as it may require for any cost, loss or liability (together with any associated VAT) which it may incur in complying with the instructions.

 

(d) In the absence of instructions from the Majority Lenders (or, if appropriate, the Lenders), the Facility Agent shall not be obliged to take any action (or refrain from taking action) (even if it considers acting or not acting to be in the best interests of the Lenders). The Facility Agent may act (or refrain from taking action) as it considers to be in the best interest of the Lenders.

 

(e) The Facility Agent is not authorised to act on behalf of a Lender or Hedge Counterparty (without first obtaining that Lender’s or Hedge Counterparty’s consent) in any legal or arbitration proceedings relating to any Finance Document. This paragraph (e) shall not apply to any legal or arbitration proceedings relating to the perfection, preservation or protection of rights under the Transaction Security or Finance Documents creating Transaction Security.

 

32.9       Responsibility for documentation

 

Neither the Facility Agent nor either Mandated Lead Arranger nor the Documentation Agent:

 

(a) is responsible for the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information (whether oral or written) supplied by the Facility Agent, either Mandated Lead Arranger, the Documentation Agent, an Obligor or any other person given in, or in connection with, any Transaction Document;

 

(b) is responsible for the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Transaction Document or the Transaction Security or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into or made or executed in anticipation of, or in connection with, any Transaction Document or the Transaction Security; or

 

(c) is responsible for any determination as to whether any information provided or to be provided to any Finance Party is non-public information the use of which may be regulated or prohibited by applicable law or regulation relating to insider dealing or otherwise.

 

112

 

 

32.10      Exclusion of liability

 

(a) Without limiting paragraph (b) below (and without prejudice to the provisions of paragraph (e) of Clause 37.11 (Disruption to Payment Systems etc.), the Facility Agent will not be liable for any action taken by it under or in connection with any Finance Document or the Transaction Security, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

 

(b) No Party other than the Facility Agent may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of the Facility Agent in respect of any claim it might have against the Facility Agent or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Finance Document and each officer, employee or agent of the Facility Agent may rely on this Clause subject to Clause 1.5 (Third party rights) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

 

(c) The Facility Agent will not be liable for any delay (or any related consequences) in crediting an account with an amount required under the Finance Documents to be paid by it if it has taken all necessary steps as soon as reasonably practicable to comply with the regulations or operating procedures of any recognised clearing or settlement system used by it for that purpose.

 

(d) Nothing in this Agreement shall oblige the Facility Agent or either Mandated Lead Arranger or the Documentation Agent to carry out any “know your customer” or other checks in relation to any person on behalf of any Lender and each Lender confirms to the Facility Agent, either Mandated Lead Arranger and the Documentation Agent that it is solely responsible for any such checks it is required to carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in relation to such checks made by the Facility Agent, either Mandated Lead Arranger or the Documentation Agent.

 

32.11       Lenders’ indemnity to the Facility Agent

 

Each Lender shall (in proportion to its share of the Total Commitments or, if the Total Commitments are then zero, to its share of the Total Commitments immediately prior to their reduction to zero) indemnify the Facility Agent, within three Business Days of demand, against any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Facility Agent (otherwise than by reason of its gross negligence or wilful misconduct) (or, in the case of any cost, loss or liability pursuant to Clause 37.11 (Disruption to Payment Systems etc.) notwithstanding the Facility Agent’s negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Facility Agent) in acting as Facility Agent under the Finance Documents (unless the Facility Agent has been reimbursed by an Obligor pursuant to a Finance Document).

 

32.12      Resignation of the Facility Agent

 

(a) The Facility Agent may resign and appoint one of its Affiliates as successor by giving notice to the other Finance Parties and the Borrowers.

 

(b) Alternatively, the Facility Agent may resign by giving 30 days’ notice to the other Finance Parties and the Borrowers, in which case the Majority Lenders may appoint a successor Facility Agent.

 

(c) If the Majority Lenders have not appointed a successor Facility Agent in accordance with paragraph (b) above within 20 days after notice of resignation was given, the retiring Facility Agent may appoint a successor Facility Agent.

 

(d) The retiring Facility Agent shall, at its own cost, make available to the successor Facility Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Facility Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions Facility Agent under the Finance Documents.

 

113

 

 

(e) The Facility Agent’s resignation notice shall only take effect upon the appointment of a successor.

 

(f) Upon the appointment of a successor, the retiring Facility Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents but shall remain entitled to the benefit of this Clause 32 (The Facility Agent, the Mandated Lead Arrangers and the Documentation Agent) and any other provisions of a Finance Document which are expressed to limit or exclude its liability in acting as Facility Agent. Any successor and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party.

 

(g) The Majority Lenders may, by notice to the Facility Agent, require it to resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above. In this event, the Facility Agent shall resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above but the cost referred to in paragraph (d) above shall be for the account of the Borrowers.

 

(h) The consent of any Borrower (or any other Obligor) is not required for an assignment or transfer of rights and/or obligations by the Facility Agent.

 

(i) The Facility Agent shall resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above (and, to the extent applicable, shall use reasonable endeavours to appoint a successor Facility Agent pursuant to paragraph (c) above) if on or after the date which is three months before the earliest FATCA Application Date relating to any payment to the Facility Agent under the Finance Documents, either:

 

(i) the Facility Agent fails to respond to a request under Clause 12.7 (FATCA Information) and a Borrower or a Lender reasonably believes that the Facility Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date;

 

(ii) the information supplied by the Facility Agent pursuant to Clause 12.7 (FATCA Information) indicates that the Facility Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date; or

 

(iii) the Facility Agent notifies the Borrowers and the Lenders that the Facility Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date;

 

(j) and (in each case) the Borrowers or a Lender reasonably believes that a Party will be required to make a FATCA Deduction that would not be required if the Facility Agent were a FATCA Exempt Party, and the Borrowers or that Lender, by notice to the Facility Agent, requires it to resign.

 

32.13     Confidentiality

 

(a) In acting as Facility Agent for the Finance Parties, the Facility Agent shall be regarded as acting through its agency division which shall be treated as a separate entity from any other of its divisions or departments.

 

(b) If information is received by a division or department of the Facility Agent other than that division or department responsible for complying with the obligations assumed by it under the Finance Documents, that information may be treated as confidential to that division or department, and the Facility Agent shall not be deemed to have notice of it nor shall it be obliged to disclose such information to any Party.

 

114

 

 

32.14      Relationship with the Lenders

 

(a) Subject to Clause 30.9 (Pro rata interest settlement), the Facility Agent may treat the person shown in its records as Lender or Hedge Counterparty at the opening of business (in the place of the Facility Agent’s principal office as notified to the Finance Parties from time to time) as the Lender acting through its Facility Office or, as the case may be, the Hedge Counterparty:

 

(i) entitled to or liable for any payment due under any Finance Document on that day; and

 

(ii) entitled to receive and act upon any notice, request, document or communication or make any decision or determination under any Finance Document made or delivered on that day,

 

unless it has received not less than five Business Days’ prior notice from that Lender or Hedge Counterparty to the contrary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

(b) Each Lender shall supply the Facility Agent with any information required by the Facility Agent in order to calculate the Mandatory Cost.

 

(c) Each Lender and each Hedge Counterparty shall supply the Facility Agent with any information that the Security Agent may reasonably specify (through the Facility Agent) as being necessary or desirable to enable the Security Agent to perform its functions as Security Agent. Each Lender and Hedge Counterparty shall deal with the Security Agent exclusively through the Facility Agent and shall not deal directly with the Security Agent.

 

(d) Any Lender may by notice to the Facility Agent appoint a person to receive on its behalf all notices, communications, information and documents to be made or despatched to that Lender under the Finance Documents. Such notice shall contain the address, fax number and (where communication by electronic mail or other electronic means is permitted under Clause 39.5 (Electronic communication)) electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means (and, in each case, the department or officer, if any, for whose attention communication is to be made) and be treated as notification of a substitute address, fax number, electronic mail address, department and officer by that Lender for the purposes of Clause 39.2 (Addresses) and paragraph (a)(iii) of Clause 39.5 (Electronic communication) and the Facility Agent shall be entitled to treat such person as the person entitled to receive all such notices, communications, information and documents as though that person were that Lender.

 

32.15     Credit appraisal by the Lenders

 

Without affecting the responsibility of any Transaction Obligor for information supplied by it or on its behalf in connection with any Finance Document, each Lender and Hedge Counterparty confirms to the Facility Agent, each Mandated Lead Arranger and the Documentation Agent that it has been, and will continue to be, solely responsible for making its own independent appraisal and investigation of all risks arising under, or in connection with, any Finance Document including but not limited to:

 

(a) the financial condition, status and nature of each member of the Group;

 

(b) the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document and the Transaction Security and any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document or the Transaction Security;

 

115

 

 

(c) whether that Lender has recourse, and the nature and extent of that recourse, against any Party or any of its respective assets under, or in connection with, any Finance Document or the Transaction Security, the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document;

 

(d) the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information provided by the Facility Agent, any Party or by any other person under, or in connection with, any Finance Document, the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document; and

 

(e) the right or title of any person in or to or the value or sufficiency of any part of the Charged Property, the priority of any of the Transaction Security or the existence of any Security affecting the Charged Property.

 

32.16     Reference Banks

 

If a Reference Bank (or, if a Reference Bank is not a Lender, the Lender of which it is an Affiliate) ceases to be a Lender, the Facility Agent shall (in consultation with the Borrowers) appoint another Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender to replace that Reference Bank.

 

32.17     Deduction from amounts payable by the Facility Agent

 

If any Party owes an amount to the Facility Agent under the Finance Documents, the Facility Agent may, after giving notice to that Party, deduct an amount not exceeding that amount from any payment to that Party which the Facility Agent would otherwise be obliged to make under the Finance Documents and apply the amount deducted in or towards satisfaction of the amount owed. For the purposes of the Finance Documents that Party shall be regarded as having received any amount so deducted.

 

32.18     Full freedom to enter into transactions

 

Notwithstanding any rule of law or equity to the contrary, the Facility Agent shall be absolutely entitled:

 

(a) to enter into and arrange banking, derivative, investment and/or other transactions of every kind with or affecting any Transaction Obligor or any person who is party to, or referred to in, a Finance Document (including, but not limited to, any interest or currency swap or other transaction, whether related to this Agreement or not, and acting as syndicate agent and/or security agent for, and/or participating in, other facilities to such Transaction Obligor or any person who is party to, or referred to in, a Finance Document);

 

(b) to deal in and enter into and arrange transactions relating to:

 

(i) any securities issued or to be issued by any Transaction Obligor or any other person; or

 

(ii) any options or other derivatives in connection with such securities; and

 

(c) to provide advice or other services to any Borrower or any person who is a party to, or referred to in, a Finance Document,

 

and, in particular, the Facility Agent shall be absolutely entitled, in proposing, evaluating, negotiating, entering into and arranging all such transactions and in connection with all other matters covered by paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) above, to use (subject only to insider dealing legislation) any information or opportunity, howsoever acquired by it, to pursue its own interests exclusively, to refrain from disclosing such dealings, transactions or other matters or any information acquired in connection with them and to retain for its sole benefit all profits and benefits derived from the dealings transactions or other matters.

 

116

 

 

33       THE SECURITY AGENT

 

33.1       Trust

 

(a) The Security Agent declares that it shall hold the Security Property on trust for the Secured Parties on the terms contained in this Agreement and shall deal with the Security Property in accordance with this Clause 33 (The Security Agent) and the other provisions of the Finance Documents.

 

(b) Each of the parties to this Agreement agrees that the Security Agent shall have only those duties, obligations and responsibilities expressly specified in this Agreement or in the Finance Documents (and no others shall be implied).

 

(c) The Security Agent shall not have any liability to any person in respect of its duties, obligations and responsibilities under this Agreement or the other Finance Documents except as expressly set out in paragraph (a) of Clause 33.1 (Trust) and as excluded or limited by this Clause 33 (The Security Agent) including in particular Clause 33.8 (Instructions to Security Agent and exercise of discretion), Clause 33.13 (Responsibility for documentation), Clause 33.14 (Exclusion of liability), Clause 33.16 (Lendersindemnity to the Security Agent), Clause 33.23 (Business with the Group) and Clause 33.28 (Full freedom to enter into transactions).

 

33.2       Parallel Debt (Covenant to pay the Security Agent)

 

(a) Each Obligor irrevocably and unconditionally undertakes to pay to the Security Agent its Parallel Debt which shall be amounts equal to, and in the currency or currencies of, its Corresponding Debt.

 

(b) The Parallel Debt of an Obligor:

 

(i) shall become due and payable at the same time as its Corresponding Debt;

 

(ii) is independent and separate from, and without prejudice to, its Corresponding Debt.

 

(c) For purposes of this Clause 33.2 (Parallel Debt (Covenant to pay the Security Agent))), the Security Agent:

 

(i) is the independent and separate creditor of each Parallel Debt;

 

(ii) acts in its own name and not as agent, representative or trustee of the Finance Parties and its claims in respect of each Parallel Debt shall not be held on trust; and

 

(iii) shall have the independent and separate right to demand payment of each Parallel Debt in its own name (including, without limitation, through any suit, execution, enforcement of security, recovery of guarantees and applications for and voting in any kind of insolvency proceeding).

 

(d) The Parallel Debt of an Obligor shall be:

 

(i) decreased to the extent that its Corresponding Debt has been irrevocably and unconditionally paid or discharged; and

 

117

 

 

 

 

(ii) increased to the extent that its Corresponding Debt has increased,

 

and the Corresponding Debt of an Obligor shall be:

 

(A) decreased to the extent that its Parallel Debt has been irrevocably and unconditionally paid or discharged; and

 

(B) increased to the extent that its Parallel Debt has increased,

 

in each case provided that the Parallel Debt of an Obligor shall never exceed its Corresponding Debt.

 

(e) All amounts received or recovered by the Security Agent in connection with this Clause 33.2 (Parallel Debt (Covenant to pay the Security Agent)) to the extent permitted by applicable law, shall be applied in accordance with Clause 37.5

(Application of receipts; partial payments).

 

(f) This Clause 33.2 (Parallel Debt (Covenant to pay the Security Agent)) shall apply, with any necessary modifications, to each Finance Document.

 

33.3 No independent power

 

The Secured Parties shall not have any independent power to enforce, or have recourse to, any of the Transaction Security or to exercise any rights or powers arising under the Finance Documents creating the Transaction Security except through the Security Agent.

 

33.4 Application of receipts

 

(a) Except as expressly stated to the contrary in any Finance Document, any moneys which the Security Agent receives or recovers and which are, or are attributable to, Security Property (for the purposes of this Clause 33 (The Security Agent), the “Recoveries”) shall be transferred to the Facility Agent for application in accordance with Clause 37.5 (Application of receipts; partial payments).

 

(b) Paragraph (a) above is without prejudice to the rights of the Security Agent, each Receiver and each Delegate:

 

(i) under Clause 14.6 (Indemnity to the Security Agent) to be indemnified out of the Charged Property; and

 

(ii) under any Finance Document to credit any moneys received or recovered by it to any suspense account.

 

(c) Any transfer by the Security Agent to the Facility Agent in accordance with paragraph (a) above shall be a good discharge, to the extent of that payment, by the Security Agent.

 

(d) The Security Agent is under no obligation to make the payments to the Facility Agent under paragraph (a) of this Clause 33.4 (Application of receipts) in the same currency as that in which the obligations and liabilities owing to the relevant Finance Party are denominated.

 

33.5 Deductions from receipts

 

(a) Before transferring any moneys to the Facility Agent under Clause 33.4 (Application of receipts), the Security Agent may, in its discretion:

 

118

 

 

(i) deduct any sum then due and payable under this Agreement or any other Finance Documents to the Security Agent or any Receiver or Delegate and retain that sum for itself or, as the case may require, pay it to another person to whom it is then due and payable;

 

(ii) set aside by way of reserve amounts required to meet, and to make and pay, any deductions and withholdings (on account of Taxes or otherwise) which it is or may be required by any applicable law to make from any distribution or payment made by it under this Agreement; and

 

(iii) pay all Taxes which may be assessed against it in respect of any of the Security Property, or as a consequence of performing its duties, or by virtue of its capacity as Security Agent under any of the Finance Documents or otherwise (other than in connection with its remuneration for performing its duties under this Agreement).

 

(b) For the purposes of paragraph (a)(i) above, if the Security Agent has become entitled to require a sum to be paid to it on demand, that sum shall be treated as due and payable, even if no demand has yet been served.

 

33.6 Prospective liabilities

 

Following acceleration of any of the Transaction Security, the Security Agent may, in its discretion, or at the request of the Facility Agent, hold any Recoveries in an interest bearing suspense or impersonal account(s) in the name of the Security Agent with such financial institution (including itself) and for so long as the Security Agent shall think fit (the interest being credited to the relevant account) for later payment to the Facility Agent for application in accordance with Clause 37.5 (Application of receipts; partial payments) in respect of:

 

(a) any sum to the Security Agent, any Receiver or any Delegate; and

 

(b) any part of the Secured Liabilities,

 

that the Security Agent or, in the case of paragraph (b) only, the Facility Agent, reasonably considers, in each case, might become due or owing at any time in the future.

 

33.7 Investment of proceeds

 

Prior to the payment of the proceeds of the Recoveries to the Facility Agent for application in accordance with Clause 37.5 (Application of receipts; partial payments) the Security Agent may, in its discretion, hold all or part of those proceeds in an interest bearing suspense or impersonal account(s) in the name of the Security Agent with such financial institution (including itself) and for so long as the Security Agent shall think fit (the interest being credited to the relevant account) pending the payment from time to time of those moneys in the Security Agent’s discretion in accordance with the provisions of this Clause 33.7 (Investment of proceeds).

 

33.8 Instructions to Security Agent and exercise of discretion

 

(a) Subject to paragraph (d) below, the Security Agent shall act in accordance with any instructions given to it by the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders or all the Lenders (as appropriate)) or, if so instructed by the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders or all the Lenders (as appropriate)), refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Security Agent and shall be entitled to assume that:

 

119

 

 

(i) any instructions received by it from the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders or all the Lenders (as appropriate)) are duly given in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents; and

 

(ii) unless it has received actual notice of revocation, that those instructions or directions have not been revoked.

 

(b) The Security Agent shall be entitled to request instructions, or clarification of any direction, from the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders or all the Lenders (as appropriate)) as to whether, and in what manner, it should exercise or refrain from exercising any rights, powers, authorities and discretions and the Security Agent may refrain from acting unless and until those instructions or clarification are received by it.

 

(c) Any instructions given to the Security Agent by the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders or all the Lenders (as appropriate)) shall override any conflicting instructions given by any other Party.

 

(d) Paragraph (a) above shall not apply:

 

(i) where a contrary indication appears in this Agreement;

 

(ii) where this Agreement requires the Security Agent to act in a specified manner or to take a specified action;

 

(iii) in respect of any provision which protects the Security Agent’s own position in its personal capacity as opposed to its role of Security Agent for the Secured Parties including, without limitation, the provisions set out in Clauses 33.10 (Security Agent’s discretions) to Clause 33.28 (Full freedom to enter into transactions); and

 

(iv) in respect of the exercise of the Security Agent’s discretion to exercise a right, power or authority under any of Clause 33.5 (Deductions from receipts) and Clause 33.6 (Prospective liabilities).

 

33.9 Security Agent’s Actions

 

Without prejudice to the provisions of Clause 33.4 (Application of receipts), the Security Agent may (but shall not be obliged to), in the absence of any instructions to the contrary, take such action in the exercise of any of its powers and duties under the Finance Documents as it considers in its discretion to be appropriate.

 

33.10 Security Agent’s discretions

 

(a) The Security Agent may:

 

(i) assume (unless it has received actual notice to the contrary from the Facility Agent) that (i) no Default has occurred and no Obligor is in breach of or default under its obligations under any of the Finance Documents and (ii) any right, power, authority or discretion vested by any Finance Document in any person has not been exercised;

 

(ii) any notice or request made by any Borrower (other than the Utilisation Request or a Selection Notice) is made on behalf of and with the consent and knowledge of all the Obligors;

 

120

 

 

(iii) if it receives any instructions or directions to take any action in relation to the Transaction Security, assume that all applicable conditions under the Finance Documents for taking that action have been satisfied;

 

(iv) engage, pay for and rely on the advice or services of any legal advisers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other experts (whether obtained by the Security Agent or by any other Secured Party) whose advice or services may at any time seem necessary, expedient or desirable;

 

(v) act in relation to the Finance Documents through its personnel and agents;

 

(vi) disclose to any other Party any information it reasonably believes it has received as security agent under this Agreement;

 

(vii) rely upon any communication or document believed by it to be genuine and, as to any matters of fact which might reasonably be expected to be within the knowledge of a Secured Party or an Obligor, upon a certificate signed by or on behalf of that person; and

 

(viii) refrain from acting in accordance with the instructions of any Party (including bringing any legal action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with the Finance Documents) until it has received any indemnification and/or security that it may in its discretion require (whether by way of payment in advance or otherwise) for all costs, losses and liabilities which it may incur in so acting.

 

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, the Security Agent is not obliged to do or omit to do anything if it would or might, in its reasonable opinion, constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty or duty of confidentiality.

 

33.11 Security Agent’s obligations

 

The Security Agent shall promptly:

 

(a) copy to the Facility Agent the contents of any notice or document received by it from any Obligor under any Finance Document;

 

(b) forward to a Party the original or a copy of any document which is delivered to the Security Agent for that Party by any other Party provided that, except where a Finance Document expressly provides otherwise, the Security Agent is not obliged to review or check the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any document it forwards to another Party; and

 

(c) inform the Facility Agent of the occurrence of any Default or any default by a Debtor in the due performance of or compliance with its obligations under any Finance Document of which the Security Agent has received notice from any other party to this Agreement.

 

33.12 Excluded obligations

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary expressed or implied in the Finance Documents, the Security Agent shall not:

 

(a) be bound to enquire as to (i) whether or not any Default has occurred or (ii) the performance, default or any breach by a Transaction Obligor of its obligations under any of the Finance Documents;

 

121

 

 

(b) be bound to account to any other Party for any sum or the profit element of any sum received by it for its own account;

 

(c) be bound to disclose to any other person (including but not limited to any Secured Party) (i) any confidential information or (ii) any other information if disclosure would, or might in its reasonable opinion, constitute a breach of any law or be a breach of fiduciary duty;

 

(d) have or be deemed to have any relationship of trust or agency with, any Obligor.

 

33.13 Responsibility for documentation

 

None of the Security Agent, any Receiver nor any Delegate shall accept responsibility or be liable for:

 

(a) the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any information (whether oral or written) supplied by the Security Agent or any other person in or in connection with any Finance Document or the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents, or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document;

 

(b) the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document, the Security Property or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document or the Security Property;

 

(c) any losses to any person or any liability arising as a result of taking or refraining from taking any action in relation to any of the Finance Documents, the Security Property or otherwise, whether in accordance with an instruction from the Facility Agent or otherwise unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct;

 

(d) the exercise of, or the failure to exercise, any judgment, discretion or power given to it by or in connection with any of the Finance Documents, the Security Property or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with, the Finance Documents or the Security Property; or

 

(e) any shortfall which arises on the enforcement or realisation of the Security Property.

 

33.14 Exclusion of liability

 

(a) Without limiting Clause 33.15 (No proceedings), none of the Security Agent, any Receiver or any Delegate will be liable for any action taken by it or not taken by it under or in connection with any Finance Document or the Transaction Security, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

 

(b) The Security Agent will not be liable for any delay (or any related consequences) in crediting an account with an amount required under the Finance Documents to be paid by it if it has taken all necessary steps as soon as reasonably practicable to comply with the regulations or operating procedures of any recognised clearing or settlement system used by it for that purpose.

 

(c) Nothing in this Agreement shall oblige the Security Agent to carry out any “know your customer” or other checks in relation to any person on behalf of any Lender and each Lender confirms to the Security Agent that it is solely responsible for any such checks it is required to carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in relation to such checks made by the Security Agent.

 

122

 

 

33.15 No proceedings

 

No Party (other than the Security Agent, that Receiver or that Delegate) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of the Security Agent, a Receiver or a Delegate in respect of any claim it might have against the Security Agent, a Receiver or a Delegate or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Finance Document or any Security Property and any officer, employee or agent of the Security Agent, a Receiver or a Delegate may rely on this Clause subject to Clause 1.5 (Third party rights) and the provisions of the Third Parties Rights Act.

 

33.16 Lenders’ indemnity to the Security Agent

 

Each Lender shall (in proportion to its share of the Total Commitments or, if the Total Commitments are then zero, to its share of the Total Commitments immediately prior to their reduction to zero) indemnify the Security Agent and every Receiver and every Delegate, within three Business Days of demand, against any cost, loss or liability incurred by any of them (otherwise than by reason of the relevant Security Agent’s, Receiver’s or Delegate’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct) in acting as Security Agent, Receiver or Delegate under the Finance Documents (unless the relevant Security Agent, Receiver or Delegate has been reimbursed by a Transaction Obligor pursuant to a Finance Document).

 

33.17 Own responsibility

 

Without affecting the responsibility of any Transaction Obligor for information supplied by it or on its behalf in connection with any Finance Document, each Secured Party confirms to the Security Agent that it has been, and will continue to be, solely responsible for making its own independent appraisal and investigation of all risks arising under or in connection with any Finance Document including but not limited to:

 

(a) the financial condition, status and nature of each member of the Group;

 

(b) the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy and enforceability of any Finance Document, the Security Property and any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document or the Security Property;

 

(c) whether that Secured Party has recourse, and the nature and extent of that recourse, against any Party or any of its respective assets under or in connection with any Finance Document, the Security Property, the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document or the Security Property;

 

(d) the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information provided by the Security Agent or by any other person under or in connection with any Finance Document, the transactions contemplated by any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document; and

 

(e) the right or title of any person in or to, or the value or sufficiency of any part of the Charged Property, the priority of any of the Transaction Security or the existence of any Security affecting the Charged Property,

 

and each Secured Party warrants to the Security Agent that it has not relied on and will not at any time rely on the Security Agent in respect of any of these matters.

 

33.18 No responsibility to perfect Transaction Security

 

The Security Agent shall not be liable for any failure to:

 

123

 

 

(a) require the deposit with it of any deed or document certifying, representing or constituting the title of any Transaction Obligor to any of the Charged Property;

 

(b) obtain any licence, consent or other authority for the execution, delivery, legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of any of the Finance Documents or the Transaction Security;

 

(c) register, file or record or otherwise protect any of the Transaction Security (or the priority of any of the Transaction Security) under any applicable laws in any jurisdiction or to give notice to any person of the execution of any of the Finance Documents or of the Transaction Security;

 

(d) take, or to require any of the Transaction Obligors to take, any steps to perfect its title to any of the Charged Property or to render the Transaction Security effective or to secure the creation of any ancillary Security under the laws of any jurisdiction; or

 

(e) require any further assurances in relation to any of the Finance Documents creating the Transaction Security.

 

33.19 Insurance by Security Agent

 

(a) The Security Agent shall not be under any obligation to insure any of the Charged Property, to require any other person to maintain any insurance or to verify any obligation to arrange or maintain insurance contained in the Finance Documents. The Security Agent shall not be responsible for any loss which may be suffered by any person as a result of the lack of or inadequacy of any such insurance.

 

(b) Where the Security Agent is named on any insurance policy as an insured party, it shall not be responsible for any loss which may be suffered by reason of, directly or indirectly, its failure to notify the insurers of any material fact relating to the risk assumed by such insurers or any other information of any kind, unless the Facility Agent shall have requested it to do so in writing and the Security Agent shall have failed to do so within 14 days after receipt of that request.

 

33.20 Custodians and nominees

 

The Security Agent may appoint and pay any person to act as a custodian or nominee on any terms in relation to any assets of the trust as the Security Agent may determine, including for the purpose of depositing with a custodian this Agreement or any document relating to the trust created under this Agreement and the Security Agent shall not be responsible for any loss, liability, expense, demand, cost, claim or proceedings incurred by reason of the misconduct, omission or default on the part of any person appointed by it under this Agreement or be bound to supervise the proceedings or acts of any person.

 

33.21 Acceptance of title

 

The Security Agent shall be entitled to accept without enquiry, and shall not be obliged to investigate, any right and title that any of the Transaction Obligors may have to any of the Charged Property and shall not be liable for or bound to require any Transaction Obligor to remedy any defect in its right or title.

 

33.22 Refrain from illegality

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary expressed or implied in the Finance Documents, the Security Agent may refrain from doing anything which in its opinion will or may be contrary to any relevant law, directive or regulation of any jurisdiction and the Security Agent may do anything which is, in its opinion, necessary to comply with any such law, directive or regulation.

 

124

 

 

33.23 Business with the Group

 

The Security Agent may accept deposits from, lend money to, and generally engage in any kind of banking or other business with, any member of the Group.

 

33.24 Winding up of trust

 

If the Security Agent, with the approval of the Facility Agent determines that (a) all of the Secured Liabilities and all other obligations secured by the Finance Documents creating the Transaction Security have been fully and finally discharged and (b) none of the Secured Parties is under any commitment, obligation or liability (actual or contingent) to make advances or provide other financial accommodation to any Obligor pursuant to the Finance Documents:

 

(a) the trusts set out in this Agreement shall be wound up and the Security Agent shall release, without recourse or warranty, all of the Transaction Security and the rights of the Security Agent under each of the Finance Documents creating the Transaction Security; and

 

(b) any Retiring Security Agent shall release, without recourse or warranty, all of its rights under each of the Finance Documents creating the Transaction Security.

 

33.25 Powers supplemental

 

The rights, powers and discretions conferred upon the Security Agent by this Agreement shall be supplemental to the Trustee Act 1925 and the Trustee Act 2000 and in addition to any which may be vested in the Security Agent by general law or otherwise.

 

33.26 Trustee division separate

 

(a) In acting as trustee for the Secured Parties, the Security Agent shall be regarded as acting through its trustee division which shall be treated as a separate entity from any of its other divisions or departments.

 

(b) If information is received by another division or department of the Security Agent, it may be treated as confidential to that division or department and the Security Agent shall not be deemed to have notice of it nor shall it be obliged to disclose such information to any Party.

 

33.27 Disapplication

 

In addition to its rights under or by virtue of this Agreement and the other Finance Documents, the Security Agent shall have all the rights conferred on a trustee by the Trustee Act 1925, the Trustee Delegation Act 1999, the Trustee Act 2000 and by general law or otherwise, provided that:

 

(a) section 1 of the Trustee Act 2000 shall not apply to the duties of the Security Agent in relation to the trusts constituted by this Agreement and the other Finance Documents; and

 

(b) where there are any inconsistencies between (i) the Trustee Acts 1925 and 2000 and (ii) the provisions of this Agreement and any other Finance Document, the provisions of this Agreement and any other Finance Document shall, to the extent allowed by law, prevail and, in the case of any inconsistency with the Trustee Act 2000, such provisions shall constitute a restriction or exclusion for the purposes of the Trustee Act 2000.

 

33.28 Full freedom to enter into transactions

 

Notwithstanding any rule of law or equity to the contrary, the Security Agent shall be absolutely entitled:

 

125

 

 

(a) to enter into and arrange banking, derivative, investment and/or other transactions of every kind with or affecting any Transaction Obligor or any person who is party to, or referred to in, a Finance Document (including, but not limited to, any interest or currency swap or other transaction, whether related to this Agreement or not, and acting as syndicate agent and/or security agent for, and/or participating in, other facilities to such Transaction Obligor or any person who is party to, or referred to in, a Finance Document);

 

(b) to deal in and enter into and arrange transactions relating to:

 

(i) any securities issued or to be issued by any Transaction Obligor or any other person; or

 

(ii) any options or other derivatives in connection with such securities; and

 

(c) to provide advice or other services to any Borrower or any person who is a party to, or referred to in, a Finance Document,

 

and, in particular, each Servicing Party shall be absolutely entitled, in proposing, evaluating, negotiating, entering into and arranging all such transactions and in connection with all other matters covered by paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) above, to use (subject only to insider dealing legislation) any information or opportunity, howsoever acquired by it, to pursue its own interests exclusively, to refrain from disclosing such dealings, transactions or other matters or any information acquired in connection with them and to retain for its sole benefit all profits and benefits derived from the dealings transactions or other matters.

 

33.29 Resignation of the Security Agent

 

(a) The Security Agent may resign and appoint one of its affiliates as successor by giving notice to the Borrowers and each Finance Party.

 

(b) Alternatively the Security Agent may resign by giving notice to the other Parties in which case the Majority Lenders may appoint a successor Security Agent.

 

(c) If the Majority Lenders have not appointed a successor Security Agent in accordance with paragraph (b) above within 30 days after the notice of resignation was given, the Security Agent (after consultation with the Facility Agent) may appoint a successor Security Agent.

 

(d) The retiring Security Agent (the “Retiring Security Agent”) shall, at its own cost, make available to the successor Security Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Security Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as Security Agent under the Finance Documents.

 

(e) The Security Agent’s resignation notice shall only take effect upon (i) the appointment of a successor and (ii) the transfer, by way of a document expressed as a deed, of all of the Security Property to that successor.

 

(f) Upon the appointment of a successor, the Retiring Security Agent shall be discharged, by way of a document executed as a deed, from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents (other than its obligations under paragraph (b) of Clause 33.24 (Winding up of trust) and under paragraph (d) above) but shall, in respect of any act or omission by it whilst it was the Security Agent, remain entitled to the benefit of Clause 33 (The Security Agent), Clause 14.6 (Indemnity to the Security Agent), Clause 33.16 (Lenders’ indemnity to the Security Agent) and any other provisions of a Finance Document which are expressed to limit or exclude its liability in acting as Security Agent. Its successor and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if that successor had been an original Party.

 

126

 

 

(g) The Majority Lenders may, by notice to the Security Agent, require it to resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above. In this event, the Security Agent shall resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above but the cost referred to in paragraph (d) above shall be for the account of the Borrowers.

 

(h) The consent of any Borrower (or any other Obligor) is not required for an assignment or transfer of rights and/or obligations by the Security Agent.

 

33.30 Delegation

 

(a) Each of the Security Agent, any Receiver and any Delegate may, at any time, delegate by power of attorney or otherwise to any person for any period, all or any of the rights, powers and discretions vested in it by any of the Finance Documents.

 

(b) That delegation may be made upon any terms and conditions (including the power to sub delegate) and subject to any restrictions that the Security Agent, that Receiver or that Delegate (as the case may be) may, in its discretion, think fit in the interests of the Secured Parties and it shall not be bound to supervise, or be in any way responsible for any loss incurred by reason of any misconduct or default on the part of any such delegate or sub delegate.

 

33.31 Additional Security Agents

 

(a) The Security Agent may at any time appoint (and subsequently remove) any person to act as a separate trustee or as a co-trustee jointly with it:

 

(i) if it considers that appointment to be in the interests of the Secured Parties; or

 

(ii) for the purposes of conforming to any legal requirements, restrictions or conditions which the Security Agent deems to be relevant; or

 

(iii) for obtaining or enforcing any judgment in any jurisdiction,

 

and the Security Agent shall give prior notice to the Borrowers and the Facility Agent of that appointment.

 

(b) Any person so appointed shall have the rights, powers and discretions (not exceeding those conferred on the Security Agent by this Agreement) and the duties and obligations that are conferred or imposed by the instrument of appointment.

 

(c) The remuneration that the Security Agent may pay to that person, and any costs and expenses (together with any applicable VAT) incurred by that person in performing its functions pursuant to that appointment shall, for the purposes of this Agreement, be treated as costs and expenses incurred by the Security Agent.

 

34 CONDUCT OF BUSINESS BY THE FINANCE PARTIES

 

No provision of this Agreement will:

 

(a) interfere with the right of any Finance Party to arrange its affairs (tax or otherwise) in whatever manner it thinks fit;

 

(b) oblige any Finance Party to investigate or claim any credit, relief, remission or repayment available to it or the extent, order and manner of any claim; or

 

(c) oblige any Finance Party to disclose any information relating to its affairs (tax or otherwise) or any computations in respect of Tax.

 

127

 

 

35 CONTRACTUAL RECOGNITION OF BAIL-IN

 

Notwithstanding any other term of any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or understanding between the Parties, each Party acknowledges and accepts that any liability of any Party to any other Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be subject to Bail-In Action by the relevant Resolution Authority and acknowledges and accepts to be bound by the effect of:

 

(a) any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability, including (without limitation):

 

(i) a reduction, in full or in part, in the principal amount, or outstanding amount due (including any accrued but unpaid interest) in respect of any such liability;

 

(ii) a conversion of all, or part of, any such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership that may be issued to, or conferred on, it; and

 

(iii) a cancellation of any such liability; and

 

(b) a variation of any term of any Finance Document to the extent necessary to give effect to any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability.

 

36 SHARING AMONG THE FINANCE PARTIES

 

36.1 Payments to Finance Parties

 

If a Finance Party (a “Recovering Finance Party”) receives or recovers any amount from an Obligor other than in accordance with Clause 37 (Payment Mechanics) (a “Recovered Amount”) and applies that amount to a payment due to it under the Finance Documents then:

 

(a) the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days, notify details of the receipt or recovery, to the Facility Agent;

 

(b) the Facility Agent shall determine whether the receipt or recovery is in excess of the amount the Recovering Finance Party would have been paid had the receipt or recovery been received or made by the Facility Agent and distributed in accordance with Clause 37 (Payment Mechanics), without taking account of any Tax which would be imposed on the Facility Agent in relation to the receipt, recovery or distribution; and

 

(c) the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days of demand by the Facility Agent, pay to the Facility Agent an amount (the “Sharing Payment”) equal to such receipt or recovery less any amount which the Facility Agent determines may be retained by the Recovering Finance Party as its share of any payment to be made, in accordance with Clause 37.5 (Application of receipts; partial payments).

 

36.2 Redistribution of payments

 

The Facility Agent shall treat the Sharing Payment as if it had been paid by the relevant Obligor and distribute it among the Finance Parties (other than the Recovering Finance Party) (the “Sharing Finance Parties”) in accordance with Clause 37.5 (Application of receipts; partial payments); partial payments) towards the obligations of that Obligor to the Sharing Finance Parties.

 

36.3 Recovering Finance Party’s rights

 

On a distribution by the Facility Agent under Clause 36.2 (Redistribution of payments) of a payment received by a Recovering Finance Party from an Obligor, as between the relevant Obligor and the Recovering Finance Party, an amount of the Recovered Amount equal to the Sharing Payment will be treated as not having been paid by that Obligor.

 

128

 

 

36.4 Reversal of redistribution

 

If any part of the Sharing Payment received or recovered by a Recovering Finance Party becomes repayable and is repaid by that Recovering Finance Party, then:

 

(a) each Sharing Finance Party shall, upon request of the Facility Agent, pay to the Facility Agent for the account of that Recovering Finance Party an amount equal to the appropriate part of its share of the Sharing Payment (together with an amount as is necessary to reimburse that Recovering Finance Party for its proportion of any interest on the Sharing Payment which that Recovering Finance Party is required to pay) (the “Redistributed Amount”); and

 

(b) as between the relevant Obligor and each relevant Sharing Finance Party, an amount equal to the relevant Redistributed Amount will be treated as not having been paid by that Obligor.

 

36.5 Exceptions

 

(a) This Clause 35 (Contractual recognition of bail-in) shall not apply to the extent that the Recovering Finance Party would not, after making any payment pursuant to this Clause, have a valid and enforceable claim against the relevant Obligor.

 

(b) A Recovering Finance Party is not obliged to share with any other Finance Party any amount which the Recovering Finance Party has received or recovered as a result of taking legal or arbitration proceedings, if:

 

  (i) it notified that other Finance Party of the legal or arbitration proceedings; and

 

(ii) that other Finance Party had an opportunity to participate in those legal or arbitration proceedings but did not do so as soon as reasonably practicable having received notice and did not take separate legal or arbitration proceedings.

 

129

 

 

SECTION 12

 

ADMINISTRATION

 

37 PAYMENT MECHANICS

 

37.1 Payments to the Facility Agent

 

(a) On each date on which an Obligor or a Lender is required to make a payment under a Finance Document, that Obligor or Lender shall make an amount equal to such payment available to the Facility Agent (unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document) for value on the due date at the time and in such funds specified by the Facility Agent as being customary at the time for settlement of transactions in the relevant currency in the place of payment.

 

(b) Payment shall be made to such account in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency and with such bank as the Facility Agent, in each case, specifies.

 

37.2 Distributions by the Facility Agent

 

Each payment received by the Facility Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party shall, subject to Clause 37.3 (Distributions to an Obligor) and Clause 37.4 (Clawback and pre-funding) be made available by the Facility Agent as soon as practicable after receipt to the Party entitled to receive payment in accordance with this Agreement (in the case of a Lender, for the account of its Facility Office), to such account as that Party may notify to the Facility Agent by not less than five Business Days’ notice with a bank specified by that Party in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency, as specified by that Party or, in the case of an advance of the Loan, to such account of such person as may be specified by the Borrowers in the Utilisation Request.

 

37.3 Distributions to an Obligor

 

The Facility Agent may (with the consent of the Obligor or in accordance with Clause 38 (Set-Off)) apply any amount received by it for that Obligor in or towards payment (on the date and in the currency and funds of receipt) of any amount due from that Obligor under the Finance Documents or in or towards purchase of any amount of any currency to be so applied.

 

37.4 Clawback and pre-funding

 

(a) Where a sum is to be paid to the Facility Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party, the Facility Agent is not obliged to pay that sum to that other Party (or to enter into or perform any related exchange contract) until it has been able to establish to its satisfaction that it has actually received that sum.

 

(b) Unless paragraph (c) below applies, if the Facility Agent pays an amount to another Party and it proves to be the case that the Facility Agent had not actually received that amount, then the Party to whom that amount (or the proceeds of any related exchange contract) was paid by the Facility Agent shall on demand refund the same to the Facility Agent together with interest on that amount from the date of payment to the date of receipt by the Facility Agent, calculated by the Facility Agent to reflect its cost of funds.

 

(c) If the Facility Agent is willing to make available amounts for the account of the Borrowers before receiving funds from the Lenders then if and to the extent that the Facility Agent does so but it proves to be the case that it does not then receive funds from a Lender in respect of a sum which it paid to the Borrowers:

 

(i) the Borrowers shall on demand refund it to the Facility Agent; and

 

130

 

 

(ii) the Lender by whom those funds should have been made available or, if the Lender fails to do so, the Borrowers to whom that sum was made available, shall on demand pay to the Facility Agent the amount (as certified by the Facility Agent) which will indemnify the Facility Agent against any funding cost incurred by it as a result of paying out that sum before receiving those funds from that Lender.

 

37.5 Application of receipts; partial payments

 

(a) Subject to paragraph (b) below and except as any Finance Document may otherwise provide, any payment that is received or recovered by any Finance Party under, in connection with, or pursuant to any Finance Document shall be paid to the Facility Agent which shall apply the same in the following order:

 

(i) first, in or towards payment of any amounts then due and payable under any of the Finance Documents (not including any Hedging Agreement);

 

(ii) secondly, in retention by the Security Agent of an amount equal to any amount not then payable under any Finance Document (not including any Hedging Agreement) but which the Facility Agent, by notice to the Borrowers and the other Finance Parties, states in its opinion will or may become payable in the future and, upon those amounts becoming due and payable, in or towards satisfaction of them;

 

(iii) thirdly, in or towards payment of any amounts then due and payable under any Hedging Agreement;

 

(iv) fourthly, in retention by the Security Agent of an amount equal to any amount not then payable under any Hedging Agreement but which the Facility Agent, by notice to the Borrowers and the other Finance Parties, states in its opinion will or may become payable in the future and, upon those amounts becoming due and payable, in or towards satisfaction of them; and

 

(v) fifthly, any surplus shall be paid to the Borrowers or to any other person who appears to be entitled to it.

 

(b) If the Facility Agent receives a payment that is insufficient to discharge all the amounts then due and payable by an Obligor under the Finance Documents, the Facility Agent shall apply that payment towards the obligations of that Obligor under the Finance Documents in the following order:

 

(i) first, in or towards payment pro rata of any unpaid fees, costs and expenses of, and any other amounts owing to, the Facility Agent, the Security Agent, any Receiver and any Delegate under the Finance Documents (not including any Hedging Agreement);

 

(ii) secondly, in or towards payment of any accrued interest and fees due but unpaid to the Lenders under this Agreement;

 

(iii) thirdly, in or towards payment of any principal due but unpaid to the Lenders under this Agreement;

 

(iv) fourthly, in or towards payment pro rata of any other sum due to any Finance Party but unpaid under the Finance Documents (not including any Hedging Agreement);

 

131

 

 

(v) fifthly, in or towards payment pro rata of any unpaid fees, costs and expenses of, and any other amounts owing to any Hedge Counterparty under any Hedging Agreement;

 

(vi) sixthly, in or towards payment of any periodical payments (not being payments as a result of termination or closing out) due but unpaid to the Hedge Counterparties under the Hedging Agreements; and

 

(vii) seventhly, in or towards payment of any payments as a result of termination or closing out due but unpaid to the Hedge Counterparties under the Hedging Agreements.

 

(c) The Facility Agent shall, if so directed by the Majority Lenders and the Hedge Counterparties, vary, or instruct the Security Agent to vary (as applicable), the order set out in paragraphs (b)(ii) to (b)(vii) above.

 

(d) Paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) above will override any appropriation made by an Obligor.

 

37.6 No set-off by Obligors

 

(a) All payments to be made by an Obligor under the Finance Documents shall be calculated and be made without (and free and clear of any deduction for) set-off or counterclaim.

 

(b) Paragraph (a) above shall not affect the operation of any payment or close-out netting in respect of any amounts owing under any Hedging Agreement.

 

37.7 Business Days

 

(a) Any payment which is due to be made on a day that is not a Business Day shall be made on the next Business Day in the same calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

 

(b) During any extension of the due date for payment of any principal or an Unpaid Sum under this Agreement interest is payable on the principal or Unpaid Sum at the rate payable on the original due date.

 

37.8 Currency of account

 

(a) Subject to paragraphs (b) and (c) below, dollars is the currency of account and payment for any sum due from an Obligor under any Finance Document.

 

(b) Each payment in respect of costs, expenses or Taxes shall be made in the currency in which the costs, expenses or Taxes are incurred.

 

(c) Any amount expressed to be payable in a currency other than dollars shall be paid in that other currency.

 

37.9 Change of currency

 

(a) Unless otherwise prohibited by law, if more than one currency or currency unit are at the same time recognised by the central bank of any country as the lawful currency of that country, then:

 

(i) any reference in the Finance Documents to, and any obligations arising under the Finance Documents in, the currency of that country shall be translated into, or paid in, the currency or currency unit of that country designated by the Facility Agent (after consultation with the Borrowers); and

 

132

 

 

(ii) any translation from one currency or currency unit to another shall be at the official rate of exchange recognised by the central bank for the conversion of that currency or currency unit into the other, rounded up or down by the Facility Agent (acting reasonably).

 

(b) If a change in any currency of a country occurs, this Agreement will, to the extent the Facility Agent (acting reasonably and after consultation with the Borrowers) specifies to be necessary, be amended to comply with any generally accepted conventions and market practice in the Relevant Interbank Market and otherwise to reflect the change in currency.

 

37.10 Currency Conversion

 

(a) For the purpose of, or pending any payment to be made by any Servicing Party under any Finance Document, such Servicing Party may convert any moneys received or recovered by it from one currency to another, at a market rate of exchange.

 

(b) The obligations of any Obligor to pay in the due currency shall only be satisfied to the extent of the amount of the due currency purchased after deducting the costs of conversion.

 

37.11 Disruption to Payment Systems etc.

 

If either the Facility Agent determines (in its discretion) that a Disruption Event has occurred or the Facility Agent is notified by a Borrower that a Disruption Event has occurred:

 

(a) the Facility Agent may, and shall if requested to do so by a Borrower, consult with the Borrowers with a view to agreeing with the Borrowers such changes to the operation or administration of the Facilities as the Facility Agent may deem necessary in the circumstances;

 

(b) the Facility Agent shall not be obliged to consult with the Borrowers in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph (a) above if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances and, in any event, shall have no obligation to agree to such changes;

 

(c) the Facility Agent may consult with the Finance Parties in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph (a) above but shall not be obliged to do so if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances;

 

(d) any such changes agreed upon by the Facility Agent and the Borrowers shall (whether or not it is finally determined that a Disruption Event has occurred) be binding upon the Parties as an amendment to (or, as the case may be, waiver of) the terms of the Finance Documents notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 45 (Amendments and Waivers);

 

(e) the Facility Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever (including, without limitation for negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Facility Agent) arising as a result of its taking, or failing to take, any actions pursuant to or in connection with this Clause 37.11 (Disruption to Payment Systems etc.); and

 

(f) the Facility Agent shall notify the Finance Parties of all changes agreed pursuant to paragraph (d) above.

 

133

 

 

38 SET-OFF

 

A Finance Party may set off any obligation due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (to the extent beneficially owned by that Finance Party) against any matured obligation owed by that Finance Party to that Obligor, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation. If the obligations are in different currencies, the Finance Party may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off.

 

39 NOTICES

 

39.1 Communications in writing

 

Any communication to be made under or in connection with the Finance Documents shall be made in writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be made by fax or letter.

 

39.2 Addresses

 

The address and fax number (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention the communication is to be made) of each Party for any communication or document to be made or delivered under or in connection with the Finance Documents are:

 

(a) in the case of the Borrowers, that specified in Schedule 1 (The Parties);

 

(b) in the case of each Lender, each Hedge Counterparty or any other Obligor, that specified in Schedule 1 (The Parties) or, if it becomes a Party after the date of this Agreement, that notified in writing to the Facility Agent on or before the date on which it becomes a Party;

 

(c) in the case of the Facility Agent, that specified in Schedule 1 (The Parties); and

 

(d) in the case of the Security Agent, that specified in Schedule 1 (The Parties),

 

or any substitute address, fax number or department or officer as the Party may notify to the Facility Agent (or the Facility Agent may notify to the other Parties, if a change is made by the Facility Agent) by not less than five Business Days’ notice.

 

39.3 Delivery

 

(a) Any communication or document made or delivered by one person to another under or in connection with the Finance Documents will only be effective:

 

(i) if by way of fax, when received in legible form; or

 

(ii) if by way of letter, when it has been left at the relevant address or five Business Days after being deposited in the post postage prepaid in an envelope addressed to it at that address,

 

and, if a particular department or officer is specified as part of its address details provided under Clause 39.2 (Addresses), if addressed to that department or officer.

 

(b) Any communication or document to be made or delivered to a Servicing Party will be effective only when actually received by that Servicing Party and then only if it is expressly marked for the attention of the department or officer of that Servicing Party specified in Schedule 1 (The Parties) (or any substitute department or officer as that Servicing Party shall specify for this purpose).

 

134

 

 

(c) All notices from or to an Obligor shall be sent through the Facility Agent unless otherwise specified in any Finance Document.

 

(d) Any communication or document made or delivered to the Borrowers in accordance with this Clause will be deemed to have been made or delivered to each of the Obligors.

 

(e) Any communication or document which becomes effective, in accordance with paragraphs (a) to (d) above, after 5.00 p.m. in the place of receipt shall be deemed only to become effective on the following day.

 

39.4 Notification of address and fax number

 

Promptly upon receipt of notification of an address and fax number or change of address or fax number pursuant to Clause 39.2 (Addresses) or changing its own address or fax number, the Facility Agent shall notify the other Parties.

 

39.5 Electronic communication

 

(a) Any communication to be made between any two Parties under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be made by electronic mail or other electronic means, to the extent that those two Parties agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of communication and if those two Parties:

 

(i) notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means; and

 

(ii) notify each other of any change to their address or any other such information supplied by them by not less than five Business Days’ notice.

 

(b) Any electronic communication made between those two Parties will be effective only when actually received in readable form and in the case of any electronic communication made by a Party to the Facility Agent only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Facility Agent shall specify for this purpose.

 

(c) Any electronic communication which becomes effective, in accordance with paragraph (b) above, after 5.00 p.m. in the place of receipt shall be deemed only to become effective on the following day.

 

(d) All Finance Parties confirm that they have consented to the use of the Facility Agent’s Debtdomain systems as an accepted method of communication under or in connection with the Finance Documents and agree that the Debtdomain system (or another electronic collaborative website) will be the primary method of communication between the Facility Agent and the other Finance Parties. The Finance Parties acknowledge that a communication via Debtdomain (or such other electronic collaborative website) will be effective once the communication is posted (in a readable form) to Debtdomain (or such other electronic collaborative website) by the Facility Agent.

 

39.6 English language

 

(a) Any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document must be in English.

 

(b) All other documents provided under or in connection with any Finance Document must be:

 

(i) in English; or

 

135

 

 

(ii) if not in English, and if so required by the Facility Agent, accompanied by a certified English translation prepared by a translator approved by the Facility Agent and, in this case, the English translation will prevail unless the document is a constitutional, statutory or other official document.

 

39.7 Hedging Agreement

 

Notwithstanding anything in Clause 1.1 (Definitions), references to the Finance Documents or a Finance Document in this clause do not include any Hedging Agreement entered into by the Borrower with the Hedge Counterparty in connection with the Facilities.

 

40 CALCULATIONS AND CERTIFICATES

 

40.1 Accounts

 

In any litigation or arbitration proceedings arising out of or in connection with a Finance Document, the entries made in the accounts maintained by a Finance Party are prima facie evidence of the matters to which they relate.

 

40.2 Certificates and determinations

 

Any certification or determination by a Finance Party of a rate or amount under any Finance Document is, in the absence of manifest error, conclusive evidence of the matters to which it relates.

 

40.3 Day count convention

 

Any interest, commission or fee accruing under a Finance Document will accrue from day to day and is calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 360 days or, in any case where the practice in the Relevant Interbank Market differs, in accordance with that market practice.

 

41 PARTIAL INVALIDITY

 

If, at any time, any provision of the Finance Documents is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions under the law of that jurisdiction nor the legality, validity or enforceability of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired.

 

42 REMEDIES AND WAIVERS

 

No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of any Secured Party, any right or remedy under the Finance Documents shall operate as a waiver of any such right or remedy or constitute an election to affirm any of the Finance Documents. No election to affirm any of the Finance Documents on the part of a Secured Party shall be effective unless it is in writing. No single or partial exercise of any right or remedy shall prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

 

43 SETTLEMENT OR DISCHARGE CONDITIONAL

 

Any settlement or discharge under any Finance Document between any Finance Party and any Obligor shall be conditional upon no security or payment to any Finance Party by any Obligor or any other person being set aside, adjusted or ordered to be repaid, whether under any insolvency law or otherwise.

 

136

 

 

44 IRREVOCABLE PAYMENT

 

If the Facility Agent considers that an amount paid or discharged by, or on behalf of, an Obligor or by any other person in purported payment or discharge of an obligation of that Obligor to a Finance Party under the Finance Documents is capable of being avoided or otherwise set aside on the liquidation or administration of that Obligor or otherwise, then that amount shall not be considered to have been unconditionally and irrevocably paid or discharged for the purposes of the Finance Documents.

 

45 AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS

 

45.1 Required consents

 

(a) Subject to Clause 45.2 (All Lender matters) and Clause 45.3 (Other exceptions) any term of the Finance Documents may be amended or waived only with the consent of the Majority Lenders and, in the case of an amendment, the Obligors and any such amendment or waiver will be binding on all Parties.

 

(b) The Facility Agent may effect, on behalf of any Finance Party, any amendment or waiver permitted by this Clause 45 (Amendments and Waivers).

 

(c) Without prejudice to the generality of Clause 32.7 (Rights and discretions of the Facility Agent) and Clause 33.10 (Security Agents discretions), the Facility Agent may engage, pay for and rely on the services of lawyers in determining the consent level required for and effecting any amendment, waiver or consent under this Agreement.

 

45.2 All Lender matters

 

Subject to Clause 45.4 (Replacement of Screen Rate), an amendment of or waiver or consent in relation to any term of any Finance Document that has the effect of changing or which relates to:

 

(a) the definition of “Majority Lenders”, “Relevant Person”, “Restricted Party”, “Sanctions Authority”, “Sanctions Event” “Sanctions Laws” or “Sanctions List” in Clause 1.1 (Definitions);

 

(b) a postponement to or extension of the date of payment of any amount under the Finance Documents (other than in relation to Clause 7.4 (Voluntary prepayment of Loan) in respect of a prepayment made pursuant to Clause 27.2 (Provision of additional security; prepayment), Clause 7.6 (Mandatory prepayment on sale or Total Loss) or Clause 7.7 (Mandatory prepayment of Hedging Payment Proceeds);

 

(c) a reduction in the Margin or the amount of any payment of principal, interest, fees or commission payable;

 

(d) a change in currency of payment of any amount under the Finance Documents;

 

(e) an increase in any Commitment or the Total Commitments, an extension of any Availability Period or any requirement that a cancellation of Commitments reduces the Commitments rateably under the Facility;

 

(f) a change to any Obligor;

 

(g) any provision which expressly requires the consent of all the Lenders;

 

(h) this Clause 45 (Amendments and Waivers);

 

(i) any change to the preamble (Background), Clause 2 (The Facilities), Clause 3 (Purpose), Clause 5 (Utilisation), Clause 8 (Interest), Clause 21.34 (Sanctions), Clause 24.22 (Sanctions and use of proceeds), Clause 24.23 (Information: sanctions), Clause 28 (Application of Earnings), Clause 29.10 (Ownership of the Obligors), Clause 30 (Changes to the Lenders), Clause 48 (Governing Law) or Clause 49 (Enforcement);

 

137

 

 

(j) any release of, or material variation to, any Transaction Security, guarantee, indemnity or subordination arrangement set out in a Finance Document (except in the case of a release of Transaction Security as it relates to the disposal of an asset which is the subject of the Transaction Security and where such disposal is expressly permitted by the Majority Lenders or otherwise under a Finance Document);

 

(k) (other than as expressly permitted by the provisions of any Finance Document), the nature or scope of:

 

(i) the guarantees and indemnities granted under Clause 17 (Guarantee and Indemnity – Guarantors) or Clause 20 (Guarantee and Indemnity – Hedge Guarantors) and the joint and several liability of the Guarantors under Clause 18 (Joint and Several Liability of the Guarantors) and Clause 19 (Joint and Several Liability of the Borrowers);

 

(ii) the Charged Property; or

 

(iii) the manner in which the proceeds of enforcement of the Transaction Security are distributed,

 

(except in the case of paragraphs (ii) and (iii) above, insofar as it relates to a sale or disposal of an asset which is the subject of the Transaction Security where such sale or disposal is expressly permitted under this Agreement or any other Finance Document);

 

(l) the release of the guarantees and indemnities granted under Clause 17 (Guarantee and Indemnity – Guarantors) or of any Transaction Security unless permitted under this Agreement or another Finance Document or relating to a sale or disposal of an asset which is the subject of the Transaction Security where such sale or disposal is expressly permitted under this Agreement or any other Finance Document,

 

shall not be made, or given, without the prior consent of all the Lenders.

 

45.3       Other exceptions

 

(a) An amendment or waiver which relates to the rights or obligations of a Servicing Party, either Mandated Lead Arranger or the Documentation Agent (each in their capacity as such) may not be effected without the consent of that Servicing Party or, as the case may be, that Mandated Lead Arranger or the Documentation Agent.

 

(b) An amendment or waiver which relates to the rights or obligations of a Hedge Counterparty (in its capacity as such) may not be effected without the consent of that Hedge Counterparty.

 

(c) The Borrowers and the Facility Agent, either Mandated Lead Arranger, the Security Agent or the Documentation Agent, as applicable, may amend or waive a term of a Fee Letter to which they are party.

 

(d) If any Lender fails to respond to a request for a consent, waiver, amendment of or in relation to any of the terms of any Finance Document or other vote of Lenders under the terms of this Agreement within 10 Business Days of such request (unless the Borrowers and the Facility Agent agree to a longer time period in relation to any request), (i) its Commitment shall not be included for the purpose of calculating the Total Commitments under the relevant Facility when ascertaining whether any relevant percentage (including for the avoidance of doubt, unanimity) of Total Commitments has been obtained to approve that request and (ii) its status as a Lender shall be disregarded for the purpose of ascertaining whether the agreement of any specified group of Lenders has been obtained to approve that request.

 

138

 

 

45.4       Replacement of Screen Rate

 

(a) Subject to Clause 45.3 (Other exceptions), if a Screen Rate Replacement Event has occurred in relation to the Screen Rate for dollars, any amendment or waiver which relates to:

 

(i)       providing for the use of a Replacement Benchmark in relation to that currency in place of that Screen Rate; and

 

(ii)

 

(A) aligning any provision of any Finance Document to the use of that Replacement Benchmark;

 

(B) enabling that Replacement Benchmark to be used for the calculation of interest under this Agreement (including, without limitation, any consequential changes required to enable that Replacement Benchmark to be used for the purposes of this Agreement);

 

(C) implementing market conventions applicable to that Replacement Benchmark;

 

(D) providing for appropriate fallback (and market disruption) provisions for that Replacement Benchmark; or

 

(E) adjusting the pricing to reduce or eliminate, to the extent reasonably practicable, any transfer of economic value from one Party to another as a result of the application of that Replacement Benchmark (and if any adjustment or method for calculating any adjustment has been formally designated, nominated or recommended by the Relevant Nominating Body, the adjustment shall be determined on the basis of that designation, nomination or recommendation),

 

may be made with the consent of the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) and the Borrower.

 

(b) If any Lender fails to respond to a request for an amendment or waiver described in paragraph (a) above within 10 Business Days (or such longer time period in relation to any request which the Borrower and the Facility Agent may agree) of that request being made:

 

(i) its Commitment or its participation in the Loan (as the case may be) shall not be included for the purpose of calculating the Total Commitments or the amount of the Loan (as applicable) when ascertaining whether any relevant percentage of Total Commitments or the aggregate of participations in the Loan (as applicable) has been obtained to approve that request; and

 

(ii) its status as a Lender shall be disregarded for the purpose of ascertaining whether the agreement of any specified group of Lenders has been obtained to approve that request.

 

139

 

 

46          CONFIDENTIALITY

 

46.1       Confidential Information

 

Each Finance Party agrees to keep all Confidential Information confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by Clause 46.2 (Disclosure of Confidential Information) and Clause 46.3 (Disclosure to numbering service providers) and to ensure that all Confidential Information is protected with security measures and a degree of care that would apply to its own confidential information.

 

46.2       Disclosure of Confidential Information

 

Any Finance Party may disclose:

 

(a) to any of its Affiliates and Related Funds and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, insurers, insurance advisors, insurance brokers, auditors, partners and Representatives such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate if any person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given pursuant to this paragraph (a) is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the information or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information;

 

(b)          to any person:

 

(i) to (or through) whom it assigns or transfers (or may potentially assign or transfer) all or any of its rights and/or obligations under one or more Finance Documents or which succeeds (or which may potentially succeed) it as Facility Agent or Security Agent and, in each case, to any of that person’s Affiliates, Related Funds, Representatives and professional advisers;

 

(ii) with (or through) whom it enters into (or may potentially enter into), whether directly or indirectly, any sub-participation in relation to, or any other transaction under which payments are to be made or may be made by reference to, one or more Finance Documents and/or one or more Obligors and to any of that person’s Affiliates, Related Funds, Representatives and professional advisers;

 

(iii) appointed by any Finance Party or by a person to whom paragraph (b)(i) or (ii) above applies to receive communications, notices, information or documents delivered pursuant to the Finance Documents on its behalf (including, without limitation, any person appointed under paragraph (c) of Clause 32.14 (Relationship with the Lenders));

 

(iv) who invests in or otherwise finances (or may potentially invest in or otherwise finance), directly or indirectly, any transaction referred to in paragraph (b)(i) or (b)(ii) above;

 

(v) to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction, any Sanctions Authority or any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation;

 

140

 

 

(vi) to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitrations, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes;

 

(vii) to whom or for whose benefit that Finance Party charges, assigns or otherwise creates Security (or may do so) pursuant to Clause 30.8 (Security over Lenders’ rights);

 

(viii) who is a Party, a member of the Group or any related entity of an Obligor;

 

(ix) which is a classification society or other entity which a Lender has engaged to make the calculations necessary to enable that Lender to comply with its reporting obligations under the Poseidon Principles;

 

(x) as a result of the registration of any Finance Document as contemplated by any Finance Document or any legal opinion obtained in connection with any Finance Document; or

 

(xi) with the consent of the Parent Guarantor;

 

in each case, such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate if:

 

(A) in relation to paragraphs (b)(i), (b)(ii) and (b)(iii) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking except that there shall be no requirement for a Confidentiality Undertaking if the recipient is a professional adviser and is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the Confidential Information;

 

(B) in relation to paragraph (b)(iv) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information they receive and is informed that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information;

 

(C) in relation to paragraphs (b)(v), (b)(vi), and (b)(vii) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given is informed of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of that Finance Party, it is not practicable so to do in the circumstances;

 

(c) to any person appointed by that Finance Party or by a person to whom paragraph (b)(i) or (b)(ii) above applies to provide administration or settlement services in respect of one or more of the Finance Documents including without limitation, in relation to the trading of participations in respect of the Finance Documents, such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable such service provider to provide any of the services referred to in this paragraph (c) if the service provider to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered in to a confidentiality agreement substantially in the form of the LMA Master Confidentiality Undertaking for Use With Administration/Settlement Service Providers or such other form of confidentiality undertaking agreed between the Borrowers and the relevant Finance Party;

 

141

 

 

(d) to any rating agency (including its professional advisers) such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable such rating agency to carry out its normal rating activities in relation to the Finance Documents and/or the Obligors;

 

(e) to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commissioning (the “SEC”) such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to the SEC.

 

46.3       Disclosure to numbering service providers

 

(a) Any Finance Party may disclose to any national or international numbering service provider appointed by that Finance Party to provide identification numbering services in respect of this Agreement, the Facilities and/or one or more Obligors the following information:

 

(i) names of Obligors;

 

(ii) country of domicile of Obligors;

 

(iii) place of incorporation of Obligors;

 

(iv) date of this Agreement;

 

(v) Clause 48 (Governing law);

 

(vi) the names of the Facility Agent, each Mandated Lead Arranger and the Documentation Agent;

 

(vii) date of each amendment and restatement of this Agreement;

 

(viii) amounts of, and names of, the Facilities;

 

(ix) amount of Total Commitments;

 

(x) currency of the Facilities;

 

(xi) type of Facilities;

 

(xii) ranking of Facilities;

 

(xiii) Termination Date for Facilities;

 

(xiv) changes to any of the information previously supplied pursuant to paragraphs (i) to (xiii) above; and

 

(xv) such other information agreed between such Finance Party and the Borrowers,

 

to enable such numbering service provider to provide its usual syndicated loan numbering identification services.

 

(b) The Parties acknowledge and agree that each identification number assigned to this Agreement, the Facilities and/or one or more Obligors by a numbering service provider and the information associated with each such number may be disclosed to users of its services in accordance with the standard terms and conditions of that numbering service provider.

 

(c) Each Obligor represents that none of the information set out in paragraphs (a)(i) to (a)(xv) above is, nor will at any time be, unpublished price-sensitive information.

 

142

 

 

(d) The Facility Agent shall notify each Obligor and the other Finance Parties of:

 

(i) the name of any numbering service provider appointed by the Facility Agent in respect of this Agreement, the Facilities and/or one or more Obligors; and

 

(ii) the number or, as the case may be, numbers assigned to this Agreement, the Facilities and/or one or more Obligors by such numbering service provider.

 

46.4       Entire agreement

 

This Clause 46 (Confidentiality) constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties in relation to the obligations of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents regarding Confidential Information and supersedes any previous agreement, whether express or implied, regarding Confidential Information.

 

46.5       Inside information

 

Each of the Finance Parties acknowledges that some or all of the Confidential Information is or may be price-sensitive information and that the use of such information may be regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation including securities law relating to insider dealing and market abuse and each of the Finance Parties undertakes not to use any Confidential Information for any unlawful purpose.

 

46.6       Notification of disclosure

 

Each of the Finance Parties agrees (to the extent permitted by law and regulation) to inform the Borrowers:

 

(a) of the circumstances of any disclosure of Confidential Information made pursuant to paragraph (b)(v) of Clause 46.2 (Disclosure of Confidential Information) except where such disclosure is made to any of the persons referred to in that paragraph during the ordinary course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and

 

(b) upon becoming aware that Confidential Information has been disclosed in breach of this Clause 46 (Confidentiality).

 

46.7       Continuing obligations

 

The obligations in this 46 (Confidentiality) are continuing and, in particular, shall survive and remain binding on each Finance Party for a period of 12 months from the earlier of:

 

(a) the date on which all amounts payable by the Obligors under or in connection with this Agreement have been paid in full and all Commitments have been cancelled or otherwise cease to be available; and

 

(b) the date on which such Finance Party otherwise ceases to be a Finance Party.

 

47          COUNTERPARTS

 

Each Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of the Finance Document.

 

143

 

 

SECTION 13

 

GOVERNING LAW AND ENFORCEMENT

 

48          GOVERNING LAW

 

This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

49           ENFORCEMENT

 

49.1       Jurisdiction

 

(a) The courts of England have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement (including a dispute regarding the existence, validity or termination of this Agreement or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with this Agreement) (a “Dispute”).

 

(b) The Obligors accept that the courts of England are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle Disputes and accordingly no Obligor will argue to the contrary.

 

(c) This Clause 49.1 (Jurisdiction) is for the benefit of the Secured Parties only. As a result, no Secured Party shall be prevented from taking proceedings relating to a Dispute in any other courts with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law, the Secured Parties may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

 

49.2       Service of process

 

(a) Without prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law, each Obligor (other than an Obligor incorporated in England and Wales):

 

(i) irrevocably appoints WFW Legal Services Limited at its registered office presently at 15 Appold Street, London, EC2A 2HB as its agent for service of process in relation to any proceedings before the English courts in connection with any Finance Document; and

 

(ii) agrees that failure by a process agent to notify the relevant Obligor of the process will not invalidate the proceedings concerned.

 

(b) If any person appointed as an agent for service of process is unable for any reason to act as agent for service of process, the Borrowers (on behalf of all the Obligors) must immediately (and in any event within 3 days of such event taking place) appoint another agent on terms acceptable to the Facility Agent. Failing this, the Facility Agent may appoint another agent for this purpose.

 

This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

 

144

 

 

SCHEDULE 1

 

THE PARTIES

 

PART A

 

THE OBLIGORS

 

 

Name of Borrower   Registration number Address for
  Place of Incorporation (or equivalent, if any) Communication
       

Faroe Shipco LLC

Plymouth Shipco LLC

Portland Shipco LLC

Fisher Shipco LLC

Fair Isle Shipco LLC

Humber Shipco LLC

Forth Shipco LLC

Trafalgar Shipco LLC

 

The Marshall Islands

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

962493

962492

962494

961904

962491

961905

961752

961756

 

c/o

 

Ardmore Shipping Services (Ireland) Limited

 

City Gate Building

1000, Mahon, Cork,

Ireland

 

Fax: +353 21 240 9501

Attn: Mr Paul Tivnan

 

       
Name of Parent   Registration number Address for
Guarantor Place of Incorporation (or equivalent, if any) Communication
       
Ardmore Shipping LLC The Marshall Islands 961622 c/o
       
            Ardmore Shipping Services (Ireland) Limited
       
      City Gate Building
      1000, Mahon, Cork,
      Ireland
       
      Fax: +353 21 240 9501
      Attn: Mr Paul Tivnan
       
Name of Corporate   Registration number Address for
Guarantor Place of Incorporation (or equivalent, if any) Communication
       
Ardmore Shipping Corporation Marshall Islands 61477 c/o
       
            Ardmore Shipping Services (Ireland) Limited
       
      City Gate Building
      1000, Mahon, Cork,
      Ireland
       
      Fax: +353 21 240 9501
      Attn: Mr Paul Tivnan

 

145

 

 

Name of Hedge   Registration number Address for
Guarantor Place of Incorporation (or equivalent, if any) Communication
   

 

962493

962492

962494

961904

962491

961905

961752

961756

 

 

Faroe Shipco LLC

Plymouth Shipco LLC

Portland Shipco LLC

Fisher Shipco LLC

Fair Isle Shipco LLC

Humber Shipco LLC

Forth Shipco LLC

Trafalgar Shipco LLC

 

The Marshall Islands

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

c/o

 

Ardmore Shipping Services (Ireland) Limited

 

City Gate Building

1000, Mahon, Cork,

Ireland

 

Fax: +353 21 240 9501

Attn: Mr Paul Tivnan

 

146

 

 

PART B

 

THE ORIGINAL LENDERS

 

Name of Original Term Revolving Address for Communication
Lender Commitment Commitment  
       
Nordea Bank Abp, filial i Norge $50,000,000 $20,000,000 Essendropsgate 7
      0368 Oslo
      Norway
       
      For loan administration matters:
       
      Nordea Bank Abp, filial i Norge
      P.O. Box 1166 Sentrum
      N-0107 Oslo, Norway
      Attn: SLS Norway
      E-mail: sls.norway@nordea.com
      Phone: +47 240 13 444
       
Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ) $50,000,000 $20,000,000

For credit matters

 

      SEB
      One Carter Lane
      London EC4V 5AN
      United Kingdom
      Attention: Malcolm Stonehouse
      Telephone no: +44 20 7246 4310
      E-mail:
      malcolm.stonehouse@seb.co.uk
       
      With a copy to:
       
      Attention: Ina Kuliese
       
      SEB
      One Carter Lane
      London EC4V 5AN
      United Kingdom
      Telephone no: +44 20 7246 4069
      E-mail: ina.kuliese@seb.co.uk
       
      For operational matters
       
      SEB Structured Credit Operations
      Stärntarget 4,
      106 40 Stockholm
      Sweden
       
      Telephone no: +46 8 763 8640
      Facsimile no: +46 8 611 0384
      E-mail: sco@seb.se

 

147

 

 

THE HEDGE COUNTERPARTIES

 

Name of Original Hedge Counterparty Address for Communication
   
Nordea Bank Abp corp. re. no. 516406-0120
  c/o Nordea Danmark, filial af Nordea Bank
  Abp, Sverige
  7288 Derivatives Services
  Postbox 805
  DK-0900 Copenhagen K, Denmark
   
Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ) Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken, Oslo Branch
  P.O Box 1843
  Vika
  NO-0123 OSLO
   
  Telephone: +47 22 82 70 00
  Facsimile No: +47 22 82 70 70

 

148

 

 

PART C

 

THE SERVICING PARTIES

 

Name of Facility Agent Address for Communication
   
Nordea Bank Abp, filial i Norge Essendropsgate 7
  0368 Oslo
  Norway
   
  For agency matters:
   
  Nordea Bank Abp, filial i Norge
  P.O.Box 1166 Sentrum
  N-0107 Oslo, Norway
   
  Attn: Global Maritime Loans
   
  E-mail: agency.soosid@nordea.com
   
  For loan administration matters:
   
  Nordea Bank Abp, filial i Norge
  P.O.Box 1166 Sentrum
  N-0107 Oslo, Norway
   
  Attn: SLS Norway
   
  E-mail: sls.norway@nordea.com
   
  Phone: +47 240 13 444
   
Name of Security Agent Address for Communication
   
Nordea Bank Abp, filial i Norge Essendropsgate 7
  0368 Oslo
  Norway
   
  For agency matters:
   
  Nordea Bank Abp, filial i Norge
  P.O.Box 1166 Sentrum
  N-0107 Oslo, Norway
   
  Attn: Global Maritime Loans
   
  E-mail: agency.soosid@nordea.com
   
  For loan administration matters:
   
  Nordea Bank Abp, filial i Norge
  P.O.Box 1166 Sentrum
  N-0107 Oslo, Norway
   
  Attn: SLS Norway
   
  E-mail: sls.norway@nordea.com
   
  Phone: +47 240 13 444

 

149

 

 

SCHEDULE 2

 

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

PART A

 

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO UTILISATION REQUEST

 

1             Obligors

 

1.1           A copy of the constitutional documents of each Obligor.

 

1.2 A copy of a resolution of the member of the board of directors, as the case may be, of each Obligor:

 

(a) approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which it is a party and resolving that it execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party;

 

(b) authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party on its behalf; and

 

(c) authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all documents and notices (including, if relevant, the Utilisation Request and each Selection Notice) to be signed and/or despatched by it under, or in connection with, the Finance Documents to which it is a party.

 

1.3 An original of the power of attorney of any Obligor authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party.

 

1.4 A certificate of each Obligor (signed by an officer) confirming that borrowing or guaranteeing, as appropriate, the Total Commitments would not cause any borrowing, guaranteeing or similar limit binding on that Transaction Obligor to be exceeded.

 

1.5 A certificate of each Obligor that is incorporated outside the UK (signed by an officer) certifying either that (i) it has not delivered particulars of any UK Establishment to the Registrar of Companies as required under the Overseas Regulations or (ii) it has a UK Establishment and specifying the name and registered number under which it is registered with the Registrar of Companies.

 

1.6 A certificate of an authorised signatory of the relevant Obligor certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in this Part A of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent) is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of this Agreement.

 

2             Pool Agreement and other Documents

 

2.1 Copies of the Pool Agreement and of all documents signed by the Borrowers in connection with it.

 

2.2 Such documentary evidence as the Facility Agent and its legal advisers may require in relation to the due authorisation and execution of the Pool Agreement by each of the parties thereto.

 

2.3 Copies of each Hedging Agreement executed by a Hedge Counterparty and the relevant Borrower.

 

150

 

 

3             Security

 

3.1 A duly executed original of the Accounts Security in relation to each Earnings Account and of the Membership Interests Security in respect of each Borrower (and of each document to be delivered under each of them).

 

3.2 A duly executed original of the Hedging Agreement Assignment in respect of each Borrower (and of each document to be delivered under each of them).

 

4             Legal opinions

 

4.1 A legal opinion of Watson, Farley & Williams LLP, legal advisers to the Documentation Agent, the Mandated Lead Arrangers, the Facility Agent and the Security Agent in England, substantially in the form distributed to and agreed by the Original Lenders before signing this Agreement.

 

4.2 If a Transaction Obligor is incorporated in a jurisdiction other than England and Wales, a legal opinion of the legal advisers to the Documentation Agent, the Mandated Lead Arrangers, the Facility Agent and the Security Agent in the relevant jurisdiction, substantially in the form distributed and agreed by to the Original Lenders before signing this Agreement.

 

5             Other documents and evidence

 

5.1 Evidence that any process agent referred to in Clause 49.2 (Service of process), if not an Obligor, has accepted its appointment.

 

5.2 A copy of any other Authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Facility Agent considers to be necessary or desirable (if it has notified the Borrowers accordingly) in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by any Transaction Document, or for the validity and enforceability of any Transaction Document.

 

5.3       The Original Financial Statements of each Borrower and the Parent Guarantor.

 

5.4 The original of any mandates or other documents required in connection with the opening or operation of the Earnings Accounts.

 

5.5 Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Borrowers pursuant to Clause 11 (Fees) and Clause 16 (Costs and Expenses) have been paid or will be paid by the first Utilisation Date.

 

5.6 Such evidence as the Facility Agent may require for the Finance Parties to be able to satisfy each of their “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in relation to the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents.

 

151

 

 

PART B

 

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO UTILISATION

 

1             Relevant Borrower

 

A certificate of an authorised signatory of each Borrower certifying that each copy document which it is required to provide under this Part B of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent) is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at the first Utilisation Date.

 

2             Release of Existing Security

 

An original of each Deed of Release and of each document to be delivered under or pursuant to it, together with evidence satisfactory to the Facility Agent of its due execution by the parties to it.

 

3             Ship and other security

 

3.1 A duly executed original of the Mortgage and the General Assignment in respect of each Ship and of each document to be delivered under or pursuant to each of them together with documentary evidence that the Mortgage in respect of each Ship has been duly registered as a valid first preferred or priority (as applicable) ship mortgage in accordance with the laws of the jurisdiction of its Approved Flag.

 

3.2       Documentary evidence that each Ship:

 

(a) is definitively and permanently registered in the name of the relevant Borrower under the Approved Flag;.

 

(b) is in the absolute and unencumbered ownership of the relevant Borrower save as contemplated by the Finance Documents;

 

(c) maintains the Approved Classification with the Approved Classification Society free of all overdue recommendations and conditions of the Approved Classification Society; and

 

(d) is insured in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and all requirements in this Agreement in respect of insurances have been complied with.

 

3.3 Documents establishing that each Ship will, as from the first Utilisation Date, be managed commercially by its Approved Commercial Manager and managed technically by its Approved Technical Manager on terms acceptable to the Facility Agent acting with the authorisation of all of the Lenders, together with:

 

(a) a Manager’s Undertaking for each of the Approved Technical Manager and the Approved Commercial Manager; and

 

(b) copies of the Approved Technical Manager’s Document of Compliance and of each Ship’s Safety Management Certificate (together with any other details of the applicable safety management system which the Facility Agent requires) and of any other documents required under the ISM Code and the ISPS Code in relation to each Ship including without limitation an ISSC.

 

3.4 An opinion from an independent insurance consultant acceptable to the Facility Agent on such matters relating to the Insurances as the Facility Agent may require.

 

3.5 A valuation of each Ship addressed to the Facility Agent on behalf of the Finance Parties, stated to be for the purposes of this Agreement and dated not earlier than 30 days before the first Utilisation Date from an Approved Valuer which shows an aggregate value for the Ships of not less than 130 per cent. of the Loan (after any Advances to be made on the Utilisation Date have been advanced).

 

152

 

 

4             Legal opinions

 

Legal opinions of the legal advisers to the Documentation Agent, the Mandated Lead Arrangers, the Facility Agent and the Security Agent in England and Wales, the jurisdiction of the Approved Flag of each Ship and the Marshall Islands and such other relevant jurisdictions as the Facility Agent may require and in substance and form acceptable to the Lenders.

 

5             Other documents and evidence

 

Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Borrowers pursuant to Clause 11 (Fees) and Clause 16 (Costs and Expenses) have been paid or will be paid by the first Utilisation Date.

 

153

 

 

SCHEDULE 3

 

REQUESTS

 

PART A

 

UTILISATION REQUEST

 

From:     Faroe Shipco LLC

Plymouth Shipco LLC

Portland Shipco LLC

Fisher Shipco LLC

Fair Isle Shipco LLC

Humber Shipco LLC

Forth Shipco LLC

Trafalgar Shipco LLC

 

To: Nordea Bank Abp, filial i Norge

as Facility Agent

 

Dated: [·]

 

Dear Sirs

 

Faroe Shipco LLC, Plymouth Shipco LLC, Portland Shipco LLC, Fisher Shipco LLC, Fair Isle Shipco LLC, Humber Shipco LLC, Forth Shipco LLC and Trafalgar Shipco LLC - $140,000,000 Facilities Agreement dated [·] December 2019 (the “Agreement”)

 

1 We refer to the Agreement. This is a Utilisation Request. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Utilisation Request unless given a different meaning in this Utilisation Request.

 

2 We wish to borrow the [Term Facility] [Revolving Facility] on the following terms:

 

Proposed Utilisation Date:   [·] (or, if that is not a Business Day, the next Business Day)
     
Amount:   [·] or, if less, the Available Facility
     
Interest Period:   [·]

 

3 We confirm that each condition specified in Clause 4.1 (Initial conditions precedent) and Clause 4.2 (Further conditions precedent) as they relate to the part of the Loan to which this utilisation request refers of the Agreement is satisfied on the date of this Utilisation Request.

 

4 We represent and warrant that the representations and warranties in Clause 21 (Representations) remain true by reference to the facts and circumstances existing at the date of this, Utilisation Request.

 

5 [The proceeds of the Loan should be credited to [account].] [This Advance is to be made in [whole][part] for the purpose of refinancing [identify maturing Advance under Revolving Facility.]

 

154

 

 

6 This Utilisation Request is irrevocable.

 

Yours faithfully

 

Name:   Name:  
Title:   Title:  
  authorised signatory for   authorised signatory for
  FAROE SHIPCO LLC   PLYMOUTH SHIPCO LLC
       
Name:   Name:  
Title:   Title:  
  authorised signatory for   authorised signatory for
  PORTLAND SHIPCO LLC   FISHER SHIPCO LLC
       
Name:   Name:  
Title:   Title:  
  authorised signatory for   authorised signatory for
  FAIR ISLE SHIPCO LLC   HUMBER SHIPCO LLC
       
Name:   Name:  
Title:   Title:  
  authorised signatory for   authorised signatory for
  FORTH SHIPCO LLC   TRAFALGAR SHIPCO LLC

 

155

 

 

PART B

 

SELECTION NOTICE

 

From:  Faroe Shipco LLC

Plymouth Shipco LLC

Portland Shipco LLC

Fisher Shipco LLC

Fair Isle Shipco LLC

Humber Shipco LLC

Forth Shipco LLC

Trafalgar Shipco LLC

 

To: Nordea Bank Abp, filial i Norge

As Facility Agent

 

Dated: [·]

 

Dear Sirs

 

Faroe Shipco LLC, Plymouth Shipco LLC, Portland Shipco LLC, Fisher Shipco LLC, Fair Isle Shipco LLC, Humber Shipco LLC, Forth Shipco LLC and Trafalgar Shipco LLC - $140,000,000 Facilities Agreement dated [·] December 2019 (the “Agreement”)

 

1 We refer to the Agreement. This is a Selection Notice. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Selection Notice unless given a different meaning in this Selection Notice.

 

2 We request that, subject to paragraph (g) of Clause 9.1 (Selection of Interest Periods) of the Agreement, the next Interest Period for the Term Loan be [·].

 

3 This Selection Notice is irrevocable.

 

Yours faithfully

 

Name:   Name:  
Title:   Title:  
  authorised signatory for   authorised signatory for
  FAROE SHIPCO LLC   PLYMOUTH SHIPCO LLC
       
Name:   Name:  
Title:   Title:  
  authorised signatory for   authorised signatory for
  PORTLAND SHIPCO LLC   FISHER SHIPCO LLC

 

156

 

 

Name:   Name:  
Title:   Title:  
  authorised signatory for   authorised signatory for
  FAIR ISLE SHIPCO LLC   HUMBER SHIPCO LLC
       
Name:   Name:  
Title:   Title:  
  authorised signatory for   authorised signatory for
  FORTH SHIPCO LLC   TRAFALGAR SHIPCO LLC

 

157

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 4

 

FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE

 

To:    Nordea Bank Abp, filial i Norge

 

From:    [The Existing Lender] (the “Existing Lender”) and [The New Lender] (the “New Lender”)

 

Dated: [·]

 

Faroe Shipco LLC, Plymouth Shipco LLC, Portland Shipco LLC, Fisher Shipco LLC, Fair Isle Shipco LLC, Humber Shipco LLC, Forth Shipco LLC and Trafalgar Shipco LLC – $140,000,000 Facilities Agreement dated [·] December 2019 (the “Agreement”)

 

1 We refer to the Agreement. This is a Transfer Certificate. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Transfer Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Transfer Certificate.
   
2 We refer to Clause 30.5 (Procedure for transfer) of the Agreement:

 

(a) The Existing Lender and the New Lender agree to the Existing Lender transferring to the New Lender by novation all of the Existing Lender’s rights and obligations under the Agreement and the other Finance Documents which relate to that portion of the Existing Lender’s Commitment and participation in the Loan under the Agreement as specified in the Schedule in accordance with Clause 30.5 (Procedure for transfer) of the Agreement.
   
(b) The proposed Transfer Date is [·].

 

(c) The Facility Office and address, fax number and attention details for notices of the New Lender for the purposes of Clause 39.2 (Addresses) of the Agreement are set out in the Schedule.

 

3 The New Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Existing Lender’s obligations set out in paragraph (c) of Clause 30.4 (Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders) of the Agreement.

 

4 This Transfer Certificate may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Transfer Certificate.

 

5 This Transfer Certificate and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

6 This Transfer Certificate has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Transfer Certificate.

 

Note: The execution of this Transfer Certificate may not transfer a proportionate share of the Existing Lender’s interest in the Transaction Security in all jurisdictions. It is the responsibility of the New Lender to ascertain whether any other documents or other formalities are required to perfect a transfer of such a share in the Existing Lender’s Transaction Security in any jurisdiction and, if so, to arrange for execution of those documents and completion of those formalities.

 

158

 

 

THE SCHEDULE

 

Commitment/rights and obligations to be transferred

 

[insert relevant details]

 

[Facility Office address, fax number and attention details

 

for notices and account details for payments.]

 

[Existing Lender] [New Lender]
   
By:[·] By:[·]

 

This Transfer Certificate is accepted by the Facility Agent and the Transfer Date is confirmed as [·].

 

[Facility Agent]

 

By:[·]

 

159

 

  

SCHEDULE 5

 

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT

 

To: Nordea Bank Abp, filial i Norge as Facility Agent and Faroe Shipco LLC, Plymouth Shipco LLC, Portland Shipco LLC, Fisher Shipco LLC, Fair Isle Shipco LLC, Humber Shipco LLC, Forth Shipco LLC and Trafalgar Shipco LLC as Borrowers, for and on behalf of each Obligor
   
From: [the Existing Lender] (the “Existing Lender”) and [the New Lender] (the “New Lender”)

 

Dated: [·]

 

Faroe Shipco LLC, Plymouth Shipco LLC, Portland Shipco LLC, Fisher Shipco LLC, Fair Isle Shipco LLC, Humber Shipco LLC, Forth Shipco LLC and Trafalgar Shipco LLC – $140,000,000 Facilities Agreement dated [·] December 2019 (the “Agreement”)

 

1 We refer to the Agreement. This is an Assignment Agreement. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Assignment Agreement unless given a different meaning in this Assignment Agreement.

 

2 We refer to Clause 30.6 (Procedure for assignment):

 

(a) The Existing Lender assigns absolutely to the New Lender all the rights of the Existing Lender under the Agreement, the other Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security which correspond to that portion of the Existing Lender’s Commitment and participations in the Loan under the Agreement as specified in the Schedule.

 

(b) The Existing Lender is released from all the obligations of the Existing Lender which correspond to that portion of the Existing Lender’s Commitments and participations in the Loan under the Agreement specified in the Schedule.

 

(c) The New Lender becomes a Party as a Lender and is bound by obligations equivalent to those from which the Existing Lender is released under paragraph (b) above.

 

3 The proposed Transfer Date is [·].

 

4 On the Transfer Date the New Lender becomes Party to the Finance Documents as a Lender.

 

5 The Facility Office and address, fax, number and attention details for notices of the New Lender for the purposes of Clause 39.2 (Addresses) are set out in the Schedule.

 

6 The New Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Existing Lender’s obligations set out in paragraph (c) of Clause 30.4 (Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders).

 

7 This Assignment Agreement acts as notice to the Facility Agent (on behalf of each Finance Party) and, upon delivery in accordance with Clause 30.7 (Copy of Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement to Borrowers), to the Borrowers (on behalf of each Obligor) of the assignment referred to in this Assignment Agreement.

 

8 This Assignment Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Assignment Agreement.

 

160

 

 

9 This Assignment Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

10 This Assignment Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Assignment Agreement.

 

Note: The execution of this Assignment Agreement may not transfer a proportionate share of the Existing Lender’s interest in the Transaction Security in all jurisdictions. It is the responsibility of the New Lender to ascertain whether any other documents or other formalities are required to perfect a transfer of such a share in the Existing Lender’s Transaction Security in any jurisdiction and, if so, to arrange for execution of those documents and completion of those formalities.

 

161

 

 

THE SCHEDULE

 

Commitment rights and obligations to be transferred by assignment, release and accession

 

[insert relevant details]

 

[Facility office address, fax number and attention details for notices

and account details for payments]

 

[Existing Lender] [New Lender]
   
By:[·] By:[·]

 

This Assignment Agreement is accepted by the Facility Agent and the Transfer Date is confirmed as [·].

 

Signature of this Assignment Agreement by the Facility Agent constitutes confirmation by the Facility Agent of receipt of notice of the assignment referred to herein, which notice the Facility Agent receives on behalf of each Finance Party.

 

[Facility Agent]

 

By:

 

162

 

 

SCHEDULE 6

 

FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

To:        Nordea Bank Abp, filial i Norge

 

From:    Ardmore Shipping Corporation

 

Dated: [·]

 

Dear Sirs

 

Faroe Shipco LLC, Plymouth Shipco LLC, Portland Shipco LLC, Fisher Shipco LLC, Fair Isle Shipco LLC, Humber Shipco LLC, Forth Shipco LLC and Trafalgar Shipco LLC – $140,000,000 Facilities Agreement dated [·] December 2019 (the “Agreement”)

 

1 We refer to the Agreement. This is a Compliance Certificate. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning when used in this Compliance Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Compliance Certificate.

 

1 We confirm that we have maintained the following financial covenants pursuant to clause 23.1 (financial covenants) of the Agreement:

 

(a) a minimum Solvency of at least 30 per cent.;

 

(b) minimum Cash and Cash Equivalents of an amount the greater of:

 

(i) $750,000 per Fleet Vessel; and

 

(ii) 5 per cent. of the Total Consolidated Long Term Debt,

 

with at least 60 per cent. of such minimum amount being held in cash and, for the purposes of this paragraph 23.1(b), Cash and Cash Equivalents shall include undrawn amounts under the Revolving Facility provided that the Termination Date in relation to the Revolving Facility is not within the next 12 Months.

 

(c) a positive Working Capital excluding:

 

(i) Balloon Repayments; and

 

(ii) any amounts outstanding under the ABN AMRO Receivables Facility Agreement provided that the facility provided thereunder has a remaining maturity of more than three months; and

 

(d) an Adjusted Net Worth of not less than $150,000,000.

 

Please refer to the attached documents which confirm the calculation for the above financial covenants and the accompanying Financial Statements.

 

[We confirm that no Default is continuing.]*

 

163

 

 

Signed:    
  Officer  
  of  
  Ardmore Shipping Corporation  

 

164

 

 

SCHEDULE 7

 

SHIPS

 

Ship   Owner   Vessel Name   Vessel Type /
Capacity
  IMO
numbers
    DWT     Classification
Society
  Class
Notation
  Built     Index
Amount
 
Ship A   Faroe Shipco LLC   ARDMORE SEAFOX   Product/chemical tanker     9708215       49,999     Lloyds’s Register   +100A1     2015     $ 32,000,000  
Ship B   Plymouth Shipco LLC   ARDMORE SEAWOLF   Product/chemical tanker     9708227       49,999     Lloyds’s Register   +100A1     2015     $ 32,000,000  
Ship C   Portland Shipco LLC   ARDMORE SEAHAWK   Product/chemical tanker     9708239       49,999     Lloyds’s Register   +100A1     2015     $ 32,000,000  
Ship D   Fisher Shipco LLC   ARDMORE CHINOOK   Product/chemical tanker     9707869       25,233     ABS   +A1     2015     $ 27,500,000  
Ship E   Fair Isle Shipco LLC   ARDMORE SEALION   Product/chemical tanker     9708203       49,999     Lloyds’s Register   +100A1     2015     $ 32,000,000  
Ship F   Humber Shipco LLC   ARDMORE CHIPPEWA   Product/chemical tanker     9707871       25,210     ABS   +A1     2015     $ 27,500,000  
Ship G   Forth Shipco LLC   ARDMORE SEAVANTAGE   Product/chemical tanker     9637076       49,997     ABS   +A1     2014     $ 30,000,000  
Ship H   Trafalgar Shipco LLC   ARDMORE ENDEAVOUR   Product/chemical tanker     9667942       49,997     ABS   +A1     2013     $ 28,500,000  
                                          Total:     $ 241,500,000  

 

165

 

 

SCHEDULE 8

 

LIST OF APPROVED VALUERS

 

Shipbroker

 

Maersk Broker UK Ltd

 

Inge Steensland AS

 

Arrow Valuation Ltd

 

Fearnleys AS

 

Simpson Spence & Young

 

Clarksons

 

Braemar Shipbrokers Ltd

 

166

 

 

SCHEDULE 9

 

TERM LOAN REPAYMENT SCHEDULE

 

Repayment Instalment number   Repayment amount     Term Loan outstanding  
            $ 100,000,000.00  
1   $ 2,874,177.00     $ 97,125,823.00  
2   $ 2,874,177.00     $ 94,251,646.00  
3   $ 2,874,177.00     $ 91,377,469.00  
4   $ 2,874,177.00     $ 88,503,292.00  
5   $ 2,874,177.00     $ 85,629,115.00  
6   $ 2,874,177.00     $ 82,754,938.00  
7   $ 2,874,177.00     $ 79,880,761.00  
8   $ 2,874,177.00     $ 77,006,584.00  
9   $ 2,874,177.00     $ 74,132,407.00  
10   $ 2,874,177.00     $ 71,258,230.00  
11   $ 2,874,177.00     $ 68,384,053.00  
12   $ 2,874,177.00     $ 65,509,876.00  
13   $ 2,874,177.00     $ 62,635,699.00  
14   $ 2,874,177.00     $ 59,761,522.00  
15   $ 2,874,177.00     $ 56,887,345.00  
16   $ 2,874,177.00     $ 54,013,168.00  
17   $ 2,874,177.00     $ 51,138,991.00  
18   $ 2,874,177.00     $ 48,264,814.00  
19   $ 2,874,177.00     $ 45,390,637.00  
20   $ 2,874,177.00     $ 42,516,460.00  

 

167

 

 

SCHEDULE 10

 

TIMETABLES

 

Delivery of a duly completed Utilisation Request (Clause 5.1 (Delivery of the Utilisation Request)) or a Selection Notice (Clause 9.1 (Selection of Interest Periods))   Five Business Days before the intended Utilisation Date (Clause 5.1 (Delivery of the Utilisation Request)) or the expiry of the preceding Interest Period (Clause 9.1 (Selection of Interest Periods))
     
Facility Agent notifies the Lenders of the Loan in accordance with Clause 5.4 (Lenders’ participation)   Three Business Days before the intended Utilisation Date.
     
LIBOR is fixed   Quotation Day as of 11:00 am London time

 

168

 

 

EXECUTION PAGES

 

BORROWERS      
       
SIGNED by: )    
  ) Guy Davis  
duly authorised attorney-in-fact ) Attorney-in-Fact
for and on behalf of )    
FAROE SHIPCO LLC )    
in the presence of: )    
       
Witness’ signature: )   Rachel Lee
Witness’ name: )   Trainee Solicitor
Witness’ address: )   Watson Farley & Williams LLP
      15 Appold Street
      London EC2A 2HB
       
SIGNED by: )  
  ) Guy Davis  
duly authorised attorney-in-fact ) Attorney-in-Fact  
for and on behalf of )    
PLYMOUTH SHIPCO LLC )    
in the presence of: )    
       
Witness’ signature: )   Rachel Lee
Witness’ name: )   Trainee Solicitor
Witness’ address: )   Watson Farley & Williams LLP
      15 Appold Street
      London EC2A 2HB
       
SIGNED by: )  
  ) Guy Davis  
duly authorised attorney-in-fact ) Attorney-in-Fact  
for and on behalf of )    
PORTLAND SHIPCO LLC )    
in the presence of: )    
       
Witness’ signature: ) Rachel Lee
Witness’ name: )   Trainee Solicitor
Witness’ address: )   Watson Farley & Williams LLP
      15 Appold Street
      London EC2A 2HB
       
SIGNED by: )  
  ) Guy Davis  
duly authorised attorney-in-fact ) Attorney-in-Fact  
for and on behalf of )    
FISHER SHIPCO LLC )    
in the presence of: )    
       
Witness’ signature: ) Rachel Lee
Witness’ name: )   Trainee Solicitor
Witness’ address: )   Watson Farley & Williams LLP
      15 Appold Street
      London EC2A 2HB

 

169

 

 

SIGNED by: )  
  ) Guy Davis  
duly authorised attorney-in-fact ) Attorney-in-Fact  
for and on behalf of )    
FAIR ISLE SHIPCO LLC )    
in the presence of: )    
       
Witness’ signature: ) Rachel Lee
Witness’ name: )   Trainee Solicitor
Witness’ address: )   Watson Farley & Williams LLP
      15 Appold Street
      London EC2A 2HB
       
SIGNED by: )  
  ) Guy Davis  
duly authorised attorney-in-fact ) Attorney-in-Fact  
for and on behalf of )    
HUMBER SHIPCO LLC )    
in the presence of: )    
       
Witness’ signature: ) Rachel Lee
Witness’ name: )   Trainee Solicitor
Witness’ address: )   Watson Farley & Williams LLP
      15 Appold Street
      London EC2A 2HB
       
SIGNED by: )  
  ) Guy Davis  
duly authorised attorney-in-fact ) Attorney-in-Fact  
for and on behalf of )    
FORTH SHIPCO LLC )    
in the presence of: )    
       
Witness’ signature: ) Rachel Lee
Witness’ name: )   Trainee Solicitor
Witness’ address: )   Watson Farley & Williams LLP
      15 Appold Street
      London EC2A 2HB
       
SIGNED by: )  
  ) Guy Davis  
duly authorised attorney-in-fact ) Attorney-in-Fact  
for and on behalf of )    
TRAFALGAR SHIPCO LLC )    
in the presence of: )    
       
Witness’ signature: ) Rachel Lee
Witness’ name: )   Trainee Solicitor
Witness’ address: )   Watson Farley & Williams LLP
      15 Appold Street
      London EC2A 2HB

 

170

 

 

PARENT GUARANTOR    
     
SIGNED by: )  
  ) Guy Davis  
duly authorised attorney-in-fact ) Attorney-in-Fact  
for and on behalf of )    
ARDMORE SHIPPING CORPORATION )    
in the presence of: )    
       
Witness’ signature: ) Rachel Lee
Witness’ name: )   Trainee Solicitor
Witness’ address: )   Watson Farley & Williams LLP
      15 Appold Street
      London EC2A 2HB
       
CORPORATE GUARANTOR      
       
SIGNED by: )  
  ) Guy Davis  
duly authorised attorney-in-fact ) Attorney-in-Fact  
for and on behalf of )  
ARDMORE SHIPPING LLC )    
in the presence of: )    
       
Witness’ signature: ) Rachel Lee
Witness’ name: )   Trainee Solicitor
Witness’ address: )   Watson Farley & Williams LLP
      15 Appold Street
      London EC2A 2HB
       
HEDGE GUARANTORS      
       
SIGNED by: )  
  ) Guy Davis  
duly authorised attorney-in-fact ) Attorney-in-Fact  
for and on behalf of )    
FAROE SHIPCO LLC )    
in the presence of: )    
       
Witness’ signature: ) Rachel Lee
Witness’ name: )   Trainee Solicitor
Witness’ address: )   Watson Farley & Williams LLP
      15 Appold Street
      London EC2A 2HB
       
SIGNED by: )  
  ) Guy Davis  
duly authorised attorney-in-fact ) Attorney-in-Fact  
for and on behalf of )    
PLYMOUTH SHIPCO LLC )    
in the presence of: )    
       
Witness’ signature: ) Rachel Lee
Witness’ name: )   Trainee Solicitor
Witness’ address: )   Watson Farley & Williams LLP
      15 Appold Street
      London EC2A 2HB

 

171

 

 

SIGNED by: )
  ) Guy Davis
duly authorised attorney-in-fact ) Attorney-in-Fact  
for and on behalf of )    
PORTLAND SHIPCO LLC )    
in the presence of: )    
       
Witness’ signature: ) Rachel Lee
Witness’ name: )   Trainee Solicitor
Witness’ address: )   Watson Farley & Williams LLP
      15 Appold Street
      London EC2A 2HB
       
SIGNED by: )  
  ) Guy Davis  
duly authorised attorney-in-fact ) Attorney-in-Fact  
for and on behalf of )    
FISHER SHIPCO LLC )    
in the presence of: )    
       
Witness’ signature: ) Rachel Lee
Witness’ name: )   Trainee Solicitor
Witness’ address: )   Watson Farley & Williams LLP
      15 Appold Street
      London EC2A 2HB
       
SIGNED by: )  
  ) Guy Davis  
duly authorised attorney-in-fact ) Attorney-in-Fact  
for and on behalf of )    
FAIR ISLE SHIPCO LLC )    
in the presence of: )    
       
       
Witness’ signature: ) Rachel Lee
Witness’ name: )   Trainee Solicitor
Witness’ address: )   Watson Farley & Williams LLP
      15 Appold Street
      London EC2A 2HB
       
SIGNED by: )  
  ) Guy Davis  
duly authorised attorney-in-fact ) Attorney-in-Fact  
for and on behalf of )    
HUMBER SHIPCO LLC )    
in the presence of: )    
       
Witness’ signature: ) Rachel Lee
Witness’ name: )   Trainee Solicitor
Witness’ address: )   Watson Farley & Williams LLP
      15 Appold Street
      London EC2A 2HB

 

172

 

 

SIGNED by: )  
  ) Guy Davis
duly authorised attorney-in-fact ) Attorney-in-Fact  
for and on behalf of )    
FORTH SHIPCO LLC )    
in the presence of: )    
       
Witness’ signature: ) Rachel Lee
Witness’ name: )   Trainee Solicitor
Witness’ address: )   Watson Farley & Williams LLP
      15 Appold Street
      London EC2A 2HB
       
SIGNED by: )  
  ) Guy Davis  
duly authorised attorney-in-fact ) Attorney-in-Fact  
for and on behalf of )    
TRAFALGAR SHIPCO LLC )    
in the presence of: )    
       
Witness’ signature: ) Rachel Lee
Witness’ name: )   Trainee Solicitor
Witness’ address: )   Watson Farley & Williams LLP
      15 Appold Street
      London EC2A 2HB
       
ORIGINAL LENDERS      
       
SIGNED by: )  
  ) S Sadhika  
duly authorised attorney-in-fact ) Attorney-in-Fact  
for and on behalf of )    
NORDEA BANK ABP, FILIAL I NORGE )    
in the presence of: )    
       
Witness’ signature: ) Rachel Lee
Witness’ name: )   Trainee Solicitor
Witness’ address: )   Watson Farley & Williams LLP
      15 Appold Street
      London EC2A 2HB
       
       
SIGNED by: )  
  ) S Sadhika  
duly authorised attorney-in-fact ) Attorney-in-Fact  
for and on behalf of )    
SKANDINAVISKA ENSKILDA )    
BANKEN AB (PUBL) )    
in the presence of:      
       
Witness’ signature: ) Rachel Lee
witness signature. Witness’ name: )   Trainee Solicitor
Witness’ address: )   Watson Farley & Williams LLP
      15 Appold Street
      London EC2A 2HB

 

173

 

 

ORIGINAL HEDGE COUNTERPARTIES      
       
SIGNED by: )  
  ) S Sadhika  
duly authorised attorney-in-fact ) Attorney-in-Fact  
for and on behalf of )    
NORDEA BANK ABP )    
in the presence of: )    
       
Witness’ signature: ) Rachel Lee
Witness’ name: )   Trainee Solicitor
Witness’ address: )   Watson Farley & Williams LLP
      15 Appold Street
      London EC2A 2HB
       
SIGNED by: )  
  ) S Sadhika  
duly authorised attorney-in-fact ) Attorney-in-Fact  
for and on behalf of )    
SKANDINAVISKA ENSKILDA )    
BANKEN AB (PUBL) )    
in the presence of:      
       
Witness’ signature: ) Rachel Lee
Witness’ name: )   Trainee Solicitor
Witness’ address: )   Watson Farley & Williams LLP
      15 Appold Street
      London EC2A 2HB
MANDATED LEAD ARRANGERS      
       
SIGNED by: )  
  ) S Sadhika  
duly authorised attorney-in-fact ) Attorney-in-Fact  
for and on behalf of )    
NORDEA BANK ABP, FILIAL I NORGE )    
in the presence of: )    
       
Witness’ signature: ) Rachel Lee
Witness’ name: )   Trainee Solicitor
Witness’ address: )   Watson Farley & Williams LLP
      15 Appold Street
      London EC2A 2HB
       
SIGNED by: )  
  ) S Sadhika  
duly authorised attorney-in-fact ) Attorney-in-Fact  
for and on behalf of )    
SKANDINAVISKA ENSKILDA )    
BANKEN AB (PUBL) )    
in the presence of:      
       
Witness’ signature: ) Rachel Lee
Witness’ name: )   Trainee Solicitor
Witness’ address: )   Watson Farley & Williams LLP
      15 Appold Street
      London EC2A 2HB

 

174

 

 

BOOKRUNNERS      
       
SIGNED by: )  
  ) S Sadhika  
duly authorised attorney-in-fact ) Attorney-in-Fact  
for and on behalf of )    
NORDEA BANK ABP, FILIAL I NORGE )    
in the presence of: )    
       
Witness’ signature: ) Rachel Lee
Witness’ name: )   Trainee Solicitor
Witness’ address: )   Watson Farley & Williams LLP
      15 Appold Street
      London EC2A 2HB
       
SIGNED by: )  
  ) S Sadhika  
duly authorised attorney-in-fact ) Attorney-in-Fact  
for and on behalf of )    
SKANDINAVISKA ENSKILDA )    
BANKEN AB (PUBL) )    
in the presence of:      
       
Witness’ signature: ) Rachel Lee
Witness’ name: )   Trainee Solicitor
Witness’ address: )   Watson Farley & Williams LLP
      15 Appold Street
      London EC2A 2HB
DOCUMENTATION AGENT      
SIGNED by: )  
  ) S Sadhika  
duly authorised attorney-in-fact ) Attorney-in-Fact  
for and on behalf of )    
SKANDINAVISKA ENSKILDA )    
BANKEN AB (PUBL) )    
in the presence of:      
       
Witness’ signature: ) Rachel Lee
Witness’ name: )   Trainee Solicitor
Witness’ address: )   Watson Farley & Williams LLP
      15 Appold Street
      London EC2A 2HB
FACILITY AGENT      
       
SIGNED by: )  
  ) S Sadhika  
duly authorised attorney-in-fact ) Attorney-in-Fact  
for and on behalf of )    
NORDEA BANK ABP, FILIAL I NORGE )    
in the presence of: )    
       
Witness’ signature: ) Rachel Lee
Witness’ name: )   Trainee Solicitor
Witness’ address: )   Watson Farley & Williams LLP
      15 Appold Street
      London EC2A 2HB

 

175

 

 

SECURITY AGENT      
       
SIGNED by: ) S Sadhika
  )   Attorney-in-Fact
duly authorised attorney-in-fact )    
for and on behalf of )    
NORDEA BANK ABP, FILIAL I NORGE )    
in the presence of: )    
       
Witness’ signature: ) Rachel Lee
Witness’ name: )   Trainee Solicitor
Witness’ address: )   Watson Farley & Williams LLP
      15 Appold Street
      London EC2A 2HB

 

176

 

 

Exhibit 8.1

 

Ardmore Shipping Corporation

 

Subsidiary Companies

 

This is a list of subsidiary companies of Ardmore Shipping Corporation as at December 31, 2019.

 

Company Name   Incorporation Jurisdiction   Ownership
Ardmore Shipping LLC   Marshall Islands   100.00%
Ardmore Maritime Services LLC   Marshall Islands   100.00%
Ardmore Shipping (Bermuda) Limited   Bermuda   100.00% (Immediate Parent - Ardmore Maritime Services LLC)
Ardmore Shipping Services (Ireland) Limited (formerly Ardmore Shipping Limited)   Ireland   100.00% (Immediate Parent - Ardmore Shipping (Bermuda) Limited)
Ardmore Shipping (Asia) Pte Ltd   Singapore   100.00% (Immediate Parent - Ardmore Shipping (Bermuda) Limited)
Ardmore Shipping (Americas) LLC   Delaware, USA   100.00% (Immediate Parent - Ardmore Shipping (Bermuda) Limited)
Ardmore Shipping (UK) Limited   United Kingdom   100.00% (Immediate Parent - Ardmore Shipping (Bermuda) Limited)
Ardmore Shipholding Limited   Ireland   100.00% (Immediate Parent - Ardmore Shipping LLC)
Ardmore Chartering LLC   Marshall Islands   100.00% (Immediate Parent - Ardmore Shipping LLC)
Ardmore Pool Holdings LLC   Marshall Islands   100.00% (Immediate Parent - Ardmore Maritime Services LLC)
Ardmore MR Pool LLC   Marshall Islands   100.00% (Immediate Parent - Ardmore Pool Holdings LLC)
Ardmore Trading (USA) LLC   Delaware, USA   100.00% (Immediate Parent - Ardmore Pool Holdings LLC)
Ardmore Tanker Trading (Asia) Pte Ltd   Singapore   100.00% (Immediate Parent - Ardmore Pool Holdings LLC)
Anglo Ardmore Ship Management Limited   Hong Kong   50.00% (Immediate Parent - Ardmore Shipping (Bermuda) Limited)
Bailey Shipco LLC   Marshall Islands   100.00% (Immediate Parent - Ardmore Shipping LLC)
Ballycotton Shipco LLC   Marshall Islands   100.00% (Immediate Parent - Ardmore Shipping LLC)
Blasket Shipco LLC   Marshall Islands   100.00% (Immediate Parent - Ardmore Shipping LLC)
Cromarty Shipco LLC   Marshall Islands   100.00% (Immediate Parent - Ardmore Shipping LLC)
Dogger Shipco LLC   Marshall Islands   100.00% (Immediate Parent - Ardmore Shipping LLC)
Dover Shipco LLC   Marshall Islands   100.00% (Immediate Parent - Ardmore Shipping LLC)
Fair Isle Shipco LLC   Marshall Islands   100.00% (Immediate Parent - Ardmore Shipping LLC)
Faroe Shipco LLC   Marshall Islands   100.00% (Immediate Parent - Ardmore Shipping LLC)
Fisher Shipco LLC   Marshall Islands   100.00% (Immediate Parent - Ardmore Shipping LLC)
Fitzroy Shipco LLC   Marshall Islands   100.00% (Immediate Parent - Ardmore Shipping LLC)
Forth Shipco LLC   Marshall Islands   100.00% (Immediate Parent - Ardmore Shipping LLC)
Humber Shipco LLC   Marshall Islands   100.00% (Immediate Parent - Ardmore Shipping LLC)
Kilkee Shipco LLC   Marshall Islands   100.00% (Immediate Parent - Ardmore Shipping LLC)
Killary Shipco LLC   Marshall Islands   100.00% (Immediate Parent - Ardmore Shipping LLC)
Kilmore Shipco LLC   Marshall Islands   100.00% (Immediate Parent - Ardmore Shipping LLC)
Lundy Shipco LLC   Marshall Islands   100.00% (Immediate Parent - Ardmore Shipping LLC)
Plymouth Shipco LLC   Marshall Islands   100.00% (Immediate Parent - Ardmore Shipping LLC)
Portland Shipco LLC   Marshall Islands   100.00% (Immediate Parent - Ardmore Shipping LLC)
Saltee Shipco LLC   Marshall Islands   100.00% (Immediate Parent - Ardmore Shipping LLC)
Sole Shipco LLC   Marshall Islands   100.00% (Immediate Parent - Ardmore Shipping LLC)
Thames Shipco LLC   Marshall Islands   100.00% (Immediate Parent - Ardmore Shipping LLC)
Trafalgar Shipco LLC   Marshall Islands   100.00% (Immediate Parent - Ardmore Shipping LLC)
Tramore Shipco LLC   Marshall Islands   100.00% (Immediate Parent - Ardmore Shipping LLC)
Viking Shipco LLC   Marshall Islands   100.00% (Immediate Parent - Ardmore Shipping LLC)
Wight Shipco LLC   Marshall Islands   100.00% (Immediate Parent - Ardmore Shipping LLC)
Humber Shipco LLC   Marshall Islands   100.00% (Immediate Parent - Ardmore Shipping LLC)
Kilkee Shipco LLC   Marshall Islands   100.00% (Immediate Parent - Ardmore Shipping LLC)

 

 

 

 

Company Name  

Incorporation

Jurisdiction

  Ownership
Killary Shipco LLC   Marshall Islands   100.00% (Immediate Parent - Ardmore Shipping LLC)
Kilmore Shipco LLC   Marshall Islands   100.00% (Immediate Parent - Ardmore Shipping LLC)
Lundy Shipco LLC   Marshall Islands   100.00% (Immediate Parent - Ardmore Shipping LLC)
Plymouth Shipco LLC   Marshall Islands   100.00% (Immediate Parent - Ardmore Shipping LLC)
Portland Shipco LLC   Marshall Islands   100.00% (Immediate Parent - Ardmore Shipping LLC)
Saltee Shipco LLC   Marshall Islands   100.00% (Immediate Parent - Ardmore Shipping LLC)
Sole Shipco LLC   Marshall Islands   100.00% (Immediate Parent - Ardmore Shipping LLC)
Thames Shipco LLC   Marshall Islands   100.00% (Immediate Parent - Ardmore Shipping LLC)
Trafalgar Shipco LLC   Marshall Islands   100.00% (Immediate Parent - Ardmore Shipping LLC)
Tramore Shipco LLC   Marshall Islands   100.00% (Immediate Parent - Ardmore Shipping LLC)
Viking Shipco LLC   Marshall Islands   100.00% (Immediate Parent - Ardmore Shipping LLC)
Wight Shipco LLC   Marshall Islands   100.00% (Immediate Parent - Ardmore Shipping LLC)
Allen Shipco LLC   Marshall Islands   100.00% (Immediate Parent - Ardmore Shipping LLC)
Ballina Shipco LLC   Marshall Islands   100.00% (Immediate Parent - Ardmore Shipping LLC)
Ballyduff LLC   Marshall Islands   100.00% (Immediate Parent - Ardmore Shipping LLC)
Barra Shipco LLC   Marshall Islands   100.00% (Immediate Parent - Ardmore Shipping LLC)
Beltra Shipco LLC   Marshall Islands   100.00% (Immediate Parent - Ardmore Shipping LLC)
Biscay Shipco LLC   Marshall Islands   100.00% (Immediate Parent - Ardmore Shipping LLC)
Bofin Shipco LLC   Marshall Islands   100.00% (Immediate Parent - Ardmore Shipping LLC)
Brandon Shipco LLC   Marshall Islands   100.00% (Immediate Parent - Ardmore Shipping LLC)
Bunmahon Shipco LLC   Marshall Islands   100.00% (Immediate Parent - Ardmore Shipping LLC)
Carlingford Shipco LLC   Marshall Islands   100.00% (Immediate Parent - Ardmore Shipping LLC)
Carnsore Shipco LLC   Marshall Islands   100.00% (Immediate Parent - Ardmore Shipping LLC)
Carra Shipco LLC   Marshall Islands   100.00% (Immediate Parent - Ardmore Shipping LLC)
Clifden Shipco LLC   Marshall Islands   100.00% (Immediate Parent - Ardmore Shipping LLC)
Corrib Shipco LLC   Marshall Islands   100.00% (Immediate Parent - Ardmore Shipping LLC)
Dingle Shipco LLC   Marshall Islands   100.00% (Immediate Parent - Ardmore Shipping LLC)
Ennell Shipco LLC   Marshall Islands   100.00% (Immediate Parent - Ardmore Shipping LLC)
Erne Shipco LLC   Marshall Islands   100.00% (Immediate Parent - Ardmore Shipping LLC)
Fastnet Shipco LLC   Marshall Islands   100.00% (Immediate Parent - Ardmore Shipping LLC)
Forties Shipco LLC   Marshall Islands   100.00% (Immediate Parent - Ardmore Shipping LLC)
Foyle Shipco LLC   Marshall Islands   100.00% (Immediate Parent - Ardmore Shipping LLC)
Glenbeg Shipco LLC   Marshall Islands   100.00% (Immediate Parent - Ardmore Shipping LLC)
Hebrides Shipco LLC   Marshall Islands   100.00% (Immediate Parent - Ardmore Shipping LLC)
Keadew Shipco LLC   Marshall Islands   100.00% (Immediate Parent - Ardmore Shipping LLC)
Killybegs Shipco LLC   Marshall Islands   100.00% (Immediate Parent - Ardmore Shipping LLC)
Lahinch Shipco LLC   Marshall Islands   100.00% (Immediate Parent - Ardmore Shipping LLC)

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 12.1

 

CERTIFICATION OF THE PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER

 

I, Anthony Gurnee, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 20-F of Ardmore Shipping Corporation;
   
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
   
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
   
4. The Company's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Company and have:
   
  (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
     
  (b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
     
  (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the Company's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
     
  (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the Annual Report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting; and
     
5. The Company’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Company’s auditors and the audit committee of the Company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
   
  (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
     
  (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Dated: April 3, 2020 By:  /s/ Anthony Gurnee
    Anthony Gurnee
    President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
    (Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 12.2

 

CERTIFICATION OF THE PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER

 

I, Paul Tivnan, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 20-F of Ardmore Shipping Corporation;
   
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
   
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
   
4. The Company's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Company and have:
   
  (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
     
  (b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
     
  (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the Company's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
     
  (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting; and
     
5. The Company’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Company’s auditors and the audit committee of the Company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
   
  (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
     
  (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Dated: April 3, 2020 By:   /s/ Paul Tivnan
    Paul Tivnan
    Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and Treasurer
    (Principal Financial Officer)

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 13.1

 

PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER CERTIFICATION

 

PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350

 

In connection with this Annual Report of Ardmore Shipping Corporation (the “Company”) on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2019 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on or about the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Anthony Gurnee, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)); and

 

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

A signed original of this written statement has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the SEC or its staff upon request.

 

Dated: April 3, 2020

 

By:  /s/ Anthony Gurnee  
  Anthony Gurnee  
  President, Chief Executive Officer and Director  
  (Principal Executive Officer)  

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 13.2

 

PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER CERTIFICATION

 

PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350

 

In connection with this Annual Report of Ardmore Shipping Corporation (the “Company”) on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2019 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on or about the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Paul Tivnan, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)); and

 

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

A signed original of this written statement has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the SEC or its staff upon request.

 

Dated: April 3, 2020

 

By:  /s/ Paul Tivnan  
  Paul Tivnan  
  Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and Treasurer  
  (Principal Financial Officer)  

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 15.1

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement No. 333-203205 on Form F-3; Registration Statement No. 333-213344 on Form S-8; Registration Statement No. 333-227129 on Form F-3; and Registration Statement No. 333-233540 on Form F-3 of our report dated April 3, 2020, relating to the financial statements of Ardmore Shipping Corporation and the effectiveness of Ardmore Shipping Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting appearing in this Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2019.

 

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

 

New York, New York

 

April 3, 2020

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 15.2

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

  

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements (Form F-3 No. 333-203205, Form F-3 No. 333-227129, Form F-3 No. 333-233540, and Form S-8 No. 333-213344) of Ardmore Shipping Corporation and in the related Prospectuses of our report dated February 15, 2019 (except for Note 3 of Ardmore Shipping Corporation’s consolidated financial statements included in its 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F/A, as to which the date is August 1, 2019) with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Ardmore Shipping Corporation, included in this Annual Report (Form 20-F) for the year ended December 31, 2019.

 

 

/s/ Ernst & Young  
   
Dublin, Ireland  
   
April 3, 2020